Brownells - November 2015-2016 by Summit Media Solutions

cata

ber

800-741-0015 • brownells.com

g num lo

15 - 2016

AR-15 M16

& ar-TYPE .308

Dear Folks –

Index

We are very pleased to send you our latest and greatest AR-15/M16 Catalog #11! There’ve been lots of turnovers/ upgrades in products since the last #10 AR catalog, and that’s good - means the manufacturers keep improving, innovating, and developing gear that helps us get better performance and enjoyment from our AR rifles. This vast abundance of AR parts and accessories is a far cry from the simple, lightweight AR-15/M16A1 battle rifle of the 1960s. You can still build an AR that’s simple and light-weight, or you can go way out there for a tack-driving precision target rifle with all the bells and whistles, with items all found in this catalog. The only real limit is how you use your imagination!

Accessory Mounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89-90 Ammunition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Barrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-22 Bipods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102-103 Bolt & Mag Releases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36 Bolts & Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 Caliber Conversions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Charging Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-35 Cleaning Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77-81 Comps/Flash Hiders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-27 Gas Blocks & Tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17 Gas Piston Kits & Uppers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-18 Gun Cases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75 Gunsmithing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81-89 Handguards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-55 Lower Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Magazine Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-64 Magazines & Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-63 Optics & Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94-102 Optic Mounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-94 Ordering & Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-42 Pistol Grips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-57 Range & Training Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-76 Recoil Buffers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-33 Safety Selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-37 Sights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-69 Slings & Adapters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-73 Springs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-32 Stocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-48 Tactical Lights & Lasers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Triggerguards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Triggers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-30 Upper Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Vertical Grips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-59

To fire up your imagination, we have included five new Dream Guns™ for you to study and get ideas from - including a pistol, a long-reaching .308, and one chambered in whomper-stomper .450 Bushmaster, plus the tactical powerhouse from Daniel Defense on the front cover. Parts lists are included to make it easy for you to order the items you want to use on your own gun. Look through the following pages, and you’re sure to find new gear you just don’t want to be without: new optics (pages 94-102). Handguards compatible with the versatile KeyMod mounting system or the brand-new M-LOK™ system developed by Magpul (pages 49-55). And ammo - plenty of AMMO! The shortages are over, and you can again feed your AR whatever it craves: .223/5.56, .308, .300 BLK - it’s all there (page 104). Another innovation we think you’ll really like is a new program called “Brownells EDGE™”. For a low annual membership fee of $49.95, you get FREE standard shipping on any order, discounts on 2-Day and Overnight shipping, and special offers only for EDGE members. To find out more and to join up, call our order line or visit Brownells.com/EDGE. Change and innovation are great. But if you’re like me, you don’t want any of the good things we do for you to change. Like when you call 800-741-0015, you speak directly with a Brownells order taker. Or get free phone consultations with our Gun Techs. Or prepaid shipping on backorders. Or no minimum order size or small order fee. And our FOREVER GUARANTEE. If you aren’t completely satisfied with any purchase, for any reason, return it at any time for a full refund or exchange, whichever you prefer. We strive to treat you the old-fashioned way . . . like the valued customer you are, and the way we would like to be treated!

The EDGE program that gives Brownells customers a serious advantage. For a very low annual membership fee, your EDGE benefits include: FREE Standard Shipping on all orders Discounted 2-Day & Overnight shipping FREE Shipping on returns Special members-only offers & discounts

Only

$49.95a year!

Pays for itself in just 4 orders!

b a

We also want to hear from you via whatever means you prefer - e-mail, Facebook, the phone, or even the good ol’ USPS. From the beginning in 1939, my dad Bob (Pete’s granddad) wanted his customers to be friends, too. We don’t ever want that two-way conversation to stop!

Stock numbers shown in red indicate the product is made or assembled in the U.S.A.

This information is not available for all items at time of catalog production; nor does it imply that foreign merchandise is of lesser quality. We will keep our website current with the latest information. ®

Very Best,

Frank Brownell

SERIOUS SAVINGS

200 S. Front Street, Montezuma, IA 50171 800-741-0015 • Fax: 800-264-3068 brownells.com

Pete Brownell

The horizontal catalog format is a trademark of Brownells. ®

is a Small Business and Veteran owned Company. Government Procurement CCR: #829833; Cage: #12238 Call for Special Procurement Needs

Online Product Videos Available at brownells.com

AERO PRECISION AR-15/M16

AERO PRECISION AR-308

STRIPPED UPPER RECEIVER

M5 UPPER RECEIVER

AERO PRECISION AR-15/M16

M4E1 Enhanced Upper Receiver/Handguard System

Swap Handguards & Change Accessory Configurations In Seconds Flattop upper receiver is configured for fast, easy attachment of Aero's proprietary M4E1 free-float handguard. Just slip the handguard on the front of the receiver and tighten the screws. It's that easy to swap from a short to long handguard! Upper has M4 feed ramps to aide in reliable feeding. T-marked for rapid mounting/dismounting of optics and sights. Includes the nut and wrench. Handguard has Picatinny top rail that aligns continuously with receiver rail to give ample space for optics and sights. Available in 12" and 15" lengths with either KeyMod or Magpul® M-LokTM easy-on/off accessory attachment system. Designed for use with low-profile gas blocks. a b SPECS: Receiver and handguards are sold separately. Upper Receiver - 7075 T6 aluminum. .250" dia. pivot/takedown pin holes. Handguard - 6061 T6 aluminum. Both hardcoat anodized with matte black finish. #100-015-499EN M4E1 Upper Receiver, 3E135P00 �� $ 149.00 #100-015-527EN Enhanced M-Lok HG, 12", 3E160E00 �� 175.00 #100-015-528EN Enhanced M-Lok HG, 15", 3E186D00 �� 205.00 #100-015-529EN Enhanced KeyMod HG, 12", 3E160M00 �� 175.00 #100-015-541EN Enhanced KeyMod HG, 15", 3E186H00 �� 205.00

Forged aluminum flattop upper receiver is fully compatible with DPMS LR308 components, making it a solid, versatile foundation for your next big bore AR build. Final machined to Aero Precision’s precise specifications, it features M4-style feed ramps to aid in reliable feeding of all types of 7.62/.308 ammo. DPMS-pattern takedown holes (.2795") allow for compatibility with a variety of lower receivers, especially Aero Precision’s matched M5 lower. Picatinny-cut accessory rail on top is T-marked. Comes with forward assist and ejection port cover installed. Works with DPMS high-profile handguards. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, MIL 8625 Type 3 Class 2 harcdcoat anodized, matte black. .2795" dia. pivot and takedown pin holes. #100-015-987EN M5 .308 Upper Receiver, 3E144L00 �� $ 155.00

AMERICAN SPIRIT ARMS

SIDE CHARGER UPPER RECEIVER Side Charger Upper Receiver

Extra-Strong Alloy For Durability; Fully Machined For Precise Fit

Forged aluminum flattop receiver includes fully-assembled forward assist and ejection port cover and accepts barrels with M4 barrel extensions. All final dimensions machined to correct mil-spec tolerances to readily accept standard AR-15 parts to help you complete an upper receiver. Laser-etched T-marks on Picatinny rail enable easy removal and re-mounting of optics, sights, and other accessories in the correct position. Interior has dry film lubrication to help reduce wear. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. .250" (6.3mm) pivot/takedown pin holes. #100-014-626EN M4 Flattop Upper, 1E110Q50 ��$ 119.00

Bushmaster AR-15/M16

M4A3-Style Carbine Upper Receiver 16" Barrel

Easy-Access Charging Handle Won’t Interfere With Large Optics

Charging handle on the left side allows the shooter to maintain sight picture and shooting position while charging the chamber. Eliminates the difficulty of reaching around objectives on large optics to access the traditional rear-mounted charging Side Charger Bolt handle. Oversized handle is easy Carrier Group to grab, and folds down along the receiver when not in use. Machined from a solid block of 7075 aluminum, this flattop upper features an integral 5½" MIL-STD 1913 rail and M4-type feed ramps. Compatible with all chamberings that fit the standard AR-15 platform, including gas piston systems, except .22 conversion kits. Requires the Brownells Side Charger Bolt Carrier (complete and ready to shoot, sold separately, below) or similar bolt carrier with correct machined notch. a b SPECS: Receiver - Machined 7075 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. .250" dia. pivot/takedown pin holes. Bolt Carrier Group - Bolt: Carpenter 158 steel, matte black finish. Carrier: hardened 8620 steel, chrome-lined interior, matte black finish. Carrier will function in semiauto or full-auto AR-15/M16. #100-014-464EN Side Charger Upper Receiver, 1K336L00 �� $ 349.99 #078-000-215EN Side Charger Bolt Carrier Group, 8G159B30 �� 169.99

BLACK RAIN ORDNANCE AR-STYLE .308

UPPER & LOWER RECEIVER SET Machined From Billet Aluminum For Incredible Strength & Stability Stripped AR-style .308 upper and lower receiver sets are fully machined from 7075 T6 billet aluminum and matched for ultra-stable full-contact fit without slop or rattles. These sets accept DPMS LR‑308 pattern components to allow for the installation of a variety of aftermarket parts. Flattop uppers feature a T-marked MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail. Lowers have an integral triggerguard for maximum structural rigidity, and have pictogram

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

M4 UPPER RECEIVER Precise Dimensions Give Proper Fit & Function

Stripped, A3-style flattop upper receiver is carefully machined to mil-spec or better dimensions to serve as the foundation for a top-quality AR rifle customized to your exact requirements. Just add the bolt/carrier, charging handle, ejection port cover, and forward assist of your choice to complete the upper. Precision machined from a forging of 7075 T6 aluminum that is almost 40% stronger than the alloy used in standard AR-15 receivers, so it stands up to the unrelenting tempo of competition or tactical operations. After machining, a dark gray, non-reflective, hard-anodized finish is applied for strength and corrosion resistance, with a baked-on dry-lube coating inside to reduce wear and ensure exceptionally smooth carrier operation. Integral 51/2" long Picatinny rail maximizes the versatility of your rifle by letting you take advantage of the wide variety of optics, red dot sights, and other accessories for the AR platform. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, dry-lube finish, matte dark gray. .250" (6.3mm) diameter pivot pin holes. #100-003-667EN V-Match Upper Receiver, 9B80M00 �� $ 94.99

CROSS MACHINE TOOL AR-15/M16

.458 SOCOM BILLET UPPER Optimized For Large-Caliber AR Cartridges

11½" Barrel

Complete, Full-Featured Upper Is Ready To "Plug-n-Play" Complete, M4A3 flattop carbine upper comes fully assembled and ready to snap onto any standard AR-15 lower receiver. Comes with a detachable carry handle with A2 rear sight, so if you don't mind shooting with ”iron“ sights, just add a magazine, ammo, "ears" and ”eyes“ - and hit the range. This complete package includes a forged upper receiver with the following components installed: bolt/carrier group, M4-style plastic handguard, charging handle, gas block/front sight tower, and A2 flash suppressor. Inside of receiver is cut with M4-type feed ramps to aid in reliable round feeding. M4-style barrel is chrome-lined for corrosion- and wearresistance, with versatile 1-9" twist rifling to stabilize a variety of bullet weights. Bolt/carrier group a matte black phosphate finish; bolt is magnetic particle inspected (MPI) for hidden flaws. Carrier is chrome-lined, like the barrel, to resist blast erosion. Available with 16" or 11½" barrel for your next pistol or SBR (NFA rules apply) build. a b SPECS: Receiver - Forged 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. .250" dia. pivot/takedown pin holes. Barrel - 4150 chromemoly steel, chrome-lined, with matte black phosphate finish. 1-9" rifling. .750" O.D. at gas port. 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. All NFA rules apply. #100-017-384EN Complete AR-15 Upper, 16" Bbl, 9B00QTH �� $ 479.99 #100-017-385EN Complete AR-15 Upper, 11½" Bbl, 9B00NRQ �� 459.99

selector markings for safe, fire, and three-round burst firing positions. Accepts DPMS-pattern magazines, including the Magpul .308 PMAG. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. .154" (3.9mm) hammer/trigger pin holes. .275" (6.4mm) takedown/pivot pin holes. Bolt catch screw not included (sold below). FFL required for purchase. #100-010-643EN AR-308 Upper/Lower Set, Matte Black, 1Z568C57 �� $ 619.99 4.99 #231-000-274EN DPMS Bolt Catch Screw, 3B3N90 ��

order on the web

brownells.com

Stripped flattop upper has expanded ejection port to enable reliable ejection .458 SOCOM and other big-bore AR-15 cartridges. Machined from high-grade 7075 billet aluminum with M4 feed ramp cuts and thicker walls for the extra strength to handle harder-hitting cartridges. Fits any standard mil-spec lower, while slick-side configuration simplifies your build by eliminating provisions to accept dust cover or forward assist. Topside Picatinny rail has engraved T-numbers that are left unpainted to reduce distractions. Accepts standard bolt carrier, charging handle, and barrel nut, sold separately. a b SPECS: Machined 7075 T6 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. #100-015-679EN .458 SOCOM Billet Upper, 5H107A15 ��$ 115.99

CROSS MACHINE TOOL AR-15/M16

BILLET UPPER RECEIVER Increased Function, Performance & Advanced Appearance Machined from 7075 T6 aluminum billet, the Ultra Precision Upper Receiver from Cross Machine Tool is 65% stronger and more rigid than standard 6061 aluminum receivers. Wall thickness has also been increased for added rigidity. Type III hardcoat anodized finish for added surface strength, abrasion resistance, and corrosion resistance. Upper is compatible with mil-spec parts and also with most aftermarket handguards and rail systems. Features M4-type feed ramps and a flattop 1913 Picatinny rail with alphanumeric T-markings stamped into the slots. Both dust cover port and forward assist are machined into the receiver. Does not come with dust cover or forward assist assembly. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. .250” (6.3mm) diameter pivot and takedown pin holes. #100-013-316EN Stripped Flattop AR-15/M16 Upper Receiver, 5H194M17 �� $ 209.95

PAGE

upper receivers

The Aero Precision upper is forged from 7075 aluminum for superior strength and given a super tough, Type 3 hardcoat anodSmooth Side ized finish for excellent resistance to surface wear. It features laser-engraved T-marks and an American flag on the Picatinny rail, plus M4-type feed cuts inside for reliable feeding. Compatible with standard, mil-spec AR lowers and components. A really high-quality receiver at a great price! Smooth-Side model eliminates the forward assist, reducing the risk of snagging on other gear and giving your rifle a clean, streamlined appearance. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Also available with a tough, non-reflective Cerakote finish in Desert Tan or Sniper Gray. All models use .250" pivot and takedown pins. #100-010-612EN Stripped Upper Receiver, Black, 3E76K13 �� $ 84.99 #100-014-637EN Smooth-Side Upper Receiver, Black, 3E82Q50 �� 94.99 #100-013-288EN Stripped Upper Receiver, Desert Tan Cerakote, 3E89N99 �� 97.99 #100-015-123EN Stripped Upper Receiver, Sniper Gray Cerakote, 3E89J99 �� 97.99

BUSHMASTER AR-15/M16

V-MATCH UPPER RECEIVER AR-15/m16

Perfect Match For Aero M5 Lower; Forward Assist & Port Cover Pre-Installed

Economical Yet High-Quality Upper For Your Custom Build

BRAVO COMPANY AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

upper receivers

K J

Model

#100-002-947EN

MAGPUL GEN II PRS STOCK See Page 46.

#100-005-369EN

BRAVO COMPANY BCM CHARGING HANDLE See Page 34.

#526-000-230EN

LEUPOLD VXHOG 1-4x20 RIFLESCOPE See Brownells.com.

#526-000-160EN

LEUPOLD MARK 2 INTEGRAL MOUNTING SYSTEM See Page 92.

#100-017-377EN ALG DEFENSE ERGONOMIC MODULAR RAIL V2 See Page 49.

#100-004-908EN MIDWEST INDUSTRIES LOW-PRO STEEL GAS BLOCK See Page 15.

#080-001-167EN

#093-000-041EN

DPMS AR-15/M16

COLT AR-15/M16

UPPER RECEIVER

.450 BUSHMASTER BARREL See Page 18. BADGER ORDNANCE MUZZLE BRAKE See Brownells.com.

#749-002-692EN SINCLAIR AR-15 SINGLE-SHOT FOLLOWER See Page 63.

#100-007-543EN

#408-150-000EN HOGUE OVERMOLDED PISTOL GRIP See Page 55.

GEISSELE SUPER DYNAMIC SD-C TRIGGER See Page 28.

Stripped Flattop Upper Genuine Colt Factory Part Build your next custom AR‑15 with an original Colt factory flattop upper fully finished and ready for installation. Made from a high-quality aluminum alloy forging machined to precise tolerances for correct fit on Colt lowers and 9mm Upper clones. Hardcoat anodized for added surface strength, abrasion resistance, and corrosion protection, with a uniform, matte black finish that matches other factory components and easily accepts alternate finishes. The forward assist and ejection port cover already installed, so you can select the bolt assembly, carrier, gas key, and other components to suit your specific needs. White alphanumeric position markers on rail slots aid in removal and reinstallation of sights without loss of zero. 9mm - for building a dedicated pistol-caliber AR. Includes a unique-design shell deflector. Does not include forward assist. Not drilled for gas tube. SPECS: Aluminum, hard anodized, matte black. Fits standard Colt AR-15 lowers and clones with .250" pivot pins. #160-302-053EN Flattop Upper Receiver w/Assist & Cover, 6A169G99 ��$ 169.99 160-000-395EN 9mm Flattop Upper Receiver, 6A159M99 �� 159.99

THINK IT. BUILD IT. AR15BUILDER.COM - MAKE YOUR OWN DREAM GUN 2

PAGE

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

SPORTICAL™/ORACLE™/LITE RIFLE KITS

Sportical Kit Shown

Everything You Need To Build Your Rifle, Minus The Lower Receiver These kits from DPMS provide everything you need to assemble a complete AR-15 carbine except for the lower receiver. Each kit contains a complete upper receiver with 16" carbine barrel chambered in 5.56 NATO, a DPMS Pardus stock, and all of the internal parts necessary for your build, including bolt, carrier, pistol grips, handguard, A2-type flash suppressor, and fire control system. Sportical kit has a single-rail Picatinny rail gas block for mounting the flip-up front sight of your choice, along with a slick side upper receiver without ejection port cover, shell deflector, or forward assist. Oracle kit also comes with a single-rail Picatinny rail gas block and a standard A3 flattop upper equipped with ejection port cover, shell deflector, and forward assist. Lite kit comes with an A3 upper receiver and an A2 gas block/front sight base. Stripped lower receiver required, available separately. a b SPECS: Receiver – Extruded 7029 T6 aluminum (Sportical) or forged 7075 T6 aluminum (Oracle and Lite), hardcoat anodized, matte black. .250" dia. pivot/takedown pin holes. Barrel/Flash Suppressor – Steel, Parkerized, matte black. 16" OAL. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO. 1-9" rifling twist rate. 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. Buttstock/Pistol Grip/Handguard Injection-molded polymer. #231-000-311EN 5.56 Oracle Kit, 3B552F59 �� $ 599.99 #231-000-312EN 5.56 Sportical Kit, 3B489M99 �� 499.99 #231-000-343EN 5.56 A3 Lite Rifle Kit, 1C589B99 �� 599.00

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

COLT AR-15/M16

COMPLETE UPPER RECEIVERS LE6920CK/LE6921CK

Build Your Next AR Around The Platform The Professionals Use

DANIEL DEFENSE

AR-15/M16

UPPER RECEIVER GROUP

Here's the foundation for a truly unique, customized tactical AR-15 pistol or SBR: the upper receiver plus barrel and handguard of Daniel Defense's MK18 SOCOM carbine. Mil-spec upper receiver has "T" indexing marks in the flattop slots, plus M4 feed ramps to aid in feeding reliability. The government profile 10.3" barrel is cold hammer-forged and chrome-lined, and comes with low-profile gas block pinned in place and carbine-length direct impingement gas system installed. The “T”-marked, quad-Picatinny railed handguard is the exact same RIS II MK18 model Daniel Defense provides to USSOCOM. Because individual operators prefer to customize to their specific needs, we've left off the following items so you can choose your own: bolt/carrier group, muzzle device, and charging handle. a b SPECS: Receiver - Machined 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Barrel - hammer-forged chrome moly Vanadium steel, mil-spec black phosphate finish. 10.3" length. 1-7" rifling twist. Gas Block - Hardened, machined 4140 steel, black phosphate finish. Handguard - Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, Flat Dark Earth. All NFA rules apply. #100-018-030EN MK18 SOCOM Upper, 8K813J00 �� $ 874.99

High-quality, extruded upper reAssembled ceiver comes in A3 flattop configuration that offers plenty of flexibility in both open and optical sighting options. MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail has 17 cross-slots that accept popular AR-15/M16 accessories and scope Stripped mounts. Shell deflector and forward assist are machined as a single unit Assembled receiver has the charging handle, ejection port cover, and forward assist already installed. Stripped upper is receiver only. a b SPECS: Extruded 7129-T5 aluminum, hardcoat anodized and Teflon coated, matte black finish. .275" dia. pivot and takedown pin holes. Compatible with DPMS LR-308 lower receivers and barrels only. #231-000-266EN LR-308 Upper Receiver, Assembled, 3B185N13 ��$ 193.99 #231-000-282EN LR-308 Upper Receiver, Stripped, 1C133A13 �� 142.99

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

Items

LR-308 FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER

DPMS

LR-308 w/18" CM Bull Barrel

COMPETITION UPPER RECEIVER Quality, Rugged, Match Grade Upper Unit Fully machined from aircraft grade aluminum alloy, with extra material around the bolt carrier to provide a strong, rigid, platform for mounting heavy match barrels. Integral Picatinny-style scope rail gives complete flexibility for mounting all types of sight systems. Accepts Weaver-style rings or detachable A2-style carry handle, for a more traditional configuration. Eliminates the forward assist and ejection port cover for easier operation and smoother profile. a b SPECS: Aircraft-grade aluminum alloy, black, hardcoat anodized. Teflon coated. .250" (6.3mm) pivot pin dia. .254" (6.47mm) thick side walls. #231-015-111EN Lo-Pro Receiver, 1C82L86 �� $ 89.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

STRIPPED UPPER RECEIVER

Semi-Complete Upper Group Lets You Choose Custom Parts Stripped upper receiver group features forged chrome-molyvanadium 16" barrel with chrome-lined bore and chamber. Upper comes with all parts installed except handguard, bolt, carrier, and charging handle, letting you choose your own for semi-custom build. Flattop upper with witness marks readily accepts iron sights and optics. All barrels are magnetic particle inspected for quality by the manufacturer, and offer 1-7" twist rifling, 5.56 NATO chambers and M4 feedramps that extend into the upper. Available with carbine or mid-length gas systems, the upper receiver groups have hard coat anodizing on the receiver, and mil-spec heavy phosphate finish on the barrels for corrosion resistance and long service life. a b SPECS: Receiver – 7075 aluminum, hardcoat anodized finish, matte black. Barrel – Chrome-moly-vanadium steel, phosphate finish, matte black. Chrome-lined bore and chamber. 16" (40.6cm) long. 1-7" twist, 5.56 NATO chamber. Carbine – 2lbs 15 o.z. (1.3kg) wt. Mid-Length – 2lbs 14 o.z. (1.3kg) wt. Mid-Length – 2lbs 14 o.z. (1.3kg) wt. #100-009-766EN Carbine Upper Receiver Group, 8K440D00 �� $ 459.00 #100-009-767EN Mid-Length Upper Receiver Group, 8K440G00 �� 459.00

Build Your Custom .308 With A Genuine DPMS Factory Upper

Carry Handle & Flattop Models For Custom Builds; Machined From High-Grade Forgings Fully machined and finished, military style uppers ready for you to install your choice of barrel, carrier, bolt, forearm, and lower to build a custom AR-15. Choose from rugged A2 carry handle style, complete with cuts for mounting A2 rear sight, or A3 flattop with M4-type feed ramp cuts and Picatinny accessory rail for mounting a scope, holographic sight, or flip-up “iron” sights. Both models feature shell deflector, forward assist housing, and provisions for installing an ejection port cover. Precision machined from a premium-grade aluminum forging and hardcoat anodized for b extra strength, with a tough, scratch-resistant Teflon® coating. a SPECS: Aluminum, hard anodized, Teflon coated, matte black. Fits milspec AR-15 lower receiver with .250" pivot pins. #231-000-152EN Stripped A2 Upper Rec'r, 1C92A81 �� $ 99.99 #231-000-053EN Stripped A3 Flattop Upper Receiver, 1C105L64 �� 119.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

LR-308 Oracle

Complete Top End Includes Barrel, Free-Float Handguard, Bolt & Carrier Ready to install .308/7.62 NATO upper receiver comes fully assembled with bolt/carrier, charging handle, free-float handguard, gas block, and barrel. Lets you change your LR-308 from a sporter to a match rifle or long-range varminter in just minutes—or build a completely new gun customized to your exact needs Beefy, thickwalled receiver of extruded 6066 T6 aluminum is hardcoat anodized to military standards for extra surface strength, with a hard, black Teflon coating to resist scuffs and scratches. Free-floated forend of smooth, rigid machined aluminum gives plenty of air space to protect your hand from a hot barrel during sustained shooting. Includes swivel stud and QD sling swivel. All barrels have 1-10" twist for proper bullet stabilization. Bull Barrel model has a heavy .920" O.D. barrel with recessed 90° target crown. Snag-free, smooth-side receiver without ejection port cover, shell-deflector, or forward assist; an elevated Picatinny rail allows easy scope mounting without adding a riser mount. Lightweight, aluminum gas block has plenty of metal to withstand the hot gasses from thousands of firing cycles; topside Picatinny rail lets you mount the front sight of your choice, including flip-up models. Available with 18" barrel of 4140 chrome-moly (CM) carbon steel alloy and 71/4" carbine-length forend, or 24" bull barrel of 416 stainless steel (SS) with 12" rifle-length forend. AP4 Carbine has A3-style Lo-Rider receiver with forward assist and ejection port cover. 16" USGIstyle, light contour barrel of 4140 chrome-moly, with M203 mount cutout, 71/4" forend, and A2-type gas block/front sight tower with bayonet lug and sling swivel. Includes Panther flash suppressor with gas-dispersing helical ports and aggressive, serrated CQB tip. Oracle flattop with a 16½" barrel and standard, plastic carbine handguard, comes with an adjustable carbine buttstock, forward assist, dust cover, and Picatinny rail gas block (requires “gas block height” front sight). a b SPECS: Receiver/Handguard/Gas Block/Charging Handle – 6066 T6 aluminum, hard-anodized and Teflon® coated, black. Bolt/Carrier – 4140 steel, Parkerized, matte black. Barrel – 4140 chrome-moly steel (CM), Parkerized, matte black, or 416 stainless steel (SS), natural finish. Fits DPMS LR-308 lower receivers only. .275" pivot/takedown pin holes. #231-000-236EN LR-308 Upper w/24" SS Bull Bbl, 1C709E99 �� $ 749.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Stripped Barrel

Stripped

Easy-To-Swap, Complete, Fully Assembled Top Ends; Carry Handle & Flattop Models; Lots Of Options Complete, ready-to-install, semi-auto receivers let you change your AR-15 from a sporter to a match rifle or long-range varminter in just minutes—or add to a lower receiver to complete a parts gun. All barrels have six-groove, 1-9" right-hand twist rifling and M4-type feed ramp. Pre-ban style standard (Std) barrels are chambered for 5.56mm NATO, with A2 flash suppressor, military-style polymer handguard, and A2 front sight housing that includes bayonet lug and riveted sling loop. AP4 adds to Std configuration the cutout for M204 grenade launcher mount to replicate the contours of the USGI M4 carbine barrel. Bull barrels are stainless steel, post-ban style, and chambered for .223 Remington, with low-profile Picatinny gas block, aluminum freefloat handguard, and non-threaded muzzle with target crown. All models come with standard manganese-phosphate Parkerized finish on bolt. a b SPECS: Receiver - aluminum, anodized and Teflon® coated, black. Barrel - Std & AP4 - 4140 steel, Parkerized finish, dark gray. .725" dia. at muzzle. Bull - 416 stainless steel, natural finish. .925" dia. at muzzle. NOTE: Barrels are not chrome-lined. Chrome-lined barrels are available only by special order. STOCK # CALIBER/SIGHT BARREL PRICE 3B479C99 $ 499.99 #231-000-253EN 5.56/A2 16" Std 3B490B97 $ 509.99 #231-000-257EN 5.56/FT 16" Std 3B541P99 $ 579.99 #231-000-256EN 5.56/FT 16" AP4 3B419A49 $ 479.99 #231-000-254EN .223/FT 16" Bull 3B444G59 $ 459.99 #231-000-252EN 5.56/FT 20" Std #231-000-255EN .223/FT 20" Bull 3B439G76 $ 479.99 ORACLE UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY - Drops in to your lower receiver to convert to a lightweight, optic-ready carbine. Features an A3 upper and railed gas block ready to accept the front sight of your choice. SPECS: Aluminum A3 upper, anodized matte black. Barrel – 4140 chrome-moly steel, 5.56 chamber .16 long. 1-9" twist. Railed gas block. A2 flash hider. #231-000-339EN Oracle Upper Rec'r Ass'y, 3B463I13 �� $ 479.00

RED X ARMS

AR-308 FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER Compatible With DPMS Parts For Plenty Of Customizing Potential Red X's Flattop upper receiver is fully compatible with DPMS lowers and bolt/carrier, giving you a wide range of customizing options. Comes with forward assist and ejection port cover already installed, saving you two pesky chores. M4-type feed ramps help .308/7.62 ammo cycle smoothly. Picatinny top rail offers plenty of space for mounting your choice of optic. a b SPECS: 6061-T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Forward assist and ejection port cover included. #100-014-140EN AR Style 308 Upper Rec'r, 8D151L05 ��$ 169.99 #231-000-238EN LR-308 Upper w/16" AP4 Carbine CM Bbl, 1C829E99 �� $ 829.99 231-000-349EN LR-308 Oracle Upper w/16½" CM Bbl, 3B639C99 �� 639.99 231-000-324EN LR-308 Sportical Upper w/18" CM Bull Bbl, 3B559K99 �� 559.99

PAGE

upper receivers

Fully-assembled flattop upper receiver from the original manufacturer of U.S. military M16s comes loaded with combat-proven features and ready to snap onto any mil-spec lower. Includes M16-type bolt carrier compatible with semi- or full-auto/burst lowers, A2 flash hider, and step-cut barrel that allows mounting of M203 grenade launcher. Comes with U.S. Army standard-issue MaTech backup rear sight with quick-adjust detent lever that lets you choose eight range settings from 200 meters to 600 meters. Government Carbine – M4-style upper has an M4 handguard with dual-insulated aluminum internal shielding for excellent heat protection. A2-type front sight has side-mounted sling swivel that allows comfortable sling carry, even with a grenade or tear gas launcher installed. LE6920CK has a 16" barrel. LE6921CK has a 14.5" barrel. Advanced Law Enforcement Carbine (ALEC) - “Monolithic” receiver and handguard are machined from a single piece of aluminum billet for superb strength and 14" of uninterrupted top rail space. Bottom rail removes for easy access to the barrel nut and fully free-floated barrel. Low-profile gas block includes a bayonet lug and an integral flip-up front sight with an A2-type post. LE6940CK has a 16" barrel and LE6944CK has a 14.5" barrel. SPECS: Receiver – 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Barrel – 4140 carbon steel, black oxide finish. 16.1" (40.9cm) long. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO, chrome lined, 1-7" twist rifling. .250" dia. pivot and takedown pin holes. #160-000-388EN LE6920CK Gov’t Carbine Upper, 16" Bbl, 6A740G00 �� $ 740.00 #160-000-392EN LE6921CK Gov’t Carbine Upper, 14.5" Bbl, 6A740K00 �� 740.00 #160-000-387EN LE6940CK ALEC Upper, 16", 6A1056B00 �� 1056.00 #160-000-393EN LE6944CK ALEC Upper, 14.5", 6A00MDP �� 1056.00

DPMS AR-15

COMPLETE UPPER RECEIVER AR-15/m16

LE6940CK/LE6944CK

Original Colt Factory Top Half In Standard Or Quad-Railed Carbine Configurations

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

LR-308 UPPER RECEIVER

Daniel Defense

Stripped MK18 SOCOM Upper Receiver + Handguard

AR-15/m16

K L upper receivers

O N

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O

#732-000-476EN

AR-15 PISTOL STABILIZING BRACE See Page 47.

#100-015-850EN LAW TACTICAL GEN 3 FOLDING STOCK ADAPTER See Page 48. #100-013-288EN

AERO PRECISION STRIPPED UPPER RECEIVER See Page 1.

D.S. ARMS AR-15/M16

DRD TACTICAL AR-15/M16

STRIPPED FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER

QUICK TAKEDOWN BUILD KIT

Precision Forged From High-Strength 7075 Alloy For High-Quality Custom Builds

#100-011-228EN TROY INDUSTRIES HK-STYLE REAR/M4 FRONT SIGHT SET See Page 68. #100-014-612EN EOTECH 552.LBC2 HOLOGRAPHIC SIGHT w/RED+IR LASER See Page 98. #100-011-577EN MAGPUL RSA®-QD RAIL SLING ATTACHMENT See Page 73. #100-011-895EN

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES GEN2 SS HANDGUARD See Page 52.

#100-016-583EN

10.5" AR-15 PISTOL BARREL See Page 18.

#100-015-725EN SILENCERCO SAKER 7.62 SILENCER See Brownells.com.

M4/A3-style upper receiver is precision machined from a 7075 T6 aluminum alloy forging to USGI dimensions, and ready to mate with the mil-spec lower and internal components of your choice. Includes M4-type feed cuts and alphanumeric position markers stamped into the rail slots. Hardcoat anodized to resist wear, add strength, and protect from corrosion. Hard dry-lube surface treatment protects the anodizing from scuffs and reduces friction between bolt carrier and receiver walls for ultra-smooth operation, less wear, and longer service life. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, dry-lube finish, matte black. .250" takedown/pivot pin holes. #274-000-019EN Stripped Flattop Upper Receiver, 4G74P99 ��$ 89.99

#100-004-899EN PHASE 5 TACTICAL EBRv2 BOLT RELEASE See Page 35. GIBBZ ARMS AR-15/M16

#100-014-947EN VOODOO INNOVATIONS LOW-MASS M16 BOLT CARRIER See Page 13. #100-013-289EN AERO PRECISION STRIPPED LOWER RECEIVER See Page 7. #100-017-333EN

MAGPUL PMAG GEN M3 ™ See Page 61. ®

#100-004-157EN MAGPUL MOE® TRIGGERGUARD See Page 30. #100-007-570EN MAGPUL MOE+™ PISTOL GRIP See Page 57.

PAGE

Barrel Nut

Allows Barrel & Handguard Removal Without Tools Specially-designed receiver and handguard incorporate a unique barrel mounting system that allows the user to quickly and easily remove the handguard and the barrel without tools and break down the rifle for storage or transport. Barrel and handguard are secured to the receiver with a hand-tightened barrel nut along with a pin and cam lock for a rigid, rock-solid setup. Fits rifle-length gas systems with sights or shorter barrels with low profile gas blocks. Extra barrel nuts can be purchased to allow additional barrels to b be used with the takedown system for maximum versatility. a SPECS: 7075 Aluminum, matte black anodized finish. 121/2" handguard length, 20" OAL. Includes upper receiver, handguard, barrel nut, and instructions. #100-012-676EN Quick Takedown Build Kit, 5Z642P82 �� $ 695.99 #100-012-677EN Quick Takedown Barrel Nut, 39.99 5Z35B72 ��

G4 SIDE CHARGING UPPER Side Charging Upper Lets You Rack Bolt Without Changing Firing Grip Flattop receiver provides nonreciprocating left-side charging handle that lets you cycle the bolt without changing your firing grip. Fits a standard mil-spec lower and accepts mil-spec AR-15 bolt carrier groups and other parts. Detent keeps side charging

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

handle forward during rifle operation. Bolt carrier door in traditional charging handle position enables easy bolt carrier removal and keep out dust and debris. No provisions for ejection port cover. Requires replacing standard cam pin with included cam pin for proper function. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black finish. Includes cam pin. #100-015-448EN G4 Side-Charging Upper, 2D214I28 �� $ 249.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

FNH USA AR-15/M16

HIGH STANDARD AR-15/M16

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

Complete FN15 Upper Receivers

HSA-15 FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY

PSC-11/12 SIDE-CHARGING UPPER RECEIVERS

Model

Ready To Install On Your Choice Of Lower; Stripped & Completely Assembled Models

20" Rifle

18" DMR

16" Tactical Carbine

Top-Quality, Mil-Spec, Plug-N-Play Uppers; Standard Carbine/ Rifle, Plus Tactical/Competition Models

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES

MEGA ARMS AR-15/M16

BILLET MATCHED RECEIVER SET Excellent Strength, Customizing Versatility & Ambidextrous Bolt Release Matched upper/lower are both machined from high-grade 7075 aluminum for 70% more strength than receiver made from 6061 alloy. Lower features an ambidextrous bolt release that enables the shooter to close the bolt with the touch of a fingertip, without changing his/her grip on the rifle. Integral triggerguard adds structural strength and simplifies the build. Flared magwell aids in fast mag changes, and the fortified buttstock attachment point contributes to an exceptionally stable stock installation. Nylon-tipped tensioning screw on the lower lets you set a perfect lockup between the two receiver halves. T-marked flattop upper receiver has a shell deflector angled for optimal ejection angle, and comes with a billet charging handle. Upper and lower accept standard AR-15 parts, making it easy to build a rifle customized to your - or your customer's - needs. a b SPECS: Machined billet T6 7075 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. FFL required for purchase. #100-015-351EN Billet Upper/Lower Receiver Set, 1F356C94 �� $ 395.00 #100-015-352EN Billet Lower Receiver, 1F202N78 �� 225.00

AR-15/M16

SEEKINS PRECISION AR-15/M16

STRIPPED BILLET UPPER RECEIVER Blends With Most Forged Billet Lower Receivers Machined from high strength 6061 aluminum, this stripped flat top upper receiver boasts thicker walls for increased strength. Upper is cut for M4 feed ramps and includes T-marks in the rail slots. The mil-spec hardcoat anodized finish resists chipping and abrasions. Designed to accept standard forward assists and ejection port covers. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Uses .250" (6.3mm) takedown and pivot pins. #100-012-998EN Stripped Billet Upper Receiver, 2A139A40 �� $ 164.95

UPPER RECEIVER

SPIKE’S TACTICAL

M4 FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

7½" Upper

Unique Handguard Configurations; Stainless Steel Barrels Resist Corrosion

Upper assemblies readily fit onto standard AR-15 lowers and feature 416R stainless steel barrels that resist weather and corrosion. Chambered in 5.56, barrels feature extensions with M4 feedramps to enhance reliable operation. Uppers are flattop with white T-marks and include fully-installed forward assist and dust cover. 7½" and M4 uppers have modular handguards compatible with Magpul rail segments and have stainless steel A2 flashhiders. All models except for the 7½" have railed gas blocks to accept clamp-on front sights or other accessories. Bull Barrel models have round handguards and target crown muzzles to enhance accuracy potential. Charging handle, bolt, and bolt carrier must be purchased separately. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: Machined 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Barrels 416R stainless steel. 1-9" twist. 20" and 24" bull barrels 1-8" twist. #100-013-602EN 7½" Upper, 8D330B00 �� $ 330.00 #100-013-606EN M4 16" Upper , 8D330A00 �� 330.00 #100-013-603EN 16" Bull Barrel Upper, 8D330G00 �� 330.00 #100-013-604EN 20" Bull Barrel Upper, 8D330I00 �� 330.00 #100-013-605EN 24" Bull Barrel Upper, 8D330E00 �� 330.00

SYRAC ORDNANCE AR-15/M16

COMPLETE UPPER RECEIVER Complete “Top Half” Ready To Snap Onto The Lower Of Your Choice

Recoil Buffer Included

Complete M4-style upper comes fully assembled and ready to install on any mil-spec AR-15/M16/M4 lower receiver. The 6" M4profile barrel is chambered for military 5.56x45mm NATO ammo, and has extended M4-style feed ramps in the barrel extension to aid in reliable feeding. Barrel exterior has the cutout for installing a grenade/tear gas/bean bag launcher. Chamber and bore are hardchromed for superb corrosion resistence. M16-type bolt carrier with extended shroud to trip the auto-sear on full-auto rifles. Fmarked A2 front sight base. All critical components, incuding barrel and bolt, are individually high pressure tested (HPT) and then individually magnetic particle inspected (MPI) to ensure integrity. a b SPECS: Receiver - CNC Machined from a 7075 T6 MIL-H-6088 forging, with MIL-A-8625F Type III Class 2 hardcoat anodized finish, matte black. .250" pivot/takedown pin holes. Barrel - MIL-B-11595E chromoly vanadium alloy steel, Parkerized finish, matte black. 1-7" twist rifle. Carrier - 8620 tool steel, MIL-STD-171 phosphate coated. Bolt - CNC machined Carpenter 158 steel, MIL-STD-171 phosphate coated. #100-006-994EN M4 Complete Upper Assy, 3B580A00 �� $ 580.00

Beefed Up For Extra Strength Uniquely-sculpted receiver is machined from a solid billet with extra metal in critical areas for added strength. Receiver comes with ejection port cover and forward assist installed, and is compatible with any standard pattern AR lower receiver. Machined with M4 feed cuts for reliable feeding and hardcoat anodized for superior wear resistance. a b SPECS: 7075-T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Forward assist and ejection port cover included. #100-011-235EN Upper w/Forward Assist & Door, 8C209N99 ��$ 227.05

M4 16" Upper

RED X ARMS

Drop-In Ready, Mid-Length Flattop Upper With Versatile .223 Wylde Chamber Fully-assembled flattop upper receiver includes the bolt/carrier group, charging handle, free-float handguard, gas block, and barrel – just add a mil-spec lower and your AR is complete! The versatile, medium-profile 16" barrel with a .223 Wylde that enables use of both .223 Remington and 5.56mm NATO ammunition; 1-8" twist rifling helps maximize accuracy with both cartridges. Includes M4 feed ramps, plus an A2-style flash hider. Melonite-coated, carbon steel bolt/carrier group with mil-spec staked gas key and chromelined interior ensures reliability and durability. Mid-length gas system, complete with a Syrac Ordnance low-profile adjustable gas block, allows you to fine-tune the rifle’s performance. Lightweight Midwest Industries Gen II SS-Series free-float handguard features a full-length, T-marked Picatinny top rail, and lets the user install the three, included, 2.5" accessory rails exactly where needed. a b SPECS: Receiver – 7075-T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Barrel – 4150 chrome-moly-vanadium steel, matte black. 16" (40.6cm) OAL. Bolt/carrier – 8620 carbon steel, Melonite-coated, matte black. Handguard – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Includes (3) 2.5" rail sections. #100-011-666EN Complete Upper Rec'r, 8E940A69 �� $ 998.99

LEFT HAND UPPER RECEIVER Increases Comfort & Ease Of Operation For Left-Handed Shooters Mirror-image of the standard AR upper has the ejection port and forward assist on the left side, to give lefthanded shooters some of the ease and comfort in operating their rifles right-handers enjoy. A3-style with Picatinny top rail that includes crisply engraved silver T-markings.

order on the web

brownells.com

Compatible with standard mil-spec lower receviers and accepts standard AR-15 barrel, bolt, and carrier. M4 feed ramps help ensure reliable ammo feeding. Comes with forward assist and ejection port cover installed. a b SPECS: Forged 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits mil-spec lower receiver with .250" pivot pins. Use with Red X Arms lefthanded bolt/carrier group, sold separately. #100-015-255EN Left Hand Upper Assy, 8D110N00 �� $ 129.99

PAGE

upper receivers

FNH's flattop upper assemblies are the shortcut to getting a rifle customized to the type of shooting you intend to do. They come fully assembled and ready to install on the mil-spec lower of your choice - and fully equipped with popular accessories and options. All models have M4-pattern feed ramps to aid in reliable cycling, plus M16 bolt carriers with the extended bottom shroud to trip the auto-sear on full-auto/burst lowers. Bolt and carrier are high-pressure tested, then Magnetic Particle Inspected (MPI) for flaws. Standard Carbine (16" barrel) closely matches configuration of USGI M4A1 carbine upper, while Rifle (20" barrel) replicates the M16A3 rifle, both with GI-style molded plastic handguard, A2-style gas block/front sight, bayonet lug, front sling loop, and A2-style flash suppressor - both classic, proven, AR-15 configurations. Carbine barrel has cutout forward of front sight for grenade launcher. DMR features a lightweight, machined-aluminum Midwest Industries SSM free-float handguard with a full-length MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny top rail, Magpul M-LOK™ accessory attachment slots along the sides and bottom, and five anti-rotation QD sling swivel sockets. On the muzzle is a Surefire® ProComp 556 muzzle brake for powerful reduction of felt recoil to enable fast follow-up shots. Tactical Carbine is a lighter-weight version of the DMR, with a Midwest Industries free-float LWM handguard, with a segment of MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny top rail at each end for front sight/optic mounting, without the weight penalty of a full-length top rail. Includes M-LOK side and bottom attachment slots, plus FNH USA's own three-prong flash suppressor to minimize muzzle flash in low light. a b SPECS: Upper Receiver - Forged aluminum alloy, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. .250" dia. pivot/takedown pin holes. Barrel - cold hammer-forged Chromium-Molybdenum-Vanadium steel, manganese phosphate finish, matte black. Hard-chrome-lined to MIL-STD 171. Chambered for 5.56x45mm NATO (compatible with .223 Rem), with 1-7" rifling. Bolt - Carpenter 158 steel alloy. DMR/Tactical Carbine Handguards - Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. #119-000-258EN 16" Carbine Upper, 9A699G00 �� $ 699.00 #119-000-259EN 20" Rifle Upper, 9A699J00 �� 699.00 #119-000-260EN 18" DMR Upper, 9A1079J00 �� 1079.00 #119-000-261EN 16" Tactical Carbine Upper, 9A949F00 �� 949.00

Complete, fully assembled M4-type upper receiver is ready to install on your lower of choice. Add a rear sight or scope, and you’re ready to go shooting. Perfect for converting a rifle to a carbine, or build a completely new gun customized to your exact requirements. Manufactured in the U.S. from top-quality materials to original Colt specs; each part is gauge-checked during assembly for correct tolerances under MIL-STD 105D. Forged from 7075 T6 aluminum alloy, then hardcoat anodized for added strength and wear resistance. Includes a standard military contour, 16" barrel with six-groove, 1-9" twist rifling, plus an A2 gas block/front sight with bayonet lug and 11/4" wide sling loop. A2-style flash suppressor has five ports on top and a solid bottom to prevent dust signature when shooting prone. Flattop accepts a detachable carry handle, scope, or red dot sight; laser-etched white index numbers aid in temporary removal and replacement of sight without loss of zero. M4 handguard is molded from tough, high-impact polymer that resists moisture, temperature extremes, and chemicals. a b SPECS: Receiver – Forged 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Barrel - 4140 steel, parkerized finish, black. 16" (40cm) long. .725" O.D. at the muzzle. Handguard – High-impact polymer, black. #430-000-528EN HSA-15 Upper Rec'r Assy, 3D529J57 �� $ 599.99

20" Bull Barrel Upper

Machined-from-billet upper receiver takes the basic AR platform to a new level of performance by adding side charging capability as found in the FN-FAL and H&K battle rifles. This allows the shooter to cycle the action for rapid loading or perform immediate action to clear a malfunction without breaking out of shooting position. The standard charging handle has also been retained for conventional operation to give the shooter the best of both worlds. Each PSC upper comes with bolt, bolt carrier, forward assist, ejection port cover, and charging handle. PSC-11 fits AR-15 lower receiver and is available with Standard JP bolt carrier or Low-Mass bolt carrier. PSC-12 fits any AR-style .308 lower receiver that will accept a DPMS LR-308 pattern upper receiver. (Will not fit ArmaLite® AR-10® pattern uppers.) Comes with JP’s .308 EnhancedBolt group. a b SPECS: Receiver - 7075 aluminum, hard-coated surfaces with black Teflon® finish. Bolt – 9310 steel. Carrier – 416 stainless steel with QPQ black hard coat finish. Includes upper receiver, bolt carrier group, side charging handle & standard charging handle. #452-000-134EN PSC-11 Side-Charge Upper, Std Carrier, 2E854H99 �� $ 854.99 #452-000-135EN PSC-11 Side-Charge Upper, Low-Mass Carrier, 2E854G99 �� 854.99 452-000-171EN PSC-12 Side-Charge .308 Upper, 2E1180Q00 �� 1199.00

AR-15/m16

FAL-Style Charging Handle For Easier Operation

16" Carbine

RED X ARMS AR-15/M16

COMPLETE UPPER RECEIVER

Rifle courtesy of Bravo Company Manufacturing.

AR-15/m16

upper receivers

N M

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O

#100-016-337EN

BRAVO COMPANY BCM GUNFIGHTER STOCK KIT See Page 42.

#100-005-369EN BRAVO COMPANY BCM CHARGING HANDLE See Page 34.

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

YHM-7200 SMOOTH CARBINE UPPER

YHM-7300 “ENTRY LEVEL” UPPER RECEIVER

#100-003-442EN TROY INDUSTRIES HK-STYLE REAR BATTLESIGHT See Page 68. #100-007-265EN EOTECH HHS I EXPS3-4 SIGHT/G.33 MAGNIFIER SET See Page 98. #100-014-184EN

BRAVO COMPANY KMR KEYMOD RAIL HANDGUARD See Page 49.

#100-003-444EN

TROY INDUSTRIES HK-STYLE FRONT BATTLESIGHT See Page 68.

#100-011-242EN

BRAVO COMPANY GUNFIGHTER COMPENSATOR See Page 23.

#152-000-112EN SUREFIRE PX2 FURY FLASHLIGHT See Catalog #68 Page 411. #100-017-442EN BRAVO COMPANY MOD 0 KEYMOD RING LIGHT MOUNT See Brownells.com. #100-014-215EN

BRAVO COMPANY LOW-PROFILE GAS BLOCK See Page 14.

#100-016-493EN BRAVO COMPANY GUNFIGHTER MOD 3 VERTICAL GRIP See Brownells.com.

Complete, Customized Flattop Upper At An Affordable Price Complete Carbine Upper With Smooth-Sided Handguard T-marked flattop upper comes fully assembled with high-end custom features and accessories, and it’s ready to install on the mil-spec lower receiver of your choice. Full-length Picatinny top rail on the YHM-5000 handguard offers plenty of mounting space, while smooth sides allow easy grip. Three permanently attached 21/2" rail sections in front at the 3, 6, and 9 o’clock positions accept flashlights, lasers, offset iron sights, and other accessories. Chrome-lined 16" barrel has unique diamond-pattern exterior fluting that enhances rigidity and aids cooling. Chambered for 5.56 NATO with 1-7" rifling twist that stabilizes heavy, match-grade bullets, this barrel also features a Yankee Hill Phantom 5C2 flash suppressor/compensator. Includes bolt, carrier, charging handle, a Yankee Hill flip-up rear sight, and a gas block mounted flip-up front sight. a b SPECS: Receiver - 7075 T6 aluminum, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Barrel – 4140 steel, heat treated to Rc 25-32, matte black finish. 16" long. Chambered for 5.56 x 45mm NATO. 1-7" twist. Handguard - 91/2" (24cm) long. 4 lbs. 7 oz. (2kg) wt. #100-010-663EN YHM-7200 Smooth Carbine Upper, 9A779A99 �� $ 799.99

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

#100-014-626EN BRAVO COMPANY M4 UPPER RECEIVER See Page 1. #100-009-797EN ALG DEFENSE ACT MILITARY-STYLE AR-15 TRIGGER See Page 27. #100-013-641EN BRAVO COMPANY MOD-3 GUNFIGHTER GRIP See Page 55. #100-014-185EN BRAVO COMPANY RECEIVER EXTENSION ASSEMBLY KIT See Page 40.

PAGE

Fully assembled flattop upper receiver comes decked out with popular features, ready to snap on the lower of your choice to form an outstanding tactical competition race gun. Includes a low-profile gas block with Picatinny rail on top for mounting a flipup front sight, white T-marked slots on the receiver rail for precise positioning of an optic, a Yankee Hill Phantom flash suppressor, and a rugged YHM-9645 all-aluminum free-float handguard with non-slip surface texturing. This upper is built to run hard and give superb performance out of the box, with plenty of potential for future customization. Available chambered for 5.56 x 45mm NATO (also accepts .223 Remington) or 6.8mm Remington SPC II for extra punch at long ranges. Both models have a chrome-lined barrel for b extra wear resistance. a SPECS: Receiver - Forged 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 lower receiver with .250" dia. pivot/takedown pins. Bolt/Carrier – 8620 carbon steel, mil-spec phosphate finish, matte black. Barrel – 4140 steel, heat-treated to Rc 25-32, chrome-lined, Parkerized, matte black finish. 16" (40.6cm) long. 5.56 NATO/.223 – 1-7" rifling; 6.8 Rem SPC II – 1-10" rifling. Handguard – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7" (17.8cm) long, 2" (5cm) O.D. 4 lbs. (1.8kg) total wt. #100-010-661EN YHM-7300 Carbine Upper, 5.56 NATO, 9A659N99 �� $ 679.99 #100-010-662EN YHM-7300 Carbine Upper, 6.8 SPC, 9A709Q99 �� 719.99

STRIPPED A3 UPPER RECEIVER High-Quality Forged Flattop Upper For Your Next Dream Gun YHM machines these receivers to precise final specifications from 7075 aluminum forgings to produce a tough, high-quality upper you can depend on. Features include M4-pattern feed cuts for reliable feeding, en-

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

graved “T” marks on the rail for precise optic positioning, and a military-style, hard-anodized finish that will stand up to rough use. Fits standard AR-15 and M16 lower receivers, and accepts any milspec barrels, Handguards, and other components. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black. Stripped receiver only; no parts included. Accepts .250" dia. take-down and pivot pins. #100-010-543EN Stripped Upper Receiver, 9A89A99 �� $ 99.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

VLTOR

AERO PRECISION AR-308

VIS UPPER RECEIVER

M5 LOWER RECEIVER

VLTOR AR-15/M16

MODULAR UPPER RECEIVER

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

YHM-7810 BLACK DIAMOND SPECTER UPPER RECEIVER

Rock Solid Integrated Receiver & Railed Handguard Ensures Alignment Of Rails Forged flattop receiver and machined, free-float handguard are fused into a single component to provide a rock solid, quad-rail platform for maximum flexibility in mounting optics, backup sights, lights, vertical grips, and other accessories. The Versatile Interface Structure (VIS) offers a perfectly aligned top rail that cures the indexing problems common with flattop receivers and separate railed forends. Features four, MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails with side and bottom rails on the handguard. The continuous top rail from the back of the receiver to the front of the handguard eliminates the need for an extended base to mount a long eye relief optic. Easy-to-remove bottom rail section assists in cleaning and maintenance, and allows attachment of an M203 grenade launcher, flare gun, tear gas launcher, or other SOPMOD component. Compatible with mil-spec lower receivers, bolt/carrier assemblies, and charging handles. Accepts any standard AR-15 barrel with a low profile gas block. Required barrel nut and wrench are included. Available with extended mid-length (VIS‑2a) or rifle-length (VIS‑3) handguard. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 (receiver) and 6061 T6 (handguard) aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. VIS-2a – 17.5" (44.4cm) O.A.L. 10" (25.4cm) handguard length. 26 oz. (737g) wt. VIS-3 – 19.875" (50.5cm) O.A.L. 12" (30.5cm) handguard length; 29 oz. (822g) wt. #100-004-947EN VIS-2a Ext. Mid-Length Upper, 3A574C71 �� $ 617.99 #100-004-948EN VIS-3 Rifle Upper, 3A597C98 �� 645.99

WMD GUNS AR-15/M16

NiB-X™ COATED UPPER RECEIVER Ultra-Hard, Smooth-AsGlass Finish For Maximum Durability & Smooth Cycling Complete Flattop Upper With High-End Features

Stripped receiver has WMD’s NiB-X nickel boron coating inside and out to provide an exceptionally tough, ultra-smooth surface finish for outstanding wear resistance and lubricity. A ceramic topcoat is applied for color on the exterior only, leaving the nickel boron exposed inside to keep friction with the bolt carrier to the absolute minimum. Works great with standard carriers, too, but even smoother with nickel boron coated bolt carriers, including WMD’s NiB-X coated carrier, available separately. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, NiB-X coating with matte ceramic finish, Black or Flat Dark Earth. Stripped receiver only. Fits standard AR-15/M16 lowers, and accepts standard barrels and upper receiver parts. .250". dia. pivot/ takedown pin holes. #100-010-558EN NiB-X Upper Rec'r, Black, 3C132F41 �� $ 142.99 #100-010-559EN NiB-X Upper Rec'r, FDE, 3C132D41 �� 142.99

RED X ARMS AR-15/M16

STRIPPED UPPER RECEIVER Forged A3-Type Flattop Ready For Your Parts Stripped A3-style upper receiver is ready for your choice of AR-15/M16 finishing components. Picatinny accessory rail slots have crisply engraved silver T-markings. M4-type feed cuts help ensure reliable round feeds even on carbines with shorter gas tubes. Hardcoat anodized inside and out to resist abrasion and wear, add strength, and protect against corrosion. Requires

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

ANDERSON MANUFACTURING AR-15/M16

STRIPPED LOWER RECEIVER A Good-Quality Mil-Spec Lower At An Unbeatable Price Anderson's basic lower is ready for your next custom rifle or pistol build - without a custom shop price. Forged from military-grade 7075 T6 aluminum, with a standard hardcoat anodized finish for extra surface strength and abrasion-resistance in the field. Manufactured to tolerances that ensure a drop-in fit for all mil-spec lower components. Right side has "SAFE" and "FIRE" selector markings. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. #100-016-811EN Stripped Lower Receiver, 7F45A00 �� $ 49.99

CROSS MACHINE TOOL AR-15

BILLET LOWER RECEIVER Precision-Machined With Advanced Features Innovative, stripped receiver comes with many advanced features including an integral trigger guard and a screw-mounted bolt catch to eliminate the need for roll pins as well as a flared magwell for faster reloads and a reinforced buffer tube area for added strength. An upper tensioning screw is also provided to remove any play between the upper and lower receivers to give the gun a rock-solid feel. “Multi Cal”-marked receiver is machined from a solid billet of 7075 T-6 aluminum and given a Type III, Class II hard anodized finish for maximum wear resistance and durability. a b SPECS: 7075 T-6 aluminum, matte black hard anodized finish. Receiver comes with bolt catch screw and upper tensioning screw. No other parts included. Fits standard pattern AR-15 uppers. FFL Required for purchase. #100-012-148EN Lower Receiver, 8C192P86 �� $ 199.99

forward assist and ejection port cover assemblies, available separately. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 lower receiver with .250" (6.3mm) pivot/takedown pins. #100-012-268EN Stripped Upper Receiver, 8D86K00 �� $ 94.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Stripped, small pin, semiauto lower receiver is precision machined from a durable, 7075 T6 aluminum forging. Stamped “Cal Multi,” this versatile mil-spec receiver can be the foundation for rifle builds on 5.56/.223, 6.5mm, 6.8mm, 300 AAC Blackout, 9mm Luger, or other chamberings that fit the standard AR-15 receiver. Holes, inletting and pin locations have been cut to final dimensions and accept standard AR-15 magazines and components. Clearly stamped safe/fire switch position indicators ensure that you can easily identify the service state of the rifle. Available with standard hard-anodized finish or extra-hard, long-lasting Cerakote finish. STS model is designed to accept short throw safeties, such as the Battle Arms Ambidextrous Short Throw 45 (#100-009-866), that require the fire position at 45°, 60° or 90° (so it will also work with the standard selector). a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black, or Cerakote finish in matte Sniper Gray (SG) or Desert. Small pin, .154" (3.9mm) hammer/pin holes. .250" (6.3mm) pivot/takedown pin holes. FFL required for purchase. #953-000-001EN AR-15 Stripped Lower Receiver, 3E81D13 �� $ 89.99 #100-015-121EN AR-15 Stripped Lower Receiver, SG Cerakote, 3E99M99 �� 109.99 #100-013-289EN AR-15 Stripped Lower Receiver, Desert Cerakote, 3E99Q99 �� 109.99 100-015-248EN STS Stripped Lower Receiver, 3E89J99 �� 99.99

DOUBLE STAR AR-15

LOWER RECEIVER Mil-Spec Lower Is Ready For Your Next AR-15 Project

Stripped, hammer-forged receiver has extra reinforcement around the front pivot pin, reinforcing ridge over the buffer tube area, and a full fence around the magazine catch button ensure it’s built for rugged use. Final machined to USGI mil-spec dimensions for compatibility with factory and aftermarket parts to give you plenty of options in building your own AR-15. "Safe" and "Fire" are engraved on both sides for guns with ambidextrous safeties. Available as stripped receiver only with no internal components installed. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 forged aluminum, CNC machined to mil-spec, hardcoat anodized, matte black, with high-lubricity Teflon coating. FFL required to purchase. #100-002-312EN Lower, Stripped, 9Z117F81 �� $ 129.99

DETROIT GUN WORKS AR-STYLE .308

STRIPPED LOWER RECEIVER Compatible With DPMS -Pattern Parts Final-machined from a heavyduty aluminum forging, this stripped, semi-auto lower accepts standard AR-15 triggers and other components. “Safe” and “Fire” symbols engraved on both sides to accommodate ambidextrous safeties. Accepts magazines, pivot/takedown pins, bolt catch parts, and magazine releases that fit the DPMS LR-308. Also accepts Magpul PMAGs and C-Products magazines. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 forged aluminum, MIL-A-8625F Type III Class 2 hardcoad anodized, matte black. #100-013-418EN Stripped AR-308 Lower Receiver, 5D171N77 �� $ 239.99

PAGE

lower receivers

Flattop upper comes with high-end custom features and accessories already installed, ready to snap on the mil-spec lower receiver of your choice. Comes fully assembled with bolt/carrier, charging handle, tactical handguard, gas block, and barrel. Features a free-floated Diamond handguard with uniquely-patterned holes machined between the rails to reduce weight and enhance barrel cooling. Four full-length MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails have individually marked slots for quick reference. The handguard bridges the gap to the front of the receiver to form one continuous, uninterrupted top rail; extends over the low-profile gas block for a smooth, streamlined appearance. Specter Upper features Specter-length handguard; Specter XL Upper features rifle-length handguard. Chrome-lined, 16" barrel has a unique diamond-pattern fluting that increases surface area for superior cooling. 1-9" rifling twist works with a wide variety of bullet weights. 5.56 NATO chamber accepts commercial .223 or mil-spec 5.56mm ammunition. Also includes a Yankee Hill Phantom 5C2 flash uppressor/ compensator, plus YHM-9383 low-profile gas block, YHM-9627 flip-up front sight, and YHM-9680 windage-adjustable flip-up rear sight with A2-style long- and short-range apertures. a b SPECS: Receiver – 7075 T6 aluminum alloy, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized finish, matte black. Barrel – Chrome-moly vanadium steel alloy, heat treated to Rc 25-32, matte black finish. Chrome-lined. 16" (40.6cm) long. 1-9" ( twist, chambered for 5.56mm NATO. Handguard – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Sights – Steel, Parkerized, matte black. Specter Upper – 4.8 lbs (2.2 kg) wt. Specter XL Upper – 5 lbs (2.3 kg) wt. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 lower receiver with .250" pivot/ takedown pins. #100-005-754EN Black Diamond Specter Upper Rec’r, 9A839B99 �� $ 849.99 #100-010-668EN Black Diamond Specter XL Upper Rec’r, 9A859N99 �� 869.99

Stripped lower is the ideal mate for Aero’s M5 upper, plus it’s fully compatible with DPMS-pattern 308 parts, so you can build a 7.62/.308 AR from the ground up with maximum versatility in your choice of components. Accepts any magazine that fits the DPMS LR-308. Integral triggerguard adds extra structural strength. Selector markings function with 45°, 60° or 90° safety selectors. Accepts standard LR-308 safety or Battle Arms Development short-throw safety selectors. Rear takedown pin detent hole has 4-40 threads to allow for a setscrew to retain the takedown pin. Bolt catch is threaded for a screw pin, so that no roll pin is needed. a b SPECS: Forged 7075 T6 aluminum, MIL 8625 Type 3 Class 2 harcdcoat anodized, matte black. .2795" dia. pivot and takedown pin holes. FFL required for purchase. #100-015-985EN M5 Stripped .308 Lower Receiver, 3E172K00 �� $ 185.00

STRIPPED LOWER RECEIVER Strong, Basic Mil-Spec Receiver Ready For Your Next Custom Build

upper receivers

The MUR is a flattop upper receiver with thicker walls than a standard upper to provide a more rigid platform for greater stability, better accuracy, longer service life, and improved reliability. Precision machined from a fully heat-treated and cryogenically stress-relieved aluminum forging, before hand finishing to final dimensions. All critical interface points are 100% compatible with mil-spec select-fire AR‑15/M16/ M4 components and lower receivers, and will fit most commercial semi-auto lowers. A slick, dry-lube coating over the hard-anodized finish further guards against surface wear and helps ensure smooth operation of bolt/carrier and other internal components. Comes with true MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail with 13 cross-slots, plus forward assist and ejection port door pre installed. Gunsmith installation recommended. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, Type II, Class 3 hardcoat anodized, dry lube coating, matte black. .250" dia. pivot/takedown pin holes. #100-004-042EN MUR Upper Receiver, 3A185G99 �� $ 199.99 #100-011-160EN MUR Upper Receiver w/o Fwd Assist, 3A163M00 �� 174.99

A Solid & Versatile Foundation For Your Next Big Bore AR

AERO PRECISION AR-15

AR-15/m16

Extra Metal For Superb Strength & Rigidity; Mil-Spec Dimensions For Compatibility

Model

B C

AR-15/m16

H K

lower receivers

JAMES MADISON TACTICAL AR-15/M16

SEEKINS PRECISION AR-15/M16

POLYMER 80% LOWER RECEIVER

SP223 LOWER RECEIVER

Complete The Lower For Your Next Build At Home

#100-016-915EN B5 SYSTEMS SOPMOD STOCK See Page 47.

#100-018-030EN DANIEL DEFENSE MK18 SOCOM UPPER REC'R + HANDGUARD See Page 3.

#100-015-208EN KNIGHT'S ARMAMENT 600-METER MICRO REAR SIGHT See Page 68.

#100-000-909EN EOTECH 552 HOLOGRAPHIC SIGHT See Page 98.

#100-017-785EN STEINER OPTICS DBAL-A3 LASER SIGHT/IR ILLUMINATOR See Brownells.com.

#100-015-209EN KNIGHT'S ARMAMENT FOLDING MICRO FRONT SIGHT See Page 68.

#152-000-130EN SUREFIRE SF3P556/SOCOM FLASH HIDER See Page 26.

#071-000-038EN TANGODOWN BATTLEGRIP See Page 58.

No Expensive Jig Or Extra Parts To Purchase

#100-004-634EN DANIEL DEFENSE COMPLETE BOLT/CARRIER GROUP See Page 12.

#100-014-008EN SUREFIRE M600 SCOUT LIGHT See Brownells.com.

#100-002-987EN DANIEL DEFENSE RAIL MOUNT QD SLING SWIVEL See Page 72.

POLYMER80 AR-15/M16

POLYMER 80% LOWER RECEIVER & JIG KIT

PAGE

Made of tough, reinforced polymer, this lower comes 80% complete, with the necessary jig and instructions for final machining into a finished AR-15 lower. Because it is incomplete, an FFL is not required for purchase. Reinforced areas around magwell, bolt release, and interface points with upper receiver give added strength and durability. Premachined areas - threads for buffer tube, bolt release cavity, and rear pivot pin hole - accept standard mil-spec AR-15 parts. Built-in triggerguard simplifies assembly and enhances structural strength. May not be returned to Brownells once modified in any way. a b #100-014-622EN 80% Lower Receiver, 6B92B85 �� $ 99.99

Designed as a complete kit, this all inclusive package contains everything needed to start your next build. Lower receiver is constructed from a single block of proprietary polymer composite with a solid core design, stiffened magwell and beefier buffer tube housing. These lower receivers are 80% finished and require final milling of the fire

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Machined From Billet With High-End Custom Features For Superb Performance Designed to meet the needs of the tactical shooter, this unique lower receiver comes with an ambidextrous bolt release to aid in fast reloads, plus an oversized, integral triggerguard with extra clearance for a shooter wearing gloves. A beveled mag well helps you get a fresh magazine - milspec, Magpul® PMAG®, even a Surefire ultra-high-cap mag - locked in quickly, without fumbling. An upper tensioning setscrew and a trigger reset screw are included to optimize performance, and all roll pins have been replaced with screw-in dowel pins for strength and ease of maintenance. Bullet pictogram selector markings give you fast recognition of status under stress, and deep-ridge texturing on the front of the magwell helps shooters who use a highand-close support hand hold. a b SPECS: Machined from 7075 T6 aluminum billet, Type III Class 2 hardcoat anodized, matte black. Includes ambidextrous bolt release, tensioning setscrew, and trigger setscrew. Accepts all standard mil-spec AR-15/M16 components and upper receiver. FFL required for purchase. #100-011-234EN SP223 Lower Receiver, 6B229N99 �� $ 249.99

control group, trigger pin, hammer pin, trigger slot, and safety selector. The included jig system provides an insert for trigger hole drilling, and also includes the necessary drill bits plus end mill bit to finish your lower. Because the receiver is incomplete, an FFL is not required for purchase. May not be returned to Brownells once modified in any way. a b SPECS: Nylon polymer, black. Jig – Polymer, red. Includes bits, screws and Allen wrench. #100-016-996EN 80% Lower & Jig Kit, 9D60B00 �� $ 75.00

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

SEEKINS PRECISION AR-15/M16

TACTICAL MACHINING AR-15/M16

CMMG AR-15/M16

ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15/M16

FORGED LOWER

STRIPPED LOWER RECEIVER

DEDICATED 9mm LOWER RECEIVER

9mm UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY

High-Quality Lower Accepts All Mil-Spec Parts Seekins Precision starts with a high-quality aluminum forging and then precision machines it to betterthan-mil-spec tolerances that still accept all mil-spec parts. Helps maximize accuracy potential and add high quality for a custom rifle build. Unique chevron texture on front of mag well gives distinctive appearance, and helps improve grip. Accepts all standard parts inlcuding .154" trigger/hammer pins and .250" takedown/pivot pins. Hardcoat anodized finish resists heat, corrosion and wear. a b SPECS: Forged T6 7075 aluminum. Type III hardcoat anodized finish, matte black finish. FFL required for purchase. #100-011-778EN Forged Lower Receiver, 6B84Q60 �� $ 94.00

Integral 9mm Magwell Requires No Conversion Block

Machined from a 7075 T6 aluminum forging to mil-spec dimensions, this lower is compatible with all standard AR-15 parts. Tight tolerances give exact fit. Accepts .250" takedown/pivot pin holes and .154" trigger and hammer pins. Features “Safe” and “Fire” safety markings. a b SPECS: T6 7075 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 250 takedown/ pivot pin holes. .154 trigger and hammer pins. FFL required for purchase. #100-011-386EN Stripped Lower Receiver, 8A85J00 �� $ 94.99

TACTICAL MACHINING AR-STYLE .308

TM-10 LOWER RECEIVER

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15

LOWER RECEIVER High-Quality Forgings Machined to Mil-Spec Dimensions; Stripped & Assembled Models

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15

ST-22 PISTOL PLUG Machined aluminum plug screws into the lower receiver to seal off the extension tube opening on AR-style pistols in .22 LR rimfire. Black anodized plug accepts a pushbutton quick-release sling swivel (not included), and requires no fitting or modification to the gun. a b SPECS: Aluminum, matte black anodized. .835" (21mm) OAL. 1.365" (34.6mm) O.D. Works only on guns that require no receiver extension tube. #100-010-699EN ST-22 Pistol Plug, 3B17K31 �� $ 19.99

/ROCK RIVER ARMS

9mm LOWER RECEIVER CONVERSION KIT

CAR-15/M4

Easily Convert Your .223 AR Into A Fast-Shooting 9mm Sub-caliber upper assemblies allow fast and simple conversion of ARs chambered in .223 to 9mm Luger. True, dedicated, complete upper receivers are assembled from military specification components; includes a Wilson, 1-10 twist barrel, bolt and carrier, charging handle, shell deflector, heat-shield lined handguards, sling swivel, and A1-style flash hider. Additional items not included but required for conversion to 9mm are a 9mm magazine, magazine adapter, action spring, and recoil buffer, sold separately. A2 configuration has A2 adjustable sights regulated for 9mm. A4 unit has flattop receiver that accepts most aftermarket accessories designed to fit a Picatinny rail. a b SPECS: Barrel - 4140 steel, blue, matte finish, 16" (40.6cm) long, .725" (18cm) O.D. Receiver - Aluminum, anodized finish, matte black. Designed to fit lower receiver with .25" (6.3mm) diameter takedown pins. #739-000-012EN A2 9mm Upper Rec., 9C529L99 �� $ 529.99 #739-000-013EN A4 9mm Upper Rec., 9C530G62 �� 549.99

MGI AR-15

ENHANCED RELIABILITY 7.62x39 BOLT Specially Designed For Reliable Ignition In AR’s Chambered For The AK Round

ADVANCED ARMAMENT CORP AR-15/M16

300 AAC BLACKOUT UPPER RECEIVER Drop-In Kit Converts A Stock Lower Receiver To Accept A Sub-Caliber Upper Complete 30 Caliber Upper; Carbine & Pistol Models Enhanced upper receiver is everything you need to convert your AR carbine or pistol to the exciting 300 AAC Blackout (300 BLK) round. Features a nitrided, 1"-8 twist barrel with M4 feed cuts, a Knight’s Armament URX free-floating handguard, and AAC’S 51T flash suppressor that accepts the AAC 762-SDN-6 sound suppressor to make the gun nearly silent when used with subsonic ammunition. The nitride-treated bore and chamber provide excellent corrosion resistance and a longer service life than standard chrome-lined barrels, and the full-profile M16 bolt/carrier group allows these uppers to function on a full-auto M16 lower as well as on semi-auto guns. Available with standard 16" Carbine or 9" Pistol barrel, both designed to function with subsonic and supersonic ammunition. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: Barrel – 4150 chrome-moly-vanadium steel, hard nitride finish, matte black. 1-8" rifling. Bolt – Carpenter 158 steel, matte black finish. Includes complete upper receiver and barrel, bolt carrier group, and charging handle. Carbine – 16" barrel, fitted with URX II handguard. Use with carbine receiver extension, standard GI carbine buffer spring, and a carbine buffer. Pistol – 9" barrel, fitted with URX III handguard. Use with carbine receiver extension, standard GI carbine buffer spring, and an H2 buffer. #276-000-011EN 300 AAC Blackout Carbine Upper, 16" Bbl, 6G907J14 �� $ 950.00 #276-000-012EN 300 AAC Blackout Pistol Upper, 9" Bbl, 6G907F14 �� 950.00

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

One-stop, drop-in solution with the parts you need to convert a mil-spec small pin (.154" dia.), .223 lower receiver with collapsible stock to accept a 9mm upper receiver assembly. Kit includes a replacement hammer, recoil spring, and buffer optimized to handle the reduced recoil force of the 9mm Luger round, as well as a Magwell Conversion Block that installs in your rifle’s magazine well to allow it to accept 25-round 9mm “stick” magazines, available separately. To use the kit on a full-size rifle with fixed A1/A2-style buttstock, install the separately available Delrin® Spacer in buffer tube behind recoil spring. a b SPECS: Hammer & Buffer - Steel, matte black oxide finish. Action Spring - High tensile strength spring steel. Magwell Conversion Block - Steel with matte black oxide finish and aluminum with matte black, hardcoat anodized finish. Fits CAR-15/M4 collapsible stock models with .154" diameter receiver pin holes. Spacer – Machined Delrin. Fits buffer tube for fixed A1/A2-style AR-15/M16 rifle buttstock. Not included in kit; must be purchased separately. #080-000-442EN 9mm Lower Receiver Conversion Kit, 9C203Q86 �� $ 219.99 #739-000-018EN 9mm Magwell Conversion Block, 9C175L00 �� 175.00 23.95 #739-000-015EN 9mm Hammer, 9C23H95 �� 27.99 #739-000-016EN 9mm Carbine Buffer, 9C25K71 �� #739-000-019EN 9mm Fixed Stock Buffer Tube 8.99 Spacer, 9C8G89 �� 4.00 #739-000-005EN AR-15 Carbine Spring, 9C4F00 ��

order on the web

brownells.com

Complete replacement bolt is configured with an oversized firing pin to eliminate misfires and hangfires that can occur in 7.62x39-chambered AR-15 rifles, particularly when using imported ammunition with hard primers. In addition, an extractor D-ring has also been installed to ensure vigorous, reliable extraction. Set includes the firing pin and the bolt with the gas rings, ejector, extractor, and D-ring b installed. a SPECS: Bolt - Hardened carbon steel, matte black phosphate finish. Includes firing pin, and bolt head with extractor w/D-ring, ejector, and gas rings installed. For use in AR-15 type rifles chambered for the 7.62x39mm cartridge. #100-010-977EN Enhanced 7.62x39 Bolt w/Firing Pin, 1D112L86 ��$ 124.99

VOODOO INNOVATIONS AR-15/M16

5.45x39 BOLT Helps Convert Rifle To Inexpensive Caliber Steel bolt fits standard bolt carrier and mates with 5.45x39 barrels to convert AR-15 to the inexpensive Kalashnikov round. IonBond finish resists heat, wear and corrosion. Fully assembled with extractor, ejector and gas rings. Uses standard AR-15 firing pin, sold separately. a b #100-014-056EN 5.45x39 AR-15 Bolt, 4Z76N40 �� $ 88.38

PAGE

caliber conversions

Seals The Rear Of The Receiver Of A .22 LR AR Pistol & Gives A Finished Look

Heavy-duty, stripped, .308/7.62 lower receiver is compatible with any upper built on the DPMS pattern and accepts many AR-15 components, including triggers, safeties, and grips. Precision machined from solid aluminum billet, with an integral triggerguard for extra structural rigidity. Comes with the necessary bolt catch mounting hardware. a b SPECS: Machined from 7075 T6 aluminum billet, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits DPMS-pattern uppers. Stripped receiver with bolt catch mounting hardware. No other parts included. FFL required for purchase. #100-009-746EN TM-10 Lower Receiver, 8A229I99 �� $ 229.99

lower receivers

Semi-auto lower receiver is machined from a 7075 T6 aluminum forging to mil-spec dimensions for precise fit and outstanding performance. Ruggedized hardcoat anodized finish resists scuffs, scratches, and wear. Stamped and color-coded bullet selector position markings notify operator when weapon is in “safe” or “semiauto”. A “full-auto” position is not selectable but gives this semiauto lower receiver the appearance of being multi-burst capable. Magazine well features Spike’s spider logo and multi-cal engraving. Complete Lower w/Buttstock includes stainless steel trigger, black oxide finished triggerguard and hammer assembly, pistol grip, sixposition mil-spec buffer tube (1.146" O.D.), ST-T2 tungsten heavy buffer, mil-spec 17-4 stainless steel buffer spring, and Spike’s M4 stock. Complete Lower w/o Buttstock includes trigger/hammer group and all other internal components ready for the receiver extension and buttstock of your choice. Stripped Lower - comes without trigger group, mag release, selector, or bolt release; available with color selector markings or plain black. a b SPECS: Receiver - 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Buttstock – Reinforced molded polymer, black. .154" hammer/trigger pin holes. .250" takedown/pivot pin holes. FFL required for purchase. #100-004-686EN Complete AR-15 Lower Receiver w/Buttstock, 3H289K74 �� $ 299.99 #100-004-687EN Complete AR-15 Lower Receiver w/o Buttstock, 3H189D99 �� 199.99 #100-004-685EN Stripped AR-15 Lower w/Color Markings, 3H97F14 �� 104.99 #100-011-369EN Stripped AR-15 Lower, No Color Markings, 3H90N00 �� 99.99

Compatible With DPMSPattern Uppers & AR-15 Parts For Plenty Of Customizing Versatility

Semi-auto lower receiver lets you build a dedicated 9mm AR that doesn’t look like a conversion—because it isn’t. The magazine well is machined to accept only Colt or modified Uzi-style 9mm magazines. Eliminates the need for a separate conversion block and the reliability problems that can result from converting a standard .223/5.56mm lower with add-on parts. Comes with feed ramp, bolt catch, and ejector all designed for best function with the 9mm pistol cartridge. Plus, the flush-fit mag well gives your gun a clean, uncluttered look. All holes, inletting, and pin locations have been machined to final dimensions. Add the trigger group, buttstock, and 9mm buffer/spring of your choice. Ideal for use with CMMG Enhanced 9mm Bolt/Carrier assembly, available separately. Machined from high-grade 7075 T6 aluminum billet that provides superb strength and rigidity. Hardcoat anodized, then Teflon® coated for excellent resistance to scuffs, scratches, surface abrasion, and discoloration from cleaning solvents and gun oils. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, Teflon coated, matte black. .250" diameter pivot/takedown pin holes. FFL required for purchase. #100-004-879EN 9mm Lower Receiver, 3B00NCH �� $ 199.99

AR-15/m16

Forged Lower With Precise Tolerances For Custom Build

AR-15/m16

H I

L K

caliber conversions

#100-016-825EN VLTOR IMOD BUTTSTOCK See Brownells.com.

#231-000-304EN

DPMS AR-308 STOCK MOUNTING KIT See Page 41.

#100-015-987EN

AERO PRECISION M5 AR-308 UPPER RECEIVER See Page 1.

#953-000-003EN

AERO PRECISION ULTRALIGHT SCOPE MOUNT See Page 91.

#100-011-132EN

APEX MACHINING FREE-FLOAT RIFLE HANDGUARD See Page 49.

#100-012-617EN

MAGPUL MBUS PRO FRONT/REAR SIGHT SET See Page 66.

#100-015-261EN SILENCERCO SAKER™ TRIFECTA 7.62/.308 MUZZLE BRAKE See Page 25.

#080-001-021EN

16" MEDIUM-CONTOUR BARREL See Page 18.

#078-000-256EN

AR-308 BOLT/CARRIER GROUP See Page 11.

#100-013-592EN

HIPERFIRE HIPERTOUCH 24 ELITE TRIGGER See Page 29.

#573-000-078EN

ERGO GRIPS AMBIDEXTROUS SUREGRIP See Page 56.

#100-015-985EN

AERO PRECISION M5 AR-308 LOWER RECEIVER See Page 7.

#100-005-733EN

PHASE 5 TACTICAL EBRv2/308 EXTENDED BOLT RELEASE See Page 35.

#100-014-540EN

CMMG AR-308 GUNBUILDER'S LOWER REC'R PARTS KIT See Page 38.

PAGE

YANKEE HILL AR-15/M16

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15/M16

YHM-7300 “ENTRY LEVEL” 9mm UPPER RECEIVER KIT

“HAVOC” 37mm FLARE LAUNCHER

Everything You Need To Convert A Standard AR Into A QuickShooting 9mm Carbine

Complete upper allows you to use fast-shooting, economical 9mm handgun ammunition in your AR. Mil-spec, flattop receiver is T-marked for the easy re-mounting of optics or other accessories and is ready for mounting on a mil-spec lower receiver. Key components include a CMMG ramped 9mm bolt/carrier assembly, heavy-weight buffer, 32-round magazine and Hahn Precision Mag Adapter. A Yankee Hill flash hider, gas block with a top-mounted Picatinny rail, a rugged YHM-9645 free-float, solid aluminum, carbine-length handguard and a compact 16" barrel complete this reliable, highperformance kit. a b SPECS: Receiver - 7075 T6 aluminum, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized finish, matte black. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 lower receivers with .250" pivot/takedown pins. Barrel - Chrome-moly Vanadium steel, heat treated to Rc 25-32, matte black finish. 16" (40.6cm) long. Chambered for 9x19mm Luger. 1-14" twist. 1/2"-36 tpi muzzle threads. Handguard – 6061T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Kit weight 4 lbs (1.8kg). #100-010-660EN YHM-7300 9mm Upper Receiver Kit, 9A879Q99 �� $ 899.99

READ REVIEWS ONLINE

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Adds Another Tactical/Training Capability To Your AR Breech-loading 37mm flare launcher clamps securely to the bottom rail of any 7" or longer Picatinny handguard. Lets you use 53/4" U.S. Coast Guard approved flare, smoke, or gas rounds for field operations or training. A single push of the button quickly opens the launcher to remove a spent round and insert a fresh cartridge. STZ pushbutton cylindrical breech lock is far stronger than lever locks typically used on this type of launcher. 9" Launcher has pivoting tube that swings to the side for loading. 12" Launcher tube slides forward for rear feed. Mounting hardware and instructions included. Kaos Stock System lets you turn rail-mounted Havoc into a stand-alone launcher. Features a standard M4 stock, A2 pistol grip, Picatinny top rail, buffer tube, latch plate and castle nut. Fits 12" launcher only. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, and 1018 cold-rolled steel, oxide coated, black. 9" Launcher – 91/16" (23cm) OAL, 51/2" (14cm) tube length. 2 lb., 5 oz. (1kg) wt. 12" Launcher – 125/8" (32cm) OAL, 9" (22.8cm) tube length. 2 lb., 14 oz. (1.4kg) wt. #100-007-033EN Havoc 9" Launcher, 3B389G99 �� $ 389.99 #100-007-034EN Havoc 12" Launcher, 3B339J99 �� 339.99 #100-007-474EN Kaos Stock System for 9" Launcher, 3B219D99 �� 219.99 #100-011-261EN Kaos Stock System for 12" Launcher, 3B219F99 �� 219.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

CMMG AR-15/M16

ENHANCED 9mm BOLT/CARRIER

12.7x42mm BARREL & BoLt Easily Converts Standard AR To Hard-Hitting Big Bore Cartridge

Complete, drop-in carrier/bolt assembly is ramped on the bottom to provide clearance for a factory .223/5.56mm hammer in your 9mm conversion. Eliminates the need to install a dedicated 9mm hammer, so the original fire control system stays intact for easier conversion back to original caliber. Precision machined from high grade ordnance steel, the one-piece design combines bolt and carrier as a single unit to provide outstanding strength, durability, and reliability. Includes a staked-on carrier key. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Fits rifles and carbines with Rock River Arms and Colt-style 9mm blow back system. #100-004-363EN 9mm Bolt/Carrier, 3B219Q99 �� $ 219.99

Ready to install replacement barrel converts an AR-15 upper to the powerful 12.7x42mm big bore cartridge. Gas port is drilled for mid-length gas system with dimple opposite of port to help achieve proper gas block alignment. Correct 1-20" rifling to stabilize a variety of big 12.7mm/50 cal. bullets. Comes with 12.7x42mm bolt that fits into a standard bolt carrier. .223/5.56 AR-15 uppers will require enlargement of ejection port for best reliability. a b SPECS: 416R stainless steel. 16" (40.6cm) long. ¾"-24 tpi muzzle threads. .936" (2.3cm) O.D. at gas port. #080-001-124EN 12.7x42 AR-15 Barrel, 1H290J00 �� $ 329.99

WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16

CMMG AR-15/M16

9mm Barrels 16" Barrel

8.5" Barrel

The Foundation Of A Versatile, Pistol-Caliber Conversion

CMMG's 9mm-chambered AR-15 barrels deliver the same quality, features, and performance as their rifle-caliber AR barrels. Made from high-grade chrome moly steel, with a salt bath nitride finish inside and outside for extra surface hardness and corrosion resistance. 1-10" rifling is optimal for stabilizing 9mm pistol bullets. No gas port because 9mm ARs are blow-back operated. 8.5" has a medium profile and is ideal for an AR-15 pistol; 16" has an M4 profile with .750" O.D. area at traditional gas port location for installing an A2 sight tower. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome moly steel, nitride finish. 1-10 twist. 1/2"-36 muzzle threads. #100-014-826EN AR-15 16" 9mm Barrel, 3B187M54 ��$ 199.99 #100-014-827EN AR-15 8.5" 9mm Barrel, 3B185I67 �� 199.99

CMMG AR-15

DEDICATED .22 LR PISTOL BARREL

Top-Quality Barrels Convert Your AR To A Cartridge With More Punch Than 5.56/.223 Fully chambered barrels let you convert a standard .223/5.56 AR to the harder-hitting 6.8 SPC cartridge or to .300 Blackout ideal for shooting subsonic rounds through a suppressor. “Recon Tactical” profile provides strength and rigidity while remaining lightweight. Polished M4 style feed ramps aid in reliable feeding. 6.8 SPC II offers four-groove button rifling with a 1-11" twist rate for excellent performance with bullet weights from 85 to 115 grains. Pre-drilled gas port is precisely sized for both original 6.8 SPC and higher-pressure 6.8mm SPC II ammo. Extra thickness under handguard resists heat warping. Requires 6.8 SPC bolt and magazines. .300 AAC Blackout features six-groove, 1-8" twist, button rifling that works well for both subsonic and supersonic ammo. Works with standard .223/5.56 bolt and magazines. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, matte silver finish. .750" O.D. at gas port. 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. STOCK # CARTRIDGE OAL GAS SYSTEM PRICE #965-000-148EN 6.8mm SPC II 16" (41cm) Mid-Length 5F247N46 $ 274.99 5F247E46 $ 274.99 #965-000-186EN 6.8mm SPC II 11.3" (28.7cm) Carbine #965-000-158EN .300 AAC Blackout #965-000-187EN .300 AAC Blackout

Gives Best Accuracy In Your Rimfire AR Pistol

Carbine

11.3" (28.7cm) Pistol

5F247L46 $ 274.99 5F247B46 $ 274.99

PRO MAG AR-15/M16

One-piece, machined aluminum block converts AR-15 lower receiver to 9mm. Compatible with all Colt-type, 9mm upper receivers, the feed ramp is cut for reliable feeding with all types of ammo, including hollow point and frangible ball. Roller retention device holds block securely in receiver, prevents accidental release. Hardened steel ejector, feed ramp and bolt hold open give long service life; last-round-hold open feature on bottomloading model works when used with Colt magazines. Also works with modified UZI magazines but last-round-hold-open will not function. No receiver modification required. Top-Loading Block installs from the top of the lower receiver (no hold open feature) and Bottom-Loading Block installs from the bottom of the lower receiver. Also available as a kit that includes a Metalform 32-rd steel magazine for more shooting time between reloads. a b SPECS: Body - Aluminum, black, matte finish. Feed Ramp, Bolt Catch & Ejector – Steel. Magazine – Steel, blued.. #100-000-920EN Top-Loading 9mm Conversion Block, 6K150G00 ��$ 169.99 #100-007-325EN Top-Loading 9mm Conversion Kit, w/32-Rd. Mag., 8K171L31 �� 209.99 #100-000-443EN Bottom-Loading 9mm Conversion Block, 6K171P43 �� 199.99 #100-007-324EN Bottom-Loading 9mm Conversion Kit, w/32-Rd. Mag., 8K200E64 �� 239.99 DEDICATED 9mm CONVERSION BLOCK - Designed, manufactured, and field-tested specifically for law enforcement personnel who require an AR-15/M16 dedicated to 9mm ammo using Colt and modified Uzi-type magazines. Integral “leg” hooks over the top of the lower receiver to prevent accidental fall-out during actual combat situations where reliability is paramount. Hold actuator is wire EDMmachined from high grade, 01 tool steel and functions with the standard 5.56mm bolt hold-open, which is strong, reliable and more readily available than the 9mm version. (Last round holdopen feature functions with Colt magazines only.) Ejector is of standard, Colt configuration for easy replacement by any department armorer. Funneled magazine well ensures smooth entry for rapid mag changes and limits rotational movement caused by variances in magazine taper. Spring-loaded roller maintains constant tension against the lower receiver well to prevent free play. Steel feed ramp provides consistent round delivery with most bullet types. Armorer installation recommended. SPECS: Body – 6061-T6 billet aluminum, mil-spec black anodized finish. Components – Steel, parkerized finish. Fits all Mil-Spec AR-15/M16 receivers. #100-002-321EN Dedicated 9mm Conv. Block, 6K171M43 �� $ 199.99

9mm MAGAZINE ADAPTER

AR-STYLE .308

Converts .223/5.56 Magwell To Accept 9mm Colt/Uzi Magazines Magazine well insert converts a standard .223/5.56 AR-15 lower receiver to accept Colt SMG and modified Uzi-type 9mm magazines for use with a dedicated 9mm upper receiver. Friction-fit, topdown installation with steel hooks that fit over the top of the lower receiver to keep the adapter in place. Durable polymer body with Parkerized steel fixtures for added support. Bolt hold-open after last shot with Colt magazines only. SPECS: Polymer body, black. Steel feed ramp, bolt stop, ejector, Parkerized, matte black. Armorer installation recommended. Fits Mil-Spec AR15/M16 lower receivers; Olympic arms rifles require ejector removal. #687-000-033EN AR-15/M16 9mm Magazine Adapter, 7H39N76 �� $ 44.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

BOLT/CARRIER GROUPS Built For Strength, Durability & Reliability In Your DPMS-Pattern Rifle Brownells' bolt-and-carrier groups for DPMS LR-308 pattern rifles are manufactured to the same uncompromising standards as our M16-style BCGs for unparalleled reliability and a long service life. Bolt body is machined from Vac Arc 9310 carburizing steel that delivers high core hardness and high fatigue strength. Bolt is shot peened, then magnetic particle inspected (MPI) to make sure there are no hidden internal flaws. The extractor is made from tool steel for extra strength to minimize the risk of this critical part failing prematurely. Carrier is machined from

order on the web

brownells.com

M16 BOLT/CARRIER GROUP Ready To Go In Semi- Or Full-Auto/Burst Rifles Complete bolt-and-carrier group comes fully assembled and ready to go into your gun, whether it's a new build or an Old Faithful with a worn out BCG. Fits .223/5.56 uppers and features chrome-lined carrier and gas key to resist heat, wear, and corrosion. Carrier has extended M16pattern shroud to trip auto sear. Bolt is magnetic particle inspected to verify a lack of internal flaws that might cause premature failure. Gas key screws are torqued and staked into place. a b SPECS: Bolt - 9310 carbon steel. Carrier - 8620 steel. Matte black phosphate finish. #100-016-550EN M16 Bolt Carrier Group, 8Z109L99 �� $ 109.99

AR-15/M16

M16 Bolt/Carrier Group Complete, HPT/MPI Inspected BCG That Won't Leave You High & Dry Fully-assembled bolt-and-carrier group drops into an M16 or AR-15 and gives superb reliability. After machining, bolt is shot peened and heat-treated for extra strength and hardness. Every bolt is high-pressure tested (HPT) with a proof load, then magnetic particle inspected to detect internal flaws that could lead to premature failure. Bolt carrier body is machined from 8620 hardened steel and is chrome lined for high resistance to wear and heat. Has the extended shroud to trip auto sear on full-auto rifles; works fine in semi-auto rifles, too. Installed extractor includes black rubber insert with spring. Gas key is also chrome-lined, with screws correctly torqued and staked. The Brownells BCG is available with a traditional military-type Parkerized finish that stands up to surface erosion and helps extend service life, or a self-lubricating Nitride finish that offers greater wear resistance and easier cleaning. a b SPECS: Bolt - Carpenter 158 alloy steel. Carrier - 8620 steel. Available with mil-spec Parkerized finish or extra-hard matte black Nitride finish. Includes firing pin, cam pin, and firing pin retaining pin. 078-000-250EN M16 Bolt/Carrier Group, Parkerized, 7Z122B59 �� $ 139.99 078-000-251EN M16 Bolt/Carrier Group, Nitride, 7Z122I59 �� 139.99 SIDE-CHARGER BOLT/CARRIER GROUP - Built to the same specs as our standard M16 BCG, with the addition of a special cut machined into the left side of the carrier to work with the American Spirit Arms sidecharging upper receiver. #078-000-215EN Side Charger Bolt Carrier Group, 8G159P30 �� $ 169.99

8620 steel, then heat-treated for extra strength, and the gas key is staked to prevent gas leakage that can result in short stroking. Like our M16 BCG, the .308 version is available with a mil-spec Parkerized finish and a hard-chromed interior, or a black Nitride finish that is even more resistant to surface wear and self-lubricating for smoother operation. Nitrided carriers are not hard-chromed inside because b the Nitride finish is actually harder than industrial chrome lining. a SPECS: Fits DPMS LR-308 pattern rifles, including chamberings in .243, .260 Remington, 6.5 Creedmore, 7mm-08, and 338 Federal. Bolt- VacArc 9310 steel. Carrier - 8620 steel. Extractor - S7 tool steel. Gas Key - 4140 carbone steel. Cam Pin - 4340 carbon steel. #078-000-256EN AR-308 Bolt/Carrier Group, Parkerized, 5Z205P79 �� $ 229.99 #078-000-257EN AR-308 Bolt/Carrier Group, Nitride, 5Z202C85 �� 229.99

PAGE

caliber conversions

M4-contour barrel converts a standard .223/5.56 upper receiver to a dedicated .22 LR pistol upper when used in conjunction with a CMMG, Ciener, or other Atchison-style .22 rimfire conversion kit (sold separately) and magazine (CMMG or Black Dog). Solves the accuracy problems sometimes caused by firing rimfire ammo in the .224" bore of the centerfire barrel. Comes with a chamber adapter and pre-installed barrel extension with locator pin. Installs on a mil-spec upper receiver using a standard or free-float barrel nut. Requires removal of the conversion unit’s .223/5.56-to-.22 LR chamber adapter, using caution to avoid “springing” the unit’s rails, and replacement with the barrel’s chamber adapter. Includes a stainless steel collar so you may convert your .22 LR conversion kit to a dedicated bolt group. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly steel, nitridge finish on barrel, Parkerized adapter, matte black. 9" OAL. .750" O.D. at position where gas port is normally located. 1-16" twist rifling. 1/2" x 28 tpi muzzle threads. #100-014-828EN AR-15 .22 LR Barrel w/ Collar, 3B193P06 �� $ 199.99

16" (41cm)

Reliable Feeding With A Host Of Ammo Types; Models For Every Shooting Application

ANDERSON MANUFACTURING AR-16/M16

bolts & carriers

CALIBER CONVERSION BARRELS

9mm CONVERSION BLOCK

AR-15/m16

Lets You Keep The .223/5.56mm Hammer In Your 9mm Conversion

HAHN PRECISION AR-15

AR-15

AR-15/m16

CMMG AR-STYLE .308

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

MK3 BOLT/CARRIER GROUP

COMPLETE BOLT ASSEMBLY

Heavy Duty Construction Stands Up To Hard Use Complete bolt/carrier group is ready to drop into your ARstyle .308 rifle and run hard. Machined of 8620 steel, carrier has a durable phosphate finish and chrome lined interior. Carrier does not have serrations for a forward assist. Bolt is machined from 9310 hardened steel with an extractor of hardened S7 tool steel and a phosphate finish. Gas key has been torqued to spec and properly staked. Firing pin is machined from stainless steel. Group also includes cam pin and firing pin retaining pin. a b SPECS: Carrier - 8620 steel, chrome lined, phosphate finish, matte black. Bolt - 9310 steel, phosphate finish. Extractor - S7 tool steel, phosphate finish. Firing Pin - Stainless steel. #100-013-649EN AR-308 Bolt/Carrier Group, 3B259J99 �� $ 269.99

bolts & carriers

COLT AR-15/M16

BOLT CARRIER GROUP Precision Engineered For Years Of Dependable Service Complete, mil-spec bolt carrier group comes fully assembled and ready to drop into your carbine or rifle. Each component is precision machined then high pressure tested and magnetic particle inspected to meet strict quality control. Carrier has full-length shroud to trip the auto sear on full auto/burst rifles. The black Parkerized finish provides extra strength and corrosion resistance. Gas key is properly staked to prevent gas leakage that can lead to short stroking. Chrome lined carrier and gas key help resist wear from hot combustion gases and ensure smooth cycling. SPECS: Steel, matte black Parkerized finish. #160-000-390EN M16 Bolt Carrier Group, 6A197K66 �� $ 209.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

Manufactured To Rigorous Quality Control Standards; Available In 5.56mm Or 6.8mm SPC Steel bolt is shot-peened for extra surface hardness, then magnetic particle inspected (MPI) for cracks and flaws to ensure reliability and long service life. Models available for rifles chambered in 5.56mm/.223 or 6.8mm SPC. Comes completely assembled, with gas rings, extractor, and ejector installed. a b SPECS: 4340 steel, phosphate coated, matte black. 6.8mm SPC bolt installs in mil-spec AR-15/M16 carriers and requires a 6.8mm barrel and magazine for a 6.8mm SPC conversion. #100-009-950EN 5.56mm Bolt Assembly, 8K69A00 �� $ 69.00 #100-009-951EN 6.8mm SPC Bolt Assembly, 8K69F00 �� 69.00

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

BOLT/CARRIER ASSEMBLY Mil-Spec Dimensions For Drop-In Fit; MPI Inspected For Soundness Complete bolt/carrier assembly comes ready to drop in your rifle—ideal as a replacement, in a custom build, or as a backup for extra insurance during competition. Machined from high-grade 8620 carbon steel to mil-spec dimensions, with hardchrome plated steel firing pin and chrome-lined, staked gas key for added durability. Carrier is notched for forward assist. Magnetic particle inspection (MPI) during manufacture ensures each component is solid and free of internal flaws. a b SPECS: 8620 steel, Parkerized, matte black. Carrier does not have provision for auto-sear trip. #100-004-911EN AR-15 Bolt/Carrier Assembly, Parkerized, 2Z121J43 �� $ 129.99

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

COMPLETE BOLT/CARRIER GROUP Drop-In Assembly With Strength & Durability Features For Dependable Service Complete, mil-spec assembly with bolt, bolt carrier, and firing pin is ready to drop into the rifle or carbine upper of your choice. Features a shotpeened bolt for increased surface strength and durability, and an extractor booster to ensure reliable cycling during rapid fire. Each assembly is magnetic particle inspection tested to ensure it’s free from imperfections that can lead to premature failures. Carrier is chrome lined for smooth cycling and resistance to wear from hot combustion gases for years of dependable service. Properly staked gas key prevents gas leakage that can lead to short stroking. Parkerized group has an M16style carrier with full-length shroud for tripping auto sear, so the it may be installed in full-auto law enforcement and military rifles. Chrome Plated group is designed for semi-auto rifles only. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black Parkerized or chrome plated finish. Fits milspec AR-15/M16 upper receiver chambered for .223/5.56mm. Parkerized carrier may be installed in semi- or full-auto rifles. Available with a .223/5.56mm bolt or a 6.8 Remington SPC bolt. Chrome Plated carrier is rated for use in semi-auto rifles only. #100-004-634EN 223/5.56 Bolt/Carrier Group, Parkerized, 8K189M00 �� $ 189.00 #100-010-493EN 223/5.56 Bolt/Carrier Group, Chrome Plated, 8K190J00 �� 205.00

PAGE

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

BOLT/CARRIER ASSEMBLIES

Complete Assembly

BOLT ASSEMBLY Replaces Factory Bolt; Use For Building Custom Sporter & Varmint Rifles

Steel, Teflon-coated, to eliminate bind on bearing surfaces which can prevent reliable cycling. Mil-spec bolt assembly is machined to b strict tolerances for a drop-in fit and requires no gunsmithing. a SPECS: Steel, Teflon-coated, matte black. 5.56mm/.223 bolt assembly meets mil-spec #8448510. 6.8mm bolt functions with standard AR-15/ M16 bolt carriers, cam pins and firing pins. #231-000-196EN 5.56mm/.223 Bolt Assembly, 3B41B10 ��$ 44.99 #231-000-319EN 6.8mm Bolt Assembly, 3B75Q51 �� 79.99

FAILZERO AR-15

BOLT/CARRIER GROUP Self-Lubricating Surface Treatment Provides Smooth, Reliable Function Drop-in bolt and carrier group has a self-lubricating surface that eliminates the need to apply oil or grease that can attract dirt, dust, unburned powder, and carbon and lead to cycling failures. Proprietary EXO treatment produces an exceptionally hard surface that’s 40% more wear resistant than chrome plating, with an ultra-low friction coefficient. Surface is actually harder than the substrate underneath and will not peel, flake, gall, or rub off. EXO-treated bolt/carrier groups have been tested to function reliably without additional lubrication up to 50,000 rounds. Reduced friction also means less heat generated by metal-on-metal contact, so the gun runs cooler and parts last longer. Easy to clean, too—fouling brushes right off. Before treatment, parts are shot peened for surface uniformity and magnetic particle inspected to make sure there are no hidden flaws. Gas key is hardened to USGI specs, chrome lined to resist erosion, and comes already staked to the carrier. Complete Bolt/Carrier Group comes fully assembled and ready to drop into any mil-spec AR-15 upper receiver. Includes bolt, bolt carrier, small pin (.154") hammer, firing pin, extractor, cam pin, and gas key. Every kit is test fired for proper function before leaving the factory. Separately available Carrier comes with gas key installed and staked. Bolt includes extractor, ejector, and gas rings installed. Add the firing pin of your choice a b SPECS: Heat-hardened carbon steel, EXO-treated surface, silver finish. Fits mil-spec AR-15 upper receiver. Carrier does not have provision for auto sear trip. #100-004-449EN AR-15 Bolt/Carrier Group w/ Hammer, 8B186M21 �� $ 215.00 89.99 #100-004-475EN AR-15 Bolt, 8B82B86 �� #100-004-476EN AR-15 Bolt Carrier, 8B96A55 �� 115.00

Bolt Assembly

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15

Factory Original Components Used In LR-308 Rifles Complete AR-style .308 bolt and carrier assemblies are dropin ready for replacement of worn components in existing DPMS LR-308 rifles or for a new custom build. Both components are machined from heat-treated 8620 steel, with a matte black Parkerized finish. Bolt comes fully assembled with firing pin, cam pin, firing pin retaining pin, ejector, extractor, and gas rings installed. Available alone or in a complete bolt-plus-carrier assembly; carrier comes with gas key installed and staked. a b SPECS: Bolt/Carrier – 8620 heat-treated carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. Fits DPMS LR‑308 upper receivers and clones. #231-000-265EN AR-308 Bolt/Carrier Assembly, Parkerized, 3B231N13 �� $ 249.99 #231-000-283EN AR-308 Bolt Assembly, Only, 1C89A99 �� 99.99

#100-009-948EN 6.8 SPC Bolt/Carrier Group, Parkerized, 8K178I13 ��

189.00

STAINLESS STEEL BOLT CARRIER Burnished & Hand Polished For Smooth, Reliable Operation Custom, stainless steel bolt carrier features a 100% increase in bearing surface for smooth cycling and outstanding reliability. Includes forward assist serration and dust cover notch for tactical duty or any application requiring absolute “no-fail” operation. Expanded, exterior, bearing surfaces are hand polished and ensure precise alignment in upper receiver for less wear. Non-plated carrier bore is roller burnished for lowdrag movement. Rear of carrier is designed in the AR-15, semi-auto configuration with longer, mil-spec cocking pad in the front. Fivestep QPQ process produces an exceptionally hard, wear-resistant high-lubricity black finish. Comes with steel gas key installed. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, polished, black QPQ finish. Includes steel key. 9 oz. (255g). #452-000-022EN JPBC-2 Stainless Steel Bolt Carrier, 2E201K48 �� $ 214.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Sets

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15

STAINLESS BOLT/CARRIER SETS High-Performance, B/C Groups In Choice Of Full- Or Low-Mass Configuration JPBC-2A Full Mass

Precision-machined, stainless bolt-and-carrier group features JP’s enhanced bolt made of high-grade 9310 steel for a significantly longer JPBC-3A Low Mass life expectancy than standard mil-spec bolts. Set is available with choice of a JPBC-3A Low Mass carrier that reduces felt recoil and increases bolt speed slightly for enhanced JPBC-3SPA rapid fire handling, or with a Polished Low-Mass standard JPBC-2A Full Mass carrier that replicates the normal carrier weight and is preferred for duty rifles or any time absolute reliability is required. Standard weight carrier features a 100% increase in bearing surface for smoother cycling and reduced wear on the inside of the receiver. Both carriers feature JP’s super-hard QPQ finish for maximum wear resistance and minimal friction. JPBC-3SPA Low Mass carrier has a bright, polished, natural silver finish. a b SPECS: Bolt – 9310 steel, in the white. Fits 5.56mm/.223, 300 AAC Blackout, and other .223-based cartridges. Carrier – 416 stainless, natural polished or QPQ coated, matte black. Extractor firing pin, cam pin, and firing pin retainer included. #452-000-130EN JPBC-2A Full-Mass B&C, 2E317I14 ��$ 351.99 #452-000-131KT JPBC-3A Low-Mass B&C, 2E314D07 �� 335.99 #452-000-158EN JPBC-3SPA Polished Low Mass Bolt & Carrier, 2E314B07 �� 335.99 452-000-173EN JPBC-2A-6.5G Full-Mass 6.5 Grendel B&C, 2E330G00 �� 351.99 6.5 GRENDEL BOLT/CARRIER SETS - Brings the same superb fit, function, and reliability of JP’s 5.56 bolt/carrier sets to AR-15s chambered for the versatile 6.5 Grendel cartridge. 452-000-173EN JPBC-2A-6.5G Full-Mass 6.5 Grendel B&C, 2E330G00 ��$ 351.99

JP ENTERPRISES AR-STYLE .308

JPBC-4 LOW-MASS BOLT/CARRIER ASSEMBLY Helps Reduce Felt Recoil On Large-Caliber AR Platform Rifles

JPBC-4BA QPQ

Reduced-weight bolt/carrier assembly helps tame felt recoil on an ArmaLite®, DPMS, JPBC-4SPA Polished or Remington AR-style .308 rifle. Carrier features the same type of weight-reducing cuts found on the original JPBC-3 AR-15 bolt carrier to give the same benefits your .308. Wide carrier rails have extra bearing surface to improve bolt alignment and reduce wear. Forward assist serrations have been omitted for competition use and further weight reduction. Comes with a complete JP EnhancedBolt™ (also available separately), designed to stand up to high-heat, high-impact use. Carrier key is already installed and staked. a b SPECS: Carrier - 416 stainless steel, with bright polished finish or black QPQ finish. Bolt – 9310 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel. Fits DPMS LR-308 and Remington R-25 rifles. May also be used in ArmaLite® AR-10® or Rock River Arms rifles ONLY as a complete assembly. #452-000-128EN JPBC-4BA Low-Mass Bolt/Carrier, QPQ, 2E397J04 �� $ 423.99 #452-000-159EN JPBC-4SPA Low Mass Bolt/Carrier, Polished, 2E397L04 �� 423.99 #452-000-172EN JPBC-4 Low Mass Carrier Only, QPQ, 2E231L43 �� 256.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

LOW-MASS BOLT CARRIER Reduces Reciprocating Mass To Soften Recoil

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

Complete bolt assembly is precision machined from an ultra-strong steel alloy to last up to 10 times longer than a standard carbon steel bolt, minimizing the risk of bolt failure during a critical engagement. SAE 9310 steel has a tough, ductile inner core highly resistant to stress fracturing, with a hard outer surface that resists galling and wear, to ensure a service life of up to 60,000 rounds. This is the same steel used in the transmission gears of Formula 1 race cars, so it’s ideal for high-impact, high-heat applications like sustained full-auto fire. Meticulously machined radiuses on all 90-degree corners on the locking lugs help distribute impact force evenly and further reduce risk of premature wear and cracking. Fully supported extractor face and precise extractor engagement further ensure smooth, reliable cycling. JPBC Bolt Completion Group adds to the EnhandeBolt a firing pin, cam pin, and firing pin retaining pin. High Pressure (HP) .308 JPBC has a reduced-diameter firing pin hole and a matched .062" low-mass firing pin to help eliminate primer flow and risk of pierced primers, allowing a broader choice of SAAMI/NATO spec ammunition. Does not allow use of “overloaded” ammunition that produces pressure exceeding SAAMI specifications. a b SPECS: SAE 9310 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel, hard NickelBoron (.223 & 6.5 models) or black Magnesium Phosphate (.308 models) finish. Fully assembled with extractor, gas rings, ejector, pins, and springs installed. .223 fits AR-15/M16 and clones. Fully compatible with any milspec bolt carrier. 6.5 Grendel fits rifles with a mil-spec bolt carrier and 6.5 Grendel sub-components. .308 fits JP LRP-07 and DPMS LR‑308 rifles only. 9mm fits 9mm-chambered rifles with standard .223 hammer; do not use a dedicated 9mm hammer. #452-000-111EN .223 EnhancedBolt, 2E107D14 �� $ 118.99 452-000-163EN .223/5.56 Bolt Completion Group, 2E124L29 �� 137.99

5.56/.223 Bolt/Carrier Group

Complete, mil-spec assembly comes with bolt, carrier, and firing pin ready to drop into your rifle. Fulllength shroud on M16-style carrier 7.62/.308 Stripped is designed for tripping auto sear on Bolt Carrier full-auto military and law enforcement rifles. Includes forward assist notches. Chrome-lined carrier key installed with properly torqued and staked screws to prevent gas leakage that can lead to short 5.356/.223 stroking. Bolt is machined from 9310 steel, Stripped Bolt shot peened, and magnetic particle inspected (MPI) for defects. Some components also sold separately, listed below. a b SPECS: Carrier - 8620 steel, Parkerized, chrome lined. Bolt - 9310 steel, magnesium phosphate coated. Stripped 5.56/.223 Bolt - Does not include ejector, extractor or gas rings. Stripped 7.62/.308 Carrier - Fits DPMS-pattern rifles; drilled for installation of a standard AR15/M16 gas key. #100-012-264EN 5.56/.223 Bolt/Carrier Group, Complete, 8D130Q00 �� $ 135.00 #100-012-265EN 5.56/.223 Bolt Carrier, Only, 8D55M00 �� 69.99 #100-012-266EN 5.56/.223 Stripped Bolt, Only, 8D38Q20 �� 42.99 #100-014-138EN 6.8 SPC Bolt Carrier Group , 8D130P00 �� 135.00 #100-013-747EN 7.62x39 Bolt Carrier Group , 8D130N00 �� 135.00 #100-012-267EN 7.62/.308 Stripped Bolt Carrier, Only, 8D75A00 �� 99.99

ENHANCEDBOLT™ BOLT ASSEMBLY Designed For Extra-Long Service Life

BOLT/CARRIER GROUP Outstanding Performance; Models For A Variety Of Chamberings

LWRC INTERNATIONAL AR-15/M16

6.8 SPC ADVANCED COMBAT BOLT Upgraded Design For Increased Durability & Dependability Updated design of the standard AR-15 bolt features a fully supported breech face and a dual-spring extractor system for extra strength and reliability to handle the 6.8 Remington SPC cartridge. Machined from an extremely hard steel alloy normally used in high-stress/heat applications like race car transmissions, then shot-peened and x-rayed for flaws before plating with a nickelboron (NiB) coating. NiB coating significantly reduces friction coefficient, so the bolt is less likely to be hung up by fouling, and wearresistance is greatly enhanced. Super-slick surface makes cleanup easy because carbon and gunk have a hard time sticking to it. a b SPECS: Ultra-hard steel alloy, nickel-boron plated, silver finish. Comes complete with ejector, extractor, and gas rings installed. Fits a standard AR-15 carrier. #100-008-044EN 6.8 SPC Advanced Combat Bolt, 2C117K86 �� $ 140.99

452-000-162EN 6.5 Grendel EnhancedBolt, 2E120P00 �� 452-000-166EN 6.5 Grendel JPBC Bolt Completion Group, 2E132D86 �� #452-000-113EN .308 EnhancedBolt, 2E150K00 �� 452-000-164EN .308 JPBC Bolt Completion Group, 2E192P86 �� 452-000-165EN .308 JPBC HP Bolt Completion Group, 2E214I29 �� 452-000-167EN 9mm EnhancedBolt, 2E214A29 ��

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

132.99 147.99 166.99 213.99 237.99 237.99

Correct BCG For Your Red X "Lefty" Rifle Designed for use with Red X Arms left-hand upper receivers, this BCG has forward assist serrations on the left side of the chrome-lined carrier. Matte black phosphate finish provides corrosion resistance and helps retain lubrication. The shot-peened, magnetic particle inspected (MPI) bolt has a left-side extractor and ejector to correctly mate with the carrier. Works with rifles chambered for .223 Remington, 5.56 NATO, or .300 AAC Blackout. a b SPECS: Phosphate finish, matte black. Carrier - 8620 steel, chrome-lined. Staked gas key. Bolt - 9310 steel. #100-015-256EN Left-Hand Bolt/Carrier Group, 8D179M00 �� $ 199.99

VOODOO INNOVATIONS

AR-15/M16

LOW MASS BOLT CARRIER Less Reciprocating Mass Reduces Felt Recoil Innovative bolt carrier has cutouts milled in the top and sides, making it 20% lighter than standard carriers, resulting in a lower reciprocating mass that decreases felt recoil and reduces muzzle movement. The gas key is machined as part of the carrier body, eliminating the potential for the key to work loose. Durable LifeCoat finish offers increased surface hardness along with superior lubricity for resistance to corrosion and carbon build up. Compatible with semi-auto and full auto AR-15 rifles. a b SPECS: 8620 steel, LifeCoat finsh, matte black. 7.5 oz. (212.6g) wt. #100-014-947EN Low Mass Bolt Carrier, 4Z122I15 ��$ 131.70

NiB-X™ COATED BOLT/CARRIER GROUP WMD GUNS AR-15

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15/M16

NICKEL-BORON COATED BOLT/ CARRIER GROUP Wear-Resistant FailZero Coating For Reliable, TroubleFree Service Matched bolt/carrier set for .223/5.56mm rifles has a FailZero nickel-boron finish applied using proprietary EXO Technology. Nicke-boron is smoother than hard chrome and will not chip, peal, or flake off. Helps reduce friction, so gun cycles more smoothly with minimal lubrication, and allows carbon and fouling to be wiped off easily. Tool steel extractor uses a mil-spec extractor spring with black insert and Viton O-ring to provide highly reliable extraction even with short barrels. Carrier has M16-type fulllength shroud on the underside to trip the auto sear on full-auto/ burst rifles. Bolt has been shot peened, high pressure tested, and magnetic particle inspected to ensure the highest level of quality control. a b SPECS: Bolt – 158 Carpenter steel alloy, .223/5.56 bolt face. Carrier – 8620 tool steel. Extractor – tool steel. All components have FailZero EXO nickel-boron coating, silver finish. Fits AR-15. #100-008-575EN N-B Coated .223/5.56 Bolt/Carrier, 3B219A99 �� $ 229.99

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15/M16

STANDARD BOLT & CARRIER SET Ultra-Smooth Operation & Enhanced Reliability Matched bolt/carrier set is machined to mil-spec dimensions using the latest manufacturing and quality-control techniques to deliver superb reliability in both semi-auto and select-fire rifles. Carrier is hard-chromed inside and has an M16-type full-length shroud on the underside to trip the auto sear on full-auto/burst rifles. Bolt is magnetic particle inspected to ensure there are no internal flaws to compromise structural integrity and cause premature failure. Fully staked carrier key and tool steel extractor further aid reliable cycling. Laser-engraved Spike’s Tactical logo on the side of the carrier is visible when the ejection port door is open. a b SPECS: Bolt – Carpenter 158 steel alloy. Carrier – 8620 carbon steel, chrome lined. MIL-STD-171 5.3.1.2 phosphate finish. Fits standard AR-15/ M16/M4 rifles chambered in .223/5.56 NATO. #100-007-035EN .223/5.56 Bolt/Carrier, Phosphate Finish, 3B139I99 �� $ 139.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Self-Lubricating Finish For Outstanding Durability & Resistance To Fouling Each WMD bolt‑and‑carrier set is precisely machined from high-grade steel alloy to government M16 specs, then given WMD’s proprietary NiB-X nickel boron coating that results in a super-smooth, harder-than-chrome surface. NiB-X reduces friction to the bare minimum and is impervious to corrosion and abrasion. The slick finish also keeps carbon from adhering, so clean up is much faster and easier than with standard parts. Ideal choice for 3-gun competitors and other high-volume shooters. Also available with a matching NiB-X coated hammer for the smoothest cycling. M16 model has extended shroud on the carrier underside b to trip the auto-sear on select-fire rifles. a SPECS: Carrier – 8620 carbon steel. Bolt – Carpenter 158 steel alloy. Both have Nickel boron finish, silver. Extractor includes black buffer, black Oring, and spring. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 upper receiver. #100-010-556EN NiB-X Bolt & Carrier Group, 3C178Q57 �� $ 189.99 #100-010-557EN NiB-X Bolt & Carrier Group w/ Hammer, 3C188P97 �� 199.99 #100-011-664EN M16 NiB-X Bolt & Carrier Group, 3C178A57 �� 189.99 #100-011-665EN M16 NiBX Bolt & Carrier Group w/ Hammer, 3C206N90 �� 219.99 #100-012-192EN NiB-X Bolt, Only, 3C104G25 �� 119.99 #100-009-957EN NiB-X Spare Bolt Cam Pin, 9.99 3C8M93 ��

DPMS AR-15

McFARLAND BOLT GAS RING Stops Gas Leaks & Eliminates Sluggish Bolt Performance Single spiral of spring steel loops around the bolt three times and leaves no path for gas leakage. Replaces conventional three-piece “piston ring”-style sets that can accidentally line up, causing a major leak from the gas expansion chamber in the carrier. a b #231-000-347EN McFarland Bolt Gas Ring, 1C3I75 ��$ 3.99

PAGE

bolts & carriers

Models

RED X ARMS AR-15/M16

LEFT-HAND BOLT/CARRIER GROUP

AR-15/m16

Lightweight, stainless steel bolt carrier has significantly lower reciprocating mass than a standard carrier for softer recoil impulse on competition rifles. Helps limit felt recoil to get you back on target for fast follow-up shots. Lightening cuts reduce weight without sacrificing strength, and the forward assist serrations have been omitted for competition use. Extra-wide carrier rails have extra bearing surface to improve bolt alignment and reduce wear. Comes with carrier key installed and staked, and features a dust cover notch. JPBC-3 is available with bright polished finish or black QPQ finish, a five-step process that produces an exceptionally hard, wear-resistant surface with natural lubricity. JPBC-4SP comes in bright polished. For best performance and to minimize impact wear, use JPBC-3 styles only in rifles with JP LowMass Recoil Buffer, Speed Hammer, and Reduced-Power Spring Kit, all available separately. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel. JPBC-3 – Black QPQ or bright polished (SP) finish. Fits AR-15. JPBC-4SP – Bright polished finish. Fits JP LRP-07 and DPMS LR-308 platforms and requires JP or DPMS subcomponents only, including firing pin, cam pin, firing pin retainer, bolt assembly. Both styles are recommended for competition rifles only. #452-000-039EN JPBC-3 Black Low-Mass Bolt Carrier, 2E194C29 �� $ 214.99 #452-000-156EN JPBC-3SP Low-Mass Bolt Carrier, 2E194J29 �� 214.99 #452-000-157EN JPBC-4SP Low-Mass .308 Bolt Carrier, 2E231L43 �� 256.99

RED X ARMS AR-15/M16

YANKEE HILL AR-15

GAS BLOCKS & TUBES

bolts & carriers

AR-15/m16

6.8mm SPC BOLT/CARRIER GROUP

DPMS AR-15

A.R.M.S. AR-15/M16

GAS SYSTEM KIT

#41-BL SILHOUETTE FOLDING FRONT SIGHT

Drop-In Ready For Smooth, Long-Lasting, Reliable Operation Complete bolt/carrier assembly for the AR-platform rifles chambered in 6.8mm Remington SPC is drop in ready – just check the headspace and you’re ready to shoot. Constructed of durable 8620 steel alloy for a long service life, the group is crafted to milspec tolerances for ultra-reliable operation in nearly any weather or environmental condition. Chrome-lined carrier recess is easy to clean and resists carbon build-up to ensure super-smooth bolt movement. a b SPECS: 8620 steel, phosphatized, matte black finish. Fits mil-spec AR-15 rifles chambered for 6.8 Remington SPC. #100-010-697EN 6.8 SPC Bolt/Carrier Group, 9A189F99 �� $ 199.99

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

Ruggedness & Appearance Of Standard Sight; Folds Down When Not Needed Critical Replacement Parts To Keep Your AR-15 Functioning The essential parts you need to repair and maintain rifle and carbine gas systems. Ideal for emergency repairs, or use to build a new rifle. Includes gas tube, roll pin, bolt carrier key and screws, plus three gas rings. Mid-Length Gas Tube – Use when modifying a rifle or carbine for a mid-length gas system or for repairing an existing mid-length installation. Includes tube only. Retain the rifle’s existing roll pin, carrier key, screws, and gas rings. a b SPECS: Stainless steel gas tube and gas rings. Remaining parts steel, black, 3 matte finish. Mid-Length Gas Tube – 11 /4" (29.9cm) long. #231-000-045EN Rifle Gas System Kit, 1C22D00 �� $ 29.99 #231-000-046EN Carbine Gas System Kit, 1C23C15 �� 29.99 #231-000-244EN Mid-Length Gas Tube, Only, 1C11B99 �� 13.29

ENHANCED GAS RINGS Fights Carbon Fouling & Helps Maintain Reliability

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15/M16

JP’s one-piece gas ring combines a superb gas seal with a very low-friction relationship between rings and bolt carrier. Decreased resistance between rings and carrier results in a direct increase in the rifle’s reliability. In addition, the ring’s precision-ground surface is contoured to use the cycling action itself to scrape the walls of the carrier, so it combats carbon buildup with every shot. Ideal for use on the JP EnhancedBolt™. JPGR-223 fits bolts on rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm NATO. JPGR-308 fits rifles chambered in .308 Win/7.62mm NATO. a b #452-000-170EN JPGR-223 Gas Rings, 2E8G70 �� $ 9.99 #452-000-169EN JPGR-308 Gas Rings, 2E8F70 �� 9.99

DOUBLE STAR AR-15

PISTOL-LENGTH GAS TUBE The Right Tube For Your AR Pistol Or SBR Build Short gas tube is made specifically for AR pistols. Fits currently available 61/4" to 71/2" pistol barrels. Also a handy alternative for really short carbine barrels where a standard carbine-length tube is too long. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. 63/4" long. #100-008-042EN Pistol-Length AR Gas Tube, 2Z10Q36 �� $ 12.99

LES BAER AR-15/M16

GAS TUBE Precision-Made Carbine Gas Tube Hardened stainless steel gas tube resists heat and corrosion and ensures consistent gas flow to help your rifle cycle properly. Precise construction helps ensure quality for custom rifle builds. Vent hole size is optimized for semi-auto AR-15 operation. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. 93/4" (25cm) long. For use on rifles with carbine-length gas systems. #124-000-004EN Les Baer Carbine Gas Tube, 4B12K49 �� $ 14.99

PAGE

Integral gas block and folding front sight replicates the appearance of the classic factory front sight tower, yet folds neatly out of the way when it’s not needed. Eliminates need to purchase a railed gas block and a separate rail-mount folding sight. Deploys and locks securely in place as quickly as any flip-up combat sight. To fold, press straight down on the top of the diagonal rear support to release the lock and pull back on the sight tower. Standard A2-type sight post, so it works with any factory-height rear sight. Easy to install; dual clamping rings fit standard .750" diameter barrels, and hex-head bolts (hex wrench included) provide plenty of clamping force to make sure the sight doesn’t shift and change point of aim. Steel base/gas block provides exceptional resistance to erosion by hot gases. Includes bayonet lug, and rear clamping ring drilled to accept sling swivel pin. Aluminum tower minimizes weight without sacrificing strength. a b SPECS: Steel and aluminum, matte black finish. Fits barrels that are .750" O.D. at the gas port. #100-003-742EN #41-BL Silhouette Folding Front Sight, 3A147M50 ��$ 154.99

GAS TUBES

AR-15/M16

LOW-PROFILE GAS BLOCK Lightweight, Minimal Profile To Fit Under Tactical Handguards & Free-Float Tubes Low-profile gas block fits under just about any extended handguard while ensuring proper gas flow to keep your rifle cycling reliably. Precision machined from lightweight, yet tough, 6061 T6 aluminum, so it won’t add unwanted forward weight. Slide over the barrel and anchor in position by tightening the three, flush-mounted steel hex screws on the underside to ensure it won’t shift even under sustained full-auto fire. For installations where the gas block is exposed, rounded edges give a “melted” profile that won’t snag on foliage or other gear. Hardcoat anodized for additional strength and resistance to surface wear; matte black finish blends with most factory gun finishes. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. In¬cludes (3) hex-head screws and instructions. .750" - Fits barrel with .750" O.D. at gas port. 1.25" (3.2cm) long, 1.35" (3.4cm) overall height, .95" (2.4cm) outside width. .8 oz. (23g) weight. .936" - Fits barrel with .936" (2.38cm) O.D. at gas port. 1.25" long, 1.5" (3.8cm) overall height, 1.15" (2.9cm) outside width. 1 oz. (28g) weight. #080-000-528EN .750" Gas Block, 8K25B00 ��$ 34.99 #080-000-700EN .936" Gas Block, 8K29J99 �� 39.99

BADGER ORDNANCE AR-15/M16 Melonite Coated For Extra Heat Resistance & Elimination Of Light Reflection Melonite coating on hardened stainless steel gas tubes gives extra heat- and corrosion-resistance for an exceptionally long service life. Matte black finish enhances the tactical profile of rifles with open handguards by eliminating a source of accidental light reflection. Includes gas tube roll pin. a b SPECS: 304 stainless steel, Melonite coated, matte black. Available in Pistol, Carbine, Mid- Length, and Rifle lengths. #100-008-576EN Melonite-Coated Gas Tube, Pistol, 3B13K41 �� $ 16.00 #100-008-577EN Melonite-Coated Gas Tube, 16.00 Carbine, 3B13G41 �� #100-008-578EN Melonite-Coated Gas Tube, 16.00 Mid-Length, 3B13J41 �� #100-008-579EN Melonite-Coated Gas Tube, 16.00 Rifle, 3B13D41 ��

ULTRA LOW PROFILE GAS BLOCK Provides Maximum Clearance For Optics Or Free-Float Handguards

MODULAR GAS BLOCK

Slim replacement for factory gas block provides maximum clearance for optics and free-float handguards. Setscrews, gas tube mounting pin, and installation instructions included. Mk 12 is an exact copy of the gas manifold on the Mk12 Mod 1 and Mk 18 Mod 1 Special Purpose Rifles used by the U.S. Army and Navy. Made from 416 stainless steel with a tough, wear-resistant black oxide finish, and fits barrels with .750" O.D. Mk 12 Style has the same appearance as the Mk12 Mod 1 gas manifold, and fits barrels with .875" O.D. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel. Mk 12 fits .750" (19mm) O.D. barrels. Black finish. 1" (25.4mm) long, 7/8" (22.2mm) wide, 17/16" (36.5cm) high. Mk 12 Style fits .875" (22.2mm) O.D. barrels. Natural silver finish. 1" (25.4mm) long, 1" wide, 17/16" high. #093-000-026EN Mk 12 Gas Block, 3K53I73 �� $ 65.00 #093-000-027EN Mk 12-Style Gas Block, 3K59B07 �� 69.00

WMD GUNS AR-15/M16

NITROMET GAS TUBE

Bravo Company

AR-15/ M16/M4

LOW-PROFILE GAS BLOCK Heavy Duty Low Profile Block Fits Under Most Handguards

Special Coating Gives Extra Resistance To Heat & Corrosion Stainless steel gas tubes are salt bath nitrocarburized for extra resistance to heat and corrosion. Nitromet finish gives added durability with a surface hardness of Rc 55. Installs easily and available for carbine and mid-length gas systems. a b SPECS: Mil Spec 304 stainless steel, matte black Nitromet finish. Carbine – 93/4" (24cm) long. Mid-Length – 113/4" (30cm) long. #100-010-978EN Nitromet Carbine Gas Tube, 3C15M00 ��$ 16.99 #100-010-979EN Nitromet Mid-Length Gas Tube, 3C15B00 �� 16.99 #100-011-964EN Nitromet Rifle Gas Tube, 3C15H57 �� 17.99

Designed to fit AR-15 and M16 barrels, the BCM low-profile gas block is machined from high quality steel to Mil-Spec tolerances. Gas block includes set screws for mounting and a phosphate finish for corrosion and wear resistance. Available with either .625" or .750" inside diameter. a b SPECS: Machined steel, phosphate finish. 1.34" high, (3.4cm), 1" long (2.5cm). Includes set screws for mounting. #100-014-215EN Low-Profile Gas Block, .750", 1E41N72 �� $ 44.99 #100-014-216EN Low-Profile Gas Block, .625", 1E41M72 �� 44.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

AR-15/M16 Unique, Modular Design For Ultimate Customization Easy-to-install gas block features an integral fixed rail and a modular design that allows fast installation and removal of up to three, additional Picatinny rails for mounting lasers, lights, night vision optics, back-up sights, and a variety of other tactical accessories. Side and bottom rails attach easily with two screws, so you can configure the unit for each mission’s requirements. Precision-machined from rugged, 6061 billet aluminum for superior strength without weighing down your weapon. Mounts securely to barrel with three, hardened steel setscrews. a b SPECS: Aluminum, matte black, hardcoat anodized finish. Fits standard .750" (19mm) dia. barrels. Gas Block - 17/8" (4.8cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 17/16" (3.6cm) high. Gas Block Kit – Includes modular gas block with three add-on rails. 17/8" long, 27/64" (5.3cm) wide, 2" (5.0cm) tall. #080-000-382EN Modular Gas Block, Only, 8K29A06 ��$ 33.99 #080-000-383EN Modular Gas Block Rail, Per Each, 8K10L98 �� 13.99 #080-000-384EN Modular Gas Block Kit, 8K44F62 �� 54.99 BAYONET LUG - Bolts directly to Modular Gas Block to allow installation of a milspec bayonet or lug-mounted bipod on your AR-15. Installs and removes easily with an Allen wrench so you can configure your rifle’s accessory package at any time to fit mission requirements. Precision machined from 4140 steel for optimal strength and rigidity. Includes mounting screws. Modular Gas Block not included. SPECS: Steel, matte black Parkerized finish. 25/16" (5.9cm) long, 1/2" (1.3cm) wide, 21/64" (8.3mm) tall. Allen wrench not included. #080-000-439EN Modular Gas Block Lug, 8K9A99 �� $ 14.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

87 INDUSTRIES

AR-15/M16

PINNED GAS BLOCK KIT Easy To Install Pinned Gas Block

COLT COMPETITION

COMPETITION GAS BLOCK

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16 Secure Forward Accessory Mounting With Minimal Weight & Bulk; 2- & 4-Rail Models Lightweight gas blocks with integral MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails expand your AR’s accessory mounting options without adding excess weight or bulk. Lets you mount a backup iron sight, weapon light, laser sight, folding bipod, vertical grip, and other tactical accessories. Standard models fit barrels with .750" O.D. at gas port. 2-Rail – Two-piece, clamp-on design with top and bottom rails doesn’t require removal of flash hider to install or remove. Clamps securely in place with four hex-head cap screws for a rock-solid installation that won’t shift under recoil. Circular cutouts in the sides reduce weight without compromising strength. 4-Rail – Innovative, slim-line design adds side rails, yet is only .05" wider than the 2-Rail model and actually weighs less. Slides over barrel and anchors in place with three recessed hexhead screws for a tight friction fit. Installation requires removal and re-installation of muzzle attachment. a b SPECS: Standard – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized. Fits barrels with .750" O.D. 2-Rail – Matte black finish. 17/8" (4.8cm) long, 1.2" (3cm) wide, 13/4" (4.5cm) high. 2.6 oz. (74g) weight. 4-Rail – Satin black PTFEimpregnated finish. 17/8" long, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide, 13/4" high. 2.2 oz. (63g) weight. #100-004-516EN 2-Rail Std. Gas Block, 2Z60B00 �� $ 69.99 #100-004-517EN 4-Rail Std. Gas Block, 2Z60E00 �� 69.99

LOW PROFILE ADJUSTABLE GAS BLOCK

SUPER GAS BLOCK

Forged Steel Replacement With Integral Bayonet Lug

Low Profile Fits Easily Under Long Free-Float Tubes

This gas block provides a "double threat" for the competition shooter: control of the gas flow so you can find the sweet spot in fine-tuning your rifle's cycling. And a minimal profile that lets you put this gas block under just about any handguard. The stainless steel adjustment screw is coupled with brass locking screw that won’t damage the threads. Self-tapping setscrews ensure a secure fit to the barrel with a perfect seal. If your installation leaves the block visible, the black nitride finish looks good and it's durable. a b SPECS: Machined 1045 steel, hard nitride coated, matte black. 1" long x .960" wide. Fits barrels with .750" O.D. at gas port. Includes instructions and two Allen wrenches. #100-015-286EN Adjustable Gas Block, 2Z53I57 �� $ 59.99

Model

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

PICATINNY RAIL GAS BLOCK Ensures Reliable Gas Flow; Models For Three Popular Barrel Diameters Compact gas block clamps securely to barrel with a unique three-point attachment system to provide a solid accessory mounting platform and ensure proper gas system alignment for reliable cycling. Precision machined from highgrade 6061 T6 aluminum for an ideal combination of strength and low weight, with an integral MIL STD 1913 Picatinny rail on the topside. Anchors to the barrel with a pair of hex-head setscrews on the underside, plus a third screw on top to ensure a superior gas seal and resist unwanted movement that can impair gas system function. Streamlined design has clean, good-looking, angular lines with all exposed edges radiused to eliminate sharpness. Mil-spec hardcoat anodized for superior surface strength and wear resistance with an even, matte black finish that matchesmost manganese phosphate Parkerized barrel finishes. Models available to fit three common barrel outside diameters: hard-to-find .625" for A1 barrels, .750" for H-Bar and similar-style barrels, and .937" for bull barrels. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. All models 1.875" (cm) long. Rail heights are measured from top of barrel to top of rail. .625" - 1" (2.5cm) wide, 1.5" (3.8cm) overall height, .600" (1.5cm) rail height. 3 oz. (84g) weight. .750" - 1" wide, 1.5" overall height, .545" (13.8cm) rail height. 2.6 oz. (73g) weight. .937" –1.25" (3.2cm) wide, 1.625" (4.1cm) overall height, .445" (11.3cm) rail height. 2.5 oz. (71g) weight. #100-004-537EN .625" Picatinny Gas Block, 2Z25K71 �� $ 29.99 #100-004-536EN .750" Picatinny Gas Block, 2Z26I89 �� 31.99 #100-004-535EN .937" Picatinny Gas Block, 2Z25C71 �� 29.99 100-009-514EN Adjustable Picatinny Gas Block, 2Z55I72 �� 64.99 ADJUSTABLE GAS BLOCK - Adjustable version of Double Star's Picatinny gas block lets you reduce the recoil of your rifle by fine tuning the bolt velocity to match specific loads. Self-tapping set screws on the bottom ensure a secure barrel fit while the extra top set screw ensures a perfect gas seal. Stainless steel adjustment screw is held in place with a brass locking screw to prevent damage to the threads. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hard coat anodized, matte black. .750" (1.9cm) inside diameter. 100-009-514EN Adjustable Picatinny Gas Block, 2Z55I72 �� $ 64.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

High-quality replacement for factory front sight housing includes bayonet lug, so you can upgrade a rifle manufactured during the nowexpired Assault Weapons Ban to authentic military appearance. Forged from C1137 steel, then heat-treated for superior strength before final machining to military specifications. Ready to accept an A1- or A2-type front sight post, spring, and detent of your choice. Hole for sling swivel rivet is predrilled. Holes must be drilled for setscrews or taper pins for precise fit to your gun. Matte black Parkerized finish matches standard mil-spec finish. HBAR fits both M16A2 and M4 contour heavy barrels currently used by the U.S. Military. A1 fits lightweight M16A1 contour barrel only. a b SPECS: Forged C1137 steel, matte black Parkerized finish. Height from top of barrel to top of sight housing without blade installed - 1.9" (4.8cm). HBAR – Fits .750" (19.1mm) OD M16A2 and M4 contour barrels. A1 – Fits .625" (15.9mm) OD M16A1 contour barrels only. #100-002-413EN HBAR-Type AR-15 Front Sight Housing, 2Z27F86 �� $ 34.99 #100-002-414EN A1-Type AR-15 Front Sight Housing, 2Z27D86 �� 34.99

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

RACE GUN GAS BLOCK Minimal Weight & Bulk For HardRunning Competition Rifles Low profile gas block made from long wearing steel sheds all un-necessary weight and bulk; helps keep your race gun’s muzzle light, fast and extremely pointable. Low profile will not interfere with optics or full length handguard tubes. Secures to the barrel with dual socket head set screws and accepts all Mil-spec gas tubes and roll pins. Drilling points are indexed on the side of the block to allow retention with factory issue taper pins, block requires drilling and reaming. Covers the taper pin holes if the block is replacing a standard front sight base. Steel construction ensures that the block will hand up to the high heat encountered at the gas port. Includes two starter holes for pinning. Two starter holes for pinning the gas block to the barrel gives the user a more permanent mounting option. a b SPECS: Machined 1045 steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. 1.9" (4.8cm long) 90" (22mm) wide, 1.42" (3.6cm) high. Fits barrels with .750" O.D. at gas port. #100-009-882EN Race Gun Gas Block, 2Z47K86 �� $ 52.99

DPMS AR15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MICRO 936 GAS BLOCK Rugged, Low-Profile Steel Block Fits DPMS .308 SASS & Other .936" Diameter Barrels Ultra-low profile steel gas block is designed to fit under extended-length free-float tubes on the DPMS .308 SemiAuto Sniper System (SASS) barrel, and other AR-style .308 and AR-15/M16 barrels with a .936" O.D. at the gas block location. Two set screws on the underside keep the block firmly in place. Made of tough, 4140 steel for extra resistance to gas erosion. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, matte black phosphate finish. Fits barrels with .936" O.D. at gas block. #231-000-333EN Micro 936 Gas Block, 1C18L00 �� $ 19.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Minimal-bulk gas block fits easily under most free-float rails. All-steel construction provides plenty of strength to resist erosion from hot gas. Precisely machined for a close slip fit on standard .750" OD barrels. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. Gunsmith installation recommended. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, with natural finish (SS) or Black Nitride finish (SS Blk). Also available in carbon steel (CS), with matte black finish. 1" (2.5cm) long, 1.4" (3.6cm) high. Fits barrels .750" O.D. at gas port. #100-011-672EN Super Gas Block, SS, 7B59G00 �� $ 59.00 #100-014-198EN Super Gas Block, SS BLK, 7B68N51 �� 69.00 #100-014-199EN Super Gas Block, CS, 7B38N72 �� 39.00

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

STEEL GAS BLOCKS One-Piece Design & Tough Steel Construction One-piece, low profile, steel gas block fits under most free-float handguards for a clean, uncluttered look. Models available to fit .625", .750" and .936" O.D. barrels. Locks securely to barrel with three steel setscrews. a b SPECS: 4140 billet steel, manganese Parkerized finish, matte black. .625" – 113/16" (4.6cm) long, 13/8" (3.4cm) high. 2.5 oz. (71g) wt. .750" – 13/4" (4.4cm) long, 13/8" high. 3.6 oz. (102g) wt. .936" – 113/16" long, 11/2" (3.8cm) high. 3.6 oz. wt. #100-008-248EN .625" Low Profile Gas Block, 2A38Q57 �� $ 39.99 #100-002-854EN .750" Low Profile Gas Block, 2A38Q57 �� 42.99 #100-004-908EN .936" Low Profile Gas Block, 2A38P57 �� 39.99 PICATINNY RAIL GAS BLOCK - Steel gas block with integral Picatinny rail has extra height that lets you mount a flip up or co-witness front sight on the same plane as the receiver rail of your flattop AR-15/M16. Add a Picatinny rail handguard to have a continuous rail extending from the receiver to the gas block for superb accessory mounting flexibility. Precision machined from tough 4140 billet steel to stand up to tens of thousands of rounds without eroding. Fits .750" O.D. barrels, and locks securely to barrel with three setscrews. SPECS: 4140 steel, dark gray Parkerized finish. 113/16" (4.6cm) long, 113/16" high. Fits .750" O.D. barrels. 6.2 oz. (175g) weight. #100-003-073EN Steel Picatinny Rail Gas Block, 2A59J29 �� $ 64.99

SEEKINS PRECISION AR-15/M16

ADJUSTABLE GAS BLOCK Lets You Adjust Gas Output For Reliable Extraction/Ejection Steel gas block lets you adjust the amount of gas flow, so you can tune gas output for reliable extraction and ejection with different ammo types. Brass friction screw holds adjustments without thread locker and won’t mar the adjustment screw. Fits under free-float handguards on .750" O.D. barrels. Dual bottom screws secure block to barrel. Requires Allen wrench, not included. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. 1" (2.5cm) long. .9" (2.3cm) wide. 13/8" (3.5cm) high. 1.8 oz. (51g) wt. #100-011-244EN Adjustable Gas Block, 8C53E10 �� $ 57.99

PAGE

GAS BLOCKS & TUBES

ACCESSORY RAIL GAS BLOCKS

GEISSELE AR-15/M16

Ideal For Competition Shooters

Enables Fast User-Adjustment Of Gas Flow Without Tools Designed with the competitor in mind, this finger-adjustable gas block allows you to quickly and easily fine tune the gas flow on your rifle to suit specific ammunition. Its low profile means it will fit under extended hanguards, and three hardened clamp screws secure it to the barrel. Stainless steel adjustment knob is slightly offset to allow for clearance with a variety of handguards and barrels. a b SPECS: Heat-treated carbon steel, phosphate coat finish, matte black. 2" long x .85" wide x 1.4" high. Fits barrels with .750" O.D. at the gas port. #100-015-785EN Adj. Competition Gas Block, 2Z138J00 �� $ 149.99

DOUBLE STAR AR-15

FRONT SIGHT HOUSING

AR-15/m16

Made from 17-4 stainless steel, this pinned gas block is designed to be installed using simple tools. To install, simply tighten the vibration resistant set screw, then drill through the dimpled 1/8" pilot feature, and drive in the splined cross pin. Gas block fits standard .750" diameter barrels and its low profile works with a variety of free float handguards. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel, black oxide finish. 1.5 oz. (42.5g) wt. .750" (1.9cm) inside dia. Kit includes: set screw, Loctite 262, 1/8" (3.2mm) drill bit, cross pin, gas tube roll pin, and Allen wrench. #100-014-170EN Pinned Gas Block Kit, 3D56K13 ��$ 61.99

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

SYRAC ORDNANCE AR-15/M16

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

GAS BLOCKS

4-Rail

Single-Rail A1

2-Rail

Low Profile

Single-Rail

Specter Single-Rail .750"

GAS BLOCKS & TUBES

Picatinny Or Low Profile Options To Fit Your Application Unique, all-steel gas blocks expand the versatility of your Low Profile 2 Low Profile Slotted rifle by providing a variety of accessory rail and handguard mounting options. Especially helpful in customizing short-barrelled tactical rifles. Machined from bar stock for extra strength and rigidity, then mil-spec Parkerized for exceptional wear- and corrosion-resistance. One-piece, 4-Rail model features top/ bottom and side rails that accept Weaver or Picatinny mounted, tactical accessories, including the Yankee Hill Gas Block Front Flip Sight. Secures to barrel with included setscrews. Low Profile version is a low and narrow, one-piece block designed to fit inside most free-float handguards; allows use of rifle length forearms on carbine length barrels for a clean, streamlined look and added gripping surface. Secures to barrel with included setscrews. Low Profile 2 is shorter and lighter than the Low Profile, and allows rifle length forearms to fit carbine-length barrels. Low Profile Slotted has a slot cut into the bottom for easy mounting and dismounting; slide the block into position and tighten the two pinch screws to snug it securely to the barrel. 2-Rail gas block is an easy-toinstall, two-piece unit that clamps around the barrel using four hex screws; includes machined top and bottom Picatinny rails only. Single-Rail w/Lug & Swivel adds a top-side Picatinny rail for mounting accessories, and provides a bayonet lug and sling mount like an A2 gas block/front sight tower. Two-piece design clamps

your rifle’s standard contour, .750" diameter barrel with four, capscrews—no need to remove muzzle brake or flash suppressor to install. Bayonet lug accepts a mil-spec bayonet or lug-mounted bipod, and pivoting, rubber-coated sling swivel accepts tactical slings up to 11/4" wide. Single Rail has four Picatinny slots on top. Clamps to your rifle’s standard contour, .750" O.D. barrel with two setscrews. Single-Rail A1 fits skinny .625" O.D. M16A1-style barrel and provides four Picatinny rail slots to let you install a clamp-on auxiliary “iron” sight or other accessory. Slides over barrel (flash hider must be removed to install) and clamps with two hex head screws. Specter model provides plenty of clearance to mount a free-float forearm that extends over the gas block, including Yankee Hill Specter handguards. Fits under any forearm with an inside diameter of 15/8" or greater. Easy to install two-piece design eliminates the need to remove a pinned or welded-on flash hider or muzzle brake. Clamps securely to barrel with four, hardened steel, hex-head cap screws. a b SPECS: Steel, mil-spec phosphate finish. Unless otherwise noted, fits .750" diameter barrels. 4-Rail - 17/8" (4.8cm) long, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide, 13/4" (4.4cm) high. 5.7 oz. (162 g) wt. 2-Rail - 13/4" long, 11/4" wide, 13/4" high. 5.4 oz. (153 g) wt. Single-Rail w/Lug & Swivel - 17/8" (4.8cm) long, 13/16" (3cm) wide, 13/4" (4.5cm) high. 5.5 oz. (155g) weight. Single Rail - 17/8" (4.8cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 15/8" (4.1cm) overall height, 9/16" (1.5cm) rail height. 4.4 oz. (124g) weight. Fits barrels with .750" O.D. at the gas port. Single-Rail A1 - 17/8" (4.8cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 15/8" (4.1cm) overall height, 9/16" (1.5cm) rail height. 5.1 oz. (145g) weight. Fits M16A1-style barrels with .625" O.D. at the gas port. Low Profile - 17/8" long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 15/16" (3.3cm) high. 4.4 oz. (125 g) wt. Low Profile 2 - .950" (2.4cm) long, 11/3" (3.3cm) high. 1.4 oz. (40g) wt. Low A1 Profile Slotted - .950" (2.4cm) long, 13/8" (3.7cm) high. 1.8 oz (51g) wt. Specter - 17/8" (4.7cm) long, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide. 4.4 oz. (125 g) weight. Fits barrel with .750" O.D. at gas port. #100-002-074EN 4-Rail Gas Block, 9A63Q50 ��$ 74.20 #100-002-075EN Low Profile Gas Block, 9A49D99 �� 59.99 #100-010-655EN Low Profile 2 Gas Block, 9A23M99 �� 23.99 #100-010-657EN Low Profile Slotted Gas Block, 9A32C99 �� 32.99 #100-002-076EN 2-Rail Gas Block, 9A56P50 �� 67.00 #100-003-172EN Single-Rail Gas Block w/Lug & Swivel, 9A63I50 �� 71.30 #100-009-089EN Single-Rail Gas Block for .750" Barrel, 9A52M50 �� 59.70 #100-005-965EN Single-Rail Gas Block for A1 Barrel, 9A52F50 �� 59.70 #100-004-501EN Specter Gas Block, 9A32B50 �� 38.80

SADLAK INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

GAS BLOCKS Minimal Profile To Fit Under Handguard; Models With Integral Accessory Rail Aluminum or steel gas blocks give the choices you need to create a custom-built rifle with a misVarmint Low Profile Slip-On Low Profile Clamp Extended Nose sion-specific configuration. Mounts securely to barrel with included setscrews. Clamp-on models squeeze around the barrel as you tighten the side-mounted setscrews. Slip-on models are anchored by setscrews on the underside. Low Profile fits under a free-float handguard and lets you use a longer on carbine-length barrels for a clean, streamlined look with more gripping surface. Extended Nose is like Low-Profile, but with an extended sleeve that covers taper pin holes left by the issue A2-style sight tower. Varmint fits heavy .936" O.D. barrels. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black, or 1018 alloy steel, Parkerized, black. Barrel O.D. measured at gas port. STOCK # #100-006-899EN #100-005-337EN #100-006-900EN #100-005-339EN #100-008-732EN #100-005-340EN

TYPE ATTACHMENT BBL. O.D. Low-Profile Slip-On .625" Low-Profile Slip-On .750" Low-Profile Slip-On .875" Low-Profile Clamp-On .750" Extended Nose Slip-On .750" Varmint Clamp-On .936"

PAGE

MATERIAL Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Aluminum

LENGTH .95" (24mm) .95" (24mm) .95" (24mm) .95" (24mm) 1.8" (46mm) 1.4" (36mm)

WIDTH .775" (19.6mm) .90" (23mm) 1.0" (25mm) .90" (23mm) .90" (23mm) 1.2" (30mm)

HEIGHT 1.3" (33mm) 1.4" (36mm) 1.4" (36mm) 1.5" (38mm) 1.4" (36mm) 1.7" (43mm)

WEIGHT 1.4 oz. (40g) 1.4 oz. (40g) 1.6oz. (45g) 1.8 oz. (51g) 1.9 oz. (54g) 1.4 oz. (40g)

PRICE 6A30B00 $ 34.99 6A23K06 $ 26.99 6A35K15 $ 40.99 6A39A43 $ 45.99 6A38P57 $ 44.99 6A41A14 $ 49.99

Products

GEN I ADJUSTABLE GAS BLOCK

ADJUSTABLE GAS BLOCKS

Lets You Adjust Gas Flow For Reliable Function Syrac’s all-steel gas block lets you easily adjust the gas flow for just the right amount of pressure to ensure proper cycling with Low-Pro Clamp-On various loads. Keeps system from being “over-gassed” with high pressure and heavy bullet, long-range loads. Can also be used on guns chambered in .300 AAC Blackout and similar rounds to aid cycling with subsonic and supersonic loads. Easy to change setting: simply press in the locking detent button, adjust setscrew with included Allen wrench, and release button to lock your setting. Tough Melonite finish won’t resists wearing or peeling due to heat. Low-Pro model has an extra-low profile for mounting under free-floating handguards. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, Melonite® coated, matte black finish. ClampOn model fits standard .750" O.D. barrels. Low-Pro model available for .625" O.D. or .750" O.D. barrels. 1" long x 1.34" high. #100-010-611EN Clamp-on Adj. Gas Block, .750", 8E105N71 �� $ 112.99 #100-010-610EN Low-Pro Gas Block, .625", 8E96G55 �� 106.95 #100-008-858EN Low-Pro Adj. Gas Block, .750", 8E100F00 �� 104.99

SYRAC ORDNANCE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

GEN II LOW-PROFILE ADJUSTABLE GAS BLOCK For Easy Adjustment Of Gas Flow In The Field Or At The Range Refinement of Syrac’s original adjustable gas block enables the shooter to fine-tune gas flow and rifle performance in the field. Designed to fit under free-floating handguards, Standard Gen II the block secures to the barrel with two setscrews. The Gen II model eliminates the Gen I’s release button, so you simply turn the gas adjustment setscrew with the included Allen wrench to one of 18 pre-set click detent positions. Click detent automatically locks in your setting; also makes “dialing in” predetermined settings for different loads easy. Standard LowPro models have setscrews on the underside; requires dimpling of the barrel. Clamp-On model wraps around the barrel and is secured Clamp-On Gen II with two side-mounted hex head cap screws. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, natural silver finish (SS) or Melonite coated, matte black (Blk). 1" (2.5cm) long. 1.34" (3.4cm) high. Models to fit AR-15/ AR-style .308 rifles with .750" or .936" O.D. barrels. Comes with 2 gas tube roll pins, setscrews, hex keys, and installation instructions. #100-014-371EN Gen II Adj. Gas Block, .750"/Blk, 8E100F00 �� $ 106.99 #100-015-084EN Gen II Adj. Gas Block, .750"/SS, 8E96L55 �� 106.95 #100-015-083EN Gen II Adj. Gas Block, .936"/Blk, 8E102D07 �� 112.99 #100-015-085EN Gen II Adj. Gas Block, .936"/SS, 8E100I00 �� 112.99 #100-015-086EN Clamp-On Gen II Adj. Gas Block, .750"/SS, 8E102P07 �� 114.99 #100-015-087EN Clamp-On Gen II Adj. Gas Block, .936"/SS, 8E102F07 �� 112.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16 Pressure Adjustable For Smooth Cycling

Replaces the factory front sight/gas block and allows you to tune the gas system for smoother cycling and operation. Especially critical on match and varmint rifles when shooting both factory and custom-loaded ammunition. Simple setscrew lets you control the gas Standard flow, so you can customize the setting for each load. Hex head setscrews clamp the block securely to the barrel. Installation instructions included. Standard model features a topside Picatinny rail for mounting flip-up front sights and other accessories. Available in lightweight aluminum or stainless steel for additional muzzle weight. Fits barrels with .750" O.D. at gas block. Heavy - Aluminum, with rail, fits heavy barrels with .936" O.D. Low Profile Low Profile model fits under handguard on .750" barrels. Rugged, all-steel construction resists gas erosion and helps maintain rifle’s weight distribution. Heavy Low Profile aluminum block fits under handguard on barrels with .936" O.D. Eight Torx T15 screws securely clamp the block to the barrel. A2-Style – Retains the classic look of military rifles and carbines. Two side-mount hex head screws clamp Heavy Low the block securely to barrels with .750" Profile O.D. at the gas block position. Rugged, stainless steel construction resists gas erosion and helps maintain rifle’s weight distribution. Hard, abrasion-resistant black oxide finish. JPGSA stainless steel adapter enables installation of a .936" I.D. adapter on a .875" O.D. barrel. a b SPECS: Standard - Available in 6061 T6 aluminum (Alu), hardcoat anodized, matte black, or 416 stainless steel (SS), natural silver or black oxide finish. 17/8" (4.7cm) long, .950" (2.4cm) wide. .750" (19mm) I.D. Heavy A2-style - Aluminum, hard anodized, matte black. 17/8" long, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. .936" (23.7mm) I.D. Low Profile - 416 stainless steel, natural silver or matte black finish. 17/8" long, 1" (2.5cm) wide. .750" I.D. Heavy Low Profile - Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 17/8" (4.7cm) long, 17/16" (3.6cm) wide. .936" I.D. 2.6 oz. (74g) weight. Minimum 1.750" handguard I.D. recommended for proper clearance. A2Style - 416 stainless steel, matte black oxide Block Adapter finish. 17/8" long, 7/8" (2.2cm) wide, 33/8" (8.6cm) high, .750" I.D. #452-015-110EN Standard Gas Block, Aluminum, 2E60L00 �� $ 66.99 #452-000-023EN Standard Gas Block, SS, 2E77N14 �� 85.99 #452-000-068EN Standard Gas Block, Black SS, 2E77C14 �� 85.99 #452-015-111EN Heavy Gas Block, Aluminum, 2E68A57 �� 75.99 452-000-177EN Low-Profile Gas Block, SS, 2E68H57 �� 75.99 #452-000-148EN Low-Profile Gas Block, Black SS, 2E68C57 �� 75.99 #452-000-122EN Heavy Low-Profile Gas Block, Alu, 2E77E14 �� 85.99 #452-000-065EN A2-Style Gas Block, Black SS, 2E128H57 �� 142.99 452-000-178EN JPGSA Gas Block Adapter, 2E21E43 �� 24.95

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

PRECISION REFLEX AR-15

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

ADAMS ARMS AR-15/M16

ADJUSTABLE LOW-PROFILE GAS BLOCK

CLAMP-ON FRONT SIGHT GAS BLOCK

COMPLETE GAS PISTON UPPER RECEIVER

Steel gas block features an adjustable gas port that lets you tune the amount of gas output for reliable extraction and ejection to match your ammo. Adjustment screw closes or opens the port in the block and not the gas tube; drilling of the gas tube is not required. Fits under free float handguards and does not interfere with the sight picture through scopes or red-dot sights. Dual set screws on bottom securely lock the block onto the barrel. a b SPECS: 1141 high-strength steel, magnesium phosphate finish, matte black. 1" (2.5cm) long, 1.37"(3.4cm) high, 1 oz. (28g) wt. Fits barrels .750" OD at the gas block position. #714-000-019EN Adjustable Low-Profile Gas Block, 4A62L86 �� $ 69.99

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

LOW-PROFILE GAS BLOCK Won’t Interfere With Extended-Length Tactical Forearms Minimal-profile replacement for factory front sight/gas block won’t interfere with extended-length tactical forearms, while ensuring proper function of gas system for reliable cycling. Protrudes only .420" above barrel, covers less than 1" of barrel length, and adds only 1.4 oz. of weight. Compatible with M4-style carbines and M16A2/A3/A4-style rifles with any length, .750" O.D. barrel. Two steel setscrews keep the block securely anchored to the barrel to prevent shifting even under the force of full-auto recoil. Black oxide finish matches most factory barrel finishes. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, oxide finish, matte black. .950" (24mm) long. 1.375" (3.5cm) overall height. 1.4 oz. (41g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with .750" O.D. barrel at gas block mounting position. Includes hex-head setscrews. #100-004-062EN Low-Profile Gas Block, 3B32F99 ��$ 35.99

One-Piece Design Fits Under Free-Float Handguards

Makes Rifle Run Cooler & Cleaner With Less Felt Recoil

YHM-9394

YHM-9395

YHM-9395A

YHM-9394/9680

Immediate Response Sighting For Tactical Emergencies Multi-purpose front sight works as a fully functional gas block, plus delivers lifesaving backup when primary optics fail or become hindered by low light or poor weather conditions. Machined, steel body features a spring-loaded pushbutton that locks sight in the deployed position. When not in use, simply depress the button and fold down for an unobstructed view through your optics. Protective ears guard the sight post from blows incurred during duty. Split, barrel clamp design allows easy mounting to standard contour barrels without removal of flash hiders or muzzle brakes. Hex cap screws pull clamping halves tight to barrel for complete sight immobilization when properly tightened. Durable, mil-spec, phosphate finish resists rust and corrosion. YHM-9394 includes bayonet lug and pivoting sling swivel that accepts tactical slings up to 11/4" wide. Rubber coating prevents swivel from rattling and giving away your position while on patrol. YHM-9394/9680 is a matched set that pairs up the YHM-9394 front sight with the popular windage-adjustable, dual-aperture YHM-9680 flip-up rear sight. YHM-9395 has sling swivel, no bayonet lug. YHM-9835A has Picatinny-style under-rail that accepts lights, lasers, and other forward-mounted accessories. No sling swivel. a b SPECS: Steel, phosphate-coated finish, dark gray. 17/8" (4.8cm) long, 13/16" 1 (3cm) wide. Sight Post – 2 /4" (5.7cm) high when raised. Fits standard, .750" diameter barrels. YHM-9394 – 6 oz. (170g) weight. YHM-9680 - Rear Sight in YHM-9394/9680 set - 1" (2.5cm) long, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide, 19/16" (4cm) high when raised. 2.5 oz. (71g) wt. YHM-9395 - 5.5 oz. (156g) weight. YHM-9835A – 7.7 oz. (219 g) weight. #100-002-237EN YHM 9394 Front Sight w/Bayonet Lug & Sling Swivel, 9A71L50 �� $ 86.00 #100-007-622EN YHM-9394/9680 Front/Rear Sight Set, 9A145N50 �� 164.99 #100-002-077EN YHM 9395 Front Sight w/Sling Swivel Only, 9A75B50 �� 86.00 #100-003-174EN YHM 9835A Front Sight w/Bottom Rail, 9A95L50 �� 111.40

VULCAN ARMS AR-15/M16

GAS BLOCK Picatinny Rails On Three Sides Hard-Coat Anodized Per Mil Spec 8625 Machined, aircraft-grade, aluminum, gas block with picatinny rails attaches easily and lets you mount accessories to three sides. Grit blasted for a durable matte finish and hard-coat anodized as per mil spec 8625. a b SPECS: Aircraft-grade aluminum. Black, matte, anodized finish. Fits barrels with .750" (19mm) diameter. #997-000-002EN Gas Block, 7Z38H89 �� $ 44.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Tac Elite, Mid-Length

Ready To Install To Make A Reliable, Clean-Running Piston Carbine Or Pistol Complete upper receiver assembly comes ready to install on mil-spec lower receiver to produce a reliable, positive-cycling gas piston gun. Adams Arms’ proven piston system doesn’t vent hot gases and burned powder into the bolt carrier and receiver, so the gun runs cooler, with less fouling and wear on the action, and easier maintenance. Short-stroke piston shaft eliminates concussive gas expansion in the upper receiver for less violent cycling, smoother feeding, and reduced felt recoil. The receiver is forged from 6061 T6 aluminum and features M4 feed ramp cuts and a 13-slot Picatinny-cut flattop rail. The adjustable gas block allows three levels of gas release: normal fire, firing with a suppressor attached, or a single round fired without cycling. Picatinny rail on top of gas block accepts a variety of clamp-on tactical sights. All models have chrome-lined barrels chambered for 5.56mm NATO, with an A2 flash hider and a black Melonite® finish for superb wear resistance and up to 60% more corrosion resistance than traditional phosphate coating. Carbine - 16" barrel and M4-style carbine handguard. Mid-length – 16" barrel with a mid-length gas system that taps gas from farther up the barrel than a standard carbine-length gun for extra-smooth cycling and extraction. M4style handguard. Pistol - 7½" barrel and two-piece, machined aluminum handguard with four, 3" Picatinny rails. Pistol Extended Rail - 7½" barrel and an extended, aluminum handguard with 6" side rails, a 5¾" bottom rail, and a 4¼" top rail that forms a continuous 12" rail with the receiver flattop and gas block. Side rails include sockets for QD sling swivels. Tactical Elite – 16” barrel with free floating forearm feature extended Picatinny rails along the sides and bottom of the gas block. Midlength gas system and handguard with 12” rails. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: Receiver/Pistol Handguards – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Barrel – Chrome-moly steel, Melonite coated, matte black. Gas Block, Piston Tube, Bolt Carrier – Steel, black oxide finish. Piston – Stainless steel. Carbine – 16" (40.6cm) barrel, Parkerized, matte black. 1-7" rifling. Reinforced polymer composite handguard, black. 4.2 lb. (1.9kg) total weight. Mid-Length - 16" barrel. 1-7" rifling. Reinforced composite handguard. Pistol – 7.5" (19cm) barrel. 1-8" twist rifling. 3.6 lb. (1.68kg) total weight. Pistol Extended Rail – 7.5" barrel. 1-8" twist rifling. 3.8 lb. (1.7kg) total weight. Tactical Elite Mid-Length - 16" (40.6cm) barrel. 1-7" rifling. Free float quad rail. 12" Picatinny rails. 4.9 lb. (2.2kg) wt. #100-005-989EN Gas Piston Upper Rec’r, Carbine, 4Z510E16 ��$ 529.99 #100-009-248EN Gas Piston Upper Rec’r, Mid-Length, 4Z530Q45 �� 550.99 #100-005-990EN Gas Piston Upper Rec’r, Pistol, 4Z735A00 �� 735.00 #100-005-991EN Gas Piston Upper Rec’r, Pistol w/Extend Rails, 4Z699F60 �� 699.60 #100-013-536EN Gas Piston Upper Rec’r Tac Elite, Mid-Length, 4Z693B48 �� 719.99

YOUR 100% SATISFACTION IS OUR GUARANTEE!! order on the web

brownells.com

Kit has everything you need to replace the standard gas system in your AR-15 and convert it to a reliable, positive-cycling, gas piston system. Eliminates venting of hot gases and powder residue into the bolt carrier and receiver for reduced fouling and less wear on the action. Feeds more smoothly, maintenance is easier, and the gun runs cooler, too. Short-stroke piston shaft eliminates concussive gas expansion in the upper receiver for less violent cycling and reduced felt recoil. Easy to adjust for three levels of gas release: normal fire, firing with a suppressor attached, or a single round fired without cycling. Picatinny rail on the gas block provides mounting space for a variety of front sights. Installation requires removal of original gas block, but no permanent alterations to barrel or upper receiver. Remove the piston system at any time and reinstall the original parts. Replacement handguard provides extra internal clearance for piston rod and has internal shield to protect your hand from heat buildup during sustained fire. Separate models for popular gas system lengths: Carbine, Mid-Length, Rifle, and Pistol. a b SPECS: Gas Block, Piston Tube, Bolt Carrier, Handguard Retainer Cap – Steel, black oxide finish. Piston – Stainless steel. Handguard – Reinforced polymer composite, black. Kit contains piston assembly, gas block, onepiece bolt carrier, handguard, handguard retainer, and installation instructions. Fits rifles with .750" O.D. barrel at gas port. Requires removal of original gas block. Gunsmith installation recommended. MI Free-Float Carbine Handguard - Machined 6061 T6 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7" (17.8cm) long, 21/2" (6.4cm) dia. Installation of this handguard requires removal of the delta ring. #100-004-907EN Gas Piston Kit, Carbine, 4Z239E99 �� $ 259.99 #100-004-922EN Gas Piston Kit, Mid-Length, 4Z251Q79 �� 275.99 #100-004-923EN Gas Piston Kit, Rifle, 4Z264C16 �� 288.99 100-013-537EN Gas Piston Kit, Pistol, 4Z356C21 �� 389.99 XLP GAS PISTON CONVERSION KIT - Adams Arms takes the same benefits of their basic conversion kit and incorporates them into a lightweight package. The adjustable XLP gas block is 30% lighter than a standard AR-15 piston block and fits under most handguards without modifications. Gas block features five different settings, allowing you to adjust the gas pressure to match your ammo and barrel length. The low mass bolt carrier is machined from proprietary 8620 forging and is 21% lighter than standard carriers, offering reduced recoil for quicker target reacquisition and follow up shots. The XLP Piston Kit also includes: gas plug, upper receiver bushing, bushing installation rod, bolt spring, drive rod with bushing and spring, and instructional DVD. Kits do not include handguards. Gas block is .750” internal dimension. Models available for carbine, mid-length, and rifle gas system lengths. SPECS: Gas Block – Molded plastic, anodized, matte black piston. .75" (1.9cm) internal dimension. 5 adjustable gas settings. Bolt Carrier – 8620 steel. 7.5oz. (212.6g) wt. LifeCoat finish, matte black. Includes gas plug, upper receiver bushing, bushing installation rod, bolt spring, drive rod with bushing and spring, installation DVD. Carbine length requires 7.866" from barrel extension to shoulder. Mid-length requires 9.866" from barrel extension to shoulder. Rifle requires 13.241" from barrel extension to shoulder. 100-014-912DN XLP Carbine Kit, 4Z323Q61 �� $ 323.61 100-014-915DN XLP Mid-Length Kit, 4Z339D32 �� 339.32 100-014-916DN XLP Rifle Kit, 4Z352B86 �� 352.86

PAGE

gas piston kits & uppers

Slim replacement for cumbersome USGI front sight/gas block tower features a low profile for a more streamlined appearance and less chance of snagging on vegetation and other gear. Covers only 1" of barrel length and reduces weapon’s forward weight for improved handling and maneuverability. Clamp On models squeeze around the barrel with included socket head screws. Set Screw models use included set screws at the bottom of the unit to anchor b the gas block to the barrel for the lowest-profile installation. a SPECS: 17-4 PH stainless steel, oxide finish, matte black. Includes hex-head mounting bolts or set screws, and gas tube pin. All models are 1" (2.54cm) long. Models available to fit barrels with .625" O.D. or .750" at gas block position. Clamp-on models will not fit under small diameter free-float tubes or those with an exposed bottom rail channel on the inside of the handguard such as VLTOR VIS, Daniel Defense, and LaRue Tactical. .750" Clamp On - .926" (2.35cm) wide, 1.388" (3.52cm) tall. .625" Clamp On .920" (2.33cm) wide, 1.370" (3.48cm) tall. .750" Set Screw - .907" (2.30cm) wide, .1.352" (2.43cm) tall. .625" Set Screw - .807" wide, 1.281" tall. #100-003-996EN .750" Low-Profile Gas Block, Clamp-On, 3A61G24 �� $ 65.99 #100-011-110EN .625" Low-Profile Gas Block, Clamp-On, 3A61K24 �� 65.99 #100-011-111EN .750" Low-Profile Gas Block, Set Screw, 3A54F74 �� 58.99 #100-011-112EN .625" Low-Profile Gas Block, Set Screw, 3A54D74 �� 58.99

GAS PISTON CONVERSION KIT

GAS BLOCKS & TUBES

VLTOR AR-15/M16

LOW-PROFILE GAS BLOCK

Length

AR-15/m16

Lets You Tailor Extraction & Ejection To Individual Loads

ADAMS ARMS AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16 barrels

OSPREY DEFENSE AR-15/M16

ADAMS ARMS AR-15/M16

OPS-416 GAS PISTON CONVERSION KIT

EVO ULTRALITE UPPER RECEIVER

For Smoother, Cooler Operation, Reduced Recoil, & Less Frequent Cleaning Drop-in gas piston conversion kit installs in only five minutes and improves the reliability and function of your AR-15 by Carbine eliminating fouling caused by Gas Piston Kit gas venting into receiver. Rifle runs cooler, with less frequent need for cleaning and less wear on carrier and bolt – resulting in longer service life from these critical parts. The unique, kidney-shaped cross-section of the piston and piston chamber provides extra mass and surface area to evenly spread out gas pressure and reduce felt recoil, allowing you to stay on target for rapid follow-up shots. Installs in minutes on both semi- or full-auto/burst rifles with a barrel O.D. of .875" or less. No need to remove gas block/sight tower, and no permanent alterations to barrel or upper receiver – reinstall original parts at any time. Replacement bolt carrier with integral lug is machined from a single piece of steel for a lifetime of use. Models available to fit Carbine and Rifle gas systems. Fail Zero Carbine kit has the self-lubricating Fail Zero EXO coating applied to the bolt carrier and piston system to resist fouling buildup and reliably with longer intervals between cleanings. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide or Fail Zero EXO coated finish. Handguard – Reinforced polymer composite, black. Kit includes preassembled piston assembly, bolt carrier, handguard, and instructions. Carbine fits 111/2" to 16" barrels with .875" O.D. or smaller, and carbine-length gas system. Rifle fits 20" barrels with .875" or smaller O.D. and rifle-length gas system. #100-005-291EN Carbine Gas Piston Kit, 1F277E78 �� $ 299.99 #100-009-419EN Fail Zero Carbine Gas Piston Kit, 1F333I33 �� 369.99 #100-005-290EN Rifle Gas Piston Kit, 1F277C78 �� 299.99

ADAMS ARMS AR-15

TACTICAL EVO PISTON UPPER RECEIVER Carbine Length

Mid-Length

gas piston kits & uppers

Ready To Fire, Drop-In Piston System Runs Cool & Clean The Tactical Evo upper gives your AR the benefits of piston operating system, plus plenty of accessory-mounting real estate, without adding weight and bulk. Your rifle will run cooler, cleaner, and more reliably thanks to the short stroke gas piston system that prevents hot gas and debris from blowing back into the action. Less felt recoil, too. The Evo receiver fits any standard mil-spec AR-15 lower - snap it on and go shooting. Features M4 feed ramps to further enhance reliability and a Picatinny spec top rail. Removable Picatinny rail sections can be positioned on the free-floating forearm to suit your accessory installation requirements. The 16" barrel comes with an A2 flash hider and a tough, black Melonite® finish for wear- and corrosion-resistance. Available with Carbine-Length piston system or Mid-Length with extended handguard. a b SPECS: Receiver & Handguard - 6061 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black, with dry-film lubricant coating. Gas Block/Piston Tube/Bolt Carrier – Steel, black oxide finish. Piston – Stainless steel. Barrel – Chrome-moly steel, Melonite® finish, matte black. 16" long, .750" OD at the gas port. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO., with 1-7" rifling. #100-013-532EN Tactical Evo Upper Receiver, Carbine-Length, 4Z673J81 �� $ 699.99 #100-013-533EN Tactical Evo Upper Receiver, Mid-Length, 4Z693N48 �� 719.99

PAGE

Complete Piston System In A Super-Light Package The Evo Ultralite carbine upper combines Adams Arms’s proven gas piston operating system with a small-contour barrel and the lightweight Samson Evolution handguard system for a gun that’s easy to carry for extended periods. This is a complete upper, ready to snap onto the lower of your choice. Adjustable piston-driven system keeps gas and residue from being blown into the action, so bolt and receiver stay cleaner, reducing malfunctions related to fouling. The skinny 16" barrel is chambered in 5.56mm NATO with an Adams Arms compensator to control muzzle rise so the Evo’s light weight doesn’t mean you have to cope with more felt recoil or sacrifice speed of follow up shots. Continuous rail across receiver and top of handguard, plus two bolt-on rails that let you position accessories exactly where you need them. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum receiver and handguard, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black, with dry-film lubricant coating. Gas Block, Piston Tube, Bolt Carrier – Steel, black oxide finish. Piston – Stainless steel. Barrel – Chrome-moly steel, Melonite® hardcoated, matte black. 16" long, .625" O.D. at gas port, .550" O.D. behind muzzle. Chambered in 5.56mm NATO. 1-7" rifling. #100-009-250EN Evo Ultralite Upper, Carbine-Length, 4Z770A37 �� $ 799.99

ANDERSON MANUFACTURING AR-15/M16

M4 CARBINE BARREL Versatile, High-Compatibility Barrel For Your Next Custom Build Military-style M4 profile barrel offers maximum compatibility with aftermarket parts for your next custom carbine project. Chambered for military 5.56x45mm NATO ammunition, so it's compatible with civilian .223 Remington ammo, too. 1-8" twist rifling gives excellent performance with many bullet weights. M4 feed ramps help rounds chamber reliably. Standard ½"-28 muzzle threads accept popular AR flash suppressors and brakes. Gas port spaced for carbine-length gas tube; .750" O.D. at gas port for compatibility with the most aftermarket gas blocks. Not chrome lined. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. 1.8 lbs (816g) wt. #100-016-549EN Anderson Manufacturing M4 Barrel, 8Z92I14 �� $ 99.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

MINI-SASS BARREL Stable, Heavy Contour Barrel Ideal For Long-Range Shooting The SASS barrel is designed help you squeeze maximum performance from the 5.56 NATO cartridge for precise accuracy at longer ranges. Features a heavy contour for rigidity with flutes machined under the handguard area and near the muzzle to help dissipate heat and reduce weight. 1-8" rifling twist rate works well with most bullets, especially the heavier weights used in longrange loads. M4 cuts at the breech aid in reliable feeding. Gas port drilled for a midlength gas system that will keep pressures lower to make extraction easier and smoother - and eliminate cycling malfunctions and hard extraction. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, matte black finish. 18" long. .936" OD at gas port. Gas port positioned for mid-length gas system. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO. ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads. 1-8" rifling. 3.65 lb. wt. #231-000-327EN SASS AR-15 Barrel, 3B239B99 �� $ 259.99

AR-15/M16

BARRELS

High-Quality Barrels In A Variety Of Calibers For Custom Builds These top-grade medium-contour barrels come in many calibers and gas system lengths to help you custom build your ideal rifle. Some 5.56 and 308 barrels available in lightweight contour. Precision button rifling helps maximize accuracy potential with twist rates optimized for specific calibers. .223 Wylde barrel features 5R radiused rifling. Available in black nitride finish for superior hardness, lubricity and easy of cleaning, or in bare stainless for extra resistance to corrosion and weather. Barrels in 7.62 x 39, 6.5 Grendel and 6.8 SPC II include matching bolt. 308 barrels fit DPMS pattern receivers. M16A1 & A2 rifle barrels include Delta ring, front sight tower, front handguard cap, and barrel nut. a b SPECS: 416R stainless steel, natural finish, or 4150 chome moly steel with black Nitride finish. Includes installed barrel extension; gas block must be purchased separately. .223/5.56 have ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads. .450 Bushmaster has ¾"-24 tpi muzzle threads and is .936" O.D. at gas block shoulder. All other models have 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. Chrome-lined barrels are indicated in the “Finish” column below. STOCK # #080-001-010EN 100-016-583EN #080-001-011EN #080-001-012EN #080-001-013EN 100-016-582EN #080-001-014EN #080-001-015EN #080-001-016EN #080-001-018EN 100-016-584EN 100-016-585EN #080-001-017EN #080-001-026EN #080-001-119EN #080-001-000EN #080-001-009EN #080-001-019EN #080-001-020EN #080-001-021EN #080-001-022EN #080-001-023EN #080-001-025EN #080-001-028EN 080-001-167EN Barrels

CALIBER LENGTH 5.56 10.5" 5.56 10.5" 5.56 14.5" 5.56 16" 5.56 16" 5.56 16" 5.56 16" 5.56 16" 5.56 18" .223 Rem 24" 5.56 20" 5.56 20" .223 Wylde 20" 6.5 Grendel 18" 6.5mm Grendel 24" .300 AAC BLK 10.5" .300 AAC BLK 16" .308 14.5" .308 16" .308 16" .308 18" .308 20" .308 24" 7.62x39mm 16" .450 Bushmaster 16"

DPMS AR-15

GAS SYSTEM Pistol Mid-Length Carbine Carbine Carbine Mid-Length Mid-Length Mid-Length Mid-Length Rifle Rifle Rifle Rifle Mid-Length Rifle Pistol Carbine Carbine Mid-Length Mid-Length Mid-Length Rifle Rifle Carbine Mid-Length

CONTOUR Medium Medium Medium Medium Lightweight Government Medium Lightweight Medium Medium/Fluted M16A1 Rifle M16A2 Rifle Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Lightweight Medium Medium Medium Medium/Lightweight Medium Heavy

BARRELS

FINISH Nitride Nitride/Chrome-Lined Nitride Nitride Nitride Nitride/Chrome-Lined Nitride Nitride Nitride Stainless Nitride/Chrome-Lined Nitride/Chrome-Lined Stainless Stainless Stainless Nitride Nitride Nitride Nitride Nitride Nitride Nitride Stainless Nitride Stainless

TWIST 1-7" 1-7" 1-7" 1-7" 1-7" 1-7" 1-7" 1-7" 1-8" 1-12" 1-12" 1-7" 1-8" 1-8" 1-8" 1-8" 1-8" 1-10" 1-10" 1-10" 1-10" 1-10" 1-10" 1-10" 1-20"

PRICE 1H221I43 $ 239.99 1D130N00 $ 159.99 1H221G43 $ 239.99 1H221M43 $ 239.99 1H221L43 $ 239.99 1D153H33 $ 169.99 1H221D43 $ 239.99 1H221P43 $ 239.99 1H221I43 $ 239.99 1H235A71 $ 249.99 1D198I46 $ 219.99 1D183P08 $ 209.99 1H200D00 $ 219.99 1H279N99 $ 299.99 1H264B29 $ 289.99 1H221J43 $ 239.99 1H221Q43 $ 239.99 1H257F14 $ 279.99 1H257H14 $ 279.99 1H257H14 $ 279.99 1H285A71 $ 299.99 1H285M71 $ 299.99 1H335N71 $ 349.99 1H275K86 $ 299.99 1H290K00 $ 329.99

CMMG AR-15/M16

5.56 BARRELS

Match Quality, Drop-In, Ready-To-Shoot High-quality barrels improve accuracy while maintaining the mil-spec look and feel. Front sight tower and barrel nut are pre-installed for ease of installation (sight post, spring and detent must be purchased separately). Each barrel is stress relieved, headspaced and phosphate finished, ready to fit to your rifle. Button rifled with versatile 6 groove, 1-9" twist to stabilize a wide range of bullet weights. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome moly steel, matte dark gray manganese phosphate Parkerized finish. Unless otherwise indicated, all barrels are .960" O.D. under the handguard, with bayonet lug and 1/2"-28 muzzle threads, and not chrome-lined. 20" barrels have gas port drilled for rifle-length gas system; 16" drilled for carbine gas system. BL-11 - 16" (40cm) long. BL-11P - 16" long. No bayonet lug. BL-11-M4 – 16" (40cm) long. .640" O.D. under handguard. BL-12B – 111/2" (29.2cm) long. Uses standard carbine-length handguard and gas tube. BL-50-12 - 111/2" long, with a pinned 5.5" flash hider installed, for a total OAL of 16". BL-AP4 - 141/2" (36.8cm) long. .700" O.D. under the handguard. Requires carbine-length gas system. #231-000-024EN BL-11 Barrel, 16", 3B159L99 �� $ 169.99 #231-000-023EN BL-11P Barrel, 16", 3B169P99 �� 179.99 #231-000-025EN BL-11-M4 Barrel, 16", 3B222G13 �� 239.99 #231-000-239EN BL-AP4 Barrel, 141/2", 1C210F62 �� 229.99 231-000-362EN BL-50-12 Barrel, 11.5" w/5.5" Flash Hider, 3B160D00 �� 179.99 #231-000-219EN BL-12B Barrel, 111/2", 3B157D00 �� 169.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Provides Excellent Balance Between Strength, Rigidity & Weight Savings CMMG's medium profile, carbine-style, multi-role barrels are versatile enough to be an integral part of almost any custom build. Chambered in 5.56mm NATO, they come in lengths to suit pistol, SBR, carbine, or full rifle builds. Barrel extension is pre-installed and headspaced, with M4-type feed ramp cuts. Available in 416 stainless steel or 4140 chrome moly steel with a hard, black nitride finish. All come with gas port drilled, ready for the gas block of your choice. 12.5" has gas port drilled for carbine-length gas tube; 16" requires mid-length gas tube; 18" requires rifle-length gas system. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome moly steel (CM) with matte black salt bath nitride finish, or 416 stainless steel (SS), natural silver finish. .750" O.D. at gas port. 1 /2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. 1-7" rifling. All NFA rules apply. #100-014-832EN 12.5" CM Barrel, 3B180P50 �� $ 199.99 #100-014-829EN 16" CM Steel Barrel, 3B175C54 �� 189.99 #100-014-830EN 16" SS Barrel, 3B180B50 �� 199.99 #100-014-831EN 18" SS Barrel, 3B196C92 �� 209.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

CMMG AR-STYLE .308

CMMG AR-15/M16

CRITERION AR-15/M16

BARRELS

300 AAC BLACKOUT BARRELS

MATCH GRADE BARRELS

20" Rifle Hybrid

223 Wylde Chamber Helps Enhance Accuracy; Various Lengths

Converts Your AR To A Hard-Hitting .30 Caliber - NO Other Modifications Required

16.1" Barrel

12.5" Barrel

Stainless Steel Barrels For Specialty Rifles

STOCK # #100-010-179EN #100-010-180EN #100-010-181EN #100-010-411EN #100-010-531EN #100-010-532EN

LENGTH 16" 16" 18" 18" 20" 20"

GAS SYSTEM Carbine Mid-Length Rifle Rifle Rifle Rifle

CONTOUR Hybrid Hybrid Hybrid HBAR Hybrid HBAR

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

WEIGHT 2 lbs (907g) 2 lbs (907g) 2 lbs 4 oz. (1kg) 2 lbs 10 oz. (1.2kg) 2 lbs 7 oz. (1.1kg) 2 lbs 13 oz. (1.3kg)

PRICE 5D251N30 $ 269.99 5D251A30 $ 269.99 5D251Q30 $ 269.99 5D251E30 $ 269.99 5D251F30 $ 269.99 5D251I30 $ 269.99

HAMMER FORGED BARRELS

Cold Hammer Forged For Superb Accuracy; Chrome-Lined For Long Life

DOUBLE STAR

COLT AR-15/M16

CARBINE BARRELS

COMPLETE CARBINE BARREL ASSEMBLIES

18" Strength 2 Weight

M4 Carbine

Lightweight

16" and 11-1/2" A1 barrels shown

Government Mid-Length

SOCOM

Lightweight

Factory Barrels With All The Small Parts Are Ready For Your Next Build Genuine Colt barrels feature a chrome-lined bore for corrosion resistance and extended service life. Button-rifled and magnetic particle inspected (MPI) to ensure no hidden flaws in the metal. Sold as complete assemblies with barrel extension, front sight tower, handguard cap, and barrel nut. All except 9mm are chambered for 5.56 NATO and have 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads and gas port drilled for carbine-length gas system. Unless otherwise indicated, .750" OD at gas port. M4 16" barrel includes an A2 flash suppressor, sling swivel, bayonet lug, and Delta ring kit. M4 14.5" has bayonet lug, A2 front sight post, and M4 feed ramps. M4 14.5" SOCOM heavy contour barrel has carbine-length gas system and M4 feed ramps. Lightweight has a slimmer profile than the M4 carbine barrel and has .625" O.D. at gas port. 9mm 16" lightweight contour barrel includes A2 flash suppressor and bayonet lug. .625" O.D. at gas port with 1/2"-36 tpi muzzle threads. SPECS: 4150 chrome-moly steel, nitride bath finish. All NFA rules apply. #160-000-396EN 14.5" M4 Barrel, 1-7", 6A00IIG �� $ 259.99 #160-000-399EN 14.5" M4 SOCOM Barrel, 1-7", 6A00FCQ �� 279.99 #160-000-402EN 16" M4 Barrel, 1-7", 6A271M43 �� 292.99 #160-000-403EN 16" Lightweight Barrel, 1-7", 6A00PLP �� 249.99 #160-000-401EN 16" 9mm Lightweight Barrel, 1-10", 6A00KKR �� 199.99

A1 and HBAR Factory Contours; Two Lengths To Choose From Ready-to-install barrels let you customize your AR-15/M16/ M4/CAR-15 or replace a “shot-out” factory barrel with one that preserves your gun’s original specs and appearance. Machined from 4140 steel, with a dark gray, military-type Parkerized finish. Button-cut, six groove rifling with 1:9 right-hand twist provides superb accuracy with most bullet weights. Barrel extension has M4-type feed ramps to help ensure smooth feeding and prevent jams. Barrel nut and handguard retainer cap included. Forged front sight housing has integral bayonet lug, and muzzle is threaded to accept the flash hider or compensator of your choice. Choose from Chrome Lined for maximum bore life or Standard (unlined) for an extra edge in accuracy. A1 has the correct dimensions and contours of the original M16A1 barrel in shorter, more compact 16" and 11½" lengths. Offers a substantial weight reduction (10½ oz. in 16" configuration) for carrying ease and faster deployment in combat, with accuracy equal to the heavier HBAR barrel out to 100 meters. Front sight housing is purpose-manufactured to fit the .625" forward barrel, not a modified .750" housing, to maintain correct appearance. All NFA rules apply to 11½" barrels. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, dark gray Parkerized finish. A1 - .675" (1.71cm) OD under handguard, .625" (1.59cm) at front sight housing, ½"-28 tpi threaded muzzle with .600" (1.52cm) dia. shoulder behind threads. HBAR - .870" ( 2.21cm) OD under handguard, .750" (1.91cm) at front sight housing, .730" (1.85cm) at muzzle. #100-002-665EN Standard 16" A1 Bbl, 2Z186J21 ��$ 199.99 #100-002-666EN Standard 16" HBAR Bbl, 2Z186D21 �� 199.99 #100-002-667EN Chrome Lined 16" A1 Bbl, 2Z242H86 �� 269.99 #100-002-668EN Chrome Lined 16" HBAR Bbl, 2Z242K86 �� 269.99 #100-002-669EN Chrome Lined 111/2" A1 Bbl, 2Z250M00 �� 269.99 #100-002-670EN Chrome Lined 111/2" HBAR Bbl, 2Z250E00 �� 269.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Government Carbine 10"

STOCK # #100-009-472EN #100-009-475EN #100-009-473EN #100-009-474EN #100-009-477EN #100-009-476EN 100-014-986EN 100-014-987EN #100-009-480EN 100-014-989EN 100-014-988EN #100-010-893EN

These barrels are cold hammer-forged from high-grade chromium-molybdenum-vanadium alloy steel for exceptional strength and accuracy potential—like a high-end match rifle barrel. Magnetic particle inspection (MPI) ensures there are no internal flaws in the metal. Durable manganese phosphate finish give excellent resistance to surface wear. Available drilled for either Carbine or Mid-Length gas system (indicated in table below). Lightweight barrel offers a slimmer profile than the M4 Carbine barrel. Government barrel is slim under the handguard, with standard .750" O.D. at the gas block. S2W® “Strength 2 Weight” barrel has extra length and starts with a heavy profile at receiver, tapering to .750" at gas block. All bores are chrome lined, except for 300 AAC Blackout (330 BLK). Barrel extension has M4-type feed ramps. Choose caliber, profile, length, and gas block/sight base option to fit your needs. a b SPECS: 4150 chome-moly-vanadium steel, manganese phosphate finish, matte black. All mod1 els have /2"-28 tpi muzzle threads, except for 300 AAC Blackout (300 BLK), which has 5/8"-24 tpi threads. All NFA rules apply.

CALIBER LENGTH PROFILE TWIST RATE 5.56 16" Lightweight Carbine 1-7" 5.56 16" Government Mid-Length 1-7" 5.56 16" Lightweight Mid-Length 1-7" 5.56 14.5" M4 Carbine 1-7" 5.56 14.5" Lightweight Carbine 1-7" 5.56 10.3" Government Carbine 1-7" 5.56 11.5" Government Carbine 1-7" 5.56 12.5" Government Carbine 1-7" 5.56 18" S2W Mid-Length 1-7" 6.8 SPC 18" S2W Mid-length 1-11" 300 BLK 10.3" S2W Carbine 1-8" 300 BLK 16" S2W Carbine Length* 1-8"

DOUBLE STAR AR-15

PISTOL BARREL

Short 71/2" Barrel For Custom AR Pistol Builds Heavy, HBAR-profile, pistol-length barrel comes with extension installed and gas port drilled for custom AR pistol builds. Precision-machined from 4140 chrome-moly steel with a 1-9" twist that stabilizes standard 5.56/.223 bullet weights. Requires a pistol-length gas tube, available separately. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome moly steel, phosphate finish, matte black. 71/2" OAL. .750" O.D. at gas block. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO. 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. Pistol-length gas tube required for installation. #100-008-186EN AR Pistol Barrel, 2Z157C55 �� $ 169.99

order on the web

brownells.com

GAS BLOCK/ SIGHT BASE O.D. GAS PORT No .625" No .750" No .625" Yes .750" No .625" No .750" Yes .750" Yes .750" No .750" No .750" No .750" No .750"

PRICE 8K275G00 $ 289.00 8K275D00 $ 289.00 8K275M00 $ 289.00 8K275N00 $ 289.00 8K289I00 $ 289.00 8K275H00 $ 289.00 8K275H00 $ 289.00 8K275H00 $ 289.00 8K275B00 $ 289.00 8K333A13 $ 349.99 8K289F00 $ 289.00 8K275D00 $ 289.00

WANT MORE? OVER 100,000 PRODUCTS ONLINE! www.brownells.com

PAGE

barrels

Chambered in .308 Winchester, these barrels are precision machined from 416 stainless steel for superb strength and durability. All come with a barrel extension installed and 5/8"-24 muzzle threads for compatibility with the broadest variety of .30 caliber muzzle devices. 12.5" - accepts .750" gas blocks, has a medium profile, and requires a mid-length gas tube. Durable, corrosionresistant black Nitride finish. 16.1" - medium taper profile, requires rifle-length gas tube, accepts .750" gas blocks. Black Nitride finish. 18" - heavy taper profile, requires rifle-length gas tube, and .936" gas block. Bead-blasted, natural silver, matte finish. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, 1-10" twist, 5/8-24 muzzle threads. #100-014-878EN 12.5" AR-308 Barrel, 3B243M82 �� $ 259.99 #100-014-877EN 16.1" AR-308 Barrel, 3B248P51 �� 264.99 #100-014-876EN 18" AR-308 Barrel, 3B257E89 �� 274.99

Direct replacement for the standard .223/5.56mm barrel converts your AR-15 to the high-performance 300 AAC Blackout (300BLK) cartridge. The 300 AAC lets you upgrade your rifle to 7.62 x 39 ballistics, while retaining the standard AR-15/M16 bolt, carrier, and magazine at its full capacity, with no additional modifications. 1-8" rifling accepts bullet weights from 110 gr to 220 gr, and 5/8"-24 muzzle threads accept popular AR-308 flash suppressors and muzzle brakes. Finished with CMMG’s “WASP” nitriding process that delivers outstanding resistance to surface wear and corrosion. a b SPECS: Hardened 4150 chrome-moly steel, WASP nitride finish, matte black. 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. .750" O.D. at gas port. 16" Carbine barrel accepts carbine-length gas systems. 12.5"/8.2" barrels accept pistollength gas systems. #100-009-125EN 300 AAC Barrel, 16", 3B175N54 ��$ 199.99 #100-014-823EN 300 AAC Barrel, 12.5", 3B168B79 �� 179.99 #100-014-824EN 300 AAC Barrel, 8.2", 3B155A00 �� 169.99

20" Rifle HBAR

Chrome-lined, button-rifled barrels feature 223 Wylde chambers and 1-8" twist for enhanced accuracy potential with both .223 and 5.56 NATO ammuni- 18" Rifle Hybrid tion. Unique chrome-lining process maintains uniformity throughout the bore and hand-lapping helps ensure smooth, consistent lands and grooves. Gas ports are optimized for barrel length and chambering to help ensure reliable cycling, 16" Mid-Length Hybrid and are available for carbine, mid-length and rifle gas systems. Also features 1/2"28 tpi muzzle threads for standard comps and flash hiders, plus M4 feed ramps on barrel extension to aid in smooth, reliable feeding. Hybrid contour barrels have a reduced and tapered contour under the handguard to save weight. HBAR contour barrels feature .870" diameter under handguard for rigidity and extra heat absorption. a b SPECS: 4140/50 Chrome-moly steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. Chrome-lined bore. 1-8". twist rifling. .750" (1.9cm) O.D. at gas port. 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads.

AR-15/m16

18" Barrel

DPMS AR15/M16

RED X ARMS AR-15/M16

SHILEN AR-15/M16

STAINLESS STEEL .223 BARREL

STAINLESS STEEL TARGET BARRELS

DROP-IN BARREL/BOLT SET

barrels

AR-15/m16

Length

MATCH BARRELS

Fluted Exterior For Rigidity & Enhanced Cooling

Custom-Fitted For Match-Grade Performance

Stainless steel target barrel is specifically chambered for the civilian .223 Remington cartridge and features 1-9" rifling that is ideal for light to medium weight projectiles. Exterior is fluted for extra rigidity and the additional surface area enhances cooling. Non-threaded muzzle, with recessed crown to help protect end of bore from damage. Comes with factory-installed barrel extension and locator pin. Indents for gas block set screws have been predrilled. M4-type feed ramps aid in smooth feeding. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel (SS), natural finish. .936" (2.38cm) O.D. at gas port. 1-9" rifling. Chambered .223 Remington. Not for use with 5.56 NATO. Carbine-length gas system on 16" model and rifle-length gas system on 20" and 24". Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 upper receivers. #231-000-342EN 16" Fluted SS AR-15 Barrel, 3B169E99 �� $ 189.99 #231-000-341EN 20" Fluted SS AR-15 Barrel, 3B199J99 �� 219.99 231-000-376EN 24" Fluted SS AR-15 Barrel, 3B221J17 �� 239.99

Stainless steel barrel is precision machined to match-grade tolerances and custom-fit to its own bolt to give your rifle the ex¬ceptional accuracy of a custom-shop barrel in a drop-in package. Each barrel is assigned a bolt before any machining begins, then chambered to the correct headspace for that bolt. Button rifled for superior land-to-groove dimensions required for matchrifle accuracy, with a recessed 90° target crown, and gas block shank machined to .001" tolerances for precise fit. Comes with M4-style barrel extension installed; extension has pre-cut feed ramp to help ensure reliable chambering of rounds. Available chambered in .204 Ruger with 24" heavy varmint/target barrel or .223 Wylde with 20" service-rifle contour barrel. Wylde chamber delivers enhanced accurracy and reliability with the widest variety of .223 or 5.56 NATO ammunition. 300 AAC Blackout works with both sub-sonic and super-sonic ammo and has 5/8" x 24 muzzle threads. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. .223 Wylde - 20" (50.8cm) long, .750" O.D. at gas block. 1-8" twist, 6 groove rifling. .204 Ruger - 24" (60.1cm) long, .936" O.D. at gas block. 1-9" twist, 6 groove rifling. 300 AAC Blackout - 16" (40cm) long, .750" O.D. at gas block. 1-7 twist, 6 groove rifling. #787-000-034EN .223 Wylde Barrel/Bolt Set, 7H411K43 �� $ 449.99 #787-000-035EN .204 Ruger Barrel/Bolt Set, 7H411K43 �� 460.99 #787-000-037EN 300 AAC Blackout Barrel/Bolt Set, 7H492F86 �� 519.99

Heavy Target Contour Gives Extra Stability For Outstanding Accuracy Potential Red X's stainless steel barrels are precisely machined to a heavy, HBAR profile to provide plenty of extra rigidity and dimensional stability to give your AR-15 target rifle superb accuracy potential. All feature M4 feed ramps for reliable feeding and threaded muzzles to accept flash hiders or muzzle brakes. Available in 16" and 20" b lengths; standard or fluted configuration. a SPECS: 416 stainless steel, natural silver finish. Chambered for 5.56 x 45mm NATO/.223 Rem. .750" O.D. at gas port. 1⁄2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. 16" has 1-9" rifling; 20" has 1-8" rifling.. #100-011-009EN 16" HBAR Barrel, 1-9", 8D112C00 �� $ 129.99 #100-011-010EN 20" HBAR Barrel, 1-8", 8D112J00 �� 129.99 #100-011-012EN 16" Fluted HBAR Barrel, 1-9", 8D139C00 �� 154.99 #100-011-013EN 20" Fluted HBAR Barrel 1-8", 8D139K00 �� 154.99

HIGH STANDARD AR-15/M16

A2-STYLE RIFLE BARREL

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15/M16

HAMMER FORGED CARBINE BARREL 16"

Original A2 Contour For A Custom Build Or Rebarrel Job Ready-to-install, A2-profile 20" rifle barrel chambered for 5.56mm NATO comes with the barrel nut and extension, triangular handguard cap, and front sight tower installed. Machined from chrome-moly bar stock and magnetic particle inspected afterward to ensure quality, with a chrome-lined bore. Sight tower includes bayonet lug and sling swivel attachment point, ready for your choice of sight post and swivel. a b SPECS: 4150 chrome-moly-vanadium carbon steel alloy, manganese 1 phosphate finish, matte black. 20 /2" (52cm) OAL. .750" O.D. at gas port, .648" O.D. under handguard, .700" O.D. at muzzle. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO. 1-7" rifling twist rate. 1/2" x 28 tpi muzzle threads. #430-000-544EN 20" A2 Rifle Barrel, 3D267G72 �� $ 288.99

KRIEGER BARRELS AR-15

MATCH-GRADE DCM BARREL True Match-Grade Heavy Contour Competition Barrel Premium stainless steel match barrel features hand-lapped, single-point cut rifling and a heavy contour for optimum performance in service rifle competition. Barrel is set up with a minimum chamber in .223 Remington and is available in Pre- or Post-Ban configuration (with or without 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads). All critical dimensions have been ground between centers to be concentric to the bore, and the gas port has been precisely located in one of the grooves of the rifling. The 1-7.7" twist rate is idea for match bullets in the 69-80 grain range. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. 20" OAL. .750" O.D. at gas port. 3.5 lb. wt. .223 Remington minimum SAMMI chamber. 1-7.7" rifling twist. .093" dia. gas port. Recommended for use with Parkerized bolts only; chrome or nickel boron-plated bolts may not headspace properly because of minimum chamber specs. #100-009-919EN 20" DCM Barrel - Post-Ban, 8E438F99 �� $ 449.99 #100-009-920EN 20" DCM Barrel w/Threaded Muzzle – Pre-Ban, 8E479H99 �� 489.99

PAGE

14½"

WHITE OAK ARMAMENT

Wylde Chamber Helps Maximize Performance With .223 Or 5.56 Ammo Precision-machined stainless steel barrels feature a .223 Wylde chamber that helps maximize the long-range performance of your AR-15 with both .223 Remington and 5.56x45mm NATO ammunition. With 6-groove, 1-7" button rifling for accuracy and M4-type feed ramps for reliable feeding, these barrels help you reach out to distant targets with issued or magazine-length ammunition. 16" barrel is available in standard carbine or SDM profile, based on the Army’s Squad Designated Marksman rifle. It features 12 large flutes to reduce weight and help cooling and has a mid-length gas system. The 18" barrels offer the Special Purpose Rifle (SPR) profile designed to optimize accuracy out to 600 meters, and are available with Mid-Length or Rifle-Length gas systems. Threaded muzzle accepts a variety of compensators or flash suppressors. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. .750" (1.9cm) O.D. at gas port. Barrel 1 extension .999" (2.5cm) O.D. 6-groove, 1-7" rifling. Muzzle threads: /2"-28 tpi. #100-009-769EN .223 Wylde 16" Carbine Barrel, 8K259P99 �� $ 269.99 100-015-126EN .223 Wylde SDM 16" Mid-Length Barrel, 8K369K99 �� 369.99 #100-009-961EN .223 Wylde 18" Mid-Length SPR Barrel, 8K259M99 �� 269.99 #100-009-962EN .223 Wylde 18" Rifle SPR Barrel, 8K261G13 �� 269.99

WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16

Weight-Saving Profile For Enhanced Maneuverability; Mid-Length Gas System For Added Reliability These carbine barrels are hammer forged for Spike’s by FN, and are chrome lined and finished to M-249 specs for durability. Magnetic particle inspected (MPI) and high pressure tested (HPT) to ensure superb quality. Both models drilled for a mid-length gas system for extra reliability, with a slimmed-down profile between the barrel extension and gas port to save weight. Barrel extension has M4 feed ramp cuts. 16" is slimmer at muzzle than standard carbine barrel. 14½" Lightweight provides even more weight savings and minimum length for fast deployment and quick maneuverability. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: Chrome-moly-vanadium steel, manganese phosphate finish, matte black. Muzzle threads: 1/2"-28 tpi. Chambered in 5.56 NATO with 1-7" twist rifling. 16"- 161/2" (40.6cm) O.A.L. Barrel tapers from .680" to .655" (17.2mm to 16.6mm) under handguard. .750" (19mm) O.D. at gas port, .650" (16.5mm) O.D. at muzzle. 26.5 oz. (751 g) wt. 141/2" Lightweight - 141/2" (36.8 cm) O.A.L. .660" (16.7 mm) O.D. under handguard, .750" (19 mm) O.D. at gas port, and .645" (16.3mm) O.D. at muzzle. 21.4 oz. (606 g) wt. #100-008-908EN 16" Carbine Barrel, 3B271J36 �� $ 279.99 #100-008-909EN 141/2" Lightweight Carbine Barrel, 3B259H99 �� 259.99

SPR BARREL

WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16

CALIBER CONVERSION BARRELS Optimized For Long-Range Shooting; More Compact Than Standard Rifle Barrel The Special Purpose Rifle (SPR) barrel replicates the barrel of the Mark 12 Mod X Intermediate sniper/designated marksman rifles used by some special operations groups. This 5.56 NATO chambered, 18" barrel with a 1-7" twist easily handles the heavier bullets needed for long-range precision shooting, while still offering a more compact platform than the standard 20" rifle. Chrome-lined, with the standard military phosphate finish for maximum corrosion and wear resistance. Rifle-length gas system provides reliable extraction at lower pressures. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, matte black phosphate finish; chrome-lined bore. 18" long. Chambered for 5.56 NATO. .750" O.D. at gas block. 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. #965-000-160EN 18" 5.56mm SPR Barrel, 5F247I46 �� $ 274.99

AR-15/M16

M4 BARREL EXTENSION For Custom Barreling Projects; Includes Feed Ramp Cut For Reliable Chambering

DPMS AR-15

BARREL EXTENSION Fit The Special Barrels Your Customer Requests Fully machined barrel extension makes it possible to fit truly custom barrels to AR-15 rifles and carbines. Provides the custom rifle builder additional options when selecting caliber, contour or twist rate. a b SPECS: 4140 cm steel, in-the-white. .8125"-16UNF thread. #231-015-032EN AR-15 Barrel Extension, 3B18Q90 ��$ 19.99

Specifically designed for carbine installations, this is a correct-spec M4 barrel extension with feed ramp and pre drilled hole for locator pin. Perfect for custom builds, rebarreling jobs, and caliber conversion projects. Integral feed ramp is required for proper chambering in carbine configurations and adds an extra measure of insurance for smooth, reliable feeding in rifles. Fully machined from high-grade 4140 chrome-moly steel for precise fit, strength, and durability. a b SPECS: 4140 carbon steel, in-the-white. #080-000-574EN M4 Barrel Extension, 8K18F67 �� $ 21.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Top-Quality Barrels Convert Your AR To A Cartridge With More Punch Than 5.56/.223 Fully chambered barrels let you convert a standard .223/5.56 AR to the harder-hitting 6.8 SPC cartridge or to .300 Blackout ideal for shooting subsonic rounds through a suppressor. “Recon Tactical” profile provides strength and rigidity while remaining lightweight. Polished M4 style feed ramps aid in reliable feeding. 6.8 SPC II offers four-groove button rifling with a 1-11" twist rate for excellent performance with bullet weights from 85 to 115 grains. Pre-drilled gas port is precisely sized for both original 6.8 SPC and higher-pressure 6.8mm SPC II ammo. Extra thickness under handguard resists heat warping. Requires 6.8 SPC bolt and magazines. .300 AAC Blackout features six-groove, 1-8" twist, button rifling that works well for both subsonic and supersonic ammo. Works with standard .223/5.56 bolt and magazines. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, matte silver finish. .750" O.D. at gas port. 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. STOCK # CARTRIDGE OAL #965-000-148EN 6.8mm 16" SPC II (41cm) #965-000-186EN 6.8mm 11.3" SPC II (28.7cm) #965-000-158EN .300 AAC 16" Blackout (41cm) #965-000-187EN .300 AAC 11.3" Blackout (28.7cm)

GAS SYSTEM PRICE 5F247I46 $ 274.99 MidLength Carbine 5F247B46 $ 274.99 Carbine 5F247M46 $ 274.99 Pistol

5F247F46 $ 274.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Items

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

FNH USA AR-15/M16

BARRELS

HAMMER-FORGED BARRELS

Factory Barrels Help Enhance Accuracy & Increase Velocity; Carbine & Long-Range Rifle Models

24" Fluted Stainless

24" STAINLESS STEEL BARREL - Button-rifled, stainless steel factory barrel fits DPMS LR-308 upper receivers. Heavy profile offers extra rigidity, while longer length increases bullet velocity for greater potential accuracy than standard 20" rifle barrels. 1-10" twist rifling helps stabilize medium to heavy bullets. Recessed crown protects muzzle from dings and scratches. Gas port is drilled for standard rifle-length gas system, and barrel exterior is pre-dimpled for a .936" gas block to simplify installation. Barrel extension included. Available in Standard smooth, round, Heavy HBAR-style contour, or Fluted configuration for extra rigidity and more surface area for better cooling. Barrel nut sold below. SPECS: Hardened 416 stainless steel, natural silver, matte finish. 24" (60cm) long. .936" (2.3cm) O.D. at gas port. Chambered for .308 Winchester. 1-10" rifling twist. 5 lbs. (2.2kg) wt.

16" SPORTICAL BARREL - Factory barrel used on the 7.62 NATOchambered version of the DPMS Sportical rifle. Heavy contour with extra-thick O.D. under handguard to provide rigidity to resist accuracy-compromising heat warpage. Comes pre-chambered with 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads for mounting a standard AR-308 flash hider or compensator. Barrel nut sold below. SPECS: 4140 steel, matte black phosphate finish. 161/2" (54.6cm) OAL. .750" (1.91cm) O.D. at gas port, .980" (1.24cm) O.D. under handguard. Chambered for 7.62x51 NATO. 1-10" rifling twist. Muzzle threaded 5/8"24 tpi. #231-000-281EN DPMS .308 Sportical Barrel, 3B229B99 �� $ 249.99 18" SASS FLUTED BARREL - Heavy-contour “Semi-Auto Sniper System” barrel features flutes that add rigidity while reducing weight for extra stability in long-range shooting. 7.62 x 51mm chamber accepts military ammunition, as well as .308 Winchester sporting loads. Button rifling with 1-10" twist stabilizes heavy long-range bullets. Non-reflective black Teflon® coating resists heat and corrosion. Gas port spaced for a mid-length gas system.Barrel extension included. Gas block not included. SPECS: 416 stainless steel, Teflon finish, matte black. 18" (45cm) long. .936" O.D. at gas port. 7.62 x 51 NATO chamber. 1-10" rifling twist. 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. 231-000-326EN SASS .308 Fluted Barrel, 3B223C07 �� $ 259.99 20" MEDIUM CONTOUR BARREL - A good balance between weight, rigidity, and maneuverability. 20" length gives extra velocity, while button rifled 1-10" twist stabilizes a variety of ammo. Chambered for 7.62x51mm NATO, so iyou can also shoot .308 loads for added versatility. Comes with gas block/A2-style front sight tower and barrel extension installed. SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black. Not chrome-lined. .750" O.D. at gas port. 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. 231-000-367EN 20" DPMS AP4 .308 Barrel, 3B217K00 �� $ 249.99

PERFECTION

barrels

#231-000-306EN 24" DPMS .308 Standard SS Barrel, 3B222F13 �� $ 239.99 231-000-378EN 24" DPMS .308 Heavy SS Barrel, 3B261C31 �� 279.99 #231-000-325EN 24" DPMS .308 Fluted SS Barrel, 3B269M99 �� 279.99

Cold hammer-forged from high-grade chrome-moly alloy steel, these barrels are designed to have the same durability as FNH’s full-auto machine gun barrels. After forging, each barrel is magnetic particle inspected (MPI) to ensure it is free of microstresses and other flaws. Chrome-lined bore and chamber resist heat erosion and corrosion, enhancing barrel life, while delivering reliable chambering and extraction. The M4-type feed ramps and barrel extension further ensure reliable, consistent feeding. Durable manganese phosphate finish gives superior resistance to external corrosion and oxidation. Chambered in 5.56 with a 1-7" right-hand twist and 1/2" x 28 tpi muzzle threads. All models have a government profile and accept .750" gas blocks. Available with gas port drilled for carbine-, rifle-, or mid-length gas tubes in lengths indicated below. a b SPECS: Chromium-molybdenum-vanadium alloy steel, manganese phosphate finish, matte black. 1.6 lbs. (725.7g) wt. .750" (1.9cm) O.D. at gas port. 1-7" rifling. 1/2" x 28 tpi muzzle threads. #100-700-160EN 14.5" Carbine Barrel , 9A285H71 �� $ 299.00 #100-700-161EN 16" Carbine Barrel, 9A285Q71 �� 299.00 #100-700-162EN 16" Mid-Length Barrel, 9A285E71 �� 299.00 #100-700-163EN 18" Rifle Barrel, 9A285J71 �� 299.00 #100-700-164EN 20" Rifle Barrel, 9A285B71 �� 299.00

DPMS AR-15

MK-12 5.56 RIFLE BARREL Right Combination Of Rigidity & Compactness For Excellent Accuracy Potential Plus Maneuverability Heavy-contour 18" barrel is machined from high-grade stainless steel alloy, with a non-reflective matte black Teflon exterior finish. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO ammunition, 6-groove button rifled with a 1-8" twist. Extra length gives additional velocity for better potential long-range accuracy, with M4 feed ramps in the barrel extension and a rifle-length gas system for an extra measure of reliability. Compatible with any standard AR-15 upper. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, natural silver finish. 18" OAL. .750" O.D. at gas block, .875" O.D. under handguard. Chambered for 5.56 x 45mm NATO ammunition (also accepts .223 Remington). Button-rifled, 6 grooves, 1-8" twist. 1/2" x 28 tpi muzzle threads. Rifle-length gas system. #231-000-323EN BL-M12S Mk 12 5.56 Barrel, 3B179E99 �� $ 189.99

Individually tested for optimum performance and reliability. 18" BULL BARREL - Classic-contour bull barrel chambered in .308 Winchester with button-rifle 1-10" twist. Gas port positioned for carbine-length gas system, ready for the gas block of your choice. Completely untapered forward of gas port for maximum rigidity and resistance to heat warpage that can hurt accuracy. Comes with barrel extension installed. SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black. .936" O.D. at gas port. 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. 231-000-368EN 18" DPMS .308 Bull Barrel, 3B217G00 �� $ 249.99 BARREL NUT - The correct barrel nut for use on DPMS AR-style .308/7.62 rifles. SPECS: Steel, black matte phosphate finish. #231-000-300EN DPMS .308/7.62 Barrel Nut, 3B26N05 ��

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

AR-15/m16

Built For Strength, Durability & Reliability

24" Staimless

COLD HAMMER-FORGED

With more than a 100-year legacy of exceptional barrel innovation and manufacturing, FN has long since perfected the cold hammer-forging process to ensure optimum accuracy and durability. From sourcing the highest quality materials to rigorous individual qualification, FN hammer-forged barrels and barreled assemblies are, quite simply, perfection.

FOR MORE INFORMATION VISIT FNHUSA.COM $ 29.99

order on the web

brownells.com

PAGE

WMD GUNS AR-15

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

CARBINE BARREL

9mm THREADED BARRELS

AR-STYLE .308

CRUSH WASHERS Ensures Proper Fit of Flash Suppressor Or Muzzle Brake

AR-15/m16

16"

Advanced Technology Coating Gives Superb Performance & Extended Service Life Match-quality barrels feature exotic coatings to give them maximum wear resistance and durability that standard barrel finishes just can’t match. Machined from 4150 steel, chambered for 5.56mm NATO, button rifled and machined to a standard M4 exterior profile with the M203 grenade-launcher cutout. NiB‑X™ nickel boron finish gives outstanding surface wear resistance and heat dissipation. Pre-installed barrel extension also has NiB-X to help the bolt unlock exceptionally smoothly, especially when used with a WMD NiB-X coated bolt (available separately). Barrel extension has M4-type feed cuts to aid in smooth cycling. a b SPECS: 4150 carbon steel, NiB-X (silver) finish. 16" OAL. Standard M4 carbine-length gas system. Chambered for 5.56x45mm NATO. 1-9" twist rifling. ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads. #100-010-607EN NiB-X Coated Carbine Barrel, 3C217K15 �� $ 234.99

10.5"

5.5"

Carbon Steel Barrels Available in Three Lengths One of these durable, 4140 heat-treated carbon steel barrels is a critical component in converting an AR-15 into a fast-shooting, low-recoil carbine or pistol chambered in 9x19mm Luger. Onepiece, fully machined barrel extension provides for reliable feeding/chambering. 1-14" twist 6-groove rifling is optimized for the 9x19mm round for optimal performance. Available in 16", 10.5", and 5.5" lengths. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, heat-treated to Rc 25-32, matte black finish. .750" (1.9cm) O.D. at gas block. 1-14" twist rifling. ½"-36 muzzle threads. #100-009-770EN 16" 9mm AR-15 Barrel, 9A179H99 �� $ 179.99 #100-009-771EN 10.5" 9mm AR-15 Barrel, 9A179G99 � 179.99 #100-009-772EN 5.5" 9mm AR-15 Barrel, 9A179M99 � 179.99

barrels

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

FAILZERO AR-15/M16

CARBINE BARRELS

EXO™ BARREL EXTENSION Plain

Fluted

comps/flash hiders

High-Quality 5.56 Barrel For Your Carbine Chrome-lined, carbine-length barrels are chambered for 5.56mm NATO and have 1-7" rifling that helps stabilize heavy bullets. Exterior is sized to accept a .750" gas block, with the gas port positioned for a carbine-length gas system. Threaded ½"-28 tpi muzzle accepts a standard AR-15/M16 flash suppressor or muzzle brake. Pre-installed barrel extension has M4 feed ramp cuts that aid in reliable feeding. Fluted model has distinctive diamond cuts on the exterior that reduce weight, enhance rigidity, and give your rifle a unique custom look. Also provides extra surface area to aid in cooling the barrel. a b SPECS: 4140 carbon steel, heat treated to Rc 25-32, matte black oxide finish. Chrome-lined bore and chamber. 16.5" OAL. .750" O.D. at gas block. Muzzle threaded ½" x 28. 1-7" rifling twist rate. #100-009-764EN YHM-47-T Carbine Barrel, 9A194J99 �� $ 194.99 #100-009-765EN YHM-47-TF Fluted Carbine Barrel, 9A214E99 �� 214.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

Barrel Nut Can't Install The Barrel Without It! So simple, yet so critical to finishing the job. A necessary component for installing the barrel on any new custom rifle. And when refurbishing an old gun, why reinstall a worn, dinged-up old barrel nut, when you can replace it with this high-quality DPMS part instead? One end is grooved for the snap ring, the other has indentations to engage a barrel nut wrench. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 upper receiver with 13/16"-16 tpi threads. #231-000-360EN Barrel Nut, 1C6Q80 �� $ 7.99

PAGE

Self-Lubricating Surface Promotes Smooth, Consistent Feeding M4-type barrel extension has a self-lubricating EXO finish that aids in smooth, consistent feeding and helps prevent hang-ups. High-tech coating lasts the life of the weapon, and won’t rub off, flake off, or gall. Helps dissipate heat for cooler operation, too. Precision machined from 8620 steel to USGI specifications with integral M4-type feed ramps and predrilled locator pin hole. a b SPECS: 8620 carbon steel, EXO coated, silver-gray. .998" O.D., 1.168" shoulder O.D. .8125"-16UNF thread. Barrel locator pin required, available separately. #100-005-443EN EXO Barrel Extension, 8B21E75 �� $ 27.99

High-quality stainless steel crush washer ensures correct alignment of flash suppressor, compensator or muzzle brake. Replace a broken, corroded, or dinged up washer to guarantee proper fit and indexing of an aftermarket muzzle accessory. Fits AR-style .308 barrels. a b SPECS: 17-4 PH stainless steel. 25 ft. lbs torque. 7/8" (2.2cm) outer dia. 5 Fits /8" O.D. threads. #080-000-755EN Crush Washer, 8K2H70 ��$ 3.49

PRECISION ARMAMENT AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE 308

ACCU-WASHER MUZZLE DEVICE ALIGNMENT SYSTEM Indexes Muzzle Accessories Precisely Without Peel Or Crush Washers These stainless steel washers are precisely machined to within .0001" to allow accurate indexing of muzzle brakes and flash hiders without the need for peel or crush washers. Set includes 18 individual washers of different thicknesses to allow 360 degree timing in 20 degree increments. Only one washer is needed for each application. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, matte gray finish. Sets available for 1/2" x 28 and 5/8" x 24 threads. Set includes 18 washers and instructions. #100-009-793EN 1/2" x 28 Accu-Washer Alignment System, 2D21P41 �� $ 24.99 #100-010-537EN 5/8" x 24 Accu-Washer Alignment System, 2D21P41 �� 24.99

PWS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MUZZLE DEVICE ALIGNMENT SHIMS Ensures Correct Alignment Of Flash Hiders, Compensators & Muzzle Brakes

WHITWORTH TOOL AR-15/M16

M4 BARREL EXTENSION Fits Rifle Or Carbine Barrels; Ramped To Help Guide Rounds Into Chamber Economical, high-quality M4 barrel extension is machined to mil-spec standards with integral feed ramps and predrilled locator pin hole for fast, easy barrel installations. Machined from 4140 chrome-moly steel and head-treated for additional surface hardness to resist erosion by hot combustion gases for years of reliable service. Great for custom barrel jobs and caliber conversions. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly steel, in-the-white. .8125"-16UNF thread. Barrel locator pin required, available separately. #100-004-728EN M4 Barrel Extension, 5B16L74 �� $ 19.99

b a

Stock numbers shown in red indicate the product is made or assembled in the U.S.A

This information is not available for all products at time of catalog production, but will be regularly updated on our website.

Hardened steel shims ensure precise fit and correct alignment of flash suppressors, muzzle brakes, and compensators. Large (thick) shim allows 90° of rotation and can be used as a spacer for barrels not having a relief cut behind the threads. Medium shims add approximately 45° of rotation. Small shims used with large and medium shims provide smaller degrees of rotation for finely-tuned, critical alignment. SPECS: Steel. Sold in 10 paks (1 small, 1 large, 8 medium). .223 - .748" O.D. Fits muzzles threaded 1/2"-28 tpi. .308 - .837" O.D. Fits muzzles threaded 5/8"-24 tpi. #100-005-378EN .223 Shim Set, 4B4K07 ��$ 4.99 #100-005-379EN .308 Shim Set, 4B4L29 �� 4.99

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-STYLE .308

CRUSH WASHER For Accurate Alignment Of Flash Suppressors & Other Muzzle Accessories Precision machined steel washer ensures exact alignment of flash suppressors and other muzzle accessories that require b a washer. Fits AR-style .308 rifles with 5/8" threaded muzzles. a SPECS: Steel, blued. 5/8" (.625"/1.59cm) I.D. 13/16" (.813"/2.06cm) O.D. 5 #100-003-123EN /8" Crush Washer, 9A2K99 �� $ 3.00

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MUZZLE THREAD PROTECTORS Keeps Threads Pristine When Flash Hider Or Muzzle Brake Isn’t Installed Prevent unwanted and expensive damage to your rifle’s muzzle threads and crown with easy-to-install thread protectors. Knurled exterior gives you a firm grasp to install or remove the protector in seconds. Available in popular thread sizes and diameters to match most commonly available rifle barrels. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, silver finish, except FAL, black finish. 1/2 oz. (14g) wt. STOCK # THREADS 1 #100-009-091EN /2"-28 1 #100-009-092EN /2"-28 1 #100-009-093EN /2"-28 5 #100-009-094EN /8"-24 5 #100-009-095EN /8"-24 9 #100-009-096EN /16"-24

O.D. .920" .720" .635" .920" .720" .635"

PROFILE Bull Standard Pencil Bull Standard FAL

PRICE 9A11F00 $ 13.50 9A11Q00 $ 13.50 9A11I00 $ 13.50 9A11A00 $ 13.50 9A11D00 $ 13.50 9A11G00 $ 13.50

BADGER ORDNANCE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MICRO MUZZLE BRAKE Compact Brake Reduces Felt Recoil & Muzzle Rise At just 13/4" long, this high-performance muzzle brake adds minimal bulk to the muzzle. Left and right side ports vent gasses evenly to reduce felt recoil and muzzle rise – enabling quicker, more accurate follow-up shots. Underside is solid to eliminate dust printing when shooting from the prone position. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, matte black. 13/4" (4.4cm) long. 1" (2.5cm) O.D. Crush washer included. 5.56/.223 – 2.8 oz. (79.3g) wt. Fits barrels with 1/2"-28 tpi threads. 7.62/.308 – 2.5 oz. (70.8g) wt. Fits barrels with 5/8"-24 tpi threads. #093-000-047EN 5.56/.223 Micro Muzzle Brake, 3K85B17 �� $ 94.99 #093-000-046EN 7.62/.308 Micro Muzzle Brake, 3K85J17 �� 94.99

AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

5P FLASH SUPPRESSOR Kills Flash To Conceal Your Position & Preserve Night Vision High-efficiency flash suppressor features five prongs and large, tapered interior that work together to cool hot gasses before dispersing through the five longitudinal vents. Reduce the blinding, football-sized fireball of an unsuppressed rifle to a low-intensity golf-ball sized burst, so muzzle flash is less likely to give away the operator’s position, day or night, and it helps preserve night vision. Machined from hardened tool steel to resist blast erosion, with a tough, non-reflective black oxide finish. Wrench flats on either side aid in easy installation. a b SPECS: Tool steel, hardened to Rc 40-45, black oxide finish. Crush washer or peel washer required, sold separately. AR-15/M16 – 2½" (6.3cm) long, .860" (2.1cm) O.D. 3.2 oz. (91g) wt. Fits .223/5.56mm rifles with ½"-28 muzzle threads. AR-308 – 2¾" (6.9cm) long, .860" O.D. 3 oz. (86g) wt. Fits .30 caliber, 7.62mm, or 6.8mm rifles with 5⁄8"-24 muzzle threads. #080-000-999EN AR-15/M16 5P Flash Suppressor, 8K26I20 �� $ 34.99 #080-000-998EN AR-308 5P Flash Suppressor, 8K37H27 �� 44.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Models

ADVANCED ARMAMENT CORP. AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

DPMS AR-15/M16

BLACKOUT FLASH HIDERS & MUZZLE BRAKES Efficient Flash Suppression; Models Available That Accept AAC Sound Suppressors

Non-Mount

MODEL Non-Mount Hider 18T 5.56 Hider 51T 5.56 Hider 51T 5.56 Brake 90T T 5.56 Hider Non-Mount Hider 18T 7.62 Hider 51T 7.62 Hider 51T 7.62 Brake 90T T 7.62 Hider

CALIBER 5.56 5.56 5.56 5.56 5.56 7.62 7.62 7.62 7.62 7.62

THREAD PITCH 1 /2"-28 1 /2"-28 1 /2"-28 1 /2"-28 1 /2"-28 5 /8"-24 5 /8"-24 5 /8"-24 5 /8"-24 5 /8"-24

Offers Maximum Braking In Smallest Possible Size

51T 7.62 Hider

ACCEPTS SUPP. No Yes Yes Yes SR-5/SR-7 only No Yes Yes Yes SR-7 Only

PRICE 6G48P04 $ 54.99 6G80K61 $ 89.99 6G88G90 $ 99.99 6G122D14 $ 139.99 6G97B71 $ 109.99 6G48E04 $ 54.99 6G80A61 $ 89.99 6G69J98 $ 99.99 6G122I14 $ 139.99 6G97E71 $ 109.99

#276-000-024EN Blackout Flash Hider Installation Tool, 6G30J00 �� $ 35.00

Upgrade

ADVANCED ARMAMENT AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

BATTLECOMP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-308

Dual-Duty Device Reduces Flash & Controls Muzzle Rise The AAC Brakeout comp gives you the best of both a compensator and a traditional flash suppressor. The closed-bottom compensator section effectively redirects gas to keep muzzle rise to a minimum, while the three-pronged flash hider at the front significantly reduces flash signature, even on short barrels. Beefy, solid steel construction and an ultra-hard SCARmor™ finish make the Brakeout highly resistant to blast erosion, allowing it to stand up under harsh operating conditions. Includes an adapter for attachment of AAC sound suppressors. Brakeout 2.0 has a symmetrical prong layout that does not require “timing” with shims for even simpler installation. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black SCARmor finish. 2.375" OAL. Length installed on rifle – 1.75". Mount – Ratchet mount. Approx. 4.2 oz. wt. Includes one-time use tube of Rocksett thread-locker and shims for installation. AR-15 fits rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm with ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads. AR-308 fits .308/7.62mm rifles with 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. #276-000-017EN AR-15 Brakeout Compensator, 6G80F61 �� $ 89.99 276-000-044EN AR-15 Brakeout 2.0, 6G101I79 �� 109.99 276-000-045EN AR-308 Brakeout 2.0, 6G101C79 �� 109.99

BATTLECOMP

CAVALRY ARMS AR-15/M16

CAV COMP Reduces Muzzle Rise & Recoil Machined from bar stock with an integral, solid baffle that won’t shoot out. Top and side ports counter recoil and muzzle rise. Solid bottom controls dust printing. A 2-style looks correct on pre- and post-ban rifles. a b 3 SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 1 /4" (4.4cm) long, 3/4" (19mm) diameter, 1 /2"-28 tpi. For .223 (5.56 NATO) caliber. #100-000-189EN .223 Cav Comp, 2K24Q30 �� $ 27.00

Multi-Mode Compensator Reduces Muzzle Climb & Suppresses Flash Multi-purpose compensator reduces muzzle climb, so you stay on target between shots during rapid fire engagements. Reduces flash signature and produces less concussion than the standard A2 flash hider for a smaller dust signature when shooting prone. 1.0/1.5/2.0 fit .223/5.56 rifles with 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. 1.5 is pre-drilled for permanent pinning to a 14.5" barrel to extend it to a civilian-legal 16.1" OAL. 2.0 has the correct dimensions to accept add-on muzzle devices that fit over the standard A2 flash suppressor, including Gemtech Halo and AAC OMNI suppressors; does not accept blank firing adapter (BFA). BA fits barrels chambered in calibers up to .308/7.62mm, including 6.5 Grendel, 6.8 SPC, 7.62x39mm, and .300 AAC Blackout. a b SPECS: Machined 17-4 PH stainless steel in natural silver matte stainless (MS) or with MIL-DTL 13924D Class IV black oxide finish. All models include required crush washer and/or shims. 1.0/1.5/2.0 fit .223/5.56 barrels with 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. 1.0/2.0 - 13/4" (4.5cm) OAL. 1.5 – 21/8" (5.4cm) OAL. BA – 25/8" (6.7cm) OAL. Fits barrels with 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads, chambered in calibers up to .308/7.62mm. #100-008-511EN Battle Comp 1.0, Black, 3G135D00 �� $ 139.99 #100-011-156EN Battle Comp 1.0, MS, 3G132H86 �� 139.99 #100-008-512EN Battle Comp 1.5, Black, 3G137F14 �� 145.00 #100-008-514EN Battle Comp 2.0, Black, 3G146K50 �� 155.00 #100-008-517EN BA Battle Comp, Black, 3G194D29 �� 209.99 #100-011-158EN BA Battle Comp, MS, 3G194I29 �� 209.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Caliber

BRAVO COMPANY AR-15/M16

GUNFIGHTER COMPENSATOR Compensator Reduces Side Blast & Accepts Suppressors The Gunfighter compensator reduces muzzle rise and flash, with a special baffling system that also limits side blast and the noise associated with typical compensators. Exterior dimensioned to accept blank firing adapter or flash hider mounted suppressors. Stainless steel construction and black oxide finish help resist heat and corrosion. Gunsmith installation recommended. Standard Length fits .223/5.56mm rifles. Extended Length models for both .223/5.56 and .308/7.62mm rifles brings 14.5" barrels up to 16", with a pre-drilled hole that allows permanent pinned attachment. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, oxide finish, matte black. .830" (2.1cm) O.D. Washer included. Standard – 1.7" (4.4cm) long, with ½"-28 threads. Extended – 2.1" (5.5cm) long, with ½"-28 (.223/5.56) or 5/8"-24 threads (.308/7.62). #100-011-242EN 5.56 Gunfighter Comp, Std Length, 1E82K64 �� $ 89.99 #100-011-248EN 5.56 Gunfighter Comp, Ext. Length, 1E88I17 �� 94.99 100-014-858EN 7.62 Gunfighter Comp, Ext. Length, 1E92P81 �� 99.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Classic design lets you give your AR-15 a vintage, Vietnam War-Era appearance, especially if installed on a skinny A1-type barrel. Retro-looking, six-port steel flash suppressor replicates the style of the original M16A1 suppressor, and still provides adequate practical flash suppression. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish. 1.75" (4.5cm) long, .86" (2.2 cm) O.D., 2 oz. (58g) wt. Fits barrels with standard 1/2" x 28 muzzle threads. Lock washer required, not included, correct size sold below. #231-000-307EN A1 Flash Hider, 1C6K29 �� $ 7.49 #989-015-015EN TTI Lock Washer, 5-Pak, 9H1A46 �� 2.99

DPMS AR-15

A2 FLASH SUPPRESSOR Reduces Muzzle Flash; Dissipates Gas Machined steel, five-port flash suppressor effectively controls muzzle flash to minimize shooter exposure in both daytime and lowlight situations. Ports are located along the top of the suppressor and bottom is solid to reduce dust printing when shooting prone. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black. 13/4" (4.4cm) long, 7/8" (2.2cm) O.D. 1 /2"-28 tpi. Requires peel washer (not included) for proper indexing. #231-000-198EN AR-15 A2 Flash Suppressor, 3B5J75 �� $ 6.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

3-PRONG FLASH SUPPRESSOR Gives Your Rifle The Retro M16 Look Old-style, 3-prong design looks correct on early guns and is perfect for assembling a 1960s-era M16 lookalike for collectors and reenctors. Mounts to any AR-15 or M16 barrel with the standard ½" x 28 thread pattern. Like the original, there are no wrench flats, so a strap wrench is recommended for installation. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black oxide finish. 1¾" (4.45cm) length, 7/8" (2.2cm) diameter. ½" x 28 threads. #231-000-340EN 3-Prong Flash Suppressor, 1C6H91 �� $ 8.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

LEVANG LINEAR COMPENSATOR Reduces Muzzle Jump Without Hurting Ears Directs all of the muzzle blast and noise away from your ears. Large, single expansion chamber helps control muzzle flip and recoil. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte fin1 1 ish. 2 /8" (5.3cm) long, .971" (24.6mm) diameter, /2"-28 tpi. #231-015-022EN Linear Comp, 3B29H99 �� $ 34.99

PAGE

comps/flash hiders

BRAKEOUT COMPENSATOR

Our low-profile muzzle brake effectively reduces recoil and muzzle rise, yet adds less than 1" length to the barrel. Two rows of ports evenly distribute exiting gasBlack ses and pressure. Wrench flats give simple installation. Available with either black oxide or natural stainless steel finish, the Short Muzzle Brake comes in both .223/5.56mm b and .308/7.62mm calibers. a SPECS: Machined stainless steel, matte black oxide (MB) or natural silver (SS) finish. 1" long. .223/5.56mm - .75" O.D. Fits ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads. .308/7.62mm - 1" O.D. Fits 5⁄8"-24 tpi Stainless muzzle threads. #080-000-995EN .223/5.56 Short Muzzle Brake, Black, 8K39J50 ��$ 59.99 #080-000-996EN .223/5.56 Short Muzzle Brake, SS, 8K39I50 �� 59.99 #080-100-578EN .308/7.62 Short Muzzle Brake, Black, 8K39I50 �� 59.99 #080-102-578EN .308/7.62 Short Muzzle Brake, SS, 8K44E97 �� 59.99

A1 FLASH SUPPRESSOR Retro Flash Suppressor Gives Your Rifle A Vietnam-Era Look

AR-15/m16

Three equally-spaced horizontal prongs efficiently reduce muzzle flash to help minimize the blinding effect of the flash on the shooter in low-light conditions. Short OAL and flat, smooth muzzle face with rounded edges prevents hang-ups and aids in unencumbered weapon deployment. Precision machined from heat-treated steel and finished with AA’s proprietary SCARmor™ coating that gives high surface hardness for added resistance to blast erosion. Non-Mount models provides flash suppression only. 18T flash hider is an 18 tooth mount designed the for Advanced Armament’s first generation, fast attach silencers. Not compatible with the 51T ratchet mount or 90T ratchet mount taper silencers. 51T models have an integral 51-tooth ratchet mount that accepts Advanced Armament sound suppressors. 90T models have an integral 90-tooth ratchet mount that accepts Advanced Armament SR-5 and SR-7 silencers. All models are available in sizes to fit rifles chambered in 5.56mm/.223 (1/2"‑28 tpi muzzle threads) or 7.62mm/.308 (5/8"‑24 tpi muzzle threads). Choose model and caliber from table below. Installation Tool precisely fits the tines of all Blackout flash hiders for easy, smooth, secure installation without risk of damaging the b tines. Accepts any 3/8" torque wrench. a SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel, SCARmor finish, matte black. Non-Mount 5.56 - 21/8" (5.4cm) long. 7/8" (2.2cm) O.D. 2.9 oz. (82g) wt. Non-Mount 7.62 - 29/32" (5.7cm) long x 7/8" O.D. 2.6 oz. (74g) wt. 18T/51T/90T - 21/2" long, 7/8" O.D. 4.3 oz. (123.3g) approx. wt. STOCK # #276-000-010EN 276-000-026EN #276-000-013EN #276-000-022EN 276-000-046EN #276-000-016EN 276-000-027EN #276-000-014EN #276-000-023EN 276-000-047EN

AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

SHORT MUZZLE BRAKE

.308

DPMS AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

AR-15/m16

MICULEK COMP Six-Port Design Directs Blast Away From Shooter Three large baffles with six side ports and no top vents direct muzzle gases to the side, away from the shooter. Effectively counters muzzle rise and recoil, minimizes felt muzzle blast. High volume shooters will appreciate reduced noise and ease of cleaning. Solid bottom minimizes dust printing when shooting prone. Easy installation, secured with the supplied locknut. Designed and used by Jerry Miculek. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. AR-15 Comp - 2" (5cm) long, .925" (23.5mm) diameter. 1/2"-28 tpi. AR-308 Comp - 2 3/8" (6.0cm) long, .925" (23.5mm) diameter. 5/8"-24tpi. #231-000-038EN AR-15 Miculek Comp, 1C36F13 �� $ 39.99 231-000-369EN AR-308 Miculek Comp, 1C52F78 �� 59.99

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

RECOIL ELIMINATOR Wipes Out Recoil & Muzzle Lift

comps/flash hiders

Dual, curved restrictor plates with a tremendous amount of surface area stop exiting barrel gases and pull the barrel forward to counteract recoil and muzzle flip. The front sight or scope stays right on target for a faster second shot, plus less felt recoil and shooter fatigue. Models available for rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm and .308/7.62mm. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. 11/2" (3.8cm) dia., 21/4" (5.7cm) long. .223 1 - 5.3 oz. (149g) wt. Fits /2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. .281" exit hole accommodates bores up to .243/6mm without modification; may be enlarged for bores up to .358". .308 - 4.8 oz. (136g) wt. Fits 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. .350" exit hole may be enlarged to fit bores up to .416". #452-015-120EN .223 Recoil Eliminator, 2E85G71 �� $ 94.99 #452-000-066EN .308 Recoil Eliminator, 2E85I71 �� 94.99

NOVESKE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

KX3 FLASH SUPPRESSOR Reduces Muzzle Flash & Protects Nearby Personnel From Side Blast Unique design redirects concussion forward to provide better flash suppression than standard A2 suppressor on short-barreled rifles and other centerfire gasoperated weapons. Virtually eliminates side blast to protect nearby personnel during CQB, building entries, and when shooting from inside vehicles. Lessens felt recoil and reduces muzzle rise to help keep sights on the target for fast follow up shots and superior recoil management on full-auto assault rifles, especially with barrels 13" or shorter. High-carbon steel with matte black manganese phosphate finish stands up to the heat and pressure of thousands of rounds. Convenient, 3/4" wrench flats allow easy installation with the same wrench used to remove factory flash suppressor. Crush washer included. Each unit individually serial numbered for quality control. a b SPECS: Heat-treated steel, phosphate finish, matte black. 31/4" (8.2cm) O.A.L. 13/8" (3.5cm) diameter. 6.7 oz. (190g) weight. AR-15/M16/M4 fits rifles in 5.56mm/.223 with 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. AR-308 fits rifles in 7.62mm/.308, and bolt-action rifles chambered up to .338 caliber with 5 /8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. #100-003-335EN KX3 Flash Suppressor, AR-15/M16/M4, 1A125D99 �� $ 125.99 #100-009-319EN KX3 Flash Suppressor, AR-308, 1A125F00 �� 125.00

PAGE

Model

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16

LANTAC AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

PRECISION ARMAMENT AR-15/M16

BENNIE COOLEY TACTICAL COMPENSATOR

DRAGON MUZZLE BRAKE

SEVERE-DUTY COMPENSATOR

Standard Profile

Large Profile

Efficient Reduction Of Felt Recoil; Standard Profile For Tactical Matches Or Large Profile For Maximum Recoil Reduction Low-profile steel compensator redirects and harnesses combustion gas energy to reduce felt recoil by as much as 70% compared to an uncompensated barrel. Helps the shooter stay on target for accurate follow-up shots and fast transition to the next target. Built to the exacting requirements of noted professional weapons instructor and tactical competition shooter Bennie Cooley to combine the recoil reduction of J.P.’s popular Recoil Eliminator muzzle brake in a slim, streamlined compensator that meets the 1" x 3" size requirements of SOF, WC 3-Gun, USPSA Limited, and other tactical rifle competitions. Large, flat interior baffle surfaces allow the bullet to pass through while redirecting the rapidly expanding gas to the sides and slightly forward through the square-cut side vents to create forward thrust that counteracts bullet recoil. The higher the pressure, the more counteracting force the comp actually provides. In addition, four tuned ports on top minimize muzzle rise, further helping the shooter keep the sights on target. Solid bottom prevents kicking up a dust signature when shooting prone. Precision-machined from high-grade carbon steel, with a tough matte black oxide finish, or stainless steel with a brightly polished surface. All models fit rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm; can be bored out for larger calibers. Standard Profile available for barrels with .750" or .875" O.D. at muzzle. Large Profile is a beefed-up version of Standard model for .875" O.D. bull barrels and has extra baffle surface area for maximum reduction of felt recoil while retaining the cosmetics of the Standard series. Not legal for Limited Tactical Division competition. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, matte black oxide finish, or stainless steel, polished finish. Unless otherwise noted all models bored for .223/5.56mm with 1 /2"-28 threads. .281" I.D. exit hole may be enlarged to fit other calibers. Installation instructions included. Standard Profile – 25/16" (5.9cm) long, .989" (2.5cm) O.D. Models to fit .750" (19mm) and .875" (22mm) O.D. barrels. SOF, WC 3-Gun, and USPSA Limited competition legal. Standard Profile for .308/7.62 has a .750" O.D., .350" exit hole, and 5/8"-24 tpi threads. SOF/Tactical/USPSA Limited legal. Large Profile – 23/4" (7cm) long, 1.22" (3.1cm) O.D. Fits .875" O.D. barrels. Not Limited/Tactical Division competition legal. #452-000-055EN Standard .750" Comp, Blk, 2E77L14 �� $ 85.99 #452-000-056EN Standard .750" Comp, SS, 2E77D14 �� 85.99 #452-000-057EN Standard .875" Comp, Blk, 2E77G14 �� 85.99 #452-000-058EN Standard .875" Comp, SS, 2E77F14 �� 85.99 452-000-089EN Std. .308/7.62 Comp, Blk, 2E77E14 �� 85.99 452-000-090EN Std. .308/7.62 Comp, SS, 2E77B14 �� 85.99 #452-000-059EN Large .875" Comp, SS, 2E85L71 �� 94.99

OPS INC. AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MUZZLE BRAKE Reduces Felt Recoil; Suppressor Ready Low-profile muzzle brake effectively suppresses flash, tames recoil, and is threaded to serve as an attachment device for OPS sound suppressors. Redirects muzzle blast laterally and slightly upward to reduce felt recoil and reduce muzzle flip to help you get back on target fast for

Caliber

Enhances Muzzle Control & Reduces Felt Recoil

The LANTAC Dragon Muzzle Brake has vertical ports in the primary discharge chamber to counteract muzzle rise, while the Short Energy Pulse system decreases recoil length, preventing “stacking” of repeating shot energy and enabling fast, accurate follow-up shots. Even with fully automatic fire, the Dragon delivers significant reduced recoil and muzzle climb, so more shots land on target. Machined from ultra-hard steel, the Dragon is virtually impervious to heat, corrosion and wear. Flats on the side allow you to install it with any standard wrench. Includes crush washer for secure fit and proper indexing. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, nitride finish, black. Approx. 2.6" (6.6cm) long, .866" (22mm) O.D. .223 fits rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm NATO with 1/2"28 tpi muzzle threads. .308 fits .308/7.62mm NATO rifles with 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. #100-013-596EN .223 Dragon MB, 6D115F86 �� $ 125.19 100-015-462EN .308 Dragon MB, 6D128P00 �� 144.00

PRECISION ARMAMENT AR-STYLE .308

SEVERE-DUTY MUZZLE BRAKE Product

Maximum Recoil Control Helps You Quickly Reacquire The Target

Reduces Recoil & Withstands Heat From Automatic Fire Compensator features a large initial expansion chamber which dissipates combustion gases at a lower pressure, then directs the gases to the side and rear through precisely canted vents. Innovative reverse venting design reduces recoil and blowback while eliminating muzzle rise. Closed bottom in compensator greatly diminishes dust signature. Machined from high strength stainless steel for corrosion resistantce, compensator will not erode due to the extreme heat of automatic fire. Fits .223/5.56mm 1 AR-15 rifles with /2-28 muzzle threads. Accepts muzzle devices designed to fit over standard A2 flash suppressor. Available in Ionbond® DLC matte black finish or stainless steel in-the-white, satin finish. a b SPECS: HTSR 416 stainless steel bar stock, matte black or in-the-white stainless steel finish. 1/2-28 TPI thread. 2.25" (5.2cm) OAL. 0.875" (2.2cm) dia. 2.6 oz (73.7g) wt. Fits .223 Cal (5.56mm) caliber. #100-013-093EN Severe Duty Comp, DLC Black, 2D77E13 �� $ 89.99 #100-013-197EN Severe Duty Compensator, In-The-White, 2D77I13 �� 89.99

PRECISION ARMAMENT

EFAB HYBRID FLASH HIDER/BRAKE

Heavy-duty AR-308 muzzle brake machined from solid stainless steel billet M11 has large internal baffles for maximum recoil management, so you can get the sights back on the target quickly. Threads and bore aperture are machined in a single operation to ensure perfect alignment. M11 is optimized for tactical situM41 ations requiring minimal dust signature. Large blast baffles redirect gases to the sides and upward to reduce recoil and keep the muzzle down. Wrench flats on top and bottom enable easy installation and removal. M41 is designed for long-range precision tactical or target rifles. Angled ports vent gases counter-clockwise to counteract recoil produced by heavy bullets and fast twist rates. Features 3/16" spanner wrench holes for easy installation and removal. Spanner wrench sold separately. a b SPECS: Machined HTSR 416 stainless steel, hardened to Rc 26-32, lowluster natural silver or matte black IonBond® DLC finish. 5/8"-24 tpi threads. Both models available for rifles chambered in .308/7.62mm or .338. M11 - 2.675" (6.8cm) long. 1.375" (3.5cm) wide, 1.188" (3cm) high. 5.6 oz.(158g) wt. M41 – 2.75" (7cm) long. 1.312" (3.3cm) maximum O.D., .925" (2.3cm) O.D. at barrel. 5.3 oz. (150g) wt. #100-010-538EN .308 M11 MB, Black, 2D109E99 �� $ 119.99 #100-011-352EN .308 M11 MB, Silver, 2D94H27 �� 109.99 #100-014-635EN .338 M11 MB, Black, 2D102B84 �� 119.99 #100-014-636EN .338 M41 MB, Black, 2D102E84 �� 119.99 #100-010-539EN .308 M41 MB, Black, 2D102H84 �� 119.99 #100-011-977EN .308 M41 MB, Silver, 2D94F27 �� 109.99 100-011-241EN M41 Spanner Wrench, 2D15I99 �� 19.99

"Enhanced Flash Arresting Brake" (EFAB) hybrid flash suppressor/muzzle brake combines maximum recoil reduction and minimum concussion with powerful flash suppression. An array of diverging expansion nozzles both cool combustive gases and diffuses them away from the shooter. Effective on barrels as short as 10", so the EFAB is ideal for carbines, SBRs, and pistols. The closed bottom helps reduce dust signature when shooting prone. Muzzle brake includes a pilot hole for permanent pinning on 14.5" barrels to bring them to legal civilian length. a b SPECS: Machined stainless steel, IonBond CrCN finish, matte black. 2.47" (6.27cm) long, .9" (2.3cm) O.D. 3.5 oz. (99g) wt. 1/2-28 threads. For .223/5.56mm caliber rifles. Caution: Do not use crush washers. Precision Arms recommends using the Accu-Washer™ Muzzle Alignment System, sold separately, for installation. 100-015-978EN EFAB Hybrid Flash Hider/Muzzle Brake, 2D137J10 �� $ 151.99 #100-009-793EN 1/2" x 28 Accu-Washer Alignment System, 2D21L41 �� 24.99

followup shots. .308 model accepts Ops 12th Model Suppressor; .223 accepts all Ops suppressors except 3rd Model. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, oxide coated, matte black. Approx. 2.1" OAL. .223 fits ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads; comes with crush washer, thread protector, and barrel sleeve. .308 fits 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads; comes with thread protector. #504-000-017EN .223 Threaded MB, 4K185N71 �� $ 189.99 #504-000-018EN .308 Threaded MB, 4K175D68 �� 189.99

Read the customer reviews at

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Superior Muzzle Control & Effective Flash Suppression

NEED HELP CHOOSING?

brownells.com

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Style

PRIMARY WEAPONS SYSTEMS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

TACTICAL COMPENSATORS

PRECISION ARMAMENT

M11-SPR MUZZLE BRAKE Outstanding Muzzle/Recoil Control For .223/5.56 Rifles The M11-SPR (Special Purpose Rifle) is a compact, lightweight version of the M11 brake designed specifically for precision-shooting .223/5.56-chambered AR-15 rifles and long-range hunting rifles. Large, symmetrical blast baffle with compensated forward baffles provides unprecedented muzzle control and recoil management while keeping induced bullet yaw to a minimum for improved long range accuracy. Wrench flats for easy installation and removal. Bore may be enlarged up to .338 caliber by a qualified gunsmith. a b SPECS: Precision machined from HTSR 416 stainless steel barstock, heattreated to Rc 26-32, with natural silver (SS) finish or matte black IonBond® (BLK) finish. 2.225" long x 1.125" wide x .990" high. .750" O.D. at barrel. Fits .223/5.56mm rifles with 1/2"-28 muzzle threads. #100-014-396EN M11-SPR Muzzle Brake, BLK, 2D90B00 �� $ 104.99 #100-014-397EN M11-SPR Muzzle Brake, SS, 2D90Q00 �� 104.99

“GOOD IRON” MUZZLE BRAKES

Kills 'Ping' Sound & Tames Recoil; Compatible With Trifecta MAAD™ Mount & Saker Silencer Muzzle devices mount to threaded barrels to prep your rifle to accept the modular Saker sound suppressor system. They also serve as standalone devices for flash suppression or recoil reduction. When used with the Saker silencer, they enable fast, one-hand installation and removal of the Saker - no buttons or levers required - plus repeatable indexing. Flash Hider has three prongs of different lengths to largely eliminate the ringing, or “tuning fork” effect, commonly produced by conventional hiders. Effective on barrels as short as 8". Muzzle Brake has three ports that redirect the gas to tame felt recoil and reduce muzzle rise, improving comfort and allowing you to stay on the target for fast follow-up shots. Includes 5 shim washers to help you correctly "time" the brake. a b SPECS: Machined 17-4 stainless steel, hard Nitrided finish, matte black. 2½" (6.35cm) OAL. #100-015-258EN 5.56 Flash Hider, ½-28 threads, 7H65C71 �� $ 77.99 #100-015-259EN 7.62 Flash Hider, 5/8 -24 threads, 7H65B71 �� 77.99 #100-015-260EN 5.56 Muzzle Brake, ½-28 threads, 7H65J71 �� 77.99 #100-015-261EN 7.62 Muzzle Brake, 5/8 -24 threads, 7H65Q71 �� 77.99

SPIKES TACTICAL AR-15/M16

DYNACOMP EXTREME MUZZLE DEVICE Reduces Recoil Impulse & Muzzle Climb Sturdily constructed of ¼"-thick, 303-stainless-steel and outfitted with ball-dimpled ports to dissipate gasses, shooters will notice a reduction in felt recoil and muzzle climb; resulting in faster, more reliable follow-up shots. Melonite treated to resist corrosion and simplify cleaning. Available in Extreme 5.56, Shorty Extreme 5.56, and Extreme .308 models. When applied to 14.5" barrels, non-shorty models will make barrels legal length. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, black. Melonite-treated. Extreme 5.56 – ½ - 28" tpi. 2 ¼" (6.1cm) long, .816" O.D. Shorty Extreme 5.56 – ½ - 28" tpi. 1.8" (4.6cm) long, .816" O.D. Extreme .308 – 5/8 - 24" tpi. 2 ¼" (6.1cm) long, .875" O.D. All models include crush washer and pin for permanent attachment. #100-009-232EN Extreme 5.56 Muzzle Device, 3B89P99 �� $ 89.99 #100-009-233EN Shorty Extreme 5.56 Muzzle Device, 3B89A99 �� 89.99 #100-009-234EN Extreme .308 Muzzle Device, 3B89D99 �� 89.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

CALL OFTEN!! We’ll Be Your Warehouse

800-741-0015

Reduces Felt Recoil, Improves Control

TRIANGLE SHOOTING SPORTS AR-15/M16/ AR-STYLE .308 BENNY HILL “ROLLING

THUNDER” COMPENSATOR Eliminates Muzzle Rise; Sight Stays On Target For Fast Follow Up Shots Heavy duty compensator designed by noted custom gunsmith and 3-gun competitor Benny Hill employs a unique internal expansion chamber that redirects some of the combustion gas out a topside gas port to virtually eliminate muzzle climb. The sights stay on the target, so you can make exceptionally fast follow up shots. Precision machined from a solid billet of high-grade stainless steel, with large side ports that vent more gas to help reduce felt recoil. Solid bottom prevents dust signature when shooting close to the ground. Perfect for USPSA and 3-gun competition where seconds count, and for varmint hunters who want the sight to stay the target when they take a shot. Models available for rifles chambered in .223 and .308. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. .223 fits AR-15 chambered in .223/5.56 with 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. .308 fits AR-style rifle chambered in .308/7.62 with 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. #100-003-689EN .223 Rolling Thunder Comp, 3Z85A71 �� $ 98.99 #100-003-981EN .308 Rolling Thunder Comp, 3Z92Q53 �� 108.99

order on the web

VORTEX FLASH ELIMINATOR Helical Flutes Dissipate Gas, Hide Muzzle Flash

Easy to install muzzle brakes substantially reduce felt recoil and 1002RR muzzle rise for more comfortable shooting, better control, and faster follow-up shots. Recessed gas ports redirect combustion gases to counteract recoil force. Machined from the same high-grade 8620 steel bar stock as the popular Smith Enterprise Vortex Flash Eliminator series, 1007 Direct and heat-treated to a surface hardConnect ness of Rc 60 to resist gas erosion. Rounded edges give a streamlined profile and minimize risk of snagging on other gear. 1002RR fits .308/7.62 rifles with 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. Includes lock nut for 1002RR secure installation. 1005-SS fits any rifle up to .308/7.62mm with 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads and also accepts Direct Connect suppressors. Includes lock nut. 1007 Direct Connect model fits .223/5.56mm rifles with standard 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads and accepts Smith Enterprise Direct Connect quick-detach sound suppressors. Requires no adjustment or alignment; just remove the factory brake and screw this one onto any barrel – no crush washer or peel washer required. a b SPECS: 8620 steel, salt-bath nitrated finish, matte black. 1002RR – 2" long, .905" (23mm) O.D. Fits rifles with 5/8"-24 tpi threads and chambered in .308/7.62mm. Lock nut included. 1005-SS – 27/8" (7.3cm) long, .860 O.D. Fits rifles up to .308/7.62mm with 5/8"-24 tpi threads. Lock nut included. 1007 Direct Connect – 25/16" (5.9cm) long, .860" O.D. 3.4 oz. (97g) wt. Fits rifles with 1/2"-28 tpi threads and chambered in .223/5.56mm. No washers required. #851-000-086EN 1002RR Muzzle Brake, 1E78B57 �� $ 89.99 #851-000-083EN 1005-SS Muzzle Brake, 1E85N71 �� 99.99 #851-000-080EN 1007 Direct Connect Muzzle Brake, 1E58A46 �� 64.99

brownells.com

SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

Four, specially angled flutes hide nearly 100% of muzzle flash, even during full-auto fire, by dissipating gas and retaining unburned powder for increased residual burn. Constructed of the same 8620 bar stock steel used in the manufacture of AR-15/M16 bolts and carriers, then heat-treated to provide a high-strength core and tough, outer shell. Special, helix design helps align exiting barrel gas to improve accuracy with all bullet types. a b AR-15/M16 G6-A2/G6-A3 VORTEX Skirt extension conceals gap between barrel shoulder and flash hider on AR-15, M16, and M4 rifles. Grooved base ring allows integration of Blank Firing AttachG6-A2 ment (BFA) used by law enforcement trainers, and permits installation of the Smith Enterprise M4DC CQB sound and flash suppressor (available factory direct to USG/LE and FMS customers). Thread-on design requires no washer. Torque to 10 ft. lbs. maximum, self-tightens as weapon is fired. Use M-193, SS-109 (M855), and MK 262 service ammo for highest degree of flash suppression. Can be permanently attached to 14.5" long, M4 barrels for an overall length of 16.1". G6-A2 has smooth exterior. G6-A3 model adds helical grooves on the outer surface that help minimize carbon buildup between the Vortex and the M4DC, making installation and removal of the suppressor is easier. SPECS: 8620 steel, Parkerized, black, matte finish.1/2"-28 tpi. 2.31" (5.9cm) long, .858" (22mm) dia. 3.1 oz. (88 g) weight. Fits AR-15, M16, and M4. #851-000-047EN AR-15/M16 G6-A2 Vortex, 1E56E31 �� $ 59.99 #851-000-091EN AR-15/M16 G6-A3 Vortex, 1E55L31 �� 59.99 6.8mm VORTEX - Provides the Vortex system’s superior flash hiding benefits for rifles and carbines chambered for 6.5 Grendel or 6.8 SPC. Clean, streamlined shape with rounded edges minimizes snagging; skirt extension conceals gap between barrel shoulder and flash eliminator. Thread-on design requires no washer. SPECS: 8620 steel, Parkerized matte black finish. 21/4" (5.7cm) long, .859" (22mm) O.D. Fits AR-15-type rifles chambered in 6.8mm SPC with 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. #851-000-072EN 6.8mm/.30 Cal. Vortex, 1/2"-28 tpi, 1E54C29 �� $ 59.99 .308 VORTEX - Streamlined unit reduces muzzle flash with four, 15° helical flutes. Provides Vortex technology for AR-style .308 and Remington 700 Tactical rifles. Grooved to accept a Smith Enterprise Direct Connect sound suppressor. Comes in standard 5/8"-24 thread pitch with standard .735" thread length or .635" thread length to fit DPMS, Noveske, and other AR-style .308 rifles with the shorter thread spec. Also fits 6.8mm SPC rifles with these muzzle thread specs. SPECS: 8620 steel. Parkerized, black, matte finish. 5/8"-24 tpi. .735" - 215/16" (7.5cm) long, .905" (2.3cm) dia. 3.9 oz. (112g) weight. Fits Remington 700 Tactical and AR-style .308 with .735" thread length. .635" - 3" (7.6cm) long, .905" dia., .635" thread length. 4.6 oz. (130g) weight. Fits Savage 110 FCP and AR-style .308 rifles from DPMS, Noveske, and others. #851-000-032EN .308 Vortex, 5/8"-24 tpi x .735", 1E85C61 �� $ 94.99 #851-000-084EN .308 Vortex, 5/8"-24 tpi x .635", 1E85Q51 �� 93.99

PAGE

10/22 comps/flash PERFORMANCE hiders PARTS

FSC556 QDSS Aggressive, scallop-type cuts deliver superior gas dispersion to help stabilize the muzzle during periods of sustained fire. Special internal blast chamber with side-facing ports helps reduce recoil with no adverse effect on gas system function. Also proFSC556 QDSS vides enough flash suppression to keep flash out of the shooter’s line of sight. Wrench flats directly over the internal threads ease installation. Peel washer included for precise indexing of the side ports. FSC556 fits rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm. FSC30 fits rifles chambered in .308/7.62mm. TTO delivers CQB556 the recoil-reduction and compensation of the FSC556 minus the flash suppression to give the competition shooter the shortest possible package. CQB556 is designed primarily for entry teams and other operators working in confined spaces like buildings. Directs the entire force of the muzzle blast forward to protect the shooter and team members next to him from hot gasses and concussion. Also helps suppress muzzle flash and provides some recoil compensation. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. Includes peel washer. All models fit AR15/M16/M4/AR-308 and clones. .223/5.56mm fit rifles with with 1/2"-28 tpi RH muzzle threads. FSC556 – 21/8" (5.4cm) long x 7/8" (2.2cm) O.D. 2.2 oz. (62g) wt. FSC30 - 3" (7.6cm) long x .925" (23.4mm) O.D. Fits .308/7.62 rifles with 5/8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. TTO – 17/8" (4.8cm) long, x .7/8" (2.2cm) O.D. 2.1 oz. (59.5g). CQB556 – 23/4" (7cm) long x 13/8" (3.5cm) O.D. 9.1 oz. (258g) wt. #100-003-302EN FSC556 Compensator, 4B83P27 �� $ 94.95 100-011-530EN FSC30 Compensator, 4B83G27 �� 94.95 #100-009-393EN TTO Compensator, 4B78K57 �� 94.99 #100-004-609EN CQB556 Compensator, 4B124A92 �� 144.95

SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16 /AR-STYLE .308

AR-15/m16

Tames Muzzle Jump For Improved Weapon Control During Rapid Fire

SilencerCo AR-15/M16

Saker™ Trifecta Flash Hiders & Muzzle Brakes

SPIKE’S TACTICAL

AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

CAR-1 FAKE SUPPRESSOR

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MUZZLE BRAKES & FLASH SUPPRESSORS

CLAYMORE MUZZLE BRAKE

Gives Your Rifle The Appearance Of A Suppressor But Does Not Reduce Sound Makes your AR-15 carbine with a 16" barrel look like it has a suppressor without needing a tax stamp. Replaces standard A2 flash suppressor and gives the appearance of a 10.5" barrel with suppressor mounted. ½" x 28 threads allow fake suppressor to easily install onto many AR barrels. Enhance the tactical look and range appeal of your AR-15 carbine. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 aluminum, anodized, matte black. 5.5" (13cm) long, 1.25" (32mm) O.D. 7 oz (198g) wt. Fits 16" barrel with carbine-length gas system, ½"-28 tpi threads and O.D of .720" or less behind threaded portion. Not a sound suppressor. #100-008-583EN CAR-1 Fake Suppressor, 3B36E31 �� $ 40.00

SUREFIRE AR-15/M16

PROCOMP MUZZLE BRAKE Subdues Recoil & Muzzle Lift For Fast Follow Up Shots This muzzle brake features offset porting that reduces both felt recoil and muzzle rise, helping the shooter to get back on target faster between shots. Surefire's unique "Impulse Diffusion" design minimizes side blast and rear-directed concussion, making the Procomp more comfortable to shoot. Blind pilot holes at the 3 and 9 o'clock positions permit fine-tuning of recoil to individual shooting styles or ammunition. Installation requires no permanent modifications to the firearm. a b SPECS: Machined, mill-certified barstock steel, Melonite finish, black. 2.5" (6.3cm) long. 3.4 oz. (97g) wt. Fits .223/5.56mm caliber rifles with 1/2"-28 muzzle threads. #152-000-142EN PROCOMP MB 5.56, 2E00KVI �� $ 59.99

comps/flash hiders

SUREFIRE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

VLTOR AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

FLASH SUPPRESSOR/COMPENSATOR Dissipates Hot Gas To Minimize Muzzle Flash, Reduces Muzzle Jump Highly-efficient internal helical design uses ten precisely contoured longitudinal ports combined with a unique, cloverleaf-shaped exit port to trap unburned powder particles long enough for full burn and dissipation of hot combustion gasses. Muzzle flash cancels itself out to minimize shooter exposure during daytime and low-light situations. Also serves as a compensator by directing venting gasses to help reduce muzzle jump and improve shooter control for better shot placement. Precision machined from 4140 steel to stand up to rough tactical operations. 21/8" overall length brings a 141/2" barrel up to legal length for civilian use when flash suppressor is permanently pinned or welded in place. Accepts most sound suppressors and Blank Firing Attachments designed to fit a M16/M4 flash hider. VC-1 fits .223/5.56mm AR-15/M16/M4 rifles; VC-301 fits .308/7.62mm AR-style rifles. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black Parkerized finish. 21/8" (5.4cm) long, .856" (2.2cm) O.D. Includes peel washer. VC-1 fits .223/5.56mm AR-15/M16/M4 rifles with 1/2"-28 tpi threaded muzzle. VC-301 fits AR-style .308/7.62mm rifles with 5/8"-24 tpi threaded muzzle. #100-003-114EN VC-1 Flash Hider/Compensator, 3A53F10 �� $ 59.99 #100-003-997EN VC-301 Flash Hider/Compensator, 59.99 3A53N10 ��

PAGE

SFMB68

SF3P762

appearance of your rifle, but also provides a rock-solid mounting platform for SureFire Fast-Attach® sound suppressors. SFMB and SF3P models accept SureFire SOCOM Series Fast-Attach® suppressors only, not earlier model Fast-Attach suppressors. Each kit includes a set of varying-thickness crush washers for proper indexing. a b SPECS: Heat-treated stainless steel, matte black finish. Fits rifles with threaded muzzles only. Crush washer set, tube of Rocksett heat-resistant thread locker, and complete instructions included.

SFMB762

Get The Right Combination Of Recoil Control & Flash Suppression

MUZZLE BRAKES - Substantially reduces muzzle rise and provides outstanding felt recoil reduction for better shot follow-through, improved accuracy, and faster follow-up shots. Advanced Impulse Diffusion™ technology diffuses muzzle blast to the sides, virtually eliminating gas dispersion back to the shooter and minimizing felt concussion to help keep the sights firmly on the target.

Thread-on muzzle devices give the tactical rifle shooter a variety of options for recoil reduction, flash suppression, or a combination of both to meet his exact needs. Precision CNC machined to exact tolerances from high-quality stainless steel alloy that withstands extreme heat and gas particle erosion, even after thousands of rounds. Stands up to the intense tempo of combat conditions without loss of performance. Easily replaces factory flash suppressor on military-configuration AR-15/M16/M4/AR-style .308 rifles with no permanent modifications to gun. Install on other assault rifles, semi-autos, and bolt actions with muzzle threaded to accept the device. Not only improves the performance and enhances the

FLASH SUPPRESSORS - Advanced design provides superior muzzle flash reduction to help conceal the shooter’s position and preserve night vision. Rugged stainless steel construction gives exceptional strength and durability, with a variety of styles to fit AR-type rifles and carbines in both 5.56/.223 and 7.62/.308, as well as other assault rifles, semi-autos, and bolt actions.

THREAD ADD'L BBL CALIBER SIZE LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH PRICE .865" 1.4" (3.5cm) 2E149C00 $ 149.00 5.56mm/.223 1/2-28 2.5" (6.4cm)

/8-24

2.5" (6.4cm)

.865"

1.4" (3.5cm) 2E149P00 $ 149.00

/8-24

2.5" (6.4cm)

.865"

1.4" (3.5cm)

2E149I00 $ 149.00

FLASH SUPPRESSORS STOCK # MODEL FITS #152-000-130EN SF3P556/SOCOM M4/M16 variants with ½-28 threads #152-000-131EN SF3P68/SOCOM 6.8mm firearms with 5⁄8-24 threads #152-000-132EN SF3P762/SOCOM AR-style .308, including Armalite AR-10, DPMS LR308, and 7.62mm rifles #152-000-133EN SF3P762M14x1LH AK-47 and 7.62mm firearms with M14x1 left-hand metric threads

ADD'L BBL CALIBER THREAD SIZE LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH PRICE 1 2E129Q00 $ 129.00 5.56mm/.223 /2-28 2.7" (6.7cm) .865" 1" (25mm) /8-24

2.7" (6.7cm) .990"

2.04" (51mm) 2E129F00 $ 129.00

7.62mm/.308 5/8-24

2.7" (6.7cm) .865"

1.1" (27mm)

7.62mm

2.8" (7cm)

2.08" (52mm) 2E129K99 $ 129.99

6.8mm

M14x1 left hand

.990"

2E129Q00 $ 129.00

WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16

ACCU-TAC FLASH HIDER Effectively Suppresses Flash With No Loss Of Accuracy State of the art, three-prong flash suppressor effectively dissipates combustion gas to suppress muzzle flash without sacrificing ac-

curacy. External accurizing flutes improve muzzle harmonics to minimize blast signature and dissipate flash. Precision machined from 4140 steel bar stock and heat hardened for extra resistance to blast erosion, with a durable matte black Parkerized finish to match most factory barrel finishes a b SPECS: 4140 steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. 2" (5.1cm) long, .865" (22mm) O.D. 2.4oz (68g). Fits rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm with 1/2"28 tpi RH muzzle threads. #965-000-086EN Accu-Tac Flash Hider, 5F44G96 �� $ 49.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Compact brake is designed to direct both blast and noise forward, away from the shooter, to effectively dampen recoil for better control. Brake gives an extremely low dust signature and features a recessed crown with a raised saw tooth rim that allows secondary use as a breeching device. Humorously inscribed with “Point Toward Enemy” and large arrow. a b SPECS: Hardened 4140 steel, Parkerized, matte black. 2.25" long, .970" 1 O.D. Threads: 5.56/223 - /2" -28 tpi; 7.62/.308/6.8 - 5/8" -24 tpi. Crush washer included. #100-008-088EN 5.56/.223 Claymore Brake, 3B60A61 ��$ 63.99 #100-008-089EN 7.62/.308/6.8 Claymore Brake, 3B60M61 �� 63.99

VAIS AR-15/M16

MUZZLE BRAKE

muzzle brakes STOCK # MODEL FITS #152-000-134EN SFMB556/SOCOM M16/M4/Colt Commando; any rifle w/ unobstructed barrel exterior .170" behind muzzle threads a O.D. less than .800" #152-000-135EN SFMB68/SOCOM 6.8mm rifles with 5/8-24 6.8mm threads #152-000-136EN SFMB762/SOCOM AR-Style .308, including 7.62mm/.308 ArmaLite® AR-10®, DPMS LR-308, and 7.62mm rifles

Enhances Control By Directing Blast & Noise Away From Shooter

Superior Recoil Control & Muzzle Blast Reduction An incredible maze of gas dispersing holes limits muzzle rise with no increase in muzzle blast. Multiple venturi expansion chambers disperse and redirect gases for effective recoil control, while limiting blast effects. Unique design features attenuating holes that are both horizontal and perpendicular to the centerline of the bore to disperse gas and sound equally to all sides. Available in steel with Parkerized finish or stainless steel with matte finish. a b SPECS: Stressproof® steel, manganese phosphate Parkerized finish, matte black, or 416 stainless steel, matte finish. 2" (5.8cm) long x 3/4 (19mm) O.D., 1 /2"-28 tpi thread. 1.6 oz. (46 g) wt. Fits .223/5.56mm caliber rifles. #927-000-028EN Steel Muzzle Brake, 7B114L29 �� $ 144.95 #927-000-027EN Stainless Steel Muzzle Brake, 7B121A43 �� 154.95

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

MEDIEVAL MUZZLE BRAKE Gives Effective Recoil Reduction & Aids In Hand-To-Hand Combat Muzzle brake helps you stay on target by venting gases upward to counteract muzzle rise for fast follow-up shots. Improves control and accuracy during full-auto fire. Specifically designed to enhance your CQB effectiveness with aggressive, diamond-shaped teeth that provide effective less-lethal muzzle strikes during handto-hand combat. Wide strike face lessens danger of a penetrative wound on contact. Also serves as a stand-off device for body contact shots. Accepts most over-the-barrel sound suppressors and actually increases their effectiveness. a b SPECS: 8620 carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. .860" (2.2cm) 1 O.D., 2 /2" (6.4cm) long. 3.1 oz. (81g) wt. Fits barrels with 1/2"-28 tpi righthand threads. #100-003-441EN Medieval Muzzle Brake, 3B41K79 �� $ 44.99

Instructional video available at brownells.com

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

ENHANCED MILITARY-STYLE TRIGGERS

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

ALG DEFENSE AR-15

PHANTOM MUZZLE ACCESSORIES PHANTOM FLASH SUPPRESSOR - Longitudinal ports help minimize the blinding effects of muzzle flash in low light for improved target acquisition during night operations. Screw-on design for threaded barrels only. Includes crush washer for proper timing of vents. Deeply serrated notches at the tip provide extra insurance in hand-to-hand combat. Integral rings at the base accept military sound suppressors and allow mounting of Blank Firing Attachments (BFAs) for training exercises. a b SPECS: Steel, mil-spec phosphate coating. For rifles chambered in .223/5.56 NATO with 1/2"-28 tpi muzzle threads. 21/4" (5.7cm) long. 7/8" (2.2cm) O.D. #100-002-070EN Phantom Flash Suppressor, 9A25G10 �� $ 28.50 PHANTOM 5C1 COMP/FLASH SUPPRESSOR - Flat, non-serrated muzzle face helps prevent catching or snagging muzzle tip during storage or deployment. Five, longitudinal vents help hide flash while dispersing gases up and outward; tames muzzle rise and keeps your front sights on target. Outward facing ports and solid panel on bottom help eliminate dust signature when shooting in the prone position. For threaded barrels only, includes crush washer. .223 model has grooved, base rings that accept training attachments and sound suppression devices for LE and military personnel. SPECS: Steel, mil-spec phosphate coating. .223 - 1/2"- 28 tpi. 21/4" (5.7cm) long, 7/8" (2.2cm) diameter. 2.1 oz. (60 g) wt. .308 - 5/8"-24 tpi. 215/16" (7.5cm) long. 1" (2.5cm) diameter. 4.5 oz. (127g) wt. #100-002-859EN .223 5C1 Comp/Flash Suppressor, 9A25F50 �� $ 28.50 #100-003-228EN .308 5C1 Comp/Flash Suppressor, 9A36H20 �� 44.60

2-Stage

CMC TRIGGERS AR-15

Drop-In Fire Control System Gives A Light, Safe, Match-Grade Pull Self-contained trigger/assembly installs in minutes and delivers a light, smooth, match-grade trigger pull free of grittiness, with an ultra-crisp letoff and short reset. Simply remove factory trigger and safety selector, drop in the module, reinstall selector and pins, and you’re ready to shoot. Completely new engagement geometry produces a light 3-lb. pull and crisp release without compromising reliability or safety. The two-stage design is adjustable for sear engagement, with a first-stage takeup of approximately 6 ounces, followed by actual sear movement taking up the rest of the weight—the reverse of the military two-stage AR trigger pull profile. Instead, the shooter can build force steadily, maintaining precise control and keeping his attention on the target. After release, reset travel is only .030", less than half the .070" typical of standard match triggers, to aid in fast, accurate follow-up shots. The sear captures the hammer at the back instead of near the pivot point to help produce the light pull and maintain safety. A second, independent, intercepting sear is positioned to block the hammer if it slips off the primary sear, as when the weapon is dropped or suffers hard impact. If the intercepting sear captures the hammer, pulling the trigger will still fire the rifle, though with a heavier pull weight. In addition, the Gold system uses the rifle’s factory safety to positively capture the hammer, like an M1 Garand, and roll it back below the primary sear for an extra margin of safety. A lightweight aluminum housing contains the entire system and maintains the correct tolerances between the working parts. The receiver pins serve only to anchor the module in the receiver, with no effect on trigger function. a b SPECS: Trigger/Hammer – Wire EDM cut S7 tool steel. Housing – Aluminum, anodized, black. AR Gold fits any mil-spec AR-15 with .154" trigger and hammer pin holes. Will not fit rifles with Colt-type sear block or ARstyle .308 rifles. SR Gold fits ArmaLite® AR-10®, DPMS LR-308, Knight’s Armament SR-25, and similar AR-style .308 rifles with .154" trigger and hammer pin holes. #100-004-262EN AR Gold Modular Trigger, 5A283C99 �� $ 283.99 #100-004-933EN SR Gold .308 Modular Trigger, 5A273F97 �� 279.99

TACTICAL TRIGGER GROUP Drop-In Trigger Module Is Factory Tuned For A Super-Smooth, Clean-Breaking Pull Self-contained, drop-in trigger module replaces the heavy factory trigger found in many commercial AR-15s and delivers a crisp, clean pull. Designed by competition shooter Chip McCormick to provide all the advantages of a fine, match-grade, single-stage trigger without having to fit and adjust multiple components. Rigid, steel, trigger housing holds all the factory-tuned, internal components in proper alignment for easy, fast installation. Generous, precisionground sear/hammer engagement surfaces provide a remarkably clean, crisp release while preserving reliable function. Each trigger assembly is tweaked at the factory to minimize take-up and overtravel. Threaded sleeves provide ultra-smooth pivot surfaces for the hammer and trigger. Two, slightly oversized center pins replace the standard, trigger/hammer pins to save wear, reduce friction, and prevent trigger wobble; E‑clips at both ends prevent pin walk. Single-Stage gives a pre-set 31/2 lb. pull. Two-Stage has a 1 lb. initial stage, with a second stage that releases at 3 lbs. Both are available with traditional Curved trigger shoe, or skeletonized Flat shoe that provides a different feel some shooters prefer and gives your AR a distinctive look. a b SPECS: Hammer/Trigger - Steel, blued finish. Housing - Steel, in-thewhite. Includes (2) center pins w/E‑clips. Fits AR-15 with .154" diameter trigger and hammer pins.

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

COMPETITION TRIGGER Two-Stage Design For Ultra-Precise Release Ready-to-install, match-grade trigger kit gives a light, ultra-smooth, twostage trigger pull and exceptionally clean, precise letoff for superb accuracy. Adjustable spring plunger on the safety selector allows you to set the secondstage release, while an adjustable setscrew on the selector lets you eliminate trigger overtravel. Full-width hammer and trigger engagement surfaces are precision-ground to eliminate grittiness. Kit includes trigger, trigger spring, disconnect, disconnect spring, hammer, hammer spring, safety lever with adjustment screws, hex wrench, and instructions. a b SPECS: Steel, black phosphate finish. Will not fit large-pin lowers or Colt lowers with safety block. #100-003-600EN AR-15 Trigger Group, 9B150Q03 �� $ 164.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

FIRE CONTROL CONVERSION KIT The Right Parts To Convert An M16 To An AR-15 Capable of semi-auto fire only, four trigger parts convert a full-auto, M16 to semi-auto configuration. Helps local departments/agencies take advantage of military surplus guns without having to train officers for full-auto fire. OEM-style to function correctly. Hardened steel, with black oxide finish, maintains factory function and appearance. Kit includes trigger, disconnector, hammer and selector. Gunsmith or armorer fitting recommended. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. #231-000-165EN M16 to AR-15 Fire Control Conv. Kit, 1C35C00 �� $ 39.99

GEISSELE AR-15/M16 DPMS AR-15/M16

TWO-STAGE TRIGGER GROUP Gives You More Precise Trigger Control For Long-Range Shooting Drop-in replacement for standard factory AR-15/M16 hammer/trigger gives you a precise, highly controllable two-stage pull. First stage is as light as 1.75 lbs., while second stage breaks cleanly at 4.5 to 5.5 lbs. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Fits AR-15/M16 lower receiver with .154" hammer/trigger pin holes. Inlcudes hammer, hammer spring, trigger, trigger spring, disconnector and disconnector spring. #231-000-344EN DPMS 2-Stage Trigger Group, 1C99L99 �� $ 109.99

#207-000-017EN Single-Stage TTG, Curved Shoe, 7K177J13 �� $ 189.99 #207-000-018EN Single-Stage TTG, Flat Shoe, 7K175M20 �� 189.99 207-000-019EN Two-Stage TTG, Curved Shoe, 7K210G00 �� 210.00 207-000-020EN Two-Stage TTG, Flat Shoe, 7K210Q00 �� 210.00

order on the web

brownells.com

SUPER 3-GUN TRIGGER Fast-Action Trigger Allows Rapid Follow-Up Shots Single-stage trigger drops in to standard AR-15 lower receivers and gives a short, light pull with rapid reset. Makes follow-up shots easy. Reduces trigger pull to as little as 3 1/4 lbs. Designed as a semi-auto-only derivative of the two-stage Super Select Fire combat trigger made for the Special Operations community. Uses standard hammer and trigger pins. Not recommended for duty use, bench rest or accuracy work. a b SPECS: Steel, black finish. Fits semi-auto AR-15/M16 receivers with .154" hammer and trigger pin holes. Includes trigger, tigger pin, 2 trigger springs, hammer, hammer pin, hammer spring, slave pin for trigger, disconnector & spring, lubricant, instructions. #100-013-883EN Super 3-Gun Trigger, 7B250H00 �� $ 250.00

WANT MORE NEW PRODUCTS? SHOP ONLINE! PRODUCTS ADDED DAILY

PAGE

triggers

5 /8" CRUSH WASHER - Precision machined steel washer ensures exact alignment of flash suppressors and other muzzle accessories that require a washer. Fits AR-style .308 rifles with 5/8" threaded muzzles. SPECS: Steel, blued. 5/8" (.625"/1.59cm) I.D. 13/16" (.813"/2.06cm) O.D. #100-003-123EN 5/8" Crush Washer, 9A2K99 ��$ 3.00

Trigger/hammer kits feature rugged military-type components carefully prepped to give a smoother trigger pull while maintaining the original geometry for maximum reliability. These are “enhanced standard” triggers, so the armorer continues to work with the configuration he’s accustomed to. The QMS (Quality Mil-Spec) set has the sear contact surface precisionTrigger Set with Parts Kit honed to smooth and lighten the pull to around 61/2 lbs. The ACT (ALG Combat Trigger) adds nickel-boron coating on the trigger and nickel-Teflon coating on the hammer, disconnnector, and pins to increase surface hardness and reduce friction, with an average pull weight of about 6 lbs. Both kits also available with a DPMS Lower Parts Kit that includes all the internal parts you need to install a complete fire-control system with a QMS or ACT trigger. a b SPECS: Hammer/trigger – 8620 steel. Disconnnector – 1070 high-carbon steel. Hammer/trigger pins – heat treated 4140 chrome-moly steel. Both kits contain trigger, trigger spring, hammer, hammer spring, disconnnector, disconnnector spring, hammer and trigger pins, and instructions. #100-009-796EN QMS AR-15 Trigger Set, 8Z00IAP �� $ 45.00 #100-010-634EN QMS AR-15 Trigger Set w/Parts Kit, 8Z68E86 �� 74.99 #100-009-797EN ACT AR-15 Trigger Set, 8Z00HBF �� 65.00 #100-010-635EN ACT AR-15 Trigger Set w/Parts Kit, 8Z88E86 �� 94.99

GOLD TRIGGER MODULE

comps/flash hiders

PHANTOM 5C2 COMP/FLASH SUPPRESSOR - Five, straight, longitudinal vents hide flash while dispersing gases up and outward to tame muzzle rise. No downward facing port helps eliminate dust signature when shooting in the prone position. For threaded barrels only, includes crush washer. .223 and 6.8 SPC models have grooved base rings that accept training attachments and sound suppression devices for LE and military personnel. Chisel-shaped front notches keep muzzle planted on your attacker during CQB situations. SPECS: Steel, mil-spec phosphate coating. .223 - 1/2"-28 tpi. 6.8mm SPC - ½"-36 tpi. Both are 21/4" (5.7cm) long, 7/8" (2.2cm) diameter. 2.1 oz. (60 g) wt. 6.8mm SPC muzzle thread pattern will also fit on 7.62x39 and 9mm. .308 - 5/8"-24 tpi. 215/16" (7.5cm) long. 1" (2.5cm) diameter. 4.5 oz. (127g) wt. #100-002-071EN .223 5C2 Comp/Flash Supp., 9A21G43 �� $ 28.50 #100-003-229EN .308 5C2 Comp/Flash Supp., 9A38J50 �� 44.60 #100-010-688EN 6.8 SPC 5C2 Comp/Flash Supp., 9A23J20 �� 29.99

Gives A Smoother Pull While Preserving Reliability

BUSHMASTER AR-15

AR-15/m16

Dedicated Flash Suppressor Or Comp/Flash Suppressor Combo; Aggressive Front End Cuts For CQB Maneuvers

AMERICAN TRIGGER CORP AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

GEISSELE AUTOMATICS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

triggers

AR-15/m16

HI-SPEED TRIGGERS Two-Stage Trigger With Ultra-Fast Lock Time; Adjustable & Pre-Set Models Fully adjustable trigger gives a smooth, two-stage pull with a precise “icicle sharp” break and ultra-fast lock time to minimize accuracy loss caused by gun movement during trigger pull. Set first stage pull weight by bending the legs of the trigger spring; set second-stage weight within a pre-set range by turning its adjustment screw. Another screw on the trigger lets you adjust overtravel for clean, crisp letoff. Lightweight hammer provides a 50% reduction in lock time over factory hammer, yet uses standard weight hammer spring to ensure sufficient energy transfer for reliable primer ignition, even on AR-style .308 weapons. Trigger shoe is positioned 1/8" farther forward than factory shoe for comfortable finger position during the squeeze. All contact surfaces are wire EDM cut to exact dimensions for full, precise engagement free of unwanted play. Available to fit both large (.169") and small (.154") pin receivers; small pin models include spare hammer pin to aid in proper fit on receivers with slightly oversized holes. Service model provides nominal 4½ lb. pull weight required for NRA High Power Service Rifle competition and is also approved for CMPsanctioned competitions. Most of the pull weight is loaded on the first stage, followed by a quick, clean second-stage break. First stage, 3.2 to 5 lb.; second stage, ½ to 1½ lb. Match model allows a very low combined pull weight for superb trigger control on highly modified raceguns used in unlimited NRA High Power Rifle competition. Helps you shave those extra hundredths of an inch from your groups for a competitive edge. First stage, 1.3 to 3 lbs.; second stage, 4 oz. to 14 oz. Designated Marksman Rifle (DMR) model combines the light first stage of the Match trigger with the heavier Service second stage to reduce risk of premature release in high stress situations. Perfect for precision tactical and competitive shooting where trigger pull is not regulated. Allows a high rate of semi-auto fire; an experienced shooter can fire 30 rounds in as little as 4½ seconds. First stage, 1.3 to 3 lbs.; second stage, ½ to 1½ lbs. a b SPECS: Steel, black finish. Available for receivers with .154" (military, current aftermarket, older Colt) and .169" (current Colt without sear block) hammer and trigger pins. Kit includes trigger and hammer assemblies, plus oversized hammer pin, compact pin punch, three hex wrenches, tube of GA No. 1 grease, bottle of GA No. 2 oil, and complete illustrated instructions. #100-003-614EN .154" Hi-Speed Service Trigger, 7B279L99 �� $ 279.99 #100-003-613EN .154" Hi-Speed DMR Trigger, 7B279G99 �� 279.99 #100-003-615EN .169" Hi-Speed DMR Trigger, 7B330L00 �� 330.00 #100-003-611EN .154" Hi-Speed Match Trigger, 7B279L00 �� 290.00 #100-003-617EN .169" Hi-Speed Match Trigger, 7B330J00 �� 330.00 SSA TRIGGER - Super Semi-Automatic (SSA) 2-stage combat trigger has a fixed 4½ lb. total pull weight, non-adjustable sear engagement, and additional safety features ideal for CQB and mid-range carbine work. A secondary “safety sear” captures the hammer if the primary sear accidentally releases due to hard impact, ensuring the rifle can fire only when the shooter actually pulls the trigger. Trigger pull is optimized for both deliberate, aimed fire and quick, “snap shooting.” The first stage builds gradually to 2½ lbs., with a 2 lb. second stage that breaks clean, so the shooter can stay on target throughout the pull. A lightweight hammer driven by a full-power hammer spring speeds locktime and delivers positive ignition of all ammo types. All

PAGE

contact surfaces are wire-EDM cut to exact dimensions for precise engagement free of play. Direct replacement for factory trigger; may be installed without removing the safety. Operation and parts layout is similar to the USGI M16 trigger for easy maintenance. All springs are captive to simplify field disassembly for cleaning. Hammer and trigger pins are a close slip-fit in nominal .154" (small pin) mil-spec receiver holes to enable installation with basic tools. Super Semi-Automatic-Enhanced (SSA-E) offers an even lighter, 3½ lb. total pull weight, making it an excellent choice for precision Squad Designated Marksman type rifles where both accuracy and reliability are critical. First stage builds gradually to 2.3 lbs., followed by a 1.2 lb. second stage with a crisp, “candy cane-like” break. A semi-auto-only version of the Geissele full-auto combat trigger presently used in the U.S. Special Operations community. SPECS: Steel, black finish. Fits semi-automatic AR-15/M16 receivers with .154" diameter hammer and trigger pin holes. May be installed in AR-style .308 rifles that accept AR-15 triggers. Kit includes trigger and hammer assemblies, springs, hammer pin, tube of grease, and illustrated instructions. #100-003-620EN .154" SSA Trigger, 7B220F00 �� $ 220.00 #100-006-357EN .154" SSA-E Trigger, 7B240M00 �� 240.00 SD TRIGGER - The Super Dynamic (SD) triggers have the same body geometry as the SSA models and feature a flat trigger shoe that reduces perceived pull weight, improves control, and gives excellent tactile feedback. Super Dynamic Combat (SD‑C) trigger has E-Trigger a 2.5 lb. first stage and a 2 lb. second stage for a 4.5 lb total pull weight with a sharp, repeatable trigger release. Super Dynamic Enhanced (SD‑E) trigger has a combined 3.5 lb. total pull weight, with a 2.3 lb. first stage and a 1.2 lb. second stage. Super Dynamic 3-Gun (SD‑3G) single-stage trigger has 3.5 lb. pull weight with a short pull length and short reset - excellent for fast-action competitions. 3G-Trigger SPECS: Steel, black finish. Fits semi-automatic AR-15/M16 receivers with .154" diameter hammer and trigger pin holes. May be installed in AR-style .308 rifles that accept AR-15 triggers. Does not fit HK416 weapons with firing pin safety. Kit includes trigger and hammer assemblies, springs, hammer pin, tube of grease, and illustrated instructions. #100-007-543EN .154" SD-C Trigger, 7B230N00 �� $ 230.00 #100-007-544EN .154" SD-E Trigger, 7B250J00 �� 250.00 #100-007-545EN .154" SD-3G Trigger, 7B260Q00 �� 260.00 B-GRF RAPID FIRE TRIGGER - Gives semiauto only rifles a glass-smooth trigger pull very similar to the Geissele Super Select Fire trigger designed for full-auto weapons in the U.S. Special Operations Community. It pulls like a single-stage, but resets like a two-stage. Includes two trigger springs so it can be set up with a pull of either 4 lbs. or 3.2 lbs. Does NOT covert semi-auto rifles to fully automatic. SPECS: Steel, black finish. Fits semi-automatic AR-15 and clones with .154" hammer/trigger pin holes. May be installed on AR-Style .308 rifle that accepts AR-15 triggers. Includes trigger and hammer assemblies, springs, hammer pin and instructions. #100-014-357EN B-GRF Rapid Fire Tgr., 7B186A00 �� $ 190.00 B-G2S-E TWO-STAGE ENHANCED TRIGGER Gives a smooth, light first-stage take up of 2.3 lbs., and a crisp second stage break of 1.2 lbs. Ideal for use in Squad Designated Marksman rifles and similar applications, where accuracy and reliability are critical. SPECS: Steel, black finish. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 and clones with .154" hammer/trigger pin holes. May be installed on AR-Style .308 rifle that accepts AR-15 triggers. Includes trigger and hammer assemblies, springs, hammer pin and instructions. #100-014-358EN 2-Stage G-G2S-E Tgr., 7B181E00 �� $ 185.00

GEISSELE AUTOMATICS AR-15/M16

JARD AR-15

TWO-STAGE TRIGGERS

ADJUSTABLE TRIGGER KIT

Complete, High-Quality Trigger Systems For Unique Operating Environments G2S TRIGGER - The Geissele 2 Stage (G2S) semi-auto-only trigger drops into your AR-15 to give much of the performance and reliability of Geissele’s proven SSA trigger at an economical price. Features a 4½ lb. total pull weight, nonadjustable sear engagement, and a 2½ lb. first stage. Made of the same tool steel as the SSA with wire-EDM cut engagement surfaces. G2S uses a different method to retain the hammer pin, different pins, and lacks laser marking. a b SPECS: Steel, black finish. Fits semi-automatic AR-15/M16 receivers with .154" diameter hammer and trigger pin holes. May be installed on ARstyle .308 rifles that accept AR-15 triggers. Kit includes trigger and hammer assemblies, springs, hammer pin, tube of grease, and installation instructions. #100-011-673EN .154" G2S Trigger, 7B165M00 ��$ 165.00 SUPER TRICON TRIGGER - Gives your AR-15 the same high performance and reliability of the SSA trigger with additional upgrades designed for operation in harsh environments. Trigger shoe is curved at the top and then becomes straight, and has pronounced surface texture with raised ribs for positive, non-slip finger contact in wet, muddy, or snowy conditions. Features a 4½ lb. total pull weight with a 2½ lb. first stage, plus a fullpower hammer spring to ensure positive ignition. Stainless steel springs withstand rough use and resist corrosion in wet environments. Non-adjustable sear engagement. SPECS: with .154" diameter hammer and trigger pin holes. May be installed on AR-style .308 rifles that accept AR-15 triggers. Kit includes trigger and hammer assemblies, springs, hammer pin, tube of grease and instructions. #100-011-670EN .154" Super Tricon Trigger, 7B235F00 �� $ 235.00

PATRIOT ORDNANCE FACTORY AR-15/M16

DROP-IN TRIGGER SYSTEM Self-Contained Unit Delivers A Light, Crisp Pull Drop-in trigger module installs quickly and easily to give you Single EFP an instant improveStage Trigger ment of the trigger Trigger pull on a “small pin” AR-style rifle. Trigger is non-adjustable, and comes pre-assembled inside the bright red aluminum housing. Rubber urethane feet prevent marring the inside of the receiver. Includes stainless steel anti-walk pins for both standard AR-15 and POF-USA ambidextrous receivers. SingleStage reduces trigger pull to 4.5 lbs. with a crisp break. EFP uses specially-shaped trigger to increase mechanical advantage that reduces pull to as low as 4 lbs. a b SPECS: A2 steel shoe, disconnector, and hammer, with matte black Nitride finish. Machined aluminum module housing, hardcoat anodized, red. Fits receivers with .154" trigger/hammer pin holes. #100-014-090EN Single Stage Trigger, 7D171Q28 �� $ 189.99 #100-014-091EN EFP Trigger, 7D192E70 �� 218.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Four-Way Adjustment; Improves Trigger Function & Accuracy Single-stage trigger kit reduces pull weight to improve accuracy, without gunsmith fitting. 2, 3, and 4.5 lb. models provide the perfect pull weight for hunting or competition. Adjustments for sear engagement, trigger over-travel, disconnector engagement and safety lets you achieve a smooth, consistent trigger pull. Sear engagement point located behind the hammer improves leverage to reduce pull weight; low mass hammer gives faster lock time. Engagement surfaces are hardened and polished for a smooth, clean-breaking pull. Trigger requires gunsmith fitting in receivers with a sear block. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 2 lb. (1 kg), 3 lb. (1.4 kg), or 4.5 lb. (2 kg) pull weight. Includes hammer, hammer spring, trigger, trigger spring and sear engagement screw. Available to fit rifles with .154" or .171" hammer and trigger pins. STK# .154" #100-000-208EN #100-001-695EN #100-001-696EN

STK# .171" #100-000-209EN #100-001-697EN NA

Weight 2 lb. 3 lb. 4.5 lb.

— Advise # — AR-15 Adj. Trigger Kit, 2K129K99 �� $ 149.99 TRIGGER FOR ARMALITE® AR-10® Jard’s proven, single-stage design greatly improves trigger feel and function so you can concentrate on your shots instead of a stiff, factory trigger pull. Sear engagement point behind the hammer provides added leverage for a clean-breaking, 2 or 3 lb. pull weight. Sear and disconntector engagement, overtravel and safety movement adjustments allow fine-tuning for ultimate crispness and less stress on parts. Engagement surfaces are precision-ground and honed to minimize drag, then heat-treated to prevent wear. Includes hard striking, low mass hammer to reduce locktime. SPECS: Steel, matte black. 2 lb. (.9kg) or 3 lb. (1.4kg) pull weight. For ArmaLite® AR-10® rifles with .154" hammer and trigger pins. #100-003-124EN Adj. Trigger for AR-10, 2 lb., 2K141D43 �� $ 164.99 #100-001-948EN Adj. Trigger for AR-10, 3 lb., 2K141G43 �� 164.99

JARD AR-15

NON-ADJUSTABLE TRIGGER KIT Provides A Fast, Easy Trigger Upgrade Without Complicated Tuning Easy to install, non-adjustable, AR-15 trigger replaces the heavy, gritty-feeling, factory hammer and trigger for a smooth, clean-breaking pull that’s sure to improve accuracy. Unique, single-stage design positions the sear engagement point behind the hammer for added leverage and a dependable, 3-lb. pull weight. High-performance, low mass hammer reduces lock time. Precision cut engagement surfaces are heat-treated for low wear. Requires gunsmith fitting in receivers with a sear block. a b SPECS: Steel, black matte finish. Includes hammer, hammer spring, trigger and trigger spring. Fits rifles with .154" hammer and trigger pins. Fixed 3 lb. (1.4 kg) pull weight. #100-001-567EN .154" Non-Adjustable Trigger, 2K127E29 �� $ 148.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

Pulls

JPFC-1 ADJUSTABLE TRIGGER SYSTEM Easy-to-fit replacement for factory trigger is fully adjustable for engagement and overtravel, and can be set with a pull weight as light as 3.5 lbs. Lets you upgrade an AR-15 or an AR-style .308 rifle that uses an AR-15 trigger, while keeping your current hammer and pins. Redesigned sear geometry and advanced metallurgy result in a precision-ground sear edge that delivers a precise, consistent letoff and prevents the kind of wear that causes doubling and other problems. Extremely short reset enables fast follow-up shots, a critical advantage on tactical and competition rifles. Installs in minutes with no permanent alterations to the rifle. Disconnector spring, engagement screw, and over-travel screw are already installed; also includes disconnector, trigger return spring, and two hammer springs, and .050" hex key. Use with JPSH-1A Speed Hammer (sold separately) for best performance. Comes with a competition (yellow) hammer spring, for a trigger pull of between 3 and 3.5 lbs.—for competition and recreational shooting—plus a “tactical” spring (red) that gives a 3.5 to 4 lb. for applications demanding a high level of ignition reliability, including police/military use, mil-spec ammunition with hard primers, and in AR-style .308 rifles. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized finish. Fits rifles with .154" (military and current aftermarket) diameter trigger pins. Measure your pins before ordering. Includes complete instructions and a CD-ROM with 35-minute video showing step-by-step installation. #452-015-000EN JPFC-1 Adj. Trigger Kit, .154" Pins, 2E104N20 �� $ 113.99 #452-015-100EN .154" Speed Hammer, 2E51C43 �� 56.99

HIPERTOUCH TRIGGER Gives A Lighter Trigger Pull With Increased Hammer Energy Single-stage trigger offers shorter pretravel, faster reset, and increased hammer energy. Dual coil springs across the top of the trigger to reduce friction on the sear and increase hammer striking power by 35% over factory trigger. Includes interchangeable color-coded springs to adjust pull weight from 21/2 to 41/2 lbs. 24 Elite is designed for law enforcement, military, and precision shooters. 24 Competition is ideal for competitive shooters and features further reduced pre-travel and a straight trigger with an adjustable finger pad. Pad can be set at five different positions for enhanced adjustment of pre-travel and trigger weight. Can be installed with or without the pad. 24 3Gun is similar to Competition but with a traditional curved trigger shoe same trigger pull with virtually no creep. Excellent for Designated Marksman rifles, LE use, and of course 3-gun competition. EDT is designed for duty, NRA long-range competition, hunting, and personal defense. With a 41/2 to 51/2 lb. pull, a “hint”’ of creep, and a positive, clean break, the EDT offers 25-50% faster lock time than factory trigger, while still delivering full mil-spec hammer strike energy. a b SPECS: Frame/Trigger/Hammer/Disconnector - Carbon steel alloy. Mate black finish. Springs – steel. Pins/Spindle/Toggle Shaft - Carbon steel alloy. Mate black finish. Fits rifles with .154" hammer/trigger pins. Can be installed on AR-style .308 rifle that accepts a standard small-pin AR-15 trigger. #100-013-592EN Hipertouch 24 Elite, 3D207N00 �� $ 215.00 #100-013-593EN Hipertouch 24 Competition, 3D218H56 �� 235.00 100-016-835EN Hipertouch 24 3Gun, 3D208N92 �� 225.00 100-016-843EN Hipertouch EDT, 3D82E64 �� 89.00

Low-mass hammer delivers a 50% shorter lock time than the standard factory hammer for faster ignition and improved accuracy potential. Designed to work with – and enhance the performance of – the JP Enterprises Adjustable Trigger Kit (available separately). Not for use with the standard factory trigger group. a b SPECS: A2 tool steel, hardened to Rc 58, Parkerized finish, contact surfaces in-the-white. .7 oz (20g) wt. Fits rifles with the .154" dia. (military and current aftermarket) hammer pins. #452-015-100EN .154" Speed Hammer, 2E51C43 �� $ 56.99

JPS4.5 SERVICE RIFLE SPRING KIT - Replacement spring for the JP Adjustable Trigger Kit lets Service Rifle, law enforcement and tactical shooters achieve a clean-breaking, 4.5 lb. trigger when used with JP components. Can also be used with factory or aftermarket triggers and hammers to improve felt trigger pull. SPECS: High tensile strength steel spring wire. Includes (1) hammer and (1) trigger spring. #452-000-015EN JPS4.5 Spring Kit, 2E10F11 �� $ 10.99

Trigger adjuster replaces the factory grip screw to reduce trigger creep, lessen pull weight, and improve hammer break for better accuracy. Use alone or as part of a complete trigger job. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. Gunsmith installation recommended. #072-000-001EN Trigger Adjuster, 2G34K90 �� $ 44.20

SPEED

DROP-IN TRIGGER MODULE Obtain A Super-Smooth Pull & Crisp Letoff In Minutes Self-contained module is ready to install in your small-pin AR and deliver an exceptionally smooth, crisp, creep-free single-stage trigger pull that feels more like a traditional bolt action than a combat rifle trigger. 100% dropin—no gunsmithing, fitting, or adjusting required. All components are captive in the lightweight, aluminum alloy housing. Hammer is wire-EDM machined from S7 tool steel that combines hardness to resist wear with superior impact resistance to withstand heavy use without chipping or breaking. Other components are EDM cut from A2 tool steel, then heat treated to Rc 56-60 for long service life. Precision-ground engagement surfaces ensure superb reliability and a crisp, clean hammer release. Installs using your rifle’s original hammer/trigger pins; proprietary design eliminates pin walkout. Available with standard solid trigger shoe, or a distinctivelooking, lighter-weight skeletonized shoe, both with choice of 3 lb., 4 lb. or 4.5 lb. pull weight. AR-308 model has a factory-set 4 lb. pull weight, a solid shoe, and more hammer mass to ensure positive ignition of harder .308/7.62mm primers. a b SPECS: Hammer – S7 tool steel, natural color, Teflon-Nickel coated. Trigger/Internal Components - Hardened A2 tool steel, black oxide finish. Housing – 6061 T6 aluminum, gold anodized finish. Fits rifles with .154" diameter hammer/trigger pin holes. Will not fit Colt-manufactured AR15s with sear block. STOCK # #883-000-024EN #883-000-041EN #883-000-042EN #883-000-026EN #883-000-036EN #883-000-037EN #883-000-023EN

SHOE TYPE Solid Solid Solid Skeleton Skeleton Skeleton AR-308 Solid

PULL WEIGHT 3 lb. 4 lb. 4.5 lb. 3 lb. 4 lb. 4.5 lb. 4 lb.

PRICE 3H212G41 $ 224.99 3H212J41 $ 224.99 3H212I41 $ 224.99 3H270N36 $ 289.99 3H270J36 $ 289.99 3H270J36 $ 289.99 3H240D00 $ 244.99

HAMMER WMD GUNS AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

Faster Ignition; Cleaner Pull

J & L RESEARCH AR-15

DROP-IN TRIGGER ADJUSTER Improves The Factory Trigger

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

NiB-X™ COATED FIRE CONTROL COMPONENTS Ultra-Hard, Ultra-Slick Finish Gives Smooth, Reliable Performance These precision-machined components are coated with WMD’s ultra-tough NiB-X nickel boron finish for superior durability, corrosion resistance, and exceptionally smooth metal-on-metal contact. The coating allows the parts to function under extreme conditions with little or no lubrication, and gives carbon fouling nothing to adhere to, so cleanup is much easier than with ordinary finishes. Allows longer intervals between cleaning without loss of weapon performance. Components are available as a set or separately. a b SPECS: Steel with nickel boron silver finish. Hammer, disconnector, and trigger fit small-pin (.154") AR-15 lower receivers only. #100-010-746EN NiB-X Hammer/Trigger/Disconnect Set, 3C47Q59 �� $ 49.99 #100-010-178EN NiB-X AR-15 Hammer, only, 3C20I89 �� 21.99 #100-009-997EN NiB-X AR-15 Trigger, only, 3C20E00 �� 20.99 #100-009-990EN NiB-X AR-15 Disconnector, only, 9.99 3C8L97 ��

order on the web

brownells.com

Model

TACTICAL TRIGGER UNIT

Match-Grade Pull From A Rugged, Reliable Drop-In Module Drop-in trigger module fits any milspec small-pin AR-15 and delivers a light, superbly crisp trigger pull right from the box, with no adjustment or fine-tuning. Safe enough for tactical operations and combat, yet light enough to ensure an ultra-clean break that’s closer to a bolt action than a typical tactical rifle. Exceptionally short, positive reset gets you back on target and ready to take the next shot almost instantly. Unique hammer geometry keeps weight to a minimum for ultra-fast lock time, yet provides plenty of kick to ensure reliable ignition, even on hard military primers. A secondary “rescue” sear grabs the hammer if the primary sear fails when the weapon is dropped or severely jarred—meets military specifications for drop safety. CNC-machined, hardened tool steel hammer, sear, and trigger body with precision-ground contact surfaces are built to run hard in competition or combat, all contained in the rugged machined aluminum housing. TR‑TTU - Single-stage 4 lb. pull has zero take-up and an ultra-clean break. TR‑TTU‑MIL - Single stage, 5 to 53/4 lb. pull. TR-TTU-M2 - “Semi” two-stage, match-grade 4 lb. trigger has an abbreviated initial stage that establishes sear engagement for safe, reliable operation in high-stress tactical environments, followed by a clean secondstage release. TR-TTU-3G - Rolling two-stage trigger designed for 3 gun competition features a short pull with a 3.5 to 4 lb. break and super-fast reset for quick follow up shots. Eliminates “trigger freeze” in the heat of competition or during tactical shooting. TRTTU-H2 Paul Howe Model is a two-stage trigger with a nice, crisp 41/2 to 5 lb. break. It can be installed by the average AR shooter in about a minute without having to remove the rifle’s selector. Fully pre-set at the factory; no screws adjust - ever. Endorsed by Paul Howe, high-risk training instructor, 20-year U.S. Army veteran with 10 years in Special Operations, and sought-after expert on CQC and military/LE small arms tactics. a b SPECS: Trigger/Hammer/Sear – Hardened tool steel, matte gray finish. Housing – Aluminum, anodized, matte black. Fits AR-15 with .154" trigger and hammer pins. Includes two .154" pins and installation instructions. #965-000-071EN TR-TTU Tactical Trigger Unit, 5F249K99 �� $ 269.99 #965-000-145EN TR-TTU-MIL Tactical Trigger Unit, 5F249G99 �� 269.99 #965-000-088EN TR-TTU-M2 Tactical Trigger Unit, 5F249A99 �� 269.99 #965-000-179EN TR-TTU-3G Tactical Trigger Unit, 5F249L99 �� 269.95 965-000-210EN TR-TTU-H2 Tactical Trigger Unit, 5F246J81 �� 269.99

ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15

NATIONAL MATCH 2-STAGE TRIGGER Lightens & Smoothes Trigger Pull For Improved Accuracy Drop-in, match grade trigger provides a crisp, 41/2 to 5 lb., 2-stage, trigger pull to improve accuracy for competition or varmint shooting. Sear engagement point is located behind the hammer to reduce pull weight. Low mass hammer speeds lock time. Includes trigger and hammer pins. Fits AR-15 receivers with .154" hammer and trigger b pins. a SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Fits AR-15 receivers with .154" hammer/ trigger pins only. #739-000-011EN .154" 2-Stage Trigger, 9C109P99 ��$ 119.99

PAGE

triggers

JPFC1-EZ TRIGGER™ SYSTEM Complete trigger system installs in five minutes without fitting or modification of parts on the trigger or your receiver. All adjustments are made with setscrews, eliminating the risk of ruining the trigger due to errors in fitting. Includes the JP Speed Hammer for fast lock time, plus “anti-walk” pins with button head cap screws for easy removal and reinstallation of the trigger system. Overtravel adjustment screw lets you set your trigger for a clean, crisp, single-stage release. Comes with two hammer springs: install the yellow spring to get a 3 to 31/2 lb. pull for competition or recreational shooting with non-military ammunition. The red spring gives a 31/2 to 4 lb. pull and more hammer force for use with the harder primers found on military (5.56mm NATO) ammo and for law enforcement duty use. The red spring should be used in any installation on an AR-style .308 rifle. For a heavier, 41/2 lb. pull for tactical applications or NRA Service Rifle competition, install the JPS4.5 spring kit (available below). SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Fits rifles with .154" dia. (military and current commercial rifles) hammer and trigger pin holes. Measure your pins before ordering. NOTE: Will not fit Colt rifles with pinned-in fullauto sear block. Kit includes trigger, hammer, disconnector/sear trigger spring, yellow hammer spring, red hammer spring, safety assembly, (2) anti-walk pins, disconnector spring, instructions, and DVD with video showing step-by-step installation. #452-000-120EN JPFCP-1EZ Trigger Kit, .154" Pins, 2E171G43 �� $ 189.99

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15

WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16

TIMNEY AR-15

AR-15

AR-15/m16

Smooth, Even Trigger Pull, Precise Letoff; Easy Installation

HIPERFIRE

KNS PRECISION AR-15/M16

springs

triggerguards

AR-15/m16

NON-ROTATING HAMMER & TRIGGER PINS Precision-Machined To Upgrade Your Existing Hammer & Trigger Pins; Available Standard & Oversized Redesigned hammer pin and anti-rotation links provide the strongest possible system to eliminate pin rotation, and will withstand the additional force exerted by 9mm conversions and suppressed .223 upper receivers. Helps prevent wear to receiver holes, which is especially important for increasingly-valuable M16 and pre-ban receivers. Notched hammer pin locks into slots in the anti-rotation links; trigger is secured with locking screws, and includes lube ports so adequate lubrication reaches the trigger. Anti-rotation links fit on the outside of the receiver to prevent all movement. Pins are CNC-machined, centerless ground for uniformity and heat treated for durability. Available in Standard .154" diameter and Oversized .155" diameter. Oversized Pins help improve accuracy and trigger control by tightening up any trigger slack that may exist in worn or new receivers. Standard-sized pins drop-in and require no modification to the receiver; oversized pins require reaming out the holes. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel pins. .900" (22.8mm) long, .154" (3.91mm) or .155" (3.93mm) dia. Set includes (1) hammer pin, (1) trigger pin, (2) screws, (2) anti-rotation links, hex wrenches, and installation tool. Anti-Rotation Links - Steel, Parkerized finish. Retaining Screws - Steel, black oxide finish. #923-000-036EN AR-15 .154 Non-Rotating Locking Pins, 3B27B14 �� $ 29.99 #923-000-040EN AR-15 .155 Non-Rotating Locking Pins, 3B26I21 �� 29.99 GEN. 2 MOD. 2 NON-ROTATING PIN SET - Identical function as the standard sets listed above, but with ultra-low-profile links that protrude even less above the receiver. Available with standard .154" diameter pins or oversized .155" pins. SPECS: 416 stainless steel pins, carbon steel anti-rotation links and retaining screws, matte black finish. Kit includes hammer pin, trigger pin, (2) low-profile anti-rotation links, (2) screws, hex wrenches, and installation tool. #923-000-046EN .154" Gen. 2 Mod. 2 Non-Rotating Pin Set, 3B26C99 �� $ 29.99 #923-000-047EN .155" Gen. 2 Mod. 2 Non-Rotating Pin Set, 3B27Q14 �� 29.99 M16/M4 NON-ROTATING SEAR PIN - Steel pin replaces original pin and locks into place against the take-down pin on M16/M4 rifles to prevent rotation and wear on receiver holes. Drop-in installation requires no tools or gunsmithing. SPECS: Steel, matte black phosphate finish. Fits M16/M4 receivers only. #923-000-043EN M16/M4 Non-Rotating Sear Pin, 3B23G57 �� $ 28.99

DEAD-ON ARMS AR-15/M16

PINLESS OVERSIZED TRIGGERGUARD

triggers

Eliminates Roll Pin Tab Damage Innovative triggerguard features spring-loaded steel pins that eliminate the risk of damage to a precious lower receiver while trying to hammer in that pesky roll pin. Made from the same type billet aluminum used to make mil-spec lower receivers. Provides oversized with extra room for gloved or larger fingers. Exposed surfaces are rounded off so they won’t snag on gloves, sling or gear. a b SPECS: 7075 billet aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. #100-011-683EN Pinless O/S Triggerguard, 9D15B38 �� $ 17.99

PAGE

AR-15/M16

TACTICAL TRIGGERGUARD

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16

MOE™ TRIGGERGUARD

TACTICAL TRIGGERGUARD

Provides Extra Clearance When Wearing Gloves; Drop-In Installation

Fast, Unobstructed Access To Trigger; End Of Trigger Pinch Oversized, drop-in replacement for factory triggerguard provides plenty of extra room to get your finger on the trigger quickly, even when you’re wearing gloves. Comfortable, compound-curve shape helps prevent finger from being pinched between trigger pad and guard, while gently radiused edges protect finger from cuts or abrasions. Rugged, machined aluminum construction handles the abuse of intensive tactical operations. Installs easily using the original triggerguard’s plunger, spring and roll pins; compatible with factory and aftermarket pistol grips. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits AR-15/ M16 rifles with mil-spec lower receivers. Uses existing plunger, spring and roll pins. #080-000-535EN Tactical Triggerguard, 8K14G71 �� $ 17.99

AR-15/M16

OVERSIZED TRIGGERGUARD Protects Trigger During Rough Handling & Allows Fast Access Even When Wearing Gloves

Enhanced triggerguard has a shallow “V” shape that provides extra clearance for a shooter wearing gloves, and eliminates the gap at the rear of the USGI triggerguard that can trap or pinch finger. Smooth, ergonomically contoured surface and rounded edges protect the trigger finger from abrasion and won’t snag on the operator’s glove to impede the speed of target engagement. Replaces factory guard in minutes and requires no permanent alterations to receiver; reinstall original guard any time. Manufactured from high-grade, reinforced polymer that’s lightweight, almost as strong as aluminum, and resistant to heat, cold and moisture. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 and clones, as well as many AR-style .308 models; installation instructions included. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, or O.D. Green. Includes roll pin, set screw, installation instructions. Fits most AR-15/M16 and AR style .308 rifles including ArmaLite® AR-10®, Knight SR-25, and DPMS LR-308. Due to variances in manufacturer specs, minor fitting may be required on some rifles. #100-004-156EN MOE Triggerguard, Black, 3K7L06 ��$ 8.50 #100-004-157EN MOE Triggerguard, Dark Earth, 3K7D06 �� 8.50 #100-004-158EN MOE Triggerguard, OD Green, 3K7M06 �� 8.50

Oversized Opening For Easy Trigger Access; Prevents Finger Pinch Drop-in upgrade for AR-15 triggerguard provides an oversized opening for easy trigger access when wearing gloves. Also prevents finger from getting caught between trigger shoe and triggerguard, eliminating the need for a gap plug. Smooth contours and beveled edges won’t scrape finger or snag on other gear. Precision machined from a solid billet of 6061 T6 aluminum and then hardcoat anodized for maximum durability. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. #965-000-102EN Tactical Triggerguard, 5F18N24 �� $ 19.99

DPMS AR-15

SPRING KIT

Genuine Mil-spec AR-15 replacement springs on handy blister pak cards. Kit contains one each of springs for: trigger, hammer, ejector, extractor, bolt catch, disconnector, selector, takedown pin detent, (2) mag catch, front sight, ejection cover, forward assist. a b #231-015-002EN AR-15 Spring Kit, 1C7F48 �� $ 8.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

Heavy duty machined aluminum triggerguard provides generous clearance for fast, unobstructed access to the trigger under any conditions, even when you’re wearing heavy winter gloves. Open geometry makes the trigger face easily accessible but protects the trigger finger from getting caught behind the trigger shoe. Extra-wide design has plenty of metal to protect the trigger from impact during rough handling or jostling inside vehicles. Machined from the same lightweight yet ultra-hard 7075 T6 aluminum alloy as many premiumquality AR-15 receivers, with smooth, rounded edges that won’t scratch or cut your hand. Evenly spaced holes reduce weight and give your rifle a distinctive appearance while preserving the structural strength of a solid piece of metal. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits AR-15/ M16 rifles with mil-spec lower receivers. Uses existing plunger, spring and roll pins. Instructions included. #080-000-692EN Oversized Triggerguard, 8K18M31 �� $ 24.99

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

ENHANCED TRIGGERGUARD Keeps Trigger Accessible, Even With Gloves

Manufactured To Military Specifications For Long-Lasting Service

Aluminum triggerguard replaces factory guard and gives full access to the trigger, even when you’re wearing gloves. Ends the complication of having to drop the triggerguard in cold weather environments in order to get to the trigger. Triggerguard gives you an oversized opening and is held in place with standard roll pins and set screws. Eliminates need for gap plug and works with most grips. a b SPECS: Aluminum, matte black. Fits AR-15/M16 rifles. Includes roll pin and set screw. #100-002-198EN M16/AR-15 Enhanced Triggerguard, 3K15P72 �� $ 18.95

Stainless steel carbine buffer spring manufactured to MIL‑S-1357 specification for replacement on rifles with M4-type receiver extension tube for collapsible carbine buttstock. Replace a fatigued spring, or use as part of the rifle-to-carbine stock conversion. Cold drawn to ASTM A313 standard for heat- and corrosion-resistance, and case hardened for improved resistance to surface wear. a b SPECS: 631 stainless steel. Fits AR-15/M16 rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm with M4-type receiver extension for collapsible buttstock. #231-000-261EN Carbine Buffer Spring, 3B3C85 �� $ 4.29

SEEKINS PRECISION AR-15/M16

LOWER RECEIVER SPRING KIT

FALCON INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

PHASE 5 TACTICAL AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

WINTER TRIGGERGUARD

BILLET TRIGGERGUARD

Provides Extra Clearance For Gloved Fingers & Gives Rifle A Truly Unique Look Uniquely shaped, machined aluminum triggerguard provides plenty of clearance to let you operate your rifle with gloves on during cold weather. Drop-in replacement for the factory has an usual “bat wing” shape that helps your rifle stand out visually from the rest of the pack. Larger opening makes this an excellent companion modification for use with the Phase 5 EBRv1 and EBRv2 extended bolt releases. Also fits the DPMS LR-308 and similar AR-style .308 rifles that use an AR-15 type triggerguard. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel roll pin and screw, black. #100-005-732EN Winter Triggerguard, 1C24B51 �� $ 26.99

CARBINE BUFFER SPRING

Enlarged Triggerguard Accepts Gloved Finger & Enhances Rifle’s Appearance Drop-in replacement for factory triggerguard triggerguard fills the gap between the triggerguard and front of the pistol grip. Larger opening makes rifle easier to operate when wearing winter gloves. Machined from solid aluminum billet for extra strength. Unique machined flats enhance rifle’s appearance, too. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 2¼" (5.7cm) long, 5/8" (1.6cm) wide. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 lower receiver. #100-011-246EN Billet Triggerguard, 8C16M99 ��$ 18.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Finish A Stripped Receiver Or Replace Worn, Fatigued, Or Corroded Factory Springs All the factoryweight springs needed to finish building up a stripped lower receiver or refurbish an existing lower to like-new function. Replace worn, corroded, or fatigued springs before they fail—inexpensive insurance against game-ending stoppages caused by spring failure during competition or tactical operations. Kit includes springs for trigger, hammer, disconnector, safety selector, magazine catch, bolt catch, buffer retainer, and takedown pin detents. a b SPECS: Spring steel. #573-000-053EN Lower Receiver Spring Kit, 3G4M90 �� $ 6.25

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

AR-15/M16/M4

SPRINGS

TACTICAL SPRINGS AR-15/M16/CAR-15/M4

REDUCED-POWER SPRING KIT

BUFFER SPRING RELIABILITY KIT

Gives A Smooth, Light Trigger Pull Lighter springs provide a 3.5 lb. trigger pull when used with JP triggers, and a pull of 4.5 to 5 lbs. when used with standard trigger components. Includes hammer spring, trigger return spring, and disconnector spring. Installation instructions also explain engagement surface polishing to obtain a smooth, reliable trigger. a b SPECS: Steel, yellow-coded hammer and trigger springs. #452-000-007EN JPS3.5 Reduced-Power Spring Kit, 2E10K15 �� $ 10.99

WOLFF AR-15/M16

EXTRA-POWER HAMMER SPRING Helps Eliminate Common Ignition Problems; Great When Using Ammo With Hard Primers

For Smooth, Light Trigger Pull & Reliable Ignition Precision-calibrated springs give produce a consistent 3.5 to 4 lb. pull on a stock JP M15 rifle trigger, while preserving ignition reliability with U.S.-manufactured ammunition. Can also be used with properly prepared (instructions included) mil-spec trigger/hammer components to produce a 4- to 5-lb. pull with a smooth “roll off” feel and good control. a b SPECS: Spring steel. Kit includes red-coded hammer spring, yellow-coded trigger return spring, and disconnector spring. Not for use on AR-style .308 rifles; not for defense or duty applications. #452-000-104EN Enhanced Reliability Spring Kit, 2E10H11 ��$ 10.99

TTI INTERNATIONAL CUSTOM SHOPPE AR-15/M16

REDUCED POWER ACTION KIT Durable, steel springs provide extra hammer power to ensure proper ignition. Replaces factory spring. a b SPECS: Steel. Approximately 23/32" (18.2mm) wide, 2" (5.1cm) long. #969-000-100EN XP AR-15 Hammer Spring, 9F3C34 � $ 4.99 #969-000-101EN XP AR-15 Hammer Spring, 3-pak, 13.99 9F9I37 �� #969-000-102EN XP AR-15 Hmr Spring, 10-pak, 29.99 9F20A09 ��

#078-000-080EN AR-15 Forward Assist Spring, 3-pak, 8G1H21 �� $ 1.99 #078-101-127EN AR-15 Front Sight Detent Spring, each, .99 8G0D61 �� #078-000-082EN AR-15 Front Sight Detent Spring, 3-pak, 8G1A26 �� 1.99 #078-101-129EN M4 Action Spring, each, 8G2K98 �� 3.99 #078-000-105EN M4 Action Spring, 3-pak, 8G7P97 �� 8.99 #078-101-130EN M4 Action Spring (CS), each, 8G2E98 �� 3.99 #078-000-087EN M4 Action Spring (CS), 3-pak, 8G7P97 �� 8.99 #078-101-132EN AR-15 Mag Catch Spring, each, .99 8G0E61 �� #078-000-083EN AR-15 Mag Catch Spring, 3-pak, 8G1Q26 �� 1.99 #078-000-090EN AR-15 Rear Sight Elev Knob Spring, 3-pak, 8G1E51 �� 2.49 #078-000-085EN AR-15 Rear Sight Index Spring, 3-pak, 8G1A46 �� 2.39 #078-101-136EN Trigger Spring, each, 8G1K20 �� 1.99 #078-000-088EN Trigger Spring, 3-pak, 8G2J87 �� 3.99 #078-000-097EN AR-15 Triggerguard Spring, 3-pak, 8G1E21 �� 1.99 #078-101-137EN AR-15/M16 Hammer Spring, each, 8G1J11 �� 1.69 #078-000-077EN AR-15/M16 Hammer Spring, 3-pak, 8G2C65 �� 3.49 #078-000-092EN M16 Clutch Spring, 3-pak, 8G1D26 �� 1.99 #078-101-128EN M16/M4 Burst Fire Hammer Spring, each, 8G0I95 �� 1.51 #078-000-081EN M16/M4 Burst Fire Hammer Spring, 3-pak, 8G2M20 �� 3.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Lighten AR-15/M16 Trigger Pull Three-spring kit lightens trigger pull and smoothes letoff. Drops in, requires no modifications to gun. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, spring steel. Kit includes hammer, trigger, and disconnect springs. Fits AR-15/M16. #989-000-001EN Reduced Power Action Kit, 9H3G57 ��$ 4.99

AFM AR-15/M16

HEAVY DUTY EXTRACTOR SPRING For Positive, Consistent Extraction Even On Carbines & SBRs Extra-strong extractor spring increases extractor’s grip on case groove and helps ensure reliable, complete extraction. Especially effective for improving reliability of an AR 15 style carbine, pistol, or short barreled rifle (SBR) where a weak extractor spring can cause extractor lift, leading to failure to fully extract the spent case before the fresh round is fed from the magazine, resulting in a stoppage. Heavy-grade, high-quality spring steel and a proprietary heat-treating process ensure long service life with less weakening over time than ordinary springs. a b SPECS: Tempered spring steel. Fits all AR-15/M16/M4-style rifles, carbines, and pistols. #100-004-041EN Heavy Duty Extractor Spring, 2C2L87 �� $ 3.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

EXTRACTOR SPRING ASSEMBLY Helps Ensure Proper Extraction Matches the original equipment specs to keep the extractor under the correct tension. Rubber insert gives stability to the spring and lengthens service life. a b SPECS: Steel, 3/16" (4.7mm) long. #231-000-071EN Extractor Spring Assembly, 3B1B72 �� $ 2.49

order on the web

brownells.com

Consistent Performance For High-Stress, High-Volume Shooting Premium-quality carbine buffer spring helps ensure consistent, dependable operation for tens of thousands of compression cycles. Perfect for the high-volume tactical or competition shooter who needs a finely tuned spring that delivers its full power as reliably on the 50,000th shot as it did on the first. Made from chromium-silicon steel alloy selected specifically for its hardness, heat resistance, and ability to withstand high stresses—the same alloy used for valve springs on automobile engines. Cryogenically treated to relieve internal stress, and surface impregnated with proprietary Plate+ molybdenum disulfide lubricating coating. Keeps the bolt closed a bit longer, which helps some CAR-15/ M4 carbines cycle better and eject more positively. Available in Enhanced Power that offers improved performance with nonsuppressed 121/2"- 141/2" barrels and 16" barrel with mid-length gas system or Extra Power for added reliability in standard 16" or longer barrels with carbine-length gas system. Both kits include an extra-power extractor spring that aids in complete extraction and ejection of spent shells, even from a tight or dirty chamber. a b SPECS: Cryo-treated chrome silicon alloy. Fits CAR-15/M4 carbine and AR-15/M16 fitted with M4-type collapsible buttstock. #943-000-018EN Carbine Reliability Kit, Enhanced Power, 3D19F12 ��$ 23.95 #943-000-017EN Carbine Reliability Kit, Extra Power, 3D19N12 �� 23.95

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/AR-STYLE .308 9mm

JPSCS SILENT CAPTURED SPRING SYSTEM Eliminates Annoying, Raspy Buffer & Spring Noises

Drop-in captured-spring recoil system helps your AR function more smoothly and quieter without any permanent modifications. The carefully balanced, custom-ground buffer spring, combined with the JP LMOS buffer, greatly reduces friction and vibration - say goodbye to the annoying “spoon over a cheese grater” noise of conventional springs and buffers. Fits buffer tubes for both M4style collapsible stocks and also, using the included spacer, the longer tubes for fixed rifle stocks. Auxiliary Spring Rate Kit allows you to fine tune the JP Silent Captured Spring System. Simply replace the original JPSCS spring with a slightly different spring rate from the kit to get the optimum performance from your rifle. Ideal for rifles without an adjustable gas block. Extra spring packs sold separately. a b SPECS: Stainless steel and hard polymer. 7" OAL. Nylon spacer – 15/8" long. Instructions included. JPSCS-15 fits AR-15/M16/M4. JPSCS-10 fits AR-style .308 rifles, including DPMS LR-308, ArmaLite® AR-10®. Does not fit Rock River Arms LAR-8. JPSCS-9MM fits AR-15s chambered in 9mm Luger. Requires an open channel in bolt assembly for guide rod to pass during fire. For most bolts this requires removing the pinned-in central mass. Bolt must retain its full length with mass removed. JPSCS-PACK15 contains five spring weights: 80, 85, 90, 95, 100. JPSCS-PACK10 contains three spring weights: 100, 105, 110. #452-000-149EN JPSCS-15 Silent Spring System, 2E131C23 �� $ 137.99 #452-000-150EN JPSCS-10 Silent Spring System, 2E129B99 �� 137.99 452-000-176EN JPSCS-9MM Silent Spring System, 2E128N57 �� 137.99 #452-000-160EN JPSCS-PACK15 Auxiliary Spring 37.99 Rate Kit, 2E34B29 �� #452-000-161EN JPSCS-PACK10 Auxiliary Spring 23.99 Rate Kit, 2E21C43 ��

PAGE

springs

Put the zing back into the rifle you thought was past its prime. Manufactured to precise tolerances, these high quality, replacement springs help keep your AR-15 functioning properly. Great for emergency spares or for assembling a parts rifle. Available singly, or in 3-paks. a b SPECS: Materials and finish at least equal to OEM parts. Chrome silicon springs indicated by (CS). #078-101-113EN AR-15 A2 Action Spring (CS), each, 8G2Q13 �� $ 2.99 #078-000-102EN AR-15 A2 Action Spring (CS), 3-pak, 8G5I73 �� 7.99 #078-101-112EN AR-15 A-2 Action Spring, each, 8G2C13 �� 2.99 #078-000-093EN AR-15 A-2 Action Spring, 3-pak, 8G5F73 �� 7.99 #078-101-114EN AR-15 Auto Sear Spring, each, .99 8G0M61 �� #078-000-089EN AR-15 Auto Sear Spring, 3-pak, 8G1A31 �� 2.09 #078-101-115EN Bolt Catch Spring, each, 8G0D89 �� 1.29 #078-000-096EN Bolt Catch Spring, 3-pak, 8G1Q49 �� 1.99 #078-000-099EN Bolt Gas Ring, 3-pak, 8G1K36 �� 2.19 #078-101-117EN AR-15 Buffer Retainer Spring, each, .99 8G0H62 �� #078-000-084EN AR-15 Buffer Retainer Spring, 3-pak, 8G1I49 �� 1.99 #078-101-118EN AR-15 A2 Charging Handle Latch .99 Spring, each, 8G0P62 �� #078-000-094EN AR-15 A2 Charging Handle Latch Spring, 3-pak, 8G1K26 �� 1.99 #078-101-119EN AR-15 Detent Takedown Spring, each, 8G0E74 �� 1.99 #078-000-100EN AR-15 Detent Takedown Spring, 3-pak, 8G1P55 �� 4.99 #078-101-120EN AR-15 Disconnector Spring, each, 8G0P68 �� 1.29 #078-000-095EN AR-15 Disconnector Spring, 3-pak, 8G1E79 �� 2.99 #078-101-121EN AR-15 Ejection Port Cover Spring, .99 each, 8G0E79 �� #078-000-091EN AR-15 Ejection Port Cover Spring, 3-pak, 8G1C89 �� 2.49 #078-101-123EN AR-15 Ejector Spring (CS), each, 8G2L34 �� 2.99 #078-000-103EN AR-15 Ejector Spring (CS), 3-pak, 8G6N11 �� 7.99 #078-101-122EN AR-15 Ejector Spring, each, 8G1G05 �� 1.99 #078-000-098EN AR-15 Ejector Spring, 3-pak, 8G3N05 �� 4.99 #078-000-112EN AR-15 Elevation Index Spring A3, 3-pak, 8G1Q46 �� 1.99 #078-000-086EN AR-15 Extractor Spring, 3-pak, 8G1E71 �� 2.79 #078-101-125EN AR-15 Extractor Spring (CS), each, 8G1I79 �� 2.99 #078-000-104EN AR-15 Extractor Spring (CS), 3-pak, 8G3P96 �� 4.99 #078-101-126EN AR-15 Forward Assist Spring, each, .99 8G0H61 ��

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15

JPS3.5T ENHANCED RELIABILITY SPRING KIT

AR-15/m16

Assorted Replacement Springs Restore Performance In Tactical Rifles

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15

AR-15/m16

NEMO ARMS AR-15/M16

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16

ACE AR-15/M16

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

.300 BLACKOUT CARBINE BUFFER SPRING

TUNED BUFFER SPRING

AR15-CS CARBINE RECOIL BUFFER

TWANG BUSTER

Hydraulic Buffer Absorbs Recoil & Slows Cyclic Rate Of Fire

Extra Power For Smoother, Quieter, More Reliable Cycling Reduced Power Spring For Sub-Sonic Loads Specially-engineered spring is designed to optimize performance of AR-15s with 16" barrels chambered for .300 AAC Blackout and carbine-length gas systems. Specifically helps produce reliable function with sub-sonic ammunition. An effective and easy way to b cure short cycling in under-gassed guns. a SPECS: 17-7 stainless steel. #100-011-674EN 300 Blackout Buffer Spring, 6C13I93 �� $ 15.99

SOG ARMORY AR-STYLE .308

Flat music wire buffer spring delivers 7% more compression tension than a factory-spec spring for a longer operating lifespan, more reliable cycling, and elimination of the “raspy” noise during cycling. After extensive testing, the folks at JP concluded that the extra power produces a faster, more controllable recoil impulse and enables the weapon to press fully into battery with even with a lot of fouling present. Outer-diameter is ground and polished for smooth, quiet movement in the buffer tube. a b SPECS: Steel, polished finish. Rifle – 131/4" (34cm) long. Fits fixed stock 3 rifles with A1/A2 buffer tube. Carbine – 11 /4" (30cm) long. Fits carbine buffer tube for M4-type collapsible stocks. #452-000-118EN Tuned Buffer Spring, Rifle, 2E17A14 �� $ 18.99 #452-000-119EN Tuned Buffer Spring, Carbine, 2E17F14 �� 18.99

Machined aluminum hydraulic buffer drops into any standard carbine buffer tube to absorb recoil, slow cyclic rate of fire on fullauto ARs, and suppress bolt bounce. Linear deceleration technology helps increase service life of parts by reducing the force of impact, and softer recoil impulse is easier on optics. Less recoil aids in fast follow-up shots, too. Durable high-impact steel striker cap withstands long use. Works with any standard carbine buffer spring. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum exterior, green anodized finish, steel striker cap. 3½" (8.8cm) long, .95" (2.4cm) O.D. 3.2 oz. (91g) wt. For use on rifles fitted with M4-type collapsible buttstock. #100-012-336EN AR15-CS Carbine Recoil Buffer, 8H90H86 �� $ 99.99

BUFFER SPRING Critical For Reliable, Positive Cycling Tempered steel spring has correct tension for proper cycling of AR-style rifles chambered in .308/7.62mm. Use as a replacement for a fatigued factory spring or in a new-build custom rifle. a b SPECS: Tempered spring steel. .950" (2.4cm) diameter. Carbine – 11" (27.9cm) long. Fits collapsible stock carbine receiver extension. Rifle – 121/2" (31.8cm) long. Fits fixed A2-style receiver extension. #100-005-351EN Rifle Buffer Spring, 9A9K66 �� $ 10.99 7.99 #100-005-352EN Carbine Buffer Spring, 9A6K40 ��

SUPERIOR SHOOTING SYSTEMS AR-15/CAR-15/AR-STYLE .308

CHROME SILICON SPRINGS

Cushions Bolt & Receiver, Prevents Excess Wear

Kits & Individual Springs To Improve Functioning Service Pak returns the rifle to original Colt factory specifications. Includes extra power (XP) action/buffer spring that improves reliability and function. a b SPECS: Includes one each of the following: XP buffer spring, bolt catch spring, buffer retainer spring, charging handle latch spring, disconnector spring, dust cover spring, ejector spring, extractor spring, forward assist spring, front sight retainer spring, hammer spring, magazine catch spring and trigger spring. #969-304-500EN AR-15 Service Pak, 9F23H33 ��$ 29.99 #969-165-000EN Std XP Buffer Spring, only, 9F9F23 �� 12.99 #969-165-010EN CAR-15 XP Buffer Sprng, only, 9F9I23 �� 12.99

Shock-absorbing polyurethane buffer helps extend the service life of your rifle; gives better muzzle stability, reduces action noise. Provides a gentle cushion that gradually slows the bolt and helps prevent expensive receiver damage. Replaces the synthetic pad on factory buffer assembly. Requires drilling the recoil buffer for cross pin. a b SPECS: Polyurethane, clear. #071-000-010EN AR-15 Recoil Buffer, 1G7L53 �� $ 8.99

springs recoil buffers

Improves Extraction & Ejection Reliability Flat Wire Construction For Maximum Reliability & Performance These flat wire, high-quality action/buffer springs from champion shooter David Tubb will perform flawlessly and are duty rated for 500,000 compression cycles at maximum performance. Made to “extra pwer” specs without the extra material, these springs are surprisingly lightweight, yet extremely durable. Gives correct timing and resistance on the recoil stroke and a controlled reboujnd ensures reliable feeding with consistent forward thrust on every shot. Keeps the bolt locked a little longer to allow pressure more time to subside for perfect cycling. a b SPECS: Chrome silicon steel. AR-15 fits both fixed and collapsible stocked AR-15 rifles and carbines without modification to spring or gun. AR-Style .308 fits standard length rifles only. #840-000-048EN AR-15 CS Buffer Spring, 4H22G50 �� $ 24.99 #840-000-047EN AR-Style .308 CS Buffer Spring, 4H25B00 �� 29.99 AR-15/CAR-15 EXTRACTOR/EJECTOR SPRING SET - Replacement, drop-in fit chrome silicon extractor and ejector springs from David Tubb provide long term durability and up to 80% more power than factory springs in AR-15 rifles. Precision manufacturing and high quality steel give extremely consistent compression cycle for smooth operation over thousands of rounds. SPECS: Chrome silicon steel. #840-000-051EN CS Extractor/Ejector Spring Set, 4H9C95 �� $ 12.95

PAGE

Stronger spring prevents “extractor bounce” during rapid semi-auto or full-auto fire. Provides extra force against case rim to give AR-15 rifles and carbines reliable extraction from a dirty chamber; ensures fired case is completely extracted and ejected from gun. Recommended for use with black, b carbine, extractor spring insert. a #969-000-032EN AR-15/M16 XP Extractor Spring, 3-pak, 9F7N33 �� $ 10.99

Improves Reliability & Control, Softens Felt Recoil Extra-heavy to soften felt recoil on semi-auto and full-auto guns; added mass reduces cyclic rate during full-auto fire. Provides smoother function for faster follow-up shots to help improve on-target accuracy. Stops bolt bounce on full-auto CAR-15’s to increase feeding and extraction reliability. Drop-in installation, uses standard recoil spring. Fits AR-15/CAR-15 with collapsible stock only. a b SPECS: Steel body. 31/4" (8.3cm) long. 5.4 oz. (155 g) wt. #231-000-039EN Counterweight Buffer, 3B32N98 �� $ 44.99

COLT AR-15/M16 WOLFF AR-15/M16

REDUCED POWER ACTION SPRING Helps Reduce Bolt “Bounce” For Improved Feeding High-quality, reduced power, action spring helps cure feeding problems caused by excessive bolt “bounce” in fixed-stock rifles configured for 3-shot burst or full-auto modes of fire. Helps shooters fine-tune action cycling for light, target/varmint loads in semi-auto rifles. a b SPECS: Tempered, spring steel. Fits .223 cal. AR-15/M16 rifles with fixed A1/A2 rifle stocks. Not for use in adjustable stock carbines. #969-000-140EN Reduced Power Action Spring, 9F10M34 �� $ 14.99

CARBINE RECOIL BUFFER

COUNTERWEIGHT BUFFER

EXTRA POWER EXTRACTOR SPRING

Size

HEAVY BUFFER

Helps Rifle Cycle Reliably

SINCE 1939

Standard Weight Buffer Replaces Or Upgrades Worn Part Carbine-size, 3 oz. recoil buffer delivers enhanced reliability and smooth cycling. With three steel weights encased in an anodized aluminum housing, this low-mass buffer ensures the bolt carrier consistently travels fully to the rear. Fits any AR-15/ M16 with receiver extension (buffer tube) for M4-style adjustable buttstock. a b SPECS: Anodized aluminum housing, polymer cap. 3 1/4" (8.3cm) OAL. 3 oz. (85g) wt. #274-000-023EN Standard Weight Carbine Recoil Buffer, 4G8A49 ��$ 11.99

M16 CLINIC AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

AR BUFFER PAD

Extra weight extends dwell time and slows down the cycling of the rifle for more reliable cycling in rifles with short gas systems. Also helps soften felt recoil and reduces bolt bounce in full-auto fire. Designed for use in rifles with M4 carbine-type receiver extension (buffer) tube and carbine buffer spring. An easy, fast way to fix cycling problems! SPECS: Aluminum exterior with Tunsten and steel weights inside. H2 is 4.6 oz.; H3 is 5.4 oz. Replaces standard M4-type carbine buffer; must be used with a carbine buffer spring. #160-307-200EN H2 Heavy Buffer, 6A31J82 �� $ 37.99 160-000-394EN H3 Heavy Buffer, 6A36A99 �� 36.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

Heavy buffers fit M4-style carbine buffer tubes and add extra weight to help promote reliable function with short gas systems. Also helps reduce bolt bounce during full-auto fire. Reduces felt recoil slightly. Heavy weighs 3.5 oz. H2 Heavy weighs 4.6 oz. Not for use in A1/A2 style rifle buffer tubes. a b #231-000-358EN Heavy Buffer, 1C24K50 �� $ 28.99 #231-000-357EN H2 Heavy Buffer, 1C28Q50 �� 35.99

D.S. ARMS AR-15/M16

DPMS CAR-15

WOLFF AR-15/M16

DPMS AR-15/M16 Helps Improve Reliablity For Short Gas Systems

RECOIL BUFFER

TUNE-UP KITS & INDIVIDUAL SPRINGS

Low-friction Delrin disk fits on the end of the buffer spring, opposite the buffer, and stops the annoying “twang” of the buffer hitting the rear of the receiver extension during recoil. Quick, easy installation, with no permanent alterations to gun. Simply remove buffer and spring, insert Twang Buster, then reinstall buffer and spring. a b SPECS: Machined Delrin thermoplastic, black. Fits A2 rifle and M4-style carbine buffer spring/receiver extension tubes. #100-005-392EN Twang Buster, 2Z4H29 ��$ 5.99

HEAVY BUFFERS

BUFFER TECHNOLOGIES AR-15/M16

WOLFF AR-15/M16

Stops Annoying Buffer Noise During Recoil

Prevents Battered Buffers & Carriers; Simple, Stick-On Installation

Buffer not included

High-strength polymer part protects expensive buffers and bolt carriers for a fraction of their cost. Round disc adheres to the buffer and eliminates metal-to-metal contact between the bolt carrier and buffer. a b SPECS: Polymer, white. .95" (24mm) diameter, .065" (1.7mm) thick. #100-001-469EN AR-15/AR-308 Buffer Pad, 6K4Q00 � $ 5.25

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

HAHN PRECISION AR-15/CAR-15/CAV-15

PISTOL CALIBER BUFFER

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15/M16

LOW-MASS RECOIL BUFFER

CARBINE RECOIL BUFFERS Helps Control Felt Recoil & Bolt Bounce

Reduces Recoil Impulse For Precision Competitive Shooting Lightweight, aluminum alloy buffer reduces the reciprocating mass of the operating system to reduce the overall recoil impulse felt by the shooter. Helps the competitive shooter keep the sights on the target for precise follow-up shot placement and tight groups. Designed for competition rifles with full-length receiver extension tubes and lightweight titanium or aluminum alloy bolt carriers, as well as any conventional mil-spec carrier where reduced mass is desired. Combine with a lightweight carrier to virtually eliminate felt recoil and increase bolt velocity without significantly impairing reliability. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, red. 3 oz. (86g) wt. Fits AR-15 chambered in .223/5.56mm with rifle-length receiver extensions for fixed buttstock. For competition only; not recommended for duty weapons. #452-000-063EN Low-Mass Recoil Buffer, 2E51G43 �� $ 56.99

KYNTEC AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

KYNSHOT RECOIL DAMPENER

HEAVY BUFFERS

Reduces Felt Recoil & Helps Keep You On Target

CAR-10 RECOIL BUFFER Lets You Put An AR-15 Collapsible Stock On Your AR-308 Short carbine-style buffer enables installation of an M4style adjustable AR-15 stock on an AR-style .308 rifle. Correct weight to ensure proper bolt movement and reliability for .308 rifle. For maximum reliability, use with 308 Carbine Buffer Spring, sold separately below. Fits AR-308 rifles from ArmaLite, CMMG, DPMS, Remington, Knight’s Armament, LMT, Larue, Patriot Ordnance Factory, Mega, and Fulton Armory. Not for use in early Rock River Arms, Bushmaster, or any AR-308 that uses an FAL magazine. Use with M4/ CAR-type carbine collapsible stock receiver extension tubes only; not for use in any rifle-length extension tube. a b SPECS: 303 stainless steel with tungsten internal weight. 5½ oz. wt. #100-007-353EN CAR-10 Recoil Buffer, 9B85P61 �� $ 99.00 #100-007-354EN 308 Carbine Buffer Spring, 9B13A61 �� 15.00

MGI MILITARY AR-15/M16/M-4

RATE REDUCING BUFFER Reduces Bolt & Receiver Wear; Absorbs Recoil For Improved Accuracy

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Designed for competition shooters or anyone who may need to shoot from transitional positions, Gen 3 charging handle offers a huge, 3" wide grasping area that's equally accessible to your right or left hand. Enables use of either the standard finger and thumb grip or the palm of the hand to charge the rifle on both the strong and support side. Whatever the situation, you'll get a round in the chamber quickly and get your rifle on line. Deep ridges all around the latch and on the back of the handle give you a superb, no-slip purchase yet won't abrade the hand. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Models for AR15/M16 (5.56 NATO/.223 Rem) and AR-style .308 (7.62 NATO/.308 Win). #093-000-058EN AR-15/M16 Amb. Charging Handle, 3K94F99 �� $ 94.99 #093-000-059EN AR-308 Amb. Charging Handle, 3K98L99 �� 98.99

BADGER ORDNANCE AR-15/M16

LEFT-HAND CHARGING HANDLE Gives Left- Or RightHanded Shooters A Tactical Advantage

AR-15/M16

TACTICAL CHARGING HANDLES All The Parts Needed To Assemble A Tactical Charging Handle Easy-to-build kits contain all the components needed to assemble a tactical charging handle Badger M&A Amb. that aids in fast action drills, efficient jam clearing, and smooth operation. Both kits are built around a stripped DPMS factory charging handle machined to stringent mil-spec standards for proper fit and dependable function. Each kit incluedes a latch spring and roll pin. Badger kit features an oversized latch that’s easy to find and operate with the left hand. M&A Ambidextrous kit includes a large, extended latch lever that’s easy to grab and allows rapid operation of the handle with either hand. a b SPECS: Aluminum charging handle, matte black finish. Badger – Steel latch, matte black. Latch approx. 1½" (3.8cm) long, 5/8" (1.6cm) high. M&A Amb. – Aluminum latch, matte black. Latch approx. 23/8" (6cm) long. #080-000-600EN Badger Kit, 8K29D89 ��$ 39.99 #080-000-619EN M&A Amb. Kit, 8K25N78 �� 32.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

ALUMINUM CHARGING HANDLE Made To Strict Military Specifications Machined from 6061 aluminum, this AR-15/M16 charging handle is ideal for upgrading existing components or replacing worn or broken parts. High quality charging handle has an anodized finish and will provide reliable function in your AR-15 rifle. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, anodized finish, matte black. Fits all AR-15 upper receivers. #749-002-660EN Alum. Charging Handle, 1C15I63 ��$ 18.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Machined aluminum charging handle has an extended latch on the right side to enable fast, positive operation by left handers. Gives both left- and right-handed shooters a tactical advantage in combat or competition to clear jams quickly, and operate the handle even if one hand becomes incapacitated. Extended right-side latch is machined from ordnance-grade steel and features a large, 5/8" square contact pad that projects 3/4" from the handle. It’s easy to find under stress and provides extra leverage to release the latch and cycle the handle quickly. Also useful on a rifle with a large scope that limits access to the standard charging handle. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Extended Latch - Steel, black oxide finish. Fits mil-spec AR 15/M16/M4 and clones. #093-000-036EN Left-Hand Charging Handle, 3K89M99 �� $ 99.99

BLACK RAIN ORDNANCE AR-15/M16

CHARGING HANDLE WITH TAC LATCH Tactical/Competition Handle With Oversized, No-Slip Latch Rugged aluminum charging handle features an oversized latch with aggressive serrations to provide an ultrasecure gripping surface when charging the weapon or clearing malfunctions. High-profile Tac Latch is machined from 7075 T6 aluminum to exact tolerances and with Mil S-8625 Type III Class 2 hardcoat anodized with a Teflon surface coating for superior performance and trouble-free operation. Tac Latch is available separately for fitting to standard charging handles to improve handling. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, Teflon coated, matte black. Latch pad approximately 1" (2.5cm) wide, 1/2" (1.3cm) high. #100-007-005EN Oversized Charging Handle, 1G61F43 �� $ 64.99 #100-007-206EN Milled Tac Latch, only, 1G17L86 �� 19.99

PAGE

recoil buffers

Replacement buffer slows down recoil two ways to improve accuracy and control. Extra weight lowers velocity for less wear on your bolt and receiver. Internal spring compresses absorbs additional recoil before it hits your shoulder. As a bonus, a D-Fender D-Ring is included to improve extractor spring tension on your AR-15/M16. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 3/4" (19mm) tube diameter, 31/2" (9cm) long. Rifle includes polymer extension tube. #741-000-003EN Rifle Rate Reducing Buffer, 1D142N00 ��$ 159.99 #741-000-004EN Carbine Rate Reducing Buffer, 1D136A55 �� 149.99

The KynSHOTTM damper is a drop-in replacement for your rifle's standard recoil buffer that uses an internal hydraulic system AR-15 Carbine to reduce felt recoil. Makes your Recoil Damper rifle more comfortable to shoot, easier to control, with less muzzle rise on each shot - for better shotto-shot accuracy and tighter groups. The KynSHOT also slows AR-15 Fixed A1/A2 cyclic rate on full-auto rifles, alStock Recoil Damper lowing the shooter to conserve ammunition, while decreasing wear and tear on the gun. Easy installation requires no permanent modifications to your rifle; AR-308 Fixed Stock switch back to the standard bufRecoil Damper fer any time. Made of high-grade stainless steel throughout, with a slick, high-polish finish that aids in lubricity and won't attract dirt and fouling. Permanently sealed to keep the high-performance hydraulic oil inside, where it belongs. Oil is formulated to maintain optimal performance through a wide range of temperature extremes. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel, sealed hydraulic cylinder. High-impact striker cap. Nickel-plated cylinder rod. AR-308 Shorty Carbine fits DPMS M4style AR-308 stocks that use a 2.5" buffer. DO NOT USE ON Armalite® AR-10® as upper and lower receiver damage can occur. AR-308 Standard Carbine fits Armalite AR-10 carbine. Does not fit shorter DPMS carbine tubes. #100-014-774EN AR-15 Carbine KynSHOT, 3C90H31 �� $ 109.99 #100-014-775EN AR-15 Fixed A1/A2 Stock KynSHOT, 3C99K99 �� 121.95 #100-014-777EN AR-308 Standard Collapsible Stock KynSHOT, 3C92A53 �� 119.99 #100-014-776EN AR-308 Shorty Collapsible Stock KynSHOT, 3C98E53 �� 119.99 #100-014-778EN AR-308 Fixed Stock KynSHOT, 3C101M81 �� 123.95

“Can't Miss” Design Helps You Get A Round In The Chamber Fast

charging handles

Drop-in replacement for factory buffer shortens stroke and reduces recoil on pistol caliber AR-15 conversions with collapsible M4 carbine-type stocks. Extra weight behind carrier reduces cyclic rate for improve controllability, feeding, and extraction on full-auto carbines. Self-contained unit with long head consists of long-wearing, precision-machined, cold-rolled Parkerized steel exterior, fully enclosed 8 oz. lead insert, and polyurethane bumper. Will not work with rifle caliber uppers. Installation of this buffer is mandatory on Cavalry Arms CAV-15 Mk II receivers converted to .45 ACP with the Hahn Precision Grease Gun Adapter to prevent elongation of the receiver hole that eventually renders rifle unusable. a b SPECS: Cold-rolled steel exterior, Parkerized, matte dark gray; lead insert; polyurethane bumper. 311/16" (9.4cm) long. Fits rifles and carbines with pistol caliber upper receiver and collapsible M4 carbine-type stock. #100-002-513EN Pistol Caliber AR-15 Buffer, 6K64P29 �� $ 67.99

Machined aluminum recoil buffer comes in three weights, so you can select the buffer that gives the best combination of recoil control and reliability in your carbine with an M4-type adjustable stock. All have a mil-spec polyurethane bumper, durable hardanodized finish, and the Spike’s logo. ST-T1 is a standard-weight (3 oz.) buffer filled with low-density tungsten powder (LDTP) that eliminates the noise and shock caused by the hard reciprocating weights found in the original-style factory buffer. Aids in smoother cycling and helps minimize bolt bounce. ST-T2 is filled with highdensity tungsten powder (HDTP) for extra weight (4.1 oz.) behind the carrier to reduce cycle rate. Help you stay on target in rapidfire semi-auto operation and improves controllability in full-auto. ST-T3 gives the most aggressive reduction of felt recoil and bolt bounce with ultra-dense tungsten bar stock weights inside (5.4 oz.) for maximum recoil control in full-auto mode, suppressed weapons, or rifles that suffer from overgassing. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Polyurethane bumper. 31/4" (8.2cm) long. ST-T1 – 3 oz. (85g) wt.; ST-T2 - 4.1 oz. (117g) wt.; ST-T3 – 5.4 oz. (153g) wt. Fits AR-15 carbines with M4-type collapsible stock only. #100-008-580EN ST-T1 Standard Weight Buffer, 3B30E13 �� $ 34.99 #100-006-812EN ST-T2 Heavy Buffer, 3B35D13 �� 39.99 #100-008-581EN ST-T3 Extra-Heavy Buffer, 3B39A27 �� 42.99

Gen 3 Ambidextrous Charging Handle

AR-15/m16

Reduces Recoil, Improves Controllability, Extends Receiver Life

Badger Ordnance AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

BRAVO COMPANY AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

charging handles

AR-15/m16

BCM GUNFIGHTER CHARGING HANDLE

DOUBLESTAR AR-15/M16

RAINIER ARMS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

WMD GUNS AR-15/M16

RAPTOR™ CHARGING HANDLE

NiB-X™ CHARGING HANDLE

CHARGING HANDLE ASSEMBLY

For Fast, No-Slip Charging Of Rifle With Left Or Right Hand

Slick Teflon® Finish For Ultra-Smooth Operation

Ambidextrous

Medium

Large

Unique Latch Mechanism Reduces Wear & Prevents Breakage Heavy-duty charging handle has an oversized latch that distributes pull force evenly for fast, smooth, reliable operation with the support hand. Prevents the critical roll pin from breaking and rendering the latch inoperable. Machined from billet aluminum with extra metal reinforcing the stress points to stand up to hard operational use. Available with Medium length extended latch or Large latch that’s ¼" longer for an even bigger, “can’t miss” grasping surface. Small latch duplicates the size of the issue latch but includes the same design upgrades as the Medium and Large latches for increased strength and dependability. Ambidextrous model features latches on both sides for left- or right-handed operation. Fits only AR-15/M16. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 67/8" (17.5cm) long. Models available to fit mil-spec AR-15/ M16 or most AR-style .308 upper receivers. .308 fits ArmaLite® AR10®, DPMS LR-308, Knight’s Armament SR-25/MK11/M110, LaRue OSR, Noveske 308, and Patriot Ordnance Factory P-308; does not fit Rock River Arms or SIG 716. #100-005-368EN AR-15 BCM Charging Handle, Large, 1E42J50 �� $ 47.99 #100-005-369EN AR-15 BCM Charging Handle, Medium, 1E42I50 �� 47.99 #100-009-442EN AR-15 BCM Charging Handle, Small, 1E42E50 �� 47.99 #100-011-527EN AR-15 BCM Ambidextrous Charging Handle, 1E66E00 �� 71.99 #100-009-443EN AR-308 BCM Charging Handle, Large, 1E52B36 �� 57.99 #100-009-444EN AR-308 BCM Charging Handle, Medium, 1E52M36 �� 57.99

PRECISION REFLEX, INC. AR-15/M16/ AR-STYLE .308

GAS BUSTER CHARGING HANDLE Combat

Military Flat

Keeps Gas Blowback Away From Shooter’s Face Extra-thick handle includes a gas deflection groove to protect shooter from gas blowback. Extended finger latches aid in fast jam clearing. Flat Latch has a deep hook contour. Military (Mil) Latch has smooth face with round edges that are easy on fingers. Combat Latch – has a large grooved surface for easy handling. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. AR-15/M16 models are compatible with AR-15/M16 uppers. AR-Style .308 model is compatible with ArmaLite® AR-10®, Knight’s Armament SR-25 and DPMS LR-308 pattern models. Not compatible with Rock River Arms AR-style .308 uppers. #556-000-002EN AR-15/M16 Flat Latch Charging Handle, 4A89J99 ��$ 89.99 #556-000-003EN AR-15/M16 Mil Latch Charging Handle, 4A89B99 �� 89.99 #714-000-024EN AR-308 Combat Latch Charging Handle, 4A89G99 �� 89.99 #556-000-005EN Military Latch, Only, 4A19A13 �� 23.99

PAGE

Cycle loads with ease using this military-style charging handle assembly, complete and ready to drop-in any mil-spec upper receiver. Precision machined from rugged, yet lightweight 6061 T6 aluminum, then hardcoat anodized for a wear-resistant surface that adds strength. A final, Teflon® coating provides a slick, self lubricating finish for exceptionally smooth operation. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 67/8" (17.5cm) long. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 upper receivers. #100-004-996EN Charging Handle Assembly, 2Z16K50 �� $ 18.99

POWER CUSTOM AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

STEEL CHARGING HANDLE Rigid & Rugged; Extended Latch Makes Cycling Easy Power Custom's all-steel charging handles for AR-pattern rifles are machined from bilAR-15/M16 let steel so they will not bend or fail during tactical operations or competition. Extended, paddlelike latch is easy to locate and operate, even when wearing gloves, and its textured surface ensures you get a solid, non-slip grip when charging the rifle. AR-308 fits DPMS LR-308, Knight’s Armament SR-25/MK11/M110, LaRue OSR, Noveske 308, and Patriot Ordnance Factory P-308; does NOT fit b S&W MP10, ArmaLite® AR-10®, or Rock River Arms. a SPECS: Steel, phosphate finish, matte black. #713-000-153EN AR-15 Steel Charging Handle, 3A64C29 �� $ 69.99 713-000-170EN AR-308 Steel Charging Handle, 3A85A70 �� 99.99

PHASE 5 TACTICAL AR15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

BATTLE LATCH CHARGING HANDLE Positive, One-Handed Operation For Both Right & Left Handed Shooters Tactical charging handle is machined from aluminum bar stock with thicker dimensions than standard charging handles to withstand wear and rough use. Large diameter coiled spring pin absorbs shock and flexes so it won’t fail under extreme conditions. Broad contact points make traditional and tactical weapon manipulation easy, and grooved surfaces help weapon retention and assist positive charging operation while wearing gloves. Standard Battle Latch Charging Handle fits AR-15s and is designed for right handed shooters. Ambidextrous models available to give AR-15/M16/M4 and AR-style .308 rifles the added versatility of true ambidextrous function. a b SPECS: 6061-T6 aluminum, Mil-spec type III hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. #100-011-378EN AR-15 Battle Latch Charging Handle, 1C69G64 �� $ 74.99 #100-009-955EN AR-15 Amb. Battle Latch Charging Handle, 1C74P29 �� 79.95 #100-011-379EN AR-308 Amb. Battle Latch Charging Handle, 1C71G72 �� 79.99

Drop-in replacement for factory issue handle lets you charge the rifle from either side of the receiver with a rapid palm “blading” motion or the traditional finger/thumb hold. Dual, over-sized release levers are mirror images of each other, with deeply grooved surfaces that ensure positive contact so you can operate the handle in one fluid, fast motion with wet or gloved hands. Radiused edges won’t cut the hand or snag on clothing and gear. Gives top of rifle a unique, aggressive appearance, too. a b SPECS: Machined 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 4 oz. wt. AR-15 fits AR-15/M16 rifles with mil-spec upper receiver. May not fit some SIG 516 model rifles. AR-308 fits ArmaLite® AR-10®, DPMS LR308, Knight’s Armament SR-25, M110, MK11, Larue Tactical OSR, Noveske 308, and Patriot Ordnance Factory 308; may not fit Rock River Arms or Sig 7.62/308 rifles. #100-011-154EN AR-15 Raptor Charging Handle, 7Z85D67 ��$ 89.99 #100-011-592EN AR-308 Raptor Charging Handle, 7Z92A20 �� 99.99

CHARGING HANDLE WITH TACTICAL LATCH Extra Leverage For One-Hand Operation When you have to cycle the charging handle quickly, you need to be able to find it easily. 5/8" square steel pad extends 13/16" from the charging handle, providing an easy-to-find surface that helps you cycle the bolt quickly when seconds count. Replaces existing charging handle with no gunsmithing and no modifications to the rifle. Tactical Latch available separately for upgrading your rifle’s existing charging handle. a b SPECS: Aluminum charging handle, steel tactical latch, matte black. Tac5 tical latch pad is /8" (15.8mm) square and extends 13/16" (20.6mm) from charging handle. #100-002-212EN Charging Handle w/Tactical Latch, 9A34M99 �� $ 46.99 #100-005-353EN Tactical Latch, only, 9A14Q55 �� 19.99

TAC-LATCH USA AR-15/M16

BADGER ORDNANCE AR-15/M16

TACTICAL LATCH

Oversized for quick access from all shooting positions. Allows brisk, easy operation with left hand. Makes the charging handle easier to find and operate, especially on scopemounted flat top receivers. Great for three gun shooters; expedites reloads and immediate action drills. Legal for NRA High Power, Match Rifle shooters. Works on all AR 15/M16-type rifles including the AR-10 and SR-25. Easy, no-gunsmithing installation. a b SPECS: Steel, matte blue. 1.46" (37.3mm) long, .644" (16.3mm) high contact area. Instructions included. #093-249-020EN Tactical Latch, 3K16P99 �� $ 17.99 GEN II TACTICAL LATCH - Mid-sized latch for those who want a size between standard and oversized. Makes the charging handle easier to find for brisk operation with the left hand without protruding too far. Works on all AR-15/M16-type rifles including the AR 10 and SR-25. Easy, no-gunsmithing installation. SPECS: Steel, matte blue. 1.25" (32mm) long, 1.25" wide. Instructions included. #093-000-024EN Gen II Tactical Latch, 3K15L87 �� $ 19.99

PHASE 5 TACTICAL AR-15/M16

ADVANCED DESIGN CHARGING HANDLE Easy To Grasp Ambidextrous Handle For Fast Charging & Easy Jam Clearance Tactical charging handle can be operated by either hand from almost any position to ensure fast, easy weapon charging and jam clearance. Large, 1" long extension on the right side is easy to access under stress, even with an oversized optic on the receiver. Provides plenty of leverage to operate the handle with the trigger hand in one, fluid motion without having to separately release the latch on the left side. Comfortable finger groove in the extension helps you operate the handle by feel, without taking your eyes off the target. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 71/8" (20. 8cm) long, 3" (7.6cm) wide across grasping surface. 1.9 oz. (53g) wt. #100-005-308EN Tac-Latch Charging Handle, 6F68B57 �� $ 79.99

SINCE 1939

Replacement charging handle offers a quick reliability upgrade to your AR. Lightweight aluminum construction keeps weight to a minimum, while the super-slick, self-lubricating NiB-X nickelboron surface coating ensures smooth cycling and gives nothing for fouling or grit to adhere to, so it facilitates quick, easy cleaning, too. a b SPECS: Aluminum, NiB-X nickel boron coating, silver-gray finish. 63/4" (17.1cm) long. 2" (5cm) wide gasping surface. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 upper receivers. #100-010-980EN NiB-X Charging Handle, 3C27N86 �� $ 29.99

One Hand Operation Of Charging Handle

SOG ARMORY AR-15/M16

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

Slick Nickel-Boron Coating For Smooth Operation & Easy Cleaning

AMBIDEXTROUS CHARGING HANDLE LATCH For Fast, Efficient Charging Handle Operation With Either Hand Heavy-duty latch enables fast, efficient, unimpeded operation of the charging handle with either hand, even when wearing gloves. Extended, off-side design with gently rounded tips won’t interfere with sling or catch on other equipment. Installs in place of your rifle’s existing charging handle latch using existing spring and detent. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1 2 /2" (6.3cm) long. Includes replacement pivot roll pin. #100-004-897EN Ambidextrous Latch, 1C18J18 ��$ 19.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

M&A PARTS AR-15/M16

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

SEEKINS PRECISION AR-15/M16

AMBIDEXTROUS TACTICAL LATCH

B.A.D. LEVER™

ENHANCED BOLT CATCH

Lets You Release The Bolt With The Trigger Finger; Improves Readiness & Efficiency

Large, extended latch levers are easy to find and grab, even on flat top receivers with low-mounted optics; gives superior leverage for bolt retraction. Allows rapid, ambidextrous operation of charging handle. Made of rigid aluminum for durability and light weight. Replaces factory latch easily, without fitting. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized. 27/16" (11mm) long. #553-000-006EN Ambidextrous Tactical Latch, 3E13E99 ��$ 13.99

BADGER ORDNANCE AR-15/M16

ENHANCED BOLT CATCH

Replacement for factory latch offers a large surface area with grid knurling for easy, positive manipulation. Also makes it easy for left-handed shooters to release bolt with index finger. Gives more area to catch the bolt, to help ensure lock open. Machined from high-grade billet steel for precise fit and extra strength to give long service life. a b SPECS: Machined 4140 steel billet, matte black finish. #093-000-057EN Enhanced Bolt Catch, 3K44B50 �� $ 49.99

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

BOLT CATCH

The Magpul Battery Assist Device (B.A.D.) is an extended bolt release that allows the shooter to keep his hand in the ready position on the pistol grip and operate the bolt catch with the trigger finger. Streamlines bolt catch manipulation to get the weapon into battery more quickly for improved operator readiness and weapon handling efficiency. Easy to install and remove—no weapon disassembly required. The B.A.D. lever clamps securely to the factory bolt release with a Torx® head screw and extends a paddle through the front of the triggerguard to the right-hand side of the weapon. Trigger finger can stay outside the triggerguard as you operate the lever, and factory bolt catch retains normal function with B.A.D. installed. Made of a high-grade aluminum alloy, hardcoat anodized to MIL-A-8625F, Type III, Class 2 spec for extra strength and wear resistance. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Torx wrench and installation instructions included. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 receiver with factory bolt release lever. #100-004-755EN B.A.D. Lever, 3K25E96 �� $ 28.45

NORGON AR-15/M16

AMBI-CATCH™ Rapid Reloads With The Non-Firing Hand Quicker, easier reloads for right- or left-hand shooters. Lets you activate the magazine release with the thumb of the non-firing hand while keeping the rifle on target. Distinctive design is the same size and configuration as factory part; won’t snag on clothes or branches, and does not interfere with rifle function. Drop-in installation. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized. 1.45" (37mm) long, .246" (6.3mm) wide. #635-001-015EN Ambi-Catch, 5C81E25 �� $ 89.99

Parkerized steel bolt catch is a direct replacement for the factory catch on DPMS LR-308 and Remington R-25 rifles. A “must have” for finishing a custom build or refurbishing an existing rifle. Requires 1/16" hex head bolt catch screw, sold separately below. a b SPECS: Hardened carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black. Fits DPMS LR308 and Remington R-25 rifles. #231-000-273EN Bolt Catch, Only, 3B7G99 �� $ 8.99 #231-000-274EN DPMS Bolt Catch Screw, 3B3C90 �� 4.99

WILSON COMBAT AR-15

TACTICAL BOLT RELEASE Versatile, 3-Position Button Accommodates Individual Shooting Styles Innovative, two-in-one design is the perfect choice for setting up AR-15s that double as tactical and sporting rifles. Large, tactical button installs vertically or horizontally removes quickly and easily by loosening the setscrew and sliding it off. Small, serrated pad underneath prevents snags on brush and clothing; will not interfere with your carry sling. b CNC-machined from bar stock for added strength and reliability. a SPECS: Steel bar stock, parkerized finish. Removable Button - 11/8" (28.6mm) 3 1 1 x /4" (19mm). Fixed Button - /2" (12.7mm) long x /4" (6.4mm) wide. #965-000-037EN Tactical Bolt Release, 5F26A96 �� $ 29.99

PHASE 5 TACTICAL AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

EXTENDED BOLT RELEASE Catch & Release Bolt With Trigger Finger For Fast Mag Changes & Jam Clearing

EBRv1

EBRv2

Extended release lever speeds magazine changes and enhances the shooter’s ability to clear jams, double feeds, and malfunctions quickly and safely. Lets you catch and release the bolt with the trigger finger inside the triggerguard, instead of with your off hand. Push upward on the lever to lock the bolt rearward; push lightly downward to release it. Both operations can be performed without removing your hand from the pistol grip. EBRv1 clamps to your rifle’s existing bolt release. Can be installed or removed in minutes with no permanent alteration to your rifle. EBRv2 is a onepiece, direct replacement for the factory bolt release that offers the lowest possible profile. EBRv2/308 is the same low-profile, dropin replacement for the factory release on all models of the DPMS LR-308 series of AR‑style .308 rifles, as well as the Remington R-25 in .308, .243, and 7mm-08. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish. 21/4" (5.3cm) long. 1/2 oz. (14g) wt. #100-004-898EN EBRv1 Bolt Release, 1C26F58 ��$ 33.99 #100-004-899EN EBRv2 Bolt Release, 1C46F20 �� 49.99 #100-005-733EN EBRv2/308 Bolt Release, 1C49P66 �� 52.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

ARREDONDO AR-15/M16

OVERSIZE MAGAZINE RELEASE BUTTON Change Mags Quickly Without Fumbling To Find The Release Oversized magazine release button allows fast mag changes in competition or combat, in daylight or total darkness. Serrated surface and slightly angled configuration draws your finger immediately to the button and enables positive, no-slip release in all weather conditions. Two-piece design replaces the factory mag release button with no gunsmithing required. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 5/8" (1.6 cm) long x 5/8" wide. #069-000-027EN Oversize Magazine Release Button, 9F22H60 �� $ 27.99

ASSAULT PLANET AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

MAG LOCK BULLET-BUTTON® Makes Your Rifle Conform With California Requirement For Permanently-Attached Magazine Drop-in replacement for factory magazine release button retains the magazine in the lower receiver to conform with California Code of Regulations §978.20(a). Prevents rapid magazine removal, so your gun can meet the requirement for a permanent, non-detachable magazine. Installs in minutes. Magazine capacity can be no more than 10 rounds. Laws and regulations can change at any time; the user is responsible for making sure his rifle stays compliant.SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Screws - carbon steel, black. Fits AR-15 and clones, SIG 556, and AR-style .308 rifles including ArmaLite® AR-10®, Bushmaster, Hess, Iron Cross, and J.D. Machine. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. #100-005-867EN Bullet-Button, 4E18A99 �� $ 18.99 BULLET BUTTON w/LOWER PARTS KIT - Combines a Bullet But-

Extended, drop-in replacement for factory part offers a wide, flat finger pad for fast, “can’t miss” magazine changes. Perfect for competition, tactical operations, and self-defense—any high-stress situation where the speed of a magazine change makes the difference between success and failure. Nearly three times the surface area of the factory button with crisp, 24 lpi checkering for positive, nonslip finger contact, so you release the mag on the very first try. Stands .225" higher to give you extra leverage that ensures the mag catch disengages completely. Precision machined from 4140 steel and heat treated for added hardness and wear resistance, with a tough, black oxide finish. May require minor fitting. a b SPECS: Steel, oxide finish, matte black. Fits any AR-15/M16/CAR-15/M4 with a USGI-spec magazine release. #080-000-529EN AR-15/M16 Oversize Magazine Release., 8K15P89 �� $ 19.99

PHASE 5 AR-15/M16

MAGAZINE RELEASE TOOL Gives California-Compliant Mag Release Full Function Magazine release tool fits most California “bullet button” mag releases and gives standard mag release function. Intended for use only when you take your California-compliant AR-15 outside of California. Strong magnet holds tool in place. Solid billet construction makes tool rugged and durable. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Fits standard AR-15 bullet buttons. All federal, state and local laws apply. #100-011-382EN Magazine Release Tool, 1C14P00 ��$ 19.99

OVERSIZED AMBIDEXTROUS MAG RELEASE

POWER CUSTOM AR-15 Easy, One-Finger Operation

Push the giant, oversize button’s checkered face with the right-hand trigger finger or the extra large, paddle shaped, off-side thumb lever with the left hand. No permanent alterations to lower receiver. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish. Right Side Button - .625" (15.8mm) diameter. Left Side Lever - .750" (19mm) x .625". #713-215-002EN Ambi Mag Release, 3A83E57 �� $ 89.99

POWER CUSTOM AR-15/M16

EXTENDED OVERSIZED MAGAZINE RELEASE Large Diameter & Extended Length Ensure Fast, Easy Reloads

ton with kit containing all internal parts required to install a complete fire-control system in a stripped lower receiver. Fits mil-spec AR-15 lowers. a b #231-000-315EN AR-15 Bullet Button/Lower Parts Kit, 1C71J36 �� $ 74.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Machined, steel magazine release extends more than half an inch and has a checkered oversized button for quick reloads. Installs just like the factory part. Includes replacement spring. a b 33 SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. /64" (14mm) long, 5/8" (16mm) diameter. 3 Spring - 1 /8" (3.5cm) long. #713-215-003EN Ext. O’sized Mag Release, 3A15G71 ��$ 16.99

PAGE

bolt & mag releases

Genuine DPMS Factory Part

Steel bolt catch features an enlarged lower portion that makes it easy to lock bolt to the rear. Enlarged upper portion allows fast bolt release, and “Diamond Texture” thumb pad gives positive engagement and enhances rifle’s appearance. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized. 13/16" (3cm) long. Fits all standard AR-15s. #100-011-243EN Enhanced Bolt Catch, 8C11K79 �� $ 12.99

OVERSIZE MAGAZINE RELEASE “Can’t Miss” Release Button Aids In Ultra-Fast Magazine Changes

charging handles

Eases Operation For Everybody & Helps Left-Handed Shooters Release Bolt With Index Finger

Enables Easy Locking & Fast Bolt Release

AR-15/m16

Light, Quick-Grab Design; Gives Extra Leverage

AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

SEEKINS PRECISION AR-15/M16

BATTLE ARMS DEVELOPMENT AR-15/M16

BATTLE ARMS DEVELOPMENT M16/M4

DPMS AR-15

BILLET MAGAZINE RELEASE BUTTON

AMBIDEXTROUS SAFETY SELECTOR

AMBIDEXTROUS FULL-AUTO SAFETY SELECTOR

AMBIDEXTROUS SAFETY/SELECTOR

Machined aluminum magazine release button has a proprietary “Diamond Texture” surface for secure thumb contact and easy “one-hit” mag drops. Also adds a distinctive visual touch to your rifle. Drops into any mil-spec lower receiver to replace the factory magazine release button. a b SPECS: Machined from 6061 T6 aluminum billet, hardcoat anodized, matte black. #100-011-245EN Billet Magazine Release Button, 8C5B39 ��$ 5.69

TACTICAL SUPPLY DEPOT AR-15/M16

OVERSIZED MAGAZINE RELEASE

bolt & mag releases

Large Pad For Fast, Easy Operation; Gives Rifle A Unique Look Extended length, machined aluminum button has an oversized contact pad for fast, easy operation under stress. Comes laser etched with a distinctive logo that reflects your personality and dresses up your rifle. Drop-in replacement for the original release; uses the factory magazine release spring. Logos will not fade or wear off. Available with patriotic American Flag, international Biohazard symbol, or “Infidel” logo. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Approximately 5/8" (1.6cm) long, with 5/8" diameter pad. Fits AR-15/M16 with mil-spec magazine release. #100-005-831EN Oversized Mag Release, American Flag, 4C14Q55 ��$ 19.99 #100-006-313EN Oversized Mag Release, Biohazard, 4C14I55 �� 19.99 #100-006-314EN Oversized Mag Release, Infidel, 4C14F55 �� 19.99

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

AMBIDEXTROUS MAGAZINE RELEASE Easy-To-Hit, Yet Low Profile So Won’t Snag On Clothing Or Gear

safety selectors

Oversized, Deeply Grooved Levers For Positive Operation With Either Hand

Gives Ultra-Positive Thumb Engagement & Enhanced Appearance

Compact “weak” side mag release button lets you to drop the mag using either hand. Ultracompact profile won’t catch on gear or clothing, yet the shape replicates the feel of the standard, strong-side button for left-hand shooters. Simple installation - works with original factory mag release button, or with enlarged or extended tactical buttons. Will not interfere with most ambidextrous bolt releases. a b #100-008-192EN Ambidextrous Magazine Release, 3B59Q99 �� $ 64.99

PAGE

Machined steel safety selector puts oversized levers on both sides of the receiver for easy ambidextrous operation. Large surface area lets you operate the safety while wearing gloves, and eliminates fumbling in the dark. Pads are deeply grooved for an ultra-secure grip under stress or when hand is wet. Can be customized by positioning the larger pad on either side of the receiver, or by applying high-visibility paint. Standard selector works in any standard AR-15 receiver. Short-Throw selector decreases lever travel from 90° to 45°; fits 45 degree receivers only. Mounting hardware included. a b SPECS: 12L14 steel, Parkerized, black. Includes Torx® screws and L-key wrench. Standard selector fits standard AR-15 lower receiver. ShortThrow selector fits only lower receiver configured for 45 degree selector throw. #100-005-841EN Std Ambidextrous Selector, Blk, 6D52B00 �� $ 57.00 #100-009-868EN Std Ambidextrous Selector, FDE, 6D65K71 �� 75.05 #100-009-866EN Short-Throw 45° Ambidextrous Selector, 6D71N43 �� 79.95 SAFETY SELECTOR LEVERS - Replacement levers are deeply grooved for sure-grip and available in various Thin Short Standard lengths, widths, and styles to facilitate easy safety operation in any Hybrid Crank Short-Thin condition. SPECS: 12L14 steel, Parkerized, black. #100-010-550EN Standard Ambidextrous Lever , 6D13G33 �� $ 17.05 #100-010-551EN Short Ambidextrous Lever, 6D13N33 �� 17.05 #100-010-552EN Thin Ambidextrous Lever, 6D13C33 �� 17.05 #100-010-553EN Short +Thin Ambidextrous Lever, 6D13I33 �� 17.05 #100-010-554EN Hybrid Ambidextrous Lever, 6D19K26 �� 22.75 #100-010-555EN Crank Ambidextrous Lever, 6D19K26 �� 22.75

BATTLE ARMS DEVELOPMENT S&W M&P15-22

AMBIDEXTROUS SAFETY SELECTOR Oversized, Easy-To-Grip Levers For Positive Operation With Either Hand Designed specifically for the Smith & Wesson M&P15-22, this steel safety selector puts oversized levers on both sides of the receiver to give you fast, easy ambidextrous operation. Large surface area with deep grooves aids in safe manipulation when wearing gloves or in wet weather. May be customized by placing the longer pad on the side of the receiver most comfortable for you. a b SPECS: Heat-treated 12L14 steel, Parkerized, matte black. Mounting hardware included. #100-010-701EN S&W M&P15-22 Ambidextrous Safety Selector, 6D47E41 �� $ 51.30

Oversized, Deeply Grooved Levers For Positive Operation With Either Hand Full-auto safety selector is machined from heat-treated steel with oversized levers on both receiver sides for easy ambidextrous operation. Large surface area lets you operate the safety while wearing gloves, and eliminates fumbling. Deeply grooved pads provide an ultra-secure grip under stress or when hand is wet. Larger pad can be positioned on either side of the receiver for ambidextrous operation. Mounting hardware included. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: 12L14 steel, Parkerized, black. Includes Torx screws and L-key wrench. #100-006-839EN Full Auto Ambidextrous Safety Selector, 6D85J71 �� $ 99.00

CMMG AR-15/M16

#231-015-012EN LR-08B Semi-Auto Safety Selector, 3B28M88 ��$ 31.99 #231-000-231EN LR-08C Full-Auto Selector, 1C26N31 �� 29.99

OVERSIZED SELECTOR SWITCH Large, Can’t Miss, Thumb Pad Gives Fast, Sure Operation

Gives Fast, Positive Control With Either Hand Safety selector drops in to standard AR-15 and DPMSpattern AR-308 lower receivers to give ambidextrous function. Opposite-side lever secures with setscrew for easy installation and removal. Pronounced ridges on the levers give you excellent purchase, even with wet hands, for fast, positive operation. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish. #100-014-542EN Amb. Safety Selector, 3B27Q81 �� $ 29.99

Long, wide thumb pad provides fast, sure safety operation when wearing gloves, or when speed is important. Upturned lip ensures positive thumb engagement for full selector travel. Drop-in installation. a b SPECS: Steel, gray, parkerized finish. Heat treated. Fits AR-15 only. Thumb pad - 1.2" (3.5cm) long, .525" (13.3mm) wide. #231-000-036EN Oversized Selector, 3B7K82 �� $ 12.49

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15

JPFC-SA ADJUSTABLE/REVERSIBLE SAFETY SELECTOR

COLT AR-15/M16

AMBIDEXTROUS SAFETY SELECTOR Authentic Colt Factory Part The correct ambidextrous selector for full-auto M16-pattern rifles. High-grade hardened steel to ensure strength and resistance to surface wear through many thousands of operation cycles. This is a genuine Colt factory item. SPECS: Steel, Black oxide finish. Fits M16-pattern lower receiver that is cut to allow full-auto operation. All NFA rules apply. #160-000-397EN M16 Amb. Selector, 6A39J99 �� $ 39.99

ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15

STAR SAFETY SELECTOR Round Profile Rolls Under Your Thumb Round thumb pad gives fast, positive operation; ideal when wearing gloves. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, black, matte finish. For AR15 only. #739-000-007EN AR-15 Star Safety Selector, 9C9L00 �� $ 9.99

SINCE 1939

Puts the same, easyto-operate safety lever on both sides of the receiver for fast, easy operation by left-handed shooters or when shooting with the weak hand. Swings through the same arc as the standard safety; will not interfere with grip position or thumb placement. LR-08B - Ambidextrous safety lever for semi-auto AR-15s. LR-08C - Ambidextrous selector/ safety lever for full-auto AR-15/M16s only. a b SPECS: Steel, black finish. LR-08B - .650" (16.5mm) long, .234" (6mm) wide contact area. Fits semi-auto rifles only. LR-08C - .675" (17.7mm) long, .234" (6mm) wide contact area. Fits full-auto rifles only.

DPMS AR-15

AMBIDEXTROUS SAFETY SELECTOR

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

Easier Engagement For Left-Handed Shooters

Eliminates “Fitting” The Safety; Works With Factory & Aftermarket Triggers Easy-to-install, reversible safety selector ensures ultra-reliable engagement and eliminates the time-consuming job of “fitting the safety” to a factory or aftermarket trigger—the perfect upgrade to accompany a JP Adjustable Trigger. Eliminates the risk of damaging the trigger during fitting and shortens installation time by as much as one-third. An adjustment screw on the selector drum lets you quickly and easily set the correct trigger/safety relationship to completely block trigger movement when the selector is set to “safe.” A second screw inside the drum ensures the adjustment screw stays locked in place. Deeply grooved control pad gives positive thumb engagement even when wearing gloves, and can be installed in the standard position on the left-side of the receiver or on the right side for fast, natural operation by left-handed shooters. Includes a low-profile ambidextrous lever for the other side that adds minimal bulk while giving you the flexibility to operate the safety with the off b hand in an emergency or if the strong hand is injured. a SPECS: Steel with aluminum control pads, matte black finish. Installation instructions included. #452-000-043EN JPFC-SA Adj./Rev. Selector, 2E60L00 �� $ 66.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

NOVESKE AR-15

SHORT THROW SELECTOR 60° Selector With Magpul SSG Levers

ACCESSORIES

COLT PUSH PIN - Steel pin with ball detent speeds takedown. Replaces the two=piece, threaded pin on Colt AR-15s with Hartford “Horsey” logo on the lower receiver. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black. 14" (3.5cm) long. Old - .315" nominal (8mm) diameter. New - .250" (6.3mm) diameter. #231-015-011EN Old Colt Push Pin, 3B9G99 �� $ 14.29 9.99 #231-015-013EN New Colt Push Pin, 3B7E05 �� PIVOT-PIN ADAPTER BUSHING - Eccentric, steel bushing fits tightly inside .315" upper-receiver pivot-pin holes reducing the internal diamter to correspond with .250" lowers. Matches the military finish of your gun. Measure your pivot pin before ordering. SPECS: Steel, parkerized. .380" (9.6mm) OAL. #231-000-181EN Pivot-Pin Adapter Bushing, 1C2I50 �� $ 3.19

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

PIVOT & TAKEDOWN PINS TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15 Lets You Control Safety From Either Side Of Your AR All-steel selector lever installs like the original and adds a lever to the right side of the gun for left-handed shooters or right-handed shooters shooting from unorthodox positions. Right-side lever has a low profile to avoid interfering with the trigger finger of right-handed shooters and is retained with a detent - no screws or pins to work loose. Small and large lever can be reversed and used on either side. Made of tool steel to last a lifetime. a b SPECS: Hardened tool steel, matte black oxide finish. Fits semi-auto AR15s with mil-spec lower receiver. #100-008-880EN AR-15 Ambidextrous Selector, 3B52C32 ��$ 55.99

BATTLE ARMS AR-15/M16

ENHANCED TAKEDOWN PINS Pins Help Make AR-15 Assembly & Disassembly Easy

For Fast Takedown Without A Punch; Gives Gun A Distinctive Look Precision-machined aluminum pivot and takedown pins have easy-to-grasp, oversized heads with knurled edges to aid in fast pin removal for separation of receiver halves. Eliminates the need for a pin punch that can slip and scratch the receiver or get lost. Plus, the distinctive American Flag, Biohazard, Infidel, or Jolly Roger logo gives your rifle a personalized, one-of-a-kind look. Also available in plain black, without logo. Pins lock into place as securely as factory pins. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Sold as a set with the same logo on both pins. AR-15/M16 pins fit mil-spec receivers with .250" (6.3mm) diameter pivot/takedown pin holes. AR-Style .308 pins fit DPMS LR-308 and Remington SR-25 rifles. STK# AR-15/M16 STK# AR-STYLE .308 LOGO #100-010-199EN #100-010-489EN American Flag #100-010-479EN 100-010-491EN Biohazard #100-010-481EN NA Infidel #100-010-484EN 100-010-712EN Jolly Roger #100-010-744EN 100-010-745EN No Logo — Advise # — AR-15/M16 Extended P/T Pin Set, 4C17G60 �� $ 22.99 — Advise # — AR-15/M16/AR-308 Extended P/T Pin Sets, No Logo, 4C15B00 �� 19.99 — Advise # — AR-308 Extended P/T Pin Set, 4C20H80 �� 24.99

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15

ANTI-WALK PINS

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

EZ PULL PIVOT & TAKEDOWN PIN SET

Eliminate Hammer & Trigger Wobble Oversize pins hold hammer and trigger in precise alignment without free play for consistent trigger letoff. Moly impregnated to reduce friction. Sizes for large or small pin receivers. Hex-head screws locate pins to frame, eliminate the hammer J spring. Installation may require reaming hammer for proper fit. a b SPECS: Tool steel, moly coated. Small - .156" (3.9mm), Large - .172" (4.3mm) diameter. 1" (2.5cm) long. Pack of two pins. #452-015-028EN Small Anti-Walk Pins, 2E13P93 ��$ 15.99 #452-015-029EN Large Anti-Walk Pins, 2E13P93 �� 15.99

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16

REAR TENSIONING PIN Removes Upper/Lower Slop For Increased Accuracy Takes out the play between upper and lower AR-15 receivers: provides a rock-solid lockup for more consistent accuracy and improved trigger pull. Thread-adjustable, all stainless steel pin installs quickly, replaces the push pin and will not alter or enlarge existing hole dimensions. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. .250" (6.3mm) nominal diameter. Fits receivers with .250" diameter receiver takedown pin holes. #452-015-105EN AR-15 Rear Tensioning Pin, 2E34A29 �� $ 37.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Easy, Fast Separation Of Upper & Lower Receiver Halves Pivot and takedown pins with easy-to-grasp, oversized heads make separating upper and lower receiver halves fast and easy. Simply grasp the large, button style head and disengage the pin—no fumbling for a punch and scratching the receiver. Pin shafts are designed to lock as securely as factory pins. Perfect for the shooter who mounts different top ends for different applications on a single lower receiver. Precision machined, heat-hardened steel with long-wearing mil spec Parkerized finish. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Set of 1 front pivot pin, 1 rear takedown pin. Fits receivers with .250" (6.3mm) diameter pivot and takedown pins. #100-003-690EN EZ Pull Takedown Pin Set, 9A15K10 �� $ 17.20

Z-M WEAPONS AR-15/M16

ACCU-WEDGE Instantly Tightens Loose Upper & Lower Receivers Helps promote better accuracy by making the upper and lower receiver fit tighter. Open upper receiver; drop this long-wearing, rubber wedge into the rear of the lower, behind the push pin. Absolutely no modifications required. a b SPECS: High-density, thermo-plastic rubber, 1/2" (12.5mm) long. #993-150-100EN AR-15/M16 Accu-Wedge, 3Z4Q33 ��$ 4.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Stronger Base For Eliminating Extractor Bounce Tough, dense rubber insert replaces factory buffer inside the extractor spring to prevent “extractor bounce” that can occur in rapid-fire conditions. Insert keeps the extractor from losing contact with casings and reducing faulty ejection of the spent casing. Sold in 10-paks. a b SPECS: Rubber, black. .15" (3.8mm) long, .11" (2.8mm) dia. Sold in 10-paks. #078-000-071EN Extractor Buffers, 10-pak, 2D10M71 ��$ 13.99

AR-15/M16

ACCU-WEDGE Drop-In Accuracy Fix; Stops Unwanted Movement Between Receiver Halves One of the fastest, easiest, cheapest accuracyimprovements you’ll ever find for your AR! Tough, high-density synthetic rubber wedge drops into the space behind the takedown pin in the lower receiver to provide tension between the receiver halves and prevent movement for improved accuracy. Takes the “loose gun” factor out of the equation, so you shoot tight, consistent groups. Can be trimmed to accommodate any variation in upper-to-lower receiver fit. a b SPECS: Synthetic rubber. 3/4" (1.9cm) high, 1/2" (1.3cm) diameter. #080-000-663EN Brownells ACCU-Wedge, 8K3D94 �� $ 4.99

POWER CUSTOM AR-15/M16

RECEIVER SHIMS Eliminates Unwanted Play Between Upper & Lower Receiver Tempered stainless steel shims help eliminate play between receiver halves for a tighter fit to help restore accuracy and reduce noise in older rifles. Install as many shims as needed on the pivot pin to reduce side-to-side movement. Sold in 10-Paks. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, heat-hardened. 10 shims per set. #713-000-108EN Upper/Lower Receiver Shims, 3A14P29 �� $ 15.99

BUFFER TECHNOLOGIES AR-15/M16

EXTRACTOR UPGRADE KIT Increased Extraction Force For More Reliable Function, Fewer Jams Drop-in replacement kit for factory extractor spring assembly helps ensure more positive, dependable extraction to improve the reliability of your rifle. Stiffer springs, plus an extra rubber doughnut that slips over the coil spring, increase extraction force to four times the factory rating. Helps reduce jams caused by weak spring pressure that allows the extractor to slip off the rim and leave a spent shell in the chamber. Especially effective in short-barreled carbines like Colt M4 Commando, DPMS Panther Kitty Kat, and HK416. A simple, inexpensive solution for many extraction problems. a b SPECS: Spring steel and synthetic rubber. Fits AR-15/M16/M4, AR-18/AR180, Bushmaster M-17 Bullpup, Daewoo 5.56 & 7.62 x 39, DPMS Kitty Kat, HK416, and Steyr Aug. #071-000-043EN AR-15/M16 Extractor Upgrade Kit, 1G9Q06 �� $ 12.99

PAGE

safety selectors

Hardened steel pins fit standard AR-15 lowers to make rifle take down easy and fast. These pins are .030" longer than standard, giving purchase when pushing them from the left side of the receiver. Feature textured heads for easy handling and bullet tip guides that help center a bullet or other takedown tool. Tapered cuts make pins easy to push. Titanium is 50% lighter than steel, perfect for a lightweight rifle build or just to add a little contrast to your black rifle. a b SPECS: Hardened steel, black oxide finish, or Titanium, polished silver finish. .250" diameter. Includes both front and rear pins, detents, springs, and magnetic assembly tool. #100-013-491EN Enhanced Takedown Pins, 6D24M62 �� $ 28.45 100-015-185EN Titanium Enhanced Takedown Pins, 6D31I50 �� 37.00

Parkerized steel Takedown Pin Pivot Pin pins are direct replacements for the factory front pivot and rear takedown pins on DPMS LR-308 and Remington R-25 rifles. Easy, fast way to improve the looks of an older rifle: replace unsightly, dinged-up pins. a b SPECS: Hardened carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black. .275" O.D. shanks. Pivot – 1.640" long; Takedown – 1.222" long. Fits DPMS LR‑308 and Remington R-25 rifles. #231-000-271EN Front Pivot Pin, 3B4H96 ��$ 5.99 #231-000-272EN Rear Takedown Pin, 3B5B34 �� 5.99

EXTENDED PIVOT/TAKEDOWN PINS

AR-15

EXTRACTOR BUFFER

parts kits

AMBIDEXTROUS SEMI-AUTO SAFETY

Genuine DPMS Factory Parts

TACTICAL SUPPLY DEPOT AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

AR-15/m16

Noveske’s STS (Short Throw Selector) gives your AR’s selector a short 60° throw for fast, easy transition between the “Fire” and “Safe” positions. It uses Magpul’s popular SSG selector lever (included) for the FN SCAR for enhanced ergonomic feel, and is available in both standard right-hand and ambidextrous versions. For further versatility, the Noveske kit includes both long and short levers to help you get the best feel and function. The central shaft is machined from hardened b stainless steel with a nitride coating for surface wear resistance. a SPECS: Selector shaft - Stainless steel, hard nitride finish, matte black. Levers – molded polymer, matte black. #100-010-790EN Standard (RH) STS Selector, 1A28N50 �� $ 37.95 #100-010-789EN Ambidextrous STS Selector, 1A31F36 �� 39.95

DPMS AR-15/M16

MGI MILITARY AR-15/M16

AR-15/M16

CMMG AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

D-FENDER D-RING

UPPER RECEIVER PARTS KITS

Gunbuilder's Lower Receiver Parts Kits

LOWER PARTS KIT WITH TRIGGER

AR-15/m16

Drop-On Installation Gives A Lifetime Of Improved Extraction Firm rubber D-shaped ring surrounds the extractor spring to multiply extractor spring tension by 400%. Easy installation prevents virtually all extraction problems associated with AR-15 and M16 firearms. a b SPECS: Rubber, black. .068" (1.7mm) thick. #741-015-003EN D-Fender D-Ring, 1D7M93 ��$ 9.99

TANK’S RIFLE SHOP AR-15/M16

EXTRACTOR “DONUT”

parts kits

Drop-In Part Helps Ensure Positive, Reliable Extraction Tiny, high-stress synthetic rubber ring slips around the extractor spring to increase extractor tension for more reliable extraction. Eliminates spring “chatter” to prevent malfunctions caused by the extractor slipping off the cartridge rim. Helps ensure positive, consistent extraction during rapid-fire sequences. a b SPECS: Synthetic rubber. Sold in a pak of 5. #901-000-002EN Extractor Donuts, 5-pak, 1K3I15 ��$ 3.99

CMMG AR-15/M16

LOWER PIN & SPRING KIT 17 Critical Parts For Your Lower Parts kit contains 17 essential pins and springs for your AR lower receiver. Saves time when assembling components for a build and makes a great emergency replacement kit for small parts that are most often lost or broken. a b SPECS: Kit contains: trigger spring, hammer spring, hammer & trigger pins (2), takedown detent springs (2), disconnector spring, safety selector detent, safety selector spring, bolt catch spring, bolt catch plunger, bolt catch pin, triggerguard pin, buffer retainer, buffer retainer spring, & takedown detents (2). #100-012-715EN Lower Pin & Spring Kit, 3B13K89 �� $ 14.99

BUSHMASTER AR-15

LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT All The Internal Parts Needed To Complete A SmoothFunctioning, Reliable Lower Complete kit of all the internal parts, plus the pistol grip, allows you to build or refurbish on the small-pin lower of your choice. Unified set of components designed to work together helps ensure proper fit and smooth operation. Engagement surfaces on trigger and hammer are precision ground to give you a crisp letoff without sacrificing reliability. Pistol grip is injection molded from high-impact polymer and offers the streamlined contours of a standard A2-style grip, with a ledge for the second finger, molded in checkering, and deep grooves on the backstrap for improved control under recoil. Separate triggerguard b molded from the same high-density polymer is included. a SPECS: Steel, blued finish; injection-molded polymer, black grip. Includes trigger, hammer, disconnector, safety selector lever, bolt catch, magazine catch, magazine button, pistol grip, front and rear pivot pins, and all necessary pins, detents, and springs. #100-003-639EN Lower Receiver Parts Kit, 9B61C34 � $ 69.99

PAGE

The Parts You Need To Complete A Stripped Upper

The Small Parts You Need To Assemble A Complete Upper Handy kits gather up all the small parts needed to complete a functional upper receiver. Eliminates the hassle of tracking down every component separately, including hard-to-find pins and springs, so you can start a custom build knowing you won’t be held up waiting for that one part you forgot to order. Select the stripped upper, barrel, gas block, flash hider, bolt/carrier, and handguard you want, then purchase the completion kit to fit the handguard style and gas system length. Each kit con¬tains original factory parts, so you can install parts made by the manufacturer of your receiver. AR components from one man¬ufacturer will fit another manufacturer’s receiver, but fitting may be required. Use Standard (STD) kits with GI-style snap-on handguards. Includes gas tube, delta ring, handguard retainer ring, barrel slip ring spring, forward assist assembly, ejection port cover assembly, flash hider crush washer, peel washer, and all required pins, springs, and clips. Use Free Float (FF) kits with free-float forends that attach to the barrel nut and do not require delta ring handguard attachment system. Includes gas tube, for¬ward assist assembly, ejection port cover assembly, flash hider crush washer, and peel washer, plus pins, springs, and clips. a b SPECS: Carbine – 93/4" (24.8cm) gas tube length. Mid-Length – 113/4" (29.9cm) gas tube length. Rifle – 151/8" (38.4cm) gas tube length. COLT - Factory parts just like those used to produce U.S. military issue M16 rifles and M4 carbines. Kits available to fit carbine, midlength, and rifle gas systems with Standard or Free Float handguard. #080-000-610EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Carbine, 8K135N10 �� $ 166.99 #080-000-609EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD MidLength, 8K104N86 �� 136.99 #080-000-608EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Rifle, 8K135B12 �� 167.99 #080-000-597EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Carbine, 8K109J44 �� 137.99 #080-000-596EN Upper Rec'r Parts Kit, FF Mid-Length, 8K78F91 �� 102.99 #080-000-599EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Rifle, 8K109K00 �� 141.99 DPMS - Factory parts used in the popular Panther™ rifle series available for carbine, mid-length, and rifle gas systems with Standard or Free Float handguards. #080-000-607EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Carbine, 8K47H46 ��$ 63.99 #080-000-605EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Mid-Length, 8K46Q13 �� 58.99 #080-000-604EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Rifle, 8K45K29 �� 66.99 #080-000-616EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Carbine, 8K38C37 �� 55.99 #080-000-594EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Mid-Length, 8K36P50 �� 45.99 #080-000-593EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Rifle-Length, 8K36A85 �� 51.99 HIGH STANDARD - Parts manufactured to U.S. military specs and used in HSA-15 rifles and carbines. #080-000-603EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Carbine, 8K62P43 ��$ 78.99 #080-000-602EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Mid-Length, 3D62M43 �� 78.99 #080-000-601EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Rifle, 8K62M43 �� 78.99

CMMG's Lower Parts Gunbuilder's Kits contain all the parts necessary to complete a stripped AR-15 lower receiver, minus the three most-often customized components, trigger/hammer, pistol grip, and triggerguard. Parts list for all kits includes: AR-15 Kit pivot/takedown pins, takedown pin detent w/spring (2), hammer/trigger pins (2), safety selector, selector detent, magazine catch w/spring, bolt catch w/plunger/ spring/spring pin, and buffer retainer w/spring. AR-308 kit has components to fit DPMS LR-308 pattern receivers. Also includes an improved bolt catch and a bolt catch screw in place of the AR15 pin. California kits substitute the Assault Planet Bullet Button for the mag release button. Bullet Button retains the magazine in the lower receiver to conform with California Code of Regulations 978.20(a) by preventing rapid magazine removal, so your rifle can meet the requirement for a non-detachable magazine. a b #100-014-538EN AR-15 Gunbuilder's Kit, 3B44M08 �� $ 46.99 #100-014-539EN California AR-15 Gunbuilder's Kit, 3B55L41 �� 59.99 #100-014-540EN AR-308 Gunbuilder's Kit, 3B54B99 �� 54.99 #100-014-541EN California AR-308 Gunbuilder's Kit, 3B69A27 �� 74.99

DPMS AR15/M16

UPPER COMPLETION KIT

Everything To Complete Or Rebuild A Stripped Lower Receiver; Available With Military Or 2-Stage Trigger Complete kit contains every internal part needed to complete or rebuild an AR lower receiver. High-quality components are designed to work in coordination with each other to ensure smooth operation, and they come packaged in color-coded bags that organize related parts for easy assembly. Includes molded-polymer A2 pistol grip and a military-style trigger that offers a conventional, single-stage 6 to 6½ lb. service rifle pull. a b SPECS: Kit includes A2-style pistol grip, trigger, trigger spring, hammer, disconnector, hammer/trigger retaining pins, hammer spring, bolt stop and screw, selector, selector detent, bolt catch, magazine catch, magazine release button, front pivot pin, rear takedown pin, buffer retainer, triggerguard assembly, and all necessary pins, springs, detent and screws. AR-15/M16 fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 lower receivers. AR-Style .308 fits DPMS LR-308 pattern lower receivers. #100-011-594EN AR-15/M16 Lower Parts Kit w/MilSpec Trigger, 3B74Q99 �� $ 74.99 #100-011-172EN AR-308 Lower Parts Kit w/Mil-Spec Trigger, 3B94B99 �� 94.99

Key Components Necessary To Finish Building An Upper

COLT AR-15

Convenient, one-stop kit contains the complete forward assist and ejection port cover assemblies, including small bits. Forward assist assembly includes plunger, spring, and roll pin installed. Ejection port cover comes fully assembled with pin, spring, and C-clip installed. Both components fit standard, mil-spec upper receivers plus most machined billet receivers that accept mil-spec parts. Ejection port cover assembly also available separately. a b SPECS: Fits stripped AR15/M16 upper receivers. #231-000-373EN Upper Completion Kit, 1C15H50 �� $ 17.99 #231-000-359EN Ejection Port Cover Assy, 1C5L80 �� 7.99

FULL METAL TACTICAL AR-15/M16

Lower Parts Kit All The Small Parts To Build A Working Lower Complete parts kit fits standard mil-spec AR-15 lower receiver and help you complete a build on a budget - or completely refit a lower with worn or damaged internal parts. Contains all the pins, springs, and small parts - including A2-style pistol grip and fire control group - to produce a working lower, ready for the buffer tube and stock of your choice. #100-017-518EN Lower Parts Kit, 9D44E29 �� $ 49.99

#080-000-592EN Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Carbine, 8K44B96 �� 57.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

FACTORY LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT Genuine Colt Internal Parts To Complete A Stripped Lower Receiver

Convenient kit of genuine Colt factory parts includes all the small parts needed to finish a small-pin AR-15 lower receiver, and install the trigger group and pistol grip of your choice. Or, use the kit to rebuild the worn internals of an old rifle and restore it to likenew function and reliability. The single-manufacturer source—the company that developed the original AR-15/M16 platform and built them for the U.S. military—means the kit parts are designed to work together and will require minimal fitting. Also includes an Accu-Wedge, a high-density rubber insert that fills the space behind the takedown pin to prevent unwanted movement between the receiver halves. Helps the rifle shoot tight, consistent groups. SPECS: Fits small pin (.154" diameter), mil-spec lower receivers and ARstyle .308 rifles that use AR-15 trigger groups. Kit contains bolt catch pin, bolt catch plunger, bolt catch spring, buffer retainer, buffer retainer spring, selector lever, selector detent, hammer/trigger pins (.154" O.D.), mag catch, mag release button, mag release button spring, pistol grip lock washer, pistol grip screw, .250" front pivot pin, .250" rear takedown pin, 2 takedown pin detents, 2 takedown pin detent springs, triggerguard, triggerguard pivot pin, bolt catch, ejector/selector spring, and Accu-Wedge. Does not include trigger, hammer, disconnector, or pistol grip. #080-000-606EN Colt Lower Receiver Parts Kit, 6A140P19 �� $ 156.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

DOUBLE STAR

LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT

DPMS AR-15/M16

HIGH STANDARD AR-15/M16

COMPLETE DELTA RING ASSEMBLY

PARTS KITS

High-quality parts kit includes all necessary components minus the stock and buffer system to complete a stripped lower receiver or rebuild an old gun that’s worn out. Kit includes complete fire control group with pins and springs, bolt catch assembly, magazine catch assembly, front pivot pin, rear takedown pin, both takedown pins and detents, trigger guard pin, pistol grip with screw and washer, buffer detent, and the buffer detent spring. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Fits all standard mil-spec pattern AR-15 receivers. Buttstock, buffer tube, buffer and spring not included. #100-010-669EN Lower Receiver Parts Kit, 2Z64E29 ��$ 69.99

The correct replacement parts for use on a rifle's factory standard plastic handguard. Good idea to swap out these parts when you're installing a new handguard or returning a rifle back to “as issued” configuration. Easier than wrangling a bent or damaged assembly back into service. Why skimp on a critical but inexpensive component when you can start fresh? Kit includes the Delta ring itself, slip ring, and slip ring spring. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. #231-000-350EN Delta Ring Assembly, 1C9N92 ��$ 12.99

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT

UPPER RECEIVER SUB-ASSEMBLY PARTS

Genuine DPMS parts are the perfect choice to complete or repair your rifle - and great for putting together an emergency field repair kit. All parts fit DPMS LR-308 upper receivers. Firing Pin is hard-chromed with a silver finish. a b DPMS AR-STYLE .308 UPPER RECEIVER SMALL PARTS STOCK # BOLT GAS RING PRICE 1C2P55 $ 2.99 #231-000-290EN Bolt Gas Ring 1C6D22 $ 7.95 #231-000-284EN Cam Pin 1C8P50 $ 11.95 #231-000-293EN Delta Ring 1C13J73 $ 16.95 #231-000-294EN Delta Ring Assembly 3B13Q99 $ 15.99 #231-000-269EN Ejection Port Cover 3B2M56 $ 2.95 #231-000-270EN Ejection Port Cover Pin 1C2P28 $ 2.95 #231-000-286EN Ejector 1C1K52 $ 1.95 #231-000-287EN Extractor Pin 1C9Q99 $ 11.99 #231-000-280EN Firing Pin 1C3J38 $ 4.49 #231-000-279EN Firing Pin Retaining Pin 3B1G97 $ 2.49 #231-000-268EN Forward Assist Spring 1C1K94 $ 2.39 #231-000-291EN Snap Ring 1C3E95 $ 4.89 #231-000-292EN Weld Spring BOLT/CARRIER REPAIR KIT Contains the most necessary parts to keep your rifle’s bolt in good repair. Includes: one each (1) firing pin, firing pin retaining pin, cam pin, extractor, extractor pin, two each (2) extractor springs, and three each (3) gas rings. #231-000-289EN Bolt/Carrier Repair Kit, 1C35N71 �� $ 39.99 CHARGING HANDLE - Genuine DPMS charging handle for LR-308 rifle. Left-side release with standard length latch; 6061 T6 aluminum, anodized finish, matte black. #231-000-267EN Charging Handle, 3B43M05 �� $ 44.99 FLASH SUPPRESSOR - Standard, A2-style “birdcage” flash suppressor. Solid bottom helps reduce dust signature. Steel, black finish, fits barrels with 5/8"-24 tpi threads. Crush washer sold separately below. #231-000-295EN Flash Suppressor, 1C19D99 ��$ 21.99 #080-000-755EN Crush Washer, 8K2H70 �� 3.49

All the internal parts you need to turn a stripped LR-308 (or equivalent) lower receiver into a fully functional bottom half, ready for assembly to the upper receiver and buttstock. Or, use to rebuild the worn internals of an old rifle and restore it to like-new function and reliability. Eliminates the hassle of scrounging up the parts one by one, plus single-manufacturer source means the kit parts are designed to work together and will require minimal fitting. Kit includes the complete fire-control system with trigger, trigger spring, disconnector, .153" diameter hammer/trigger retaining pins, hammer spring, bolt stop, bolt stop screw, selector, selector detent, bolt catch, magazine catch, magazine release button, front pivot pin, rear takedown pin, buffer retainer, and all necessary pins, springs, detents, and screws. Also included is a polymer A2-style pistol grip and an extraweight hammer for positive ignition of .308 ammo. Also available without trigger. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Fits DPMS LR-308 series lower receivers and compatible .308/7.62mm lowers, including Remington and Patriot Ordnance Factory. #231-000-250EN .308 Lower Receiver Parts Kit w/ Trigger, 1C64N50 ��$ 69.99 #231-000-334EN .308 Lower Parts Kit w/o Trigger, 1C36Q50 �� 49.99

AR-15 ARMORER’S LOWER PARTS KIT

DPMS

Military Spec Parts Sets For Multiple Lower Receivers Ideal for anyone who builds or repairs multiple AR-15s, this handy kit contains enough parts for five lower receivers. Parts come in a secure, see through plastic box, with dividers, so you can quickly locate the items you need. Kit contains only new, current-production, mil-spec parts. Does not include pistol grip. a b SPECS: Kit includes 5 each of trigger spring, trigger pin, hammer spring, hammer pin, disconnector and spring, bolt catch, bolt catch plunger, bolt catch spring, bolt catch roll pin, selector, selector detent, selector detent spring, takedown detent sets and springs, pivot pin, rear takedown pin, buffer retainer and spring, magazine catch, button and spring, screw and washer, triggerguard assembly and pin, a mil-spec trigger, and hammer. #231-000-356EN AR-15 Armorer’s Lower Parts Kit, 1C269G99 �� $ 289.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

High-quality, mil-spec parts from a respected name in precision firearms for more than 75 years, now a premier maker of complete AR-15 rifles. Replace worn or damaged parts to return a service rifle to factory specs or use in building a precision custom rifle that meets your exact requirements. Complete, prepackaged kits include all the parts you need for specific subassemblies. Saves time and money—no need to hunt down each item individually. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized, dark gray finish; aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish; or spring steel. BOLT/CARRIER - Includes carrier, carrier key, bolt, extractor, extractor spring, extractor pin, ejector, ejector spring, ejector pin, firing pin, firing pin retainer, cam pin, (3) gas rings, and screws. #430-000-527EN Bolt/Carrier Assembly, 3D153J48 �� $ 169.99 A2 UPPER RECEIVER KIT - Includes A2 rear sight kit, forward assist assembly, and ejection port cover, described in detail below. #430-000-520EN Upper Rec'r Parts Kit, 3D89J99 �� $ 109.99 A2 REAR SIGHT - Includes sight base, windage knob, windage knob pin, windage screw, sight aperture, sight spring, elevation wheel, elevation knob, elevation spring, index screw, forward assist retainer pin, (3) detent balls, and (3) index springs. #430-000-526EN A2 Rear Sight Kit, 3D60D82 �� $ 65.99

Sub-Assembly, Mil-Spec Parts Packaged In Money-Saving Kits The easiest way to stock and sell genuine, mil-spec AR-15 parts, or use to assemble rifles on your receivers. Much lower in total cost than buying the parts one at a time. All kits listed contain only new, current-production, genuine, mil-spec parts; never pull-offs or direct-exchange surplus. a b SPECS: Unassembled kits packaged in heat-sealed, poly bags, labeled for resale. Fits AR-15 only. BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY - Kit includes: bolt carrier, bolt, extractor, extractor spring, extractor pin, ejector, ejector spring, ejector pin, (3) gas rings, firing pin, firing pin retainer, cam pin, gas key and screws. #231-000-176EN AR-15 Bolt Carrier Assembly, 1C123Q13 �� $ 129.99 A2 UPPER RECEIVER PARTS KIT - Kit includes: charging handle assembly, A2 rear sight assembly, forward assist assembly, and ejection port cover assembly. #231-115-002EN Upper Receiver Kit, 1C59A99 �� $ 68.99

FORWARD ASSIST - Includes plunger, forward assist pawl, spring, and retainer pin. #430-000-524EN Forward Assist Assembly, 3D14K89 �� $ 18.49

LRPK-SP LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT - Just add a hammer, trigger, and pistol grip of your choice. Kit includes trigger spring, trigger pin, hammer spring, hammer pin, disconnector and spring, bolt catch, bolt catch plunger, bolt catch spring, bolt catch roll pin, selector, selector detent, selector detent spring, (2) takedown detents and springs, pivot pin, rear takedown pin, buffer retainer and spring, magazine catch, button and spring, screw and washer, triggerguard assembly and pin. #231-000-258EN LRPK-SP Lower Rec’r Parts Kit, 1C33E00 ��$ 35.99

EJECTION PORT COVER - Includes cover, hinge pin, spring, and snap ring. #430-000-523EN Ejection Port Cover, 3D7H83 ��$ 9.99

LRPK-1 COMPLETE LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT - Includes everything listed in the kit above, plus a mil-spec trigger, hammer, and A2 pistol grip.

A2 BUTTSTOCK - Includes buffer, buffer spring, and buttstock shell with buffer tube, buttplate, storage compartment door, hinge and pin, rear swivel, lower buttstock screw, upper buttstock screw, and spacer installed. #430-000-521EN A2 Buttstock Assembly, 3D91C44 �� $ 114.30

#231-115-003EN LRPK-1 Complete Lower Parts Kit, 1C57Q14 �� $ 62.99

CHARGING HANDLE - Includes handle, latch, latch/pawl pin, and spring. #430-000-522EN Charging Handle Assy, 3D21B34 �� $ 26.68

FRONT SIGHT KIT - Includes sight post, sight detent, detent spring, sling swivel, swivel rivet, and gas tube roll pin. #430-000-525EN Front Sight Kit, 3D10K47 �� $ 13.09 LOWER RECEIVER KIT - Includes all the parts needed to complete a stripped, small-pin, semi-auto lower receiver in a custom build, or replace worn parts to return a service rifle to factory specs. Manufactured to precise tolerances in accordance with MIL-STD 105D to ensure correct fit in mil-spec receiver. Includes complete trigger/hammer group with precision-ground engagement surfaces for a smooth, clean trigger pull and crisp release. Aluminum triggerguard with pre-installed detent pin, and A2-style pistol grip of high-impact polymer. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Grip - injection-molded polymer, black. Triggerguard – aluminum, anodized, matte black. Kit includes trigger, hammer, disconnector, safety selector lever, bolt catch, magazine catch, magazine button, pistol grip, front pivot pin, rear takedown pin, buffer

order on the web

brownells.com

LRPK-LTG LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT - Contains just the basic small parts plus an A2 pistol grip, with no trigger, hammer, or disconnector parts. Kit contents: A2 pistol grip, screw and washer; bolt catch, plunger, roll pin, and spring; magazine catch, button, and spring; selector, detent, and spring; front pivot pin and rear takedown pin; (2) takedown detents and springs; buffer retainer and spring; triggerguard and roll pin. #231-000-305EN LRPK-LTG Lower Rec’r Parts Kit, 1C25N13 �� $ 29.99 A2 RIFLE BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY - Kit includes buttstock shell, door assembly, buttplate, hinge and pin, rear swivel, lower buttstock screw, upper buttstock screw, aluminum buttstock spacer, extension tube, buffer, and buffer spring. #231-115-004EN Buttstock Assembly, 1C79L99 ��$ 89.99

retainer, .154” diameter hammer and trigger pins, plus all other necessary pins, detents, and springs. #430-000-543EN Lower Rec’r Parts Kit, 3D72D49 ��$ 79.99

PAGE

parts kits

Full Set Of Internal Parts Needed To Complete A Stripped .308 Lower

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

Factory Replacement Parts For Repair Or Building A Custom Rifle

High-Quality, Correct-Spec Parts Finished & Ready To Install

PARTS KITS

AR-15/m16

Required Hardware For GI-Style Plastic Handguard

Convenient Pack o’ Parts You Need To Complete A Stripped Lower

DPMS AR-15

HIGH STANDARD AR-15/M16

SPRING/PIN/SMALL PARTS KITS

AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16 parts kits

SPRING KITSContains every spring your rifle needs: buffer spring, front sight detent spring, extractor spring with insert, ejector spring, bolt catch spring, magazine catch spring, hammer spring, disconnector spring, trigger spring, safety spring, buffer detent spring, forward assist spring, ejection cover spring, and 2 takedown/pivot pin detent springs. Separate kits for A2-pattern rifles and M4-type adjustable-stock carbines. #430-000-563EN A2 Rifle Spring Kit, 3D15B00 ��$ 19.99 #430-000-564EN M4 Carbine Spring Kit, 3D15Q00 �� 19.99 AR-15 PIN KIT - Contains gas tube roll pin, ejector roll pin, extractor pin, trigger guard pin, two hammer and trigger pins, forward assist roll pin, and ejection port cover hinge pin. #430-000-562EN AR-15 Pin Kit, 3D7P10 �� $ 9.99 AR-15 MAINTENANCE KIT - A bunch of small parts that easily go astray: front sight detent, swivel rivet, flash hider washer, bolt carrier key screw, cam pin, ejector, extractor, set of three bolt gas rings, firing pin retaining pin, firing pin, takedown/pivot pin detents, safety detent, buffer detent, and ejection cover hinge pin clip. #430-000-565EN AR-15 Maintenance Kit, 3D40B00 �� $ 44.99

AR-15 FIELD PARTS KIT Essential Parts For Emergency Repairs Don’t let a broken part spoil your hunt or ruin an important match. Convenient, pre-packaged kit contains selected DPMS and Yellow Tavern Custom Shoppe parts most often required for emergency field repairs. Contains: (1) pivot pin, (1) pivot pin spring, (3) bolt gas rings, (2) bolt catch pins, (1) bolt catch spring, (1) buffer retainer pin, (1) buffer retainer spring, (1) buffer spring (CAR), (1) buffer spring (STD), (1) carrier key screw, (2) disconnector springs, (1) ejector, (2) ejector pins, (1) ejector spring, (1) ejection port cover spring, (1) extractor, (1) extractor spring, (1) extractor pin, (1) firing pin, (3) firing pin retaining pins, (1) flash suppressor lock washer,(2) forward assist pins, (1) forward assist spring, (1) front sling swivel rivet (black), (1) front sight detent spring, (2) gas tube roll pins, (1) hammer/trigger pin, (2) hammer springs, (1) handguard retainer ring, (1) mag catch spring, (1) pistol grip star washer, (1) pistol grip screw, (2) trigger springs, (1) takedown pin (not mil-spec), (1) takedown pin spring, (2) takedown/selector detents, (2) triggerguard pins, (1) A-1 sight drum pin, (1) A-1 sight drum spring and (4) A2 windage knob pins. a b SPECS: Parkerized finish. Take down pins - .250" diameter. #078-060-015EN AR-15 Field Repair Kit, 8G50E46 �� $ 59.99

PAGE

WMD GUNS AR-15/M16

MIL-SPEC SMALL PARTS

NiB-X™ Firing Pin

BOLT UPGRADE KIT

Your Rifle Won’t Run Without These Small But Critical Parts Handy kits of springs, pins and small parts to repair or overhaul your rifle. Why reinstall old, worn, dinged parts when you can completely replace them? Great additions to a range bag or armorer’s kit. a b

TTI INTERNATIONAL AR-15/M16 Replacement Pins, Springs & Rings Keep Your AR Shooting

Upgrades & Repairs AR-15 Bolts Kit helps you upgrade and repair the fastest-wearing parts on an AR-15 bolt, to keep your rifle running. Includes Buffer Technology Extractor Upgrade that enhances extractor function with stiff spring and rubber o-ring. Also includes extractor pin, extractor spring/buffer and 3 gas rings. Perfect to keep in your range bag or tool kit. a b SPECS: Extractor, extractor pin, extractor spring/buffer, extractor o-ring, (3) gas rings. #078-000-170EN AR-15/M16 Bolt Upgrade Kit, 8G27P55 �� $ 29.99

/DOUBLESTAR AR-15/M16

ARMORER’S SMALL PARTS KIT Convenient Bulk Kit With The Parts You Need To Keep AR-15s Running Designed for the armorer or gunsmith who services a lot of ARs, this extensive kit includes the key components for both the upper and lower receiver to keep your customers’, department’s, or agency’s AR-15s ready for action. Also great for doing multiple builds as well as for replacing parts that have been damaged in use or been lost during installation. Handy insurance to make sure you always have a replacement part when you need one. a b SPECS: Kit includes: 5 each - hammer, hammer spring, trigger, trigger spring, triggerguard, triggerguard roll pin, disconnector, disconnector spring, safety selector, magazine latch, magazine release button, magazine release spring, bolt catch, bolt catch plunger, bolt catch spring, bolt catch roll pin, front and rear takedown pins, extractor, ejector, ejector spring, grip screw, and washer.10 each - trigger and hammer pin, buffer retainer, buffer retainer spring, cam pin, firing pin retaining pin, extractor spring, extractor buffer, and black extractor O-ring. 20 each - takedown pin spring and detent. 30 each - bolt gas rings. #084-000-374EN AR-15 Armorer’s Small Parts Kit, 4H499E99 �� $ 599.99

DPMS AR-15

ULTIMATE REPAIR KIT Replace Worn Parts, Restore Lost Performance

Thirty six of the most often needed parts to replace those broken, lost or just worn out. Restore performance and function, keeps rifle operational. a b SPECS: Kit contains: (1) firing pin, (1) extractor, (1) disconnector, (1) disconnector spring, (3) firing pin retainer pins, (1) extractor pin, (1) ejector, (1) ejector roll pin, (3) bolt gas rings, (1) rear takedown pin .250", (1) front pivot pin .250", (2) trigger pins, (1) takedown detent, (2) selector detents, (1) gas tube roll pin, (1) triggerguard pin, (1) bolt catch roll pin, (1) forward assist pin, (1) rear base spring pin, (1) extractor spring, (1) front sight spring, (1) forward assist spring, (1) magazine catch spring, (1) buffer retainer spring, (2) detent springs, (1) selector spring, (1) hammer spring, (1) bolt catch spring, (1) ejector spring. #231-000-026EN AR-15 Ultimate Repair Kit, 1C31H11 ��$ 34.99

Genuine, Mil-spec quality small pins, springs, washers and screws for the AR-15/M16 that wear out, break, or just get lost. Great for creating your own emergency parts kits. Or get our economical premade Kit I contains one each of every part listed in the table. Kit II contains all the parts in the table plus the following: front sight detent, extractor pin, buffer retainer, bolt catch buffer, takedown/ pivot pin detent, mag catch button, selector detent, hammer/trigger pins and crush washer. a b SPECS: Springs - steel, music wire or stainless steel wire. Parts sold 5 per pack. STOCK # #989-015-004EN #989-015-005EN #989-015-006EN #989-015-007EN #989-015-008EN #989-015-009EN #989-015-012EN #989-015-013EN #989-015-014EN #989-015-015EN #989-015-016EN #989-015-020EN #989-015-022EN #989-015-023EN #989-015-024EN #989-015-027EN #989-015-029EN

BOLT CATCH PIN Bolt Catch Pin Bolt Catch Spring 5 paks of (3) Bolt Gas Rings Buffer Retainer Spring CAR Buffer Spring STD Buffer Spring Ejection Port Cover Spring Ejector Retainer Pin Firing Pin Retainer Pin Flash Suprsr Lock Washer Forward Assist Pin Gas Tube Pin Mag Catch Spring Pivot Pin Spring Takedown Pin Spring Triggerguard Pin Pistol Grip Screw

PRICE 9H2L27 $ 2.99 9H1L73 $ 2.99 9H6L89 $ 8.99 9H1H73 $ 2.99 9H14N00 $ 19.99 9H14M00 $ 19.99 9H3L27 $ 3.99 9H1E73 $ 2.99 9H2P38 $ 2.99 9H1A46 $ 2.99 9H2E18 $ 2.99 9H1M45 $ 2.99 9H1A73 $ 2.99 9H2F00 $ 2.99 9H2P00 $ 2.99 9H2M27 $ 2.99 9H2H82 $ 3.99

BLACKHEART INTERNATIONAL AR-15/M16

TITANIUM FIRING PIN

Nickle-Boron Coating Resists Wear & Corrosion AR-15 firing pin features proprietary NiB-X coating that gives superior lubricity, corrosion-resistance and surface hardness of Rc-70. Fits all standard AR-15s. a b SPECS: Steel with Nickle-Boron coating. #100-011-238EN NiB-X Firing Pin, 3C13I80 �� $ 14.99

RUBBER CITY ARMORY AR-15/M16

ENHANCED FIRING PIN Made Of Upgraded Materials For Maximum Strength & Durability Replacement firing pin made of high-grade stainless steel hardened to Rc 42-45, so it will help keep your AR running in extreme operating conditions. Exceptional strength to resist to breakage, and an incredibly hard nitride coating to resist surface wear. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel, hardened to Rc 42-45, black nitride coating. Fits standard mil-spec AR-15/M16/M4 bolt. #100-012-435EN Enhanced Firing Pin, 9D13A60 �� $ 14.99

J. DEWEY AR-15/M16

MIL-SPEC PARTS Genuine Mil-Spec Individual Parts Genuine AR-15/M16 parts made to military specifications by a government contractor. These often- replaced parts are supplied in individual bags. a b SPECS: Gas tubes, stainless steel. Pins, steel. Knobs, aluminum. STOCK # #234-901-020EN #234-901-016EN #234-902-100EN #234-902-250EN #234-902-101EN

ITEM Long Gas Tube (20" bbl) Short Gas Tube (16" bbl) Take Down Pin Pivot Pin (.250" dia.) Bolt Cam Pin

PRICE 9Z10A11 $ 12.99 9Z10E11 $ 11.99 9Z4D18 $ 5.99 9Z3F99 $ 4.15 9Z4M32 $ 5.99

Ultra-Fast Lock Time; Self-Lubricating, Anti-Wear Coating Precision-machined Titanium firing pin is nearly 40% lighter than a standard steel pin for faster lock time. Minimizes risk of accuracy being compromised by weapon movement before the pin hits the primer. Ultra-hard, high-lubricity Titanium Nitride (TiNi) coating resists mechanical friction for smoother, faster travel and less fouling build-up. Corrosion- and high-temperature resistant to eliminate galling, fretting, and seizing. a b SPECS: Titanium, hardcoated with Titanium Nitride, gold finish. Replaces standard mil-spec AR-15/M16/M4 firing pin. #100-005-696EN Titanium Firing Pin, 2B38A77 �� $ 44.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

FIRING PIN

OEM Quality For Long Life Quality-made, original-style, chrome pin. Perfect for replacement of worn or damaged pins; great for building new rifles. Small collar fits all carriers. a b SPECS: Steel, chrome. Fits AR-15 and M16. #231-000-005EN AR-15 Firing Pin, 3B6C29 �� $ 7.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

BRAVO COMPANY

AR-15/M16/M4

RECEIVER EXTENSION ASSEMBLY KIT All-In-One, Mounting Hardware Kit For Adjustable Buttstock Compatible with MilSpec stocks, this kit contains all the necessary parts to mount a stock assembly onto your lower receiver. Six position buffer tube is machined from 7075 T6 aluminum to Mil-Spec dimensions with a Type III hardcoat anodized finish. Machined, high carbon steel castle nut is heat treated for extra strength and given a phosphate finish for durability. Kit also contains a standard 3 oz. carbine buffer and a carbine action spring made of high-tensile steel. a b SPECS: Buffer Tube - 7075-T6 aluminum, hard coat anodized Type III finish. Carbine Buffer - 3 oz. (85g) wt. Castle Nut - Steel. Carbine Spring - High-tensile steel. #100-014-185EN Receiver Extension Assembly Kit, 1E53C77 �� $ 57.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

DPMS AR-15/M16

HARFORD AR-15/M16

DPMS AR-15

FULL-AUTO & BURST PARTS

ENGRAVED EJECTION PORT COVERS

SPRING, PIN & REPAIR KITS Genuine Mil-Spec Parts On Convenient Blister Pak Cards

BLACK RAIN ORDNANCE AR-15/M16

ENGRAVED EJECTION PORT COVER Personalize Your AR Parkerized steel ejection port cover is engraved with “Let It Rain!!” on the inside. Slogan is invisible with cover closed to retain the stock appearance. Ready to install in any mil-spec upper receiver. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, black. Fits mil-spec .223/5.56mm caliber AR15/M16 upper receivers. Comes with detent and detent spring installed; hinge pin, spring, and snap ring. #100-007-004EN “Let It Rain!!” Ejection Port Cover, 1G17G78 �� $ 19.99

Absolutely the easiest way to keep genuine Mil-spec AR-15 replacement parts in your shop and available for your customers. A complete selection of springs, pins and parts, ready to hang on a wall or display rack for easy sales. a b SPECS: Steel and spring steel. Matte finish. AR-15 PIN KIT - Contains one each of the following pins: pivot pin, takedown pin (not Mil-spec), hammer/trigger pin, bolt catch pin, forward assist pin, triggerguard pin, gas tube roll pin, extractor pin, ejector pin, firing pin, retaining pin, A2 sight roll pins (3), takedown;selector detents (2). #231-015-001EN AR-15 Pin Kit, 1C15L65 �� $ 19.99

Engraved Slogans Personalize Your Rifle Ejection port covers are engraved with colorful slogans to personalize your AR in a unique way. The engraving is on the inside of the cover, so when it’s closed, your gun retains its stock appearance. These are top-quality, all-steel covers made to the correct dimensions for proper fit and function on any mil-spec upper receiver. a b SPECS: 1045/1055 cold-rolled carbon steel, Parkerized, black. Comes with detent and detent spring installed; hinge pin, spring, snap ring required (sold separately). Fits standard .223/5.56mm AR-15/M16 upper receivers. Not for use on Rock River Arms 9mm or Uramex .22 LR. STOCK # SLOGAN/IMAGE #100-005-625EN “Zombie Hunter” #100-005-626EN “Don’t Tread On Me”/ U.S. Flag #100-005-627EN Greek Lettering (“Come Take Them”) #100-005-628EN “Don’t Run/You’ll Only Die Tired” #100-005-629EN “Infidel” #100-006-138EN “Smile, Wait For Flash” #100-006-139EN “Si Vis Pacem, Para Bellum” #100-007-210EN “Get Some” #100-007-211EN Double Skull #100-008-018EN Marines Corps Seal/“USMC” #100-008-021EN Marines Corps Seal/“Semper Fidelis” #100-008-019EN “Veritas Aequitas” #100-008-020EN “Dead Men Tell No Lies” #100-008-022EN “Liberty or Death” #100-006-141EN “Infidel”/U.S. Flag — Advise # — Engraved Ejection Port Cover, 3Z12P41 �� $ 14.99

/VLTOR AR-15/M16

CARBINE STOCK COMPLETION KIT BRAVO COMPANY

AR-15/M16

PISTOL RECEIVER EXTENSION TUBE Perfect For A Custom AR Pistol Build Machined from 7075 T6 aluminum, Pistol Receiver Extension tube is compatible with the Sig Sauer SB-15 Stabilizing Brace. Hardcoat anodized tube accepts carbine buffer and action springs. Pistol Receiver Extension Kit includes a castle nut, carbine buffer, carbine action spring, and QD receiver end plate. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7 1/4" 1 (18.2cm) long, 1 /4" (3.1cm) O.D. #100-016-339EN Pistol Receiver Extension, 1E36J17 �� $ 38.99 #100-016-338EN Pistol Receiver Extension Kit, 1E53C82 �� 57.99

Everything Needed To Install An Adjustable Buttstock Convenient kit contains all the parts required to mount a mil-spec M4/CAR-15 collapsible buttstock on a civilian carbine or convert a rifle from an A2‑style fixed buttstock. Rugged, Vltor receiver extension tube has the correct, 1.146" O.D. for stocks that fit the smaller, mil-spec tube. Allows fast length of pull adjustments using five notches on underside that accept the stock’s locking pin. White position numbers on top visible through the witness hole on many stocks. All-steel Vltor endplate has a single slot that accepts a 11/4" wide webbing sling. Extra-weight steel buffer softens felt recoil, reduces cyclic rate during full-auto fire, and minimizes bolt bounce to aid feeding and extraction reliability. a b SPECS: Receiver Extension - Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black.

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

AR-15 SPING KIT - Contains one each of the following springs: trigger spring, hammer spring, ejector spring, extractor spring, bolt catch spring, disconnector spring, selector spring, takedown spring (2), mag catch spring, front sight spring, ejection cover spring, forward assist spring. #231-015-002EN AR-15 Spring Kit, 1C7F48 ��$ 8.99 AR-15 REPAIR KIT - Contains one each: hammer spring, trigger spring, extractor, extractor return spring, firing pin, ejector pin, ejector, firing pin, retaining pin, disconnector spring. #231-015-003EN AR-15 Repair Kit, 1C23I46 �� $ 27.99

COLT M16/M4

FULL-AUTO PARTS Factory Replacement Parts For Military & Law Enforcement Applications Factory original, fire control parts keep your select-fire Colt M16/ M4 shooting reliably, so you’ll be prepared to face intensive tactical operations with the confidence of knowing your weapon won’t let you down. These parts are precision engineered and manufactured to strict quality control standards from the finest materials for correct fit in your gun. All NFA rules apply. SPECS: Steel. Matte black finish. #160-000-370EN Auto Sear Assembly, A2, 6A11F87 �� $ 14.99 #160-000-366EN Cam/Burst, A2, 6A14B60 �� 18.99 4.49 #160-000-367EN Clutch Spring, A2, 6A3M28 �� #160-000-373EN Disconnect/Full Auto, A1, 6A10H48 �� 13.99 4.99 #160-000-375EN Disconnect Spring, 6A2E80 �� #160-000-365EN Hammer w/Detent Spring, A2, 6A52B46 �� 65.56 #160-000-372EN Hammer/Full Auto, A1, 6A44G60 �� 47.99 4.49 #160-305-103EN Hammer Spring, 6A3K58 �� #160-000-368EN Hammer Spring/3-Shot Burst, A2, 2.79 6A2Q22 �� #160-000-371EN Key & Bolt Carrier, A2, 6A121I03 �� 139.99 #160-000-369EN Trigger & Disconnect Spring Assy., A2, 6A20E32 �� 22.99 #160-000-374EN Trigger/Full Auto, A1, 6A37Q46 �� 39.99

73/16" (18.4cm) long, 1.146" O.D. Endplate/Locking Ring - Steel, matte black. 21/16" (5.2cm) long, 13/8" (3.5cm) wide, 1/8" (3mm) thick. Buffer – steel body. 31/4" (8.3cm) long. 5.4 oz. (155g) wt. Recoil Spring – Chrome silicon spring steel. 107/8" (27.6cm) long. #080-000-621EN Stock Completion Kit, 8K95E67 �� $ 129.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Convenient kit contains all the components needed to mount the buttstock of your choice on an AR-15 rifle or carbine. Perfect for stock conversions such as altering a rifle to accept a collapsible carbine stock. All parts are manufactured from the highest quality materials and held to strict dimensional tolerances for proper fit and function. Kits available for the four standard buttstock types. A1 rifle kit contains receiver extension tube, recoil buffer, recoil buffer spring, and buttstock cap screw. A2 rifle kit adds to A1 kit contents the correct buttstock spacer required for A2 rifle stocks. Carbine kits contain receiver extension, carbine recoil spring, carbine recoil buffer, lock ring, and receiver plate. Commercial carbine kit comes with 1.17" O.D., six-position receiver extension for use with commercial or “universal” buttstocks. Mil-Spec kit has a 1.14" O.D., receiver extension for correct fit of military M4 carbine buttstocks. M4 buttstocks and clones will not fit Commercial tubes. Available in both 5- and b 6-position models. a SPECS: Receiver Extension & A2 Stock Spacer – Aluminum, anodized, matte black. Recoil Buffer – Aluminum and steel. Spring, Lock Ring, Receiver Plate – Steel. Kits fit standard, mil-spec AR-15/M16/M4 lower receiver and clones. Installation instructions included. #080-000-553EN A1 Rifle Stock Completion Kit, 8K32M75 ��$ 39.99 #080-000-554EN A2 Rifle Stock Completion Kit, 8K36A50 �� 39.99 #080-000-556EN Commercial Carbine Stock Completion Kit, 8K43I41 �� 49.99 #080-000-555EN Mil-Spec 5-Pos. Carbine Stock Completion Kit, 8K59P99 �� 69.99 #080-001-039EN Mil-Spec 6-Pos. Carbine Stock Completion Kit, 5A43L13 �� 49.99

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

STOCK MOUNTING KITS & PARTS Rifle Buffer

Correct Hardware To Mount A Stock To Your .308 Genuine DPMS factory parts will help you repair an existing rifle or correctly install a stock to a custom build. Buffers and springs are weighted to function properly in DPMS LR-308 and Remington R-25 rifles. Complete Carbine Stock Mounting Kit includes heavy duty, six-position aluminum buffer tube (also called the receiver extension) for mounting an M4-type collapsible stock to your .308 rifle. Includes the receiver extension, locking nut, and correctweight buffer and spring. Available to fit Mil-Spec or Commercial stocks. Carbine Buffer and Buffer Spring also sold separately. Rifle Buffer and Spring fit buffer tube for fixed, A2-type rifle stock; will not work in carbine tube. a b SPECS: Mil-Spec assembly fits 1.14" O.D. M4-type buffer tube. Commercial fits 1.17" O.D. M4 buffer tube. Receiver Extension – extruded aluminum, hard-anodized matte black. 73/4" (19.7cm) long. Endplate – Steel, matte black phosphate finish. 13/8" (3.5cm) wide, 21/16" (5.2cm) high, 1/8" (3.2mm) thick. Carbine Buffer – Steel body. 21/2" long, 3.7oz. wt. Rifle buffer – Aluminum body. 47/8" long. #231-000-303EN AR-308 Carbine Stock Mounting Kit, Commercial, 1C52Q31 �� $ 56.95 #231-000-304EN AR-308 Carbine Stock Mounting Kit, Mil-Spec, 1C63M50 �� 69.95 #231-000-278EN Carbine Buffer, Only, 3B26C50 �� 29.99 5.99 #231-000-277EN Carbine Buffer Spring, Only, 3B4J16 �� #231-000-276EN Rifle Buffer, Only, 3B17M64 �� 20.99 8.99 #231-000-275EN Rifle Buffer Spring, Only, 3B6G01 ��

PAGE

parts kits

High-quality, M16/ M4 components from DPMS keep select fire weapons shooting longer and give you the confidence you need to get the job done in all tactical situations. All parts are precision engineered and made to rigid quality standards to ensure excellence and long-lasting strength when failure is not an option. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: Steel. Black. Heat-treated, hardened, or alloy steel. #231-000-209EN Bolt Carrier w/Bolt Assembly, 1C123G50 �� $ 129.99 69.99 #231-000-210EN Bolt Carrier, 1C68J99 �� #231-000-211EN Full Auto Disconnector, M16, 5.99 1C4D99 �� 6.99 #231-000-212EN Full Auto Firing Pin, M16, 1C5G82 �� #231-000-213EN Full Auto Mil-Spec Hammer, 22.30 1C18N50 �� 10.79 #231-000-214EN Full Auto Selector, M16, 1C8G99 �� 34.99 #231-000-133EN Full Auto Trigger, 3B19N99 �� 12.99 #231-000-216EN LR-AS1 Auto Sear, M16, 3B11M05 �� 2.49 #231-000-217EN LR-AS2 Auto Sear Pin, M16, 3B1G71 �� 23.99 #231-000-225EN Burst Trigger, 3B18H57 �� #231-000-106EN Burst Disconnect Spring, 2 ea., 1.65 3B1M32 ��

STOCK COMPLETION KITS For Secure Installation Of Almost Any Rifle Or Carbine Buttstock

AR-15/m16

Maintain & Repair Select Fire Rifles

AR-15/M16

PHASE 5 TACTICAL AR-15/M16

AR-15/M16

parts kits

AR-15/m16

BUTTSTOCK MOUNTING KITS All The Original Factory Parts Needed To Install Rifle & Carbine Buttstocks Convenient kits contain all the components needed to securely mount the buttstock of your choice using original factory parts from the manufacturer of your receiver. Eliminates the hassle of tracking down every part and accidentally getting incorrect ones for your stock. Have everything you need to finish your build, so you won’t be held up waiting for that one part you forgot to order. Each kit contains original factory parts; parts from one manufacturer will fit another manufacturer’s receiver but may require minor fitting. Select the buttstock you want (available separately), then purchase the mounting kit for that type of stock. A1 Rifle kit is for mounting any fixed rifle buttstock based on the military M16A1 stock. Kit includes receiver extension tube, recoil buffer, buffer spring, and buttstock screw. A2 Rifle kit is for mounting any fixed rifle buttstock based on the military M16A2 stock. Kit includes receiver extension tube, recoil buffer, buffer spring, buttstock spacer, and buttstock screw. Mil-Spec Carbine kit is for adjustable-length carbine buttstock that requires M4-type 1.14" O.D. buffer tube. Includes receiver extension tube, carbine recoil buffer, buffer spring, receiver plate, and lock nut. Commercial Carbine – For adjustable-length carbine buttstock that requires a “commercial” 1.17" O.D. buffer tube; same components breakdown as Mil-Spec kit. a b SPECS: A1 & A2 Rifle – Receiver extension: 101/8" (25.7cm) OAL. Mil-Spec 1 Carbine – Receiver extension: 7 /4" OAL (18.4cm), 1.14" O.D. Six locking positions for buttstock, unless otherwise indicated. Commercial Carbine – Receiver extension: 73/4" (19.7cm) OAL, 1.17" O.D. Six locking positions.

stocks

COLT - From the original manufacturer of the M16 battle rifle. A1 Rifle, A2 Rifle, and Mil-Spec Carbine kits available. Carbine kit contains the four-position receiver extension used on the Colt M4 and Law Enforcement carbines. #080-000-628EN Buttstock Mounting Kit, A1 Rifle, 8K88C59 �� $ 114.99 #080-000-625EN Buttstock Mounting Kit, A2 Rifle, 8K89K49 �� 119.99 #080-000-620EN Bttstk Mounting Kit, Mil-Spec Carbine, 8K97I31 �� 109.99 DPMS - Factory parts used in the popular Panther™ rifle series. A2 Rifle, Mil-Spec and Commercial Carbine kits available. #080-000-627EN Buttstock Mounting Kit, A2 Rifle, 8K40D89 �� $ 51.99 #231-000-338EN Buttstock Mounting Kit, Mil-Spec Carbine, 1C46M13 �� 51.99 HIGH STANDARD - Original parts used in the HSA-15 series of rifles and carbines. Commercial Carbine and fixed A2 Rifle kits available. #080-000-626EN Buttstock Mounting Kit, A2 Rifle, 8K47I69 ��$ 53.99 #080-000-624EN Buttstock Mounting Kit, Comm. Carbine, 3D51G69 �� 63.99

support the sport... brownells sponsors MANY shooting events EVERY year

PAGE

PISTOL BUFFER TUBE

PHASE 5 TACTICAL AR-15/M16

HEX 2 PISTOL BUFFER TUBE Can Be Used Alone Or With A Pistol Brace

Rugged, Six-Position Adjustment For L.O.P. & Easy Storage Collapsible buttstock similar to the current USGI M4 carbine stock provides convenient six-position length-of-pull adjust¬ment to fit different-size shooters, including those wearing body armor. Ready to install on any standard AR-15 rifle or carbine lower receiver; includes buffer tube, receiver lock plate, lock nut, toe-mounted steel sling loop, carbine recoil spring and buffer. Buttstock is made from extremely tough, fiberglass-reinforced, injection-molded nylon to resist impact, heat, moisture, extreme cold, and most cleaning solvents. Steel lock nut has four square notches and pre-cut detents for staking to lock plate. Available with Commercial (nominal 1.17" O.D. ) or Mil-Spec (nominal 1.14" O.D.) receiver extension tube. Stock interior diameter is matched to buffer tube O.D. for a snug fit that eliminates unwanted play and rattles. a b SPECS: Aluminum and fiberglass-reinforced, injection-molded nylon, matte black. 83/4" (22.2cm) OAL collapsed; 113/4" (29.9cm) OAL fully extended. #080-000-545EN Collapsible Buttstock, Commercial, 8K68K66 �� $ 79.99 #080-000-941EN Collapsible Buttstock, Mil-Spec, 8K52P13 �� 59.99

CAVALRY ARMS AR-15/M16

Specifically designed to fit the Sig Sauer pistol brace, this heavy duty buffer tube is machined from 7075 T7 billet aluminum and features a raised shoulder to prevent the brace from moving forward. For added versatility, tube comes with an oil and chemical resistant nitrile foam pad for a comfortable shooting experience when not using the brace. Buffer Tube comes with castle nut, end plate, and foam pad. Kit also includes a buffer spring, carbine buffer, and an accessory plug which allows you to store batteries, small extra parts, or cleaning supplies inside the brace. a b SPECS: 7075 T7 billet aluminum, anodized mil-spec Type 3 finish, black. 3 1 7 /8" (18.7cm) OAL, 1 /4" (3.2cm) dia. #100-015-813EN Hex 2 Pistol Buffer Tube, 1C54J79 �� $ 59.99 #100-015-812EN Hex 2 Pistol Buffer Tube Kit, 1C74A21 �� 79.99

M4 CARBINE RECEIVER EXTENSION KIT

BUTTSTOCK Mil-Spec Quality, Durability & Appearance Traditional-length rifle buttstock features an easy-to-open storage compartment for emergency field tools, parts, or a Brownells AR-15 Buttstock Cleaning Kit. Fits both A1 and A2. a b SPECS: Injection-molded, heat-stabilized fiberglass-reinforced nylon 3 8 polymer, black. 9 / " (23.8cm) long, 5" (12.7cm) high at tallest point, 21/8" (5.4cm) high at shortest point, 15/8" (4.1cm) wide. #100-000-939EN AR-15 Rifle Stock, 2K40Q50 �� $ 45.00

BRAVO COMPANY AR-15/M16

BCMGUNFIGHTERTM STOCK Secure Shooting Support In A Light, Minimal-Profile Package

TAPCO AR-15/M16

All The Parts For Converting Fixed-Stock Rifle To M4 Carbine Stock All-in-one kit lets you quickly mount an M4-style receiver extension to accept the adjustable buttstock of your choice. Extruded aluminum buffer tube comes with carbine buffer, buffer spring, castle nut, and end plate sling adapter. Features six positions for stock length adjustment and unique “no bind” sling attachment that gives 180° of motion. Mil Spec and Commercial models available. a b SPECS: Extruded 7075 T6 aluminum, matte black finish. Includes carbine buffer, spring, castle nut and sling plate adapter. Mil-Spec - 71/4" (18cm) long. 1.14" (2.8cm) O.D. Commercial - 73/4" (19cm ) long. 1.17" (2.9cm) O.D. #100-010-861EN M4 Carbine Receiver Extension Kit, Mil-Spec, 5A51D43 �� $ 59.99 #100-010-862EN M4 Carbine Receiver Extension Kit, Commercial, 5A46H90 �� 52.99

Carbine stock combines light weight with minimal bulk - ideal for competition or tactical operations, especially those involving frequent ingress/egress from vehicles. It still provides a comfortable, supportive cheekweld, while a generous synthetic rubber recoil pad ensures secure shoulder placement. The exterior is smooth and free of protrusions or sharp edges that can snag the sling, the shooter’s other MOLLE gear, or objects inside the vehicle. Includes two ambidextrous QD swivel sockStock Kit ets plus a conventional sling attachment slot. New-design steel adjustment latch ensures the stock’s interface with the receiver extension cannot be obstructed by dirt or debris, while providing increased torsional strength over conventional pins. The VBOST (Vehicle Borne Operations Sling Tab) works with the shooter’s riggers’ band or bungee to secure the sling against the stock when the rifle is not in use, another useful benefit when operating inside a vehicle. With all these features, the BCMGunfighter stock still weighs a mere 7 oz., so the vast increase in versatility it gives your rifle doesn’t come with the penalty of weighing

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16

MODULAR BUTTSTOCK

M4 BUTTSTOCK

Foam-Covered Tube For A Custom AR-Style Pistol Machined aluminum buffer tube assembly gives your AR-style pistol a neat, finished look. Nitrile foam rest padding resists chemicals, abrasions and temperatures from -20° F to 220° F. Includes mil-spec endplate and castle nut; accepts a mil-spec carbine buffer and spring. All NFA rules apply. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 73/8 " (18.7 cm) long. 1 1 /4" (3.1cm) O.D. Tube comes with endplate and castle nut. Complete Assembly includes tube, endplate, castle nut, recoil spring, and carbine buffer. #100-009-954EN Pistol Buffer Tube, 1C46N05 �� $ 49.95 #100-009-927EN Pistol Buffer Tube Complete Assembly, 1C64N96 �� 69.99 #100-011-385EN Pistol Buffer Tube Foam Cover, Only, 6.99 1C6I99 ��

Options

AR-15/M16

Unique Design Incorporates Battery Storage Plus Picatinny Accessory Rail Replace your existing buttstock with this updated, collapsible, sixposition design that includes secure storage for up to four, CR123, 3-volt batteries in the snap-latch side compartment. Plus, the storage lid is interchangeable for either right- or left-side carry with a convenient Picatinny rail unit that accepts the Command Arms Rail Mounted Magazine Pouch. Made from long lasting and durable fiber-filled plastic composite with rubber buttpad that features a negative angle for faster shouldering and increased comfort, especially when wearing body armor. Combat proven design includes an easy-to-operate release lever, lower sling swivel and dual position receptacles for push-button type sling swivels. The M4 Modular buttstock kit comes with all the hardware, including a polymer receiver extension and recoil buffer/spring assembly, necessary to mount directly onto your AR-15/M16 lower. Stock only options are also available for mounting on existing Commercial or Mil-Spec receiver extensions. SPECS: Fiber-filled polymer composite, black. 71/2" (19cm) long, 11 oz. (313g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 or equivalent buffer tube guns. Commercial Stock – Fits 1.17" O.D. commercial buffer tubes. Military Stock Fits Mil-Spec buffer tubes with 1.14" O.D. Modular Kit - Includes buttstock, receiver extension, recoil buffer/spring assembly, receiver extension nut, and receiver plate. #100-002-598EN M4 Modular Buttstock Kit, 6C85Q00 �� $ 90.00 100-015-017EN Mil-Spec Buttstock , 6C41E90 �� 53.99 100-015-018EN Commercial Buttstock, 6C41K90 �� 53.99 ADJUSTABLE CHEEK PIECE - Adjustable cheek piece quickly installs on the accessory rail of your Command Arms Modular Buttstock to provide added cheek support and correct eye alignment with sights or optics for fast target acquisition. Easy installation and removal, just hold down the spring-loaded lever, slide the cheek piece onto the rail, then release the lever to lock the dual square pins into the rail grooves. Front-to-rear adjustable up to 1", friction lock knob allows up to 1/2" vertically adjustment. When in the full-down position, provides a very comfortable, streamlined stock that works perfectly with iron sights. Made from high-strength, lightweight, fiber-filled polymer composite. SPECS: Fiber-filled polymer composite, black. 41/2" (12cm) long, 23/4" (7cm) wide, 25/8" (6.6cm) high. 3.5 oz. (100g) weight. Adjusts 1/2" vertically, 1" horizontally. Right hand only. 100-003-331EN Adjustable Cheek Piece, 6C18N31 �� $ 21.60 PUSH BUTTON SLING SWIVEL - Extra-wide steel swivel accepts slings up to 15/8" wide for your Command Arms Modular Buttstock or similar component that accepts a standard push button swivel. Smooth-operating, centrally located button and polished ballbearing locking mechanism ensure easy attachment to either socket in the buttstock. SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Accepts slings up to 15/8" wide. #100-004-881EN Pushbutton Sling Swivel, 6C9G89 �� $ 11.99

you down. a b SPECS: Reinforced, high strength-to-weight-ratio molded polymer, steel latch. Fits mil-spec receiver extension with 1.14" O.D. Kit includes an M4type carbine receiver extension tube, buffer spring, buffer, castle nut, and QD swivel mount end plate. Extension tube - 7075 T6 aluminum extrusion, hard-anodized, matte black. #100-016-238EN BCMGunfighter Stock, Black, 1E51J94 ��$ 55.99 #100-016-239EN BCMGunfighter Stock, Flat Dark Earth, 1E51P94 �� 55.99 #100-016-337EN BCMGunfighter Stock Kit, Black, 1E105B77 �� 113.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

SNIPER STOCK

BOOM TUBE STOCK

Fully Adjustable For The Precision Shooter

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

COLLAPSIBLE BUTTSTOCK Lightweight, Secure, Comfortable To Shoulder - No Rattles, No Wobble

Multiple sling points are but one of the many features that make these lightweight, aluminum stocks ideal for competition and tactical use. Supplied with an Uncle Mike’s QD, 1.25" sling swivel and stud. a b ARFX SKELETON STOCK - A lightweight, fast handling stock for sporting, tactical and competition use. Gives three sling attachment points. Uses your existing A2 fixed stock buffer tube as the top tube to keep weight to a minimum. Closed-cell foam sleeve provides a soft, comfortable cheek weld, plus insulates your face from vibration and inclement weather. Sleeve is formulated to withstand cleaning solvents and gun oils, UV radiation, freezing temperatures, salt water and rough handling. Machined aluminum buttplate is drilled and tapped for rubber Butt Pad (included). Installation requires A2 buffer tube, buffer, and spring if replacing a collapsible M4-type buttstock. SPECS: 6061-T6, heat-treated, aircraft grade aluminum, Type 3 mil-spec hard-anodized, matte black. 10" (25.4cm) long. 10.4 oz. (296 g) wt. #100-000-809EN ARFX Skeleton Stock, 2Z83D13 �� $ 89.99 M4 SOCOM STOCK - Tactical stock, for features two full inches of length adjustment. Quick-release button switches the stock length to five different positions. Soft foam cover on tube Carbine Shown provides a comfortable cheekweld. Also features three, 11/2" wide sling slots, a rubber recoil pad, and receiver end plate with ambidextrous attachment points for HK-style single-point clip-on slings. There’s even a machined-in hammer on the butt for breaching doors and hand-to-hand combat. Precision-machined from a solid, heattreated, aluminum billet for superb durability and strength. Quick release button can be replaced with the included machine screw to convert it into a rock-solid, fixed-length stock. Available in Carbine or Long Extension Tube lengths. SPECS: 6061-T6 heat-treated, aircraft grade aluminum, Type 3 mil-spec hard-anodized, matte black. Includes 1/2" thick, rubber recoil pad and screws. Carbine - 71/2" (19cm) OAL collapsed, extends to 91/2" (24cm) OAL. 101/2" (27cm) L.O.P. collapsed, extends to 121/2" (32cm) L.O.P. Long Extension Tube Model - 10" (25.4cm) OAL collapsed, extends to 12" (30.1cm) OAL. 1313/64" (33.5cm) L.O.P. collapsed, extends to 1513/64" (39cm) L.O.P. #100-001-173EN M4 SOCOM Carbine Stock, 2Z184J29 �� $ 199.99 #100-001-174EN M4 SOCOM Long Ext. Tube Stock, 2Z198M57 �� 224.99

A2-STYLE - Classic, fixed buttstock style originally developed for the U.S. military’s M16A2 rifle has a lightweight yet rigid foam plastic core, with a durable outer shell of tough fiberglassreinforced molded polymer. Polymer buttplate has aggressive diamond texturing and trapdoor with spring-loaded catch for easy access to internal storage compartment. Includes receiver extension tube, spacer, recoil buffer, buffer spring, and toe-mounted 11/4" sling loop. SPECS: Fiberglass reinforced molded polymer over foam core, medium gray. 105/8" (27cm) O.A.L., 5" (12.7cm) high at buttplate. Fits DPMS Panther LR-308, ArmaLite® AR-10®, Knight SR-25, Patriot Ordnance Factory P-308, and similar AR-style .308 rifles. #231-000-247EN A2-Style Fixed Buttstock, 1C89Q99 $ 104.99 PARDUS - Six-position, adjustablelength stock provides the advantages of the USGI M4 carbine stock, with added comfort and reliability enhancements. Four integral slots, plus a steel toe-mounted sling loop, provide a wide array of options for mounting 11/4" wide slings. A reinforced latch pin and ergonomically shaped latch ensure fast, positive length-of-pull adjustments. Curved integral buttplate with saw-tooth texturing aids secure, non-slip shoulder contact. Comb is wider than standard M4 stock to provide a more secure cheekweld. Constructed of incredibly strong, lightweight, impact-resistant molded DuPont Zytel® nylon resin reinforced with fiberglass. Comes with a “commercial” 1.17" O.D. receiver extension tube. SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced molded Zytel nylon resin. 81/4" (20.1cm) fully retracted length, 101/2" (26.7cm) fully extended length, 47/8" (12.4cm) high at buttplate. Fits DPMS Panther LR-308, ArmaLite® AR-10®, Knight SR-25, Patriot Ordnance Factory P-308, and similar AR-style .308 rifles. #231-000-248EN Pardus Adjustable Buttstock, 1C59Q99 �� $ 69.99

LUTH-AR AR-15/M16

Furniture Set Loaded With Ergonomic Enhancements For Maximum Comfort & Control Stock, pistol grip, and vertical grip form an ergonomically engineered, integrated system that makes your AR more comfortable to shoot and easier to control. Overmolded, soft-touch, textured, rubber on grasping surfaces gives you a positive hold and eliminated hard edges. DD's Collapsible Buttstock replaces M4-style stocks and provides significant enhancements. Gives comfortable, repeatable cheekweld, and won't wobble or rattle. Comes with interchangeable rubber recoil pads, so you can customize to your needs. Limitedrotation QD sling swivel sockets. Pistol Grip has the same angle as 1911 pistol's grip for familiar, natural hand position; oversized integral triggerguard completely fills the gap between grip and lower receiver, eliminates for roll pins for simplified installation. Vertical Foregrip clamps to Picatinny rail and offers a comfortable fit to the hand, thicker in the middle than at the ends. Waterproof, dual O-ring sealed internal storage compartment for small items. a b SPECS: Glass-filled polymer, black or brown. Stock fits mil-spec buffer tubes with 1.14" O.D. only. #100-017-088EN Furniture Set, Black, 8K111B72 �� $ 119.00 #100-017-089EN Furniture Set, Brown, 8K111P72 �� 119.00

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

AP4 CARBINE STOCK ASSEMBLY Give Your .308 An Adjustable, M4-Style Carbine Stock M4-style, six-position collapsible stock provides plenty of length-of-pull adjustment for different-sized shooters, or operators wearing body armor. Includes commercial, 1.17" O.D. machined aluminum receiver extension with correct-weight buffer and buffer spring for proper cycling of .308/7.62mm rifles. Easy to install with a standard AR-15 buttstock tool, hammer, and punch. Toe-mounted sling swivel and integral slot allow attachment of a variety of sling types for carry, competition, or tactical use. a b SPECS: Stock – Injection-molded, reinforced polymer, black. Buffer Tube – Machined aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 1.17" (2.9cm) O.D. 8" (20.3cm) OAL collapsed; 113/4" (29.8cm) OAL fully extended. Includes buffer, buffer spring, end plate and locking nut. #231-000-249EN AP4 Carbine Stock Assy, 1C72P31 �� $ 79.99

RIFLE BUTTSTOCKS Fully Adjustable Or Minimalist & Lightweight - Your Choice

FALCON INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

DOUBLE STAR CAR-15/M4

ERGO F93 PRO STOCK

ADJUSTABLE BUTTSTOCK

Heavy-duty, adjustable stock locks securely at one of 8 different positions to combine the solid feel of a fixed stock with the versatility of a collapsible. The stock measures 8" from the receiver to the buttplate when collapsed, opening to 12" when fully extended. Exposed cheekpiece on the overmolded extension tube remains stationary to provide a consistent cheek weld in all 8 positions. Stock comes with an ambidextrous sling mounting plate, locking nut, and rubber recoil pad. Buffer tube requires a carbine-length spring and buffer, available separately. a b SPECS: Reinforced, injection-molded polymer, black. Length - 8" (20.3 cm) collapsed, 12" (30.5cm) extended. 22.8 oz.(645g.) wt. Requires carbine-length spring and buffer, not included. #573-000-060EN Ergo F93 Pro Stock, 3G157E17 �� $ 210.75

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Why should carbine shooters have all the fun? These stocks give AR-15 rifles with A1/A2 buffer tubes a new level of adjustability in length and comb height. Enhances overall shooting comfort and control for Skeleton better shot placement and, ultimately, better performance from your rifle. (Also fits AR-style .308 rilfles with a standard AR-15 A1/A2 buffer tube.) Includes rubber recoil pad and two QD sling swivel sockets. Modular Stock has an adjustable cheekrest, plus length-of-pull adjustability, yet is very lightweight. Nonadjustable Skeleton Stock has b a futuristic, "minimalist" appearance and even lighter weight. a SPECS: Glass-filled nylon, black or flat dark earth (FDE). 101/2" long. Modu1 lar - Cheek rest height adjusts 1". LOP adjusts 1 /16". 1 lb. 3 oz. (539g) wt. Skeleton - 11 oz. (314g) wt. #100-014-257EN Modular Stock, Black, 3D100P00 ��$ 139.99 #100-017-940EN Modular Stock, FDE, 3D114M26 �� 149.99 #100-014-258EN Skeleton Stock, Black, 3D36J00 �� 49.99 Modular

Solidity Of A Fixed Stock With More LOP Adjustability Than An M4 Collapsible

Tough, Six Position Stock For All Tactical Situations Six position, machined 7075-T6 tube and Nylon 66 buttstock with 33% more glass for strength provide a durable stock system built to meet the demands of the toughest tactical environments. Buttplate, adjustment latch, and latch nut are slightly radiused and contoured to reduce snagging on clothing or equipment. Extra material around the latch hole provides additional strength. Four flats on the buffer tube make it easier for sand and debris to fall out and not hinder stock adjustment. Furnished with buffer tube, recoil spring, receiver plate, rear sling swivel and lock-nut. Made in the USA. a b SPECS: Aluminum tube, synthetic nylon stock, black. Length of pull: 1 closed – 10 /4" (26cm), extended – 135/8" (34.6cm). #100-002-619EN M4 Adjustable Buttstock, 2Z69E64 ��$ 79.99

Easy-to-install replacement buttstocks let you replace a stock that’s seen better days or convert to a different style better suited to the kind of shooting you do. These are the same high-quality stocks DPMS Panther LR-308 rifles leave the factory with, and they’ll also fit similar AR-style .308’s including ArmaLite® AR-10®, Knight SR-25, and Patriot Ordnance Factory P-308. Both models come fully assembled and ready to install, with correct-weight buffer and buffer spring for proper cycling of weapons firing .308/7.62mm ammo. a b

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

order on the web

brownells.com

LWRC INTERNATIONAL AR-15/M16

Ultra-Compact Buttstock Makes Your Carbine More Compact, More Nimble, Easier To Handle LWRC's complete kit sets you up to give your rifle a shorter, more maneuverable, more comfortable adjustable carbine stock than the traditional M4 stock. Hard-polymer stock can be installed on any standard AR15 lower with the included carbine receiver extension/buffer tube, and is 1" shorter than an M4 stock, with 4 length-of-pull adjustment notches, making your rifle fast handling. Wide top provides a comfortable, secure cheekweld. Pushbotton QD sling sockets enable fast sling mounting and dismounting. One-stoip installation: comes with everything you need to install on your rifle, including buffer tube, buffer spring, and buffer, index plate, castle nut. a b SPECS: Buffer tube: 6.1" (15.4cm) long. Stock fully extended: 9" (22.8cm) long. Stock fully collapsed: 5.8" (14.7cm) long. #100-016-401EN Ultra-Compact Stk. Kit, Blk, 2C111I41 �� $ 116.99 #100-016-402EN Ultra-Compact Stk. Kit, FDE, 2C111M41 �� 116.99

PAGE

stocks

Ergonomically advanced substitute for the M4-type carbine buttstock gives the shooter a comfortable, repeatable cheekweld and a secure fit to the shoulder for superb control of the rifle. Molded from reinforced industrial-grade polymer, the stock is designed to fit tightly - no lock or tensioning device required! - without the rattle and lateral movement common to collapsible buttstocks. Soft, overmolded rubber on top for a secure, non-slip cheekweld. Comes with two interchangeable recoil pads, a .8" thick convex pad and a .5" thick concave pad. Choose the pad - or use none at all - that works best with the clothing and gear you are wearing. Limited rotation QD sling swivel sockets on each side enable quick sling attachment/remove. a b SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced hard polymer, with overmolded rubber chee1 3 kweld area, black or brown. 7" (17.8cm) long, 5 /2" (13.9cm) tall, 1 /4" (4.4cm) wide. 8 oz. (226.8g) wt. Fits mil-spec buffer tubes with 1.14" O.D. only. #100-015-025EN Collapsible Buttstock, Black, 8K65P00 �� $ 69.99 #100-015-026EN Collapsible Buttstock, Brown, 8K65F00 �� 69.99

Light & Strong For Fast Handling In Extreme Environments

BUTTSTOCKS

AR-15/m16

Fulfills the tactical marksman’s requirements of a precision adjustable stock that delivers rapid target acquisition, minimal shooter fatigue during extended target observation, and maximum precision in shot placement. Push-button release, 10-position length adjustment system retains the rifle’s fixed A2 buffer tube and allows a 4" range of adjustment to fit any size shooter/body armor combination. Selected position can then be locked with an Allen head screw for extra security. Wide cheek rest is continuously adjustable up to 11/8" for height to ensure a solid cheekweld, and offers 13 positions for eye relief to suit a wide range of optics. Deeply curved, vertically adjustable rubber buttpad seats securely in shoulder pocket without slippage, even during sustained shooting. Includes two ambidextrous attachment points for quick-release, push-button sling swivels. Injection molded polymer construction provides optimal combination of light weight and impact resistance, with molded in reinforcements at stress points for extra strength. SPECS: Molded polymer, black. Overall length adjusts from 103/4" (27.3cm) to 143/4" (37.5cm). Comb height can be raised 11/8" (2.9cm). Fits AR-15/M16/ SR-25 rifles with A2 fixed buffer tube. Buffer tube not included. #100-003-140EN AR-15/M16 Sniper Stock, 6C195B50 �� $ 252.00

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

Fixed & Adjustable Models Ready To Install, With CorrectWeight Buffer & Spring

LUCID AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

WOOD STOCK SETS

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

IMPACT WEAPONS AR-15/M16

MOE-SL STOCKS

MOUNT-N-SLOT SLING ATTACHMENT

Optimized For Use With Body Armor & Modular Gear

Economical, Drop-In Upgrade For Carbine Collapsible Stock Walnut Rifle

Camo Carbine

Presentation-Grade Wood Furniture For The “Trophy” Look

stocks

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16

MOE® BUTTSTOCK

Beautifully finished stock sets in good-looking laminate or fancy AAA-grade American Walnut give your AR that “trophy” rifle look without altering its shooting capabilities. Each set consists of an A2-style buttstock with an integral cheek rest for a comfortable cheekweld, plus an ergonomically contoured pistol grip, and a hand-filling forearm similar in shape to the original triangular M16 handguard. Handguard has a convenient groove in each side to help locate the support hand and give you a secure grasp for excellent recoil control. Snaps on using your rifle’s existing handguard cap and delta ring—no gunsmithing, no permanent alterations to gun. Pistol grip has finger grooves, a palm swell, and a gently curved backstrap to give you a solid, comfortable purchase. Buttstock fits a standard A2-length buffer tube (available separately). Includes front sling stud that mounts on the underside of the handguard. Laminate model available in Brown (rifle only) or red-brown/gray/dark green Camouflage that blends with a wide variety of landscapes. Buttstock accepts a standard A2-style buttplate or aftermarket pad, and includes a cutout to accept an M16style rear sling loop. Walnut model has the fancy grain pattern of a fine bolt action rifle, and comes with standard sling swivel stud and rubber buttpad installed. a b SPECS: Laminated hardwood or American Walnut. Fits A2 fixed-stock buffer tube, available separately. Carbine handguard replaces M4-type handguard. Rifle handguard replaces standard A1/A2 rifle handguard. #100-004-902EN Laminate Carbine, Camo, 7A153J85 �� $ 189.99 #100-004-901EN Laminate Rifle, Brown, 7A153M85 �� 189.99 #100-004-903EN Laminate Rifle, Camo, 7A153A85 �� 189.99 #100-004-904EN Walnut Carbine, 7A250D00 �� 299.99 #100-004-905EN Walnut Rifle, 7A250G00 �� 299.99

Magpul Original Equipment (MOE) carbine buttstock provides the quality, durability, and ergonomic benefits of Magpul’s CTR® stock in a rugged, economical, drop-in package. Strong, A-frame design is lightweight and comfortable, yet provides operator with plenty of support. Comb contour is wider than standard issue M4 stock to help shooter maintain a solid, consistent cheekweld. Streamlined exterior and protected release lever won’t snag on clothing, gear, vehicle interior, or vegetation. Heavy duty, spring-loaded release lever allows fast length-of-pull adjustments and won’t dig into your hand. Impact- and heat-resistant, polymer construction includes molded-in reinforcements at stress points, plus two slots for web slings and a hole for a toe-mounted sling swivel or clip-on sling. Soft, synthetic rubber buttpad increases shooting comfort and helps prevent slippage. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. 71/4" (18.4cm) OAL, 51/4" (13.3cm) high. Buffer tube, carbine buffer, receiver extension nut, and carbine-length action spring not included. Mil-Spec fits 1.14" O.D. buffer tubes on Colt-manufactured M4 and similar mil-spec tubes that accept both four- and six-position collapsible stocks. Commercial fits larger, 1.17" O.D. commercial carbine buffer tubes. #100-003-535EN Mil-Spec MOE Buttstock, Black, 3K33N39 �� $ 37.95 #100-003-536EN Mil-Spec MOE Buttstock, Dark Earth, 3K33A39 �� 37.95 #100-003-786EN Mil-Spec MOE Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K33F39 �� 37.95 #100-014-407EN Mil-Spec MOE Buttstock, Stealth Gray, 3K33L39 �� 37.95 #100-011-398EN Mil-Spec MOE Buttstock, Pink, 3K33M39 �� 37.95 #100-003-538EN Commercial MOE Buttstock, Black, 3K33A39 �� 37.95 #100-003-539EN Commercial MOE Buttstock, Dark Earth, 3K33K39 �� 37.95 #100-003-787EN Commercial MOE Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K33K39 �� 37.95 #100-014-411EN Commercial MOE Buttstock, Stealth Gray, 3K33J39 �� 37.95 #100-011-399EN Commercial MOE Buttstock, Pink, 3K33J39 �� 37.95

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16

MOE® RIFLE STOCK Drop-In Upgrade For A1/A2 Rifles Or Conversion From A Carbine Stock Direct replacement for A1- or A2-type stocks brings MOE ergonomics and versatility to your fixed-stock rifle. Sloping comb provides a comfortable, secure cheekweld, while keeping the stock’s overall profile slim. Rubberized recoil pad keeps the rifle firmly and comfortably against the shoulder. Hinged buttplate opens to reveal a spacious compartment for internal storage of small items. Integral sling loop accepts a 1¼" sling. Also includes front and rear attachment points on both sides for the Type 1 Sling Mount Kit (sold separately) to enable use of slings with pushbutton QD swivels. Two bosses on underside may be knocked out for attachment of an MOE accessory rail (available separately). Accepts Magpul PRS® extended recoil pads. Rifle Stock Kit contains everything needed to convert a rifle with a collapsible, M4-style carbine stock to an MOE Rifle Stock. a b

PAGE

SPECS: Injection-molded hard polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. 10½" (26.7cm) OAL. Provides a 13¼" (33.7cm) LOP. 5" (12.7cm) high. Mounts to A1/A2 rifle-length receiver extension tubes. Rifle Stock Kit includes black MOE Rifle Stock, rifle-length receiver extension tube, rifle buffer, and buffer spring. #100-009-585EN MOE Rifle Stock, Black, 3K58E46 �� $ 66.45 #100-009-586EN MOE Rifle Stock, Dark Earth, 3K58P46 �� 66.45 #100-009-587EN MOE Rifle Stock, O.D. Green, 3K58M46 �� 66.45 #100-014-425EN MOE Rifle Stock, Stealth Gray, 3K58F46 �� 66.45 #084-000-386EN MOE Rifle Stock Kit, Black, 4H88M04 �� 97.99 #084-000-388EN MOE Rifle Stock Kit, Dark Earth, 4H88A04 �� 97.99 #084-000-389EN MOE Rifle Stock Kit, O.D. Green, 4H88M04 �� 97.99 #078-000-241EN MOE Rifle Stock Kit, Stealth Gray, 8G88E04 �� 97.99

Direct replacement buttstock for AR15/M16 carbines is designed to withstand the rigors of the modern battlefield. Slim stock features a sloping cheek weld for a firm fit and improved user comfort. The dual side latch release provides easy adjustments and is set up out of the way to remain snag free. Premium chrome-silicon locking spring ensures a positive long on the reciever extension tube and long service life for the stock. Internal anti-rattle feature provides a snug fit to minimize wobble on the receiver extension tube. Rolled toe and angular butt plate allows for easier shoulder transitions and better fit when using body armor. Non-slip rubber recoil pad helps keep the carbine on your shoulder and increases recoil absorption. Two sling mounts allow you to utilize different mounting options. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Dark earth, OD Green, Gray. LOP adjustment range: 3.3" (8.4cm). 7.2" OAL. 9.6 oz. (272.2g) wt. Mil-Spec fits mil-spec 1.14" O.D. carbine buffer tubes. Commercial fits larger 1.17" O.D. commercial carbine buffer tubes. #100-015-169EN Mil-Spec MOE-SL Stock, Black, 3K50Q10 ��$ 56.95 #100-015-170EN Mil-Spec MOE-SL Stock, Dark Earth, 3K50I10 �� 56.95 #100-015-171EN Mil-Spec MOE-SL Stock, OD Green, 3K50N10 �� 56.95 #100-015-172EN Mil-Spec MOE-SL Stock, Gray, 3K50G10 �� 56.95 #100-015-173EN Commercial MOE-SL Stock, Black, 3K50M10 �� 56.95 #100-015-174EN Commercial MOE-SL Stock, Dark Earth, 3K50G10 �� 56.95 #100-015-175EN Commercial MOE-SL Stock, OD Green, 3K50F10 �� 56.95 #100-015-176EN Commercial MOE-SL Stock, Gray, 3K50D10 �� 56.95

AR-15/M16

MAGPUL® MOE® BUTTSTOCK KIT Everything You Need To Give Your Rifle An Adjustable Carbine Stock This kit has all the components to mount the versatile MOE adjustable carbine stock to your rifle - including Flat Dark Earth the stock! Use it to finish a custom build or to convert a fixed-stock rifle. It’s built around the extremely popular “Magpul Original Equipment” (MOE) carbine buttstock that’s designed for fast action. Comfortable, too, with easy length adjustment, recoil-taming rubber buttpad and a wide comb contour to help you maintain a consistent, solid cheekweld. You get a mil-spec (1.14" O.D.) receiver extension (buffer tube) with the correct-weight carbine buffer and buffer spring, plus end plate and castle nut. a b #078-000-216EN MOE Carbine Buttstock Kit, Black, 8G63E95 �� $ 69.99 #078-000-217EN MOE Carbine Buttstock Kit, Dark Earth, 8G63D95 �� 69.99 #078-000-218EN MOE Carbine Buttstock Kit, O.D. Green, 8G63M95 �� 69.99 #100-015-124EN MOE Buttstock Kit, Stealth Gray, 4H63J95 �� 69.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Enables Attachment Of A QD Sling To A Magpul MOE® Stock Add-on aluminum receptacle lets you attach a pushbutton QD sling to a Magpul MOE® buttstock. Quickly installs in the webbing slot at the rear of the stock, and accepts both heavy-duty and standard QD sling swivels. Limits sling rotation to prevent wrapping and twisting, keeping your rifle accessible and ready for quick deployment. Rounded edges resist snagging on clothing and equipment. Mounts on either side of stock and blends in seamlessly with b overall appearance. a SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1.3" (33mm) long. .84" (21mm) wide. .5 oz. (14g) wt. Includes mounting hardware. #100-008-453EN Mount-N-Slot For MOE Stk., 2C25A79 �� $ 29.99

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16

MOE FIXED CARBINE STOCK ®

All The MOE Ergonomics & Appearance In A Non-Collapsible Format

End Caps

All of the comfort, convenience, and ergonomic benefits of the Magpul MOE carbine stock for situations where a fixed-length, non-adjustable format is needed. Installs without removing the castle nut or lock plate - just remove the collapsible stock Fixed Stock and clamp the MOE Fixed in its place. Comes with two end caps, one stan® dard and one compatible with ASAP sling adapter. Install Sling Mount Kit - Type 1, sold separately, so you can use pushbutton QD sling. Accepts PRS® extended buttpad, also sold separately. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. 7½" (19cm) OAL. 1½" (3.8cm) wide. 5" (12.7cm) high. MilSpec fits 1.14" O.D. buffer tube. Commercial fits 1.17" O.D. buffer tube. #100-011-565EN Mil-Spec MOE Fixed Carbine Stock, Black, 3K25P96 �� $ 28.45 #100-011-566EN Mil-Spec MOE Fixed Carbine Stock, Dark Earth, 3K25N96 �� 28.45 #100-011-567EN Mil-Spec MOE Fixed Carbine Stock, O.D. Green, 3K25N96 �� 28.45 #100-014-414EN Mil-Spec MOE Fixed Carbine Stock, Stealth Gray, 3K25D96 �� 28.45 #100-011-569EN Commercial MOE Fixed Carbine Stock, Black, 3K25C96 �� 28.45 #100-011-570EN Commercial MOE Fixed Carbine Stock, Dark Earth, 3K25P96 �� 28.45 #100-014-415EN Commercial MOE Fixed Carbine Stock, Stealth Gray, 3K25G96 �� 28.45

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

SLING MOUNT KIT – TYPE 1 Adapts MOE® Stocks For QD Sling Swivels Steel sling swivel mount allows slings equipped with pushbutton QD swivels to attach to the Magpul MOE buttstock (also fits SGA™ Shotgun Stock). Easy-to-install because it fastens securely to mounting points already molded into both sides of the stock. a b SPECS: Heavy-duty phosphate steel, black. Fits Magpul MOE butttocks and SGA shotgun stock. Mounting hardware included. Swivels not included. #100-010-975EN Sling Mount Kit/Type 1, 3K11N89 �� $ 14.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Kits

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16

Items

CTR BUTTSTOCK

The Adaptable Carbine Stock‑Light (ACS-L) is a slimmed-down, lightweight version of Magpul’s popular ACS™ stock. The ACS-L provides extra maneuverability by eliminating the ACS’s side storage compartments, while retaining the wide, sloping top for a secure, comfortable cheekweld. Also retained is the storage compartment in the tail of the stock, and the friction locking system that prevents unwanted wobble after extending the stock. Includes a reversible socket for QD pushbutton sling swivels and a 1" sling loop molded in the toe of the stock. The .3" thick rubber recoil pad can be replaced by Magpul Tactical Recoil Pads (sold separately). Buffer tube, carbine buffer, receiver extension nut, and carbine-length action spring not included. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. 8" (20.32cm) OAL, 21/4" (5.7cm) wide, 51/2" (13.97cm) high. 12.8 oz. (362.87g) wt. Length-of-pull adjustment range: 31/4" (8.3cm); 15" (38.1cm) LOP, extended; 113/4" (29.85cm) LOP, retracted. Mil-Spec fits 1.14" O.D. buffer tube. Commercial fits 1.17" O.D. buffer tube. Measure your rifle’s tube before ordering. #100-009-325EN Mil-Spec ACS-L Stock, Black, 3K66E81 ��$ 75.95 #100-009-326EN Mil-Spec ACS-L Stock, Dark Earth, 3K66K81 �� 75.95 #100-010-523EN Mil-Spec ACS-L Stock, O.D. Green, 3K66H81 �� 75.95 #100-014-420EN Mil-Spec ACS-L Stock, Stealth Gray, 3K66F81 �� 75.95 #100-009-327EN Commercial ACS-L Stock, Black, 3K66J81 �� 75.95 #100-009-328EN Commercial ACS-L Stock, Dark Earth, 3K66F81 �� 75.95 #100-010-525EN Commercial ACS-L Stock, O.D. Green, 3K64D51 �� 75.95 #100-014-421EN Commercial ACS-L Stock, Stealth Gray, 3K66I81 �� 75.95

NORTH EASTERN ARMS AR-15

COMPACT CARBINE STOCK Shorter Than An M4 Stock When Retracted Designed for the professional operator, this two-position stock can be quickly deployed with a simple pull and collapsed by depressing the locking mechanism.

Made of durable 6061 T6 aluminum and 4140 steel, stock is 27/8” shorter than a traditional M4 stock when compressed. Drop in stock comes complete with adapter, buffer tube, spring, and a modified full-auto bolt carrier buffer. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, matte black Cerakote finish. 4140 steel, ARC+ Nitriding treated, matte black. Composite butt plate. Stock is compatible with most mil spec AR-15’s. #100-015-146EN Compact Carbine Stock, 9C284Q29 �� $ 319.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

ACS BUTTSTOCK KIT - Convenient buttstock mounting kit eliminates the hassle of buying all the parts individually. Kit includes: Magpul buttstock, Mil-Spec aluminum buffer tube, buffer spring, end plate, castle nut, and a recoil buffer. Stocks available in Black, Flat Dark Earth, or O.D. Green. 078-000-220EN ACS Bttstk Kit, Black, 8G104B02 �� $ 114.99 078-000-221EN ACS Bttstk Kit, Dark Earth, 8G104P02 �� 114.99 078-000-222EN ACS Bttstk Kit, OD Green, 8G104P02 �� 114.99 084-000-400EN ACS Bttstk Kit, Stealth Gray, 4H104G02 �� 114.99 SWIVEL MOUNT - Heavy-duty steel receptacle gives your ACS stock the versatility of quick-detach, pushbutton sling mounting. Bolts to attachment points molded into the right and left sides of the stock behind the release lever using the included hardware. No drilling or other stock modifications required. Accepts most pushbutton, single-point sling swivels. Swivel rotation may be restricted when the stock’s battery storage compartments are also installed. SPECS: Steel, phosphate finish, matte black. 3/4" (1.9cm) long. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. #100-005-598EN ACS QD Sling Swivel Mnt, 3K11L89 ��$ 14.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Raises The Checkweld For More Comfortable Shooting; Snap-On Fit Molded polymer cheek riser snaps onto Magpul CTR and MOE buttstocks to provide added support and ensure correct eye alignment with open sights or optics for fast target acquisition. Creates a stable platform for accurate, long-range shooting. Three models let you to raise the cheekweld by 1/4", 1/2", or 3/4" for a personalized fit. No stock modification required. Designed for non-AR installations of CTR/MOE stocks; if installed on AR-15, stock must be left fully extended to allow operation of charging handle. a b SPECS: Fiber-filled polymer composite, black. Fits all Magpul CTR and MOE buttstocks #100-004-221EN CTR/MOE Cheek Riser, 1/4", 3K14N97 ��$ 18.95 #100-004-222EN CTR/MOE Cheek Riser, 1/2", 3K14E97 �� 18.95 #100-004-223EN CTR/MOE Cheek Riser, 3/4", 3K14E97 �� 18.95

MAKO AR-15/M16

GLR-16 STOCK Combat-Tested, Adjustable Carbine Stock Used By Israeli Defense Force

Standard-issue stock of the IDF incorporates many features prefered by folks operating in real-world combat situations. The GLR-16 has a built-in battery storage compartment and 6 separate sling attachment points that can be used with single-point, 2-point, and 3-point slings. A unique auto-tensioning system allows this stock to be installed on both mil-spec and commercial receiver extension tubes without looseness or rattling. Molded from mil-spec reinforced polymer composite with steel hardware and a non-slip, rubber recoil pad. GLR-16CP comes with a detachable cheek riser. GL-SHOCK features an internal shock absorber to reduce felt recoil and help control muzzle rise. Ideal for AR-15s and AR-style .308s chambered in larger calibers. SPECS: Mil-spec reinforced polymer composite, matte black. Fits any M4-type receiver extension for collapsible stock. GLR-16CP comes with cheek riser, but no buffer tube, buffer, or spring. GL-SHOCK does not include buffer tube or spring. #100-008-061EN GLR-16CP Stock w/Cheek Riser, 2B76C00 �� $ 94.99 #100-008-059EN GL-SHOCK Buttstock, 2B79A99 �� 96.55

Are You Serious About Firearms? Join our Team! Brownells enjoys a great reputation in the firearms industry, and we can thank our fantastic team of employees for more than 75 years of consistent growth. To accommodate that growth, we’re always looking for passionate people to join our team. So whether you’re a firearm aficionado, or an otherwise business-savvy guru, we encourage you to check out www.brownellscareers.com today!

PAGE

stocks

ACS-L BUTTSTOCK KIT - Convenient kit eliminates the hassle of buying buttstock mounting parts individually. Kit includes: Magpul buttstock, Mil-Spec aluminum buffer tube, buffer spring, end plate, castle nut, and a recoil buffer. Stocks available in Black, Flat Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. 078-000-228EN ACS-L Buttstock Kit, Black, 8G96A01 �� $ 109.99 078-000-229EN ACS-L Buttstock Kit, Dark Earth, 8G96I01 �� 109.99 078-000-230EN ACS-L Buttstock Kit, OD Green, 8G96B01 �� 109.99 078-000-240EN ACS-L Buttstock Kit, Stealth Gray, 8G115H00 �� 129.99

Adaptable Carbine/Storage (ACS) stock is a drop-in replacement for standard USGI M4 collapsible stock that gives the tactical operator extra storage options, a secure, comfortable cheekweld, and an advanced dual-locking lever. Smooth, streamlined exterior contours prevent snagging on clothing, sling, or vegetation, and help ensure fast exits from vehicles without snagging on gear. Removable battery storage compartments run the full length of the extra-wide comb and hold 2 AA or 3 CR-123 batteries, while providing a wide, contoured area for an exceptionally solid, comfortable cheekweld. Secure rubber caps keep water and dust out of compartments. Positive-locking trapdoor on right side of the stock reveals a storage compartment for small items. Magpul’s dual locking system uses an additional cam lever to protect the release lever from accidental operation, yet still allows you to adjust length of pull by simply pushing on the release lever. Slot molded in the toe provides an attachment point for a 11/4" wide sling. Also includes the same detachable rubber buttpad found on Magpul CTR® and UBR® buttstocks to help keep stock firmly mounted on shoulder. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or 7 1 Stealth Gray. 7 /8" (20cm) OAL, 5 /4" (13.3cm) high. 13.6 oz. (385g) wt. Buffer tube, carbine buffer, receiver extension nut, and carbine-length action spring not included. Mil Spec fits 1.14" O.D. buffer tubes on Coltmanufactured M4 and similar mil-spec tubes that accept both four- and six-position collapsible stocks. Commercial fits larger, 1.17" O.D. commercial carbine buffer tubes. #100-003-527EN Mil-Spec ACS Stock, Black, 3K75C17 �� $ 85.45 #100-003-529EN Mil-Spec ACS Stock, Dark Earth, 3K75G17 �� 85.45 #100-003-784EN Mil-Spec ACS Stock, O.D. Green, 3K75Q17 �� 85.45 #100-014-422EN Mil-Spec ACS Stock, Stealth Gray, 3K75N17 �� 85.45 #100-003-531EN Commercial ACS Stock, Black, 3K75B17 �� 85.45 #100-003-533EN Commercial ACS Stock, Dark Earth, 3K75P17 �� 85.45 #100-003-785EN Commercial ACS Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K72P58 �� 85.45 #100-014-423EN Commercial ACS Buttstock, Stealth Gray, 3K75H17 �� 85.45 078-000-220EN ACS Buttstock Kit, Black, 8G104B02 �� 114.99

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

CTR®/MOE® STOCK CHEEK RISER AR-15/m16

CTR BUTTSTOCK KIT - Convenient buttstock mounting kit eliminates the hassle of buying all the parts individually. Kit includes: Magpul buttstock, Mil-Spec aluminum buffer tube, buffer spring, end plate, castle nut, and a recoil buffer. Stocks available in Black, Flat Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Gray. 078-000-203EN CTR Buttstock Kit, Black, 8G84H99 �� $ 94.99 078-000-204EN CTR Buttstock Kit, FDE, 8G84B99 �� 94.99 078-000-205EN CTR Buttstock Kit, ODG, 8G84Q99 �� 94.99 078-000-239EN CTR Buttstock Kit, Gray, 8G97F00 �� 109.99

Drop-In Replacement For M4 Stock With Storage & Enhanced Comfort Features

Extra-Slim Profile For Added Maneuverability

Locking System Eliminates “Play”

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16

ACS™ BUTTSTOCK

ACS-L™ CARBINE STOCK

Features a friction locking mechanism that eliminates movement between the buffer tube and buttstock for a solid “feel” when mounting rifle to shoulder. Heavy duty, springloaded hand lever allows fast length-of-pull adjustments. Nylon polymer body provides maximum impact and heat resistance, with molded-in reinforcements at stress points. Accepts a variety of ambidextrous sling attachment options, including web slings and single-point, push-button sling mounts. Comb contour is wider than standard issue M4 stock to help shooter maintain a solid cheekweld. Synthetic rubber buttpad increases comfort and helps prevent slippage. Fits buffer tubes that accept both four- and six-position collapsible stocks. Buffer tube, carbine buffer, receiver extension nut, and carbine-length action spring not included. Available in Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, and Stealth Gray, so you can match the color of your stock to your tactical rifle’s color scheme. a b SPECS: Impact-resistant nylon polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. LOP adjustment range, 31/2" (8.9cm). Mil-Spec - 67/8" (17.5cm) OAL, 51/4" (13.34cm) high. Fits 1.14" O.D. carbine buffer tubes on Colt-manufactured M4 and similar mil-spec carbines. Commercial - 71/8" (21cm) OAL, 51/4" high. Fits 1.17" O.D. commercial carbine buffer tubes. #100-002-946EN Mil-Spec CTR Buttstock, Black, 3K53B95 �� $ 56.95 #100-003-137EN Mil-Spec CTR Buttstock, Dark Earth, 3K53I95 �� 56.95 #100-003-135EN Mil-Spec CTR Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K53Q95 �� 56.95 #100-014-416EN Mil-Spec CTR Buttstock, Stealth Gray, 3K53I95 �� 56.95 #100-002-982EN Commercial CTR Buttstock, Black, 3K53E95 �� 56.95 #100-003-136EN Commercial CTR Buttstock, Dark Earth, 3K53G95 �� 56.95 #100-003-134EN Commercial CTR Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K53F95 �� 56.95 #100-014-417EN Commercial CTR Buttstock, Stealth Gray, 3K53K95 �� 56.95

Items

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16

UBR BUTTSTOCK

stocks

AR-15/m16

Compact, Convenient Collapsible Stock With The Comfort & Solidness Of A Fixed Stock Stock shown partially extended

Rugged carbine buttstock combines the solidness of a fixed stock with a unique set of convenience and comfort features to provide a highly versatile, stable shooting platform. The Utility/Battle Rifle (UBR) stock’s tough, reinforced polymer construction can handle high-tempo tactical operations, while providing an extremely secure cheekweld in almost any position. Provides seven length-of-pull positions, with a proprietary preset system that lets you pull the release lever and instantly snap the stock open to the position you want. Set your preferred preset position simply by moving a machine screw. Stock is easily detached from the UBR main tube. Includes a slot at the toe for a 11/4" sling, plus front and rear QD pushbutton sling receptacles that may be positioned on either side of the stock. Storage compartment for small items has a positive-locking door that may be positioned on either side - or remove the compartment entirely to give the UBR a skeletonized look. Recoil pad of rubber over hard polymer core gives a comfortable, non-slip shoulder fit. Comes with Magpul’s machined aluminum “entry length” receiver extension that replaces your gun’s factory extension. a b SPECS: Impact-resistant polymer and machined aluminum, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. 8" (20.3cm) OAL retracted. 111/4" (28.6cm) OAL fully extended. Approximately 51/4" (13.3cm) high. LOP adjustment range: 33/8" (8.6cm). Note: If mounting on a rifle with A1/ A2 fixed stock, you must also install an M4 carbine buffer and action spring (not included) for correct weapon function with UBR mounted. Instructions included. #100-003-524EN UBR Buttstock, Black, 3K239K91 �� $ 251.75 #100-003-526EN UBR Buttstock, Dark Earth, 3K239M91 �� 251.75 #100-003-783EN UBR Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K239C91 �� 251.75 #100-014-424EN UBR Buttstock, Stealth Gray, 3K239A91 �� 251.75 SWIVEL MOUNT - Heavy-duty steel receptacle supplements the two mounts that come with the stock to give your UBR stock maximum versatility in ambidextrous, quick-detach, pushbutton sling mounting. Bolts to any of the stock’s four mounting points and accepts most pushbutton, single-point sling swivels. Allows full 360° rotation of swivel for unrestricted sling travel. SPECS: Steel, phosphate finish, matte black. 3/4" (1.9cm) long. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. #100-005-597EN UBR QD Sling Swivel Mount, 3K13N90 �� $ 18.99

MILITARY ASSAULT AR-15/M16

EFX-A1 ENHANCED FIXED STOCK Ergonomically Enhanced For A Comfortable Cheekweld; Less Bulky Than A1/A2 Stock Drop-in replacement for an A1/A2 fixed rifle stock has a wide, sloped comb that provides a consistent, comfortable cheekweld that positions your head for proper alignment with the sights. “Clubfoot” shape is less bulky than the A1/A2 stock, with 133/8" length of pull to aid in quick shouldering when wearing cold weather clothing or body armor. Rubber recoil pad helps keep the stock securely in the shoulder pocket during sustained fire. Two slots accept military-style nylon slings up to 11/4" wide, plus am-

PAGE

Items

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MAKO AR-15/M16/SR-25

STR™ BUTTSTOCK

GENERATION II PRS PRECISION RIFLE STOCK

SSR-25 SNIPER STOCK

Items

Adjustable Carbine Stock With Internal Battery Storage An enhanced version of the Magpul CTR® stock, the STR (“Storage/Type Restricted”) buttstock features two 4¼" left- and right-side positioned battery storage tubes and a wider cheekweld for extra comfort. Rubber caps at the rear keep the storage compartments resistant to water incursion, yet pop off easily for access to two AA or two CR-123 batteries inside. Features two integral 1¼" sling loops and a socket for a pushbutton QD sling swivel on each side of the stock. Friction locking mechanism minimizes wobble between the buffer tube and the buttstock for a solid, secure “feel”, which is enhanced by the detachable .30" thick rubber buttpad that adds plenty of “grab” to prevent shoulder slippage. a b SPECS: Reinforced nylon polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. 7¼" (18.4cm) OAL, 5¼" (13.3cm) high. LOP adjustment range: 3¼" (8.3cm). 12.5 oz. (354g) wt. Mil-Spec fits mil-spec 1.14" O.D. carbine buffer tubes. Commercial fits larger 1.17" O.D. commercial carbine buffer tubes. #100-009-321EN Mil-Spec STR Buttstock, Black, 3K66D81 ��$ 75.95 #100-009-322EN Mil-Spec STR Buttstock, Dark Earth, 3K66K81 �� 75.95 #100-010-519EN Mil-Spec STR Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K66E81 �� 75.95 #100-014-418EN Mil-Spec STR Buttstock, Stealth Gray, 3K66N81 �� 75.95 #100-009-323EN Commercial STR Buttstock, Black, 3K66F81 �� 75.95 #100-009-324EN Commercial STR Buttstock, Dark Earth, 3K66C81 �� 75.95 #100-010-521EN Commercial STR Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K66M81 �� 75.95 #100-014-419EN Commercial STR Buttstock, Stealth Gray, 3K66A81 �� 75.95 STR BUTTSTOCK KIT Eliminate the hassle of buying individual buttstock mounting parts with this convenient kit. Kit includes: Magpul buttstock, Mil-Spec aluminum buffer tube, buffer spring, end plate, castle nut, and a recoil buffer. 078-000-224EN STR Buttstock Kit, Black, 8G96D01 �� $ 109.99 078-000-225EN STR Buttstock Kit, Dark Earth, 8G96A01 �� 109.99 078-000-226EN STR Buttstock Kit, OD Green , 8G96G01 �� 109.99 084-000-399EN STR Buttstock Kit, Stealth Gray, 4H96N01 �� 109.99

bidextrous sockets for pushbutton-style QD slings. Large, easyto-access underside storage compartment holds cleaning items, spare parts, batteries – even a backup bolt assembly. a b SPECS: Glass-filled nylon stock with rubber recoil pad, black. 101/8" (26cm) long. 17.1 oz. (485g) wt. Includes buttstock cap screw. Uses rifle’s existing A1/A2 receiver extension tube. #100-006-552EN EFX-A1 Enhanced Fixed Stock, 8C61C46 �� $ 79.99

Adjustable Cheekpiece & Integral Monopod For Stability

Adjustable Length Of Pull & Comb Height Fully adjustable stock and comb for AR-15/M16/AR-style .308 rifles readily adapt length of pull and comb height with two click-detent adjustment wheels. Drop-in installation on rifles with standard A1/A2 fixed buffer tubes without A2 spacer. Rubber buttpad seats securely onto your shoulder and won’t slip during sustained shooting exercises. Fully-raised comb will not get in the way of charging handle operation. Removable base cover conceals an accessory rail to provide a mounting platform for a monopod. Removable sling loops can be mounted on either side of stock to accommodate your preferred carry position. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. 1 1 L.O.P. adjusts from 13 /4" (33.6cm) to 14 /2" (36.8cm). Comb height can be raised 1" (2.5cm). 1 lb. 12 oz. (.79kg) wt. #100-002-457EN AR-15/M16 PRS Stock, Black, 3K212G71 �� $ 242.25 #100-003-139EN AR-15/M16 PRS Stock, Dark Earth, 3K212F71 �� 242.25 #100-003-138EN AR-15/M16 PRS Stock, O.D. Green, 3K212M71 �� 242.25 #100-014-426EN AR-15/M16 PRS Stock, Stealth Gray, 3K212Q71 �� 242.25 #100-002-947EN AR-308 PRS Stock, Black, 3K212L71 �� 242.25 #100-010-594EN AR-308 PRS Stock, Dark Earth, 3K212G71 �� 242.25 #100-010-595EN AR-308 PRS Stock, O.D. Green, 3K212H71 �� 242.25 #100-014-427EN AR-308 PRS Stock, Stealth Gray, 3K212G71 �� 242.25 PRS BUTTSTOCK KIT - Eliminate the hassle of buying individual buttstock mounting parts with this convenient kit. Contains the PRS buttstock, A2-type aluminum buffer tube, buffer, buffer spring, end plate, and castle nut. 078-000-207EN AR-15/M16 PRS Buttstock Kit, Black, 8G259Q99 ��$ 259.99 078-000-208EN AR-15/M16 PRS Buttstock Kit, Dark Earth, 8G259H99 �� 259.99 078-000-209EN AR-15/M16 PRS Buttstock Kit, OD Green, 8G259N99 �� 259.99 078-000-211EN AR-308 PRS Buttstock Kit, Black, 8G259C99 �� 259.99 078-000-212EN AR-308 PRS Buttstock Kit, Dark Earth, 8G259F99 �� 259.99 078-000-213EN AR-308 PRS Buttstock Kit, OD Green, 8G259A99 �� 259.99 PRS EXTENDED BUTTPAD - Quickly replaces the PRS stock’s factory buttpad to provide more reduction in felt recoil, and to add 1/2" to the length of pull. Features the same anti-slip face as the factory pad. SPECS: Molded rubber, black. .8" (2cm) thick. Compatible with PRS AR-15/M16 and AR-style .308 stocks. Mounts using existing hardware. #100-010-588EN PRS Extended Buttpad, 3K10E49 ��$ 14.99 MGSS PRS STOCK QD SLING ADAPTER - Machined steel adapter lets you use a pushbutton quick-detach sling on your PRS stock. Replaces the stock’s factory sling loop to provide a secure mounting point for the pushbutton swivel. Allows you to use any tactical sling that requires a “flush cup” mounting socket. Built-in rotation limiter prevents unwanted sling twisting for optimized weapon balance. Can be mounted on any of the stock’s four sling loop at-

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Reinforced polymer buttstock designed for use by Israeli Defense Forces - fits onto A2-style buffer tube to give adjustable cheekpiece and integral monopod. Cheekpiece has seven positions to help you find perfect alignment with scope in any position. Monopod deploys with the push of a button and gives up to 6½" additional height. Screw-based precision adjustment allows fine control over elevation. Generous rubber recoil pad absorbs kick and textured surface won’t slip from your shoulder. Fits standard AR-15, M16 or SR25 tubes. Will not fit carbine tubes. Includes instructions, hardware and monopod spring. SPECS: Reinforced polymer, matte black. 11.6" (29cm ) long. 6.1" (15cm) high. 14.5" (37cm) high fully deployed. 1.5" (3.8cm) wide. 1 lbs 4 oz (510g) wt. #100-011-541EN SSR-25 Sniper Stock, 2B177B00 �� $ 193.30

MAKO AR-15/M16

GL-MAG SURVIVAL STOCK Keep An Extra Magazine Always On Your Rifle Reinforced polymer stock fits onto M4 Carbine style buffer tube and lets you keep a loaded magazine on the rifle at all times. Includes polymer 10-round magazine, and accepts all other standard-sized AR magazines. Quick-release gives instant access to extra magazine and under-stock position keeps magazine from getting caught on gear or webbing. Unique inverted positioning lever makes it easy to adjust length, but blends into the contours of the stock. Fits both Mil-Spec and Commercial diameter tubes, and features integrated ambidextrous QD sling connectors and thick rubber buttpad with positive no-slip texture. Buffer tube not included. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer. 7¼" (18.4cm) long. 5" (12.7cm) high. 14 oz. (400g) wt. Includes one 10-rd polymer magazine. #100-011-409EN GL Mag Survival Stock, 2B87J43 �� $ 108.65

ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15/M16

LE ENTRY TACTICAL STOCK Compact Length Improves Handling In Confined Areas A full stock, with the same length as a collapsed M4, CAR stock; quick to shoulder, fast handling and maneuverable in confined or restricted areas. Provides a consistent and comfortable cheek weld for greater control and accuracy. Compact dimensions reduce overall length to 32" when used with a 16" barrel. Furnished with carbine-length buffer, tube and recoil spring. a b SPECS: Fiberglass/kevlar, black, matte finish. 7" (17.8cm) long. #739-000-009EN LE Entry Tactical Stock, 9C57E99 �� $ 57.99

tachment points using the factory loop’s hex-head mounting screws. Fully machined, hardened steel is protected with an anti-corrosion matte black finish. SPECS: Machined steel, matte black. 213/16" (7.1cm) long, 9/16" (1.4cm) wide, 3/8" (1cm) high. 1.1 oz. (32g) wt. Fits Magpul PRS stocks for AR-15/M16 and AR-style .308. #100-006-034EN PRS QD Sling Adapter, 5C32M79 �� $ 34.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

B5 SYSTEMS AR-15/M16/M4

Color

SOPMOD STOCK Improves Cheekweld & Provides Waterproof Storage For Small Items

VLTOR AR-15/M16

AR-15/M16

SBX PISTOL STABILIZING BRACE Enhances Control & Accuracy Of Your AR Pistol This cuff brace mounts to the buffer tube of an AR pistol and uses the shooter’s forearm as stabilizing platform to give greatly improved control when firing one-handed. Minimizes spin and shift that degrades accuracy, plus it tames felt recoil, further improving control. Fits pistols equipped with a 1" to 1.2" diameter buffer tube. Made of flexible elasto-polymer that’s easy on the arm. Two adjustable nylon straps ensure a snug custom fit for any shooter. ATF compliant when used as designed on an AR15 pistol. Warning: Not to be used as a shoulder stock. Using the brace as a stock while installed on a pistol constitutes a “redesign” of the device according to the ATF, and such misuse may subject the user to severe criminal penalties. If used as a stock, the resulting firearm will be subject to all provisions of the NFA and all NFA rules would apply. SPECS: Elasto-polymer, black (Blk) or Flat Dark Earth (FDE). 67/8" (17.5cm) long, 2½" (6.4cm) wide, 6¼" (15.9cm) high. Fits 1"-1.2" (2.5-3cm) O.D. buffer tubes. Includes two adjustable nylon straps. #732-000-468EN SBX Pistol Stabilizing Brace, Blk, 2C118J80 �� $ 129.99 732-000-476EN SBX Pistol Stabilizing Brace, FDE, 2C118N80 �� 129.99

ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15/M16

VLTOR AR-15/M16

A4 COLLAPSIBLE BUTTSTOCK

EMOD A5 COMBO KIT

Reduces Overall Length For Easier Carry, Storage

T6 COLLAPSIBLE STOCK CONVERSION KIT

TAPCO AR-15/M16 Convert Your Rifle To A Six-Position Carbine Stock

Easy-to-install kit contains everything you need to convert a fixed-stock AR-15 rifle to a GI-style collapsible carbine stock system, or use to complete a custom-built carbine. Lets you easily adjust length of pull for different-stature shooters and clothing/armor configurations. Kit includes 1.17" O.D. commercial receiver extension tube with six, positive-locking notches for the T6 buttstock of tough, durable fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer. Also includes steel receiver lock plate, steel lock nut, polymer sling loop, carbine recoil spring, and carbine buffer. Requires no b permanent alterations to rifle. Installation instructions included. a SPECS: Aluminum and reinforced injection-molded polymer, Black or Dark Earth. 8" (20.3cm) OAL collapsed; 113/4" (29.9cm) OAL fully extended. #100-004-296EN T6 Collapsible Stock Kit, Blk, 5A63K93 �� $ 68.99 #100-004-548EN T6 Collapsible Stock Kit, Dk Earth, 5A61G72 �� 68.99

Seven-Position Adjustable Stock System Enhances Comfort, Control & Weapon Reliability Specifically designed at the request of the U.S. Marine Corps, the EMOD A5 stock system enhances both operator comfort and the reliability of the rifle. With seven length-of-pull adjustment positions at .65" increments, the A5 system can offer a longer length of pull than an M16A2 fixed stock, yet collapses to the same length as an M4 carbine. The buttstock itself offers all the advantages of the EMOD’s “clubfoot” shape and detachable rubber recoil pad for an extra-secure shoulder fit. Using a standard M16A2 action spring and the specially-designed buffer, the EMOD A5 system offers the trustworthiness of a fixed-stock rifle, while reducing felt recoil and rate of fire for improved weapon control. Two full-length detachable storage compartments with waterproof caps are capable of housing 3 AA or 4 CR-123 batteries; lower, weatherproof storage compartment holds 2 AA batteries or miscellaneous small parts. Two molded-in sling loops accept military-style, nylon web slings. Receptacles on both sides of stock to accept a pushbutton QD swivel for single-point slings. Combo Kit includes all the necessary components for upgrading a mil-spec AR-15/M16/M4 lower receiver. A5 Receiver Extension and A5 Spring/Buffer kit are sold separately to enable upgrading an existing carbine to the longer, 7-position extension for use with other mil-spec M4-type buttstocks. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 81/2" (21.6cm) OAL collapsed; 121/2" (31.8cm) OAL. fully extended. 26.7 oz. (756.9g) total wt. Includes action spring, A5 buffer, receiver end lock plate, and receiver end lock nut. Compatible with gas piston systems. A5 Receiver Extension accepts M4-type buttstocks that fit mil-spec 1.15" O.D. receiver extension. A5 Spring/Buffer kit must be used only in the Vltor A5 receiver extension; attempting to use these parts in a standard M4 receiver extension will result in damage to the rifle. Not compatible with AR-Style .308 platforms. #100-009-399EN EMOD A5 Combo Kit, 3A208D99 �� $ 224.15 56.95 #100-010-798EN A5 Spring/Buffer Kit, 3A53M75 �� 47.45 #100-010-797EN A5 Receiver Extension, 3A44M77 ��

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Tactical stock system contains all the parts you need to replace an existing carbine or rifle stock with a highly versatile, five-position, carbine stock. The IMOD buttstock’s unique, “clubfoot” shape provides better overall control and firm, stable shoulder contact in combat situations. Removable, non-slip rubber buttpad angles slightly forward from heel to toe for a better hold in the “ready” stance and when the weapon is held above the shoulder pocket in the heads-up position. Snag-free design won’t hangup on clothing, web gear, or equipment. Two detachable storage compartments with waterproof caps hold up to four AA or six, CR-123 spare batteries. Two sling loops are wide enough for military-style, nylon web slings, plus there’s a socket for a quick-detach, push-button sling swivel on each side of the stock. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, or Foliage Green. 7" (17.8cm) 5 to 9 /8" (24.5cm) l.o.p. Kit contains stock, mil-spec 1.15" O.D. receiver extension, carbine buffer, buffer spring, endplate, locking Nut, and two detachable storage compartments with caps. #100-005-448EN IMOD Combo Kit, Black, 3A140I05 �� $ 159.99 #100-005-450EN IMOD Combo Kit, Dark Earth, 3A139H99 �� 159.95 #100-005-449EN IMOD Combo Kit, Foliage Green, 3A141J67 �� 159.95

AR15/M16/M4

MIL-SPEC RECEIVER EXTENSION TUBE Rugged, Six Position Tube For M4 Type Stocks Mil-spec receiver extension tube has the correct 1.148" outside diameter to ensure proper fit of adjustable mil-spec carbine stock. Allows you to install a mil-spec stock on a commercial carbine, convert a rifle with a fixed A2 style stock to an adjustable M4 stock, or complete a custom build. Six machined notches on the underside prevent the stock locking pin from slipping, yet still offer outstanding ease and flexibility in setting the buttstock length. Precision machined from strong, lightweight 7075 aluminum, then hardcoat anodized with a hard, wear-resistant matte black finish. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7¼" (18.4cm) O.A.L, 1.148" (2.9cm) O.D. Fits mil-spec AR15/M16 lower receivers. Rifle conversion requires a carbine spring and buffer, available separately. #080-001-046EN Mil-Spec Receiver Extension Tube, 4Z19P99 �� $ 25.99

BRAVO COMPANY AR-15/M16/M4

MIL-SPEC RECEIVER EXTENSION For M4-Style Buttstocks That Require A "Mil-Spec" Diameter Tube M4-style receiver extension lets you convert a commercial carbine or A2-style fixed-stock rifle to accept an adjustable buttstock that fits a "mil-spec" 1.146" O.D. tube. This tube has six precision machined notches to securely grasp the buttstock locking pin for fast positioning. a b SPECS: Machined 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1 7 /4" (18.2cm) long, 1.146" (2.9cm) O.D. #100-016-336EN Mil-Spec Receiver Extension, 1E36C17 �� $ 38.99

order on the web

brownells.com

ENHANCED MODSTOCK Precise Weapon Control In All Tactical Situations; Comes With Customizable Storage Options “Clubfoot”-style adjustable stock with modular storage options gives the tactical shooter exceptional versatility and weapon control. The EMOD is 1½" longer than the original Modstock to ensure a solid, comfortable cheekweld even on rifles with long eye relief scopes. Two, detachable, full-length storage compartments provide additional cheek support for more comfort and stability. Each waterproof compartment holds up to 3 AA or 4 CR123 batteries, and a permanent flip-open compartment on the left side of the stock holds two more AA batteries or other small items. Extra-length buttplate with removable rubber pad angles forward from heel to toe for a better hold in the “ready” position and when the weapon is held above the shoulder pocket in the heads-up position. Two, moldedin sling loops accept military-style, nylon web slings; molded-in sling socket accepts a quick-detach, push-button swivel for ambidextrous single-point sling attachment. Basic EMOD Kit includes buttstock and detachable storage compartments only, available for Mil-Spec and Commercial buffer tubes. Mil-Spec Combo Kit contains all parts needed to replace an existing A1 or A2 stock, including a five-position, mil-spec buffer tube with white index numbers visible through a witness hole in the top of the stock. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black or dark earth. 73/4" (19.7cm) long. Basic EMOD Kit includes buttstock and two (2) detachable storage compartments. Mil-Spec fits 1.14" O.D. carbine buffer tubes only. Commercial fits larger, 1.17" O.D. commercial buffer tubes. Mil-Spec Combo Kit includes stock, storage compartments, mil-spec buffer tube, buffer spring, endplate, and locking nut. L.O.P adjusts from 111/2" (29.2cm) to 143/4" (37.5cm). #100-003-222EN Commercial EMOD Basic Kit, Black, 3A103B39 ��$ 125.99 #100-003-990EN Commercial EMOD Basic Kit, Dark Earth, 3A101P87 �� 125.99 #100-003-186EN Mil-Spec EMOD Basic Kit, Black, 3A98H96 �� 119.65 #100-003-989EN Mil-Spec EMOD Basic Kit, Dark Earth, 3A101M87 �� 125.99 #100-003-187EN Mil-Spec EMOD Combo Kit, Black, 3A170A51 �� 187.10 #100-003-991EN Mil-Spec EMOD Combo Kit, Dark Earth, 3A179I57 �� 187.10

DOUBLESTAR CAR-15/M4

RECEIVER EXTENSION For M4-Style Buttstocks; Gives 6-Position Adjustment Machined aluminum receiver extension tubes accept M4-style adjustable carbine buttstocks. Six precision-machined notches on the underside provide plenty of options for setting length-of-pull. Perfect for a custom build, or updating a fixed stock rifle with an adjustable M4 stock. Machined from a lightweight aluminum extrusion then hardcoat anodized for extra strength, and dry film lube-coated inside for smooth movement of the buffer and buffer spring. Requires carbine recoil spring and buffer, lock ring, and receiver plate, all available separately. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 77/8" (20cm) long. Mil-Spec - 1.145" O.D. Universal - 1.168" O.D. #100-004-978EN Mil-Spec Receiver Extension, 2Z30Q34 �� $ 34.99 #100-010-683EN Universal Receiver Extension, 2Z21F79 �� 24.99

PAGE

stocks

Six-position, extendable stock lets you select the length of pull best suited to your shooting needs. Converts your rifle to A-4-style with the added benefit of shorter overall length. Includes buffer tube, receiver lock plate, lock nut, rear sling swivel, recoil spring and buffer. Carbine spring and buffer also available separately. a b SPECS: Zytel® nylon plastic stock and latch, matte black or matte green. 1 Aluminum buffer tube. Length of pull: closed - 10 /2" (26.2cm), extended - 13" (33cm). #739-000-004EN AR-15 A4 Stock, Black, 9C75C99 �� $ 75.99 #739-000-008EN AR-15 A4 Stock, Green, 9C80D00 �� 80.00 #739-000-005EN AR-15 Carbine Spring, 9C4H00 �� 4.00 #739-000-006EN AR-15 Carbine Buffer, 9C11P00 �� 11.99

IMPROVED MODSTOCK COMBO KIT Better Control & More Options In Tactical Situations

VLTOR AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

Currently employed by the U.S. military, this reinforced polymer stock fits M4-type receiver extensions and offers an improved cheekweld designed for increased comfort and consistency. Two waterproof storage compartments running the length of the stock hold 2 AA or 3 CR-123 batteries. Streamlined contours resist snagging on clothing, equipment, or vegetation to aid in safe and stealthy operation. Sure-Grip stock latch ensures convenient and intuitive length-of-pull adjustment, while the anti-slip rubber recoil pad secures the weapon to the operator’s shoulder. Features a black, stainless steel QD swivel mount and two molded 11/4" wide sling slots. BRAVO model retains same basic features of the SOPMOD. Angled butt plate tips inward at b the toe, does not have stock storage compartments. a SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced polymer, Black, Flat Dark Earth (FDE), Wolf Grey, or Multi-Camo. 71/4" (18.6cm) OAL, 4.9" (12.4cm) high. 12.4 oz. (352g) wt. Fits mil-spec 1.14" O.D. M-4 type buffer tubes. Buffer tube, buffer spring, latch plate, and castle nut not included. Bravo - 71/8" (18.25 cm) OAL, 47/8" (12.4 cm) high. 8.9 oz (252.3g) wt. #100-009-033EN SOPMOD Stock, Black, 4H85L71 ��$ 95.00 100-016-915EN SOPMOD Stock, FDE, 4H85I71 �� 95.00 100-016-916EN SOPMOD Stock, Wolf Grey, 4H85P71 � 95.00 100-016-917EN SOPMOD Stock, Multi-Camo, 4H102H86 �� 110.00 #100-011-669EN BRAVO SOPMOD Stock, 4H51K43 �� 58.00

SIG SAUER

AR-15/m16

D.S. ARMS CAR-15/M4

VLTOR CAR-15/M4

AR-15/M16

RECEIVER EXTENSION

MIL-SPEC RECEIVER EXTENSION

BUTTSTOCK WEIGHT

M4-style receiver extension tube has six precision-machined notches on the underside for maximum flexibility in setting lengthof-pull with adjustable buttstocks. Lets you install a mil-spec stock on a civilian carbine or refit a rifle with an A2-style fixed buttstock with an adjustable M4 stock. Outside diameter of tube is machined approximately .003" oversized for snug, rattle-free fit of stocks designed for mil-spec extensions. Lightly sand interior of stock to get just the right combination of snugness and freedom over movement. Machined from a lightweight aluminum extrusion before hardcoat anodizing with a wear-resistant matte black finish. Rifle conversion also requires a carbine action spring and buffer, available separately. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 71/4" (18.2cm) long, 1.149" O.D. #274-000-018EN Receiver Extension Tube, 4G19H99 �� $ 24.99

HIGH STANDARD CAR-15/M4

MIL-SPEC RECEIVER EXTENSION TUBE Replace Factory USGI Tube Or Convert Commercial Carbine To Accept Mil-Spec Adjustable Buttstock

stocks

Correct Size For RattleFree Mounting Of Mil-Spec Collapsible Buttstocks

Provides Six-Position Adjustment

Replacement receiver extension tube is the correct length and 1.146" outside diameter for proper fit of a mil-spec carbine adjustable buttstock. Replace a worn out USGI tube, or convert a commercial carbine or fixed-stock rifle to accept an adjustable buttstock that requires the smaller, mil-spec tube. Six precision machined notches on the underside grasp the stock’s locking pin securely to ensure fast, positive stock length adjustments without slippage. One-piece aluminum construction with a tough, abrasion-resistant matte black hardcoat anodized finish. Rifle conversion also requires a carbine action spring and buffer, available separately. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 71/4" (18.2cm) long, 1.146" O.D. #100-004-252EN Mil-Spec Receiver Extension Tube, 3D38M22 �� $ 44.99

PATRIOT ORDNANCE FACTORY AR-15/M16

ANTI-TILT BUFFER TUBE Prevents Carrier-Tilt & Wear Of Buffer Tube Designed for M4-style, adjustable carbine stocks, this innovative receiver extension tube has integrated "fingers" that extend into the receiver and support the carrier, even when the bolt is fully forward. By cradling the carrier, it eliminates premature wear on the buffer tube caused by carrier-tilt. Machined from aircraft grade aluminum, this six position tube comes with three drainage holes, ideal for wet or marine environments. Buffer detent doubles as a lock to prevent the tube from rotating or coming loose under extreme operating conditions. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aircraft aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7.4" (18.7cm) OAL. 1.14" (2.9cm) O.D. #100-014-172EN Enhanced Anti-Tilt Buffer Tube, 7D39L96 �� $ 42.99

PAGE

Receiver extension tube has the correct, 1.146" outside diameter for mounting collapsible buttstocks designed for the smaller, mil-spec tube. Lets you mount a mil-spec stock on a civilian carbine or convert a rifle with A2-style fixed buttstock to collapsible configuration; carbine action spring and buffer assembly required. Allows fast, easy repeatability of buttstock position with five notches on underside to accept the stock’s locking pin and corresponding white position numbers on top visible through the witness hole on many stocks. Precision machined from aluminum bar stock for consistent dimensions that ensure smooth, snag-free sliding of buttstock. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7- 3/16" (18.7cm) long, 1.146" O.D. #100-003-750EN CAR-15/M4 Mil-Spec Receiver Extension, 3A40Q50 �� $ 44.99

LAW TACTICAL AR-15/M16

GEN 3 FOLDING STOCK ADAPTER Put A Folding Stock On Any AR-Pattern Rifle! Law Tactical’s adapter enables installation of a folding stock on any AR-15 to create a smaller-profile rifle for easy deployment from a vehicle or transport in “nonpermissive” environments. Works with standard gas impingement OR gas piston system. Accepts A2, mil-spec M4-style, and commercial carbine receiver extension tube and any stock that fits them. Compatible with all standard bolt carrier groups, including full-auto and .308 size. Single-button operation for quick folding and unfolding and steel locking latch keeps stock securely in place when extended. Gen 3 has hinged than earlier generations to avoid interference when charging the weapon, and a setscrew keeps the adapter securely affixed to the receiver. Hinge tension is adjustable so you can choose how stiff the folding mechanism is. Includes special bolt carrier extension (no tools to install/remove) and buffer retainer and spring. a b SPECS: Machined 4140 steel, Cerakote finish, matte black. Adds 1.3" (3.4cm) to length of pull. 8.5 oz. (241g) wt. Do not fire rifle with stock folded. #100-015-850EN AR-15 Folding Stock Adapter, 1D249A00 �� $ 269.99

Use Carbine Buffer & Spring In A1/A2 Receiver Tubes Billet aluminum spacer slips into a rifle-length receiver extension to let you install and use a carbine-length spring and buffer. Use in an A1, A2, or Magpul PRS receiver extension, along with a carbine-length spring and a Spike’s Tactical ST-T2 or ST-T3 buffer to reduce the cycle rate in a full-auto weapon for improved control and better handling. Tough, hardcoat anodized coating increases surface strength and wear resistance. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. .986" (2.5cm) diameter, 2.77" (7cm) long, 3.3 oz. (93.5g) wt. #100-008-582EN Rifle Stock Buffer Spacer, 3B23K45 �� $ 26.95

TACTICAL RECOIL PADS

Balances The Rifle For Consistent Accuracy Pre-formed lead ingot increases rear weight to balance out muzzle-heavy, match AR-15’s for best accuracy. Denser than loose, lead shot; conveniently drops into the A-2 buttstock and is retained by the trap door. Can be cut, drilled or trimmed to achieve perfect balance. SPECS: Lead. 8" (20cm) long, 3 lb. 11 oz. (1.7 kg) wt. #776-015-001EN AR-15 A-2 Buttstock Weight, 6G20H15 �� $ 27.99

DPMS AR-15

BUTTSTOCK EXTENDER Extends Length Of Pull, Improves Shooting Comfort Aluminum extension provides an extra inch of stock length for AR-15A1 and A2 rifles. Helps tall and long-armed shooters achieve a comfortable head position for fast sight alignment, plus the extra length improves recoil and trigger control. Installs between stock and receiver; has the correct profile for a “belongs there” look. a b SPECS: 6061 T-6 aluminum, black, matte finish. Includes buffer tube extension and longer stock screws. #231-000-009EN AR-15 Stock Extension, 1C28I93 ��$ 31.99

MODULAR DRIVEN TECHNOLOGIES AR-15/M16

ENHANCED MAGPUL RECOIL PAD Improves Comfort & Control Of Your Magpul Stock Replacement recoil pads for Magpul buttstocks give you a more comfortable fit and better grip for enhanced control of your rifle. An aluminum insert maintains rigidity, while the slightly grippy, soft-rubber texture helps maintain a positive shoulder grip. Increases length-of-pull a little, decreases felt recoil - and installs in seconds. SPECS: Soft rubber, black. ¾" (1.9cm) wide. Adds ¾" to length-of-pull. #100-011-582EN Magpul Recoil Pad, PRS/MOE Rifle, 6E25Q89 �� $ 29.99 #100-011-583EN Magpul Recoil Pad, CTR/STR/ACS/ ACS-L/UBR/MOE Carbine, 6E25D89 �� 29.99

COMMAND ARMS CAR-15/M4

SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15/M16

RIFLE STOCK BUFFER SPACER

MAGPUL AR-15/M16 Enhances Shoulder Purchase For Comfort & Better Weapon Control Replacement recoil pads give you enhanced shoulder purchase and recoil control with your Magpul CTR®, MOE®, UBR®, or ACS™ stock. Non-slip rubber surface holds firmly to your clothing when it counts in tactical opExtended Enhanced erations or competition for improved target acquisition and reduced felt recoil. Extended is the original factory pad for Commercial CTR and MOE stocks. May also be mounted on ACS, UBR, and Mil-Spec CTR/MOE stocks to increase length of pull by 1/4". Enhanced model’s thicker, vented, shock-absorbing construction helps reduce felt recoil for better weapon control and faster follow-up shots. Fits ACS, UBR, and Mil-Spec CTR/MOE. Will also fit CTR/MOE stocks mounted on b commercial buffer tubes shorter than 71/4". a SPECS: Rubber exterior over hard molded polymer core, black. Extended – .55" thick (14mm); Enhanced – .70" (17mm) thick. #100-004-167EN Extended Recoil Pad, 3K14N49 �� $ 18.99 #100-004-168EN Enhanced Recoil Pad, 3K14K49 �� 18.99

SIMS VIBRATION LABORATORY AR-15/M16

LIMSAVER® CARBINE RECOIL PAD Reduces Felt Recoil & Improves Weapon Control Synthetic rubber recoil pad slips over the hard plastic buttplate on an M4-type adjustable carbine stock for secure, non-slip shouldering and as much as 70% reduction in felt recoil. Made from proprietary NAVCOM™ shock-absorbing material that won’t crack, split, or take a “set.” Spreads recoil over a larger area and prevents the stock from digging into your shoulder during long periods in the ready position. Improves weapon control and reduces muzzle jump to aid in fast, accurate follow-up shots. Secure snap-on design for quick installation and removal. a b SPECS: NAVCOM synthetic material, black. 51/4" (13.3cm) high, 2" (5.1cm) wide. Fits M4-type adjustable carbine stocks with buttplate up to 53/16" (13.2cm) high x 17/8" (4.8cm) wide. #100-005-457EN Limbsaver Recoil Pad, 7K28I89 �� $ 37.99

SOG ARMORY CAR-15/M4

BUTTSTOCK PAD Comfortable Pad Adds Length To M4 Stock Rubber buttstock pad covers the hard plastic M4 stock for more comfortable shooting. Slip-on pad helps keep the gun against your shoulder and adds 1/2" to the length of pull. Plus, it protects the stock from bumps and dings. b Installs with no modifications to the stock. Fits M4 stocks only. a SPECS: Rubber, black. Adds 1/2" (12.7mm) to length of pull. Fits M4 stocks only. #100-002-210EN M4 Buttstock Pad, 9A11J39 �� $ 19.99

COLLAPSIBLE STOCK SADDLE TAPCO CAR-15/M4

Lightweight Cheek Support Plus Convenient Battery Storage Provides added cheek support for increased comfort and shooting accuracy to AR-type rifles equipped with M4-style collapsible stocks. Plus, gives an advanced tactical appearance similar to the SOPMOD stock. Made from a very lightweight, fiberglass reinforced plastic that’s as strong as it is functional. Waterproof, sealed compartments on each side will hold four “AA” or six CR123 cell batteries. No gunsmithing required for installation; saddle locks onto stock with accessory sling loop hardware that’s provided. a b SPECS: Injection molded plastic, black, matte finish, 53/4" (14.5cm) long, 3 2 /4" (6.9cm) wide. Fits M4-style stocks only. #100-002-567EN Std M4 Stock Saddle, 6C20Q27 �� $ 24.30

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

T6/M4 RECOIL PAD Increase Shooting Comfort & Length-Of-Pull No permanent alterations necessary to your M4 or Tapco T6 collapsible stock to add increased shooting comfort, lower felt recoil, plus an additional 1/2" to the length-of-pull. Rubber pad slips easily over the plastic buttplate; held in position by rubber tabs and a friction collar. Won’t shoot loose, stays put until it’s removed. Great accessory for competitive shooters; raised, non-slip surface helps keep your rifle or shotgun on-shoulder during long shooting strings or moving courses of fire. a b SPECS: Rubber, black. Adds 1/2" (12.7mm) to length-of-pull. Fits current M4 collapsible stock designs and Tapco T6 stocks. #100-002-500EN Tapco M4/T6 Recoil Pad, 5A9J99 �� $ 11.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

ALG DEFENSE AR-15/M16

APEX MACHINING AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

ERGONOMIC MODULAR RAIL V2

FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD

Machined from aircraft grade aluminum, this lightweight modular handguard allows MLOK accessories to be mounted along the entire length of the rail at the 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 o’clock positions. A short section of Picatinny rail is machined on top of the handguard for mounting front sights, lasers, or other optics. Free floating handguard attaches to the included barrel nut with six screws for a solid, secure fit. The 1.4" inner diameter offers plenty of clearance for even large suppressors. Handguard has two, integrated, anti-rotational QD slots located at the 2 and 10 o’clock positions at the base of the rail for sling attachments. a b SPECS: 6061 T-6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1.7" (4.3cm) O.D. Barrel nut- 7075-T6, hardcoat anodized. Includes barrel wrench, shim kit, and instructions. Fits Mil-Spec AR-15 and M4 carbines. #100-017-374EN 10" EMR V2, 8Z00INR �� $ 145.00 #100-017-375EN 12" EMR V2, 8Z00AXC �� 150.00 #100-017-376EN 13" EMR V2, 8Z00GVG �� 155.00 #100-017-377EN 15" EMR V2, 8Z00MUG �� 165.00

Clamp-on free-float handguard for DPMS-pattern rifles features a milled-in, GatorGrip™ “waffle” textured 12.5" Top Rail that provides a comfortable, anti-slip grasping surface. Slots positioned every 45° provide outstanding versatility as mounting points for the bolton Picatinny accessory rails 2" Accessory Rail (sold separately). Keeps down weight and bulk by letting you put a rail only where you want to mount an accessory. Four built-in QD sling swivel receptacles enable clutter-free sling attachment. Split mounting clamp attaches the handguard directly to the factory barrel nut and positions it offset from the barrel center line. This keeps the exterior diameter slim, while providing maximum internal clearance for a low-profile gas block. 12.5" (Rifle) and 15" (Extended Rifle) top rails are the full-length, 12 o’clock-mounted rails for these handguards. 2" rails attach to the other slots. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits DMPSpattern AR-15/AR-308 rifles. Includes handguard, clamp, hardware, and instructions. Rifle – 12.5" (31.8cm) long x 1.98 (5cm) O.D. 10.4 oz. (295g) wt. Extended Rifle – 15" (38.1cm) long x 1.98" OD. 12.7 oz. (360g) wt. 12.5" and 15" rails match post-August 2009 DPMS-pattern upper receiver rails, and fit Apex handguards. 2" rail also fits JP, Viking Tactics, and similar slotted handguards. #100-011-132EN Rifle Handguard, 3H208C90 �� $ 229.99 #100-011-131EN Extended Rifle Handguard, 3H228A62 �� 249.99 55.99 #100-011-134EN 12.5" Top Rail, 3H51I77 �� 55.99 #100-011-133EN 15" Top Rail, 3H51Q59 �� 19.99 #100-011-135EN 2" Accessory Rail, 3H18A34 ��

Sizes

Freefloats Barrel & Gives Fast Install/Removal Of Accessories

Lightweight handguard free-floats barrel and provides plenty of KeyMod slots for bolt-on rail segments or accessories. Picatinny top rail is accompanied by KeyMod slots at - and between - the 3, 6, and 9 o’clock positions. Magnesium-aluminum alloy construction and the KeyMod system provide a significant weight savings over traditional fully railed handguards. Special plasma deposition process produces a matte finish that’s almost unscratchable. Each handguard comes with two KeyMod rail segments, proprietary barrel nut, and mounting hardware. a b SPECS: Magnesium-aluminum alloy, plasma deposition finish, matte black. 1.5" O.D. flat to flat. 1.3" I.D. Weight, including mounting hardware: 9"- 6 oz. (170g) wt. 10" - 6.3 oz (179g) wt. 13" - 7.7 oz. (218g) wt. 15" - 8.1 oz. (230g) wt. 100-016-159EN KeyMod Handguard, 9", 1E233E97 �� $ 251.99 #100-014-183EN KeyMod Handguard, 10", 1E236N56 �� 254.99 #100-014-184EN KeyMod Handguard, 13", 1E259G99 �� 269.99 100-016-207EN KeyMod Handguard, 15", 1E257M18 �� 276.95

CLARK CUSTOM AR-15/M16

CARBON FIBER HANDGUARD Lightweight; Unique Appearance; Stays Cool

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

OMEGA RAIL Lightweight, Versatile & Easy To Install Rail Systems Maximize Accessory Mounting Options Free-float handguard with four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails installs in minutes with no permanent modifications to weapon. Two-piece design allows installation using basic tools and the included hex key. Tighten the four Allen-head screws against the barrel nut with the hex key to eliminate movement and align the extended top rail with the receiver rail for an exceptionally long expanse of uninterrupted accessory mounting space. Plenty of ventilation cuts keep barrel cool and minimize weight—perfect for tactical rifles where every ounce saved improves speed and maneuverability. Rail slots are indexed with white letters and numbers for precise positioning and remounting of accessories. Receptacles for push-button QD sling swivels in the side rails have builtin rotation limiters. Precision machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and mil-spec Type 3 hardcoat anodized for added strength and a rock-hard surface that resists wear and scuffing. Clamps directly to factory barrel nut; remove it and reinstall factory handguard any time. 7.0 fits rifles with carbine-length gas sytems. 12.0 fits AR-15s with rifle-length gas systems. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Includes mounting screws, ladder-style rail covers, and instructions. 7.0 - 63/8" (16.2cm) long. Top Rail - 7" (17.8cm) long. 7.6 oz. (217g) wt. Fits AR-15 with carbine-length gas system. 12.0 - 113/4" (29.9cm) long. Top Rail - 123/8" (31.4cm) long. 13.6 oz. (386g) wt. Fits AR-15 with rifle-length gas system. #100-003-309EN Omega Rail 7.0 Carbine, 8K223J45 ��$ 249.00 #100-003-630EN Omega Rail 12.0 Rifle, 8K268M57 �� 289.00

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Rifle Handguard

Machined aluminum handguard mounts onto your ARCarbine Handguard 15 and free floats the barrel to relieve stress and help enhance accuracy potential. Fits all standard size uppers and includes barrel nut for fast and easy installation. Accepts standard barrel nut wrenches Pistol Handguard and features knurled center section for secure grip. Rifle handguard has 5 longitudinal flutes to save weight, and 10 slots cut in the muzzle end to help improve air flow and help speed cooling. Carbine handguard has 8 longitudinal flutes to save weight. Pistol handguard has no flutes or slots. a b SPECS: 6064 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 2"(5cm) O.D., 1¾"(4.4cm) I.D. Includes barrel nut. Rifle – 12.5" (32cm) long, 13.1 oz. (371g) wt. Carbine - 7" (18cm) long, 8.1 oz. (229g) wt. Pistol – 4" (10cm) long. 5.3 oz.(150g) wt. #100-012-509EN Rifle Handguard, 2Z50P00 �� $ 64.99 #100-012-511EN Carbine Handguard, 2Z38J46 �� 44.99 #100-012-510EN Pistol Handguard, 2Z38G46 �� 44.99

CENTURION ARMS AR-15/M16

SLiM Rail™ Versatile Accessory Mounting, Plus Weight Savings To Promote Fast, Precise Handling Slim, Lightweight, Modular rail uses the KeyMod attachment metho d for superb accessory mounting versatility, weight savings, and operator comfort. Continuous MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail across the top and KeyMod cutouts running the length of the handguard in the 3, 6, and 9 o’clock positions ensure plenty of real estate for direct-install lights, grips, sights, optics - whatever accessory you need. Put the small bolt-on rail sections only where needed. T-marks and recoil-resistance of KeyMod system aid in quick “return-to-zero” when accessories are removed and reinstalled. Plenty of ventilation openings keep barrel temperature down and keep weight down, while the smooth, low-snag surface is easy to grasp. Free-floats the barrel to eliminate pressure and flexing that could hurt accuracy. Includes two-piece steel barrel nut that secures the handguard in place and simplifies alignment with the upper receiver. Two sling swivel sockets at rear, in 1 and 11 o’clock positions. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1.74" (4.4cm) wide. 2.09" (5.3cm) high. 1.08" (2.7cm) inside diameter. 12" - 9.9 oz. (280.7g) wt.; 15" - 11.2 oz. (317.5g) wt. Fits standard mil-spec AR15/ M16 upper receivers. Includes barrel nut, rear clamp, 4 mounting screws, Allen and barrel nut wrenches. #100-016-312EN 12" SLiM Rail, 8K258M57 �� $ 279.00 #100-016-311EN 15" SLiM Rail, 8K258I57 �� 279.00

C4 RAIL SYSTEM Railed Handguard Installs Without Removing Front Sight Or Muzzle Device Two-piece, fourrail handguard installs easily and gives flattop receivers a continuous 12 o’clock rail. Clamps directly to standard barrel nut and features T-marks for proper optic and accessory remounting reference. Machined aluminum construction combines strength with light weight. Free floats the barrel. Available for Carbine, Mid-Length and Rifle gas systems. Carbine Cutout model extends rails 3/4" around sides of front sight base on carbine-length gas systems. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 2.1" (5.3cm) wide. 2.38" (6cm) high. 1.37" (3.4cm) inner dia. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. TOP RAIL STOCK # MODEL LENGTH WT. PRICE #100-009-819EN Carbine 7" 8.5 oz. 4D201H99 $ 217.99 #100-009-823EN Carbine Cutout 7.25" 10.5 oz. 4D245B95 $ 266.00 #100-009-820EN Mid-length 9" 10.7 oz. 4D228B34 $ 246.99 #100-009-821EN Mid-length 10" 11.4 oz. 4D236M48 $ 256.99 #100-009-822EN Rifle 12" 14.2 oz. 4D272N31 $ 295.99

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16/M4

CARBINE HANDGUARD Rugged, Drop-In Replacement For M4-Style Factory Handguard Snap-on USGI-type replacement for your carbine’s factoryoriginal handguard is made of tough, fiberglass-reinforced, injection-molded polymer that delivers superior impact and abrasion resistance. The ridged gripping surface and top/bottom vent holes retain the weapon’s authentic military look, while an internal heat shield of lightweight aluminum protects your hand from barrel heat. M4 is the standard-issue model with asingle-layer heat shield inside. Skinny M4 model has narrower diameter for operators who prefer a minimal bulk handguard. Both models fit AR-15/M16/M4 with carbine-length gas system. a b SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced polymer, matte black. 61/2" (16.5cm) long. Standard – Approx. 21/2" (6.4cm) O.D. at rear tapering to 21/4" (5.7cm) O.D. at front. Skinny – Approx. 21/4" O.D. at rear tapering to 2" (5.1cm) O.D. at front. #100-004-513EN M4 Carbine Handguard, Single Shield, 2Z15F71 �� $ 17.99 #100-004-515EN Skinny M4 Carbine Handguard, 2Z14M29 �� 15.99

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

FOUR-RAIL CARBINE HANDGUARD Robust Construction, Plenty Of Accessory Mounting Space Easy to install, all-metal replacement for factory handguard gives your AR-15/M16 rifle or carbine the added versatility of Picatinny-type rails at the 3, 6, 9, and 12 o’clock positions for mounting lights, lasers, vertical grips, bipods, bolt-on swivel studs, and other tactical accessories. Slots are indexed with white, alphanumeric position markers ensure precise positioning of accessories for fast, repeatable configuration changes to suit mission profile. Lightweight, extra-slim design is easy to grasp even with gloves on,

order on the web

brownells.com

while adding minimal weight and bulk. Plenty of large vent holes allow free flow of air to help cool barrel. Two-piece design installs without removing gas block and requires no permanent alterations to your rifle; delta ring is left intact to allow re-mounting of factory handguard. Bottom rail may be left off to allow mounting on rifles with shotguns or grenade launchers. Precision CNC machined from high-quality 6061 T6 aluminum and mil-spec hardcoat anodized for extra strength and a hard, scuff-resistant surface that handles the wear and tear of intensive tactical operations. a b SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. 65/8" (16.8cm) long, 2" (5.1cm) wide, 23/8" (6cm) high. 7.4 oz. (210g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with carbine-length gas system. #100-003-827EN Four-Rail Carbine Handguard, 2Z125D93 �� $ 149.99

PAGE

handguards

One-piece tube with aluminum barrel nut eliminates barrel pressure points to improve accuracy. Lightweight and strong, carbon fiber tube with front swivel stud won’t absorb heat, so tube remains cool, even after long strings of fire. Attractive and durable with a distinctive weave pattern that changes sheen with the viewing angle. Requires installation of supplied, separate barrel nut and gluing of tube to nut with Elmer’s Ultimate, Devcon High Strength, Gorilla Glue, or equivalent bonding agent. a b SPECS: Carbon fiber, black. 12" (30.6cm) long. 2" (5cm) diameter. 6.2 oz (175 g) weight. #181-000-013EN Carbon Fiber Handguard, 1H89Q99 �� $ 102.99

Rifle Handguard

Includes Barrel Nut For Fast Installation

AR-15/m16

Low-Profile For Comfortable Grasp; Bolt-On Accessory Rails For Superb Versatility

BRAVO COMPANY AR-15/M16

Daniel Defense AR-15/M16

FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD

Rounded Handguard Won’t Bite Into Your Hand

KMR KEYMOD RAIL HANDGUARD

DOUBLE STAR

DPMS AR-15/M16

HANDGUARDS

DPMS AR-15/M16

4-RAIL FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD

AR-15/m16

Military Style Look & Feel Raised ribs improve grasp for easier carry and firing. Constructed from mil-spec, thermo-set resin for improved strength and durability. Includes aluminum heat shield. Fits standard or delta slip ring. A2 Long is a strong, comfortable-to-hold replacement for the older, triangular handguards. AR-15 Short fits b CAR-15/M4 rifles with a 111/2" or 16" long barrels. a SPECS: Plastic resin, black. A2 Long; 12" (30.5cm) long. Fits AR-15 with 20" barrel. AR-15 Short; 63/4" (17.1cm) long. Fits CAR-15/M4 with 111/2" or 16" barrel. #231-000-011EN A-2 Long Handguard, 1C22I50 �� $ 24.99 #231-000-012EN AR-15 Short Handguard, 1C15E04 �� 19.99

MAGPUL AR-15/M16 MOE Handguard Ergonomics With Accessory Mounting Versatility

handguards

Carbine

The Magpul MOE MLOK handguard for AR15/ M4 firearms with carbinelength gas systems comMid-Length bines the light weight of a standard hand guard with modular flexibility. Designed with versatility in mind, M-LOK slots at the two, six, and ten o’clock poRifle sitions allow the attachment of optional 1913 Picatinny rail sections and other M-LOK accessories for the direct mounting of tactical lights, slings, grips, etc. Reinforced, heat-resistant polymer construction provides operational durability without the weight and expense of an aluminum rail hand guard. Front extensions and lower lip provides additional operator protection from hot front sight assembly. Rails sold separately. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black (Blk), Flat Dark Earth (FDE), O.D. Green (ODG), or Stealth Gray (Gray). Carbine – 7.1" (18cm) OAL. 6.8 oz. (192.8g) wt. Mid-Length – 9.2" (23.4cm) OAL. 8.7 oz. (246.6g) wt. Rifle – 12.6" (32cm) OAL. 12.1 oz. (343g) wt. #100-016-531EN M-LOK Carbine Handguard, Blk, 3K26J95 �� $ 28.45 #100-016-532EN M-LOK Carbine Handguard, FDE, 3K26H95 �� 28.45 #100-016-534EN M-LOK Carbine Handguard, ODG, 3K26D95 �� 28.45 #100-016-533EN M-LOK Carbine Handguard, Gray, 3K26H95 �� 28.45 #100-016-535EN M-LOK Mid-Length Handguard, Blk, 3K29E21 �� 33.20 #100-016-536EN M-LOK Mid-Length Handguard, FDE, 3K29K21 �� 33.20 #100-016-538EN M-LOK Mid-Length Handguard, ODG, 3K29E21 �� 33.20 #100-016-537EN M-LOK Mid-Length Handguard, Gray, 3K29P21 �� 33.20 #100-016-539EN M-LOK Rifle Handguard, Blk, 3K33C39 �� 37.95 #100-016-540EN M-LOK Rifle Handguard, FDE, 3K33I39 �� 37.95 #100-016-542EN M-LOK Rifle Handguard, ODG, 3K33N39 �� 37.95 #100-016-541EN M-LOK Rifle Handguard, Gray, 3K33I39 �� 37.95

PAGE

DPMS AR-15/M16

FREE-FLOAT TUBE

CARBON FIBER FREE-FLOAT TUBE

Two-Piece Design; Free-Floats AR-15/ M16 Barrels For Greater Accuracy

Optimum Versatility For Mounting Accessories One-piece, carbinelength free-float tube lets you mount the optics, lasers and foregrips your mission requires, without putting accuracy-robbing stress on the barrel. Four, Picatinny rails, machined as a part of the tube, provide additional strength and support. Vent slots prevent heat buildup. Furnished with a separate barrel nut for accurate indexing. Fits CAR-15. a b SPECS: 6000 series aluminum, anodized, black, matte finish. 23/8" diam3 eter, fits barrels up to 1" in diameter. 6 /4" (17.1cm) long. #231-000-161EN Carbine 4-Rail Handguard, 1C149H64 �� $ 169.00

Magpul

MOE® M-LOK™ HANDGUARD

DPMS AR-15/M16/AR-308

BOLT-ON ACCESSORIES FOR ORIGINAL MOE® HANDGUARD Provides Easy, Fast Accessory Mounting Customization On Handguard ACCESSORY RAILS - Bolt-on MIL-STD 1913 rails give your original MOE handguard plenty of accessory mounting versatility. Available in four lengths, so you can position just enough rail area exactly where you need it for each accessory. Clamps easily to the slots in the handguard with the included steel mounting hardware. Also fits many standard plastic handguards with proper center-to-center (c-to-c) hole spacing. b Not compatible with MOE M-LOK handguards. a SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, steel hardware, matte black. L2 – 5 slots, 21/2" (6.4cm) long, 1.2" (3.1cm) c-to-c hole spacing. L3 - 7 slots, 31/4" (8.2cm) long, 1.6" (4.1cm) c-to-c hole spacing. L4 - 9 slots, 4" (10.2cm) long, 2.4" (6.1cm) c-to-c hole spacing. L5 - 11 slots, 5" (12.7cm) long, 3.2" (8.2cm) c-to-c hole spacing. #100-005-600EN L2 MOE Rail, 3K4D69 �� $ 5.65 #100-005-601EN L3 MOE Rail, 3K5H48 �� 6.60 #100-005-602EN L4 MOE Rail, 3K6A26 �� 7.55 #100-005-603EN L5 MOE Rail, 3K7L02 �� 8.50 MOE ILLUMINATION KIT - Easy-toinstall kit contains everything you need to mount a Picatinny rail-compatible weapon light on an original MOE handguard. Gives your rifle the versatility of onboard illumination with minimal sacrifice of handguard real estate. Kit includes a short rail section, optional cantilever rail mount, standard pressure switch mount, a mount for a SureFire® ST pressure switch, and all required hardware. Also fits the handguard of a Bushmaster ACR™ (Adaptive Combat Rifle). SPECS: Reinforced injection-molded polymer, black. Instructions included. #100-005-596EN MOE Illumination Kit, 3K15H29 �� $ 18.99 MOE SCOUT MOUNT - Minimal-profile mount clamps to the side slots of any original-series MOE handguard to enable installation of a SureFire Scout Light or other Picatinny-mountable light. Positions light above the handguard but as low as possible for easy access and to prevent altering weapon handling characteristics. Attaches to the left side of the handguard (11 o’clock) for right-handed shooters. Also fits MOE forend for Remington 870 shotgun. SPECS: Reinforced, hard-molded polymer, Black. Mounting hardware included. #100-009-291EN MOE Scout Mount, Left Side, 3K7D39 �� $ 9.99

Lightweight, two-piece handguard eliminates exterior pressure points on the barrel to help increase accuracy. Extra-rigid design is made from extruded aluminum. Separate barrel nut and forend tube thread together; easy to install and torque to proper specifications. Completely replaces the plastsic, factory handguard, barrel nut and front cap for less weight and better heat dissipation. AR-Style .308 fits DPMS-pattern rifles. a b SPECS: Extruded aluminum, black-anodized finish. 2" (5cm) diameter. 3 AR-15 Standard – 12 /8" (31.4cm) long. AR-15 Carbine – 71/4" (18.4cm) long. Fits AR-15, M16 rifles or CAR-15 carbines. Both models accept barrels up to 1" (2.5cm) in diameter. Check distance from front of receiver to rear of front sight bridge. AR-308 Standard – 12.7" (32cm) O.A.L. 2.25" (5.7cm) O.D. 1.01 lb. (460g) wt. Fits DPMS LR-308 and Remington R-25 pattern rifles. Will not fit Rock River Arms or Bushmaster .308 or ArmaLite® AR-10®. #231-015-006EN AR-15 Std Free-Float Tube, 1C52C50 �� $ 59.99 #231-015-007EN AR-15 Carbine Free-Float Tube, 1C45M13 �� 49.99 #231-000-314EN AR-308 Std Free-Float Tube, 1C47P07 �� 54.99 VENTED FREE FLOAT TUBE - Longitudinal slots allow excess barrel heat to rapidly dissipate. Improves barrel ventilation and cooling. Tube remains cooler for increased shooter comfort. SPECS: Extruded aluminum, anodized, black matte finish. 2" (5cm) diameter. AR-15 Standard – 123/8" (31.4cm) long. AR-15 Carbine – 71/4" (18.4cm) long. Fits barrels up to 1" (2.5cm) in diameter. #231-000-001EN AR-15 Std Vented Free-Float Tube, 1C86F51 �� $ 89.99 #231-000-002EN AR-15 Vented Carbine Free-Float Tube, 1C72F51 �� 89.99

ERGO AR-15/M16

Z RAIL HANDGUARD Increases Accessory Mounting Options; Easy To Install Machined aluminum carbine-length handguard expands accessory mounting options for your rifle. Four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails enable easy, secure mounting of lights, lasers, vertical grips, backup sights, bipods, and other accessories. Drop-in replacement for an M4/CAR-15 carbine handguard and requires no modifications to weapon to install. Exclusive side lock system ensures a stable, rattle-free installation. Includes a set of snap-on ERGO LowPro Rail Covers that protect unused portions of the rails and give the operator a smooth, comfortable grasping surface. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Z Rail - 6.5" (16.5cm) long, 1.9" (4.8cm) wide. 9.8 oz.(277g) weight. LoPro Covers Flexible nylon plastic, black. 2.5" (6.3cm) long. #573-000-050EN ERGO Z Rail Handguard, 3G125G49 �� $ 162.75

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Lightweight & Fast-Handling For Smooth Target Transitions Lightweight carbon fiber free-float forend gives your rifle a fast-handling profile and keeps the barrel cool, even during sustained fire. Distinctivelooking, smooth surface won’t snag on clothing or gear, and lets your hand shift position easily for fast target transitions. Free-float design eliminates handguard-induced stress on barrel for maximum accuracy. Included barrel nut must be glued to tube with the supplied epoxy bonding agent. a b SPECS: Tube - Carbon fiber, black. Barrel nut – Aluminum, anodized, black. 2" (5.1cm) O.D. 1.8" (4.6cm) I.D. Rifle – 121/2" (31.8cm) length. 8.2 oz. (233g) weight. Carbine – 71/4" (18.4cm) length. 6.1 oz. (173g) weight. #231-000-259EN Rifle Free Float Tube, 1C83I61 �� $ 89.99 #231-000-260EN Carbine Free Float Tube, 1C68J13 �� 79.99

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

JPHG-1M MODULAR RIFLE HANDGUARD SYSTEM Configure Accessory Rails & Swivels On Tactical Rifles For Each Mission Modular handguard/ rail system gives the tactical shooter maximum flexibility to customize the number, position, and length of accessory rails on his rifle. Mount rails or sling swivels at 45° intervals around the handguard. Freefloat handguard eliminates barrel pressure points for maximum accuracy; use a bipod or sling without affecting point of impact. Dual barrel nut system provides precise alignment of tube with top of receiver. Inner nut can be secured with a standard armorer’s wrench. Fluted aluminum outer nut is secured to handguard with flush-fitting, Allen head screws for rock-solid alignment with upper receiver. Leaves gas block exposed on AR‑15 with 18", 20" or 24" barrel; covers gas block on 16" barrel. Includes two sling swivels. Rail Kits are all sold separately; designed for JP system, will also work with many other free-float tubes. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel inner barrel nut and swivel studs, and setscrews with matte black oxide finish. 111/2" (29.2cm) long. 2" (5cm) dia. without attachments. Includes inner and outer barrel retainer nuts and two sling swivel studs with backer plates, setscrews. Additional studs available below. Rails – MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny cut. Backer plates and Allen head mounting screws included. Extra long rail is 15" long; rifle rail is 111/2" (29.2cm) long; mid-length rail is 9" (22.9cm) long. #452-000-040EN JPHG-1M Rifle Handguard, 2E171H43 �� $ 189.99 99.99 #452-000-145EN 15" Extra-Long JP Rail, 2E90F00 �� #452-000-038EN 111/2" JP Rail, 2E81Q43 �� 90.99 71.99 #452-000-052EN 9" JP Rail, 2E64M29 �� 32.99 #452-000-035EN 2" JP Tactical Rail, 2E29D14 �� #452-000-036EN 4" JP Tactical Rail, 2E42L00 �� 46.99 JPHGS SLING SWIVEL STUD - Heavy duty steel stud clamps securely into any of the cooling slots on a V-Tac handguard to provide a forward slingmounting point. Also accepts a folding bipod that attaches to a swivel stud. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum base, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel stud, black oxide finish. #452-000-076EN JPHGS Swivel Stud, 2E8C59 �� $ 9.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

HOGUE AR-15/M16

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-308

FREE-FLOAT FORENDS

MK III SIGNATURE SERIES MODULAR HANDGUARDS

Machined aluminum free-float forends provides an exceptionally positive, non-slip gripping surface for the support hand to help ensure maximum weapon control. Easy-to-install, two-piece free-float design eliminates handguard stress on the barrel that can compromise accuracy. Use with rifle’s factory gas tube; if changing barrel length, purchase replacement gas tube of appropriate length. Rifle- and carbine-length models available in all-aluminum Ridged design or cobblestone-texture Overmolded™ rubber grasping surface. Kits include an Overmolded pistol grip with a shock-absorbing pebble-textured rubber covering, palm swells, and finger grooves for increased shooting comfort. SPECS: Forend – Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black, with synthetic rubber covering on Overmolded models. Rifle - 121/4" (31.1cm) long, 2" (5cm) diameter. Fits AR-15/M16 and clones with rifle-length gas system. Carbine – 71/8" (17.8cm) long, 2" diameter. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 and clones with carbine-length gas system. Pistol Grip - Molded synthetic rubber exterior over fiberglass core, black #408-150-020EN Rifle Forend, Overmolded, 8K67Q47 �� $ 80.99 #408-000-091EN Rifle Forend, Ridged, 8K48G71 �� 58.99 #408-150-120EN Carbine Forend, Overmolded, 8K67N47 �� 80.99 #408-150-030EN Rifle Kit, Overmolded, 8K77H54 �� 84.99 #408-000-092EN Rifle Kit, Ridged, 8K60I23 �� 64.99 PISTOL GRIP - Strong, fiberglass insert fits solidly against the frame, resists wear, won’t loosen. Orthopedic design with palm swells and finger grooves reduces shock, increases shooting comfort; maintains a stock appearance. SPECS: Molded synthetic rubber exterior over fiberglass core, black. #408-150-000EN Pistol Grip, Black, 8K19P99 �� $ 21.99

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

MOE-SL™ CARBINE LENGTH HANDGUARD Sleek, Lightweight Design Replaces Bulky M4 Type Handguards

The MK III series is the latest development in the on-going evolution of JP’s modular free-float handguard system, with outstanding versatility and a clean, streamlined appearance. MK III tubes accept all standard JPTR bolt-on rails and accessories, sold separately, so you can install rails only where you need them, for great savings in weight and bulk. Ergonomically optimal 2" tube diameter is comfortable for most hands while still providing enough internal clearance for most low-profile gas blocks. Redesigned steel barrel nut enables easy, fast barrel installation and replacement, and won’t distort under stress like one-time-use aluminum barrel nuts. For extra versatility, when the JP nut is installed, you can remove the current handguard any time and swap on any other JP handguard. New attachment method for the handguard dramatically improves structural integrity AND allows for perfect alignment to bore axis like a one-piece, monolithic upper receiver/handguard. MK III system offers perfect continuity between the receiver rail and (when installed) the top rail on the handguard with no gaps, for complete flexibility in mounting optics. Exterior surface is rock-blasted to provide a highly effective non-slip grip. All MK III handguards come with two JPHGS bolt-on quick-detach sling swivel studs. AR- 308 models have unique “eccentric” barrel nut that enables the narrow 2" OD tube to cover the 308’s larger barrel nut to give your 308 an unusually slim, streamlined handguard. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum tube, 4140 steel barrel nut, matte black finish. Available in 12½" and 15½" OAL. 2" O.D. 1.75" internal clearance. AR-308 models fit DPMS LR-308, Knights Armament SR-25, Bushmaster .308 rifles, and other .308 rifles with: 17/16"-18 tpi receiver thread pattern and max. 1.170" barrel O.D. #452-000-186EN JPHG3-1M AR-15 MK III HG, 12½", 2E192A86 ��$ 219.99 #452-000-187EN JPHG3-6M AR-15 MK III HG, 15½", 2E205H71 �� 229.99 #452-000-184EN JPHG3-1D AR-308 MK III HG, 12½", 2E192P86 �� 219.99 #452-000-185EN JPHG3-1D AR-308 MK III HG, 15½", 2E205K71 �� 229.99

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

SS-SERIES DROP-IN HANDGUARDS Lightweight Two-Piece Handguard Snaps On Easily – No Mods To Gun Modular aluminum handguard snaps into place like plastic handguard, with no gunsmithing required. Features T-marked MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny top rail that lines up with flattop uppers for a clean, monolithic look. Includes three sections of moveable polymer rail for accessory mounting flexibility. Large ventilation holes help air circulate and keep overall weight down to a half-pound or less, depending on length. Five anti-rotation QD sockets give many sling-mounting options. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Rails – Hard polymer, black, one 3" (7.3cm) long and two 11/2" (3.8cm) long. Carbine – 7" (17cm) long, 21/4" (5.7cm) high, 1.8" (4.5cm) wide. 5.7 oz. (161g) wt. 6.6 oz. (187g) wt. with rails. Mid-Length – 9" (22.8cm) long, 21/4" (5.7cm) high, 1.8" (4.5cm) wide. 7.2 oz. (204g) wt. 8.3 oz. (235g) wt. with rails. #100-010-891EN SS-Series Carbine HG, 2A119D29 ��$ 134.95 #100-010-892EN SS-Series Mid-Length HG, 2A140Q72 �� 149.95

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Versatile, Easy To Install, Snap-On Forend Rails For Optics & Accessories Carbine length, two-piece vented forearm snaps solidly in place and replaces factory plastic handguard with no gunsmithing, no permanent alterations to rifle. Each of the four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails contains 15 mounting slots for optics, lasers, vertical grips, bipods, and lights. Twopiece design permits removal of lower section to install a grenade launcher or shotgun. Rails are laser etched with white alphanumeric position markings to aid in fast mounting and remounting of optics and accessories. Four sockets for QD pubshbutton sling swivels. Models available to fit standard AR‑15/M4 carbine with internal clearance for gas piston conversion systems and DPMS Sportical™ AR-style .308 rifle. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black 5 finish. 6 /8" (16.8cm) long. AR-15/M4 fits mil-spec 16" carbine-length barrels with round front handguard cap. Will not fit Colt-made AR-15/M4. Sportical fits DPMS Sportical AR-style .308 rifle with factory gas block and handguard cap. #100-007-124EN AR-15/M4 Carbine Gen 2 Forend, 2A114L29 �� $ 124.95 #100-005-396EN DPMS Sportical Forend, 2A131B43 �� 149.99 MID-LENGTH TWO-PIECE FOREND - Four Picatinny rails contain 20 mounting slots for lasers, optics, bipods, vertical grips, and lights and each MIL-STD rail is USGI type laser etched with lettering and numbering. Plenty of internal clearance for an gas piston conversion system. Two-piece design permits removal of lower section for installation of a shotgun or grenade launcher. SPECS: Machined from 6061 billet aluminum, hard coat anodized to MilSpec. Black. 81/2" (21.5cm) overall length. Fits carbine length barrels with extended gas system as made by Rock River Arms and Armalite. #100-008-001EN Two-Piece Mid-Length Gen 2 Forend, 2A135B71 �� $ 149.95 AR-10® CARBINE FOREND Snap-on railed forearm gives your ArmaLite AR-10 carbine all the accessory mounting versatility of Midwest Industries two-piece AR-15 forearms. Four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails contain 20 mounting slots each, and are laser etched with white alphanumeric position markings. Lower section may be left off to provide clearance for a grenade launcher, tear gas launcher, or shotgun. Direct replacement for plastic factory handguard—no gunsmithing or permanent alterations required. SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 81/8" (20.6cm), 21/2" (6.4cm) diameter. Fits ArmaLite AR-10 carbines only. #100-004-421EN AR-10 Carbine Handguard, 2A157C14 �� $ 169.99

M-LOK PICATINNY RAIL SEGMENTS Mount Picatinny Rail Accessories Onto M-LOK Handgaurds Compatible with all MLOKTM handguards and forends, these rail sections allow you to attach 1913 Picatinny rail-mounted accessories to your weapon. Rail sections are available in either aluminum or polymer. Aluminum sections are machined from Mil-Spec anodized aluminum. Lightweight polymer sections are injection molded from a proprietary reinforced composite for enhanced strength and durability. Both aluminum and polymer rail sections feature beveled ends to eliminate sharp corners and edges, plus reduce snagging. Includes all necessary hardware for attaching rails to M-LOK slots on aluminum or polymer handguards and forends. a b SPECS: Aluminum or polymer, matte black. 3 Slots – 1 1/2" (3.8cm) OAL. 3 1 5 Slots – 2 /8" (6cm) OAL. 7 Slots – 3 /8" (7.9cm) OAL. 9 Slots – 3 7/8" (9.8cm) OAL. #100-015-357EN M-LOK Rail Section, Aluminum, 3 Slot, 3K14K14 �� $ 17.05 #100-015-358EN M-LOK Rail Section, Aluminum, 5 Slot, 3K15Q72 �� 18.95 #100-015-359EN M-LOK Rail Section, Aluminum, 7 Slot, 3K17N29 �� 20.85 #100-015-360EN M-LOK Rail Section, Aluminum, 9 Slot, 3K18E86 �� 22.75 #100-015-363EN M-LOK Rail Section, Polymer, 5 Slot, 3K7Q85 �� 9.45

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

“GEN 2” FREE-FLOAT FOREND Eliminates Stress On Barrel; Fits Most Gas Piston Systems Free-float forend system clamps firmly in place without having to remove the barrel or front sight. Helps improve accuracy by eliminating stress placed on the barrel by the standard handguard. Simply cut off the delta ring and install the handguard over the barrel nut. Plenty of internal clearance for gas piston conversion systems. Four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails with 15 slots laser-etch T-marked for precise mounting/remounting of accessories. Four sockets for QD pushbutton sling swivels. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Mounts over existing barrel nut without removing front sight base. Requires removal of Delta ring. Carbine - 7" (17.7cm) long. Fits 16" carbine barrels. Mid Length - 81/2" (21.5cm) overall length. Fits carbine-length barrels with extended gas system as made by Rock River Arms and ArmaLite. #100-008-588EN Carbine FF Forend, 2A135B72 �� $ 149.95 #100-008-891EN Mid-Length FF Forend, 2A157A15 �� 165.00

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

MSA™ MOE® SLING ATTACHMENT Low-Profile Attachment Point For Clip-On Slings Sturdy steel sling loop quickly bolts to any MOE handguard to provide the front attachment point for a Magpul MS2, MS3, or similar clip-on sling system. The MSA’s low profile resists snagging on other gear and clothing and keeps handguard b uncluttered. Hard Melonite® QPQ finish resists corrosion. a SPECS: Steel, matte black Melonite QPQ finish. 1.7" (44mm) long, .9" (24mm) wide. 1.1 oz. (31g) wt. Includes hex-head screw and mounting plate. #100-008-882EN MOE Sling Attachment, 3K20F29 ��$ 23.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Learn, Browse and Shop Brownells All On The Go From Your Mobile Device www.brownells.com

PAGE

handguards

Reinforced, heat-resistant polymer hand guard is designed for carbine length gas systems with the triangular A2 front sight assembly. Easy to install handgaurd is a direct replacement for existing M4 carbine type hand guards and uses the existing delta ring and round front hand guard retaining cap. Slim profile improves weapon manipulation while the large, lower front lip and long side extensions protects the operator’s hand from hot sight assembly. Integral riveted aluminum heat shield provides added protection from barrel heat. Versatile handguard features M-LOK slots at the two, six, and ten o’clock positions permits mounting MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny rails or other b direct-attach accessories. a SPECS: Reinforced, heat-resistant polymer, Black, Dark Earth, OD Green, Gray. 8.9" (22.6cm) long, 1.8" (4.6cm) wide, 2.4" (6.1cm) high. 6.7 oz. (190g) wt. Must be used with triangular A2 front sight assembly; not compatible with other gas blocks. #100-015-165EN MOE-SL HG, Black, 3K29K21 ��$ 33.20 #100-015-166EN MOE-SL HG, Dark Earth, 3K29K21 �� 33.20 #100-015-167EN MOE-SL HG, OD Green, 3K29I21 �� 33.20 #100-015-168EN MOE-SL HG, Gray, 3K29Q21 �� 33.20

Latest-Generation Modular ’Guard Gives Superb Versatility, Minimal Weight & Sleek Appearance

“GEN 2” TWO-PIECE FORENDS

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

Ultra-Secure, Non-Slip Gripping Surface For Maximum Weapon Control

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

SS M-LOK HANDGUARD Increases Your Accessory Mounting Versatility Extremely lightweight, free floating handguard incorporates Magpul’s M-LOK attachment system that allows users to add accessory rail sections only where needed. Super slim handguard has a 1.5" outside diameter while the dehorned, non-abrasive finish feels smooth and comfortable in the hand. Handguard has five, antirotational QD sling swivel sockets plus a 1913 Picatinny T-marked top rail for easy positioning optics and accessories. Includes proprietary barrel nut, barrel nut wrench, and one five slot Magpul M-LOK rail section. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 1.5" (3.8cm) outside dia. 1.3" (3.3cm) inside dia. Includes proprietary barrel nut, barrel nut wrench, and a five slot Magpul M-LOK rail section. Carbine - 9" (22.8cm) OAL, 7.2 oz. (204.1g) wt. Mid-Length - 10.5" (26.7cm), 7.8 oz. (221.1g) wt. Rifle - 12" (30.5cm) OAL, 8.7 oz. (246.6g) wt. or 15" (38.1cm) OAL, 10.1 oz. (286.3g). #100-016-958EN 9" SS M-Lok HG, 2A139I29 �� $ 149.95 #100-016-959EN 10" SS M-Lok HG, 2A148P58 �� 159.95 #100-016-960EN 12" SS M-Lok HG, 2A157H15 �� 179.95 #100-016-961EN 15" SS M-Lok HG, 2A178E58 �� 189.95

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

GEN II SS SERIES KEYMOD HANDGUARD

handguards

Super Slim, Ergonomic Design Lightweight free float, handguard features a bolt-on KeyMod rail that let you mount accessories exactly where you need them without the weight and bulk of unused rail space. Full-length T-marked MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny top rail fits flush against the upper receiver, creating a monolithic expanse of rail for easy mounting of long-eye-relief optics. Fully dehorned handguard is easy on the hands, while the exceptionally narrow 1½" outside diameter is easy to grip and fits securely in your hand. Five limited rotation QD swivel points, two in the rear and two in the front, plus a forward one on the bottom, provide multiple sling mounting options. Proprietary barrel nut, barrel nut wrench, and one 2.1" keymod rail section are included. Some minor gunsmithing is required for installation. Additional 2.1" (5 cross-slots) and 3.75" (9 cross-slots) KeyMod rails sold separately. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black (BLK) or flat dark earth (FDE). 11/2" (3.8cm) O.D. Includes proprietary barrel nut, barrel nut wrench, and one KeyMod rail section. Carbine - 10" (25.4cm) long. 7.7 oz. (218.3g) wt. Mid-Length - 12" (30.5cm) long. 8.5 oz. (241g) wt. Rifle - 15" (38.1cm) long. 9.9 oz. (280.7g) wt. #100-014-281EN 10" Carbine SS KeyMod Handguard, BLK, 2A160J00 �� $ 174.95 #100-014-283EN 10" Carbine SS KeyMod Handguard, FDE, 2A160P00 �� 174.95 #100-013-998EN 12" Mid-Length SS KeyMod Handguard, BLK, 2A171L43 �� 199.95 #100-014-284EN 12" Mid-Length SS KeyMod Handguard, FDE, 2A171D43 �� 199.95 #100-014-282EN 15" Rifle SS KeyMod Handguard, BLK, 2A192M86 �� 219.95 #100-014-285EN 15" Rifle SS KeyMod Handguard, FDE, 2A192J86 �� 219.95 #100-014-342EN 2.1" KeyMod 5-Slot Rail, 2A17E86 �� 18.99 #100-014-345EN 3.75" KeyMod 9-Slot Rail, 2A21N79 �� 23.99

PAGE

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

SS SERIES FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARDS

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-STYLE .308

GEN2 SS-SERIES FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD

SS SERIES FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD

Ultra-Light, Clutter-Free Design With Modular Rails For Tactical Versatility Free-float handguard of lightweight yet rugged machined aluminum has a full-length MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny top rail and two, modular bolt-on rails for mounting tactical accessories exactly where you need them. Cuts down on weight and clutter by eliminating unused rail space. Plenty of large vent holes help air circulation to cool barrel, and also serve as mounting holes for the modular rails using the included hardware. Top rail mates with receiver rail without a gap for a monolithic look, and is T-marked with white numbering for ease in removing and remounting a scope or red dot sight without loss of zero. Generous internal clearance accommodates gas piston systems from CMMG, Osprey Defense, and Ares Defense (won’t fit Adams Arms). Accepts Midwest Industries T- and P-Series Trim Rings, available separately. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel jam ring, matte black. Handguard – 2" (5cm) wide without attachments, 21/4" (5.7cm) high from bottom to top of rail. Includes 2" (5cm) and 4" (10.1cm) rails, mounting hardware, and instructions. Carbine – 7" (17.8cm) long. Mid-Length – 9" (22.9cm) long. Rifle – Available in 12" (30.5cm) and 15" (38.1cm) lengths. #100-005-332EN 7" Carbine SS HG, 2A125P00 �� $ 139.99 #100-005-333EN 9" Mid-Length SS HG, 2A129K00 �� 154.99 #100-005-334EN 12" Rifle SS HG, 2A150B00 �� 164.99 #100-005-335EN 15" Rifle SS HG, 2A164C29 �� 179.99 SS SERIES HANDGUARD SLING ADAPTER Bolt-on hardware lets you maximize accessory mounting options while adding minimal weight and bulk. Heavy duty, quick-detach sling swivel accepts slings up to 11/4" wide, and limits travel to prevent sling wrapping while still allowing necessary movement. SPECS: Base - Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits SS Series handguards only. Mounting hardware included. Swivel - Steel loop, black oxide finish. Accepts slings up to 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. Base is 21/4" (5.7cm) long x 5 /8" (1.6cm) wide. 1.5 oz. (43g) wt. 100-005-701EN SS Sling Adapter, 2A28D59 �� $ 31.99

PRECISION REFLEX AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

GEN III CARBON FIBER FOREARM Improves Handling & Reduces Heat Buildup Tubular free-float forearm is made of lightweight, high-strength carbon fiber to reduce heat transfer to the shooter’s hand during sustained fire and provide excellent handling characteristics. Precisionmade, aluminum barrel nut rigidly clamps the forearm to the upper receiver. Generous porting on enhances heat transfer while reducing weight even more. Ported/Railed fits rifle-length AR-15/M16 gas system and provides 28 cooling ports, three 31/2" Picatinny rails that can be repositioned for specific needs, and an 81/2" top rail. DPMS 308 is designed specifically for DPMS-pattern AR-style .308 rifles and includes four Picatinny rails. a b SPECS: Tube – Carbon fiber, natural black/silver finish.2" (5cm) O.D. Barrel nut – Aluminum, hard-anodized, matte black. Rifle – 121/2" (31.8cm) long. Mid-Length – 91/8" (23.2cm) long. DPMS 308 – 143/4" (37.5cm) long. Fits DPMS LR-308 and rifles patterned after it. #714-000-011EN Gen III Forearm, Ported/Rails, 4A310J81 �� $ 319.99 #714-000-023EN GEN III Forearm, DPMS 308, 4A326N90 �� 345.00

Ultra-Slim Profile Helps Keep Rifle Light & Maneuverable Machined aluminum free-float handguard offers many of the same features as the original SS Series handguards, with less weight and a slimmer profile. Only 11/2" wide, the Gen2 models include a bipod stud and three bolt-on 21/2" rail sections, one with a built-in anti-rotation QD socket, that can be mounted anywhere. MIL-STD 1913 top rail offers T-marks for mounting points, and gives a neat, monolithic look with your flattop upper. Included barrel nut and barrel nut wrench enable easy mounting. Accepts Gen2 SS-Series accessories only, not original SS-Series accessories. 7" Carbine and 9" Mid-Length models leave the gas block exposed. 10" Carbine, 12" and 15" Rifle models require low-profile gas blocks. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black (BLK) or flat dark earth (FDE). 11/2" (3.8cm) O.D. Includes proprietary barrel nut and wrench and instructions. Gunsmith installation recommended; will not fit most piston systems. Carbine – 7" (17cm) long, 7.1 oz. (201g) wt., or 10" (25cm) long, 8.6 oz. (243g) wt. Mid-Length – 9" (30cm) long. 8.3 oz. (235g) wt. Rifle – 12" (30cm) long, 9.3 oz. (263g) wt., or 15" (38cm) long, 10.9 oz. (309g) wt. #100-010-652EN 7" Carbine Gen2 SS Handguard, BLK, 2A128Q57 �� $ 139.95 #100-011-893EN 7" Carbine Gen2 SS Handguard, FDE, 2A128A57 �� 139.95 #100-010-653EN 9" Mid-Length Gen2 SS Handguard, BLK, 2A135C71 �� 149.75 #100-011-895EN 9" Mid-Length Gen2 SS Handguard, FDE, 2A135Q71 �� 149.75 #100-010-654EN 10" Carbine Gen2 SS Handguard, BLK, 2A142P86 �� 156.00 #100-011-897EN 10" Carbine Gen2 SS Handguard, FDE, 2A142G86 �� 156.00 #100-009-743EN 12" Rifle Gen2 SS Handguard, BLK, 2A159B99 �� 179.99 #100-011-899EN 12" Rifle Gen2 SS Handguard, FDE, 2A157Q14 �� 179.99 #100-009-744EN 15" Rifle Gen2 SS Handguard, BLK, 2A169A99 �� 189.99 #100-011-905EN 15" Rifle Gen2 SS Handguard, FDE, 2A167H14 �� 189.99 GEN2 SS SERIES PANEL KIT - Panels protect the rails from impact, give you a textured surface for an enhanced grip, and protect your hand from heat and abrasion. Gives your rifle a clean, finished appearance, too. Kit consists Panel Kit, Black of two flat panels and one handstop panel. Installs easily; attachment hardware included. Fits Gen II SS handguards only. SPECS: Molded polymer, black or Flat Dark Earth. 4" (10.1cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide. Handstop extends 3/4" (1.9cm) from Panel Kit, FDE panel surface. #100-012-535EN Gen2 SS Series Panel Kit, Black, 2A11C80 ��$ 14.95 #100-012-536EN Gen2 SS Series Panel Kit, FDE, 2A11A80 �� 14.95

Instructional video available at brownells.com

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Slim Profile, Fits Comfortably In The Hand, Plenty Of Accessory Options Lightweight, slim-line 12" free-float handguard is machined from 6061 aluminum and hardcoat anodized for corrosion protection. Added vent holes along the upper rail allows for enhanced cooling. Handguard features an ergonomic design and is fully dehorned to ensure it has a non-abrasive, comfortable feel in your hand. Modular design includes three additional 2½" accessory rail sections, one with an anti-rotation QD socket. The full-length, T-marked MIL-STD 1913 top rail offers plenty of space for mounting accessories. Minor gunsmithing required for installation. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 12¾" (32.4cm) OAL. 1.5" (3.8cm) I.D. 1.75" (4.4cm) O.D. 12.4 oz. (351.5g) wt. Includes three accessory rail sections, barrel nut, nut wrench, bi-pod stud, and instructions. DPMS Low fits llater-model (after August 2009) LR-308s with flattop rail that extends .150" above receiver. DPMS High fits older LR-308 rifles with flattop rail that extends .210" above the top of the receiver. #100-011-912EN AR-308 SS Handguard, Armalite AR10/Rock River, 2A171E21 �� $ 184.99 #100-011-914EN AR-308 SS Handguard, DPMS Rifles/ Low, 2A171E21 �� 184.99 #100-011-913EN AR-308 SS Handguard, DPMS Rifles/ High, 2A171K21 �� 184.99

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-16/M16

GEN 2 T-SERIES FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD

Enhances Accuracy Potential & Optimizes Mounting & Sling Attachments

15" Rifle

9" Mid-Length

Machined aluminum handguard is similar to original T-Series handguard, but with a slimmer profile, 7" Carbine lighter weight and QD swivel sockets for easy sling attachment. Attaches directly to the upper receiver with included proprietary barrel nut and eliminates pressure points on the barrel that can compromise accuracy. MIL-STD 1913 rails are T-marked for accessory location and fully dehorned for a smooth, non-abrasive feel. Large vent holes keep weight down and provide plenty of air circulation to help cooling. Accommodates most gas piston systems, and includes barrel nut wrench, hardware and retaining compound. May not fit some rifles with permanently attached muzzle devices such as pinned or welded b flash hiders. Minor gunsmithing required. a SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 2.1" (5.3cm) wide. 2.4" (6cm) high. Carbine – 7¼" (18.4cm) long, 9.3 oz. (263g) wt. 10" (25.4cm) long, 12 oz. (340g) wt. Mid-Length – 9¼" (23cm) long, 11.1 oz. (314g) wt. Rifle – 125/8" (32cm) long, 14.4 oz. (408) wt. 15" (38cm) long, 17.1 oz. (484g) wt. #100-011-185EN 7" Carbine Gen 2 T-Series Handguard, 2A135L71 �� $ 149.95 #100-011-186EN 9" Mid-Length Gen 2 T-Series Handguard, 2A142K86 �� 159.95 #100-011-187EN 10" Carbine Gen 2 T-Series Handguard, 2A150C00 �� 169.95 #100-011-188EN 12" Rifle Gen 2 T-Series Handguard, 2A164P29 �� 189.95 #100-011-189EN 15" Rifle Gen 2 T-Series Handguard, 2A178P58 �� 209.95

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

SEEKINS PRECISION AR-15/M16

PRECISION REFLEX AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

Rugged, one-piece, free-float handguard system designed with flats on the bottom and sides to help stabilize the rifle when shooting from barricades or improvised rests such as those encountered in 3-gun or sniper competitions. Narrow, 2" wide body offers light weight and fits easily into the hand for better control and handling. Handguard includes a full-length top rail and two 2.5" rails that can be mounted anywhere along the sides or bottom with versatile T-nut mounting hardware. Six QD sling swivel sockets are built into the design for extra versatility. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black. 15" (38.1) long x 2" (5cm) wide x 21/16" (5.2cm) high. Mounting hardware and instructions included. Not suitable for gas piston systems. #100-011-237EN 15" Mod Quad Rail, 8C215N13 �� $ 234.99

SUREFIRE AR-15/M16/M4

M73 PICATINNY RAIL FOREND Fast Tactical Accessory Mounting; No Gunsmithing Required

ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15/M16

NM FREE FLOAT BARREL SLEEVE DCM Legal, A2-Style Relieves Barrel Tension For Better Accuracy Two-piece steel tube isolates barrel from forend pressure for consistent accuracy on target and tactical rifles. Lets you use a tight shooting sling or a bipod without putting external pressure on barrel and shifting point of impact. Furnished with A2 handguards, sling swivel and gas tube. DCM legal, does not alter exterior profile. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. High-temp injection-molded handguards, black. 13" (33cm) long. 16 oz. (454 g) weight. Fits AR 15 with 20" barrel. #739-000-003EN Free Float Barrel Sleeve, 9C99N99 �� $ 99.99

Rugged, ultra-lightweight, interlocking-design forend provides a stable, no-move platform for fast mounting of all Picatinny rail tactical accessories without gunsmithing or permanent alterations. Replaces M4-length handguards on carbines with 16" barrels. Extruded from aluminum then CNC machined to final dimensions for a rock-solid fit, forend will not flex or shift so sights, optics and lasers hold their zeroes. Increased surface area helps dissipate heat. Forend features 16 mounting slots plus an additional extension for mounting a forward sling loop. Kit includes internal heat shields, three rail covers and #242 Locktite® necessary for correct installation. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodizing, matte black finish. 6.58" (16cm) long, 1.67" (4.2cm) wide. 9 oz. (255g) wt. #100-100-309EN Surefire M73 Picatinny Rail Forend, 2E00PHI �� $ 190.80

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-STYLE .308

BRAVO BATTLERAIL

LOW-PROFILE ALPHA RAIL 13" Rifle

LENGTH 7.2" 11" 13"

FITS Carbine Mid-Length Rifle

PRICE 3B155A00 $ 169.99 3B175G00 $ 189.99 3B185E00 $ 199.99

Sleek, low-profile, free floating handguard is specifically made for use on the more powerful AR-Style .308 platform. Machined from lightweight, aircraft grade aluminum, the onepiece handguard features a continuous top rail with T-marks for optics mounting. Fits DPMS low profile pattern rifles. Will not fit Armalite® AR-10®, Rock River Arms LAR-8, or DPMS Gen 2 LR-308. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1.75" OD. Includes barrel nut, barrel nut wrench, 3 quick attach rails, directions, and mounting hardware. #100-014-763EN AR-308 Alpha Handguard, 7.2", 3B181B08 �� $ 195.00 #100-014-764EN AR-308 Alpha Handguard, 12", 3B199G65 �� 215.00 #100-014-765EN AR-308 Alpha Handguard, 13", 3B222P87 �� 240.00 #100-014-766EN AR-308 Alpha Handguard, 15", 3B237M59 �� 260.00

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

COLOR Black Black Black FDE Black FDE Black FDE

PRICE 3B159P99 $ 159.99 3B160Q64 $ 169.99 3B169F93 $ 179.99 3B170M00 $ 183.99 3B179M99 $ 189.99 3B184J79 $ 199.00 3B187G38 $ 199.99 3B194I08 $ 209.00

YANKEE HILL MACHINE

SLR SERIES FORENDS Thinner Profile; Gas Piston-Compatible Totally-redesigned SLR (Slim, Light, Railed) series of free-floating handguards boast a much thinner side-to-side profile, (5/8" thinner) and extra clearance inside to accommodate most gas piston conversions. Extended top rail creates one continuous Picatinny rail the length of the receiver and handguard to provide extra room for sights, optics, and other accessories. The 4-Rail Handguard comes with Picatinny rails permanently mounted at 12, 3, 6, & 9 o’clock positions. The Smooth handguard has a built-in rail on top, and is drilled and tapped on the bottom and sides to accept YHM Customizable Forearm Rails, (available separately). Includes barrel nut, wrench, and complete instructions. a b SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized matte black. Carbine – 7.3" length; Mid-Length – 9.29" length; Rifle – 12.58" length. Barrel nut, wrench, and instructions included. #100-011-738EN SLR Carbine 4-Rail Handguard, 9A155M60 �� $ 160.99 #100-011-741EN SLR Carbine Smooth Handguard, 9A131K03 �� 160.99 #100-011-769EN SLR Mid-Length 4-Rail Handguard, 9A155K10 �� 170.99 #100-011-770EN SLR Mid-Length Smooth Handguard, 9A155J20 �� 170.99 #100-011-771EN SLR Rifle 4-Rail Handguard, 9A171L13 �� 194.99 #100-011-772EN SLR Rifle Smooth Handguard, 9A171B50 �� 194.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Free-float handguard provides four U.S. MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails at 3, 6, 9, and 12 o’clock positions for mounting a wide variety of accessories. Top rail aligns with flattop receiver rail to provide an extra-long expanse of uninterrupted rail space without additional cantilever mounts that add complexity and weight to your gun. Two-piece design allows easy installation on original factory barrel nut without removing front sight; factory delta ring must be removed, or low- profile gas block installed. A robust clamp and four anti-rotation alignment bolts lock the forend to the rear of the barrel and actually reinforce the barrel/receiver connection. Large vent holes dissipate heat from the barrel and minimize weight. White alphanumeric identifiers on cross slots ensure easy repeatability of accessory positions when changing configuration from one mission to another. All models, except MRF-MX, have two receptacles on each side rail for 360° push-button sling swivels. Precision machined from high-grade aluminum billet, then Type III hardcoat anodized for strength and corrosion protection, with Teflon® additive for extra resistance to surface abrasion. MRF-C - 7" long, fits carbine-length gas system. MRF-CX – 12" long, extended rail fits carbine-length gas system and has opening for the gas block/front sight. MRF-M - 9" long, fits mid-length gas system and has clearance for factory front sight/ gas block and handguard cap. MRF-MX – 10" long, fits carbineand mid-length gas system; requires low-profile gas block. Does not have sling swivel receptacles. MRF-RX – 13.5" long, fits anylength gas system; requires low-profile gas block. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized, available in Black or Dark Earth, matte finish. #100-003-453EN MRF-C 7" Forend, Blk, 3B160N48 �� $ 169.99 #100-003-454EN MRF-C 7" Forend, Dark Earth, 3B168H48 �� 174.99 #100-003-458EN MRF-CX 12" Forend, Blk, 3B219H99 �� 239.99 #100-003-456EN MRF-M 9" Forend, Dark Earth, 3B178H41 �� 192.99 #100-004-060EN MRF-MX 10" Forend, Blk, 3B189J99 �� 199.99 #100-004-061EN MRF-MX 13.5" Forend, Blk, 3B225G31 �� 235.00 MRF-DI NON-FREE-FLOAT CARBINE HANDGUARD - Direct, drop-in replacement for factory plastic handguard provides the accessory mounting benefits of the free-float Modular Rail Forend without removal of the delta ring. Secure clamping design installs in minutes and gives a rock-solid mount for optics and other accessories. Four positions for 360° pushbutton sling swivels; numbered cross slots. Removable bottom rail allows installation on rifles equipped with M203 Grenade Launcher. SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. #100-003-459EN 7" Standard MRF-DI, 3B133A59 ��$ 139.99

SUREFIRE AR-15/M16

Z70 RAIL COVERS Protects Rails From Dings & Your Hand From Abrasion Durable, low-profile, soft-rubber covers easily snap onto the unused portion of a Picatinny handguard rail. Protects the integrity of the rail and the user’s hand from pointed edges while adding an extra layer of protection from a hot handguard. Low profile keeps bulk to a minimum. Simple, snap-on design allows for quick attach/detach without removing installed accessories. a b SPECS: Soft-rubber, black. 51/4" (13.5cm) long. 1" (2.5cm) wide. .35 oz.(10g) wt., each. Sold in 3-Pak. #100-008-906EN Z70 Rail Covers, 3-Pak, 2E13I72 �� $ 15.99

PAGE

handguards

Machined aluminum, onepiece rail system offers rigid11" Mid-length ity and built-in quick-detach sling receptacles. Easily mounts onto existing barrel nut with unique tri-clamp system and free-floats the barrel. Four MIL-STD 1913 Carbine Picatinny rails expand mounting options for optics and accessories, and top rail allows for monolithic upper rail when used with an A3 or A4 upper. Easy-to-see T-marks help you precisely place and replace optics and accessories. Four rows of vent holes help cooling. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 2.4 (6cm) tall. 2.1 (5.3cm) wide. Mounting hardware and instructions included. STOCK # #100-010-603EN #100-010-605EN #100-010-606EN

Adds Tactical Versatility To Your AR-Style .308

Machined aluminum handguard offers a monolithic top rail when used with an A3 or A4 upper. Low-profile locking mechanism quickly attaches to your rifle’s existing barrel nut to free-float the barrel, while providing a stable accessory-mounting platform. Five rows of ventilation holes let heat escape, help minimize weight, and accept the three bolt-on rail sections included for mounting accessories exactly where you need them without a lot of unused rail real estate. Multiple quick-detach sling swivel receptacles give plenty of sling mounting options. White alphanumeric designators on the cross-slots ensure easy repeatability of accessory positions. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black or Flat Dark Earth (FDE). Mounting hardware and instructions included. Choose length below. LENGTH 71/4" 9" 11" 11" 13" 13" 15" 15"

MODULAR RAIL FOREND Four-Rails For Maximum Accessory Mounting Versatility; Free-Float & Non-Free-Float Models

Easy-To-Align Free-Float Handguards With User Configurable Bolt-On Accessory Rails

STOCK # #100-011-059EN #100-009-689EN #100-009-694EN 100-011-958EN #100-009-696EN 100-011-959EN #100-009-698EN 100-011-960EN

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

The Gen III Delta free-float forend has a triangular cross-section that makes it more comfortable to grasp than many conventional 4-rail handguards, with a flat bottom that’s ideal for shooting from a rest or sandbags. The Delta has the same carbon fiber construction as the standard Gen III to keep the weight down without sacrificing strength. Extra clearance inside, at the top, makes it compatible with most gas piston systems and conversions. An 81/2" top rail plus three user-configurable 31/2" rails side and bottom rails give plenty of room for mounting a bipod, light, and other accessories. Kit includes the forearm, barrel nut, bolt-on accessory rails, and complete installation instructions. a b SPECS: Tube – Carbon fiber, black finish. 121/2" long 21/8" wide, 21/4" high. Barrel Nut – Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. AR15/M16 fits standard mil-spec upper receiver. 16 oz. wt. AR-308 fits DPMS LR-308 and clones based on it. 1.2 lbs. wt. #714-000-021EN AR-15/M16 Delta Forearm, 4A307Q60 �� $ 339.00 #714-000-022EN AR-308 Delta Forearm, 4A307I60 �� 339.00

TRX ALPHA RAIL

Color

Designed For 3-Gun Competition

Lightweight Free-Float Handguard Is Comfortable To Handle & Gas Piston Compatible

One-Piece Free-Float Railed Handguard With Easy-On Mounting System

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

SP3R MOD QUAD RAIL

GEN III DELTA CARBON FIBER FOREARM

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

TACTICAL HANDGUARDS Fixed Or Removable Rail Models For Extreme Tactical Duty Lightweight, vented handguards allow the shooter to choose fixed, permanent Picatinny rails or easily removable ones for high-level customization. Precision machined from aircraft grade aluminum, then mil-spec hardcoat anodized for extra strength and superior abrasion resistance. a b

handguards

CUSTOMIZABLE FREE-FLOAT TUBE - Versatile forearm system lets you choose exactly how much rail space you need to accommodate add-on, tactical accessories. Lightweight, aluminum, tube free-floats the barrel to eliminate shifts in bullet point-of-impact caused by sling or bipod tension on the handguard. Four, evenly spaced rows of threaded mounting holes accept Yankee Hill’s Pictainny-type, modular, Add-On Rails. One full-length rail and one 3" elevated rail included; additional rails available separately below. Front end is internally threaded to accept the ported, Yankee Hill End Cap. Included barrel nut features a slotted lock ring to allow proper indexing of added accessory rails. Lock ring is best tightened using the Yankee Hill Forearm Wrench. Choose from Carbine, Specter, or Rifle length tubes. Steel Bipod/Sling Stud screws directly into underside of handguard to provide a rocksolid mounting point for a Harris-style bipod. Also serves as an ultra-secure, heavy-duty sling swivel mount. SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. Includes tube, full-length rail, 3" elevated rail, jam nut, and barrel nut. Carbine - 73/16" (18.3cm) long x 2" (5.1cm) dia. 9.5 oz. (269 g) wt. Accepts up to four 3", 4" or 7" rails. Specter - 95/8" (24.4cm) long x 2" dia. 12 oz. (340g). Covers gas block on a carbine-length gas system; low-profile gas block required. Accepts four 6", 7", or 91/4" rails or a combination of eight 3" and 4" rails. Rifle - 121/2" (31.8cm) long x 2" dia. 14.6 oz. (414 g) wt. Accepts up to four 7", 91/4" or 12" rails; eight 3" and 4" rails; four 6" rails and four 3" or 4" rails; four 7" rails and four 3" or 4" rails. Bipod/Sling Stud - 12L14 steel, black. Approximately 5/8" (15mm) OAL, threaded portion 1/4" (6mm) long. 10-32 thread. #100-002-078EN Carbine Customizable Tube, 9A98P50 �� $ 119.00 #100-002-452EN Specter Customizable Tube, 9A115K50 �� 130.30 #100-002-079EN Rifle Customizable Tube, 9A135G50 �� 152.20 1.99 #100-005-267EN Bipod/Sling Stud, 9A1G29 �� “SMOOTH” FREE FLOAT HANDGUARD - Lightweight, machined aluminum forearm combines the accessory mounting versatility of a quad-railed forearm with a “smooth,” un-railed area for support hand comfort to aid in enhanced weapon control. Integral, full-length Picatinny top rail, plus forward 2.5" rails on the sides and bottom, offer plenty of attachment space for lights, lasers, optics, backup sights, and other accessories. Modular design accepts a variety of bolt-on YHM accessories, available below. Smooth areas are drilled and tapped to accept Add-On Rails for additional accessory mounting options. Side and bottom rails have receptacles for Threaded Swivel Studs; also accepts YHM Forearm End Cap. YHM’s free-float attachment system eliminates accuracy compromising pressure on the barrel, while anti-rotation screws prevent the forearm from working loose even during rigorous tactical operations. Large ventilation slots allow plenty of air circulation to dissipate heat and keep the barrel cool. Carbine – Side and bottom rails extend around the front sight/gas block to get the accessories as far forward as possible and provide more grasping surface for the support hand. Cutout on top provides enough clearance to fold down a Yankee Hill flip-up front sight. Rifle – Extends to just behind gas block and includes a forward attachment point for Threaded Swivel Stud on the top rail. SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. Carbine

PAGE

FALCON INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15 – 91/4" (23.5cm) OAL, 21/2" (6.4cm) diameter. 12.4 oz. (352g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with carbine-length gas system. Rifle – 121/2" (31.8cm) OAL, 21/2" diameter. 16.6 oz. (471g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with rifle-length gas system. #100-004-309EN Smooth Free Float Forearm, Carbine, 9A105P50 �� $ 129.80 #100-004-310EN Smooth Free Float Forearm, Rifle, 9A125D50 �� 146.40 ADD-ON RAILS - Bolt-on Picatinny rails give you almost unlimited accessory mounting options for your Yankee Hill customizable handguards. Choose only as much rail as you need to avoid cluttering handguard with unused rail space. 6" rail is a full-length rail for Carbine-length handguards, 91/4" rail is the correct length for Specter tubes, and 12" rail is full-length for Rifle tubes. SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits Yankee Hill Customizable Free-Float and Two-Piece Handguards. Mounting screws included. #100-002-081EN 3" Add-On Rail, 9A14M10 �� $ 17.20 #100-002-082EN 4" Add-On Rail, 9A15J10 �� 18.50 #100-003-157EN 6" Add-On Rail, 9A18L15 �� 21.40 #100-002-083EN 7" Add-On Rail, 9A19F20 �� 22.70 #100-003-158EN 91/4" Add-On Rail, 9A22G00 �� 26.40 #100-002-080EN 12" Add-On Rail, 9A25A50 �� 31.70 DIAMOND-PATTERN FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD - Diamondshaped vents in a unique, latticework pattern give your weapon a distinctive look and provide superb airflow to prevent barrel from overheating. Helps keep your hand cool, too, while reducing weapon’s overall weight. Provides four, full-length Picatinny rails for maximum flexibility in mounting tactical accessories. Four, full-length Picatinny rails provide maximum flexibility in mounting tactical accessories. Machined from high-grade 6061 T6 aluminum and mil-spec hardcoat anodized to withstand combat and heavy-duty usage. Extended top rail gives a gap-free fit to receiver rail. Slots are marked alphanumerically to help identify accessory locations. Threaded front end accepts Yankee Hill screw-in end cap, available separately. Comes with jam nut, barrel nut and antirotation screws to ensure handguard stays locked in place. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. Carbine – 71/4" (23.5cm) OAL, 21/2" (6.4cm) dia. 12.5 oz. (354g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with carbine-length gas system. Mid-Length – 91/4" (23.5cm) OAL, 21/2" dia. 15.2 oz. (431g) wt. Fits AR-15/M16 with mid-length gas system. Specter – 93/4" (24.8cm) OAL, 21/2" dia. 16.1 oz. (456g) wt. Fits AR-15/ M16 with carbine-length gas system and covers gas block when installed. Rifle – 121/2" (31.8cm) OAL, 21/2" dia. 16.6 oz. (471g) wt. Fits AR-15/M16 with rifle-length gas system. #100-004-311EN Diamond Series Handguard, Carbine, 9A109A99 �� $ 122.70 #100-004-312EN Diamond Series Handguard, Mid-Length, 9A98N57 �� 129.80 #100-004-313EN Diamond Series Handguard, Specter, 9A105I50 �� 129.80 #100-004-314EN Diamond Series Handguard, Rifle, 9A135L50 �� 160.70 2-PIECE HANDGUARD - Tough, 2-piece, forearm uses your existing delta ring, so it’s easy to replace the standard issue, mil-spec handguard with a strong, lightweight aluminum version. Four, fixed, Picatinny rails provide a solid mounting platform for backup sights, lasers, tactical lights, vertical grips and more. Oversize cooling ports prevent heat buildup and allow clear view of the barrel section underneath for a radical, tactical look. Bottom panel removes easily to provide clearance for grenade and flare launchers if needed. Drilled and tapped in four locations to accept the Yankee Hill Threaded Swivel Stud. Use Colts Carbine model on Colt-manufactured guns. SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. Carbine - 65/8" (16.8cm) long x 23/8" (6cm) wide. 9.9 oz. (281 g) wt. Colt Carbine

FOREND BARREL NUT & JAM NUT The Correct Parts For All Yankee Hill Free-Float Forearms Original factory parts to replace damaged or lost pieces for your Yankee Hill free-float forearm. Barrel nut is compatible with any standard AR-15 or M16 receiver. Both parts are designed to work with Yankee Hill forearms only. a b SPECS: Barrel Nut – aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Jam Nut – steel, black oxide finish. Fit Yankee Hill free-float forearms only. #100-009-657EN YHM-9483 Barrel Nut, 9A25E50 �� $ 31.70 #100-009-658EN YHM-9433 Jam Nut, 9A11I20 �� 14.30

model fits Colt-manufactured guns only. Standard Carbine model fits carbines made by most other manufacturers. Rifle - 12" (30.5cm) long x 23/8" wide. 20 oz. (567 g) wt. #100-002-093EN Carbine 2-Pc Handguard, 9A115Q50 �� $ 138.30 #100-003-122EN Colt Carbine 2-Pc Handguard, 9A115H50 �� 138.30 #100-002-096EN Rifle 2-Pc Handguard, 9A155G50 �� 181.80 TACTICAL SWIVEL MOUNTS - Steel, swivel stud features a full, 360 degrees of rotation to allow your tactical sling to follow the movements of your body, not just the rifle. Virtually eliminates sling tangle. Accepts standard, quick-detach type swivels. Threaded Swivel Stud is a 5/16"-32 tpi pivoting stud. Fits Yankee Hill drilled and tapped handguards. Add-on to other applications with at least 1/4" depth clearance. Dovetail Sling Mount - Threaded Swivel Stud (above), combined with an aluminum dovetail clamp and steel cross-bolt. Secures directly to any Picatinny or Weaver-style rail. SPECS: Threaded Swivel Stud - Steel, blued finish. 5/16"-32 tpi. Approx. 3 /4" (1.9cm) OAL, requires 1/4" (6.4mm) depth clearance for drill/tap applications. Dovetail Sling Mount - Steel stud, blued; aluminum clamp, matte black mil-spec hardcoat finish. Approx. 11/4" (3.2cm) wide x 11/4" high. #100-002-084EN Threaded Swivel Stud, 9A4N17 �� $ 5.10 #100-002-087EN Dovetail Sling Mount, 9A19C89 �� 22.99 FOREARM END CAP - Screws into the front of any Yankee Hill free-float handguard to provide added protection for the end of the forearm. Hides view of the barrel from the front of the handguard for a clean, finished look, and keeps large debris out. Cooling ports allow rapid escape of barrel heat and promote airflow under the handguard. Available with 15/16" or 11/16" inside diameter. Install using supplied threadlocker. SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. 15/16" (2.4cm) I.D. or 11/16" (2.7cm) I.D. #100-002-897EN AR-15 Forearm End Cap 15/16" ID, 9A14D50 ��$ 18.50 #100-002-086EN 11/16" I.D. End Cap, 9A14D50 �� 18.50 FOREARM WRENCH - Heavy, steel, spanner wrench makes it easy to tighten handguard barrel nuts to the correct torque. Notched end engages the indexing ring on Yankee Hill handguards and others with similar, slotted indexing rings for aligning the accessory rails. SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. 8" (20.3cm) long, 2" (5.1cm) wide, 1/4" (6.4mm) thick. #100-002-090EN Forearm Wrench, 9A22D10 �� $ 28.30

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

ERGO GRIP™ RAIL COVERS Snap-On, Non-Slip Gripping Surface Improves Weapon Control, Protects Rails & Hands Molded polymer covers snap over exposed portions of accessory rails to form a positive gripping surface for a comfortable, non-slip hand hold and improved weapon control. Protects your hands from the exposed rail edges and provides a soft cushion to help prevent damage to the rails during storage or transport. Available in a variety of styles to suit the requirements of different shooters and weapon configurations. Modular designs allow you to customize coverage area and configuration, even mix and match styles on the same handguard. a b LOWPRO RAIL GUARD Low-profile, flexible polymer guard snaps neatly into the cross-slots on Picatinny rails. SPECS: Synthetic rubber polymer, black or O.D. green. 67/8" (17.5cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide. #573-000-028EN LowPro Rail Guard, Black, 3G9M05 ��$ 9.99 #573-000-029EN LowPro Rail Guard, O.D. Green, 3G9K05 �� 9.99 FULL RAIL COVER - Completely covers the rail and contoured to give a rounded shape to Picatinny rails. Grippy synthetic rubber snaps securely over rail and a diamond-plate texture provides an excellent grasping surface. SPECS: Synthetic rubber polymer, black. 53/4" (14.6cm) long x 11/2" (3.8cm) wide. #573-000-031EN Full Rail Cover, Black, 3G11Q61 �� $ 16.99

MAGPUL

LADDER RAIL PANEL Press Into Empty Cross Slots For Enhanced Grip & Rail Protection Flexible ladder-style panel snaps securely into unused cross slots on Picatinny rails, protecting against dirt and dings and improving grip and weapon control. Prevents sharp rail edges from digging into your hand, snagging on clothing, and causing damage to gear, like cut and frayed slings or repelling ropes. Made of rubbery, slip-resistant Santoprene™ thermoplastic elastomer, the ultra-low-profile design keeps your handguard diameter slim. Covers 18 slots or can easily be trimmed to custom lengths and fitted between mounted accessories. To remove, simply pry up a corner and peel off. Manufactured by Falcon Industries. a b SPECS: Santoprene rubber. 615/16" (17.6cm) long. Fits one side of standard carbine-length 1913 Picatinny rail. #100-015-128EN Ladder Rail Panel, Black, 3K9Q42 �� $ 11.35 #100-015-129EN Ladder Rail Panel, O.D. Green, 3K9I42 �� 11.35 #100-015-130EN Ladder Rail Panel, Flat Dark Earth, 3K9F42 �� 11.35

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

SQUID GRIP RAIL COVERS Improves Your Hold On A Troy Modular Railed Handguard Heat-resistant rubber rail covers quickly snap into the circular cooling holes on Troy modular rail-and-chassis systems to provide you with a extra-comfortable, greatly improved grip while keeping added bulk to an absolute minimum. Each cover fills 6 holes and may be cut down to shorter lengths or installed end-to-end for longer lengths. a b SPECS: Heat-resistant rubber, black. One strip measures 4.5" (11.4cm) long. Fits Troy TRX-Extreme, Alpha, and Delta rails. 7 strips per pak. #100-010-793EN Squid Grip Rail Covers, 7-Pak, 3B22G71 �� $ 25.49

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

MAGPUL

FALCON INDUSTRIES

ACCESSORY RAIL COVER

XTM™ ENHANCED RAIL PANELS

ERGO GRIP SURESTOP HANDSTOP

Improves Grip, Protects Rails From Damage

Low-profile, two-piece panels snap easily onto any Picatinny rail, no need to remove existing mounts. The heatabsorbing polymer shields your hand from barrel heat, while the aggressive, anti-slip texture gives you positive control of your rifle. Panels are reinforced in high stress areas to ensure they stay put during hard use. Interior clips on either side of the panels allow you to keep light or laser wires tucked securely in place. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Flat Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth 3 1 Gray. 6 /8" (16.2cm) OAL, 1 /2" (3.8cm) wide, when assembled. Fits 1913 Picatinny rails. #100-009-571EN Enhanced Rail Panels, Black, 3K5E97 �� $ 7.55 #100-009-572EN Enhanced Rail Panels, Flat Dark Earth, 3K5G97 �� 7.55 #100-009-573EN Enhanced Rail Panels, O.D. Green, 3K5E97 �� 7.55 #100-014-463EN Enhanced Rail Panels, Stealth Gray, 3K5G97 �� 7.55

Provides A Consistent Index Point & Prevents Support Hand From Reaching Past Handguard Improve your weapon control with this lightweight, low-profile XTM hand stop kit. Index point lets shooter pull the rifle tighter against the shoulder for better muzzle control and consistent rifle presentation. Forward stop prevents shooter’s support hand from reaching past the handguard and coming in contact with the hot muzzle or front sight assembly. Enhanced XTM panels feature an aggressive anti-slip texture. Fits any Picatinny rail and can be configured to the shooter’s preference. Comes with all necessary mounting hardware and instructions. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Flat Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. Kit contains 1 hand stop, 1 index panel, 1 full XTM enhanced panel, 1 XTM enhanced half panel. 5 1/2" (13.9cm) combined OAL, 1 1/2" (3.8cm) wide, 1 3/8" (3.5cm) high. Fits Picatinny rails. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. #100-009-593EN Hand Stop Kit, Black, 3K17F29 ��$ 18.95 #100-009-594EN Hand Stop Kit, Flat Dark Earth, 3K17F29 �� 18.95 #100-009-595EN Hand Stop Kit, O.D. Green, 3K17L29 �� 18.95 #100-014-465EN Hand Stop Kit, Stealth Gray, 3K17E29 �� 18.95

BATTLE RAIL COVERS

NOVESKE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

Protects Hand & Rail From Heat & Abrasion; Easy Slide-On Installation

K9 BARRICADE SUPPORT 7.62 Stabilizes Weapon When Shooting Behind Barricades

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

MISSION FIRST TACTICAL AR-15/M16

G27 TACTICAL PISTOL GRIP Beavertail & Finger Swells Enhance Grip For Improved Handling Textured polymer pistol grip comfortably fills the contours of your hand. Deep finger grooves, a generous pslm swell, and an integral beavertail add up to a more comfortable grasp and better control during firing. Detachable, rubber plug in the bottom provides easy access to the grip’s internal storage compartment. Ambidextrous. Drop-on installation. a b SPECS: Approximately 41/2" (11.4cm) high, 2" (5.1cm) 1 wide, 1 /4" (3.2cm) thick. #100-001-129EN G27 Tactical Handgrip, 9C17D54 ��$ 19.99

(.308) rifles. Clamps to any Picatinny rail with a low-profile crossbolt. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 11/4" (3.1cm) long, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide, 15/32" (2.9cm) high. 1.1 oz. (31.7g) weight. #100-006-819EN K9 Barricade Support 7.62, 1A63A52 �� $ 64.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Reduced angle, ergonomically enhanced grips are designed to improve rifle control for shooters preferring the “squared off” stance. Constructed of durable, impact-resistant polymer, they feature a texturized surface for a sure-hold and a water-resistant, hinged door that opens to reveal MOD-0 in MOD-1 in a small compartment for storBlack Flat Dark Earth ing batteries or other small items. Two interchangeable modular triggerguard inserts (smooth and extended) may be used to close the gap between the triggerguard and grip depending on your preference; inserts also work well on rifles with larger triggerguards. MOD-0 model is similar in size to the standard A1/A2-style grip. MOD-1 model features a high-rise back strap to fill the grip-to-receiver gap. MOD-2 is a 1/4" wider than MOD-0/1 for a more hand-filling grip, plus it adds three interchangeable backstrap pieces that let you customize the grip to your hand and your rifle’s receiver. MOD-3 is a non-modular grip with a fixed triggerguard tab and a contour that combines the extra width of the MOD-2 with the extended beavertail of the MOD-1. a b SPECS: Impact resistant polymer, Black or Flat Dark Earth (FDE). All models approx. 41/4" (10.8cm) high. Mounting hardware included. Fits rifles that accept standard A2-type AR-15/M16 pistol grip. #100-009-900EN MOD-0 Gunfighter Grip, Black, 1E24Q10 �� $ 25.99 #100-009-901EN MOD-0 Gunfighter Grip, FDE, 1E24Q10 �� 25.99 #100-009-904EN MOD-1 Gunfighter Grip, Black, 1E24B10 �� 25.99 #100-009-906EN MOD-1 Gunfighter Grip, FDE, 1E24Q10 �� 25.99 #100-014-276EN MOD-2 Gunfighter Grip, Black, 1E27A80 �� 29.99 #100-014-277EN MOD-2 Gunfighter Grip, FDE, 1E27N80 �� 29.99 #100-013-641EN MOD-3 Gunfighter Grip, Black, 1E16L68 �� 17.99 #100-013-642EN MOD-3 Gunfighter Grip, FDE, 1E16H68 �� 17.99

Models

HOGUE AR-15/M16

OVERMOLDED™ PISTOL GRIP Non-Slip Grip Surface; Increases Comfort Strong, fiberglass insert fits solidly against the frame, resists wear, won’t loosen. Orthopedic design with palm swells and finger grooves reduces shock, increases shooting comfort; maintains a stock appearance. Available in black or Desert Tan. SPECS: Fiberglass core, rubber covered. #408-150-000EN Pistol Grip, Black, 8K19P99 ��$ 21.99 408-000-111EN Pistol Grip, Desert Tan, 8K19N26 �� 23.90 OVERMOLDED BEAVERTAIL PISTOL GRIP - features the same ergonomic feel as the Hogue AR-15 pistol grip, but adds an extended “beavertail” that adds extra cushion for the web of the hand. Fills in the gap at the rear of the receiver and gives comfortable padding all the way to the back. Available in black or Desert Tan. 408-000-116EN Overmolded Beavertail Pistol Grip, Black, 8K17P33 �� $ 21.99 408-000-117EN Overmolded Beavertail Pistol Grip, Desert Tan, 8K19A26 �� 23.99

PAGE

handguards

Machined aluminum support clamps to any Picatinny handguard rail and has aggressive teeth that bite into barricades, doorframes, and other obstacles. Helps the shooter effectively brace the weapon against a structure for a rock-solid shooting position. Pushing the teeth against the barricade anchors the gun and prevents slipping for accurate follow-up shots in situations where a stable position might not otherwise be possible. Rear-facing hook on the back also allows you to pull the rifle into a barricade for better control with the heavier-recoiling of 7.62mm

Ergonomic aluminum hand stop gives enhanced weapon control and repeatable hand position on forend. Mount on bottom rail to help you pull rifle securely into the shoulder pocket, or place on side rail to index the hand for better lateral pointability or to operate a weapon light. “De-horned” so it won’t abrade the hand or snag on other gear. Contoured for a flush fit with Tango Down rail covers. Mounts on any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail with the low-profile hex head crossbolt. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum billet. Available with MIL-A-8625F Type III Class II hardcoat anodized finish, Black, or Cerakote™ H-235 Dark Earth finish. #100-005-326EN Rail Mount Hand Stop, Black, 9B38C88 ��$ 47.99 #100-005-327EN Rail Mount Hand Stop, Dark Earth, 9B44P76 �� 49.99

GUNFIGHTER GRIP For Maximum Control In Modern Gunfighting Stances

pistol grips

Improves Weapon Control & Ensures Consistent Hand Placement On Forend

XTM™ HAND STOP KIT

Low-Profile, Ergonomically-Enhanced Grip Increases Weapon Control

Molded polymer cover slides over any Picatinny handguard rail to provide a comfortable, secure grasping surface. Protects the hand from sharp rail edges and barrel heat during long shooting sessions. Moldedin knurled bands enhance your grip, especially when hand is wet, and match the Troy Modular Combat Grip to give your rifle a neat, unified appearance. No struggling to stretch the cover over the rail: simply hold up the retaining clip, slide on rail, and close the positive-locking clip to keep the cover firmly in place. a b SPECS: Polymer, black. 61/8" (15. 6cm) long, 17/16" (2.6cm) wide. Sold in 3-paks. #100-011-035EN Rail Covers, 3-Pak, 3B18C57 ��$ 19.99

GEAR SECTOR AR-15/M16

MAGPUL

COBRA TACTICAL FORE GRIP

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

During competition or a tactical situation, you can’t afford to lose time fumbling to position your hand on the forearm, or, worse yet, have it slide off when racking a pump action shotgun. This rubber-coated, ergonomically shaped handstop attaches to any Picatinny rail forend to provide precise, tactile indexing of the support hand, so you keep your eyes on the target while mounting the weapon. Helps keep hand in position during recoil, too, for fast follow-up shots. Dual cross-bolts clamp the stop tightly to the rail for a solid, movementfree installation. a b SPECS: Synthetic-rubber coated molded polymer, black. Steel crossbolts, oxide finish, matte black. 1¼" long x 1¼" wide at base. Extends 1¾" (4.5cm) below rail. #573-000-052EN SureStop Rail Handstop, 3G8B57 �� $ 11.75

RAIL MOUNT HAND STOP

STRIKE INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

Developed with input from combat veterans, this lightweight, low-profile grip helps the operator maintain greater control of the rifle regardless of firing position. Helps the shooter achieve a comfortable grip, with a natural placement of the fingers, a pronounced hand stop at the rear, and an anti-slip textured surface that keeps the hand in place, even when wet. The ridged front face lets the shooter brace the rifle against barricades, ledges, or other available support surfaces, creating a dependable shooting platform without worrying about slippage. Mounts easily and securely to Picatinny handguard rail with a super-stable, wobble-free, friction lock. Minimal bulk: extends only 1" below handguard. Molded hard polymer construction delivers strength without a weight penalty. SPECS: Molded, reinforced, impact-resistant hard polymer, matte black or FDE. 41/4" (10.8cm) OAL. 1.7 oz. (48.1g) wt. Extends approximately 1" (2.5cm) below rail. #100-011-008EN Cobra Tactical Fore Grip, Black, 2H20L00 �� $ 20.00 #100-011-871EN Cobra Tactical Fore Grip, FDE, 2H20L00 �� 20.00

Fast, Precise, Tactile Hand Placement On Railed Forends

Protect You & Your Gear From Sharp Rail Edges

BRAVO COMPANY AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

Tough, polymer cover slides over Picatinny rails to protect shooter’s hand from sharp edges of unused rails, and shield exposed rails from damage during rough tactical operations. Makes rail less likely to snag clothing and equipment and gives the rounded contour of a smooth, circular handguard with the freedom to reconfigure accessories whenever you need to. Rubber-like, pebble-texture grip surface helps shooter maintain better weapon control. Each panel covers 15 rail slots— the correct length to fit many carbine-length handguards without modification. Pre-segmented construction for ease in cutting to length to custom fit on other handguards. Multiple sections can be mounted one after the other for smooth, visually continuous cover on longer handguards. a b SPECS: Synthetic polymer, matte black pebble finish. 61/4" (15.9cm) long 3 x 1 /8" (3.5cm) wide. Fits Picatinny and Weaver-style accessory rails. Covers 15 rail slots. #100-003-074EN AR-15/M16 Accessory Rail Cover, 3K9B42 �� $ 11.35

CAVALRY ARMS AR-15/M16

A2-STYLE GRIP AR-15/m16

Proven, Mil-Spec A2 Design Provides a comfortable hold for those who prefer the straight, uncluttered lines of the standard A2-style grip. Extremely rigid and durable with hand-filling contours and molded-in ledges that lock your hand into position. Available in black only a b SPECS: Polymer. 4" (10.2cm) high, 2" (5.1cm) wide, 17/32" (3.1cm) thick. Fits both rifle and carbine. #100-002-830EN A2-Style Pistol Grip, Black, 2K5F14 ��$ 5.99

COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16

UNIVERSAL PISTOL GRIP

pistol grips

Interchangeable Inserts Let You Customize To Fit Your Hand Drop-in replacement for factory pistol grip has interchangeable inserts that let you quickly customize your rifle with the amounts of palm swell and finger groove depth that suit you. Enhances weapon control and reduces fatigue during extended fire or long periods in the ready position. Three front-strap and three back-strap inserts let you select a front-to-back grip depth that fits your hand size. Inserts are made of textured rubber to further secure your hold under stress or with wet hands. Rear beavertail enables a high hand position for maximum recoil control while protecting the web of the hand from the receiver. Removable plug in bottom allows access to the roomy internal storage compartment. SPECS: Injection-molded hard polymer, with rubber inserts, Black, Tan, or OD Green. Uses rifle’s existing pistol grip screw and washer. Pistol Grip includes grip core, 3 front and 3 rear inserts, 2 roll pins. #100-004-712EN Universal Pistol Grip, Blk, 6C27L46 �� $ 32.40 #100-004-713EN Universal Pistol Grip, Tan, 6C27Q46 �� 32.40 #100-004-714EN Universal Pistol Grip, OD Green, 6C27K46 �� 32.40

DPMS AR-15/M16

PANTHER TACTICAL PALM GRIP Hand Filling, Improves Trigger Control, Shooting Comfort Precisely molded, upswept grip extension and non-slip, pebble-grain finish give a solid, hand filling grip for comfortable weapon handling and faster follow-up shots. Adjustable palm rest gives exact fit to your hand, ensures correct hand placement for excellent trigger control. Features a dual palm swell, with right thumb rest and finger grooves to improve grasp. a b SPECS: High impact polyurethane, black, matte finish. 5" (12.7cm) long. 3 Palm shelf: 4 /8" (11.11cm) long, 25/8" (6.67cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) thick. #231-000-034EN Panther Palm Grip, 1C22H31 �� $ 29.99

ARMSTECH AR-15/M16

Options

MAKO AR-15/M16

ERGO GRIPS

ERGONOMIC PISTOL GRIP

SPR PISTOL GRIP

For A Secure, Comfortable Grasp, Even With Wet Hand; Roomy Storage Compartment

Enhanced Grip & Comfort For Accurate Shooting

Improves Trigger & Recoil Control Hand-filling, ergonomic profile with finger grooves, palm swells, and many other features improves shooting comfort and accuracy. Tactical grips feature either Suregrip or Rigid grip for a non-slip, textured finish. SureGrip adds an overmolded, rubberized covering to the polymer body for a superior grip and added cushion. Rigid grip features Rhino Hide™, a hard textured finish molded directly into the polymer. a b STANDARD - Slightly thinner than the factory grip but with additional depth front to back. Pebble grain, non-slip surface and subtle finger grooves improve grasp and promote correct trigger finger position. Curved rear backstrap fills web of hand. Ambidextrous model has a rigid surface texture. RH SureGrip model has a distinct thumb shelf for right-handed shooters. Aggressive Texture (AT) gives an even more secure hold (but still won’t hurt the bare hand). SPECS: Polymer, hard texture or overmolded rubber, black. 4" (10cm) long. #573-000-008EN Ambidextrous Rigid ERGO Grip, Black, 3G18D86 �� $ 25.50 573-000-076EN Ambidextrous ERGO SureGrip, Black, 3G18B86 �� 25.50 573-000-077EN Ambidextrous ERGO SureGrip, Dark Earth, 3G18H86 �� 25.50 573-000-078EN Ambidextrous ERGO SureGrip, AT/Black, 3G18A86 �� 25.50 #573-000-026EN RH SureGrip ERGO, Black, 3G18Q86 �� 25.50 ERGO 2 SUREGRIP - Ergonomic finger grooves improve grip and trigger finger angle. Overmolded material won’t get slippery and resists oils and solvents. Fits both 5.56 and .308 AR-style rfles without using any spacer inserts. A2-sized inner cavity accepts small accessories. Includes grip, Gapper, and washer. Does not inlcude grip screw or grip plug. 573-000-068EN Ergo 2 Grip, Black, 3G21P40 ��$ 29.00 573-000-069EN Ergo 2 Grip, Dark Earth, 3G21G40 �� 29.00 TACTICAL DELUXE - Upward-curved, grip extension fills the web of the shooting hand, spreads recoil over a large area for excellent feel and comfort. Features a palm shelf that adjusts vertically ½" providing a custom fit for maximum recoil control. All models feature textured finish. SPECS: Polymer, hard texture, or overmolded rubber, black. 2-5⁄8" (6.6cm) long. Palm shelf 3" (7.6cm) wide, 4" (10cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) thick. Includes attachment screw. #573-101-405EN Tact. Deluxe Grip w/Palm Shelf, 3G41I72 �� $ 58.00 #573-000-062EN SureGrip Tact. Delxe Grip w/Palm Shelf, 3G43D21 �� 58.00

Relocates the grip so just the tip of your finger is on the trigger. Gives precise trigger control for more accurate shot placement.

PAGE

Drop-in replacement for factory pistol grip has sculpted, ergonomic contours designed to provide an exceptionally comfortable, secure grip that minimizes hand fatigue, enhances trigger control, and improves weapon handling during sustained rapid fire. Also helps reduce hand fatigue during long periods in the ready position. A wide, hand-filling palm swell and gently curved finger grooves provide plenty of support, while molded-in stippling and vertical grooves on the backstrap help you maintain a firm grip with wet hands. Sweeping, integral beavertail allows a high hand position for outstanding recoil control. Positive-locking trapdoor in the bottom opens to reveal a roomy internal storage compartment large enough for two AA or CR123 batteries, spare ammo, cleaning supplies, or small parts. Molded from rigid, nearly indestructible reinforced polymer composite. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer composite, black. Fits rifles and carbines that accept standard AR-15/M16 pistol grips. #100-003-842EN Ergonomic Pistol Grip, 2B22F15 �� $ 26.99

STARK EQUIPMENT CORP AR-15/M16

PISTOL GRIP Ergonomic Comfort, Less Fatigue, Maximum Control During Rapid Fire Drop-in replacement for factory pistol grip is designed to give the tactical operator SE-2 w/Loop maximum weapon control with minimum fatigue. Every aspect of the shooter-toweapon interface was analyzed and tested to improve on the USGI A2 grip and give the shooter the best control in any type of operational environment. One-piece construction with integral triggerguard ensures the operator’s finger doesn’t get caught between the guard and the trigger and eliminates other pinch points. Over-molding where the grip meets the receiver helps keep the hand positioned exactly where it should be during fast movement, long periods in the ready position, and during rapid or full-auto fire. Palm swell, arched backstrap, flared bottom with forward finger ledge, and molded-in stippling further ensure to a firm, stress-free grip on the weapon. Molded from durable, reinforced polymer that resists impact, temperature extremes, moisture, and most cleaning solvents and oils. Snug-fitting, synthetic rubber plug in the bottom pulls out to allow storage inside the grip. Cavities inside the plug provide rattle-free storage for two spare CR-123 batteries. Standard SE-1 model available in Black or Dark Earth. SE-2 adds a sling swivel attachment point at the top rear of the grip. Available with a loop for a hook swivel or a receptacle for a quick-detach pushbutton (PB) sling swivel. Black only. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, Black or Dark Earth. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. #100-004-343EN SE-1 Pistol Grip, Black, 5C31Q72 �� $ 39.99 #100-004-344EN SE-1 Pistol Grip, Dark Earth, 5C31N72 39.99 #100-004-638EN SE-2 Pistol Grip w/PB, Blk, 5C42A99 �� 49.99 #100-004-639EN SE-2 Pistol Grip w/Loop, Blk, 5C42E99 �� 49.99

Repositions the hand for a comfortable grasp and improved trigger finger location. Hand filling design with thumbrest and palmswell provide enhanced gripping endurance. Matte surface gives good, non-slip purchase. a b SPECS: Black, glass filled Polypropylene, matte finish. Fits AR-15, AR-10 and AR-25 rifles. Right-hand only. #936-001-015EN SPR Handgrip, 6C22G00 �� $ 24.99

TANGODOWN AR-15/M16

BATTLEGRIP Tough, Combat-Tested Grip With Built-In Utility Features BG-16 RIFLE GRIP - Unique, storage grip features two internal cavities for two Aimpoint-type power cells, plus two AA or CR123 lithium batteries, or your choice of other small spare parts or supplies. Anti-rattle foam spacers keep everything quiet. Flexible cap includes integral seals to protect contents from dirt and moisture. Front grip extension covers the triggerguard/receiver gap to prevent pinching. Curved backstrap is shaped to fill and support the hand and provides the correct finger-to-trigger position; aggressive grip texture ensures positive hold. Includes stainless steel, Dry-Lok attaching screw and installation tool. a b SPECS: Resin-impregnated polymer, Black or Dark Earth. 41/8" (10.5cm) high. Fits rifles that accept standard AR-15/M16 grips. #071-000-015EN BG-16 Rifle Grip, Black, 9B31I02 ��$ 36.99 #071-000-025EN BG-16 Rifle Grip, Dark Earth, 9B31M02 �� 36.99 BG-17 RIFLE GRIP - Same construction as the BG-16 with ergonomics that fit larger-handed shooters. A single large internal storage compartment holds batteries, small spare parts, or supplies. Includes stainless steel, Dry-Lok attaching screw and installation tool. SPECS: Resin-impregnated polymer, Black or Dark Earth. 41/2" (11.4cm) high. Base 23/8" (6cm) long, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 series rifles and clones, and other rifles that accept an A2 grip, including ArmaLite® AR-10®, FN SCAR Mk-16/Mk-20, and Knight’s Armament SR-25/MK-11 Mod 0 & 1. #100-006-309EN BG-17 Rifle Grip, Black, 9B31A14 �� $ 36.99 #100-006-310EN BG-17 Rifle Grip, Dark Earth, 9B31H14 �� 36.99

WAYNE STUDIOS AR-15

“MONSTERMAN” GRIP

AR-15 GAPPER - Soft, polyurethane pad fits between pistol grip and frame to fill the gap under the triggerguard latch. Prevents the sharp edges of the frame from rubbing or cutting your index finger. SPECS: Polyurethane, black. ½" (12mm) long. Solvent resistant. #573-000-004EN Gapper, 3G2H75 �� $ 3.50

Convenient Storage & Weather Protection

Adapter fits between the grip and frame without alteration to the rifle. Moves the grip .75" (19mm) to the rear. a b SPECS: Plastic, black. Includes attaching screws and instructions. #432-001-015EN Rite-Pull Adapter, 2C20N43 �� $ 24.99

Nifty rubber plug fits into the bottom of A2-style pistol grips. Durable rubber with friction fit, seals opening in grip against dirt and moisture. Creates convenient storage for extra parts or emergency equipment. a b SPECS: 70 Durometer rubber, black. 23/8" (6cm) x 1" (2.5cm). #231-015-031EN Plain Pistol Grip Plug, 3B3B50 �� $ 4.99 - 3 or More - Plain Pistol Grip Plug, each, 3B3A25 �� 4.75

RITE-PULL GRIP ADAPTER Positions The Trigger Finger For Precision Shooting

SIERRA PRECISION RIFLES AR-15/M16

AR-15/M16

DPMS AR-15/M16

STOWAWAY PISTOL GRIP PLUG

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Eliminates The Pistol Grip To Comply With California Law Replaces the pistol grip to make an AR-15 fitted with an A2-type, non-adjustable buttstock meet the requirements of California Penal Code §12276.1(a)(1)(A). Gives the rifle a “sporter” look and feel. Rounded edges and aggressive surface texturing give your hand a comfortable yet secure grasp. Uses existing grip screw. Laws and regulations can change at any time; the user is responsible for making sure his rifle stays compliant. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 61/8" (15.6cm) long, 11/8" (2.9cm) wide, 45/32" (10.6cm) high. 4.6 oz. (130g) wt. Fits AR-15 with an A2 buttstock installed. #100-006-291EN AR-15 MonsterMan Grip, 3Z40N00 �� $ 44.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 Items

PISTOL GRIPS

Ergonomically enhanced pistol grips provide a more comfortable, secure grasp than standard, A2-style grip for better trigger control and recoil management with less fatigue. Improves weapon handling during precisely aimed shots as well as sustained semi- or full-auto fire. Hand-filling palm swells and non-slip “crackle” texturing keep your hand firmly in place, even when wet. Removable grip cap provides access to a roomy internal storage compartment for spare batteries, cleaning supplies, small bottle of oil, or even a spare bolt. Reinforced, high-impact, molded polymer construction stands up to the rigors of harsh operational environments. Drop-in installation in minutes with included mounting hardware and instructions. a b

MOE-K™ GRIP - Slimmed-down version of the original MOE grip for shooters with smaller hands or those who simply prefer a slimmer grip profile. Fits most AR-15/M16 type rifles, including ARstyle .308s that use a standard AR-15 pistol grip. Narrower and shorter front to back than the original MOE or the standard A2 grip, the MOE‑K is designed specifically for personal defense weapons and their operators by adding more vertical grip angle that brings the primary hand closer to the shooter’s body, thus improving control and retention. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Flat Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. Fits standard mil-spec AR-15/M16 lower receiver. Also fits most AR-style .308 rifles that accept AR-15/M16 grip. Mounting hardware included. #100-008-866EN MOE-K Grip, Black, 3K16F46 �� $ 18.95 #100-008-966EN MOE-K Grip, Dark Earth, 3K16M46 �� 18.95 100-014-442EN MOE-K Grip, Stealth Gray, 3K16P46 �� 18.95

MOE-K2™ GRIP - Offers the same slimmed-down profile and aggressive, grippable surface texture as the MOE-KTM grip, plus an even steeper vertical grip angle optimized for use with short LOP weapons. Brings the primary hand even closer to the shooter’s body for better control. Beavertail at the top rear fills the gap between the top of the grip and the receiver to protect and support the web of the hand, further enhancing control. Internal storage compartment accessible via removable plug in bottom. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Flat Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. Fits standard mil-spec AR-15/M16 lower receiver. Also fits most AR-style .308 rifles that accept AR-15/M16 grip. Mounting hardware included. 100-011-679EN MOE-K2 Grip, Black, 3K16F51 ��$ 19.90 100-011-680EN MOE-K2 Grip, Dark Earth, 3K16Q51 �� 19.90 100-011-681EN MOE-K2 Grip, O.D. Green, 3K16E51 �� 19.90 100-011-682EN MOE-K2 Grip, Stealth Gray, 3K16K51 �� 19.90 MIAD® GEN 1.1 GRIP KIT - MIssion ADaptable (MIAD) modular grip system with interchangeable inserts lets you find the grip configuration that fits your hand size and mission requirements. All models come with main grip body and detachable rubber core which holds a ½ oz. lubrication bottle in the cap. Additional cores for storing batteries and other items are available separately, below. Front- and backstrap inserts slide on easily, yet snap firmly into place and require no glue or screws to stay put. Comes with one straight and two different beavertail backstrap inserts, plus one straight and one finger-ledge frontstrap insert. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, or Stealth Gray. #100-014-095EN AR-15/M16 MIAD GEN 1.1 Kit, Black, 3K28J32 ��$ 34.15 #100-014-096EN AR-15/M16 MIAD GEN 1.1 Kit, Dark Earth, 3K28I32 �� 34.15 100-014-428EN AR-15/M16 MIAD GEN 1.1 Kit, Stealth Gray, 3K28C32 �� 34.15 #100-014-098EN AR-308 MIAD GEN 1.1 Kit, Black, 3K28B32 �� 34.15 #100-014-099EN AR-308 MIAD GEN 1.1 Kit, Dark Earth, 3K28J32 �� 34.15

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

BCMGUNFIGHTER™ VERTICAL GRIPS

Enhances Control & Pointability While Minimizing Fatigue In The “Ready” Position Low-profile forward grip/ hand stop takes advantage of natural body mechanics to give the shooter more precise control, faster pointing, and less operator fatigue. The Magpul AFG® (Angled Fore-Grip) positions the support hand close to the centerline of the bore for maximum recoil control to aid in fast, accurate follow-up shots. Provides a consistent reference point for finding the correct hand position quickly when mounting the weapon under stress. The natural, ergonomic hand position with the palm facing up results in better blood flow than the “clenched fist” stance often used with vertical grips that leads to fatigue and loss of sensation during long periods in the ready position. Improves on the “thumb break” hold often used with standard vertical grips by allowing the thumb to rest comfortably alongside the top rail, pointing forward, with the rest of the hand in full contact with the forend. Heavy-duty reinforced molded polymer construction stands up to the hard knocks of tactical operations, and deep, molded-in grooves help you maintain a firm grip even with wet hands. Interchangeable inserts give the choice of a straight, uninterrupted gripping surface or one with a convenient ledge to support the index finger. Slides over any Picatinny-style rail and locks securely in place with a hardened steel crossbolt. The original AFG1™ provides a large grasping surface and covers approximately 5½" of rail. The more compact AFG2™ is shorter and narrower to take up even less rail space, with enough clearance to fit a larger variety of weapons. Both models may be installed on tactical shotguns and other rifles with railed forends; won’t interfere with insertion and removal of magazines on AK-47s. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. Fits Picatinny-type rails. AFG1 - 5½" (14cm) long, approximately 1 5/8" (4.1cm) wide, extends approximately 1¾" (4.5cm) below rail. 2.8 oz. (79g) wt. AFG2 - 4¾" (12cm) long, 1 3/8" (3.5cm) wide, extends approximately 2" (5.1cm) below rail. #100-004-989EN Magpul AFG1, Black, 3K29Q96 ��$ 33.20 #100-004-990EN Magpul AFG1, Dark Earth, 3K29H96 �� 33.20 #100-004-991EN Magpul AFG1, O.D. Green, 3K29P96 �� 33.20 #100-014-451EN Magpul AFG1, Stealth Gray, 3K29I96 �� 33.20 #100-006-196EN Magpul AFG2, Black, 3K29F96 �� 33.20 #100-010-590EN Magpul AFG2, Dark Earth, 3K29L96 �� 33.20 #100-010-591EN Magpul AFG2, O.D. Green, 3K29L96 �� 33.20 #100-014-453EN Magpul AFG2, Stealth Gray, 3K29J96 �� 33.20

100-014-431EN AR-308 MIAD GEN 1.1 Kit, Stealth Gray, 3K28M32 �� $ 34.15 MIAD GRIP CORES - Further customize your MIAD grip to suit your specific needs with one of these interchangeable internal storage compartments. No tools or permanent alternations required. 123 Battery Core holds two spare CR123 batteries in a sealed, waterproof compartment, keeping them ready for quick deployment if the batteries in your laser, light, AA/AAA Battery Core & Spacer or red dot sight fail. AA/AAA Battery Core provides waterproof, rattle-free storage of two AA batteries or, with the included internal spacer installed, two AAA batteries. Reversible rubber cap has “SPENT” stamped on one side, so you always know the status of the batteries in the compartment. Bolt & Firing Pin Core securely holds one, standard AR-15/M16 bolt, plus a 123 Bolt & spare firing pin, should your gun suffer a failure Battery Firing Pin in competition or during a critical operation. Core Core SPECS: Molded polymer, black. #100-003-043EN MIAD 123 Battery Grip Core, 3K10L20 �� $ 14.20 #100-003-044EN MIAD AA/AAA Battery Grip Core, 3K10K20 �� 14.20 #100-003-045EN MIAD Bolt & Firing Pin Grip Core, 3K10A20 �� 14.20

order on the web

brownells.com

Angled Grips Mount Forward Or Rearward; Full-Size Or Short Lengths Slightly angled vertical grip attaches facing forward or in reverse to help improve Full-Size weapon handling and comfort while accom- Short modating shooting preference. A forward tilt increases the rigidity of the forearm and allows for more natural wrist position, or switch to a rearward mount to enhance stability when grabbing the handguard and grip. Flat sides with aggressive texturing as well as raised horizontal ridges on the frontstrap and backstrap ensure Mod 3 rotational control and superior grasp. Full-Size/Short Picatinny clamp to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail with field expedient tools, like a coin or cartridge rim. Storage compartment with a hinged trap door and water-resistant rubber gasket holds spare batteries or other accessories. Short KeyMod™ indexes on three KeyMod hole points for quick, tool-less attachment. Also minimizes snagging and delivers the same interior storage as Picatinny style. MOD 3 is an ultra lightweight version of the Short grips, with a narrower profile and no storage area. Attaches to Picatinny OR KeyMod rails. Requires T15 Torx driver to install and remove. a b SPECS: Impact-resistant polymers. Full-Length - 4¾" (12.1cm) high. 3.6 oz. (102.1g) wt. Short - 3" (7.6cm). 2.75 oz. (78g) wt. MOD 3 - 2¾" (7cm). 2 oz. (56.7g) wt. #100-012-515EN Full-Size Picatinny Vertical Grip, Black, 1E37D10 �� $ 39.99 #100-012-516EN Full-Size Picatinny Vertical Grip, Flat Dark Earth, 1E37K10 �� 39.99 #100-013-646EN Short Picatinny Vertical Grip, Black, 1E33B39 �� 35.99 #100-013-647EN Short Picatinny Vertical Grip, Flat Dark Earth, 1E33F39 �� 35.99 #100-015-178EN Short KeyMod Vert. Grp, Blk, 1E37M10 �� 39.99 #100-015-179EN Short KeyMod Vert. Grp, FDE, 1E37L10 �� 39.99 #100-015-180EN Short KeyMod Vertical Grip, Wolf Gray, 1E37K10 �� 39.99 #100-016-496EN MOD 3 Picatinny Vertical Grip, Black, 1E18N53 �� 19.99 #100-016-497EN MOD 3 Picatinny Vertical Grip, Flat Dark Earth, 1E18K53 �� 19.99 #100-016-498EN MOD 3 Picatinny Vertical Grip, Wolf Gray, 1E18N53 �� 19.99 #100-016-493EN MOD 3 KeyMod Vertical Grip, Black, 1E17H60 �� 18.99 #100-016-494EN MOD 3 KeyMod Vert. Grp, Flat Dark Earth, 1E17G60 �� 18.99 #100-016-495EN MOD 3 KeyMod Vertical Grip, Wolf Gray, 1E17F60 �� 18.99

SOG ARMORY AR-15/M16

GRAPHITE VERTICAL GRIP Rubber-Coated Gripping Surface For Maximum Weapon Control Molded vertical grip with tread-like, rubber coating ends the potential for loss of weapon control in wet, slippery conditions, or when hands become slick with sweat. Made from a new, graphite blend that reduces weight without compromising strength or rigidity. Will not heat up during high volume shooting sessions or after exposure to sunlight for long periods. Deep, textured, block pattern sticks to your hand for an exceptional grip. Dovetail locks onto any Picatinny or Weaverstyle, handguard rail. Aluminum lockdown post with threaded cap provides a snug, pressure fit that won’t rattle loose under recoil or rigorous use. a b SPECS: Graphite body w/rubber grip, black. 41/2" (11.4cm) long x 11/4" (3.2cm) dia. 3.8 oz. (108g) wt. #100-002-213EN AR-15 Graphite Vert. Grip, 9A23G57 �� $ 39.99

PAGE

VERTICAL gRIPS

MOE+™ GRIP - Same contours and hard-molded polymer construction as the original MOE Grip with the addition of an anti-slip overmolded rubber coating for enhanced weapon control in wet conditions or when hand is sweaty. A polymer cap secures small items inside the internal storage compartment, and the MOE+ accepts Magpul MIAD grip cores (sold separately). SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. Fits standard milspec AR-15/M16 lower receiver. Also fits most AR-style .308 rifles that accept AR-15/M16 grip. Mounting hardware included. #100-006-786EN MOE+ Grip, Black, 3K18F86 �� $ 22.75 #100-007-570EN MOE+ Grip, Dark Earth, 3K18M86 �� 22.75 #100-007-572EN MOE+ Grip, O.D. Green, 3K18Q86 �� 22.75 #100-014-441EN MOE+ Grip, Stealth Gray, 3K18H86 �� 22.75

MOE SL™ GRIP - Ideal for weapons with a short length of pull, this pistol grip gives a more vertical hold position. Angle of grip reduces strain on the wrist, brings the primary hand closer to the shooter’s body, and enhances weapon control in tactical situations. The aggressive raised texture provides a positive, non-slip grip even when wearing gloves. Grip is slightly smaller for a slimmer, more ergonomic feel. Can be installed on most AR-style .308 rifles; depending on the gun, there may be gap between the beavertail and the receiver. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Gray. All mounting hardware included. 100-015-154EN MOE-SL Grip, Black, 3K15N85 �� $ 18.95 100-015-159EN MOE-SL Grip, Dark Earth, 3K15Q85 �� 18.95 100-015-160EN MOE-SL Grip, OD Green, 3K15L85 �� 18.95 100-015-161EN MOE-SL Grip, Gray, 3K15E85 �� 18.95

BRAVO COMPANY

PISTOL GRIPS

MOE GRIP - Magpul Original Equipment (MOE) grip is a durable, economical, easy-to-install replacement for factory pistol grip that gives the shooter a solid, secure grasp. Rigid, fully supported one-piece construction from the same reinforced, high-impact polymer as the MIAD® grip, with crackle texture on the sides and deep horizontal grooves on frontstrap and backstrap. Curved beavertail similar to the MIAD B2 insert fills the grip-to-receiver junction to help you maintain a comfortable hold and protect the web of your hand during sustained firing. Compatible with Magpul MIAD Grip Cores and Enhanced Aluminum Triggerguard, available separately. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, Stealth Gray, or Pink. Drop-in replacement for AR-15/M16/M4 A2-type pistol grip. Can be installed on most AR-style .308 rifles; however, depending on model, there may be gap between the grip’s beavertail and the receiver. Mounting hardware included. #100-003-515EN MOE Grip, Black, 3K15I72 �� $ 18.95 #100-003-516EN MOE Grip, Dark Earth, 3K15J72 �� 18.95 #100-004-165EN MOE Grip, O.D. Green, 3K15P72 �� 18.95 #100-014-432EN MOE Grip, Stealth Gray, 3K15F72 �� 18.95 #100-011-400EN MOE Grip, Pink, 3K15Q72 �� 18.95 ®

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

ANGLED FORE-GRIP

AR-15/m16

Improves Comfort For Better Weapon Handling & Control; Fixed & Adjustable Models

MOE-K2+™ GRIP - Reinforced polymer grip features wrap around rubber overmolding and a steeper vertical angle than the MOEK grip. Optimized for short length of pull weapons, the vertical grip brings the shooter’s hand closer to the body for improved weapon control. Full size grip features a unique back strap design which encourages proper trigger finger placement. Aggressive side texture combined with the pronounced angles on the front and back, provides a secure grip in wet conditions. Grip has storage area for spare parts or batteries, and will accept all standard Magpul grip cores. SPECS: Reinforced polymer, Black, Flat Dark Earth, Gray, and O.D. Green. Mounting hardware included. 100-016-407AQ MOE-K2+ Grip, Black, 3K19H66 �� $ 23.70 100-016-408EN MOE-K2+ Grip, FDE, 3K19E66 �� 23.70 100-016-409EN MOE-K2+ Grip, Gray, 3K19M66 �� 23.70 100-016-410EN MOE-K2+ Grip, O.D. Green, 3K19F66 �� 23.70

Grip

COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16

VERTICAL FOREND GRIP AR-15/m16

Improves Handling, Comfort & Controllability; Provides Extra Storage Injection-molded, polymer-resin, forend grips improve stability and overall rifle control by giving your forward hand a comfortable, hand filling, textured gripping surface. Helps you maintain a natural fighting stance, reduces on-target time, and helps maintain muzzle control during rapid fire. Hollow center provides convenient storage space for spare batteries or other small items; rubber cap keeps out dust and moisture. All models clamp securely to forends with Picatinny or Weaver-style rails on underside. a b SPECS: Molded, reinforced polymer, black. QUICK DETACH - Quickly detachable and compact. Mounts securely to Picatinny and Weaver-style rail systems using an internal threaded tension rod. Deeply ribbed, no-slip gripping surface. Removable plug is threaded into the base of the tension rod with a rubber O-ring to provide waterproof storage for up to three, lithium 123 size batteries. SPECS: 47/8" (12.4cm) long. #100-002-454EN Quick Detach Forend Storage Grip, 6C24M20 �� $ 28.80 SHORT - Simple “broomhandle” style has deep, ridges that give a no-slip grip for wet hands or gloves. Low profile is less likely to snag on other gear and keeps your hand close to the weapon for maximum control. Clamps to rail with a steel crossbolt. SPECS: 33/4" (9.5cm) long #100-004-136EN SVG Short Vertical Grip, 6C19G43 �� $ 21.99

vertical grips

SVG SHORT - Low-profile, “broom handle” style grips are less likely to snag on other gear while keeping hands close to the weapon for maximum control. Deep ridges molded into the surface provide a sure grip for wet hands or gloves. SPECS: 33/4" (9.5cm) long. #100-004-136EN SVG Short Vertical Grip, 6C19G43 ��$ 21.99 VG1 FINGER GROOVE - Ergonomically designed grooves keep your fingers properly positioned for repeatable hand placement and excellent recoil control, even in full-auto mode. Quick-detach push-button rail attachment system, and slim profile with straight backstrap. SPECS: 41/2" long, approximately 11/2" (3.8cm) wide, 11/8" (2.9cm) thick. #100-001-027EN VG1 Finger Groove Vertical Grip, 9C15P92 ��$ 19.99 EVG FINGER GROOVE - Finger grooves and rubberized palm swell position your hand for excellent recoil control, and aggressively-checkered surface helps keep your grip in all weather. Crossbolt locking system with captive thumb nut keeps the grip rock solid on the forend. Storage compartment holds two CR 123A batteries or other small items. SPECS: 47/8" (12.4cm) long. #100-009-728EN EVG Vertical Grip, 6C20H92 �� $ 25.20 FOLDING - Five-position locking system with pushbutton release allows the grip to be extended 90° from handguard or at a 45° forward or rearward angle. Folds parallel with the handguard, forward or rearward, when not in use. Clamps to rail with a steel crossbolt. SPECS: 41/2" long when extended. #100-004-135EN Folding Vertical Grip, 6C45H12 �� $ 54.00 COMBAT - Ergonomic grip, with molded finger grooves and a hand filling palm swell, provides the user with improved weapon control. This durable polymer grip includes a PGS removable pressure switch mount, plus a hollow core, with contoured screw cap, for storing batteries, small tools, or other accessories. Captive thumbnut allows grip to be mounted easily on any Picatinny rail without the use of tools. SPECS: 2 3/8" (6.0cm) long, 2 1/4" (5.7cm) wide, 5 7/8" (14.9cm) high. 4 oz. (113.4g) wt. 100-015-031EN Combat Vertical Grip, 6C30C97 �� $ 33.99

PAGE

GRIP POD SYSTEMS AR-15/M16

ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY AR-15/M16

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

GRIP POD

FOLDING VERTICAL FOREND GRIP

VERTICAL GRIPS

Vertical Forend Grip With Built-In Quick-Deploy Bipod Dual-function vertical grip locks to the bottom accessory rail of your tactical rifle’s forend to give you enhanced control during CQB and a stable bipod rest for precise long-range fire. The grip’s handfilling contours and deep grooves provide a solid purchase even when your hands are wet. Hit the large, deeply grooved release button, and a powerful spring deploys the legs instantly. Conveniently placed for thumb activation, the button sits flush with the surrounding surface to prevent accidental deployment. Extended legs provide sufficient elevation for a standard 30-round magazine to clear the ground, and will not snag on brush, vehicle interior, or other gear when retracted. Legs and grip are made of tough, injectionmolded polymer; steel cross-bolt with easy-grip thumbscrew locks directly to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail to ensure a rocksolid fit. GPS-02 has steel inserts in legs for maximum strength in high-stress tactical operations. GPS-LE (Law Enforcement) is an economical alternative for applications where the steel reinforcements are excess to requirements. Both models accept GPRS1 and GPRS2 bolt-on accessory rails, available separately. May be used on many non-AR rifles and light machine guns with forend accessory rails. a b SPECS: Reinforced polymer, Black or Desert Tan. 61/4" (15.9cm) long with legs retracted. 81/2" (21.6cm) high with legs extended. 13/8" (3.5cm) diameter. GPS-02 – Steel inserts in legs. 7.8 oz. (220g) weight. GPS-LE - 7 oz. (197g) weight. #100-003-226EN GPS-02 Grip Pod, Black, 3B149E99 �� $ 149.99 #100-004-611EN GPS-02 Grip Pod, Desert Tan, 3B149I99 �� 149.99 #100-003-633EN GPS-LE Grip Pod, Black, 99.99 3B96N29 �� #100-004-610EN GPS-LE Grip Pod, Desert Tan, 99.99 3B89K89 ��

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

M-LOKTM MVG VERTICAL GRIP® Gives You A Secure Hold & Excellent Control Of Any M-LOK Compatible Weapon Following in the footsteps of Magpul’s original MOE MVG, the M-LOK MVG is a lightweight vertical foregrip that attaches directly to any M-LOK compatible handguard or forend without requiring Picatinny rails. Made from the same high-strength molded reinforced polymer as other Magpul products, the M-LOK MVG has the new TSP texture that gives a sure hold and positive weapon control in all environments. Ergorounded contours and a shorter length, it has been optimized for use with the “thumb break method” of shooting, yet also functions well as a traditional vertical foregrip. Comes with all hardware necessary for attachment directly to M-LOK Slots on aluminum or polymer handguards and forends. Available in Black (Blk), Flat Dark Earth (FDE), O.D. Green (ODG), and Stealth Gray. a b #100-016-130EN M-LOK MVG Vertical Grip, Blk, 3K18E08 �� $ 21.81 #100-016-134EN M-LOK MVG Vertical Grip, FDE, 3K18H08 �� 21.81 #100-016-139EN M-LOK MVG Vertical Grip, ODG, 3K18F08 �� 21.81 #100-016-136EN M-LOK MVG Vertical Grip, Gray, 3K18G08 �� 21.81

Helps You Get On Target Fast & Improves Recoil Control; Folds Away For Storage Fold-away vertical grip clamps to any forend with a bottom accessory rail and provides a comfortable platform for the support hand to improve control. Makes weapon easier to point to help you get on target—or change targets—fast. Pronounced finger grooves, textured surface, and a hand-filling shape help you maintain steady downward force to counteract muzzle rise during rapid fire. Hit the pushbutton on the left side of the grip to change between five locking positions: vertical, 45° forward/rearward, or folded forward/backward parallel with the handguard for storage or carry. Constructed of lightweight, yet robust, fiberglass-reinforced molded nylon to stand up to hard use; slides over Picatinny forend rail and locks in place with a steel crossbolt for solid, wobble-free installation. a b SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced, injection-molded nylon, black. 43/4" (12.1cm) long fully extended. Requires 21/8" (5.4cm) rail space. 4.4 oz. (125g) weight. #019-000-025EN Folding Vertical Grip, 9A20P46 �� $ 24.99

GG&G AR-15/M16

VERTICAL FOREGRIP Better Control & Recoil Management; Reduced Hand Fatigue In The Ready Position Lightweight vertical grip clamps securely to Picatinny forend rail to give the operator a more comfortable shooting stance and better weapon control. Helps control muzzle climb during sustained fire for quicker, more accurate follow-up shots, and minimizes hand fatigue when holding weapon in the ready position for long periods of time. Shape is narrow at the top for secure purchase by the thumb and forefinger, with a palm-filling swell at the middle, and wide, deep, concentric ribs around the lower 1/3 of the grip for a comfortable, ultra-secure grasp. Removable core has a large, waterproof storage compartment that can hold a spare bolt assembly, two AA or CR123 batteries, or other small parts. Screw-on, O-ring sealed cap removes easily and has padded interior to prevent rattling of items inside. Easy-to-use clamping system attaches simply by unscrewing the entire core, sliding the grip onto the rail, and lining it up over a slot with the aid of the alignment windows. Then screw the core back in tight for a rock-solid attachment that won’t let loose. Reinforced, Acetal cold polymer construction handles the knocks and dings of tactical operations, as well as extremes of heat, cold, and humidity. a b SPECS: Acetal polymer, matte black. Grip extends 43/4" (12.1cm) below rail. 5 Approx. 1 /16" (3.3cm) at widest point. 2.4 oz. (69g) weight. #336-000-022EN Vertical Foregrip, 6C29G71 ��$ 32.50

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

MODULAR COMBAT GRIP Easily Converts From Full-Length To Stubby Configuration Deeply knurled vertical forend grip provides a comfortable, secure grasp for outstanding recoil control and ultra-fast pointability. Modular design lets you choose a secure, full-palm configuration, or by unscrewing and removing the center section, a low-profile “stubby” grip. Full-length, spring-loaded locking bar, plus front and rear rail lugs ensure a rock-solid installation on any Picatinny rail. Flush-fit crossbolt minimizes risk of snagging on other gear. Rugged, all aluminum construction with waterproof O-ring seals to keep contents of the roomy internal storage compartment dry. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, Black or Dark Earth. 41/2" (11.43 1 cm) long, 3" (7.62 cm) long in stubby configuration, 1 /4" (3.2 cm) O.D. 5.9 oz. (167g) weight. Fits Picatinny rail systems. #100-004-377EN Modular Grip, Black, 3B64B07 �� $ 69.99 #100-004-378EN Modular Grip, Dk Earth, 3B60J80 �� 64.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

For Positive, Comfortable Weapon Control At All Times Lightweight vertical grips position your support hand close to the barrel to help you maintain maximum weapon control at all times. Ergonomically shaped design is optimized for use with the “thumb break” method of grasping the weapon, yet works just as well with a traditional vertical grip stance. Aggressive horizontal serrations on the front and back, plus crackle texturing on the sides ensure a secure grasp in all weather conditions. MVG® (MOE® Vertical Grip) is designed to clamp easily to Magpul MOE handguards and the handguard of the Bushmaster ACR™ (Adaptive Combat Rifle) without the need for an accessory rail. RVG® (Rail Vertical Grip) combines the MVG’s ergonomic features with a conventional Picatinny attachment system for use on standard railed handguards. Includes an adapter that enables installation on many non-railed forends, too. a b SPECS: Reinforced injection-molded polymer, available in Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. All mounting hardware and instructions included. #100-005-588EN MVG MOE Vertical Grip, Black, 3K16Q46 ��$ 18.95 #100-005-589EN MVG MOE Vertical Grip, Dark Earth, 3K16K46 �� 18.95 #100-005-591EN MVG MOE Vertical Grip, O.D. Green, 3K16M46 �� 18.95 #100-014-448EN MVG MOE Vertical Grip, Stealth Gray, 3K16I46 �� 18.95 #100-005-592EN RVG Rail Vertical Grip, Black, 3K19J82 �� 23.70 #100-005-593EN RVG Rail Vertical Grip, Dark Earth, 3K19I82 �� 23.70 #100-005-595EN RVG Rail Vertical Grip, O.D. Green, 3K16E66 �� 23.70 #100-014-450EN RVG Rail Vertical Grip, Stealth Gray, 3K19B82 �� 23.70

BATTLEGRIP VERTICAL GRIP

TANGODOWN AR-15/M16 Improves Weapon Control; Standard & “Stubby” Models

Large diameter, ribbed vertical grip helps prevent hand fatigue and cramping during long periods in the ready position. Improves weapon control and keeps hand away from hot handguard during sustained fire. Dual locking bars provide a rock-solid mounting interface to MIL-STD 1913 rails. Internal storage compartment for spare batteries or parts. O-ring on the screw-on cap forms a waterproof seal down to 66 ft. deep. Standard Battlegrip – Full-size grip has enough internal storage for a complete M4/M16 bolt assembly. Integral pocket for a light/laser remote pressure switch allows easy access to the switch yet protects it from bumps, damage, and accidental activation. Sliding panel covers pocket when switch is not mounted. Stubby Battlegrip – Low-profile “Stubby” grip keeps M4 carbines, breaching shotguns, and other CQB weapons as compact as possible and won’t interfere with most vehicle gun racks. No pressure switch pocket. a b SPECS: Injection-molded, fiberglass-reinforced polymer resin, Black or 3 4 Dark Earth. Standard - 4 / " (12.1cm) long. Stubby - 33/8" (8.6cm) long. #071-000-034EN Battlegrip, Black, 9B62D20 �� $ 67.25 #071-000-038EN Battlegrip, Dark Earth, 9B62I20 �� 67.25 #071-000-040EN Stubby Battlegrip, Black, 9B55E21 �� 61.20 #071-000-041EN Stubby Battlegrip, Dk Earth, 9B52M58 61.20

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

PRO MAG AR-15/M16

M-LOK ANGLED FORE GRIPS

ARCHANGEL VERTICAL FOREND GRIP

Provides Greater Comfort & Ensures Correct Wrist Angles

High-impact molded polymer vertical grip clamps securely to a Picatinny forend rail to help you control recoil and point the rifle faster. O-ring sealed internal storage compartment is watertight to a depth of 66 feet. No tools required to install and remove—just slide on the rail and screw in the storage compartment to lock the grip in place. Full-Size model provides a large grasping area for maximum recoil control with plenty of room inside for a spare bolt, firing pin, batteries, or other items. Low profile Compact model can stay on the gun during storage in tight gun cases. SPECS: Reinforced, molded polymer, black. Full-Size extends approximately 4.6" (11.7cm) below rail. Compact extends approximately 3" (7.6cm) below rail. #687-000-058EN Full-Size Archangel Vertical Forend Grip, 7H13P37 �� $ 14.99 #687-000-057EN Compact Archangel Vertical Forend Grip, 7H13E37 �� 14.99

BLACK DOG MACHINE AR-15/M16

Finish

MAGAZINES FOR .22 LR CONVERSIONS

Lower-Capacity Plus The Latest Convenience & Reliability Features Designed for compliance where states require reduced mag capacity, these magazines are built to the same exacting standards as our 20and 30-round AR mags. The magazine body has been shortened and greatly redesigned to allow for only a 5- or 10-round count. The waffletextured Extracting ExtensionTM on 10-Round the underside provides a positive grasping surface for removal from the mag well, making the overall length approximately the same as a Brownells 20-round AR magazine. Because the extension is a physically separate component, these mags cannot be altered to increase round count. Available with a standard hard-anodized/dry-lube finish or extra-slick black Teflon® for super-smooth mag changes and even less risk of gunk sticking to your mag. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, black Teflon finish OR gray hardcoat anodized with dry-lube coating. Molded hard polymer follower and Extracting Extension, black. Chrome silicon steel spring. #078-000-173EN 5-Rd AR-15 Magazine, Gray Anodized, 9Z12I30 �� $ 16.99 078-000-201EN 5-Rd AR-15 Magazine, Black Teflon, 9Z12E30 �� 16.99 #078-000-174EN 10-Rd AR-15 Magazine, Gray Anodized, 9Z12Q30 �� 16.99 078-000-202EN 10-Rd AR-15 Magazine, Black Teflon, 9Z12D30 �� 16.99

The Most Up-To-Date & Reliable Civilian Magazine Available

A battle rifle is only as reliable as its magazine – make sure the one in your rifle is from Brownells. When the difference between a “bang” and a “click” is life and death, a magazine failure is more than inconvenient – it can be fatal. So when we decided to build our own AR-15/M16 magazines, reliability was our first priority. Some of us have sons and daughters serving overseas or in law enforcement, and we aimed to build the kind of magazine we’d trust their lives with. We started with a clean slate, then worked out the bugs on the drawing board and the test range before we offered a single mag for sale, so you get a magazine of uncompromising quality and reliability that’s built to last and ready to run hard. When failure is not an option, these magazines deliver on the range, in the field, in a tactical situation, under fire. Load these smooth-feeding magazines to maximum capacity and fire the full 30 rounds you expect. No jams, no misfeeds, no hangups. All components are made of mil-spec materials and are manufactured under strict ISO quality control standards. The heat-treated, welded aluminum body is hard-anodized for superior corrosion resistance, then given a tough, dry-lube coating to eliminate the need for additional lubricants that would attract dust, sand, or dirt. The glass-fiber reinforced composite follower further guarantees flawless feeding in the harshest tactical or competition conditions. Choose from a mil-spec stainless steel spring or our high lubricity, dry-lubecoated chrome silicon spring that’s corrosion-resistant certified to 500 hour salt spray standards, and less prone to spring “set.” Updated material and design features like those in our 30-round magazine have been adapted to our straight-bodied, 20-round model. Since we manufacture these mags ourselves, we can maintain a large inventory. So, if you need magazines in a hurry, even in quantity, we can get them to you ASAP. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, gray hard-anodized with dry-lube coating. Fiberglass-filled, green plastic follower. Available with dry-lube-coated chrome silicon spring or stainless steel spring. CAPACITY 30-Round 30-Round 20-Round 20-Round

SPRING Chrome Silicon Stainless Chrome Silicon Stainless

— Advise # — — Advise # — — Advise # — — Advise # —

STK # 10-PAK #078-000-166EN #078-000-184EN #078-000-167EN #078-000-186EN

STK # 25-PAK #078-000-176EN #078-000-177EN #078-000-180EN #078-000-181EN

STK # 100-PAK #078-000-178EN #078-000-179EN #078-000-182EN #078-000-183EN

AR-15/M16 Magazine, Each, 9Z11C50 �� $ 13.99 10-Pak AR-15/M16 Magazines, 8K112G49 �� 126.99 25-Pak AR-15/M16 Magazines, 8G249D75 �� 299.99 100-Pak AR-15/M16 Magazines, 8G950G00 �� 1099.99

AR-15/M16

Paks

TACTICAL MAGAZINE

Magp Self-Le ul ve Follow ling er!

Optional Ranger floorplate for high speed mag changes

Our Ultra-Reliable Magazine With Popular Aftermarket Accessories Pre-Installed We added two of the most popular aftermarket accessories to our ultra-reliable chrome silicon spring magazines, so you get a customized magazine ready to run hard right out of the bag. The curved 30-round model comes with the Magpul Self-Leveling Follower. This follower won’t tilt as rounds are fed into or stripped from the magazine, and its self-lubricating polymer composition helps ensure smooth movement in the mag body for easier loading and ultra-smooth feeding. For an added tactical or competitive edge, the 30-round Tactical Magazine is also available with the Magpul Ranger® floorplate to ensure lightning-fast magazine changes. An easy-to-grasp finger loop aids in fast, positive extraction from tight mag pouches and helps you hang onto the empty magazine with just a finger after a tactical reload. Made of tough stainless steel overmolded with non-slip Santoprene™ synthetic rubber to cushion the magazine from impact when dropped on concrete or other hard surfaces. Straight-body 20 round model comes with the Ranger floorplate and a fiberglassreinforced plastic follower specially designed for smooth operation in a straight-body magazine. NOTE: Installation of Ranger floorplate on 20-round models limits capacity to 18 or 19 rounds. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, hard-anodized Military Gray, dry-lube coated. Chrome silicon steel spring. Reinforced plastic follower. Ranger - includes stainless steel floorplate overmolded with Santoprene synthetic rubber. #080-000-489EN 080-000-989EN #080-000-490EN 080-000-990EN #080-000-541EN

order on the web

brownells.com

30-Rd Tactical Magazine, 9Z12L50 �� $ 13.99 30-Rd Tactical Magazine, 10-Pak, 8K115I00 �� 129.99 30-Rd Tactical Mag. w/Ranger Plate, 9Z14A64 �� 17.99 30-Rd Tactical Mag. w/Ranger Plate, 10-Pak, 8K141B38 �� 169.99 20-Rd Tactical Mag. w/Ranger Plate, 9Z13K60 �� 15.99

PAGE

magazines & parts

.22 LR MAGAZINE LOADER - Easy to use loader helps you quickly fill up your Black Dog .22 LR AR-15 conversion magazines without finger strain. Slide the loader over the magazine, push down, insert round, release and repeat until magazine is full. Molded from durable, fiberglass-reinforced polymer that resists impact and Magazine solvents to provide years of service. not SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer, black. Fits included Brownells, Black Dog Machine, and Ciener magazines for .22 LR AR-15/M16 conversions. #100-005-583EN .22 LR Magazine Loader, 1B8M59 �� $ 9.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

STK # EACH #078-000-107EN #078-000-113EN #078-000-159EN #078-000-160EN

vertical grips

R50-RD DRUM MAGAZINE - Dependable, supercapacity drum magazine lets you shoot extended 50-round strings for plenty of plinking fun with a semior full-auto .22 LR conversion. Same rugged polycarbonate construction as the Black Dog .22 LR box magazine. Easy to disassemble for cleaning (instructions included). SPECS: Injection-molded polycarbonate, smoke. Standard model fits AR-15/M16 with a CMMG .22 LR conversion kit or similar Atchisson-type conversion system. May require some fine tuning to ensure proper feeding in full-auto rifles. M&P15-22 fits Smith & Wesson M&P15-22 rifle only. #100-005-584EN Standard 50-Rd Drum Magazine, 1B61D54 �� $ 69.99 #100-009-124EN M&P15-22 50-Rd Drum Magazine, 69.99 1B61N54 ��

AR-15

5- & 10-ROUND MAGAZINES

Shoot More, Reload Less; Full-Body Design Handles Like A Mil-Spec Magazine Dependable, high-capacity magazine handles like a standard AR-15/M16 magazine and delivers up to 26 rounds of .22 LR ammunition in a rifle fitted with the CMMG .22 LR Conversion Kit or any Atchissontype conversion system. Rigorously range-tested for superb reliability in both semi- and full-auto rifles. Extended, anti-tilt follower acts as a bolt stop after last round is fired. Tough, impact-resistant polycarbonate shell and follower are self-lubricating, so they work with the constant-force spring to deliver smooth, uniform feeding for consistent operation. Premiumquality X Form model has stainless steel feed lips that stand up to high-stress, high-volume shooting and let you to store the mag fully loaded for long periods of time. Steel hex screws securely hold the mag body halves together to ensure exceptional strength and rigidity, yet are easily removable for cleaning. 26-round mag is same size as a USGI 30-round magazine. Economical Sonic X model offers same reliable feeding as X Form but with nylon feed lips and mag body halves permanently bonded together. Base plate, follower, plug, and spring can be removed for cleaning. a b SPECS: Injection-molded polycarbonate, transluscent Smoke. Fits AR-15/ M16 with a CMMG .22 LR Conversion Kit or other Atchisson-type conversion system. Also fits SIG 522. #100-008-466EN 26-Rd X Form .22 LR Mag, 1B20A00 �� $ 23.99 #100-014-668EN 15-Rd X Form .22 LR Mag, 1B19A31 �� 23.99 #100-014-667EN 10-Rd X Form .22 LR Mag, 1B19H31 �� 23.99 #100-014-665EN 10-Rd Sonic X .22 LR Mag, 1B14C30 �� 15.99

20- & 30-ROUND MAGAZINES

Easy To Install; Watertight Internal Storage Compartment

Or Qua der In Sav ntity e Ov er 3 & 0%

AR-15/m16

Made of reinforced polymer, angled fore grip helps reduce wrist fatigue and improves weapon control. Streamlined grip positions the shooter’s hand high on the centerline of the bore. Forward finger index provides additional options in gripping and hand placement. Minimalist design and low profile permits a much wider range of mounting location options. One piece grip includes all hardware for mounting to either aluminum or polymer handguards and forends that have M-Lok slots. a b SPECS: Reinforced polymer, Black, Flat Dark Earth, Gray, O.D. Green. 4" (10.2cm) long. 1.2 oz. (34g) wt. #100-016-476EN M-LOK Angled Fore Grip, Black, 3K21C23 ��$ 25.60 #100-016-477EN M-LOK Angled Fore Grip, FDE, 3K21D23 �� 25.60 #100-016-478EN M-LOK Angled Fore Grip, Gray, 3K21P23 �� 25.60 #100-016-479EN M-LOK Angled Fore Grip, O.D. Green, 3K21K23 �� 25.60

AR-15/M16

Capacity

ARMALITE® AR-10®

AR-15/m16

MAGAZINES Same Factory-Built Magazines That Ship With New AR-10s Brand-new, factory-made, Generation II magazines built by ArmaLite® feature a spotwelded, heavy gauge steel body that won’t distort when fully loaded and a contoured follower designed to ensure exceptionally smooth, reliable feeding. These aren’t converted M14 magazines, but mags purpose-built specifically for the AR-10 - the same mags that come with new rifles. Factory marked floorplate. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, matte black. Fits ArmaLite AR-10 chambered in .308/7.62mm. #062-000-001EN AR-10 Magazine, 25-Rd, 2F35H71 �� $ 39.99 #062-000-002EN AR-10 Magazine, 20-Rd, 2F28F57 �� 34.99 062-000-003EN AR-10 Magazine, 15-Rd, 2F27L59 �� 29.99 #062-000-004EN AR-10 Magazine, 10-Rd, 2F28H57 �� 34.99 #062-000-005EN AR-10 Magazine, 5-Rd, 2F27G59 �� 29.99

Rugged, All Steel High Capacity Magazine

COLT AR-15/M16

BARRETT AR-15

30-RD 6.8 SPC STEEL MAGAZINE Top Quality, Magazine For ARs Chambered For The Hard-Hitting 6.8 Cartridge All-steel magazine fits any AR-15 chambered for the 6.8mm Remington SPC cartridge - and gives you a full 30 rounds, like a standard mil-spec magazine, between reloads. This is the same highquality magazine that Barrett supplies with their REC7 rifles. Tough steel body is Teflon® coated to resist scratches and aid in smooth seating in the mag well. Polymer follower helps rounds feed smoothly. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black Teflon finish, polymer follower. 30-round capacity. Fits AR-15 chambered in 6.8mm Remington SPC. #100-010-923EN 30-Rd 6.8 SPC Magazine, 4G35F21 �� $ 39.99

9-ROUND FACTORY MAGAZINE Use For Backup, Hunting Or Competition Genuine Colt factory, 9-round magazine is guaranteed to fit and function correctly. Lightweight and compact for easy carry and fast loading. Use as an emergency spare or for applications where 20- and 30-round high capacity magazines are restricted or just too big and clumsy. SPECS: Matte blue, 9-round, accepts .223 (5.56NATO). Fits AR-15 Accurized HBAR, Government Carbine Match Target,Match Target Competition HBAR, Match Target Competition HBAR II, Match Target HBAR, Match Target Lightweight A3 Tactical Carbine. #160-000-213EN 9-Rd AR-15 Magazine, 6A20Q73 �� $ 25.99

DPMS AR-STYLE .308

PANTHER STEEL MAGAZINES AR-308

20-ROUND MAGAZINE

magazines & parts

The Mag 308 Shooters Have Been Waiting For! We drew on our vast experience building civilian and military AR-15/M16 mags to engineer this all-new, ultra-reliable, smooth-feeding magazine for ARs chambered in .308/7.62. Designed specifically for DPMS LR-308, Remington R-25, Bushmaster, and Knight’s Armament SR-25 pattern rifles, it holds a full 20 rounds - and fits existing mag pouches. Rugged, heat-treat hardened aluminum mag body is lightweight yet extremely strong and has a tough anti-corrosion hard-anodized gray finish. A dry-film lubricant coating promotes smooth insertion into the magwell and eliminates the need for additional lubricants that attract dust, dirt, and other contaminants that compromise reliability. New-design follower and a set-resistant chrome-silicon keep even pressure on the round stack through entire feed path to help ensure than reliable feeding. Removable aluminum floorplate eases disassembly for cleaning. a b #078-000-200EN Brownells 20-Rd AR-308 Magazine, 9Z16M97 ��$ 19.99

PAGE

Kit

Durable & Dependable Magazines For Your .30 Caliber AR All-steel straight body magazine is built to handle the punishment of tactical operations and service rifle competition. Feeds reliably and consistently in AR-style .308 rifles from Bushmaster, DPMS, Knights Armament Corp., Remington, and others listed below. Mag body is constructed of precision-formed, spot-welded 1050 sheet steel with a durable manganese phosphate finish to function properly and stand up to harsh conditions. Steel floorplate removes for cleaning; steel spring and plastic follower give you reliable, smooth feeding of every round. a b SPECS: 1050 steel, manganese-phosphate finish, black. Fits DPMS Panther LR series rifles (including .243, .260), Bushmaster ORC, Colt LE901, Fulton Armory, Knight SR-25, Patriot Ordnance Factory, Remington R-25, Ruger SR-762, Smith & Wesson M&P10, and Stoner SR-25. Does not fit ArmaLite® AR-10® or Rock River Arms. #231-000-207EN 19-Rd Panther LR Magazine, 1C24Q77 ��$ 28.99 #231-000-302EN 10-Rd Panther LR Magazine, 1C25Q69 �� 27.99 #231-000-301EN 4-Rd Panther LR Magazine, 1C24N77 �� 29.99

RIFLE MAGAZINES

PMAG GEN M2 MOE POLYMER MAGS ®

32-ROUND 9mm MAGAZINE Made of durable heat treated steel, this rugged high capacity magazine fits 9mm AR-15 conversions that accept Colt style magazines. The Xylan finish greatly reduces friction while offering excellent protection against wear and corrosion. Reliable and smooth ammunition feed is ensured by a steel follower that will not twist under a full load. The numbered round count windows let you quickly determine the amount of remaining ammunition. Comes with bolt hold-open tab for those ARs fitted with a hold-open feature on the conversion block. Maintenance and cleaning is made quick and simple with the easy-to-remove floorplate. a b SPECS: All steel body. Matte black Xylan finish. Steel follower and spring. Removable steel floorplate. Fits 9mm AR-15 rifles that accept Colt-style magazines. #078-000-320EN 32-Rd 9mm AR-15 Mag, Each, 8G29M41 �� $ 34.99 #078-000-198EN 32-Rd 9mm AR-15 Mag, 3-Pak, 8G86L96 �� 92.99

JOHN MASEN CO. AR-15/M16

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

AR-15

Heavy-Gauge Body & Long-Life Spring

Rugged, Dependable & Nearly Indestructible Exceptionally rugged, combat- and competition-ready 30-round magazine functions flawlessly and is plenty strong to stand up to hard use. The Magpul Original Equipment (MOE) GEN M2 PMAG has a one-piece body of corrosion-proof, selflubricating, molded polymer. The seamless body has nothing inside to impair follower movement, and the constant-radius internal curve further ensures smooth, unobstructed movement of the round stack. An anti-tilt follower stabilizes the stack to help prevent nose-diving and boltover-head failures. Magpul’s reinforced polymer withstands the heat from prolonged full-auto fire and is not harmed by most bore cleaners and solvents. Exterior ribbing provides an excellent gripping surface when hands are wet or when you’re wearing gloves. A notch for the magazine catch, rather than the traditional hole through the body, keeps dirt and debris out. The heat-treated, stainless steel spring is stress-relieved for optimal performance. Easy-to-grasp ledge on floorplate aids in extracting magazine from pouches; floorplate removes easily for cleaning. MagLevel model has windows on both sides of the magazine and a bright orange indicator to display ammo level. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, stainless steel spring. 30-round capacity. Available in Black only. #100-003-119EN 30-Rd PMAG GEN M2 MOE, Each, 3K10I93 �� $ 12.30 #100-006-987EN 30-Rd PMAG GEN M2 MOE, 10-Pak, 3K108J55 �� 119.99 #100-003-144EN 30-Rd MagLevel PMAG GEN M2 MOE, Each, 3K13F89 �� 15.15 #100-006-988EN 30-Rd MagLevel PMAG GEN M2 MOE, 10-Pak, 3K134P07 �� 149.99

PMAG + MAGLINK KITS - Kits feature a polymer magazine coupler and two 30 round PMAGs. SPECS: Includes polymer coupler and two 30 round magazines. 100-015-738EN AR15/M16 MOE PMAGs + MAGLINK , 3K35I64 �� $ 38.99 RANGER® FLOORPLATE - Replacement floorplate brings the speed and controllability of the original Magpul Ranger Floorplate to both 20- and 30-round GEN M2 MOE PMAGs for fast, secure tactical magazine changes under stress. Smoothly contoured, easyto-grasp finger loop and grooved thumb dimple aid in positive extraction from tight mag pouches and help you hang onto the empty magazine with just a finger after a tactical reload. Made from tough, reinforced polymer overmolded with soft, non-slip synthetic rubber that also cushions the magazine from impact if dropped on a hard surface. Includes molded-in para-cord hole for custom loop configurations. Easy, drop-in installation: simply remove the PMAG’s factory floorplate as you do for cleaning, and replace it with the Ranger Floorplate. Sold in 3-paks. SPECS: Reinforced polymer, rubber coated. 3 per pak. Fits all 30-rd GEN M2 PMAG models and older straight-body 20-rd PMAGs. #100-003-501EN PMAG Ranger Floorplate, Black, 3K10N94 �� $ 14.20 #100-003-502EN PMAG Ranger Floorplate, Dark Earth, 3K10C94 �� 14.20 #100-003-504EN PMAG Ranger Floorplate, O.D. Green, 3K10P94 �� 14.20

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Heavy-duty springs for stable loading, reliable following, and a long life. Formed, highlubricity, black polymer follower helps improve feeding. Five- or nine-round capacity with an ergonomically contoured base pad that removes quickly and easily for cleaning and maintenance; keeps feed lips strong and effective for a long time. a b SPECS: Body - 7075 aluminum, hardened to Mil Spec T6. Follower - Polymer, black. Fits all AR-15 and M16, .223 Rem./5.56mm #560-000-003EN 5-Rd AR-15/M16 Mag., 6E19J82 �� $ 21.99 21.99 #560-000-004EN 9-Rd AR-15/M16 Mag., 6E19D13 ��

LANCER SYSTEMS AR-15/M16

L5AWM POLYMER MAGAZINE Full-Capacity Polymer Magazines Tough Enough For Professional Use Advanced Warfighter Magazines (AWM) fill the gap between the current metal and polymer magazine designs. These lightweight molded polymer magazines stand up to the rough handling and extreme conditions of tactical operations, including the heat and impact of sustained full-auto fire. Permanently attached, wrap-around feed lips are made from a single piece of precision-formed, hardened steel that is PTFE coated for corrosion resistance. They help promote smooth ammo movement and will not deform when the magazine is stored fully loaded over a long period of time. Tested to withstand temperature extremes of –50°F to +180°F and a 5-foot drop fully loaded, onto concrete without impairment of function. Non-reflective exterior has molded-in ridges that improve structural strength and provide a solid grasping surface. Drops free from mil-spec magwells; load to full capacity and insert into weapon with bolt closed. 30-round model fits pouches designed for standard USGI-spec magazines. Anti-tilt follower and constant-radius body curve help ensure smooth, snag-free feeding. Hard polymer base plate provides a positive gripping surface for extracting mag from tight-fitting pouches and removes easily for cleaning. a b SPECS: Molded hard polymer, translucent Smoke Gray, Black, or Dark Earth. Hardened steel feed lips. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 and clones chambered for .223/5.56mm. Also fits HK416, SA80, SCAR16, and Beretta ARX160. #100-008-531EN L5AWM 30-Rd Magazine, Smoke Gray, 1C16A39 �� $ 19.36 #100-009-395EN L5AWM 30-Rd Magazine, Black, 1C13A22 �� 15.59 #100-009-396EN L5AWM 30-Rd Magazine, Dark Earth, 1C13F22 �� 15.59 #100-008-532EN L5AWM 20-Rd Magazine, Smoke Gray, 1C16E73 �� 18.85

DUST COVER FOR GEN M2 PMAG - Quick-release cover seals out dirt, dust, and debris. Also alleviates feed lip deformation caused by pressure from long-term storage with a full ammo stack. Made from the same shockresistant polymer as the PMAG body. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Fits all 20- and 30-round GEN M2 PMAGs. Sold in 3-Paks. #100-003-508EN PMAG Dust Cover, Black, 3K3I12 �� $ 3.75 #100-003-510EN PMAG Dust Cover, Dark Earth, 3K3F12 �� 3.75

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Color & Kits

MAGPUL AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

PMAG GEN M3 ®

The polymer magazine that revolutionized magazine technology for the AR-15/M16/M4 platform just got even better. The third-gen- Standard Window 30-Rd eration PMAG further expands the 30-Rd GEN M3 strength, reliability, and versatility GEN M3 of the original PMAG. Along with all variants of the AR-15/M16/M4, the GEN M3 is fully 40-Rd compatible with the HK® 416 and MR556A1, M27 IAR, GEN M3 British SA-80, and even the FN® SCAR™ MK 16/16S. It’s molded from a new polymer formula that delivers distinctly greater resistance to crushing and all forms of impact, with extra reinforcement in the mag catch and feed lip areas. A new-design four-way anti-tilt follower ensures even smoother feeding, even when contaminated by dust or grit. Pop-off dust cover, included, helps minimize debris intrusion and prevent damage during storage. The removable floorplate is both stronger and slimmer for easier side-by-side carry in tight mag pouches. A pen dot matrix on each side allows consistent ID marking that resists handling wear. PMAG 30 is available with plain, solid sides or a clear polymer window on each side that lets you see the load status at a glance. Windows are made from an all-new, advanced clear polymer formula that offers even more resistance to chemicals and impact than the original MagLevel PMAG. PMAG 40 has solid sides. The added capacity means fewer reloads, saving precious seconds for competition shooters. a b SPECS: Impact/crush-resistant molded hard polymer, Black or Sand. Compatible with AR-15/M4/M16, HK® 416, MR556A1, M27 IAR, British SA-80, FN® SCAR™ MK 16/16S, and other similar lowers. 5.56mm/.223 ammunition only. #100-011-220EN PMAG 30 GEN M3, Each, 3K12K35 �� $ 14.20 #100-012-634EN PMAG 30 Gen M3, 10-Pak, 3K117E52 �� 135.00 100-017-333EN Sand PMAG GEN M3, Each, 3K12G35 �� 14.20 #100-011-219EN PMAG 30 GEN M3 Window, Each, 3K15C24 �� 17.05 #100-015-262EN PMAG 30 GEN M3 Window, 10-Pak, 3K152A97 �� 164.99 100-017-332EN Sand PMAG GEN M3 Window, Each, 3K15D84 �� 17.05 #100-012-633EN PMAG 40 GEN M3, Each, 3K17L45 �� 18.95 #100-012-635EN PMAG 40 Gen M3, 10-Pak, 3K174I48 �� 184.99 NOTE: Due to high demand, availability of Gen M3 PMAGs sometimes may be limited.

PMAG 20 GEN M3 - Brings all the GEN M3 enhancements of the 30-round model to the compact 20-round form factor. Departing from the previous PMAG 20 standard, the GEN M3 features a curved body with the same constant-curve geometry of the 30 round model. This not only helps ensure more reliable feeding, but it gives you a shorter mag that’s easier to handle in the prone position. #100-011-413EN PMAG 20 GEN M3, Each, 3K11L97 �� $ 13.25 #100-015-263EN PMAG 20 GEN M3, 10-Pak, 3K118G90 �� 127.99

#100-011-418EN PMAG 10 GEN M3, Each, 3K11C97 �� $ 13.25 #100-015-264EN PMAG 10 GEN M3, 10-Pak, 3K118N90 �� 127.99

Hard polymer insert snaps into the floorplate to limit capacity for sporting or hunting applications. Installs easily without tools and requires no permanent alteration of the magazine. Will not make a banned magazine legal, as capacity reduction is not permanent. Minus 5 reduces capacity by 5 rounds; Minus 10 reduces capacity by 10 rounds. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded hard polymer, black. Sold in paks of 3. Fits Magpul Gen M3 PMAGs only. 5.56 models fit Gen M3 PMAGs for rifles chambered in 5.56x45 NATO and .223 Rem. 5.56 Minus 5 fits 10-, 20and 30-rd mags. 5.56 Minus 10 fits 20- and 30-rd mags. 7.62 models fit Gen M3 PMAGs for rifles chambered in 7.62x51 NATO and .308 Win. 7.62 Minus 5 fits 10-, 20- or 25-rd mags. 7.62 Minus 10 fits 20- and 25-rd mags. #100-011-629EN 5.56 Minus 5 Round Limiter for Gen M3, 3K10F20 �� $ 13.25 #100-011-631EN 5.56 Minus 10 Round Limiter for Gen M3, 3K9B85 �� 13.25 #100-014-092EN 7.62 Minus 5 Round Limiter for Gen M3, 3K10I20 �� 13.25 #100-014-093EN 7.62 Minus 10 Round Limiter for Gen M3, 3K10C20 �� 13.25

EMAG™

Rugged, Dependable 30-Rd Magazine Compatible With A Wide Range Of AR-Type Weapon Platforms Lightweight molded polymer magazine combines features of Magpul’s popular PMAG® with exterior dimensions engineered to meet NATO STANAG 4179 compatibility requirements. The EMAG (Export MAGazine) is fully compatible with all AR-15/M16 variants, HK 416, FN SCAR, SA-80, Beretta ARX-160, IMI Tavor, and other .223/5.56mm weapons that use AR-type mags. The crush-resistant, one-piece body of fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer has a slim, unribbed exterior that ensures it’ll fit in magazine pouches and couplers designed for USGI M16 magazines. The EMAG has the same sealed, constant-curve body and self-lubricating anti-tilt follower as the PMAG, and even accepts the PMAG Ranger Floorplate (available separately). A MagLevel window on the left side with numeric indicators (5, 15, and 25 rounds) molded into the body and a bright orange marker on the spring provide instant visual feedback on ammo status. Stainless steel spring is coated with a tough MIL-DTL-13924D black oxide finish. Quickrelease, snap-on cover protects the top round, seals out dirt, and prevent mag lip stretching during storage with mag fully loaded. Cover also serves as a floorplate removal tool and a gauge for checking feed lip gap. Flared floorplate removes easily for cleaning and provides a pronounced grasping surface for pulling the EMAG from a mag pouch. a b SPECS: Molded polymer body and follower, stainless steel spring. Available in black only. 30-round capacity. #100-004-886EN Magpul EMAG, Each, 3K16B89 ��$ 18.95 #100-006-963EN Magpul EMAG, 10-Pak, 3K174L76 �� 179.99

PMAG + MAGLINK KITS - Kit features a polymer magazine coupler and two 30 round mags. Select coupler and two M3 PMAGs, or coupler and two M3 Maglevel PMAGs with windows. 100-015-739EN AR15/M16 M3 PMAGs + MAGLINK, 3K37P43 �� $ 42.99 100-015-740EN AR15/M16 M3 MAGLEVEL PMAGs + MAGLINK, 3K44C52 �� 47.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Carry more mags with minimal extra weight. These 10-round magazines are made from light, extra-tough, nylon-impregnated, ABS plastic that’s impact resistant and won’t break down, rot or rust. Includes tempered steel springs and self-lubricating nylon followers. a b SPECS: Nylon ABS, black. Will fit M16. #556-115-210EN MGW 10-Rd AR-15 Magazine, 6E14H48 �� $ 17.99

MAGPUL AR-STYLE .308

Paks

PMAG® LR/SR GEN M3™ Brings Third Generation Of Improvements To A Variety of .308 Rifles Molded polymer magazines deliver all the benefits of the AR15/M16 PMAG GEN M3s for ultrareliable function in a variety of AR-style rifles chambered in .308/7.62mm. They include the same anti-tilt follower, constant-curve body, low-profile ribs, snap-on dust cover, and slim floorplate. Optimized for .308/7.62mm NATO ammunition within SAAMI overall length specifications. PMAG 25 LR/SR comes with the anti-glare, transparent window on both sides and painted indicator on the spring to rapidly track remaining rounds. PMAG 25 M118 is specifically designed for enhanced reliability in rifles that accept longer than SAAMI-spec match ammunition with an OAL up to 2.830", such as Winchester .308 Match ammo. PMAG 20 LR/SR is designed specifically for military-issue MK11/M110 rifles and is less than half the weight of a standard-issue steel magazine. Like the AR-15/M16 GEN M3, both 25- and 20-round models have aggressive front and rear texture for positive grip, plus a pen dot matrix on the lower panel of each side for durable, consistent identification marking. PMAG 10 LR/SR offers true 10-round capacity that does not require limiters, pins, rivets, etc. a b SPECS: Impact/crush-resistant molded polymer, black. Stainless steel spring. Fits AR-style .308 rifles built for the SR-25/M110 magazine pattern, including ArmaLite® AR-10A, Bushmaster 308 ORC, Colt LE901-16S™, CORE Rifle Systems CORE30®, DPMS LR-308, JP Enterprises LRP-07™, Knights Armament SR-25, LaRue OBR™, Les Baer .308, LMT® .308 MWS, LWRCI™ R.E.P.R., Mega Arms MATEN, Patriot Ordnance Factory P308, Remington® Model R-25™, Ruger® SR-762™, S&W M&P10, and SIG716. Not compatible with ArmaLite AR-10B, Noveske N6, Springfield Armory M1A™, Rock River Arms LAR-8, FN SCAR® 17S, PTR-91, HK417, or any rifle using M14, FN FAL, or HK 91/G3 patterned mags. #100-011-564EN PMAG 25 LR/SR GEN M3 Window, Each, 3K19I40 �� $ 21.80 100-015-747EN PMAG 25 LR/SR GEN M3 Window, 5-Pak, 3K100K34 �� 107.99 100-015-748EN PMAG 25 LR/SR GEN M3 Window, 10-Pak, 3K200A69 �� 209.99 #100-011-563EN PMAG 20 LR/SR GEN M3, Each, 3K16L84 �� 18.95 100-015-745EN PMAG 20 LR/SR GEN M3, 5-Pak, 3K78G41 �� 87.99 100-015-746EN PMAG 20 LR/SR GEN M3, 10-Pak, 3K156I83 �� 165.99 #100-011-562EN PMAG 10 LR/SR GEN M3, Each, 3K16P57 �� 18.00 100-015-743EN PMAG 10 LR/SR GEN M3, 5-Pak, 3K82E83 �� 87.99 100-015-744EN PMAG 10 LR/SR GEN M3, 10-Pak, 3K165G66 �� 174.99 100-016-530EN PMAG 25 M118 LR/SR GEN M3 Window, Each, 3K20C79 �� 21.80

order on the web

brownells.com

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

RANGER PLATE® FOR PMAG GEN M3 Easy-To-Grasp Loop For Fast, Positive Mag Handling Replacement floorplate improves the handling of GEN M3 PMAGs and helps bring superior speed, precision and control during high-stress, tactical magazine changes. Similar to the original Magpul USGI Ranger Plate, the ergonomic design incorporates an easy-to-grasp finger loop and grooved thumb dimple that aid in positive extraction from tight mag pouches. Made of reinforced polymer with overmolded, nonslip rubber loop that also cushions the magazine from impact if dropped on hard ground. a b SPECS: Reinforced polymer base, overmolded rubber loop, black. 3 per pak. 5.56 fits GEN M3 PMAGs for rifles chambered in 5.56x45 NATO/.223 Rem; 7.62 fits GEN M3 PMAGs for rifles in 7.62x51 NATO/.308 Win. Do not fit GEN M2 MOE® PMAGs, EMAG™, 30G MagLevel™, old 7.62x51 PMAGs, or any metal magazine. #100-011-590EN 5.56 PMAG GEN M3 Ranger Plate 3-Pak, 3K10C64 �� $ 14.20 #100-014-094EN 7.62 PMAG GEN M3 Ranger Plate 3-Pak, 3K10D94 �� 14.20

METALFORM AR-15/M16

9mm COLT-STYLE MAGAZINE All-Steel Construction For Reliability & Durability Rugged, all-steel, high-capacity magazines for 9mm AR-15 conversions that use a Colt-style magazine. Metal follower won’t distort under a full load and aids smooth, reliable feeding. Holdopen feature works with ARs fitted with holdopen on the conversion block. Easy-to-remove floorplate makes disassembly fast and simple. Fits Colt and Rock River conversions with a lower receiver conversion block. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, dark gray (32 round), or black oxide finish (10 round & 20 round). #620-000-021EN 32-Rd 9mm Colt-Style Mag, 2F30A30 �� $ 39.99 #620-000-020EN 20-Rd 9mm Colt-Style Mag, 2F30P92 �� 35.99 #620-000-024EN 10-Rd 9mm Colt-Style Mag, 2F30M30 �� 39.99

NORDIC COMPONENTS AR-15/M16

PMAG EXTENSION Increases Capacity Of 30-Round PMAG To 48 Rounds Lightweight, streamlined clamp-on kit increases the capacity of a 30-round Magpul PMAG to a full 48 rounds. Perfect for competition and tactical operations where more rounds and fewer mag changes can make the difference between winning or losing. Easy to install: simply remove the PMAG’s floorplate, clamp the mag body extension to the PMAG by tightening the four steel socket head cap screws, install the kit’s replacement spring, reinstall the original floorplate on the extension, and you’re ready to shoot. Available in Black or Clear for fast visual checks of ammo status. Works with both standard and MagLevel PMAGs. Nordic guarantees at least an 18-round increase in capacity. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black or clear. 2.4 oz. (68g) weight. Kit contains extension, (4) screws, spring, and instructions. 30-round PMAG not included. #100-004-544EN PMAG Extension, Black, 1B18L97 �� $ 21.99 #100-004-543EN PMAG Extension, Clear, 1B19L64 �� 26.99

PAGE

magazines & parts

PMAG 10 GEN M3 - For the first time, there’s an ultracompact 10-round PMAG model, perfect for hunting and other applications where the lowest possible magazine profile is desired. Ideal when shooting off a backpack or using a bipod. Even better, the 10-round GEN M3 has all the durability, strength, and reliability enhancements of the rest of the GEN M3 line – including the anti-tilt follower and constant-curve radius of the body to aid in round-feeding.

PLASTIC MAGAZINE

Lightweight, Nearly Indestructible, Low-Profile For Target Shooting

Drop-In Insert Temporarily Reduces Mag Capacity

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

MWG AR-15

AR-15/m16

Super-Durable & Ultra-Dependable PMAG - Refined & Battle-Hardened By Combat Experience

ROUND LIMITERS for GEN M3 PMAG®

AR-15/m16

ORIGINAL BOB SLED PRODUCTS AR-15/M16

PRO MAG AR-STYLE .308

ORIGINAL BOB SLED

20-ROUND MAGAZINE

6.8mm MAGAZINE

Fits Most AR-Style .308 Rifle Platforms

Durable Steel Magazines Resist Wear, Maintain Their Shape

Single Round Loading For Competition & Varminting Self-lubricating, Delrin® loading block replaces the magazine and follower for smooth, single round loading. Bolt holds open after every shot. CNC-machined loading tray ensures proper cartridge alignment and reliable feeding. OBS10 provides a short, match-length loading block. OBS20 is the same size and shape as a 20-round AR-15 magazine; approved for Service Rifle competitions. a b SPECS: Delrin. OBS10 - Approx. 21/2" (6.4cm) long, 7/8" (2.2cm) wide, 3" (7.6cm) high. OBS20 - Approx. 21/2" long, 7/8" wide, 5" (12.7cm) high. Fits AR-15/M16, .223 cal. #100-001-736EN OBS10 Bob Sled, 7A37H25 �� $ 42.99 #100-001-737EN OBS20 Bob Sled, 7A37I25 �� 43.99

Rugged steel, phosphate-treated magazine stands up to the harsh conditions of combat and competition. Self-lubricating polymer follower and heat-treated, precision-wound spring delivers 20 rounds of ammo reliably and consistently. Steel floorplate easily removes for cleaning. Fits DPMS Panther LR series rifles (.243, .260, .308 cal.), Knight’s Armament SR-25, Remington R-25 (.308), and Stoner SR-25. a b SPECS: Steel, heat treated, black oxide finish, polymer follower, 20-round 5 capacity. 5 /8 long. Fits DPMS Panther LR series rifles (.243, .260, .308 cal.), Knight SR-25, Remington R-25 (.308), and Stoner SR-25. Does not fit the ArmaLite® AR-10®, Rock River Arms, or any rifle using an FN/FAL magazine. #687-000-069EN AR-Style .308 Magazine, 7H20C07 ��$ 22.99

SUREFIRE AR-15/M16

60 & 100 ROUND MAGAZINES More Firepower & Fewer Mag Changes

PRO-MAG AR-15/M16

32-ROUND 9mm MAGAZINE For Reliable Operation In Sub-Caliber Conversions Rugged, high-capacity magazine is designed for 9mm AR-15 conversions like Colt and Rock River Arms that use a Colt or modified UZI magazine. Lightweight, reinforced molded polymer body resists damage if dropped on a hard surface and has deeply molded grasping ridges to give you a firm hold when inserting the mag into the rifle. An antitilt follower aids in smooth movement of the round stack for reliable feeding. Removable floorplate for easy cleaning. Requires a lower receiver conversion block, available separately. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, black. 32-round capacity, 9mm Luger only. #687-000-022EN 32-Rd 9mm AR-15 Mag., Polymer, 7H11E89 ��$ 13.99

Capacity

SMITH & WESSON M&P15-22

Ultra-high capacity magazines keep your rifle running longer between mag changes during competition or tactical operations. These magazines meet NATO STANAG 4179 specifications and are compatible with all rifles that accept AR-15/ M16/M4 magazines. Less than two standard magazines wide, so they’re easy to hold and handle with one hand. 60-round model fits most dualmag pouches for 30-round magazines. Weight is centered under the weapon to help you maintain a normal shooting grip and stance. Seats fully loaded on a closed bolt. “Nesting” nylon followers require no lubrication and fully support the round stack to aid in reliable feeding. Cadmium coating on springs reduces friction and resists corrosion. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, hardcoat anodized, matte gray finish. Nylon followers. Cadmium-coated springs. 60-Rd – 8.7" (22.1cm) tall, 1.66" (4.2cm) wide at base. 6.4 oz. (181g) wt. empty, 2 lbs. (907g) wt. fully loaded. 100-Rd – 12.2" (31cm) tall, 1.66" wide at base. 9.6 oz. (272g) wt. empty, 3.3 lbs (1.5kg) wt. fully loaded. #152-000-096EN Surefire 60-Rd Magazine, 6H107N14 �� $ 116.10 #152-000-097EN Surefire 100-Rd Magazine, 6H143G08 �� 161.10

PRECISION REFLEX, INC. AR-15/M16

Make the most of your 6.8mm chambered AR with long-wearing, extra-tough steel magazines. Hardened steel bodies with tempered feed lips hold their shape and won’t flex, bend, or deform. Tempered steel springs help maintain reliable feeding and function even with the heavier 6.8mm cartridge. Lightweight, Magpul brand, nylon composite followers are marked 6.8 to avoid confusion with AR magazines for other calibers. Available in 10-, 15-, or 25-round capacity. a b SPECS: Steel, blue. Fits. AR-15/M16 rifles chambered for 6.8 x 43mm Rem. SPC. #714-000-002EN 10-Round 6.8mm Mag, 4A34M90 �� $ 40.99 #714-000-010EN 15-Round 6.8mm Mag, 4A35C29 �� 41.99 #714-000-001EN 25-Round 6.8mm Mag, 4A35J71 �� 43.00

BOONIE PACKER PRODUCTS AR-15

S&W RIMFIRE MAGAZINE ADAPTER

Easy-to-install adapter converts the reliable, easyto-load Smith & Wesson M&P15-22 magazine for use in an AR15 fitted with a dedicated .22 LR upper or a CMMG conversion unit. Unique design has an independent bolt catch that locks the bolt back on the last shot and keeps it there when the magazine is removed, just like on a standard centerfire AR-15. This allows easier reloads and provides a visual indicator that the gun is empty after the last round is fired. Will not fit DPMS, Chiappa, and Tactical Solutions units. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum body, natural finish. 1018 steel bolt catch, casehardened. #100-012-169EN Magazine Adapter, 7K37K10 ��$ 39.95

magazines & parts

High-quality, factory original magazine ensures smooth operation and feeding because it’s the same magazine that came with your rifle. Built with rugged, selflubricating molded polymer components, including one-piece body, follower, and removable floorplate, plus a precision wound steel spring. Load-assist button for fast reloads, 10-Rd and viewing slot to show you exactly Short Body how many rounds you have left. SPECS: Reinforced injection-molded 1 polymer. Approx. 8 /4" (21cm)" long x 7/8" (2.2cm) thick. Fits M&P15-22. 10-Rd available with round-count limited full-length mag body or compact short body (SB). #940-001-027EN M&P15-22 Magazine, 25-Rd, 4Z18H54 �� $ 19.99 940-001-044EN M&P15-22 Magazine, 10-Rd, 4Z20K34 �� 24.99 940-001-043EN M&P15-22 Magazine, 10-Rd SB, 4Z15F98 �� 19.99

PAGE

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

X PRODUCTS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

ENHANCED SELF-LEVELING FOLLOWER

50-ROUND DRUM MAGAZINES Easy-Loading Mag With Plenty Of Capacity - More Shooting, Less Reloading Rugged, reliable 50-round drum magazine provides plenty of capacity and reduces reloading time. Rated for full-auto fire, the low-profile drum is still compact enough for shooting from the prone position. Integral hand wheel makes it easy to crank back the spring for quick loading/ unloading. a b SPECS: Aluminum, friction-reducing ceramic finish, matte black. Approx. 4" O.D., 1.7 lbs. empty wt., 4.9 lbs. (2.2kg) loaded wt. X-15 fits standard AR-15/M16, Bushmaster ACR, and other rifles that accept STANAG magazines and have with M4-type feed ramps. Will not work in FN SCAR or IWI Tavor. X-25 fits DPMS LR-308, LWRC, Bushmaster, Patriot Ordnance Factory, Mega Arms, PWS, LMT, JP Enterprises, Fulton Armory, and Knight’s Armament SR-25 AR-style .308 rifles. #100-011-442EN X-15 50-Rd Drum Magazine, 4B215K00 ��$ 215.00 #100-009-834EN X-25 50-Rd Drum Magazine, 4B275B00 �� 275.00

Won’t Tilt; Feeds Rounds Smoothly; Helps Prevent Magazine-Related Failures Drop-in replacement follower for USGI 30-round magazines won’t tilt, so it helps prevent jams, misfeeds, and other magazine-related failures. Rectangular extensions at the front and rear prevent tilt of the round stack to eliminate jams caused by over-compression and binding of the spring. Self-lubricating polymer composition helps ensure smooth movement for easy loading and ultra-smooth feeding. Extended bolt catch makes sure bolt locks open after the last round is fired. A spring stabilizer molded into the underside keeps spring force centered no matter how many rounds are in the mag, rounded edges on the extensions for even slicker movement in the mag body, and more streamlined ramp geometry for easier travel of the round from the magazine into the chamber. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, high-visibility yellow. Fits standard 30-round magazine. Instructions included. Sold in 3-paks. #100-009-896EN Enhanced Self-Leveling Follower 3-Pak, Yellow, 3K4M69 �� $ 5.65

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

HIGH-CAPACITY MAGAZINE REBUILD KIT

Brings USGI-Type Magazines Back To Top Performance Replacement spring, follower, and floorplate install easily to eliminate problems caused by worn-out parts. Chrome silicon spring maintains proper tension and gives consistent feeding, also available with stainless steel spring. 20- and 30-round followers are made of fiberglass-filled plastic. Anodized aluminum floorplate. Available for straight body 20-round magazines and mil-spec 30-round magazines. a b SPECS: Spring - Chrome silicon (CS) or stainless steel (SS).30-Rnd Follower - Fiberglass-filled plastic, green. 20-Rnd Follower - Fiberglass-filled plastic, black. Floorplate - Aluminum, anodized black. Kits available in 1, 3, & 6 Paks. Kits and individual components for 20-round magazines are designed to fit straight body, 20-round magazines. STRAIGHT BODY 20-ROUND REBUILD KIT

Lets You Use S&W M&P1522 Mags With Your CMMG .22 Conversion

REPLACEMENT MAGAZINES Rugged, Factory Magazines For Consistent, Reliable Feeding

AR-15/M16

STK# CS #080-000-470EN #080-000-471EN #080-000-472EN

STK# SS #080-000-473EN #080-000-474EN #080-000-475EN

PAK 1 3 6

PRICE 9Z3A12 $ 3.99 9Z7H68 $ 9.99 9Z13P56 $ 17.99

30-ROUND REBUILD KIT STK# CS #080-000-281EN #080-000-282EN #080-000-283EN

STK# SS NA NA #080-000-358EN

PAK 1 3 6

PRICE 9Z3P12 $ 3.99 9Z7L68 $ 9.99 9Z14J37 $ 17.99

#080-000-476EN 20-Round Straight Body Mag Spring (CS), only, each, 9Z3G80 �� $ 4.99 #080-000-477EN 20-Round Straight Body Mag Spring (CS), only, 10-pak, 9Z34M54 �� 39.99 #080-000-311EN 30-Round Spring (CS), only, each, 9Z1A99 �� 2.99 #080-000-324EN 30-Round Spring (CS), only, 10-pak, 9Z15I51 �� 19.99 #078-000-109EN 30-Round Spring (SS), only, each, 9Z1A76 �� 2.99 #078-000-114EN 30-Round Spring (SS), only, 10-pak, 9Z13K60 �� 19.99 #080-000-481EN 20-Rnd Straight Body Mag Floorplate, each, 9Z1M47 �� 1.79 #080-000-482EN 20-Rd Straight Body Mag Floorplate, 10-pak, 9Z10I45 �� 12.99 #080-000-312EN 30-Round Magazine Floorplate, each, 9Z1L29 �� 1.79 #080-000-322EN 30-Round Magazine Floorplate, 10-pak, 9Z9D60 �� 11.99 #080-000-479EN 20-Rd Straight Body Mag Follower, each, 9Z1G19 �� 1.49 #080-000-480EN 20-Round Straight Body Mag Follower, 10-pak, 9Z8C23 �� 10.97 #080-000-313EN 30-Round Mil-Std Follower, each, 9Z1E19 �� 1.99 #080-000-317EN 30-Round Mil-Std Follower, 10-pak, 5E8C38 �� 10.99 #080-000-478EN 20-Round Straight Mag Body, each, 9Z7F64 �� 8.99 #100-001-985EN 30-Round Mag Body, each, 9Z7J92 �� 8.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

AR-15/M16

MAGAZINES + AMMO CAN

Sinclair AR-15

ALUMINUM SINGLE SHOT FOLLOWER Allows Single Loading Of Long Varmint/Target Cartridges Easy to install, one-piece insert machined from solid aluminum bar stock rests on top of factory magazine follower to allow single shot loading of long cartridges with heavy varmint bullets. Prevents bullet or case damage caused by normal feeding from magazine. Perfect for precision target competition or varmint hunting. Fits Brownells 20- and 30-round magazines and similar USGI-type mags. No need to disassemble magazine to install because follower slides in from the top. Locks bolt open after the shot. Clear anodized to resist wear; silver color contrasts with plastic factory follower to give you instant visual recognition that the insert is installed. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, natural silver finish. Fits USGI-style metal magazines. #749-002-692EN Single Shot Follower, 8H17J99 �� $ 17.99

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

L-PLATE™

The L-Plate is a replacement floorplate for current-issue USGI 30-round magazines that gives your AR mag a soft, rubber bumper pad that cushions it from damage when ejected on the hard ground. Low-profile – adds only 1/2" to mag when installed – yet also provides a secure grasping point for pulling mags quickly from mag pouches. Stainless steel core is overmolded with tough, durable Santoprene rubber, so the L-Plate handles all the tactical and competition abuse you can dish out. Holes through the L-Plate let you add paracord pull loops. Perfect enhancement for Brownells 20- and 30-round AR-15/M16 magazines. a b

Holds Spare Magazines Securely Within Easy Reach Tough, injection molded Kydex magazine pouches allow you to carry extra magazines for fast reloads in tactical and competitive situations. Rigid, specially formed pouch bodies are molded to the shape of AR-15 and M-16 magazines to hold them firmly in place without crushing or denting. Adjustable tension screws eliminate the need for awkward flaps and hold magazines securely without rattling or falling out. Ambidextrous so you can put magazines in from either way depending on your preference. a b SPECS: Injection molded polymer, black matte finish. TEK-LOK MAGAZINE POUCH - Holds one spare 20- or 30-round AR-15/M-16 magazine. Proprietary Tek-Lok belt clip system mounts tightly to belts and will not come loose and fall off in the heat of competition. Convertible for high ride or low ride placement on the hip and offers three-position adjustment for angle of carry. Hinge pin locking tabs make it easy to clip and unclip from your belt. #098-000-038EN AR-15/M16 Tek-Lok Mag Belt Pouch, 8K25A09 �� $ 28.99 TRIPLE HIP POUCH - Three individual magazine pouches capable of holding Mil-Spec 5.56mm 20- or 30-round magazines are mounted in this one piece rig. Features a 2" wide adjustable nylon loop with two vertical Velcro straps. Entire unit is mounted to a contoured hip/leg bracket with interior foam padding to protect your leg from excess rubbing during shooting exercises. Fully adjustable tension screws hold magazines firmly in place without the need for flaps to prevent excess noise and provide smooth, fast reloads. A second, 2" adjustable nylon strap fastens with a belt clip to hold the unit firmly in place around your leg below. SPECS: Injection molded polymer, black matte finish. Top Velcro straps with fit belts up to 3" (7.6cm) wide. #098-000-039EN AR15/M16 Triple Hip Mag Pouch, 8K57L79 �� $ 64.99

Holds A Spare Magazine On The Receiver For Ultra-Fast Reloads Don’t lose precious seconds in competition or combat fumbling for a spare magazine during a reload. This rugged speed loading system clamps directly to the lower receiver of any AR-15/M16 rifle or carbine and securely holds a second, fully loaded magazine alongside the mag well for super-fast mag changes. More reliable and easier to use than improvised methods, like taping two magazines together, that can cause malfunctions at critical moments. Closed-top design protects the spare mag Magazine from rain, dirt, dust, and debris and prevents Not Included the top round from jumping forward under recoil. Independent release system lets you drop the spare mag and the mag in the weapon separately to allow tactical reloads and greater flexibility in clearing malfunctions. Bolt Catch Extension (BCE) mounts directly to the factory bolt catch and lets you release the bolt, with or without the Redi-Mag attached to the gun, simply by slapping the BCE with an open palm. Installation requires no permanent alterations to receiver or mag well. Designed for mil-spec receivers; may not fit custom billet receivers. Steel model available in Standard configuration and Quick-Attach model that enables faster installation and removal of the entire Redi-Mag from the weapon. Machined Aluminum model offers lighter weight and a hinged mounting bracket for easier attachment to your rifle; does not have BCE. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, or 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, both dark gray, with reinforced molded polymer BCE and spacer. 31/2" (8.9cm) long, 21/2" (6.4cm) wide, 23/4" (7cm) high. Weight: 8.4 oz. (234g) (steel), 5.6 oz. (159 g) (aluminum). Fits AR-15/M16/M4 rifles and carbines with standard forged lower receiver. STOCK # #100-004-455EN #100-004-456EN #100-009-308EN

BCE YES YES NO

MAKO

MAGPUL AR-16/M16

MAGLINK FOR PMAG

Links Two 30-Round PMAGs Together So You Always Have A Reload With The Weapon Reinforced polymer magazine coupler allows you to clamp two 30-round PMAGs to each other for super-fast reloads because you’ll always have an additional 30 rounds with the gun. The two polymer links secured by two steel bolts hold both mags firmly, with no rattling or play. Designed for use with currentMagazines b production PMAG and MagLevel PMAG only. a Not Included SPECS: Reinforced hard polymer, matte black. Fits current-production 30-round PMAG, including Gen M2 MOE and Gen M3. Not compatible with the first-generation PMAG with black follower, 20-round PMAG, EMAG, PMAG 30G, or 7.62/.308 PMAG. #100-009-583EN Magpul MagLink, 3K14H43 �� $ 17.05

SPECS: Stainless steel internal plate overmolded with Santoprene rubber, Black or Dark Earth. Molded polymer spring plate. Fits current-issue USGI-type aluminum magazines. Will not fit Magpul PMAG or EMAG. Sold in 3-paks. #100-007-635EN USGI L-Plate 3-Pak, Black, 3K15H14 ��$ 18.95 #100-007-636EN USGI L-Plate 3-Pak, Dk Earth, 3K15D14 �� 18.95

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

MODEL PRICE 7K79I96 $ 89.99 Standard Steel 7K84H96 $ 99.99 Quick-Attach Steel Machined Aluminum 7K143G79 $ 149.99

TACTICAL RIFLE MAGAZINE COUPLER Clamps A Spare Mag To The One In The Gun For Ultra-Fast Mag Changes Lightweight, minimal-profile coupling system securely clamps two tactical rifle magazines together so the backup mag is right next to the one in the gun for exceptionally fast mag changes under stress. Universal design works with mags for a variety of .223/5.56mm and 7.62 x 39 weapons, including AR-15/M16, AK-47, Galil, H&K 93, Ruger® Mini-14®, and SIG 556. Durable, reinforced molded polymer clamps resist the rigors of tactical operations, including heat, cold, and impact, while steel bolts provide tensioning force for secure, non-slip, rattle-free grasp of the Magazines not mag body. Smooth surface and rounded edges included prevent snagging on BDUs, sling, foliage, or other gear. Installs in seconds with a standard slot-head screwdriver; no permanent alterations to magazines. Sold in 2-Paks. For an ultrasecure installation, use both couplers on one pair of mags; for less strenuous operations, one clamp may be used. SPECS: Reinforced, molded polymer composite, black, steel bolts. Fits USGI-style metal AR-15/M16 magazines, AK-47/AKM, Galil 7.62x39 and 5.54x39, H&K 33/53/93, Ruger Mini-14, and SIG 540/543/550/551/552/553/556. Sold in 2 paks. #100-003-844EN Universal Mag Coupler, 2-pak, 2B11F75 ��$ 14.99

order on the web

brownells.com

AR-15/M16

MAGAZINE COUPLER Keeps A Spare Mag Ready For An Instant Reload Tough, molded nylon magazine coupler binds a backup magazine directly to the mag in the gun for lightning fast tactical reloads without moving your trigger hand. Three, steel bolts let you adjust retention force, so the magazines won’t slip out even during vigorous combat maneuvers. Side-by-side configuration with staggered heights, plus fixed standoff points between the compartments further ensure the Magazines not magazines won’t shift position or rattle. Includes included a Top Round Protector (TRP) to protect the feed lips of the backup mag, prevent accidental dislodgement of the top round, and keep out dirt. TRP instantly detaches by applying downward thumb pressure on the release tab while pushing forward. Rubber retention strap keeps TRP from getting lost. a b SPECS: Molded nylon, black, with steel tension adjustment bolts. 23/4" 7 1 (7cm) long, 2 /16" (6.2cm) wide, 3 /4" (8.3cm) high. #080-000-511EN Mag Coupler For AR-15, 9B14H45 �� $ 18.99

CENTER MASS AR-15/M16

PATROL RIFLE INTEGRATED MAG POUCH Ensures You Have A Critical Rifle Reload In An Emergency Tough, molded polymer magazine pouch lets you carry an extra 20- or 30-round AR-15/ M16 magazine, including a Magpul PMAG, on your duty belt behind any standard pistol magazine pouch. Provides a single ammunition management point, saves valuable belt space, and ensures you have a critical rifle reload with you when you need it. Open-top design and the adjustable, spring-loaded tension system holds the magazine securely, while allowing fast extraction under stress. Set screws let you adjust mag retention force and prevent shifting on belt. Can be worn in the vertical or horizontal position on duty b belts up to 21/4" wide. a SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 41/4" (10.8cm) tall, 31/2" (8.9cm) wide, 13/4"(4.4cm) thick. Fits mil-spec 20- and 30-round AR-15/M16 magazines and similar-dimensioned commercial magazines, including PMAGs. #100-004-396EN Integrated Mag Pouch, 1C39L99 ��$ 39.99

DREAM PLASTICS AR-15/M16

30-ROUND MAGAZINE COUPLER Clamps Together Two Mags For Twice The Firepower At Your Fingertips Durable, corrosion-, weather- and impactresistant reinforced nylon coupler lets you carry two 30-round mags on your weapon for superfast reloads. Securely clamps the backup magazine to the one in the gun for fast access. Steel cross-bolt provides plenty of tensioning force for a secure, rattle-free grasp of both mag bodies. Deep surface ribbing gives you a solid, non-slip purchase, while rounded outside edges resist snagging on clothes and other gear. Installs in seconds with a standard slot-head screwdriver; Magazines Not Included no permanent alterations to magazines. Models available to fit Magpul PMAG and Brownells USGI-type aluminumb body magazines. a SPECS: Glass-reinforced nylon polymer, black, with steel hardware. PMAG fits only Generation II PMAGs manufactured after July 2009 (see date stamp on mag body) with four exterior ribs and green follower. #100-004-970EN Magpul PMAG Coupler, 1D13A24 �� $ 16.99 #100-008-124EN Brownells USGI Mag Coupler, 1D13B24 �� 16.99

PAGE

magazines & parts

Protects USGI Mags From Impact On Hard Surfaces & Aids Extraction From Mag Pouches

IMPROVED REDI-MAG

magazine accessories

Handy bundles combine 10 high-quality 30-rd magazines in a steel ammo can for easy storage and transport of empty or loaded mags. Can has a rubber gasket and secure compression latch that keep out moisture and dirt. Bundle 1 - Brownells magazines with chrome silicon springs. Bundle 2 - Brownells magazines with stainless steel springs. Bundle 3 - Brownells Tactical Magazines with Magpul Ranger Plates. Bundle 4 - Magpul GEN M2 PMAGs. Bundle 5 - Magpul GEN M3 PMAGs. Bundle 6 - Magpul GEN M2 PMAGs with MagLevel window. a b SPECS: Ammo Can - Steel, Forest Green. 12" (30.5cm) high x 61/8" (15.5cm) 1 wide x 7 /2" (19cm) deep. #100-012-802EN Bundle 1 Mags + Ammo Can, 8K115G00 ��$ 132.99 #100-012-803EN Bundle 2 Mags + Ammo Can, 8K114P89 �� 129.99 #100-012-804EN Bundle 3 Mags + Ammo Can, 8K121D19 �� 134.99 #100-012-806EN Bundle 4 Mags + Ammo Can, 8K126F09 �� 133.99 #100-012-807EN Bundle 5 Mags + Ammo Can, 8K155J09 �� 162.99 #100-012-805EN Bundle 6 Mags + Ammo Can, 8K130J09 �� 142.99

BOONIE PACKER AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

Ten 30-Rd AR Mags Plus A Convenient, Weatherproof Container For Them

BLADE-TECH AR-15/M16

MAGAZINE POUCHES

MERCOB SECURITY GROUP AR-15/M16

PMAG MAG GRIP

sights

magazine accessories

AR-15/m16

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

RANGER FLOORPLATE Easier Mag Changes With Just A Finger

Securely Clamps Two PMAGs For Fast Reloads In Combat Or Competition Lightweight, low-profile clamping system attaches the backup magazine directly to the one in the gun for ultra-fast reloads. Holds two 20or 30-round Magpul PMAGs side by-side, with a tension-adjustable coupling that prevents the spare magazine from shifting. Precision-machined from billet aluminum with minimal bulk and smooth, radiused edges that won’t abrade the hand. Rugged and reliable enough for tactical and competition use. a b SPECS: Tempered aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits all models of 20- and 30-round .223/5.56mm Magpul PMAGs. #100-004-542EN PMAG Mag Grip, 8K19M04 �� $ 24.99

OLONGAPO OUTFITTERS AR-15/M16

GRAB & GO MAGAZINE POUCH Holds Plenty Of Spare Mags At The Ready; Sling Over Shoulder For Easy Carry Heavy-duty magazine pouch made from top-quality mil-spec materials slings over your shoulder, so you can easily carry up to eight, fully loaded magazines while on the move. Constructed of woven, water-repelling ballistic nylon that resists tearing and fraying. Heavy-duty Magazines not included stitching won’t give way under stress, and all exposed edges are protected with tape binding. Adjustable carry strap of extra-tough nylon webbing lets you position the pouch exactly where you need it for fast reloads. Each compartment has a separate flap, so you won’t expose the other mags to the elements when you retrieve one. Generously proportioned 7.62 G&G in O.D. Green hook-and-loop fasteners keep the flaps securely closed, yet release easily when you need a fast reload. Grommetted drain holes ensure mags don’t get water logged when you’re on patrol in the rain. Large pocket behind the mags, with full-width hook-and-loop closure, provides storage for maps or other flat items. .223 holds eight (8) 30-round .223/5.56mm AR-15/M16/M4 magazines. Has plenty of length to accommodate magazines fitted with the Magpul Ranger® Floorplate, including Brownells Tactical Magazines. 9mm holds six (6) UZI-style 9mm stick mags. 7.62 holds eight (8) 20-round magazines for M14/M1A, FN FAL, HK91, SCAR-H (SCAR 17), and Magpul 7.62 PMAGs. a b SPECS: Heavy duty ballistic nylon, Coyote Brown or O.D. Green. .223 1 – 12 /2" (31.8cm) long 8" (20.3cm) high. Holds eight (8) 30-round AR-15/ M16/M4 magazines. 9mm – 121/2" long 91/2" (24.1cm) high. Holds six (6) UZI-style 9mm stick magazines. 7.62 - 14" long x 7" high. Holds eight (8) 20-round 7.62/.308 magazines, including M14/M1A, FN FAL, HK91, SCARH (SCAR 17), and Magpul 7.62 PMAGs. #100-004-231EN .223 Grab & Go Pouch, Coyote, 3B50G89 �� $ 56.99 #100-004-232EN .223 Grab & Go Pouch, O.D. Green, 3B50Q89 �� 56.99 #100-004-233EN 9mm Grab & Go Pouch, Coyote, 3B57K79 �� 66.99 #100-004-234EN 9mm Grab & Go Pouch, O.D. Green, 3B57G79 �� 66.99 #100-012-179EN 7.62 Grab & Go Pouch, Coyote, 3B51N49 �� 56.99 #100-012-180EN 7.62 Grab & Go Pouch, O.D. Green, 3B51L49 �� 56.99

PAGE

CALDWELL

ARREDONDO MFG.

AR-15 MAG WELL

Two-piece, slide-on replacement for factory floorplate has a smoothly contoured, easy-to-grasp finger loop that helps you perform lightning-fast magazine changes in high stress situations. Aids in fast, positive extraction from tight mag pouches and helps you hang onto the empty magazine with just a finger after a tactical reload. Also cushions magazine from impact when dropped concrete or other hard surfaces. Made from tough, yet soft, non-slip synthetic rubber over a stainless steel core that snaps into a reinforced polymer insert to keep the Rangerplate firmly locked to the magazine. Includes molded-in para-cord hole for custom loop configurations. Sold in 3-paks and available in Black, Dark Earth and O.D. Green. a b SPECS: Synthetic rubber, stainless steel, and reinforced polymer. Fits 20- and 30-round USGI-style magazines. Instructions included. Sold in 3-paks. #100-002-196EN Ranger Floorplate, Black, 3K15C14 ��$ 18.95 #100-003-720EN Ranger Floorplate, Flat Dark Earth, 3K15D14 �� 18.95 #100-003-721EN Ranger Floorplate, OD Green, 3K14K10 �� 18.95

MAGPUL INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

MAGPUL® Fast, Fumble-Free Mag Changes Thermoplastic loop installed on the base of a rifle or subgun magazine provides an easy-tograsp handle for unsurpassed speed and controllability during high stress, tactical magazine changes. Recessed, rough texture provides positive gripping surface under slippery or wet conditions. Finger loop acts as shock absorber to protect magazine from damage when dropped from rifle. Silences magazines stored next to each other in pouch. a b SPECS: Industrial thermoplastic, black, flat dark earth or olive drab depending on model. Impervious to most chemical compounds. Pak of 3. 5.56 NATO fits 20- and 30-round AR-15/M16. 7.62 NATO fits AR-Style .308. 9mm Subgun fits Colt SMG. #100-000-308EN 5.56 NATO Magpul, Black, 3K7Q85 ��$ 9.45 #100-003-424EN 5.56 NATO Magpul, Flat Dark Earth, 3K7I85 �� 9.45 #100-003-425EN 5.56 NATO Magpul, OD Green, 3K7Q85 �� 9.45 #100-000-309EN 7.62 Magpul, Black, 3K7L85 �� 9.45 #100-000-310EN 9MM Subgun Magpul, Black, 3K7H85 �� 9.45

TAPCO AR-15/M16

MAGAZINE DUST COVER Protects Feed Lips From Damage & Ammo Inside From Dust, Dirt & Moisture Flexible rubber cover snaps on top of the magazine to keep out dust, dirt, debris, moisture, and other contaminants that can impair function and cause feeding failures. Protects feed lips and the top round in the ammo stack from dings and dents. a b SPECS: Rubber, black. 10 per pak. Fits any mil-spec or aftermarket .223/5.56mm Magazine not included AR-15/M16 magazine. #100-005-440EN AR-15/M16 Magazine Dust Covers, 10-pak, 5A8B26 ��$ 9.99

Extra-Big Mag Well Lets You Insert Magazines On Feel Alone Durable, black, polycarbonate mag well is oversized and ultra smooth on the inside for easy, friction-free magazine insertion. Easy-to-install, drop-in unit clamps together with three hex screws and makes it possible to change magazines without ever taking your eyes off your target! Black, matte finish matches most AR-15s. a b SPECS: Polycarbonate, black, matte finish. Approximately 311/16" (9.4cm) wide, 115/16" (2.4cm) tall. 2.4 oz. (68 g) wt. #069-000-007EN AR-15 Mag Well, 9F38B82 �� $ 43.99

BUTLER CREEK AR-15/M16

L.U.L.A. MAGAZINE LOADER/UNLOADER

AR-15/M16

AR MAG CHARGER Quickly Fills Up ANY AR-15 Magazine Benchtop mag loader charges any AR magazine - aluminum, polymer, even high-capacity Beta mags in seconds! Dump up to 50 rounds right from the box into the AR Mag’s reservoir, and load 5 rounds into the magazine every time you push the plunger. Springloaded carrier automatically advances the next row of 5 rounds into the loading chute until the mag is fully loaded. Comes with a transfer tray that lets you stage bulk ammo for dumping into the charger. SPECS: Polymer construction. Works with .223, 5.56 NATO, or .204 Ruger ammunition. #100-014-051EN AR Mag Charger, 7A64J59 �� $ 69.99

MAGLULA AR-15/M16

Load & Unload Magazines Fast; Saves Overworked Fingers & Thumbs

STRIPLULA™

Tough, lightweight, reinforced, polymer loader/unloader saves fingers, thumbs, and wasted time. Extends magazine life and lessens wear and tear on feed lips. Staggered, triangular pieces of plastic securely grasp rounds for effortless loading/ unloading when you move the lever back Magazine not included. and forth. Fits in your pocket. SPECS: Reinforced polymer. AR-15/M16 fits 10, 20, 30, 100 rd, .223 caliber magazines. Colt SMG fits Colt SMG 9mm-type metal and polymer magazines. #100-000-637EN AR-15/M16 Mag Loader, 9A25J69 �� $ 26.99 #593-000-044EN Colt SMG Mag Loader, 9A27N49 �� 28.99

COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16

MAGAZINE LOADER Refill Any Capacity Magazine Quickly— No Bruised Fingers Easy-to-use loader snaps over top of any AR-15/M16 magazine to help you quickly and efficiently insert rounds without pinching, bruising, or cutting fingers and thumbs. Lets you load up mags fast, so you spend more precious range time Magazine Not Included shooting. Wide thumb pad provides plenty of leverage to compress the magazine spring, even when close to full capacity. Quick-release tab locks into mag catch notch to prevent unwanted movement during loading. Rugged, molded polymer construction with a textured, no-slip surface. SPECS: Molded polymer, black. Fits any capacity AR-15/M16 and STANAG-compatible magazines in .223/5.56mm or 6.8mm. Also fits Ruger® Mini-14®. #100-004-133EN AR-15/M16 Mag Loader, 6C9J79 ��$ 10.99

MEPROLIGHT AR-15/M16

Easy, Painless Way To Load AR-15/M16 Magazines In The Field Thumb-saving, lightweight magazine loader provides fast, painless 30-round magazine loading in less than 13 seconds. Accepts 10-round stripper clips or loose rounds for easy loading of 10-, 20-, and 30-round magazines, and is capable of unloading a 30-round magazine in 15 seconds. Ambidextrous, grooved thumb slide provides a non-slip grip for right- or left-hand loading. Constructed of durable, reinforced polymer for dependable operation under extreme field conditions. Fits all AR 15/M16 metal and plastic magazines. SPECS: Polymer, black. 515/16" (13.5cm) long, 11/8" (2.8cm) wide, 13/16" (3cm) high. 1.2 oz. (34g) weight. Accepts 10-round stripper clips or loose rounds. Fits all AR-15/M16 magazines. #100-003-330EN AR-15/M16 Striplula, 9A25D69 �� $ 26.99

BLADE-TECH INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

KYDEX® MAGAZINE POUCH Comfortable, Simple, Secure; Impervious To Wear Provides secure, custom-fit retention and easy accessibility for one spare magazine for AR-15 or AR-Style .308 rifles. Thermoformed Kydex provides long-lasting weapon and shape retention, plus it stands up to the harshest environment, does not squeak, and it’s impervious to solvents and oils. Two tension screws allow you to adjust retention. Tek-Lok belt-clip system with adjustable setscrews lets you configure pouch for hig- or low-ride placement, and three different carry angles. Ambidextrous design. a b SPECS: Kydex, matte black.Both models fit belts up to 21/4" (5.7cm) wide. 1 1 7 AR-15 - 3 /2" (8.9cm) high, 3 /2" wide, 1 /8" (4.8cm) deep. AR-Style .308 313/16" (9.7cm) high, 43/16" (10.6cm) wide, 21/8" (5.4cm) deep. #098-000-015EN AR-15 Mag Pouch, 8K35K89 ��$ 39.99 #098-000-046EN AR-308 Tek-Lok Mag Pouch, 8K36C19 �� 39.99

TRITIUM SIGHTS For Low Light Tactical Operations Replacement sights equipped with Meprolight’s standard, tritium inserts guaranteed for five years. Rear sight features a large, 2-dot peep with tritium inserts for low light shooting, plus a smaller diameter peep sight without inserts for improved accuracy at longer ranges. Front post

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

has single, short tritium stripe. SPECS: Steel sight body, blued. Tritium inserts. Set - Includes front and rear sight. Fits AR-15/M16 A1/A2 sight configurations. #387-304-117EN Front/Rear Sight Set, 2B85B69 �� $ 101.35 #387-304-115EN Front Sight, only, 2B41C04 �� 47.80

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

AMERIGLO AR-15/M16

DPMS AR15/M16

MOUNTING SOLUTIONS AR-15/M16

XS SIGHT SYSTEMS AR-15/M16

NIGHT SIGHT SET

FRONT SIGHT POST

SIGHTLINK™ FRONT SIGHT

CSAT COMBAT SIGHT

Self-illuminating, green, Trijicon® Tritium inserts provide an easy-toacquire, 3-dot sight picture for fast target acquisition in low-light conditions. Inserts appear as white dots for enhanced targeting in normal daylight conditions. Ghost ring rear aperture features dual side-on-side dots for easy sight alignment, and the elevationadjustable, standard-width front blade is a drop-in replacement for an A2-type front post with a single green lamp for an instantly recognizable six o clock hold. A block-out locking ring helps maintain your careful front sight adjustments. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish. Front Blade - .090" (2.3mm) wide, .250" (6.3mm) high. Rear Sight - battle aperture .083" (2.1mm) dia.; ghost ring aperture .207" (5.2mm) dia. Fits AR-15/M16 equipped with A2type elevation-adjustable rear sights. Kit includes rear sight aperture, front sight blade with lock ring, front sight detent, and stainless steel four- and five-prong A2 sight adjustment wrench. #100-004-185EN AR-15/M16 Night Sight Set, 4K75G00 �� $ 79.99

DCM Steel front sight posts offer several profiles for A1 different kinds of shooting and AR-15 variants. A1 tapered post has 5-notch base for the classic M16A1. A2 square front post has the 4-notch base currently in use on military rifles. DCM National Match has a 5-notch, A1 base with a round post that’s only .05" in diameter to aid in precise sight alignment and adjustments for target shooting. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. A1 - .267" tall, (6.7mm) .07" (1.7mm) O.D. A2 - .267" (6.7mm) tall, .07" (1.7mm) wide. DCM National Match - .267" (6.7mm) tall, .05" (1.2mm) O.D. #231-000-330EN A1 Front Sight, 3B2E09 ��$ 2.99 #231-000-128EN A2 Front Sight, 3B2K84 �� 3.99 #231-000-332EN DCM Front Sight, 3B8N57 �� 12.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

A2 FRONT SIGHT KIT

KNS PRECISION AR-15

All The Small Parts For The Classic GI Front Sight

FRONT SIGHT PACK Pick The Exact Blade You Need For Fast, Accurate Sighting Seven, A2-style, front posts let you choose the right sight picture for improved hunting and target shooting accuracy. Complete set of 7 blades: tapered, round post with .072" (1.8mm) ball top; tapered post with .052" (1.3mm) ball top; tapered post with .034" (.87mm) ball top; square post with .072" (1.8mm) square top; square post with .052" (1.3mm) square top; square post with .034" (.87mm) square top; and two-way .072" square post with V-notch top and inverted V (point up) top. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. #923-000-038EN AR-15 A2 Front Sight Pack, 3B24F29 �� $ 28.99

Crosshair Sight Gives Scope-Like Sight Picture CNC machined sight post has integral crosshairs to provide quick, consistent sight alignment for improved accuracy at any range. Large diameter aperture offers a wide field of view that does not obscure target; gives a sight picture that’s like looking through a scope. Compatible with factory rear sights and variable-diopter target Non-Hooded Hooded sights. Non-hooded AR-15 sight is .082" thick. Hooded sight has .250" hood that shields crosshair from reflected light, offers greater crosshair protection for duty use. STD, thin wire crosshair. Duplex, styled after the popular duplex scope reticle, improves low light visibility. AR-15 fits M16 and AR-style .308 rifles with standard AR15 sight housings. a b SPECS: Brass, black, matte finish. Beryllium crosshairs, heat treated. STD - .010" (.25mm) wire, Duplex .010"/.020" (.5mm) wire. .240" (6.1mm) dia. aperture. STYLE Duplex STD Duplex

TYPE AR-15 N/hood AR-15 Hood AR-15 Hood

HIVIZ AR-15/M16

FIBER OPTIC FRONT SIGHT Bright Fiber Optic For Easy Aiming Replacement front sight post uses a light-gathering fiber optic rod to produce a bright, easy-to-acquire dot in all light conditions. Easily replaces the post in A1- and A2-style sights, no gunsmithing required. Unique, Ushaped design of rod gathers far more light than a standard straight rod, perfect for low-light situations. Kit comes with two green and two red interchangeable rods that are easily removed and installed using the included removal tool, so you can customize the sight picture or replace a damaged rod quickly. Fully adjustable in 180° increments using supplied sight wrench, for a total elevation adjustment of up to 2.5" at 100 yards. a b SPECS: Black steel post with 2 green and 2 red fiber optic rods. Includes replacement detent pin, sight wrench, optic rod removal tool, carrying case, and instructions. #638-000-081EN AR-15 Fiber Optic Front Sight, 8C20P69 �� $ 22.99

PRICE 3B23L57 $ 28.99 3B23C57 $ 28.99 3B23C57 $ 28.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Adjustable, fiber optic, front sight creates a bright, easy-to-see dot for short- or long-range shooting. Steel, sight blade secures a fiber optic rod with small and large diameter ends (dots). Custom, detent plunger allows easy blade switch between large dot to small. Precise, 5/8" MOA click adjustments (Mil-Spec is 11/4" MOA per click). Replaces the issue, front sight using the provided tools. Comes with red, green, and amber fiber optic rods. Military - standard, mil-spec width blade with .040" diameter fiber optic rod. Match - medium width blade with .030" diameter rod for long ranges. Ultra-Match - narrow blade with .020" diameter rod for tiny targets at extreme ranges. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Military - .070" (1.8mm) wide blade, .040" (1mm) dia. rod. Match - .060" (1.5mm) wide blade, .030" (.75mm) dia. rod. UltraMatch - .050" (1.3mm) wide blade, .020" (.5mm) dia. rod. Includes front sight blade, detent, installation tools, fiber optic rods, and detailed instructions. Uses factory detent spring, not included. #100-001-463EN Military AR-15 Front Sight, 1K38P62 �� $ 49.99 #100-001-464EN Match AR-15 Front Sight, 1K38E62 �� 49.99 #100-001-465EN Ultra-Match AR-15 Front Sight, 1K38N62 �� 49.99

TRIJICON AR-15/M16

Easy-to-use replacement for standard A2 rear aperture allows the shooter to engage targets at ranges up to 300 yards without changing the aperture, eliminating the need to reposition your head or take hands off weapon. The .095" wide notch at the top of the dual-function aperture face provides pointof-impact zero that lets the operator engage close range targets with ease by simply shooting to the point of aim like a pistol. Takes the thinking out of the equation for fast, instinctive target acquisition. Use the .070" diameter aperture below the notch for precise long-range target engagement. Flip the CSAT face down to reveal a standard, A2-style .200" diameter peep for close-range only operations. CSAT is easy to zero; even easier to train shooters to use. Zero the notch at 7 yards by aligning the front sight in the notch like a handgun sight, then move back to 100 yards and zero the aperture. Fire test shots sighted through the notch in 5-yard intervals, starting at 10-yards to determine where offset sets in; that’s the range where you should transition to the peep hole. Precision machined from steel, with a serrated rear face that minimizes glare, and a dished area around the peep hole that helps the eye acquire the front sight quickly. Adjusts for windage and elevation just like a standard A2 peep. Developed by Paul Howe, combat shooting trainer and retired U.S. Army assault team leader, sniper, and senior instructor. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Fits A2-style AR-15/M16 rear sights. #006-000-163EN CSAT Combat Rear Sight, 6K27P50 ��$ 31.50

TRITIUM SIGHT Self-Luminous Replacement Sights The ultimate, self-luminous AR-15 sight. Improves sight pickup and visibility during low-light hours when game is most active. All sights include rugged sapphire crystal, self-illuminating Tritium lamps for a bright, welldefined aiming point and extra-long life. Lamps guaranteed by the manufacturer to remain self-luminous for 12 years. SPECS: Steel body, blued. Tritium insert. Includes front and rear sight unless shown in chart. STOCK # #892-415-125EN #892-415-025EN

FITS AR-15 A1/A2 front only AR-15 A1/A2 with 10-36 windage screws

PRICE 2H56C34 $ 58.00 2H78J87 $ 82.00

WEAPON SOLUTIONS AR-15/M16

CQB NOTCH/PEEP SIGHT Easy Co-Witnessing Through Red Dots & Two Apertures For Different Shooting Applications Drop-in replacement for the mil-spec A1/A2 flip-up rear sight aperture co-witnesses with red dot optical sights and gives you a choice between traditional peep and easy-to-acquire notch. Notch won’t interfere with view of the primary sight’s reticle, so both sight pictures are easy to see, and you can switch between them quickly. Also maximizes field of view during CQB operations, especially in lowlight conditions. For more precise targeting, flip up the peep side for a “medium”-sized peep that falls between the two hole sizes on standard A1/A2 sights. Elevation does not change when switching from notch to peep. Precision CNC-machined from 6061 aluminum and hardcoat anodized. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. .045" (1.16mm) wide notch. .100" (2.6mm) diameter peep aperture. #100-003-250EN Notch/Peep Rear Sight, 4B23A95 ��$ 29.95

order on the web

brownells.com

GG&G AR-15/M16

MAD FLIP-UP REAR SIGHT Fast Deployment In Emergencies; Multiple-Setting Aperture For Precise Accuracy Originally manufactured under contract for Picatinny Arsenal, the MAD (Multiple Aperture Device) rear sight gives the tactical shooter a dependable, fast-deploying back up sight system with preset range points out to 600 yards. A robust locking bar and cross-bolt clamp the MAD securely to the rearmost slot in any Picatinny-style flattop receiver rail. Rotating disc has five numbered .070" apertures preset to provide the right elevation for quick, short-range engagements or precise accuracy at longer distances: 0 – 0 to 200 yards, 3 – 300 yards, 4 – 400 yards, 5 – 500 yards, 6 – 600 yards. (Calibrated for 5.56 NATO ammunition with 55-62 grain bullet fired from a 16" barrel.) Position number is clearly visible to the shooter through a window below the aperture. Easy-to-grasp serrated windage adjustment knob provides approximately 1/2 MOA adjustment per click on standard-issue M16A3 rifle and .65 MOA on M4 carbine. Co-witnesses with most non magnifying holographic and red dot optical sighting systems. Folds down out of the way for low-profile storage when not in use; radiused edges and rounded corners help prevent snagging on other gear. Folded MAD overhangs the upper receiver by approximately 1/4", providing a lip for solid thumb contact to deploy the sight instantly, even when the operator is wearing gloves. Locking detent ball prevents the raised sight from accidental lowering; the operator must depress a spring-loaded release button to lower the sight. Precision machined base of strong, hardcoat anodized 6061 T6 aluminum and sight tower/ aperture wheel of Parkerized 4140 steel handle the punishment of high-tempo combat operations. a b SPECS: Steel and aluminum, matte black finish. Covers 11/4" of rail space. .070" diameter apertures. Fits flattop AR-15/M16/CAR-15/M4. #100-003-551EN MAD Flip-Up Rear Sight, 6C121N43 �� $ 129.99

PAGE

sights

KNS PRECISION AR-15/M16

KNS PRECISION FRONT SIGHT

Save time and money with this handy kit that contains the front sight post, sight detent, and spring, plus the proper adjustment tool. Fits rifles and carbines designed to accept the later A2-type front sight only. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Includes front sight post, detent, detent spring, and front sight tool. #231-000-329EN A2 Front Sight Kit , 1C7M62 �� $ 9.49

Switch From CQB Mode To Long-Range Targeting Without Changing The Aperture

AR-15/m16

Choose The Best Post For Your Type Of Shooting

Easy-To-See, Glowing Tritium Dots For Fast Targeting In Low Light

STOCK # #923-000-001EN #923-015-002EN #923-000-002EN

Easy-To-See Dot For Long & Short Range Shooting

XS SIGHT SYSTEMS AR-15/M16

A.R.M.S. AR-15/M16

HIGH VISIBILITY SIGHTS

#40 FLIP-UP SIGHTS

AR-15/m16

Fast, Accurate Sighting In All Light Conditions WHITE LINE FRONT POST - Draws your eye to the sight and increases contrast on dark targets. Doublefaced, 30° angle blade offers 2.5 MOA elevation per click. .080" wide version for improved accuracy at long range, .100" wide version is faster to acquire at close range. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, black, matte finish. Includes sight adjustment tool. .080" (2mm) or .100" (2.5mm) wide post. .030" (7.6mm) wide, white stripe, square top. #006-111-080EN .080" White Front Post, 6 K23C57 �� $ 27.00 #006-111-100EN .100" White Front Post, 6K23L57 �� 27.00 24/7 TRITIUM STRIPE POST -Features a strip of glowing, green, Tritium gas inset against a white stripe, surrounded by a .100" wide black blade. Ideal for lowlight tactical situations where rapid sight acquisition is critical. SPECS: Stainless steel, black, matte finish. .100" (2.5mm) wide post. square top. Green Tritium stripe is inset against the .030" (7.6mm) wide, white stripe. #006-000-103EN 24/7 Tritium Stripe Front Post, 6K47N14 �� $ 54.00

SIGHTS

ROUND TOP TRITIUM DOT FRONT POST - Round Top, single-faced, .080" wide front post with a bright, green tritium dot with a .11" O.D. white ring for fast, low light, target acquisition. 5 MOA elevation per click. SPECS: Stainless steel, black, matte finish. Includes sight adjustment tool. .080" (2mm) wide, round top with .11" (2.8mm) O.D. white ring with tritium center. #006-111-181EN Round Top Tritium Dot Front Post, 6K47B14 �� $ 54.00 REAR APERTURE - Features two, flip-style apertures for close engagement and precision, distance shooting. Large, ghost-ring for close ranges has .230" I.D. opening; precision, long distance aperture with .100" I.D. opening. Elevation does not change when switching apertures. Direct replacement for factory rear sight, no modifications to the rifle are required. SPECS: Stainless steel, black matte finish. .230" (5.8mm) I.D. large aperture. .100" (2.5mm) I.D. small aperture. #006-111-001EN AR-15/M16 Rear Aperture, 6K23K57 ��$ 27.00 24/7 PRECISION TACTICAL SIGHT SET - Tritium sight set provides excellent sight visibility in all light conditions. Front post is .100" wide and features a green Tritium vial for low-light operations. Easy-to-see, white outline reflects ambient light for day missions. Rear sight features two, flip-style apertures (.100" and .225" I.D.) for long-range and close-quarter engagement. Close-range aperture features two, subdued, tritium dots at 3 o’clock and 9 o’clock for proper alignment with the front sight post in low-light conditions. Same-plane design eliminates elevation differences between small and large apertures. Rear sight aperture can be chosen for the lighting situation as well as the range of target. SPECS: Stainless steel, black matte finish. Front Post - .100" (2.5mm) wide post, square top. Green tritium strip is inset against the .055" (1.4mm) wide, .17" (4.3mm) high, white stripe. Rear Aperture - .100" (2.5mm) I.D. small aperture, .225" (5.7mm) I.D. large aperture. #006-000-149EN 24/7 Precision Tactical Sight Set, 6K106K07 �� $ 121.50

PAGE

A.R.M.S. AR-15/M16

CAR-15/M4

#71L FLIP-UP COMBAT SIGHTS

FLIP-UP TACTICAL SIGHTS

Rugged, Lightweight Backup Sights For Your AR

Spring-Loaded, Flip-Up Sights For Use With Or Without Optics Rugged aluminum and steel flip-up rear sight regulates properly with A2height front sights and can be co-witnessed through #40L/40L-P/40L-SP #40 Std. A2 an optic. Dual apertures are calibrated for close- and mid-range targets, simply aim through both or fold the first one down and use the second aperture. Easily mounts to a Picatinny receiver rail; locknut is retained by a safety wire, so you can’t lose it. Non-snagging lever instantly releases the spring-loaded sight into the ready position. #40 Std. A2 is 1" high from top of flattop when folded and has A2 apertures calibrated for 250-300 and 500-600 meters. Windage is click adjustable in increments of 3/4 MOA. Compact #40L models stand only 5/8" high from top of flattop when folded. All feature a dual-function notch in the top of the aperture leaves that’s designed for ultra-fast target acquisition at ranges under 50 meters, and also serves as a ranging aperture at 400-600 meters. #40L Low Profile is calibrated for 250 and 300 meter combat ranges, with windage adjustable in 3/4 MOA increments per click. NSN #1005-01-575-3508. #40L-P has apertures calibrated for 0-100 meters and 100-300 meters, with precise, 1/2 MOA per click windage adjustment for increased accuracy. #40L-SP features “same-plane” apertures, so the operator can switch between large and small apertures without worrying about them being zeroed to different ranges. Windage adjustable in 3/4 MOA increments. #40L-F front sight regulates with all A.R.M.S. rear sights. Front post is the same width as the standard M16A2 sight post. a b SPECS: Apertures – Steel, matte black. Hardware - Stainless steel, matte black. Base - aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 23/16" (5.6cm) long, 13/8" (3.5cm) wide. #40 Std. A2 – 1" (2.5cm) high from flattop (folded), 15/8" (4.1cm) high (deployed). #40L/40L-P/40L-SP – 5/8" (1.6cm) high from flattop (folded), 15/8" (4.1cm) tall (deployed). #40L-F – 5/8" (1.5cm) high from rail (folded), 13/4" (4.4cm) high deployed. For proper regulation with A2-type rear sight, must be mounted on a handguard rail or railed gas block that is the same height as the receiver rail. #100-003-316EN #40 Std. A2 Sight, 1K121M13 �� $ 134.99 #100-003-317EN #40L Low Profile Sight, 3A127A13 �� 134.99 #100-004-799EN #40L-P Low Profile Sight, 3A149B99 �� 159.99 #100-004-800EN #40L-SP Same-Plane Low-Profile Sight, 3A115I13 �� 129.99 #100-011-048EN #40L-F Low Profile Front Sight, 3A126P13 �� 129.99

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

FIXED BACKUP SIGHTS Rugged, Reliable, Always-Deployed Relief Sighting Lightweight, streamlined backup sights are built on the K.I.S.S. principle to ensure the tactical operator has a reliable, always-deployed sighting option if the main optic fails. One-piece design slides easily on a MIL-STD 1913 rail and clamps securely with a single machine screw. Rounded edges and recessed attachment screws resist snagging on other gear. A1.5 Rear Sight combines the windage adjustment drum of the original USGI A1 rear sight and a flip-up A2 aperture with large .190" peep for close range and .060" peep for long- range targeting. Compact profile doesn’t hang over the rear of the receiver to interfere with the shooter’s access to the charging handle. Front Sight has a standard, elevation-adjustable A2 post and a smooth, concave radius on the sides of the housing to provide a natural resting place for the support hand thumb to enable quick activation of a compact weapon-light or laser sight. a b

Standard Rear

360 Series Rear

Front

Fast Deploying Backup Sights For Emergency Situations Rugged flip-up sights provide instant backup when primary sight fails or weather conditions limit its use. Robust cross-bolt with oversized, slotted hex nut locks clamping block tightly to Picatinny accessory rail for zero sight movement. Clean, low profile design won’t snag on other gear when folded down. All models regulate with mil-spec A2 carbine sights or same-height aftermarket sights—perfect for co-witnessing with non-magnifying red dot and holographic optical sights. Precision machined from hardcoat anodized 6061 T6 aluminum and heat-treated 4140 steel for repeatable settings and the strength to handle the rigors of combat. A2 windage knob on rear sights provides precise 1/2 MOA adjustment. Standard Rear - Versatile, .108" diameter aperture gives an excellent field of view for both short- and long-range targets. Deep grooves on the sides ensure positive grip for quick deployment, while ball detent lock resists accidental folding down during strenuous maneuvers. Tritium Rear Sight – Adds to the Standard rear sight, self-illuminating, Trijicon® Tritium inserts on each side of the aperture that glow in low light to help you quickly align the aperture with a Tritium front sight post in all light conditions. 360 Series Rear - HK-style rotating turret for maximum accuracy out to 300 yards. Knurled turret collar with machine engraved range index marks allow quick aperture changes; two ball detents lock turret in place at each position. Close-range .160" aperture provides a large field of view for close combat; three .070" apertures are trajectory calibrated for the mil-spec M4 at 100, 200, and 300 yard ranges. (Best accuracy with 5.56mm (.223) ammunition that duplicates the military M855 62 grain FMJ load.) Front Sight clamps to gas block accessory rail. A2-style .070" wide adjustable post is correct height for both rear sight models. Thick, protective ears guard sight post from bending or breakage. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum and 4140 steel, matte black. Standard Rear 3 & Tritium Rear Sight - 1 /8" (3.5cm) overall length, 17/8" (4.8cm) high (extended), 7/8" (2.2cm) high (folded). 360 Series Rear - 13/8" overall length, 17/8" high (extended), 13/16" (3cm) high (folded). Trajectory calibrated for carbines with 16" long barrel equipped with A2 front sight or sights of equivalent height. Front - 7/8" (2.2cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 1.650" (4.2cm) high (extended), 3/4" (1.9cm) high (folded). #080-000-509EN Standard Flip-Up Rear Sight, 9A65C71 ��$ 79.99 #080-000-523EN Tritium Flip-Up Rear Sight, 8K79I99 �� 99.99 #080-000-510EN 360 Series Flip-Up Rear Sight, 9A81A92 �� 99.99 #080-000-521EN Front Flip-Up Sight, 9A44M50 �� 49.99 #080-000-524EN Front/Standard Rear Flip-Up Sight Set, 8K93A95 �� 99.99 #080-000-525EN Front/360 Series Rear Flip-Up Sight Set, 8K121K27 �� 129.99

SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. A1.5 Rear Sight -13/8" (3.5cm) long, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide, 15/8" (4.1cm) high from top of receiver rail to top of sight housing. 1.7 oz. (49g) weight. Front Sight - 1" (2.5cm) long, 11/8" (2.8cm) wide, 13/4" (4.5cm) high from top of receiver rail to top of sight housing. 1.1 oz. (30g) weight. For proper regulation with A1.5 or USGI A2-type rear sight, must be mounted on a handguard rail or railed gas block that is the same height as the receiver rail. #100-004-457EN A1.5 Rear Sight, 8K69M13 �� $ 73.00 #100-004-759EN Fixed Front Sight, 8K58G57 �� 63.00 #100-007-047EN Fixed Front/Rear Sgt Set, 8K128L13 �� 135.00

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Front and rear flip-up sights are made of tough, metal-reinforced polymer with steel apertures for both light weight and durability. Sights snap up into position instantly under robust spring pressure when the finger pad is depressed, and can be easily retracted to the folded position with one hand. Front sight is designed to be mounted to a handguard rail on the same plane as the receiver rail; it is not designed to be mounted on a gas block. Rear sight has flippable apertures, large for close-range shooting (0-100m) and small for longer-range applications (100-300m), with a notch at the top for quick CQB sighting or engaging targets at 500-600m range. Sold individually. SPECS: Reinforced polymer, matte black. Steel apertures, matte black. Both sights are 5/8" high when folded, 13/4" total height when deployed. #71L-F Front Sight – 21/4" long, 13/16" wide. Not for use on a gas block. #71L-R Rear Sight – 21/4" long, 11/4" wide. #100-007-994EN #71L-F Flip-Up Front Sight, 3A35P00 �� $ 35.00 #100-007-995EN #71L-R Flip-Up Rear Sight, 3A53J00 �� 53.00 Model

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

MBUS PRO SIGHT SET Minimal-Profile Steel Backup Sights For Extreme Operating Environments Made from case hardened steel, this version of Magpul’s popular MBUS flip up sights is ready for tough competition and tactical operations. Clamps directly to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails. Both sights have positive detents to keep them in position at standard AR sight height when deployed, yet they maintain a low, no-snag profile when stowed. Dual aperture rear sight has a tool-free windage adjustment and sits only 3/8" above the rail when folded. Front sight has a finger adjustable elevation knob on the post, eliminating the need for a sight adjustment tool; it sets 7/16" above the rail when stowed. Narrow width front sight avoids interference with aiming laser, night vision device, and light installation. Offset models have a right-handed 45° offset for near-instantaneous transition from optics to iron sights with a simple cant of the rifle. Sights are standard AR height over the bore when deployed. Low-profile footprint reduces interference and ensures compatibility with most rifle setups. a b SPECS: Steel, melonite finish, black. Rear Sight – 2" (5cm) OAL, 17/16" 3 (3.7cm) wide, /8" (1cm) above the rail when stowed. 17/8" (4.8cm) high deployed. Front Sight – 1½" (3.8cm) OAL, 1¼" (3.2cm) wide, 7/16" (1.1cm) above the rail when stowed. 111/16" (4.3cm) high when deployed. #100-012-617EN MBUS Pro Sight Set, 3K143A96 �� $ 159.99 99.70 #100-012-616EN MBUS Pro Rear Sight, 3K82A40 �� 80.70 #100-012-615EN MBUS Pro Front Sight, 3K66H70 �� 100-016-450EN MBUS Pro Offset Sight, Front, 80.70 3K66N70 �� 100-016-451EN MBUS Pro Offset Sight, Rear, 99.70 3K82G40 �� 100-016-569EN MBUS Pro LR Rear Sight, 3K99A54 �� 123.45 MBUS® PRO LR REAR SIGHT - Adds to the original MBUS Pro rear sight elevation adjustments to accurately engage targets at variable distances. Easy to operate, positive detent-locking elevation wheel is marked with numeric settings that are easy to read from the shooting position. Same rugged all steel construction, no-tool adjustments, and functionality as the original MBUS Pro. Deploys to standard AR rear sight height. SPECS: Steel, Melonite finish, matte black. 100-016-569EN MBUS Pro LR Rear Sight, 3K99P54 �� $ 123.45

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

DUECK DEFENSE AR-15/M16

RAPID TRANSITION SIGHTS

DIAMONDHEAD AR-15/M16

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16

SAMSON AR-15/M16

FLIP-UP SIGHTS

SHORT RANGE TACTICAL SIGHT

QUICKFLIP® FOLDING REAR SIGHT

Machined aluminum backup sights mount at a 45° offset angle to enable instant transition from primary optic simply by tilting the rifle. Rear sight mounts on receiver rail, front sight on handguard top rail. Can be installed on the left or right side of receiver, and eliminates the need to co-witness backup sights through your optic. Provides the same bore height and sight picture as standard USGI A2 sights. A2-style rear sight has flip-up long- and shortrange apertures, and is adjustable for windage and elevation in 1/2 MOA clicks. Locking bar and crossbolt attachment system clamps securely to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails and sits only .20" above the rail, so there’s no interference with the main sighting system. Front sight base won’t interfere with the beam path of military IR laser/illuminators. No special tools needed; installs using a slot tip screwdriver. a b SPECS: 7075 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Front – 13/8" (3.5cm) long, 3" (7.6cm) wide. 3.1 oz. (88g) weight. Rear – 1" (2.5cm) long, 23/4" (7cm) wide. 1.5 oz. (43g) weight. #100-006-162EN AR-15/M16 Rapid Transition Sights, 4Z199P96 ��$ 199.99

Flip-up reserve sights employ unique diamond shape that gives specific reference points to help Front Rear your eye instantly center the target in the sights. Clamps to securely Picatinny rail, with a locking system that ensures sights stay up securely and remain zeroed. When not in use, sights fold down with the push of a button Front sight has angled ears protect the A2-type post and serve as visual reference point. Rear sight offers dual same-plane short and long-range apertures, horizontal white reference marks, and ½ MOA windage adjustments. Folds and deploys with either aperture active. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Fits Picatinny rail. Front Sight - 1.1" (2.9cm) long deployed. 2.3" (5.9cm) long folded. 1.3" (3.4cm) wide. 1.9" (5cm) high deployed. .66" (1.6cm) high folded. Rear Sight - 1.1" (2.9cm) long deployed. 2.3" (5.9cm) folded.1.3" (3.4cm) wide. 1.9" (5cm) high deployed. .66" (1.6cm) high folded. #100-011-420EN Integrated Sgt System, 8D204E00 �� $ 229.99 #100-011-422EN Front Sight, Only, 8D92K86 �� 104.99 #100-011-421EN Rear Sight, Only, 8D110F00 �� 124.99

PRECISION REFLEX AR-15/M16

MAGPUL® AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MBUS® GEN 2 SIGHT SYSTEM Rear Sight

Machined aluminum tactical sight deploys at the touch of a button to provide immediate backup if your primary optic fails. Spring loaded mechanism locks positively in both deployed and folded positions, and is protected from dust and dirt. Folding A2-type aperture with a large, .197" diameter peep for short-range or low-light shots, and a small, .70" diameter peep for long-range and daylight shooting. Deeply grooved knob with positive clicks allows easy windage adjustment. Locking bar and cross-bolt clamping system locks securely to a Picatinny rail using just a slot-head screw driver. Regulates correctly with an A2 front sight or Samson QuickFlip FFS Front Sights for AR-15/M16 or SIG 556, available separately. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7/8" (2.2cm) long when deployed, 2" (5.1cm) long when folded, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. #100-005-393EN Dual A2 Aperture Rear Sight, 1B93C79 �� $ 109.99

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

GG&G AR-15/M16

Front Sight

BACKUP IRON SIGHTS

Reliable, Low-Profile, Quick-Deploy Backup Sights

Fast Deployment, With Excellent Accuracy

Low-profile, flattop-mounted, polymer sights deploy instantly at the touch of a finger to provide backup sighting if a primary optic fails. Streamlined contours mean there’s nothing to snag on brush, sling, or other gear when folded. Spring-loaded ambidextrous release mechanism lets you hit the grooved tab on either side of the sight to deploy, and lock it in place. Hitting the same tabs retract the sight when you’re done. Uses less than 1" of MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny receiver rail space and locks securely in place with the included steel crossbolt. Provides the same height over bore as standard A2 iron sights. Windage-adjustable rear sight has two apertures: a large, .185" peep and a .070" peep. Designed for ARtype rifles and carbines, fits any weapon with Picatinny rails. Front sight must be mounted on a railed forend on the same plane as the receiver rail to witness correctly with rear sight. Not compatible with railed gas blocks or the MOE® handguard. Sets contain a front and a rear sight. a b SPECS: Reinforced, injection-molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Stealth Gray. Heights measured from top of rail to top of sight. Rear Sight - 1.5" (3.8cm) long deployed, 2.6" (6.8cm) long folded, 1.2" (3cm) wide, .5" (1.3cm) high folded, 1.6" (4cm) high extended. Large aperture, .185" (4.7mm) diameter. Small aperture, .070" (1.8mm) dia. Front Sight - 1.5" long deployed, 2.5" (6.3cm) long folded, 1.2" wide, .5" high folded, 1.5" high extended. Sight post, .070" (1.7mm) wide. #100-006-941EN MBUS2 Sight Set, Black, 3K72K40 ��$ 89.99 #100-007-327EN MBUS2 Sight Set, Dark Earth, 3K72Q40 �� 89.99 #100-006-787EN MBUS2 Rear Sight, Black, 3K47D80 �� 55.05 #100-006-788EN MBUS2 Rear Sight, Dark Earth, 3K47I80 �� 55.05 #100-006-789EN MBUS2 Rear Sight, O.D. Green, 3K47C80 �� 55.05 #100-014-406EN MBUS2 Rear Sight, Stealth Gray, 3K47H80 �� 55.05 #100-006-791EN MBUS2 Front Sight, Black, 3K30P60 �� 37.95 #100-006-792EN MBUS2 Front Sight, Dark Earth, 3K30B60 �� 37.95 #100-006-793EN MBUS2 Front Sight, O.D. Green, 3K30Q60 �� 37.95 #100-014-400EN MBUS2 Front Sight, Stealth Gray, 3K30B60 �� 37.95

Flip-up sights provide instant backup if your primary sight fails or the tactical requirements change. Innovative, spring loaded detent button locks the sight in the upright position to ensure it won’t fold down unexpectedly. Steel cross-bolt is countersunk to provide a smooth, snag-free surface. a b A2-STYLE REAR SIGHT - Clamps to Picatinny flattop rails and with proper setup will co-witness with an Aimpoint, EOTech, or similar red-dot sight system. Military A2style double peep apertures give an excellent field of view for both short- and long-range targets. Includes a .062" diameter aperture for precision accuracy during daylight, especially at long range. Large, .195" diameter aperture provides a wide field of view for close quarters operations. Large, knurled windage knob is easy to grab and provides 0.48 MOA adjustment on M162E4 rifles and 0.65 MOA on M4 carbines. SPECS: Base - 6061 T6 aluminum, matte, black, hardcoat anodized finish. Aperture/Hardware - 4140 steel, matte, black, mil-spec manganese phosphate coating. 2" (5.1cm) overall length (folded), 15/32" (2.9cm) high extended, 11/16" (1.7cm) high folded. #100-003-548EN Standard Backup Iron Sight, 6C91A68 �� $ 99.99 FLIP-UP FRONT SIGHT - Rugged, all-steel sight clamps to Picatinny rail on gas block. Easy to actuate, spring-loaded mechanism, with a positive lock that prevents folding the sight until you hit the release button. Deployed height of the post is the same as an A2 front sight. Includes standard, A2 front post, detent, and spring, with full elevation adjustment. Hardened detents and hinge pins for durability. Protective ears guard the sight post from impact, and all edges have been dehorned to protect the shooter. SPECS: 4140 carbon steel, manganese phosphated, matte black. Height: 1.650" from top of base to top of sight. 3.2 oz. (90g) wt. Fits MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail. Installation instructions and Allen wrench included. #336-000-034EN Steel Gas Block Sight, 6C111H72 �� $ 119.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

order on the web

brownells.com

Rugged, Reliable, Always Deployed; Globe-Shaped Ears Focus Sight Picture Rail-mounted, fixed, same-plane front sight works with any AR-style flip-up rear sight as a back-up for a scope or red dot. Distinctive HK-style “globe”-shaped ears aid in fast target acquisition, while the serrated, angled ramp eliminates glare. Elevation adjustable in 1/2 MOA increments; positive-locking detent ensures settings change only when you want them to. Base with sturdy side clamp and steel crossbolt attaches to any Picatinny railed forend or gas block that is the same height as the receiver rail. Installs with a standard flathead screwdriver—no protruding knobs or levers to catch on brush, clothing, or other equipment. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, with stainless steel cross1 1 bolt, matte black finish. 1 /4" (3.18cm) long, 1 /4" (3.18cm) wide, 2" (5.08cm) high. 1.5 oz (45g) wt. #100-005-211EN Fixed Front BattleSight, 3B51I07 ��$ 54.99

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/ M16

MICRO FOLDING BATTLESIGHTS Rugged, Minimal Profile Backup Sight Set Low-profile flip-up sights keep the sighting plane as close to the barrel as possible and feature all-metal construction for durability and reliability. Both front and rear sights are easily deployed and lock in the upright position; depressing a simple button release allows them to be quickly folded for storage. Designed to be mounted on the same plane. Clamp to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails using a stainless cross locking system with a single, flush-fit clamping screw for easy installation. Rear is adjustable for windage; front adjustable for elevation. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black. Stainless cross pins and fittings, matte black oxide finish. 2"(5cm) long , 11/4" (3.18cm) wide, 3/4" (1.91cm) high when folded, 1.3" (33mm) high in upright position. Sights must be mounted on same plane. #100-008-086EN Micro Battle Sight Set, 3B194J49 �� $ 198.99

PAGE

SIGHTS

Flip up sights deploy instantly to keep you operational if the primary sight system on your flattop AR-15 fails or loses effectiveness in low light conditions. Push-button controlled, positive locking, balldetent system snaps sights firmly into position when you need them and locks them down when you don’t. Folded sights allow a completely unobstructed view through optics and won’t snag on brush, clothing, or gear. Large, spring-loaded button is easy to find and operate, even under stressful conditions. Protective hood over front sight posts and ears around rear sight aperture guard against damage dur¬ing rough handling. Rugged, machined steel and aluminum construction will stand up to years of hard use. Durable, matte black, mil-spec finishes resist corrosion. Barrel Mount Front Sight - Solid, 4140 steel integral gas block/sight base clamps on .750" diameter barrel. Hex head crossbolts pull clamp halves tight to barrel to completely immobilize sight when properly tightened. Lightweight aluminum sight body comes with A2 sight post installed; also accepts aftermarket posts. Sight assembly folds to the rear when retracted. Rail Mount Front Sight is designed for installation on a Picatinny style forearm rail positioned at the same height as the receiver rail. Folds to the rear in the down position. Rail Mount Rear Sight - Low-profile, windage-adjustable sight allows the use of optics and neatly folds down to the rear when not in use. A2-style same-plane aperture system is designed to flip between .090" and .195" diameter peep openings without losing zero. Ensures the correct sight picture for both close up and long range targets. a b SPECS: 4140 steel base, Parkerized, and aluminum hardcoat anodized; matte black finish. #714-000-003EN Barrel Mount Front Sight, 4A174M29 �� $ 189.99 #714-000-005EN Rail Mount Front Sight, 4A100I34 �� 118.99 #714-000-004EN Rail Mount Rear Sight, 4A116K51 �� 134.99

Compact, secondary sight attaches to a Picatinny mount on the side of the handguard to supplement optics and other long-range sight setups. Simply cant the rifle to instantly acquire the easy-to-see, A2 style, front sight post. Dovetailed, rear notch provides windage adjustment; set front sight elevation with standard A2 tool. Includes five, polymer sight posts in orange, red, white, yellow, and black. a b SPECS: Aluminum, matte black. 6" (15.2cm) long, 5/8" (1.6cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) high. 4 oz. (113g) wt. #452-000-028EN Short Range Sight, 2E102J86 �� $ 123.99

Dependable, Fast-Deploying Backup Sight With A2-Type Aperture

FIXED FRONT BATTLESIGHT

FLIP-UP TACTICAL SIGHTS Ready When You Need Them, Fold Out Of The Way When You Don’t

For Fast Close-Range Target Engagement

AR-15/m16

Distinctive Diamond Shape Helps Fast Sighting

Mounts At 45° Offset For Instant Shift From Primary Optic To Backup Sights

KNIGHTS ARMAMENT AR-15/M16

FOLDING SIGHTS

sights

AR-15/m16

Low-Profile Backup Sights Won’t Interfere With Primary Optic Currently in use by the U.S. Army, Marine Corps, and various law enforcement agencies, these small, lightweight folding sights can be used in conjunction with most scopes, red dots or other optics. They attach to any Picatinny rail, and have a very small footprint, even when folded down. a b FOLDING REAR SIGHTS - Calibrated for the trajectory of the 55-grain 5.56 NATO round, and set for either 300 or 600 meters. 300 Meter Folding - fixedpost apeture and adjustable for windage only. Includes a snapin polymer insert to reduce 600 meter aperture size for more precise Folding aiming. 600 Meter Folding is 300 meter Micro adjustable for windage and features a rotating drum for fast elevation changes between 200 and 600 meters. Micro models have the same features, but have a smaller base and even lower profile when folded. SPECS: Machined aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 300 Meter Folding - 2.2" long folded. 1.6 oz. wt. 300 Meter Micro - 2.1" long folded. 1.5 oz. wt. 600 Meter Folding - 2.2" long folded. 1.5 oz. wt. 600 Meter Micro - 600 meter Micro 2.1" long folded. 1.5 oz. wt. #100-015-205EN 300 Meter Folding Rear Sight, 4C00ABK �� $ 184.72 #100-015-206EN 300 Meter Micro Rear Sight, 4C124F50 �� 124.50 #100-015-207EN 600 Meter Folding Rear Sight, 4C200K00 �� 200.00 #100-015-208EN 600 Meter Micro Rear Sight, 4C153E15 �� 153.15 FOLDING FRONT SIGHT - Designed to pair with the folding rear sights, these folding front sights mount to any Picatinny rail, and provide front posts shielded with protective ears. Micro has a proprietary front post and a thumbwheel for fast elevation adjustments. SPECS: Machined aluminum, hardoat anodized, matte black finish. Folding M4 - 1.9" long folded. 1.6 oz. wt. Micro - 1.9" long folded. 1.5 oz. wt. #100-015-210EN Folding M4 Front Sight, 4C00BIN �� $ 190.13 #100-015-209EN Micro Front Sight, 4C153G15 �� 153.15 45° OFFSET SIGHT SETS - Front/rear sets have 45° offset mounts that let these sights clear low-mounted scopes, red dots, or other optics. Enables instant change from optic to “iron” sight for CQB-style shooting - just tilt the rifle off center to instantly see sights. Folds out of the way out of the way when not in use. Front is Micro profile, available with either 300 or 600 Meter Rear Folding. SPECS: Machined aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. #100-015-211EN Offset Sight Set, w/300 Meter Rear, 4C191D05 �� $ 202.50 #100-015-212EN Offset Sight Set, w/600 Meter Rear, 4C235H86 �� 250.00

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

Secondary Sight System For Tactical Rifles Mil-spec, A2-style, rear sight gives tactical rifles an accurate, reliable backup to scopes and electronic sights. Adjustable for windage and eleva-

PAGE

DPMS AR-15/M16

BATTLE SIGHTS

STEEL DETACHABLE FRONT SIGHT

FLIP-UP SIGHTS

Detaches Quickly; Fits Picatinny Rails

Instant Back-Up Sighting At All Ranges Deploy with the flick of a finger to provide instant back-up, so you stay in the fight if your optic or laser sight fails. Super-smooth pivot mechanism with sturdy ball-bearing detent locks positively in the raised position and stays locked until you hit the pushbutton release. Sight folds down neatly out of your sight path when not in use. Machined from high-quality 6061 T6 aluminum and hardcoat anodized for increased wear-resistance. Hex wrench included with b all models for easy installation. a REAR SIGHTS - Clamp securely to flattop receivers. Flip-style A2 aperture features a small peep opening for long-range daylight shots and a large opening for close-range and low-light work. Same-plane calibration ensures the point of impact will not change when switching from one aperture to the other. Deeply grooved knob provides positive clicks for windage adjustment in .65 MOA increments on rifles and carbines with 16" barrels and .49 MOA on rifles with 20" barrels. MCTAR-ERS - Emergency Rear Sight with protective “ears” to guard the aperture from accidental damage. Aperture has .060" and .200" diameter peep openings; same windage knob as standard A2 sight. MCTAR-SPLP - Low-profile design is less than 1/2" high when folded, yet provides full windage adjustment like the ERS model. Aperture has .070" and .200" diameter peeps. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits flattop AR-15/ M16 rifles. MCTAR-ERS - 13/8" (3.5cm) long,1-3/8" wide, 13/4" (4.4cm) high deployed, 1" (2.5cm) high folded. 2.2 oz. (61g) weight. .MCTAR-SPLP – 21/4" (5.7cm) long folded, 11/8" (2.9cm) long deployed, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide, 15/8" (4cm) high deployed, 7/16" (1.1cm) high folded. 1.5 oz. (41g) weight. #100-001-992EN MCTAR-ERS Rear Sight, 2A94D21 ��$ 116.99 #100-003-432EN MCTAR-SPLP Rear Sight, 2A107A07 �� 124.99 FRONT SIGHTS - Designed to work with Midwest Industries flip-up rear sights, all models have standard A2 front sight post and clamp directly to Picatinny rails. MCTAR-FFR mounts on AR-15/M16 handguard rail; MCTAR-FFG attaches to gas block rail. MCTAR10-AFFG mounts on gas block rail and positions sight post at correct height for ArmaLite® AR-10® carbine with factory-installed gas block and 16" barrel. May fit other AR-style .308 rifles with gunsmith modification. Ultra-low profile MI-LFFR clamps to any railed handguard or gas block that is the same height as the upper receiver rail. Stands less than 1/2" above rail when folded. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Approx. 21/4" (5.7cm) long folded, 11/4" (3.2cm) long deployed, 11/4" wide, 5/8" (4cm) high folded. 1.7 oz. (50g) weight. MCTAR-FFR - 15/8" (4cm) high deployed. MCTAR-FFG – 15/8" high deployed. MCTAR-10-AFFG – 2" (5cm) high deployed; available in Black only. MI-LFFR - 15/8" high deployed, 7/16" (11.1mm) high folded. #100-003-422EN MCTAR-FFR Forearm Front Sight, 2A71A43 �� $ 89.99 #100-003-423EN MCTAR-FFG Gas Block Front Sight, 2A71Q43 �� 89.99 #100-002-984EN MCTAR-10-AFFG Gas Block Front Sight, 2A71N43 �� 89.99 #100-005-190EN MI-LFFR Front Sight, 2A89I95 �� 99.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

DETACHABLE REAR SIGHT

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

tion; uses two, steel, thumb screws that lock the sight to a Picatinny flattop rail with precise return to zero. Lets you determine correct sight settings, then remove sight for safe storage. Set at the correct height for issue front sight when mounted on flattop receiver. a b SPECS: Aluminium base, steel sight parts, Parkerized finish. #231-000-006EN Detachable Rear Sight, 1C63N00 �� $ 69.99

HK-Style Front

M4/M16-Style Front

DOA Rear

Rugged, Reliable Backup Sighting; Same Height As Factory Iron Sights Rugged, flip-up sights provide failsafe backup when your primary optic or red dot sight fails. Sight body flips up easily when you need it and locks securely in place under powerful spring pressure and two locking detent balls, so it can’t be accidentally bumped down until you hit the spring-loaded button on the left side of the base to retract it. Positions apertures at the same height as factory sights, simplifying integration of these sights on your rifle. Base clamps securely to any military or commercial Picatinny rail using a standard flathead screwdriver. No protruding knobs or levers to catch on brush, clothing, or other equipment. Sturdy, protective “ears” shield posts and apertures from impact. Rear sights bolt to flattop receiver rail and are only .460" high when folded. Detentlocking adjustment wheel lets you change the windage setting in 1 /2 MOA increments. HK-Style Rear - two same-plane apertures: large .190" aperture provides a wide field of view for close-in targets, while .070" aperture is calibrated for engaging long-range targets. Also available with a Tritium dot on each side of large aperture. DOA Rear - diamond-shaped Di-Optic Aperture (DOA) works like invisible crosshairs to center the eye for lightning fast target acquisition. Same-plane aperture has two settings, for targets out to 300 meters and out to 550 meters. Front sights clamp to handguard accessory rail and are only 1/2" high when folded. All models have M4-type post that’s elevation adjustable in 1/2 MOA increments. HK‑Style Front - distinctive “globe” shape that aids in fast target acquisition under stress. Also available with a selfilluminating Tritium dot on the post for precise shot placement in low-light conditions. M4/M16-Style Front - deep grooves in the sides of the housing to ensure a firm grasp for fast deployment. a b SPECS: Stainless steel and aluminum, Black or Dark Earth finish. Rear Sights – All models 1.17" (3cm) long, 1.25" (3.2cm) wide, 1.85" (4.7cm) high extended. 1.8 oz. (52g) wt. HK-Style Front – 1.17" long, 1.25" wide, 1.9" (4.9cm) high extended. 1.6 oz. (45g) weight. M4/M16-Style Front – 1.17" long, 1.25" wide, 1.75" (4.5cm) high extended. 1.6 oz. weight. #100-003-442EN HK-Style Rear, Black, 3B119P99 �� $ 129.99 #100-003-443EN HK-Style Rear, Dark Earth, 3B118A15 �� 129.99 #100-005-085EN Tritium HK-Style Rear, Black, 3B162I15 �� 179.99 #100-005-086EN DOA Rear Sight, Black, 3B118B15 �� 129.99 #100-003-444EN HK-Style Front, 99.99 Black, 3B91C93 �� #100-003-445EN HK-Style Front, 99.99 Dark Earth, 3B91A93 �� #100-005-084EN Tritium HK-Style Front, Black, 3B133A71 �� 144.99 #100-003-446EN M4/M16-Style Front, 99.99 Black, 3B91M93 �� #100-003-447EN M4/M16-Style Front, 99.99 Dark Earth, 3B91D93 �� #100-011-225EN HK-Style Front/Rear, Black, 3B202B43 �� 219.99 #100-011-227EN HK-Style Front/Rear, Dark Earth, 3B202H43 �� 219.99 #100-011-229EN Tritium HK-Style Front/Rear, Black, 3B269K99 �� 269.99 #100-011-226EN HK-Style Rear + M4/M16 Front, Black, 3B202L43 �� 219.99 #100-011-228EN HK-Style Rear + M4/M16 Front, Dark Earth, 3B202E43 �� 219.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Machined, steel, detachable front sight lines up at the perfect height for A2s and A3s. Serrated clamp screw tightens unit to Picatinny gas blocks or front sight bases. Skeletonized center lightens weight and lets you mount sling attachments. Parkerized finish matches the look of your barrel. Sight post adjusts for elevation. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome moly steel, parkerized finish. 13/4" (4.4cm) high, 17/32" (14mm) wide across center. #231-000-170EN Steel Detachable Front Sight, 1C46G50 �� $ 49.99

MATECH AR-15/M16

USGI BACKUP IRON SIGHT Deploys Quickly; Fast, Easy Range Setting; Compact Profile When Folded Current U.S. Army standard-issue backup rear sight for M4 carbines and M16A4 rifles flips up instantly at the touch of your thumb when primary sight fails or tactical situation makes iron sights preferable. Designed in conjunction with Picatinny Arsenal engineering staff and rigorously tested at Fort Benning and Aberdeen Proving Ground for robustness, ease of use, and effective targeting out to 600 meters. Detent-locking lever lets you quickly switch to one of eight range settings: 200, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, and 600 meters. Adjust windage easily with grooved, A2-style windage knob and position markers on the back of the sight for repeatability of settings. Bright, white, laser etched numbers and markers are clearly visible even in low light. Rugged machined steel construction ensures sight retains zero even under heavy, full-auto fire. Clamps securely to the rearmost slot of MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny accessory rail on flattop receiver via simple but strong locking bar and bolt. Rounded corners and beveled edges further reduce danger of snagging on other gear when sight post is down. Regulates correctly with A2 front sight on any AR-15-style rifle or carbine; instructions included for adjusting front sight post height to set exact zero. Designed to co-witness with most non-magnifying optical sights. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. #100-003-702EN AR-15/M16 USGI Backup Iron Sight, 6B99K90 �� $ 104.99

FIXED REAR BATTLE SIGHT - Tactical backup sight is always deployed, so there’s absolutely no delay, no fumbling when you need to transition from the primary optic. Troy designed this sight to be simple, rugged, and reliable— and it takes up onl 11/8" of rail space. Precision machined from solid aluminum, with plenty of metal on the protective “ears” around the twoposition aperture. All edges and corners are rounded, and there are no protruding knobs or levers to catch on brush, clothing, or other equipment. Rear of the base is undercut to provide clearance for access to the charging handle. Same-plane aperture flips easily between .190" and .070" diameter peeps, just like the Folding Rear Battle Sight. Windage adjustable in ½ MOA clicks using a coin in the slot of the flush A1style detent-locking adjustment wheel. Clamps to any Picatinny rail; installs with a standard flathead screwdriver. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 1.5" (3.8cm) OAL, 1.25" (3.2cm) maximum width, 1.875" (4.8cm) high from top of rail to top of sight housing. 1.8 oz. (52g) weight. #100-004-381EN Fixed Rear Sight, 3B60L36 �� $ 64.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

XS SIGHT SYSTEMS AR-15/M16

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

XTI™ XPRESS THREAT INTERDICTION SIGHTS

BACKUP FLIP SIGHTS

XTI (Xpress Threat Interdiction) backup sights mount at a 45° angle to your primary optic for ultraquick transition from magnified to open sights. Excellent for competition, CQB, or when your scope or red dot suffers a failure. Rear sight has a wide “V” sight notch over a vertical white stripe that instinctively draws your eye to the center. Front sight has a selfilluminating green Tritium dot surrounded by a .12" white ring for rapid sight acquisition in daylight or twilight conditions. XTI sights clamp to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails, each consuming only ¾" of rail space. Adjustable for elevation and windage. Big Dot set has an even larger white surround on the front Tritium insert for added visibility in dim light. a b SPECS: Aluminum, matte black. ¾" (1.9cm) long, each. #100-010-599EN XTI Sights, 6K117B86 �� $ 135.00 #006-000-184EN Big Dot XTI Sights, 6K117M86 �� 135.00

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16

QDS SIGHT SYSTEM

QDS Front

QDS Rear

Rugged, Quick-Deploy Backup System; Minimal Profile When Folded

Heavy-duty, steel construction makes these emergency rear/ front flip sights the tactical shooter’s choice for LE and military tasks requiring a compact, backup, sight system of superior strength and dependability. Deploys easily with the flick of your thumb; disengages down, out of your sight path when not in use by depressing the spring-loaded pushbutton. Extra thick, protective ears guard against blows that could potentially bend or break the sight post or aperture. Solid clamp with large crossbolt provides rock solid attachment to Picatinny rail systems. Knurled and slotted, quickrelease thumbscrew makes sight easy to install/remove. a b YHM-9584 GAS BLOCK FRONT FLIP SIGHT - Designed specifically to regulate properly when attached to a gas block rail. Positions the front sight post approximately 11/4" above the accessory rail. All steel components; includes standard sight post. Does not function as a gas block. SPECS: Steel, Mil-Spec phosphate coating. 1" (2.5cm) long, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide, 2" (5.1cm) high when raised. 2.5 oz. (71 g) wt. #100-002-089EN Gas Block Flip Sight, 9A65A13 ��$ 76.30 YHM-9627 FOREARM FRONT FLIP SIGHT Shortened version of the Gas Block Front Flip Sight for use on tactical handguards with accessory rails. Provides the proper sight regulation by placing the sight post approximately 13/8" above most forearm rails. All steel construction. Includes standard sight post. SPECS: Steel, Mil-Spec phosphate coating. 1" (2.5cm) long, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide, 11/2" high when raised. 2.5 oz. (71 g) wt. #100-002-091EN Forearm Front Flip Sight, 9A63J50 ��$ 76.30 YHM-9680 REAR FLIP SIGHT - Low-profile design attaches to A4 flattop receivers and regulates correctly with standard, M16/M4 front sights, as well as all Yankee Hill front sights. Rugged, steel base features an aluminum stem to keep weight to a minimum. Deploys instantly with thumb pressure. Large, knurled, screw head provides 1/2 M.O.A. windage adjustment. Includes flip-style aperture with .065" and .200" diameter peepholes for short- and long-range accuracy. Also available in a matched Front/Rear Flip-Up Sight Set with the popular YHM-9394 clamp-on front sight/gas block with bayonet lug and sling loop. SPECS: Steel, Mil-Spec phosphate coating. YHM-9680 Rear Sight - 1" (2.5cm) long, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide, 13/8" (3.5cm) high when raised, 2.5 oz. (71 g) wt. YHM-9394 Front Sight in front/rear sight set - 17/8" (4.8cm) long, 13 /16" (3cm) wide. Sight Post – 21/2" (6.3cm) high when raised. Fits .750" O.D. barrels. 5.4 oz. (153g) wt. #100-002-094EN Rear Flip Sight, 9A71F10 �� $ 84.70 #100-007-622EN YHM-9394/9680 Front/Rear Sight Set, 9A145N50 �� 164.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

DETACHABLE CARRY HANDLE

Mil-Spec, A-2-style rear sight provides primary or back-up sighting with the additional convenience of a carry handle. Full length clamping bar with two, large, easy-to-grasp, thumb nuts gives fast installation with instant return to zero. Correct height for issue front sight. Fits all flat top rifles and carbines with a Picatinny base. a b SPECS: Steel sight parts, Parkerized, matte gray finish. Aluminum handle, ® hardcoat anodized and Teflon -coated, black, matte. 7" (17.8cm) long. 9 oz. (256 g) wt.

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Detachable carry handle fits flattop Colt AR-15 rifles and carbines. Clamps securely to the receiver rail using two easy-to-grasp thumb nuts. Rear sight has standard small and large military apertures, plus A2-style adjustment mechanism for easy windage and elevation changes. Made of rugged forged aluminum with a hardcoat anodized finish for abrasion resistance; all steel components have a durable black oxide finish. SPECS: Forged aluminum body, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel components, black oxide finish. 7" (18.8cm) OAL x 1.1" (2.8cm) wide x 1.75" (4.4cm) high. #160-303-040EN Carry Handle Assy, 6A119G99 �� $ 119.99

HIGH STANDARD AR-15/M16

DETACHABLE CARRY HANDLE/REAR SIGHT Gives Flattop The Convenience, Simplicity & Ruggedness Of Carry Handle Configuration Military-style carry handle attaches to receiver rail to provide a simple, rugged iron sight system that converts flattop rifle for CQB operations or CMP Service Rifle Competition. Also serves as a mounting platform for ACOGs and other optics with a base already configured to fit carry handle. A2 rear sight assembly provides reliable primary or back-up sighting; correct height for issue front sight. Full-length clamping bar with two cross-bolts and thumb nuts lock handle securely to receiver rail and prevent unwanted movement even during strenuous tactical operations. Deep grooves on nuts provide extra purchase for hand tightening, and slots accept a U.S. nickel or quarter for more tightening leverage. a b SPECS: Hardcoat anodized aluminum handle and parkerized steel sight parts, matte black. Fits flattop rifles and carbines with Picatinny-style receiver rail. #430-000-533EN Detachable Carry Handle/Rear Sight, 3D110J94 �� $ 129.99

COMPETITOR PLUS ™ RIFLE SLING • Premium Leather • Extra-Heavy Hooks • Stitched Keepers • U.S. Made If you love fine leather, fine craftsmanship and a superbly functional, useful sling, our Competitor Plus is g oing to make you extremely happy! What you get is a no-compromise reproduction of the original 1907 Military Sling; the one that’s become the standard among hipower service rifle shooters and many knowledgeable hunters; the one that’s sought after by collectors and restorers of pre-WWII military firearms and the one that’s carried more guns, more miles on more shoulders than darn near any other. Ours has all the good stuff: (1) It’s all U.S. made of the finest, oak-tanned, top grain, 9-10 ounce, U.S. steer hide. (2) It’s fitted with thick, forged, blued steel hooks. (3) Each extrathick, steel hook is attached with three rivets. (4) The Keepers are skived at a taper, overlapped and glued; then stitched with 5-cord waxed linen thread. They fit TIGHT! The Competitor Plus sling is also available with 16 numbered reference points, making it easy to return to your preferred sling setting for each shooting position. Also available b with two 11/4" easy-on, easy-off, quick-detachable sling loops. a SPECS: 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. 9-10 oz. leather. .108" (2.75mm) thick hooks. Front strap length = 54" (1.37m). Instructions. #084-270-110EN Tan Competitor Plus Sling, 4H48J99 �� $ 66.99 #084-270-210EN Black Competitor Plus Sling, 4H45F08 �� 60.99 #084-270-120EN Tan Numbered Competitor Plus Sling, 4H50B49 �� 66.99 #084-270-112EN Tan Competitor Plus Sling w/ 11/4" Swivels, 4H62L90 �� 81.99 #084-270-211EN Black Competitor Plus Sling w/ 11/4" Swivels, 4H53J36 �� 71.99

BLACKHAWK INDUSTRIES STORM SINGLE-POINT TACTICAL SLING

GALCO INTERNATIONAL

SLC TACTICAL SLING Allows Hands-Free Carry & Quick Weapon Access Simple Lanyard and Carrying strap™ (SLC) features a steel, HKstyle snap hook for quick and effortless transition from a conventional two-point sling to a singlepoint sling position that keeps your tactical rifle or shotgun in front of you for easy cross-shoulder transition. Conventional, two-point sling position allows muzzle-up or muzzle down carry over the shoulder or across the back. Polycarbonate clasps allow easy adjustment to fit any shooter. Built from durable, 1" wide, nylon webbing for maximum strength and long service life. Ambidextrous design accommodates right- and left-hand shooters. a b SPECS: Nylon webbing with steel snap hook and polycarbonate adjustment clasps, black. 44" (112cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide. #100-003-978EN SLC Tactical Sling, 7A20F99 �� $ 20.99

#231-000-030EN AR-15 Detachable Carry Handle, 1C95C50 �� $ 99.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Quiet, Adjustable, Dependable Weapon Retention Adjustable single-point sling is constructed of heavy-duty 11/4" nylon webbing and 1" elliptical elastic bungee cord for optimum performance and stealth. High-density bungee allows 4" of flex—just right for weapon agility in CQB maneuvers—and is covered with tough, weather-resistant compressed tubular nylon sheathing that prevents noise, limits bounce, and provides optimum retention. Strong, single-piece, quick attach/detach “mash” clip snaps securely to any single point sling adapter to keep your weapon within easy reach when you need it most. Elastic sleeve slides over clip to prevent rattling against gun. Heavy duty tri-glide nylon buckle allows adjustment to permit wear over bulky tactical vests and gear on all body sizes. A 300-lb test nylon “quick ditch” buckle instantly opens the sling if you need to release your weapon quickly. SPECS: Nylon and elastic bungee cord, black. Carry strap is 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. Adjustable from approximately 46" (117 cm) to 64" (163 cm) diameter. #100-003-349EN Storm Single-Point Tactical Sling, 1A28Q29 �� $ 32.99

PAGE

slings & adapters

Back-Up Iron Sights & Comfortable Carry For Your Flattop

Original Factory Part Converts A Flattop To A2 Configuration

sights

Spring-loaded sights deploy at the push of a button to provide instant backup sighting. Quick Deploy System locks securely and requires a firm, positive press of the button to deploy or retract the sight, so it won’t accidentally activate when bumped—these sights stay where you put them. Minimal profile when folded—only .435" high—with radiused edges and a smoothly curved front surface to prevent snagging on foliage, gear, or clothing. Crossbolt and side bar provide solid attachment to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail systems. All-aluminum construction is lightweight, yet plenty strong to handle the hard knocks of tactical operations, with a durable, scratchresistant hardcoat anodized finish for extra surface strength. Front Sights have mil-spec A2 post that adjusts for elevation; sameplane alignment with rear sights. Available with thick, protective ears that shield the post or an H&K-style hood for even greater security. Rear Sight adjusts for windage with the easy-to-grasp knurled knob and has two-position, A2-style aperture that lets you flip between .065" and .200" peeps. Set contains the front sight b with ears and the two-position rear sight. a SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. All models 1" (2.5cm) 1 deployed length, 1 /4" (3.2cm) wide, .435" (11mm) folded height. Front Sight w/Ears – 21/8" (5.4cm) folded length, 1.420" (3.61cm) deployed height from top of base to top of blade. Front Sight w/Hood – 2.1" folded length, 1.360" (3.45cm) deployed height from top of base to top of blade. Rear Sight – 21/4" (5.7cm) folded length, 1.425" (3.62cm) deployed height from top of base to center of aperture. Dual-aperture configuration with .065" and .200" peep holes. #100-004-315EN QDS System Front and Rear Sight Set, 9A172N10 �� $ 184.40 91.80 #100-004-316EN QDS System Front Sight, 9A82K50 �� #100-004-317EN QDS System Front Sight w/Hood, 91.80 9A81N10 �� #100-004-318EN QDS System Rear Sight, Dual Apertures, 9A99M99 �� 107.90

CARRY HANDLE ASSEMBLY

Rugged Steel Construction; Deploys Fast For Instant Emergency Use

AR-15/m16

Angle-Mounted Backup “Iron” Sights For Fast Transition From Optic

COLT AR-15/M16

BLUE FORCE GEAR AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

VICKERS COMBAT APPLICATIONS SLING Adjusts Quickly, Won’t Tangle Or Twist Two-point sling with quick adjustment strap lets the operator change sling length without creating loose ends that can tangle with other gear. Allows for a variety of carry and shooting positions based on the required tactical response. Fits rifles and carbines with side sling swivels that have 11/4" wide loop. Composed of two, separate sections of Cordura® nylon webbing; 17" forearm end, including quick adjustment loop, and 30" rear buttstock end; joined together with a high-strength steel loop. The sliding adjustment buckles are made of tough molded Acetal military-grade hard polymer. Combat-proven; deployed with all branches of U.S. military. Developed by Larry Vickers, noted firearms expert and former operational member of 1st SFOD Delta (aka “Combat Applications Group”). a b SPECS: Cordura® nylon web, Black or Coyote. Steel mid-section connector. Acetal hard polymer adjustment hardware. 11/4" (3.1cm) wide. Adjusts 39" (99cm) to 65"(165cm) OAL. #100-009-562EN Vickers Sling, Black/Acetal, 7A43G29 �� $ 45.99 #100-009-563EN Vickers Sling, Coyote/Acetal, 7A43F29 �� 45.99

SPEC-OPS

PATROL SLING

Single- & Two-Point Modes For Secure, Comfortable Weapon Retention

slilngs & adapters

Efficient, easy-to-use tactical sling is designed for law enforcement and military personnel who need a secure, economical sling that fits a variety of tactical rifles and shotguns. Installs quickly on any weapon with a fixed or collapsible stock that has 11/4" sling loops. Configure for basic two-point operation, or use the included clip-on strap for single-point carry that lets the shooter free the weapon from the sling with a squeeze of two fingers. Ambidextrous design shifts easily from one shoulder to the other for strong- or support-side carry. Made of durable, military-grade nylon webbing with reinforced zig-zag stitched seams and heatsealed edges. “Strike Zone” section of two thick elastic cords fully encased by webbing material provides extra stretch for maneuvering the weapon during CQB or when fast transition from carry to shooting position is required. Heavy duty molded polymer slip locks allow plenty of adjustment for operator comfort and secure attachment to weapon. All hardware has smooth, rounded edges to prevent snagging on other gear. a b SPECS: Nylon webbing, molded polymer hardware, black or coyote tan. Kit includes main sling body and detachable single-point strap section. #100-004-451EN Patrol Sling, Black, 7K23L89 ��$ 29.99 #100-004-452EN Patrol Sling, Coyote, 7K23P89 �� 29.99

CAR-15 RECEIVER END PLATE Maintains Proper Alignment Of Stock & Buffer Tube M4-style receiver plate includes the engagement tab required to align the buttstock and buffer tube with the lower receiver on carbine models. Precision, fineblanking process ensures precise edges and superior flatness for correct fit and solid installation. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. #080-000-290EN CAR-15 Receiver End Plate, 8K4A07 ��$ 5.99

PAGE

MAGPUL

Items

MS1 MULTI-MISSION SLING SYSTEM

OUTDOOR CONNECTION

TACTICAL SLINGS

MS1 Sling, Ranger Green

Configure The Exact Sling You Want - Change It Any Time You Want Magpul’s highly versatile, multimode MS1 system is built around a basic two-point sling that, when used with hardware listed below, MS1 w/Paraclip, Coyote is compatible with any commonly used sling attachment system. Easily converts to a single-point role using optional adapters. Basic two-point mode permits simple shoulder transitions, shooting support from various positions, and rapid adjustability Stealth Gray for hands-free carry. The MS1 is made from wear-resistant, anti-chafe nylon webbing, with a low-profile slider to enable fast one-handed length adjustments that won’t slip once set. No tails, loops, or loose ends to get snagged. The basic MS1 comes with polymer fit buckle adjusters on each end. Thread it directly through stock slots or traditional sling swivels to bring MS1 functionality to a traditional hunting rifle or bolt action. Also available in Padded configuration for additional comfort when you’re carrying for long periods of time. For tactical rifles, add a pair of Paraclips™ or pushbutton QD swivels - both sold below - for quick-detach capability. Or for two- to one-point conversion, put a Paraclip or QD on the front and one of the adapters (also below) on the rear to provide split-second, back-andforth switches in fast-changing tactical environments. a b SPECS: Nylon webbing, Black, Coyote, Ranger Green, or Stealth Gray. 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. Heavy-duty polymer hardware, black. #100-013-923EN MS1 Sling, Black, 3K31C29 �� $ 33.99 #100-013-924EN MS1 Sling, Coyote, 3K31F29 �� 33.99 #100-013-925EN MS1 Sling, Ranger Green, 3K31D29 �� 33.99 #100-014-471EN MS1 Sling, Stealth Gray, 3K31I29 �� 33.99 100-016-489EN MS1 Padded Sling, Black, 3K46D29 �� 56.99 100-016-490EN MS1 Padded Sling, Coyote, 3K46D29 �� 56.99 100-016-492EN MS1 Padded Sling, Ranger Green, 3K46J29 �� 56.99 100-016-491EN MS1 Padded Sling, Stealth Gray, 3K46Q29 �� 56.99 PARACLIP™ - Clip-on sling attachment point is compatible, in front, with Magpul RSA®, MSA®, and shotgun Forward Sling Mount, as well as SGA® Receiver Sling Mount and ASAP®. Works with most clipin-style loops with at least 3/8" inner diameter, along with standard or QD sling swivels. SPECS: Steel, Melonite™ finish, black, and reinforced polymer hardware. 2" (5.1cm) long, 13/4" (4.4cm) wide, 1/2" (1.3cm) thick. Accepts slings up to 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. #100-013-936EN Paraclip, 3K8M39 �� $ 9.99 M-LOK PARACLIP™ SLING MOUNT - Low-profile, snag free mount fits M-LOK compatible handguards and accepts most clip style slings. Mount is constructed of high-grade steel with a durable Melonite finish. SPECS: Steel, black Melonite finish. 100-016-564EN M-LOK Paraclip Sling Mount, 3K16A89 ��$ 18.99 QD SLING SWIVEL - Classic pushbutton-release swivel plugs into the quick-detach sockets found on receiver end plates, buttstocks, and handguards, plus the Magpul ASAP-QD and many forward QD sling mounts, including the Magpul RSAQD, MSA-QD, and shotgun Forward Sling Mount. SPECS: Steel, manganese-phosphate finish, black. Accepts slings up to 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. #100-013-937EN QD Sling Swivel, 3K12M59 �� $ 14.99

QDM SLING SWIVEL - Heavy duty, low profile sling swivel uses dual side release tabs for easy one handed operation. Optimized bale rotates freely for improved sling management and to help prevent sling rollover. Made of Melonite treated steel for superior corrosion resistance. Fits all standard sized QD cups and 1 ¼" slings. SPECS: Steel, Melonite finish, black. 100-016-563EN QDM Sling Swivel , 3K23Q39 �� $ 26.99 MS1 MS3® PARACLIP ADAPTER - Install on the rear of the MS1 sling and attach an additional Paraclip on the front to provide fast transition between two- and one-point roles. SPECS: Steel, Melonite finish, black, and reinforced polymer hardware. 11/4" nylon webbing. #100-013-926EN MS1 MS3 Adapter, Black, 3K14D29 ��$ 15.99 #100-013-927EN MS1 MS3 Adapter, Coyote, 3K14I29 �� 15.99 #100-013-928EN MS1 MS3 Adapter, Ranger Green, 3K14K29 �� 15.99 #100-014-470EN MS1 MS3 Adapter, Stealth Gray, 3K14Q29 �� 15.99 MS1 MS3-QD™ SINGLE QD ADAPTER - Slips onto the back end of the MS1 sling and, when combined with a Paraclip on the front, offers two- to one-point capability. SPECS: Steel, manganese-phosphate finish, black, and reinforced polymer hardware. 11/4" nylon webbing. #100-013-929EN MS1 MS3-QD Adapter, Black, 3K18H49 �� $ 19.99 #100-013-931EN MS1 MS3-QD Adapter, Coyote, 3K18B49 �� 19.99 #100-013-932EN MS1 MS3-QD Adapter, Ranger Green, 3K18M49 �� 19.99 #100-014-472EN MS1 MS3-QD Adapter, Stealth Gray, 3K18N49 �� 19.99 MS1 MS4® DUAL-QD ADAPTER - Rear QD connector for the MS1 sling works with a standard QD on the front to quickly switch between twoand one-point modes. SPECS: Steel, Melonite and manganese-phosphate finish, black, and reinforced polymer hardware. 11/4" nylon webbing. #100-013-933EN MS1 MS4 Adapter, Black, 3K22D29 �� $ 23.99 #100-013-934EN MS1 MS4 Adapter, Coyote, 3K22J29 �� 23.99 #100-013-935EN MS1 MS4 Adapter, Ranger Green, 3K22P29 �� 23.99 #100-014-473EN MS1 MS4 Adapter, Stealth Gray, 3K22A29 �� 23.99 COMPLETE MS3/MS4 GEN 2 SLINGS - Complete, ready-to-use sling kits come with the MS1 base sling, appropriate adapter, and connector already installed. Standard MS3 sling includes the MS1 MS3 Paraclip adapter and Paraclip, while the MS3 Single QD comes with the MS1 MS3-QD adapter and Paraclip. MS4 is a dual-QD version of the standard MS3, with the MS1 MS4 adapter and QD Sling Swivel. #100-013-973EN MS3 GEN 2 Sling, Black, 3K45P49 �� $ 47.99 #100-013-974EN MS3 GEN 2 Sling, Coyote, 3K45J49 �� 47.99 #100-013-975EN MS3 GEN 2 Sling, Ranger Green, 3K45C49 �� 47.99 #100-014-474EN MS3 GEN 2 Sling, Stealth Gray, 3K45G49 �� 47.99 #100-013-976EN MS3 Single QD GEN 2 Sling, Black, 3K52E79 �� 55.99 #100-013-977EN MS3 Single QD GEN 2 Sling, Coyote, 3K52N79 �� 55.99 #100-013-978EN MS3 Single QD GEN 2 Sling, Ranger Green, 3K52K79 �� 55.99 #100-014-475EN MS3 Single QD GEN 2 Sling, Stealth Gray, 3K52P79 �� 55.99 #100-013-980EN MS4 Dual QD GEN 2 Sling, Black, 3K54D79 �� 56.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Single- & Two-Point Models For Comfortable, Secure Carry & Fast Transitions Durable tactical slings provide a comfortable carry options while ensuring rapid, smooth transitions to a shooting stance. These slings are manufactured from durable, milspec materials, featuring Duty close-weave nylon webbing, heavy-duty 800-lb. tensile strength elastic, double stitching and shockproof polymer hardware that won’t rattle or rust. Quick-release buckles can be disengaged with one hand, and tri-glide slip locks let the operator adjust overall length quickly for rapid shifts from strong side to support side and back. A-Tac – Single-point sling fits any weapon that accepts an HKtype snap hook. Provides maximum range of weapon movement for fast transition from many carry positions, including over either shoulder, across the back, under the opposing arm, and around the neck. Three-point polymer buckle allows selective release of the left side of the strap, the right side, or both simultaneously to free the weapon from the sling. Duty – Basic two-point sling of straight 11/4" wide nylon webbing attaches easily to USGI sling swivel. Loops through rear swivel, secures at front with two steel screw closures. a b SPECS: Mil-spec nylon webbing, polymer hardware, black. #683-000-016EN A-Tac Single-Point Sling, 3H15F09 ��$ 15.99 #683-000-017EN Duty Two-Point Sling, 3H8F49 �� 9.99 A-Tac

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

PROFESSIONAL-GRADE SLING ADAPTER Provides Quick-Detach, Ambidextrous Sling Mounting; Built To Handle The Stress Of Tactical Use Heavy-duty sling adapter slides over collapsible stock buffer tubes to provide secure, ambidextrous attachment for the push-button QD sling swivel. No gunsmithing required—simply tighten down the steel crossbolt with the included hex key wrench. Solid aluminum construction with plenty of extra metal at the stress points to ensure this mount won’t twist, flex, or bend under pressure. Beveled and rounded edges help resist snagging on sling or other gear. Indexes to upper receiver to prevent unwanted rotation of buffer tube. Stainless steel swivel with non-reflective black finish allows a full 360° of rotation. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodize, matte black or dark earth, with stainless steel sling swivel, matte black finish. Accepts slings up to 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. #100-004-055EN Pro-Grade Sling Adapter, Black, 3B45F59 �� $ 48.99 #100-004-056EN Pro-Grade Sling Adapter, Dark Earth, 3B45L59 �� 48.99

#100-013-981EN MS4 Dual QD GEN 2 Sling, Coyote, 3K54J79 �� #100-013-982EN MS4 Dual QD GEN 2 Sling, Ranger Green, 3K54J79 �� #100-014-476EN MS4 Dual QD GEN 2 Sling, Stealth Gray, 3K54M79 ��

56.99 56.99 56.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

SPECTER GEAR

TACTICAL SLINGS

Keeps Your Hands Free & Your Weapon Ready

CLOSE QUARTERS COMBAT (CQB) SLING - Provides a choice of six carry options. Lets you keep your hands free and bring the weapon into action quickly. Soft and flexible for quiet, comfortable carry; will not generate a noise signature. Easily adjustable with no unnecessary straps, buckles or fasteners. SPECS: Nylon web, Velcro fasteners, black. 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. Approximately 38" (96.5cm) long. STOCK # #100-000-376EN #100-000-377EN #100-000-378EN

MODEL AR-15, full stock CAR-15 w/std handguard CAR-15 w/M4 handguard

PRICE 4K20B49 $ 24.99 4K20H49 $ 24.99 4K20M49 $ 24.99

SPECIAL OPERATIONS PATROL (SOP) SLING - Wide, 11/2", nylon webbing distributes weight for comfortable carry. 1" mounting straps provide free, non-binding movement, so the sling moves with your body during carry and position shooting. Transition-release buckle lets you quickly shift from right- to leftshoulder carry or firing. Sling remains attached so you can drop the rifle to your side and keep both hands free. All models feature the ERB, quick release buckle that lets you disengage from the firearm in emergency situations unless otherwise noted in price line. Ambidextrous design fits right- and left-handed shooters. SPECS: Nylon web, Velcro fasteners, black. 11/2" (3.8cm) wide. Approximately 38" (96.5cm) long. CAR-15 fits M4-style collapsible stock only. STOCK # MODEL PRICE 4K26Q69 $ 34.99 #100-000-797EN AR-15, full stock, black 4K26L69 $ 34.99 #100-001-231EN CAR-15 w/M4 adjustable stock and front side sling swivel - Black

V-TAC Sling

Nylon web sling adjusts from carry to firing while moving into position. After firing, a quick tug on the lanyard returns sling to carry position. Designed to carry gun, muzzle down on your back. Padded model features a closed-cell foam shoulder pad for greater comfort when carrying heavy weapons long distances. Buttstock Adapter provides a correct, top-of-stock sling mounting point on fixed-stock rifles and shotguns. a b SPECS: Nylon web, Black, Coyote, O.D. Green, or Foliage Green. 1" (2.5cm) wide. Padded model includes 20" (50.8cm) long x 17/8" (4.7cm) wide shoulder pad. Adjusts 58" (147cm) to 63" (160cm). #100-000-669EN V-TAC Sling, Black, 7K34N69 �� $ 39.99 #100-005-403EN V-TAC Sling, Coyote, 7K34I69 �� 39.99 #100-005-404EN V-TAC Sling, O.D. Green, 7K34A99 �� 34.99 #100-005-405EN V-TAC Sling, Foliage Green, 7K34B69 39.99 #100-002-868EN Padded V-TAC Sling, Black, 7K38D89 44.99 #100-005-406EN Padded V-TAC Sling, Coyote, 7K38H89 �� 44.99 #100-005-407EN Padded V-TAC Sling, O.D. Green, 7K38I89 �� 44.99 #100-005-408EN Padded V-TAC Sling, Foliage Green, 7K38J89 �� 44.99 #100-000-670EN V-TAC Buttstock Adapter, Black Only, 7K9L49 �� 10.99

A2 SINGLE-POINT SLING ADAPTER Gives Your Fixed-Stock Rifle The Versatility Of Quick-Detach Sling Mounting Low-profile adapter gives an AR-15/M16 with an A2-style buttstock the convenience and versatility of single-point clip-on sling attachment. Lets you combine the stable cheekweld of a fixed rifle buttstock with the ease of the latest, quick-attach tactical slings. Precision machined from 4140 carbon steel for extra strength, with extra metal on the attachment loop, so no matter how hard you pull or twist the sling, this adapter won’t break. Right Hand (RH) model has the loop on the left side to accommodate right-handed shooters; Left Hand (LH) model has the loop on the right for left-handed shooters. Requires no permanent alterations to rifle: simply remove the buttstock, slide the adapter over the receiver extension tube, and reinstall the stock using the included spacer and extended buttplate screw. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, black oxide finish. #080-000-687EN RH A2 Single-Point Sling Adapter, 8K34I77 ��$ 39.99 #080-000-658EN LH A2 Single-Point Sling Adapter, 8K34C77 �� 39.99

BRAVO COMPANY AR-15/M16 mounted under the gas block. #100-005-552EN 2-Point Tactical Sling, 4K29Q91 �� $ 34.99 GEN II MOUT TACTICAL SLING - Redesigned, “Gen II” version of the popular Military Operations on Urbanized Terrain (MOUT) dynamic entry sling includes all the life-saving features recommended by U.S. troops returning from service in Afghanistan and Iraq. A separate, 1" wide, connector strap attaches to your rifle’s receiver sling mount, while the heavy-duty polycarbonate quick-release clasp allows immediate disconnect of weapon from the shoulder harness, so you can instantly mount/ dismount a vehicle or take an unconventional shooting position without removing the body loop. 11/4" wide webbing ensures hours of comfortable carry. Single attachment point enables rapid, unobstructed cross-shoulder and secondary weapon transitions. SPECS: Nylon webbing, polycarbonate clasp and keepers, black. Approximately 40" (107 cm) long including connector. Attaches to weapons equipped with a side mounted, receiver sling mount. #100-005-608EN Gen II MOUT Sling w/Connector, 4K15A07 ��$ 16.99 GEN II VIPER SLING - Single-point, nylon sling with two elastic shock cords lets you wear the sling a little tighter, yet easily allows cross shoulder transition. Heavy-duty double-ring mash hook clips securely to any loop-style sling adapter. Built-in release buckle lets you disconnect the weapon quickly and keep the sling on your body—ideal for fast mounting/ dismounting from vehicle or transition to unconventional shooting position. A second, “emergency” release buckle in the loop itself allows quick egress from the entire sling. 11/2" wide nylon webbing provides optimal comfort with heavier weapons. Additional Mash hook attachments available separately, below. SPECS: Nylon web, polycarbonate buckles and clasp, black. Steel Mash hook. 30" (76cm) diameter, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide. #100-005-966EN Gen II Viper Sling, 4K27L69 �� $ 34.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

QD RECEIVER END PLATE For The "Minimalist" Approach To Sling Attachment Low-profile endplate has a receptacle for a quick-detach pushbutton sling swivel directly below the receiver extension tube for fast, convenient, ambidextrous sling attachment, with full 360° of rotation. Made of solid steel to enable proper staking of buffer tube lock nut on the lower receiver. QD swivel not included. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. #100-016-335EN Gunfighter QD End Plate, 1E15D74 ��$ 16.99

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

EZ CARBINE SLING MOUNT Clamps On Any Adjustable Stock Carbine In Seconds Aluminum mount clamps directly to the receiver extension tube of an adjustablestock carbine to provide an ambidextrous, near-receiver attachment point for a single point sling. Installs in seconds and requires no disassembly of the stock or tube—ideal for agencies, departments, and military units that are restricted from modifying issued weapons. Built-in rotation limiter lets you position swivel horizontally or vertically to prevent sling tangling and maintain optimal weapon control. The included heavy-duty quick-detach, b push-button swivel accepts slings up to 11/4". a SPECS: Mount – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anod5 1 ized, matte black. /8" (1.6cm) long, 2 /8" (5.4cm) wide, 2" (5cm) tall. 2.8 oz. (79g) weight. Fits mil-spec and commercial receiver extension tubes for M4-type adjustable buttstock. QD Swivel – Steel, matte black oxide finish. Accepts slings up to 11/4". #100-005-805EN EZ Sling Mount, 8K70G09 �� $ 74.99

order on the web

brownells.com

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

SLING ADAPTER END PLATE Increases Sling-Attachment Versatility On Collapsible-Stock Rifles & Carbines Single-loop, right-hand replacement for the factory receiver plate gives an AR fitted with an M4-type collapsible buttstock a convenient, low-profile attachment point for clipon, single-point slings. Precision machined from 1018 carbon steel for superior strength and an exact fit, with a durable manganese phosphate Parkerized finish that resists surface abrasion and corrosion, and matches the finish on mil-spec anodized receivers. a b SPECS: 1018 steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 and clones fitted with M4-style collapsible buttstock. #100-004-532EN RH Sling Adapter Plate, 2Z11J39 �� $ 12.99

GRSC CAR-15/M4

CAR AMBIDEXTROUS SLING ADAPTER Allows Rapid Switch From Right- To Left-Hand Carry Steel, sling adapter replaces the issue, receiver plate to provide a rock solid attachment point for fast handling, tactical slings on CAR-15 rifles. Ambidextrous slots accept 11/4" wide webbing, rings accommodate carry straps with snap fasteners. Allows the sling to be switched from right or left side of receiver in seconds. Keeps sling tangle-free and provides the proper balance and stability for hands-free carry. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized finish. 29/16" (6.5cm) long, 21/16" (5.2cm) high, 3/32" (2.4mm) thick. Fits CAR-15 rifles. #100-001-467EN CAR-15 Ambidextrous Sling Adapter, 6A8G99 ��$ 9.99

NOVESKE AR-15/M16

QD SLING ADAPTER Replacement Receiver End Plate For Mounting Pushbutton Sling Swivel Low-profile ambidextrous mount replaces the factory receiver end plate to allow easy attachment of a QD sling swivel to the rear of the receiver. Won’t interfere with access to weapon’s controls, and won’t snag on foliage, vehicle, or other gear. Made of steel to allow proper staking of buffer tube lock nut on the lower receiver. Compatible with mil-spec lower receivers with M4style collapsible stocks. Lets collapsible stocks collapse fully. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, dark gray finish. Fits AR-15/M16 with M4-type collapsible stock. End plate and swivel sold separately. #100-004-756EN QD Receiver End Plate, 1A26E99 �� $ 26.99

TAPCO AR-15/M16

INTRAFUSE ENDPLATE SLING ADAPTER All-Steel Single Point Sling Adapter For Collapsible Stocks All-steel receiver endplate has rear-extending sling loop that allows 180° of movement for ambidextrous use. Fits AR-15s and M16s with collapsible stocks. Works best with clip-on single-point slings. a b SPECS: Steel alloy, phosphate finish, matte black. Fits AR-15 type rifles with M4-style adjustable stock. #100-009-079EN Intrafuse Endplate Sling Adapter, 5A11K79 �� $ 13.99

PAGE

slings & adapters

TWO-POINT TACTICAL SLING - Wrap-around nylon-webbing sling secures to the side of an AR-15/M16 with a fixed rifle buttstock for enhanced freedom of movement without tangles or twisting. Allows the weapon to hang in a vertical orientation when carried in the “Military Patrol Ready” position. Features a quick-release buckle for emergency disengagement that lets you instantly move into an unconventional shooting position without removing the body loop. Spring loaded, self-locking rapid-adjust buckle has an easy-to-grasp paracord pull for fast, one-handed sling length changes. Hook-and-loop straps provide a tight hold around buttstock and forend, using the USGI front sling swivel on the gas block for added security. Composed of two, separate sections of nylon webbing; 3/4" wide forearm end, including rapid adjust buckle, and a 11/2" wide main strap for excellent weight distribution during all-day carry. SPECS: Nylon webbing, polycarbonate clasp. Steel adjustment buckle. 3 /4" (1.9cm) wide forearm strap, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide shoulder strap. Adjusts from 40" (102cm) to 63" (160cm) OAL. Fits all AR-15/M16 variants with a fixed rifle buttstock, round or triangular handguard, and front sling swivel

V-TAC QUICK ADJUST SLING Simple One-Hand Transition From Firing Position To Carry

AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

Specter Gear provides heavy-duty, nylonweb slings, with durable, polycarbonate clasps and keepers that hold your weapon in a comfortable, ready position until it’s time to fire. Double-stitched with #69 thread at all stress points for maximum strength and a long service life. Available in a number of tactical styles for a wide variety of guns. All slings are configured for ambidextrous use. a b

VIKING TACTICS

AR-15/m16

CROSSTAC CAR-15/M4

VLTOR AR-15/M16

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

AMBIDEXTROUS SINGLE-POINT SLING CONNECTOR

SINGLE ATTACHMENT SLING ENDPLATE

M4 END PLATE SLING MOUNT

RAIL MOUNT QD SLING SWIVEL

Ultra-Low Profile, Snag-Free Design Minimal profile sling adapter plate provides secure, ambidextrous attachment for single-point tactical slings on carbines or converted shotguns with M4 collapsible buttstocks. The attachment loop centers under the receiver extension nut, out of the way, where it can’t snag on clothing, gear, brush or the sling, and won’t interfere with access to the selector lever. Helps weapon hang flat against your body when released, yet also allows fast, positive re-grip when needed. Accepts most sling hooks, including MASH hooks, H&K connectors, and ZM-style clasps. Fits M4-type collapsible stocks with mil-spec and commercial buffer tubes, including shotgun conversions that use the M4 tube. Precision machined from highquality steel, then Parkerized dark gray for wear resistance and a close match to factory rifle finishes. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte, Parkerized finish. #100-003-181EN CAR-15/M4 Single-Point Sling Connector, 5A27D89 ��$ 29.99

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

ASAP® SLING ADAPTER Gives You A Major Tactical Advantage With 180° Of Unrestricted Sling Movement Ambidextrous Sling Attachment Point helps the operator adapt quickly to changing tactical situations by rapidly switching weapon from one shoulder to the other. An unrestricted 180° of sling movement lets you change shoulders to take maximum advantage of available cover, address targets around corners and other barriers, or shift weapon position if one arm is injured. Works with any single-point sling that attaches with a quick-release snap-hook, and fits any AR with an M4-type adjustable buttstock. Remove factory receiver end plate and replace with the ASAP; keep the original receiver extension, buttstock, and sling. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, matte black. Fits both mil-spec and commercial/universal M4-type receiver extensions. #100-004-450EN ASAP Sling Adapter, 3K27K49 �� $ 29.99

SASE-1

SASE-2

SASE-2E

Unique Indexing Washer Allows Fast, Easy Installation For Right- Or Left-Hand Shooters Ambidextrous, all steel endplate provides secure, balanced single-point sling attachment, so your collapsible-stock rifle or carbine can be carried tangle-free in the ready position at all times. Special indexing washer with screw interfaces with the rear of the receiver to allow easy installation for right- or left-hand use. SASE-1 features a single slot that accepts conventional 11/4" wide webbing. SASE-2 has loop to accept HK-style hook or carabiner clips. SASE-2E has a larger loop to accommodate large HK-style hooks. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 21/16" (5.2cm) long, 13/8" (3.5cm) wide, 1 /8" (3mm) thick. .7 oz. (20g) wt. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 and clones with collapsible stock. #100-003-184EN SASE-1 Slotted Endplate, 3A15J89 ��$ 18.99 #100-003-185EN SASE-2 HK-Style Endplate, 3A15H89 �� 18.99 #100-009-339EN SASE-2E HK-Style Endplate, 3A15D89 � 18.99

BLUE FORCE GEAR AR-15/M16

RAIL MOUNT SLING LOOP Versatile, Low-Profile Forward Sling Mount Low-profile sling loop clamps to Picatinny handguard rail and provides a secure, versatile forward mounting point for a 1" sling. Precision machined from billet aluminum with rounded edges to prevent snagging on other gear. Fixed, non-pivoting design prevents rattles and unwanted sling shifting. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Stainless steel crossbolt, black oxide finish. 1½" (3.8cm) long. .6 oz. (17g) wt. #100-005-192EN Rail Mount Sling Loop, 7A30B89 �� $ 33.99

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

SLING ADAPTER Installs Easily; Choose Your Sling Position On Collapsible Stocks; Made In The U.S.A

slings & adapters

For Secure, Ambidextrous Attachment Of Slings With Pushbutton QD Swivels

Hard anodized, 6061 aluminum sling adapter clamps to collapsible stock buffer tubes with no need for special tools or to remove the buffer tube. Two models available: Loop for claw-type clasp; or Slot for conventional web slings. Adapters can be used with single-point, two-point, or three-point tactical slings and are ambidextrous for use with right- or left-hand operation. Does not interfere with normal operation of collapsible stock. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hard anodized, matte black. Fits 4- or 6-position collapsible stocks. No gunsmithing required. #100-002-123EN Sling Adapter, Loop, 2A31D79 �� $ 35.99 2A32C49 �� 36.99 #100-002-122EN Sling Adapter, Slot, END PLATE SLING ADAPTER - Ambidextrous, quickdetach sling swivel can be mounted on either side of the mounting plate on adjustable M4-type buttstocks so you can position your sling for optimum comfort and versatility. Hard coat anodized, 6061

PAGE

aluminum body with a matte black finish holds up to the toughest use and won’t crack or break over years of shooting. Won’t interfere with the operation of stock and works well with singlepoint, two-point, or three-point tactical slings. SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hard anodized, matte black. Fits 4- or 6-position collapsible stocks. No gunsmithing required. #100-002-613EN End Plate Sling Adapter QuickDetach, 2A34Q59 �� $ 42.99 MCTAR-30HD SLING ADAPTER - No gunsmithing required, extra heavy-duty ambidextrous sling swivel mount simply clamps onto the buffer tube. Includes 11/4", mil-spec., push-button, quick-detach sling swivel that can be mounted on either side or the center of the adapter body. Fits adjustable M4-type buttstocks Hard coat anodized, 6061 aluminum body with a matte black finish is built to take extreme duty use without failure. Won’t interfere with the operation of stock. Makes an excellent choice for adding an easy quick-release feature to any single-point, two-point, or threepoint tactical sling. Made in the USA. SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hard anodized, matte black. Fits 4- or 6-position collapsible stocks. No gunsmithing required. #100-002-876EN MCTAR30HD Sling Adapter, 2A51D79 �� $ 57.99

Replaces factory receiver end plate and provides secure, ambidextrous attachment for the pushbutton QD sling swivel. Made of hardened aluminum with extra metal at the stress points to ensure this mount won’t fail during hard use. Rounded edges resist snagging on sling or other gear. Hardcoat anodized for extra strength and wear resistance, with a matte black finish that matches most factory buffer tubes. Heavy-duty stainless steel swivel accepts slings up to 11/4" wide and allows a full 360° of rotation. a b SPECS: Mount - Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Swivel Stainless steel, matte black finish. Accepts slings up to 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. Fits M4-style carbines with adjustable buttstock. #100-004-383EN M4 Sling Mount, 3B43I29 �� $ 44.99

Helps Stabilize Weapon To Prevent Gun Roll Uniquely designed, quick-detach swivel mount limits rotational movement to help achieve optimum weapon balance and control with popular tactical slings. Attach anywhere along railed forearms; robust, aluminum clamping block with hex head cross-bolt locks mount securely to any Picatinny rail. Extra heavy-duty, steel, push-button swivel removes quickly, so operator can break-away from the sling in emergency situations. Can be mounted for right- or left-hand use and adapts to 2- and 3-point sling configurations. Swivel rotation is limited to approximately 45° to help stabilize the weapon and eliminate sling tangle. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, Mil-Spec Type III, hardcoat anodized, black. 1 1 /4 (3.2cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 5/8" (1.6cm) high, 1 oz. (28g) wt. #100-002-987EN Rail Mount QD Sling Swivel, 8K39M99 �� $ 39.99

COLT DEFENSE

USGI BARREL MOUNT SWIVEL

Size

The Same, Tactical Sling Mount Used By Our Armed Forces

IMPACT WEAPONS COMPONENTS

2-TO-1 POINT TRIGLIDE ADAPTER

This genuine, Colt factory part is the one used by our GI’s on the M4 carbine to allow attachment of M203 grenade launchers or forward mounted lights and lasers. Steel, two-piece unit clamps directly around the barrel between the barrel bands of the Mil-Spec front sight housing. Can be mounted at the right or left side of weapon and features a rubber-coated swivel to eliminate sling abrasion and noise. No modifications or gunsmithing required. Also fits AR 15/M16 rifles with conventional front sight housing. SPECS: Black, hardened steel. 9/16" (1.4cm) long, 111/16" (4.3cm) wide. Fits barrels .650" (16.5mm) to .750" (19.1mm) diameter. #160-000-352EN Tactical Front Sling Mount, 6A41D19 �� $ 44.99

Aluminum adapter threads on the rear strap of any 1" wide sling to quickly convert a 2-point sling into a highly maneuverable single-point sling, and back. “Universal” socket accepts any pushbutton QD sling swivel, HK-style clip, and MASH connectors – amazingly handy and easy to use. Instructions included. Separate models for 1" and 1¼" wide slings. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, black. 27/32" (2.1cm) 1 long, 1 /2" (3.8cm) high. #100-006-831EN 1" Triglide Sling Adapter, 2C18G50 ��$ 19.99 100-007-208EN 1¼" Triglide Sling Adapter, 2C17E29 �� 19.99

COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16

KNS PRECISION AR-15/M16

PUSHBUTTON SLING SWIVEL

Converts Your 2-Point Sling To A Single-Point Sling

QUICK RELEASE SLING SWIVEL STUDS

For Secure, Quick-Detach Installation Of Extra-Wide Slings Extra-wide steel swivel accepts slings up to 15/8" wide for attachment to a Command Arms Modular Buttstock or similar component that accepts a standard push button swivel. Smoothoperating, centrally located button and polished ball-bearing locking mechanism ensure easy attachment. SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Accepts slings up to 15/8" wide. #100-004-881EN Pushbutton Sling Swivel, 6C9G89 �� $ 11.99

Tough, Parkerized Finish, Greater Sling Attachment Options Swivel studs with cross drilled mounting holes allow vertical or side carry. Accepts Uncle Mike’s-style QD sling swivels (sold separately). Front swivel stud attaches to free float or A2-style detachable handguards. Requires drilling a single mounting hole in free float tubes. Rear QD sling stud replaces fixed military-type without modification to stock. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized, dark gray finish. #923-000-027EN PK Front Swivel Stud, 3B12J89 �� $ 14.99 #923-000-028EN PK Rear Swivel Stud, 3B12B89 �� 14.99

FALCON INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

RAIL SLING ADAPTER

UNCLE MIKE’S

Locks To Accessory Rail For Instant Sling Attachment

MIL-SPEC SWIVELS

Solid, one-piece aluminum mount with steel, pivot pin and swivel attaches to any Picatinny accessory rail for instant sling attachment. Nylon tip set screw locks mount to rail. Quiet, rubbercoated swivel prevents metal-to-metal slap and eliminates sling b wear at point of contact. Accepts slings up to 11/4" wide. a SPECS: Base - Aluminum. Swivel/Hardware - Steel. Matte black finish. 9/16" 1 5 (1.4cm) long, 1 /4" (3.2cm) wide, 1 /8" (4.1cm) high. Fits slings up to 11/4" wide. #573-000-034EN Rail Sling Adapter, 3G17Q09 ��$ 23.00

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Withstands The Toughest, Most Demanding Conditions Heavy duty, 11/4 inch swivels provide necessary stamina and durability for extended tactical and field use. 500 pounds of pull strength plus stainless steel construction that meets the weather resistance standards of the U.S. Military. SwivelLock® prevents accidental opening, provides fast attachment. SPECS: MIM 4600 stainless steel, matte finish. 11/4" loops. #593-000-002EN Mil-Spec Swivels, 7K16K49 �� $ 17.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

GEAR SECTOR AR-15/M16

MAGPUL

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

VIKING TACTICS AR-15/M16

CLAMP-ON QD SLING MOUNT

QD SLING SWIVEL

FRONT SLING ADAPTER

VTAC-LUSA FRONT SLING ADAPTER

Versatile, Customizable Sling Mounting Options

Heavy-duty steel sling swivel features a 1¼" loop and is compatible with standard quick-detach cups commonly found on lower receivers, receiver end plates, buttstocks, and many low-profile forward QD sling mounts, including the Magpul RSA®-QD. Smooth-operating push button and polished ball-bearing lock system allow for secure attachment and easy release. Slip one onto each end of Magpul’s MS1™ Multi Mission Sling for dedicated dual-point functionality, or combine with an MS1 MS4™ Adapter to rapidly switch between one- and two-point modes. Mount, sling, and adapter sold separately. a b SPECS: Steel, manganese-phosphate finish, black. Accepts slings up to 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. Assembly instructions included. #100-013-937EN QD Sling Swivel, 3K12M59 �� $ 14.99

MAGPUL

RSA®-QD RAIL SLING ATTACHMENT

RSA RAIL SLING ATTACHMENT ®

Clamp-On Loop Lets You Attach Your Sling Where You Need It Low-profile sling loop clamps to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny or STANAG 4694 handguard rail to provide a secure forward attachment point for the Magpul MS2 or similar clip-on sling. Can be installed on left or right side of top rail, or side or bottom rails for multiple alternate sling configurations. Loop is angled to resist snagging on other gear. Rugged, all-steel construction withstands up to 300 pounds of stress pressure, so it won’t fail under hard use. a b SPECS: Steel, MIL-DTL-16232 manganese phosphate coated, black. 2" (5cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide. Projects 3/16" (4.8mm) from rail. 1.3 oz. (87g) weight. #100-006-197EN Magpul RSA Rail Sling Attachment, 3K26C79 �� $ 28.99

MAGPUL

Connects Push-Button Sling Swivels Anywhere On Your Rail Quick-detach version of Magpul’s RSA loop provides a secure forward attachment point for the Magpul MS4™ and other pushbutton QD sling swivels. Position the two-piece clamping system anywhere along your 1913 Picatinny rail and in whatever orientation you prefer, then tighten the slotted-head shoulder screw to lock in place. Socket is angled off the rail for comfortable twopoint sling use while maintaining convenient, easy access to the push button. Limited rotation ensures the sling doesn’t become twisted or tangled. Made from Melonite-coated steel for wear and corrosion resistance. a b SPECS: Steel, Melonite finish, matte black. 1.8" (4.6cm) long, .7" (1.8cm) wide. 1.1 oz. (31.2g) wt. Fits any 1913 Picatinny rail. Installation instructions included. #100-011-577EN Magpul RSA-QD, 3K26M29 �� $ 28.99

PARACLIP

Compatible With A Variety Of Sling-Attachment Mounts Specifically made for 11/4" webbing, this clipin sling attachment point is compatible with ASAP Plate, RSA, MSA, SGA receiver sling mount, and other clip-in attachment points with at least 3 /8" loops. Made from melonite finished steel and reinforced polymer hardware, clip features a locking bar for added security. Combine with the MS1 sling for a dedicated two-point sling, or with MS1 MS3 adapter or MS1 MS3-QD adapter for a two to one-point convertible sling. a b SPECS: Steel and reinforced polymer, melonite finish, black. 2" (5.1cm) long, 1 3/4" (4.4cm) wide, 1/2" (1.3cm) thick. #100-013-936EN Paraclip, 3K8M39 �� $ 9.99

VLTOR

PUSHBUTTON SWIVEL RAIL MOUNT Tangle-Free Sling Mount Clamps To Accessory Rail Where You Want It Aluminum mount clamps to any Picatinny rail to provide a front sling attachment point exactly where you need it. Non-rotating quick-detach swivel has four locking positions and accepts a 11/4" wide sling. Push-button release allows quick break-away from sling in emergency situations. Use a slot-head screwdriver to tighten the steel cross-bolt that locks the mount to the rail. Bolt head fits flush with mount body, so it won’t snag on sling or gear. a b SPECS: Mount – Machined aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Swivel/Cross-Bolt – Steel, black oxide finish. #100-005-083EN Pushbutton Swivel Rail Mount, 3B31J29 �� $ 32.99

Heavy-Duty, Dependable & Strong Stainless Steel Construction Heavy-duty push button sling swivel made from durable stainless steel fits QD swivel receptacles on the Vltor Modstock and other accessories for quick attachment of tactical slings. Features a 11/4" loop to accept a variety of standard sling types. Easy operating push-button allows quick attachment and release. a b

SPECS: Stainless steel, matte black finish. Accepts slings up to 11/4" wide. Fits quick-detach swivel receptacles on accessories from Vltor, Magpul, LMT, KAC, Midwest Industries, Daniel Defense, GG&G, Uncle Mikes, and others. #100-004-880EN Quick-Detach Sling Swivel, 3A13K89 �� $ 14.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

-06

-07

-08HD

-08HDO

-TS

Provides Strong, Reliable Sling Attachment Two-piece clamp with single cross-bolt secures adapter to Picatinny handguard rails so you have a front sling attachment point. MCTAR-06 has pivoting, 1¼" wide swivel for direct sling attachment. Rubber coating on swivel prevents noisy, metal-tometal contact. MCTAR-07 includes a fixed, dome-shaped stud that accepts your own, standard quick-detach swivel. MCTAR-08 includes a 1¼" wide, 360º rotating, push-button swivel for rapid sling removal. MCTAR-08HD has heavy duty base and swivel that stands up to extreme tactical operations. 1¼" wide, quick-detach swivel limits travel to prevent sling wrapping yet allows necessary movement. MCTAR-08HDO has same features as MCTAR-08HD, but is offset from centerline for unobstructed use of weapon light, laser, vertical grip, or other tactical accessories. MCTAR-TS has a fixed, round, 5/16" (7.8mm) ID loop for clip-on, H&K-style or similar quick-release slings. a b SPECS: Bases - 6061 aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black; steel setscrew, matte black oxide. MCTAR-08HD - 7/8" (2.2cm) long x 13/16" (3cm) wide. MCTAR-08HDO - 2" (5cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide. Other models - 9/16" (1.4cm) long x 13/16" (3cm) wide. Swivels/Studs - Steel, black finish. Swivels accept slings up to 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. #100-001-922EN MCTAR-06 Swivel Sling Adapter, 2A28E69 �� $ 31.99 #100-001-923EN MCTAR-07 Stud Mount Adapter, 2A21D79 �� 23.99 #100-001-993EN MCTAR-08 Swivel Mount Adapter, 2A31D49 �� 34.99 #100-003-198EN MCTAR-08HD Front Sling Adapter, 2A36C69 �� 40.99 #100-004-906EN MCTAR-08HDO Heavy Duty QD Adapter, 2A36A69 �� 40.99 #100-002-428EN MCTAR-TS Front Sling Adapter Loop, 2A34N29 �� 37.99 COLLAPSIBLE BUTTSTOCK REAR SLING ADAPTER Aluminum, clamping halves feature dual cross-bolts for maximum holding power in the rear sling slot on collapsible, carbine buttstocks. 1¼" wide, push-button swivel allows instant removal/installation; 360° rotation prevents sling twist. Fits the current military-issue M4, 6-position buttstock and commercial clones. SPECS: Base - 6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Swivel - Steel, polished blue finish. Fits slings up to 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. #100-001-995EN MCTAR-10 Adapter, 2A37E79 ��$ 41.99 QUICK DETACH SWIVEL - Machined steel swivels with 1¼" loops feature a smooth-operating, centrally-located push-button and polished ball bearing surfaces for easy attachment on firearms equipped with quick-detach bases. Provides quiet, 360° rotation of the swivel to eliminate sling tangle and improve all day carry comfort. Standard model features a standard weight loop formed from 1/8" diameter round stock. Base is knurled for a positive grip, even when wearing heavy gloves. Available with polished blue finish. Heavy Duty swivel is constructed with an extra beefy base and push-button, plus a 3/16" diameter loop to handle maximum weight and abuse; available with gray Parkerized finish. Heavy Duty Flush Button is same as Heavy Duty, but with push button that is flush with the swivel body for low-profile design that helps eliminate accidental release. SPECS: Steel. Accept slings up to 1¼" wide. Standard - Polished blue. Heavy Duty - Parkerized. Sold singly. Heavy Duty Flush Button – Parkerized. Sold Singly. #100-003-223EN Standard Swivel, each, 2A9N39 �� $ 10.99 #100-003-224EN Heavy Duty Swivel, each, 2A13E09 �� 14.99 #100-008-814EN Heavy Duty Flush Button Swivel, 2A13I99 �� 13.99

order on the web

brownells.com

#100-004-331EN VTAC-LUSA Sling Adapter, 7K43C39 �� $ 49.99

VIKING TACTICS AR-15/M16

LOW-PROFILE SLING MOUNT Instant Sling Attachment Point On Any Picatinny Rail Low-profile, aluminum mount clamps to any Picatinny rail to provide an attachment point for a quick-detach, pushbutton sling swivel exactly where you need it. Recessed crossbolt and locking bar attachment system installs with a flat-blade screwdriver—no protruding hex nuts to snag other gear. Limits swivel rotation to 45° to help prevent sling tangling. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel locking plate, black finish. 13/8" (3.5cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide x 1/2" (1.2cm) high. #100-005-521EN Low-Pro Sling Mount, 7K34C49 �� $ 39.99

WILSON COMBAT

10/2 QUICK DETACH SWIVEL MOUNT Super Slim, Takes Up One Rail Slot Ultra-low-profile mount clamps to Picatinny handguard rail at 10 or 2 o’clock position to accept a pushbutton style QD sling swivel. Only 1/2" long front to back, takes up only one rail slot, leaving plenty of space for other critical equipment. Can be positioned to help tilt the weapon so it stays slung close to body. Allows unlimited sling rotation for a full range of movement. Easy to install—just clamp it on the rail and tighten the steel crossbolt with the included Allen wrench a b SPECS: Steel, black finish. 17/8" (4.8cm) wide, 1/2" long. .9 oz. (26g) wt. Fits any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail cross-slot. #965-000-111EN 10/2 Quick Detach Swivel Mount, 5F48E89 �� $ 52.99

slings & adapters

QUICK-DETACH SLING SWIVEL

TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

Accepts Most Swivel Types Universal, four-in-one adapter accepts traditional Uncle Mike’s style sling swivels, quick-release pushbutton swivels, H&K-style clip-on swivels, or simply thread your sling through the 1" wide loop. Eliminates the need to change sling adapters to match different style sling swivels. Lightweight aluminum clamping block with single cross-bolt locks mount securely to any Picatinny rail. Quick-release push-button swivels, when installed, are limited to 45° rotation to help prevent sling twist. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 15/16" (3.3cm) long x 1 1 /8" (2.9cm) wide.

AR-15/m16

Low-profile sling mount attaches to any Picatinny handguard rail to provide a variety of forward mounting options for two- and threepoint slings. Machined from solid aluminum billet for superb strength, with a locking bar and hex head steel bolt that clamp solidly to the rail. Smooth, snag-free shape is designed to fit flush with Tango Down rail panels. Accepts standard pushbutton quick-detach sling swivels; designed to prevent swivel rotation and unwanted sling twist. Available alone or with a heavy-duty Gear Sector steel sling swivel included. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, MIL-A-8625F Type III, Class II hardcoat an7 odized, matte black. 1" (2.5cm) long, 1 /16" (3.7cm) wide, 3/4" (2cm) high. Accepts 1" wide slings. #100-005-322EN QD Sling Mount, 9B39G99 �� $ 39.99 #100-005-320EN QD Sling Mount w/Swivel, 9B46I99 �� 46.99

Plugs Into Quick-Detach Sockets To Firmly Mount Your Sling

PAGE

Sizes

gun cases

AR-15/m16

SIGNATURE SERIES GUN CASES Mission-Ready; Built To Take The Abuse Of Tactical Operations Prevent nicks, dings, and damage that impair the performance and tarnish the appearance of tactical weapons with our Signature Series Gun Cases. We combined the very best materials - 1000 denier Cordura® nylon, YKK zippers, closed-cell foam padding with your ideas to create what we feel is the ultimate line of gun cases anywhere. Plus, they look amazing . . . like anything we put our name on, you know these are top-of-the-line. a b TACTICAL WEAPONS CASE - All the structural and performance features to meet and exceed the stringent demands of today’s military and law enforcement personnel. and civilian AR-15 shooters. Heavyweight shell resists punctures and snags, repels moisture, and blocks micro-fine particles of sand and grit that can cause ejection failures in automatic weapons. Bellow-style construction, with 3" wide zipper margin, accommodates firearms equipped with bipods and high-mount, large diameter optics. Adjustable, 2" wide, carry sling is box-stitched at the correct angle for proper weight distribution across the back and shoulders to ensure maximum mobility and less fatigue. Large, zippered, side pocket holds cleaning supplies, maps, shooting gloves, goggles, and other tactical gear. Tight-weave, friction-reducing, polyester lining makes weapon removal fast and easy in high stress situations. Extra thick, closed-cell, foam-core padding cushions blows and provides complete case floatation. Four, external, magazine pouches accept 30 round, M16 magazines. Available in two sizes. SPECS: 1000 denier, Cordura nylon exterior, black. 38" (96.5cm) or 46" (116.8cm) long, 12" (30.5cm) wide at buttstock, 5" (12.7cm) wide at muzzle, 3" (7.6cm) thick. Pocket - 191/2" (49.5cm) long, tapered 31/2" (8.9cm) to 81/2" (21.6cm) high. #084-000-157EN 38" Tactical Case, 4H82C25 �� $ 99.99 #084-000-158EN 46" Tactical Rifle, 4H90A86 �� 109.99 M4 RIFLE CASE - You need to have 100% confidence that your gear won’t fail. That’s why Brownells built a case that will protect your rifle in the harshest operating conditions and give you added advantages. Three rows of MOLLEcompatible attachment points run the length of the case, letting you keep your gear with your rifle. A large, bellows-style front pocket includes a separate magazine pouch with MOLLE-compatible attachment points and three, separate, 30-round magazine compartments with hook-and-loop closures. (Additional pouches available separately, below.) The water-resistant 1000 denier, Cordura Plus nylon shell stands up to the toughest abuse. An outer layer of closed-cell foam and an inner layer of open-cell foam protect your rifle from the dings and dents that come from continuous use. A protective skirt keeps malfunctioninducing sand and grit out of your rifle and prevents contact with the zipper. Brushed tricot lining won’t snag your rifle, optics, and accessories, allowing for fast weapon removal in high-stress situations. Rugged, oversized YKK zippers with leather assists help you get the case open quickly, even when wearing gloves. Heavy-duty D-rings are securely stitched to a nylon reinforcing strip. Swivel snaps securely attach an adjustable carry strap. Reinforced carry handles are double-stitched around the case and will not tear off.

PAGE

Double Rifle Case has an additional nylon outer shell with protective pad double-stitched to the main case, providing twice the carrying capacity for extra gear or another M4 rifle. Both models come with the triple magazine pouch and are available in black, coyote tan, and O.D. green. Overbuilt? There’s no such thing when equipment failure is not an option. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura Plus nylon exterior, Black, Coyote Tan, or O.D. Green. 35" (89cm) long, 11" (28cm) wide, 21/2" (6.4cm) high. Front Pocket - 101/2" long, 8" (20.3cm) wide, 2" high. Double Rifle Case includes additional outer shell - 33" (84cm) long, 101/2" (26.7cm) wide, 2" (5.1cm) high. #084-000-319EN M4 Single Rifle Case, Black, 4H105Q20 ��$ 129.99 #084-000-226EN M4 Single Rifle Case, Coyote, 4H105H15 �� 129.99 #084-000-320EN M4 Single Rifle Case, O.D. Green, 4H105G15 �� 129.99 #084-000-321EN M4 Double Rifle Case, Black, 9K160I29 �� 169.99 #084-000-264EN M4 Double Rifle Case, Coyote, 4H155I15 �� 169.99 #084-000-322EN M4 Double Rifle Case, O.D. Green, 4H152A15 �� 169.99 ADJUSTABLE-LENGTH RIFLE CASE - Padded, soft-side case adjusts to fit the exact length of your rifle (up to 46"), with plenty of width to accommodate a fully tricked-out AR-15/M16/M4 rifle with a high-mounted optic and full-capacity 30-round magazine. Adjustable, padded shoulder straps of heavy-duty nylon webbing let you sling the cases over your back like a backpack for comfortable handsfree transport. Straps are positioned for proper weight distribution across your back and shoulders for maximum mobility and minimal fatigue. Adjustable, quick-release chest strap keeps the shoulder straps from slipping. Shoulder straps attach via springloaded clips to flat D-rings sewn to the case, so they can be removed completely and the case carried by the double-stitched, nylon web carry handle. For rapid weapon deployment, release the polymer clips holding the slip cover and pull the cover off with its handle. Three rows of MOLLE attachment points on the front of the case accept Brownells Triple Magazine Pouch, Dump Pouch (both available separately), or other MOLLE-compatible gear. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura® nylon shell, black or coyote. 48" (1.2m) approximate maximum extended length, 14" (35.6cm) wide, 4" (10.2cm) high. #084-000-326EN Adj.-Length Rifle Case, Black, 4H117M47 �� $ 144.99 #084-000-327EN Adj.-Length Rifle Case, Coyote, 4H117K47 �� 144.99 TRIPLE MAGAZINE POUCH - Extra pouches for your M4 rifle case or Adjustable-Length case help you keep plenty of spare magazines where you need them—with your rifle. Available in Coyote Tan, O.D. Green, and contrasting Black, with separate models for straight-body 20- and curved 30-round magazines. The pockets on both models are deep enough to accommodate Brownells Tactical Magazines and other mags fitted with the Magpul Ranger® Floorplate. Magazines not included MOLLE attachment system on the back has two sturdy nylon web straps with fold-over snap closures that loop securely through the exterior straps on the MOLLEcompatible gear. Separate flaps with hook-and-loop closures let you retrieve one mag without exposing the others to the elements.

Made from the same tough, water-resistant 1000 denier Cordura Plus nylon as the M4 case. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura Plus nylon, Black, Coyote Tan, or O.D. Green. 30-rd - 91/2" (24.1cm) long, 83/4" (22.2cm) high. 20-rd – 10" (25.4cm) long, 61/2" (16.5cm) high. #084-000-309EN MOLLE 30-Rd Magazine Pouch, Black, 4H19K97 �� $ 22.99 #084-000-311EN MOLLE 20-Rd Magazine Pouch, Black, 4H17F40 �� 21.99 #084-000-312EN MOLLE 20-Rd Magazine Pouch, Coyote, 4H19B29 �� 21.99 #084-000-318EN MOLLE 20-Rd Magazine Pouch, O.D. Green, 4H19I89 �� 21.99 DUMP POUCH - MOLLE-compatible pouch attaches to the outside of your M4 rifle case Adjustable-Length case to provide added storage capacity for extra magazines, tools, cleaning supplies, backup optics or other gear. Made from the same tough, tear-resistant Cordura Plus nylon, in matching colors—black, Coyote Tan, and O.D. green. Has the same rugged, oversized YKK zipper and two sturdy nylon web straps with fold-over snap closures that loop securely through the exterior straps on the MOLLE-compatible gear. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura Plus nylon, black, Coyote Tan, or O.D. green. 103/4" (27.3cm) long, 9" (22.9cm) high, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide. #084-000-314EN MOLLE Dump Pouch, Black, 4H18E85 $ 22.99 #084-000-315EN MOLLE Dump Pouch, Coyote, 4H18G85 �� 22.99 #084-000-316EN MOLLE Dump Pouch, O.D. Green, 4H18C85 �� 22.99 THREE-GUN COMPETITION CASE - Built for the three-gun competitor who needs to transport a rifle, shotgun, and pistol safely and comfortably, but can be used by anybody who needs to transport multiple guns. The roomy, fully padded main compartment easily accommodates a scoped rifle and a tactical shotgun, separated by a full-length padded divider that prevents any contact between the guns. Adjustable straps of tough nylon with hook-and-loop fasteners let you cinch down both long guns to prevent shifting during transport. Outside, three roomy zippered compartments provide plenty of space for spare magazines, cleaning supplies, eye/ear protection, and other gear. One pocket includes a removable, soft-padded pistol rug. Padded, adjustable shoulder straps let you carry the case like a backpack. Adjustable quick-release chest strap keeps the shoulder straps from slipping. Reinforced carry handles include a leather wrap so they won’t dig into your hand. For long-distance transport, pack your guns in this case, then stuff the works in a big hard-shell travel case, and your guns will be as safe as can be! 54" bag accommodates shotguns with barrels up to 28" long - you can also use it to take a primary and a backup on a pheasant or duck hunt. SPECS: 1,000 denier Cordura® nylon shell, black or coyote. 48" (122cm) OR 54" (137cm) long, 12" (33cm) wide, 5" (12.7cm) high. Exterior Pockets – Two (2) 15" (38.1cm) long x 10" (25.4cm) high x 2" (5.1cm) deep, and one 11" (28cm) long x 9" (22.9cm) high x 2" deep. Pistol Rug – 14" (35.6cm) long x 10" high. #084-000-324EN 48" 3-Gun Competition Case, Black, 4H184H34 �� $ 199.99 #084-000-325EN 48" 3-Gun Competition Case, Coyote, 4H184M34 �� 199.99 084-000-385EN 54" 3-Gun Competition Case, Black, 9K198D49 �� 229.99 084-000-384EN 54" 3-Gun Competition Case, Coyote, 9K198M49 �� 229.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

SIGNATURE SERIES PINK M4 CASE

Battle Breast Cancer & Protect Your Carbine Our pink M4 case is made of the same high-quality materials as the rest of the Signature Series line of cases and bags. This case protects your AR-15 carbine while showing your support for finding a cure. For every pink Signature Series case sold, Brownells will donate 10% of the proceeds to the American Cancer Society, to help fight breast cancer. The tough, water-resistant Cordura nylon shell withstands rain and rough wear; a protective skirt keeps sand and grit out and prevents the zipper from contacting the gun. Dense foam padding and a snag-free, brushed tricot lining protect your rifle from damage. Large YKK zippers stay on track to open quickly and easily. Double-stitched 11/2" wide nylon web carry straps wrap around the entire case for extra support. Adjustable, detachable shoulder strap enables hands free carry. A leather trimmed, clear plastic I.D. window on the front holds a business card or luggage I.D. tag. The large, bellows front pocket includes a removable pouch that holds three 30-round AR-15 magazines. a b SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon, pink. 35" (89cm) long, 11" (28cm) wide, 1 1 2 /2" (6.4cm) high. Front Pocket: 10 /2" long, 8" (20.3cm) high, 2" wide. #084-000-354EN Pink M4 Rifle Case, 4H103K71 �� $ 125.99

BLACKHAWK INDUSTRIES

TACTICAL RIFLE CASE

Added Padding Protects Rifle & Optics A shell of abrasion- and mildew-resistant, 1000 denier, Nytaneon nylon surrounds 3/8" of padding on the top and bottom of the case for snug, no-slip protection of your rifle and its expensive optics. Padding on the bottom of the case covers the zipper tracks to protect your rifle from scratches. A double-stitched, nylon carry handle is attached to the case with multi-reinforced stitching; an adjustable, padded sling offers a tactical-carry option. All cases accept rifles with mounted optics and fully unzip to be used as a shooting mat. Standard Rifle case is available in 34", 37", and 41" lengths and features four high-capacity magazine pouches (five on 41" case) with positive-close hook-and-loop patch closures, plus zippered compartments in the front for additional storage. Scoped Rifle case provides 51" of length to accept a scoped rifle with longer barrel and includes two, large, outside cargo pouches for ammo, magazines, and supplies instead of separate magazine pouches. SPECS: 1000 denier, Nytaneon nylon, black. STOCK # #100-002-880EN #100-002-878EN #100-002-879EN #100-000-816EN

LENGTH 34" 37" 41" 51"

MODEL PRICE 1A74F49 $ 89.99 Std Rifle 1A74K49 $ 89.99 Std Rifle 1A82C89 $ 109.99 Std Rifle Scoped Rifle 1A91D29 $ 104.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

BULLDOG CASES AR-15/M16

ULTRA-COMPACT DISCREET RIFLE CASE

Catches your spent brass so you don’t have to scrounge around for it in the grass/ gravel when you’re done shooting. Guarantees you take only your own brass home to reload. Our catcher quickly attaches to the handguard, not the receiver, so it fits almost any AR-15-type rifle or carbine, even flattops. Cinches down tight with an extra wide hook and-loop strap that’s easy to install and remove—and won’t harm your rifle’s finish. Heavy-duty bag, with internal wire frame, is made from the same grade of ballistic nylon used for bulletproof vests and flak jackets to ensure superior wear resistance. Holds up to 40 spent .223 cases. a b SPECS: 1680 denier Ballistic Nylon, black w/internal wire frame & hookand-loop strap. Bag measures 63/4" (17.2cm) x 8" (20.3cm). #084-000-262EN AR-15 Brass Catcher, 8K37F29 ��$ 39.99

Safety orange, plastic flag clearly indicates, either close up or at a distance that there is no ammunition in the chamber. Ideal for range and classroom safety when identifying that a weapon is clear is of utmost importance. SafePort cannot be placed in chamber if there is a round loaded, but can be used when a loaded magazine is in the rifle and will eject from the chamber when the bolt is charged. Safe Port can be marked with serial numbers for ease of identification in storage. a b SPECS: Plastic, safety orange. Fits AR-15/M16 rifles. #084-000-194EN SafePort, 4H11Q56 ��$ 14.99

Sinclair

AR-15 CHAMBER SAFETY FLAG Clearly Indicate Safe Weapon To Range Officers

3BUCC-LLP AR-15/M16

BRASS-SAVR BRASS CATCHER Stop Crawling Around On The Ground Cotton-poly bag, supported by steel frame. Holds 70 rounds of .223 brass; easy-open bottom unloads fast. Separate models to fit carry handle and flattop AR-style rifles. a b SPECS: Cotton-poly cloth bag, steel frame, polymer mount, black, matte finish. 41/4" (10.8cm) wide, 31/2" (9cm) long, 71/4" (18.4cm) deep. #100-000-428EN Carry Handle Brass-Savr, 4K56N29 ��$ 59.99 #100-000-735EN Flattop Mount Brass-Savr, 4K56Q29 �� 59.99

Improve range safety with bright yellow flag that clearly indicates a safe weapon to range safety officers. Withstands accidental bolt slamming. Curved probe stays in chamber with bolt open. a b SPECS: Plastic, yellow. 51/2" (14cm) long. Pak of 3. #988-004-001EN AR-15 Chamber Safety Flag, 8H3M99 ��$ 5.99

BRASS CATCHER Lightweight, molded polymer brass catcher snaps over ejection port to save brass for reloading. Holds up to 60 expended shells, and won’t interfere with moving parts on the firearm. No gunsmithing or permanent alterations to install. Universal model attaches to any flattop upper receiver, including those fitted with riser rails. Carry Handle model fits AR-15/M16 with A2 carry handle receiver. a b SPECS: Molded hard polymer, black. Holds up to 60 shells. #100-005-435EN Universal Brass Catcher, 2A47G49 ��$ 52.99 #100-005-437EN Carry Handle Brass Catcher, 2A34B49 �� 38.99

AR-15/M16

Lightweight steel, brass deflector redirects empty rounds to one place for easy pickup. Protects skin and clothes from hot, discharging brass. Installs with little to no gunsmithing; attaches to either picatinny rail or carry handle, depending upon model ordered. Models to fit A2 (carry handle) and A3 (flattop) receivers; EOTech model is designed to sandwich between a flattop rail and an EOTech Holographic Weapon Sight. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte. Available for guns listed below. #100-001-133EN A2 Brass Deflector, 9K17G39 ��$ 21.99 #100-001-134EN A3 Brass Deflector, 9K17M39 �� 21.99 #100-002-568EN EOTech Brass Deflector, 9K17C39 �� 21.99

CHAMBER BLOCKING DEVICE

Safe, Non-Gun For Law Enforcement & Military Training A realistic, safe alternative to using real firearms for law enforcement training exercises and weapons retention drills. Molded from actual weapons for true-to-life detail. Strong, polyurethane plastic has steel reinforcement to prevent bending and flexing; handles and balances like an actual firearm. Safety blue color signifies this is a non-firing training aid. a b SPECS: Polyurethane, safety blue. Approx. 5 lbs. 3 oz. (2.35kg) wt. #100-002-556EN M4 Carbine Simulator, 3K164F99 �� $ 164.99

Highly Visible Indicator Shows Rifle Is Unloaded & Seals Ejection Port To Keep Out Dirt Bright, highly-visible yellow insert instantly lets the RSO and other shooters know your weapon is unloaded and safe. Perfect for training exercises and classroom activities where it’s vital to quickly identify that weapons are safe at all times. Blocks the chamber to ensure that a round cannot be loaded when the flag is installed. Completely seals the ejection port to keep out dust, dirt, and other debris. a b SPECS: Plastic, yellow. #084-000-300EN Dust Cover Safety Flag AR15/M16, 4H8Q49 ��$ 9.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

CAL./GA. .223 Rem. .223 Rem. .308 Win. .308 Win. 9mm 9mm 9mm 9mm

QTY. 50 10 50 10 50 10 50 10

COLOR Orange Orange Orange Orange Yellow Yellow Orange Orange

PRICE 9B25N80 $ 31.99 9B5Q69 $ 6.99 9B25J80 $ 31.99 9B5N70 $ 6.99 9B18H17 $ 22.99 9B8G26 $ 9.99 9B18G17 $ 22.99 9B8J27 $ 9.99

ARMSPORT Save Firing Pins - Shoot Better With Safe, Dry-Fire Practice

BRASS DEFLECTOR

CHAMBERSAFE

DUST COVER SAFETY FLAG

STOCK # #729-050-223EN #729-000-045EN #729-050-308EN #729-000-034EN #729-051-009EN #729-000-047EN #729-050-009EN #729-000-038EN

TC ACCESSORIES AR-15/M16

RING’S MANUFACTURING

M4 CARBINE SIMULATOR

Brightly colored orange or yellow plastic and a different “feel” makes sure you won’t confuse these for live rounds. Popular with many departments and agencies for use in Immediate Action training for just that reason. These do not duplicate weight and balance of loaded rounds or function-testing dummies. SPECS: Orange or yellow plastic. Rifle and Handgun calibers supplied 50 or 10 rounds per bag, Shotgun calibers supplied 25 or 10 rounds per bag. 9mm Makarov: (9mm Mak).

Visibly Confirms That Firearm Is Unloaded Prevent chambering of a round & provide positive visual confirmation that the firearm is unloaded with a bright orange chamber blocker in the ejection port. Instantly bring the weapon into operation by pulling the large, easy-tograsp ring to clear the chamber. Stands up to years of insertion & removal cycles a b SPECS: Molded polymer, orange. Fits AR-15/M16, M14/M1A, and other semi- and full-auto rifles and carbines with extractor enclosed within the bolt. Should not be used on any firearm with an extractor that extends forward from the bolt. #100-003-782EN Chamber Blocking Device, 6B7J29 �� $ 9.99

order on the web

brownells.com

The spring-loaded “primers” in these snap caps act much like a live primer and cushion the blow so firing pin and bushing damage won’t occur. Bright color and “different” feel to prevent mixing with live rounds or function-testing dummies. (Don’t use snap caps as dummies - they don’t duplicate loaded round weight/balance.) a b SPECS: Brass base, plastic body. STOCK # #055-811-223EN #055-812-308EN

Size

CALIBER/GA. .223 Rem .308 Win

CAPS PER PAK PRICE 6H10I36 $ 15.99 2 6H11G45 $ 14.99 2

M19A1 & M2A1 AMMO CANS Sturdy Storage For Ammo Or Other Gear

All-steel M19A1 (.30-cal.) and M2A1 (.50-cal.) ammo cans will hold hundreds of loose rounds and have many uses around the workshop or in the field. Brand-new manufactured to U.S. D.O.D. specs — not surplus or refurbished. Stackable, with a removable lid and a metal handle that folds down when not in use. Rubber gasket inside lid seals out dirt and moisture. a b SPECS: Steel, Forest Green. M19A1 - Outside: 11" (27.9cm) long, 3¾" (9.5cm) wide, 7" (17.8cm) high. Inside: 10¼" (26cm) long, 35/8" (9.2cm) wide, 6¾" (17.1cm) high. 3 lb. 10.9 oz. (1.67kg) wt. M2A1 - Outside: 12" (30.5cm) long, 61/8" (15.5cm) wide, 7½" (19cm) high. Inside: 11" long, 5½" (14cm) wide, 6¾" high. 5 lb. 5 oz. (2.4kg) wt. 105-000-225EN M19A1 Ammo Can, 1Z12I99 �� $ 13.99 #105-000-077EN M2A1 Ammo Can, 3Z15P99 �� 17.99

PAGE

range & training gear

Saves Brass, Keeps It From Hitting Nearby Shooters

SAF-T-TRAINERS “Dummies” For Training Exercises Can’t Be Mistaken For Live Ammo

DELUXE SNAP CAP

Collects All Your Empty Brass In One Area; Saves Yourself & Others From Being Burned

E&L MANUFACTURING AR-15/M16

Indispensable For Threading Straps Through MOLLE/PALS Web Gear Clips to the straps of MOLLE/PALS modular pouches and guides them easily and quickly through vest webbing for smooth, hassle-free interlacing. Takes the frustration out of configuring MOLLE gear in a hurry, especially when preparing for deployment and other situations where time is of the essence. You can attach a two-strap pouch in less than 60 seconds—and get it interlaced correctly the first time! Tough, self-lubricating molded polymer is flexible enough to thread through the webbing easily, yet stiff enough not to get diverted as you push it through. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 171/2" (44.5cm) long. #100-004-160EN MOLLE Speedthreader, 3K7B39 �� $ 10.99

Clearly Marks Rifle As Unloaded; Ejects When Bolt Is Charged

gun cases

MAGPUL

MOLLE SPEEDTHREADER

BRASS CATCHER No More Scrounging On The Ground For Scattered Brass Fits All Models Of AR-15 Rifles

PRECISION GUN SPECIALTIES

AR-15/m16

Maximum Concealment & Protection During Transport Low-profile case provides discreet concealment and maximum protection for a short-barreled AR, a rifle disassembled into upper and lower halves, or other expensive gear during transport. Features a durable, heavy-duty, water-resistant nylon outer shell and 21/2" thick foam padding that provides a snug, firm hold on the gun. Protects the gun’s finish with a no-scratch lining of brushed Tricot that won’t sag, billow, or deform. Full-length, padded, 1/2" thick divider has two mag pouches double stitched to one side, so loose magazines won’t damage your gun. Heavy-duty zipper with large aluminum pull tabs for an easy grasp with thumb and forefinger. SPECS: Nylon exterior, Tricot lining, tan or navy blue. 29" (73.6cm) long x 3" (7.6cm) deep x 11" (27.9cm) high. #100-005-304EN Ultra-Compact Discreet Case, Navy Blue, 7F27Q99 �� $ 27.99 #100-007-220EN Ultra-Compact Discreet Case, Tan, 7F27H99 �� 27.99

AR-15/M16 SAFE PORT

AR-15/M16

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

AR-15/m16

MATCH CASE GAUGE Helps Prevent Ammo-Related Malfunctions Precision machined aluminum gauge is the quick, accurate, easy way to check reloaded ammunition—or suspect factory ammo—to verify that it is dimensionally correct for proper function in your rifle. A majority of semi-auto jams are caused by oversized cases; if your ammo doesn’t fit the case gauge, it won’t fit your chamber. Anodized red or blue for easy caliber identification. Red .223/5.56 Wylde gauge fits .223 SAAMI and 5.56 NATO. Blue .308/7.62 gauge fits .308 SAAMI and 7.62mm NATO. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized red (.223/5.56 Wylde) or blue (.308/7.62). #452-000-102EN .223/5.56 Wylde Case Gauge, 2E24I00 �� $ 29.99 #452-000-103EN .308/7.62 Case Gauge, 2E24H00 �� 29.99

COMPETITION ELECTRONICS

POCKET PRO II Packed With Features To Help You Improve Your Speed

range training gear

Digital shot timer is easily configured for the information you need to know when practicing your shooting to you improve your speed and ultimately your match scores. Main screen allows you to set-up the timer to display only the information you want to see. Review four shots at once with shot numbers, times, and splits on the LED screen. Keep track of your shot time with shot number, split and start delay type. Adjusts for shot sensitivity via the display menu and shot dead time to eliminate echoes while shooting. Onboard date/time display lets you keep complete records as you chart your progress, and internal memory stores up to 100 shots. a b #225-000-001EN Blue Pocket Pro II, 2K121A19 �� $ 129.99 #100-011-303EN Gray Pocket Pro II, 2K121I19 �� 129.99

PACT

CLUB TIMER III Compact, Ergonomic Design Is Simple To Use; Ideal For Clubs Or Individuals Compact, lightweight unit fits in the palm of your hand; provides highly accurate timer functions designed to make you a better, faster shooter. One of the very best choices for Club shoots because it is so simple and accurate to use. The rugged, impact resistant case is ergonomically designed to be easy to carry or the stainless steel clip will securely hold the unit onto your belt for individual practice sessions. The large, can’t miss GO button can be set for either Delay or Instant operation. Delay Mode allows a delay from .01 second up to 99.99 second before the extra loud buzzer rings. In Instant Mode the Go button is pressed and held on the “Are You Ready?” command and the buzzer will sound instantly when the GO button is released. All critical shot information is shown on the digital, easy-to-read display, which can be set quickly to function in one of three different modes. Timer Mode: Displays the number of shots and time between shots, from first to last. Review Mode: Shows incremental times from the first to the last shot fired. Set Mode: Used to switch between Delay and Instant and enter or clear a PAR time. Uses a single, 9-volt battery (included), with auto power down after 15 minutes. a b SPECS: Plastic housing , black. 33/4" (9.5cm) wide, 43/4" (12 cm) high, 13/8" (3.4cm) thick. Weighs 8 oz. (226g). Complete instructions included. #100-002-498EN Pact Club Timer III, 5A137C29 �� $ 139.99

PAGE

COMPETITION ELECTRONICS

MAGNETOSPEED

PROCHRONO DIGITAL

V3 CHRONOGRAPH

COMPETITIVE EDGE DYNAMICS

CED7000 SHOT ACTIVATED TIMER

Gives Accurate Analysis Of Ammo Velocity Takes guesswork out of analyzing ammunition performance. Extra large shooting area for accurate shot placement and easier setup. Displays 9 strings of fire, 99 shots each, plus delete string or current shot, high and low velocity, extreme spread, standard deviation and average velocity. Threaded for 1/4-20 tpi camera tripod. Measures speeds from 22 to 7000 in fps or meters per second. Optional indoor light kit required for indoor use. Light kit available by special order. Optional Indoor Lighting System available. PC USB Interface provides everything needed to display all your data from the ProChrono Digital chronograph in an easy-to-read format on your computer screen. Control all of the chrono functions from your computer, list velocity strings, compute ft./lbs. of energy, power factors, and even create graphs for easy data comparison and interpretation. Uses the computer USB port for a cable connection to the ProChrono Digital chronograph. User-friendly software allows two chronographs to be used with one PC for easy side-by-side chronograph velocity comparisons. Includes 25 ft. long USB cable, USB adapter interface, and software CD. a b SPECS: ProChrono Digital - Plastic case, white, matte finish. Powered by a 9 volt battery, not included. 16" (40.6cm) x 4" (10.1cm) x 33/4" (9.5cm) Weighs 2 lbs. (907g). External printer compatible. Includes wire support rods, diffusers and detailed instructions. PC USB Interface - Includes 25′ (7.6m) long USB cable, USB adapter interface, and software CD with instructions. Requires Windows® 98, Windows® 2000, Windows® XP or Windows Vista® operating system. Compatible with ProChrono Digital chronograph only. #225-100-101EN ProChrono Digital Chronograph, 2K109F09 ��$ 119.99 #225-000-004EN ProChrono PC USB Interface Kit, 2K44H49 �� 49.99 PROCHRONO PAL - Determines the actual velocity of factory and reloaded ammunition. Large shooting area for accurate shot placement and easier setup. Displays velocity, number of shots, average velocity, high and low velocity. Lightweight design, threaded for 1/4"-20 tpi camera tripod. Measures from 22 to 7000 feet per second. Optional Indoor Lighting Kit required for indoor use. Light kit available by special order. SPECS: Plastic case, white, matte finish. Powered by a 9 volt battery, not included. 16" (40.6cm) x 4" (10.1cm) x 33/4" (9.5cm) Wt. 2 lbs. (907 g). Includes wire support rods, diffusers; instructions. #225-100-100EN ProChrono Pal, 2K79J89 �� $ 99.99 INDOOR LIGHTING KIT - Features 72 LEDs that emit invisible, infra-red light for optimum contrast over the optical sensors and reliable, indoor chronograph operation. Eliminates possible invalid readings when using incandescent or florescent light sources that can vary in intensity and coverage. Portable and fast setup, just mount the light arcs and connect power. Red “ON” indicator illuminates when operating. 120 VAC adapter included. Will operate on a 24 VDC source (two 12 Volt batteries wired in series). Shipping box protects the unit during storage and transport. Includes complete instructions. Fits all ProChrono model chronographs. SPECS: Adapter input - 120 VAC 60Hz. Light Arc Input/Adapter Output - 24 VDC 200mA. Power Consumption - Approx. 200mA (100 mA per arc). #225-000-005EN Indoor Lighting Kit, 2K57B79 �� $ 66.99

Compact & Lightweight So You Hardly Know It’s There Innovative Lightweight System Mounts Directly To Barrel Barrel-mounted chronograph uses advanced e l e c t ro m a g n e t i c sensors, instead of traditional optical sensors, to measure bullet velocity. Designed for barrels and suppressors ½" to 2" in diameter, this bayonet style chronograph easily mounts on rifles, pistols, shotguns, and even air rifles. User friendly, three button digital display unit calculates and saves ballistic data for up to 99 consecutive shots. Unit also includes a rapid-fire mode, capable of calculating rate of fire. Data can be easily transferred from the display unit, in spread sheet format, to your computer using a micro-SD card. Uses one 9 volt or two CR123 batteries. a b SPECS: Kit includes display unit, sensor unit, connection cables, mounting hardware, micro-SD card w/adapter, and complete instructions. Fits 1 /2" (1.3cm) to 2" (5.1cm) diameter barrels. #100-014-631EN Magnetospeed V3 Chronograph, 3F399J99 �� $ 399.99

HOWARD LEIGHT IMPACT SPORT ELECTRONIC EAR MUFFS Protects Hearing, Amplifies Conversation & Range Commands

MAGPUL .223/5.56

DUMMY ROUNDS For Testing & Dry-Firing An Unloaded Rifle Solid, inert, dummy rounds let you safely test the feeding, extraction, and magazine function of your rifle without the worry of accidental discharge. Lets you dry fire without risking damage to the firing pin. Glass-fiber reinforced polymer material can’t corrode or cause corrosion. Precision molded to duplicate the Remington .223/5.56mm NATO round in five critical dimensions, and can be cycled and ejected the same as live ammunition. Sold in 5-Paks. a b SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced injection-molded polymer, black.

SINCE 1939

BELT CLIP - Convenient clip lets you carry your CED 7000-series timer on your belt or pants pocket, freeing both hands for shooting. High-impact polymer body with soft, protective rubber insert securely grips the timer and protects it from shock, while stainless steel buckle holds the timer close to your body. Sturdy piano hinge allows you to rotate the timer up to see the screen and work the controls. #399-000-011EN Belt Clip, 9C14F99 �� $ 14.99

COMPETITIVE EDGE DYNAMICS CED8000

SHOT ACTIVATED TIMER

Compact, lightweight electronic muffs let you hear conversation and range commands, while blocking out dangerous noises like gunfire to protect your hearing. Ultra-fast response electronics amplify ambient sounds to a safe 82 decibels (dB), yet shut down when sounds above 82 dB are detected to let the muff’s passive hearing protection take over. In amplification mode, directionally placed stereo microphones even help you hear where the sound is coming from. Built-in AUX input accepts 1/8" (3mm) stereo plug to connect a radio or other audio device. Automatic shut-off after 4 hours to preserve battery life. Low-profile ear cups with bottom half that angles in sharply for plenty of clearance when shouldering long guns. SPECS: Molded polymer, O.D. Green. NRR 22 dB. 10.4 oz. (295g) wt. Uses two AAA batteries, included; 350 hours continuous operation. #100-004-644EN Impact Sport Electronic Muffs, 3F51F99 �� $ 53.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

Now you can practice improving your shooting times with a full-featured timer that’s so compact you’ll forget you’re wearing it. Entire unit is roughly the size of a cell phone and just as easy to operate. Plus, it can be upgraded for wireless connection to a CED BigBoard or CED Time Keeper for displaying results up to 50 yards away from the timer. Contains 25 features including: • Custom PAR for single or multiple time settings • Variable delay intervals to .01 seconds • Easy-toread illuminated LCD display • Split and first time shots on each shot fired • Countdown Mode • Memory storage including recall and unlimited shot record and review • 999.99 second time record capacity • Auxiliary jack for external loud horn, visual starts or target turning • Digital sensitivity shot detector with adjustable software filter • Rechargeable battery • Combined Comstock function • Multi-Par mode (for multiple Par setting from one timer activation) • Universal plug-in charger, wrist, and neck lanyards included. SPECS: High impact plastic case, black. 37/8" (9.8cm) long, 13/4" (4.4cm) wide, 11/16" (1.7cm) thick. 2.9 oz. (80g) wt. Universal plug-in charger, wrist, and neck lanyards included. #399-000-008EN CED7000 Timer, 9C129B99 �� $ 129.99

The Smallest, Lightest, Most Compact, Full Function Competition Timer Available Dramatically improve your shooting scores! The CED8000 state-of-the-art electronic timer provides every timing function any competitive shooter needs in a small, easy-to-use, easy-to-carry, dependable package. No complicated toggle switches or key pads; simply turn on the timer and start shooting. Features include: • Easyto-read illuminated LCD display • Unlimited shot record and review • 999.99 second time record capacity • Split time recorded and shown for all shots fired • Programmed NRA Bianchi, PPC and Field Shooting events • Sportsman Challenge Countdown and Gunsmith Modes • Partime function • Repetitive mode • Combined Comstock function (programmable up to 199.9 sec.) • Low-battery indicator • Power down mode (after 30 min. of non-use) • Input jacks for airsoft or stop plates • Auxiliary jacks for earphone and external horn • Self-diagnostic system • Low frequency buzzer • Convenient steel belt clip and much, much more SPECS: High impact plastic housing, blue. 33/4" (9.5cm) long, 31/2" (8.9cm) wide, 11/2" (3.2cm) high w/display closed. 8.6 oz. (244g) wt. Includes padded Cordura carrying case and instruction booklet. Uses one 9 volt, alkaline battery (not included). #399-000-007EN CED8000 Shot Activated Timer, 9C159F99 ��$ 159.99

#100-004-885EN .223/5.56 Dummies, 5-Pak, 3K4E15 �� $ 4.70

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Lucas Oil

Cleaning & Lubrication Products

GUN OIL - Blend of oil and petroleum-extracted additives forms a resilient polymeric film that protects metal from rust, wear, and moisture in all weather. Makes clean-up of powder residue, copper fouling, and wad fouling much easier. Resists burn-off and cuts through rust to free stuck parts. Even neutralizes acids from fingerprints. Resists drying, so it’s excellent for long-term storage use. Great for compound bows, too. a b #100-015-898EN Lucas Gun Oil, 2 oz., 5C2A80 �� $ 3.99 #100-015-899EN Lucas Gun Oil, 2 oz./18-Pak, 5C49M00 �� 67.99 EXTREME DUTY GUN OIL - High-heat, burn-off resistant formulation is ideal for hard-cycling semi- and full-auto firearms. Produces a polymeric film to protect metal from moisture and rust, while also dramatically reducing friction and wear during highvolume shooting. Wide working temperature range of -38 to +400° F means your gun stays protected even in extreme operating conditions. A light coat in the bore and on bolt carriers, gas pistons, and suppressor baffles greatly eases clean-up of powder residue, carbon, and copper fouling. Viscous consistency resists blow-back, keeping oil off your face and glasses. Neutralizes acids from fingerprints, so it’s an excellent protectant for long-term storage. #100-016-844EN Extreme Gun Oil, 4mL/12-Pak, 5C8J00 �� $ 9.99 5.99 #100-016-021EN Extreme Gun Oil, 1 oz., 5C4H95 �� #100-016-011EN Extreme Duty Gun Oil, 4 oz., 9.99 5C8P00 �� #100-016-528EN Extreme Duty Gun Oil, 4 oz./12-Pak, 5C94N00 �� 117.99 #100-016-529EN Extreme Gun Oil, 1 oz./12-Pak, 5C58I00 �� 69.99 #100-015-896EN Extreme Gun Oil, 8 oz., 5C12H25 �� 14.99 #100-015-897EN Extreme Gun Oil, 8 oz./12-Pak, 5C142A00 �� 169.99 #100-015-932EN Extreme Gun Oil, 1 Gallon, 5C82G00 �� 94.99

EXTREME DUTY CLP - Deep-penetrating cleaner/lubricant contains high-grade additives that dissolve powder residue, old lubrication, and other contaminates for fast cleaning in the field. Frees stuck parts and speeds routine cleaning so it's less of a chore. Contains anti-wear additives that reduce friction and wear, while a super-slick waterproof film leaves behind a microscopic barrier against rust and corrosion to help extend the life of your gun. #100-017-508EN Extreme Duty CLP, 4 oz., 5C6F25 �� $ 7.49 #100-017-509EN Extreme Duty CLP, 4 oz./12-Pak, 5C74I50 �� 88.99 #100-017-510EN Extreme Duty CLP Aerosol, 11 oz., 5C8N25 �� 9.99 #100-017-511EN Extreme Duty CLP Aerosol, 11 oz./12Pak, 5C99B50 �� 118.99 EXTREME DUTY BORE SOLVENT - Powerful cleaning formula penetrates deep to remove bore fouling, while leaving behind a micro-thin coat of corrosion inhibitors. Easily removes carbon and powder residue, plus copper and lead fouling. Safe on polymers and factory applied firearm finishes. Excellent for use in ultrasonic cleaners and requires no mixing, rinsing, or oil dip after cleaning. Minimal odor; no ammonia, kerosene, or water. #100-017-503EN Extreme Duty Solvent, 4 oz., 5C5C75 �� $ 6.99 #100-017-504EN Extreme Duty Solvent, 4 oz./12-Pak, 5C68G00 �� 82.99 #100-017-505EN Extreme Duty Solvent, 16 oz., 5C13I00 �� 15.99 #100-017-506EN Extreme Duty Solvent, 16 oz./12-Pak, 5C159L50 �� 190.99 #100-017-507EN Extreme Duty Solvent, 64 oz., 5C41L50 �� 49.99

EXTREME DUTY GUN GREASE Premium, heavy-duty grease is formulated to protect guns from heat, friction, and corrosion under the severest operating conditions. Has a smooth, tacky consistency, ensuring it stays where you apply it. Prevents rust and corrosion from rain and moisture in fresh and salt water environments. Withstands extreme pressures and cushions metal surfaces with an 80 lb. Timken load (35 lb. is the minimum industry standard). #100-017-501EN Extreme Duty Gun Grease, 1 oz., 5C8N00 �� $ 9.89 #100-017-502EN Extreme Duty Gun Grease, 1 oz./6-Pak, 5C48C00 �� 58.99

CONTACT CLEANER - Power-blast cleaner is has a unique blend of solvents and cleaning agents to blast away powder residue, grease, oil, and other gunk from actions, slides, barrels, and other parts. Of course, it's excellent for cleaning contacts on electrical components, too! Displaces water, so a great preventive treatment for a gun caught out in a rainstorm. Dries quickly and leaves no residue - ideal for final degreasing prior to bluing, Parkerizing, or spray finish applications. Won't harm firearm metal finishes or polymers subjected to incidental contact. #100-015-902EN Contact Cleaner, 14 oz., 5C7Q00 �� $ 8.49 #100-015-903EN Contact Cleaner, 14 oz./12-Pak, 5C84I00 �� 99.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

AR-15/M16/AR-308 CLEANING KIT

AR-15/M16

PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SYSTEM

Complete System Ensures Thorough Cleaning To Keep Your AR Functioning Reliably Brownells has teamed up with M-Pro 7 to develop this cleaning kit specifically for maintaining an AR-type rifle in peak operating condition. Inside the kit’s compact hardshell case you’ll find M-Pro 7 Gun Cleaner that safely penetrates deep beneath even tough, scorched-on carbon fouling to lift away the gunk and leave the bore sparkling clean. M‑Pro 7 Gun Oil LPX delivers superior lubrication and corrosion protection, and can even be used for quick cleaning in the field. You get a military-style multi-section steel cleaning rod, plus high-quality bronze bore brushes for ARs chambered in .223/5.56mm, .308/7.62mm, 9mm, and .45. There’s a brush for cleaning the bolt carrier way—critical for maintaining reliable weapon cycling—plenty of absorbent cotton flannel patches, and the M-Pro 7 Weapons Maintenance Guide. Due to its non-hazardous and non-flammable contents, this kit meets TSA regulations for legal transport in checked baggage aboard commercial airliners. a b SPECS: Kit contains polycarbonate box, black; 2 fl. oz (59ml) M-Pro 7 Gun Cleaner; 2 fl oz. Gun Oil LPX; five-section steel cleaning rod w/30" maximum extended length; (4) bronze bore brushes to fit .22/.223/5.56mm, .308/7.62mm, 9mm, and .45; bronze bolt way cleaning brush; polymer patch loop; 1" circular, 2" square, and 21/2" square cotton flannel patches; lint-free gun cloth; and Weapons Maintenance Guide. #080-000-686EN AR-15 Cleaning Kit, 9K29J00 ��$ 34.99

AR-15/M16

BUTTSTOCK CLEANING KIT

Premium-Quality Components For Detail Cleaning Of The Entire Rifle Convenient, professional-grade cleaning system contains everything you need to thoroughly clean an AR-15 to ensure it operates with peak reliability and accuracy. We packed this kit with our best, premium-grade components and supplies to help you detail clean all parts of your rifle’s operating system, including bore, chamber, gas system, and bolt carrier way. You get a top-quality Dewey cleaning rod long enough for any AR-15 barrel, our own Special Line bronze bore brushes, and our deep-scrubbing allcotton, flannel patches, plus tools specifically developed for the AR 15. A hold-open link separates the upper and lower receivers and locks them in place so you can clean the bore and chamber the correct way, from the breech. Rugged Delrin® plastic bore guide centers the cleaning rod in the bore and protects the rifling from damage; silicone O-ring seals the chamber and keeps solvent out of the action and trigger. Our upper receiver cleaning tool has a properly sized bronze brush and cotton mop to let you quickly scrub stubborn carbon fouling from the bolt carrier way and lug recesses. Combination bronze and stainless steel chamber brush, originally designed for the USGI M16, makes short work of fouling that can prevent proper extraction of spent shells. All this gear comes packed in a rugged plastic storage/carry box with a roomy top compartment and three slide-out drawers with plenty of storage space for extra items. a b SPECS: Kit contains Dewey 36" cleaning rod w/jag and 8-32 thread adapter, O-ring bore guide, cleaning link, (12) Special Line .22 bore brushes, (3) cotton bore mops, (250) 11/4" round cotton patches, (6) gas tube cleaners, (3) chamber brushes, gun parts cleaning brush, (2) shop cloths, 4 oz. Break Free CLP, and 24 oz. TCE Cleaner/Degreaser, plus Upper Receiver Cleaning Kit that includes handle, bronze brush, and cotton mop. For AR-15/ M16 rifles and carbines chambered in .223/5.56mm only. #080-000-573EN Brownells Professional AR-15 Cleaning System, 8K135H49 �� $ 149.99

Compact, Field-Ready Kits That Go Wherever Your Rifle Goes Our crew of tactical weapons experts developed these fine 5.56mm cleaning kits to give the M16/AR-15 shooter a handy, carry-along system that fits snug in the storage compartment of A1/ A2 buttstocks. Standard Kit includes a government-type 5-piece cleaning rod (with loop), bronze bore brush, bronze chamber brush, double-ended parts cleaning brush, and a heavy Nylon pouch tapered correctly for a rattle-free fit. Deluxe Kit adds a solvent-resistant nylon chamber brush, 25-Pak of mil-spec cleaning patches, and 4ml of Brownells Friction Defense™ Xtreme Gun Oil for superior weapons lubrication and corrosion protection. Detailed instructions in both kits guide you through the cleaning process. a b SPECS: For 5.56mm (.223) caliber only. Fits A-1 and A-2 style buttstocks. Both kits include 5-piece cleaning rod, bore brush, bronze chamber brush, parts cleaning brush, buttstock pouch, and instructions. Deluxe Kit adds nylon chamber brush, 25-Pak cleaning patches, and 4ml of Friction Defense Xtreme Gun Oil. #084-000-229EN Standard Buttstock Cleaning Kit, 4H13L75 ��$ 16.99 #084-000-233EN Deluxe Buttstock Cleaning Kit, 4H16K62 �� 21.99

order on the web

brownells.com

MASEN

MIL-SPEC CLEANING KIT Authentic, Issue Kits For Field Use Genuine cleaning components make a great take-along kit for range and field use. Kit includes sectional cleaning rod with combo handle, patch loop, bore brush, chamber brush, double-ended parts brush, oiler bottle, and storage pouch. Fits snuggly inside the trapdoor compartment on A2 buttstocks. a b SPECS: Rod/Handle - Steel, parkerized. Bore Brush - Bronze. Chamber Brush - Bronze w/stainless steel lug recess bristles. Oil Bottle - Plastic. Parts Brush - Nylon bristles, plastic handle. Fits .223 caliber. #555-000-005EN M16 Cleaning Kit, 6E16B52 ��$ 18.99

PAGE

cleaning supplies

#100-016-014EN Applicator Bottle, 3-Pak, 5C11C50 �� $ 13.99

GUN METAL POLISH & TUMBLER MEDIA ADDITIVE - Removes stains and rust from metals without hard rubbing or bad odor. No harsh abrasives, so it safely cleans and polishes blued and stainless steel, nickel, aluminum, and brass, while protecting treated surfaces from oxidation, tarnish, and rust. A great tumbler media additive to remove oxidation, powder residue, fingerprints, and other contaminants from brass and nickel-plated cases. Mix with walnut shell, corn cob, or other tumbling media to reduce cleaning time by half compared to using media alone. Not for use on cold bluing. #100-016-012EN Gun Metal Polish, 4 oz., 5C4I90 �� $ 5.99 #100-016-013EN Gun Metal Polish, 16 oz., 5C13L00 �� 16.99

PRECISION APPLICATOR BOTTLE - Pin-point applicator squeeze bottle helps you apply just enough oil exactly where you need it. Save money by buying your favorite Lucas oil in large bottles and transferring it to this small bottle for daily use. Enables one-drop application, so you get just the right amount of lubricant, solvent, or other liquid into hard-to-reach areas. Ideal size for tool box or range bag, while the rubber cap’s tight seal keeps the contents inside. Same 1 oz. plastic bottle that comes with Lucas Extreme Duty Gun Oil and Fishing Reel Oil.

/M-PRO 7®

AR-15/m16

Powerful, Long-Lasting Cleaning/Lubrication/Rust Preventive Products For All Your Guns

FISHING REEL OIL - Extends the superior protection of Lucas's firearm products to your fishing gear - and firearm applications where you need a light, smooth-flowing lubricant. Penetrating formula lubricates all moving parts in fresh and salt water fishing reels for smooth operation and excellent rust protection. One-drop applicator ensures you get just the right amount of lubricant in hard-to-reach areas. #100-015-900EN Fishing Reel Oil, 1 oz., 5C4K75 �� $ 5.99 #100-015-901EN Fishing Reel Oil, 1 oz./20-Pak, 5C91B00 �� 117.99

AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

UPPER RECEIVER CLEANING KIT

DEWEY AR-15/M16

CHAMBER MAID KITS

PULL-THROUGH CLEANING KIT

Deluxe Kit, Wool

The Right Tools For A Difficult Cleaning Job Make short work of cleaning heavily fouled AR-15 upper receivers, right down to the locking lug recess. Specially sized and shaped bronze receiver brush and cotton mop quickly remove stubborn carbon residue that can hinder your rifle’s reliability. Standard Kit is for cleaning upper receiver and bolt carrier way. Deluxe Kit has a longer rod and a chamber brush that lets you thoroughly clean the bolt carrier way, the chamber, and the locking lug recess. This kit also available with a tough-scrubbing wool mop. a b SPECS: Standard Kit includes bronze receiver brush, mop, and brass cleaning rod with plastic handle. Overall length – 61/2" (16.5cm) long, threaded 5/16"-27 tpi. Deluxe Kit includes bronze receiver brush, mop, AR15 chamber brush, thread adapter and brass cleaning rod with plastic handle. Overall length – 141/4" (36.2cm) long, threaded 8-32 tpi. Replacement brush and mop are threaded 5/16"-27 tpi. #084-000-028EN Standard Kit, Cotton Mop, 4H23G71 ��$ 32.99 #084-000-029EN Deluxe Kit, Cotton Mop, 4H20K99 �� 26.99 #084-823-115EN Deluxe Kit, Wool Mop, 4H23G00 �� 28.99 #084-223-003EN Replcmt Receivr Brush, 4H3D54 �� 4.99 #084-223-004EN Replacement Wool Mop, 4H6N72 �� 11.99 #084-000-027EN Replacement Cotton Mop, 4H5F92 �� 7.99

TACTICAL RIFLE CLEANING SYSTEM Self-Contained Pocket Cleaning Kit Everything you need to clean your AR in one compact kit. All kits include MemoryFlex® cable rod, O85® Ultra Bore™ solvent, slotted tip, patches, bore brushes and other accessories. Carries on your belt. #223 kit for .223/5.56mm AR‑15/M16/M4 rifles. #308 kit is for .30/7.62 caliber rifles. 300 BLK kit is specifically for rifles chambered in .300 AAC Blackout (300 BLK). a b SPECS: Black nylon carrying case, brass brushes, tips and handles. Cleaning solvent and patches. Plastic coated steel cable rods. #223 case is 41/2" (10.8cm) dia. #308 & 300 BLK cases are 31/2" (8.9cm) dia. #668-000-052EN #223 Cleaning System, 8F31A78 �� $ 41.99 #668-000-055EN #308 Cleaning System, 8F30L85 �� 39.99 #100-012-173EN 300 BLK Cleaning Kit, 8F42D00 �� 49.95 AR-15 GRIP KIT - Provides a very useful, field and emergency cleaning kit that’s always ready for use. All components are contained in a secure, grip insert that stores in the standard A2 pistol grip recess. SPECS: Polymer insert, black. Contains: cleaning patches, 26" (66cm) flexible rod, bore brush, slotted, brass tip, NATO thread adapter and T-handle. #668-000-005EN AR-15 Grip Kit, 8F41I00 �� $ 49.99 CLEANING PATCHES - The same patches for .22-.30 caliber rifles included in the tactical rifle cleaning system. Pre-slotted to fit loopstyle rod tip. Each patch can be varied in size by pinching at the various slots. SPECS: 100% virgin cotton. 2" (5cm) diameter. #668-000-002EN Small Caliber Patches, 100-Pak, 8F4B99 �� $ 5.99

PAGE

The perfect kit for fast, thorough cleaning of the chamber and hard-to-reach lug recesses in the barrel extension of AR-15 and AR-style .308 rifles. Each kit contains a detachable handle, a flexible steel braid, rubber coated cleaning rod, and a heavy duty bronze bore brush with a wider-diameter section of stainless steel bristles to scrub the lug recesses. Compact enough to fit comfortably in a pocket or range bag and ideal for quick cleaning jobs at the range or for thorough cleanings at home. a b SPECS: Flexible, rubber-coated, braided steel 10" (25.4cm) rod, plastic handle, bronze/stainless steel brush. Models for AR-15 and AR-style .308 rifles. Accepts brushes with 8-32 thread. #100-003-014EN AR-15 .223 Chamber Maid Kit, 5K12C55 ��$ 14.99 #100-003-015EN AR-Style .308 Chamber Maid Kit, 5K14P20 �� 16.99 CHAMBER MAID SWAB KITS - Replaces the steel bristles on the standard .223 and .308 Chamber Maid kits with a super-absorbent, star-shaped felt swab precisely contoured for thorough yet gentle cleaning of the lug recesses on AR-15 and AR-style .308 rifles. Each kit contains five swabs, bronze bore brush, removable handle, and a flexible steel braid, rubber coated cleaning rod. SPECS: Kits available for AR-15 .223 and AR-type .308 rifles. Each kit contains five swabs, bronze bore brush, removable handle, and a flexible steel braid, rubber coated cleaning rod, 10" (25.4cm) long. Felt swabs - .308 - replacement pak of 12. .223 – replacement pak of 20. Accepts brushes with 8-32 thread. #100-002-569EN AR-Style .308 Swab Kit, 5K13A90 ��$ 16.99 #100-002-570EN AR-Style .308 Replcmnt. Swabs, 12-pak, 5K8J50 �� 10.99 #100-002-571EN AR-15 .223 Swab Kit, 5K11F15 �� 13.99 #100-002-057EN AR-15 .223 Replcmnt. Swabs, 20-pak, 5K8G50 �� 10.99

IOSSO® AR-STYLE .308

COMPLETE CLEANING KIT Helps Clean AR-Style .308 Gas Tube Without Disassembly Handy kit contains everything you need to clean your AR-style .308 at the bench, on the range or in the field. Features blue Nyflex™ nylon brushes that are both tough and flexible to thoroughly clean the bolt carrier, bolt carrier key, upper receiver, chamber, and bore. Gas tube brush with guide tool lets you clean the gas tube without disassembling the rifle. Bore cleaning rope and patch puller help you remove carbon deposits with simple pull-through action. Extension rod can be used as a handle for the brushes or the bore cleaning rope; extends the rope’s reach for extra-long barrels. a b SPECS: Extension rod, aluminum, blue. 8" (20cm) long. Guide tool, aluminum, blue. 4" (10cm) long. Brushes - Nyflex nylon fiber, brass core, 8-32 male threads. Includes brushes for cleaning: upper receiver, chamber, bolt carrier, .30 caliber bore, and bolt carrier key. Gas tube brush permanently attached to steel cable, 24" (61cm) long. Kit also includes patch

Kits

Complete, Pocket Size Kits For Fast, Effective Cleaning In The Field

Scrubs Chamber & Lug Recesses Extra Clean—Fast

OTIS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

cleaning SUPPLIEs

C.J. WEAPONS AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

Convenient, pullthrough kit contains everything you need, in one compact unit, to effectively and easily clean your .223/5.56mm AR-15/M16 while on the move. Flexible cable with protective coating allows thorough cleaning without damage to the bore or muzzle end. Large, nylon bead slides along the cable and provides a non-slip grasp and easy pulling. Patch loop, brush connector, and sliding pull bead are permanent parts of the cleaning cable. Connector is 8"-32 tpi for rifle size brushes. Includes a 1/2 oz. bottle of Shooter’s Choice FP-10 for cleaning, lubricating, and deep-penetrating corrosion protection. Compact, 1000 denier Cordura® nylon pouch stores all components and stows easily in a range bag, pocket, or on your belt. a b SPECS: Coated 30" cleaning cable with 8"-32 female end, brass loop, bronze/steel chamber brush, coated steel T-handle chamber rod, brass stuck case remover, brass scraper & brass/steel pick, nylon bore brush; 1/2 oz. bottle of Shooter’s Choice FP-10, assorted cotton patches, and 1000 denier Cordura nylon pouch. #234-000-081EN AR-15 Pull-Through Cleaning Kit, .223, 4C35I61 �� $ 49.49

OTIS AR-15/M16

MSR/AR & MSPR CLEANING SYSTEMS Quick & Effective Breech-To-Muzzle® Cleaning For Your AR Versatile, go-anywhere cleaning kit is the all-in-one cleaning solution for your AR-pattern. Use it at the range or in the field without disassembly for quick touch-ups or at home for a thorough breech-to-muzzle cleaning. MSR/AR kit features Otis’s B.O.N.E. (Bolt Operational Necessary Equipment) Tool® for servicing the bolt, 8" and 30" Memory-Flex® cleaning cables, two Mongoose® brush/swab combos, a chamber brush, slotted tip, and a 1/2 oz. tube of O85 Ultra Bore® solvent. Also has an assortment of brushes, scrapers, cleaning patches, picks, and other tools to help you keep your AR clean. Comes in a durable, belt-attachable nylon carry case. MSPR kits contain many of the same components, plus items specifically designed for cleaning AR-pattern rifles with gas piston operating systems. a b #668-000-109EN .223/5.56 MSR/AR Cleaning System, 8F52M45 �� $ 56.99 668-000-137EN .308/7.62 MSR/AR Cleaning System, 8F52B99 �� 56.99 668-000-135EN .223/5.56 MSPR Cleaning System, 8F39F99 �� 46.99 668-000-136EN .308/7.62 MSPR Cleaning System, 8F39E99 �� 46.99

REAL AVID

GUN BOSS AR15/M16 CLEANING KIT

IOSSO® AR-15/M16

ELIMINATOR™ AR-15 CLEANING KIT

Cleaning Kit Made To Go Wherever Your AR15 Goes

Cleans Bore & Hard To Reach Areas, Including Gas Tube Handy, all-in-one kit contains tools custom-designed to clean an AR from chamber to muzzle. Dense, durable Nyflex™ fiber brushes offer maximum bristle area per square inch to thoroughly clean specific parts of the weapon without risk of scratching bore or the aluminum components. Includes brushes for .223/5.56mm bore, upper receiver, chamber, bolt carrier, and carrier key, plus a dedicated gas tube brush. Cleaning rope accepts the bore brush or the included patch loop. Aluminum tool provides plenty of cleaning torque as the handle for the receiver and carrier brushes, and may be used as a handle for the cleaning rope. Great for use with Iosso Bore Cleaner and Eliminator Gun Oil (available separately). a b SPECS: Aluminum rod. Brushes - Nyflex nylon fiber. Gas tube brush is permanently attached to a steel cable; others also fit standard 8-32 female threaded cleaning rods. Cleaning Kit contains 5 brush¬es, patch puller, cleaning rope, cleaning tool with handle, patch loop, gas tube brush, and carry pouch. Brush Pak contains bore brush, upper receiver brush, chamber brush, and bolt carrier brush #073-000-007EN AR-15 Cleaning Kit, 3G41J03 �� $ 54.99 #073-000-005EN AR-15 Brush Pak, 3G11C38 �� 14.99

puller, cleaning rope, and carry pouch. #073-000-009EN Complete AR-308 Cleaning Kit, 3G43K03 �� $ 54.99 #073-000-027EN Replacement Gas Tube Brushes, 6.99 2-Pak, 3G5B70 ��

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Compact, rod-type cleaning kit contains everything you need to protect the accuracy and reliability of your AR15. Kit includes combination bore illuminator/ safe chamber indicator that also pushes out takedown pins, aluminum rod sections, brushes, slotted tip, picks, and patches packed into a rugged, weatherproof, zippered case with a digital camouflage exterior. Internal tray holds cleaning tools securely, so there’s no rattling. SPECS: EVA-molded case, digital camouflage exterior. 2" high, 3 ½" across, 6" long. Contains: 6 threaded anodized aluminum rod sections, T-handle, 5.56/.223 brass brush, brass chamber brush, nylon bolt carrier brush, nylon slotted tip, 25 synthetic cleaning patches, 1 straight pick, 1 angled pick, combination bore light/pin punch/safety flag. #100-012-144EN Gun Boss Ar15 Cleaning Kit, 8C23P79 �� $ 27.99

MILITARY THREAD BRASS LOOP No Bore Damage; Fits Military Rods Soft, brass loop threaded for 8-36 tpi Military-type cleaning rods helps prevent loss of accuracy due to bore wear caused by cleaning. Securely holds cleaning patch for .22-.30 calibers without damage to rifling. a b SPECS: Brass. .22-.30 Cal., 8-36 tpi male threads. #084-000-259EN .22-.30 Cal., 8-36 Brass Loop, 8A3D00 �� $ 3.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

MILITARY CLEANING ROD ADAPTER

DEWEY AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

CLEANING ROD GUIDE

CLEANING ROD, SMALL ARMS New production of the original, military issue “Cleaning Rod, Small Arms” (NSN #1005-00-089-3994). Designed for the M16/ARb 15’s and perfect for range kit or hunting pak. Fold-over handle. a SPECS: 8-36 military thread. .204" (5.2mm) dia. rod. 4 sections, each 73/8" (18.7cm). Overall length, with Jag, 293/4" (75.6cm). All parts steel. O.D. parkerized finish. Includes 8-36 to 8-32 adapter. #084-116-100EN Cleaning Rod, Small Arms, 4H11J49 ��$ 16.99 #084-116-362EN 8-32F/8-36M Adapters, 4H4I99 �� 6.99

Adapts the small arms military cleaning rods to accept 8-32 commercial brushes and jags. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. 31/4" (8.26cm) long. Pak of 2. #084-116-362EN 8-32F/8-36M Adapters, 4H4I99 �� $ 6.99

Keeps Solvent Out Of The Action Allows cleaning from the breech to protect the muzzle from cleaning rod damage. Rubber “O” ring seals the chamber and keeps solvent out of the lower receiver. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized. Delrin handle. Rubber O-rings. Approximately 9" (22.9cm) long. Includes spare O-rings and O-ring installation tool. Models available for AR-type rifles chambered in .223/5.56, 6.8mm, .300 AAC Blackout, and .308/7.62. #234-015-000EN .223/5.56 AR Rod Guide, 4C14M27 ��$ 23.99 #234-000-075EN 6.8mm AR Rod Guide, 4C19H70 �� 28.99 #234-011-000EN .300 AAC AR Rod Guide, 4C20L89 �� 24.99 #234-010-000EN .308/7.62 AR Rod Guide, 4C16A20 �� 27.99

MIL-SPEC GUN CLEANING PATCHES

100% cotton, single-nap, unbleached flannel patches made to get guns clean efficiently. The coarse, open weave side grabs and holds bore fouling and doubles as a “scrubber” for tough surface dirt. Soft, napped side holds solvents and oils. a b SPECS: 100% cotton flannel. 1000 patches per package. .223 - 11/4" (3.2cm) square. .30 - 21/2" (6.4cm) square. #546-100-223EN .223 Mil Spec Cleaning Patches, 1,000-Pak, 6D11A91 �� $ 16.99 #546-100-030EN .30 Mil Spec Cleaning Patches, 1,000-Pak, 6D20B83 �� 29.99

DEWEY

BRASS CHAMBER ROD

BORE STAY™ Convenient, Lock-In-Place Bore Guide Machined Delrin® bore guide replaces the bolt carrier while integral “locking lugs” keep guide firmly in the receiver. Lets you keep both hands free for better cleaning rod control. Helps keep solvents and other debris out of lower receiver during cleaning. SPECS: Machined Delrin body. 91/2" (24.1cm) long. #100-000-432EN Bore Stay Bore Guide, 5K19P10 �� $ 24.95

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

CLEANING ROD GUIDE

The Right Length For Upper Receiver Cleaning

Helps Prevent Crown, Throat & Chamber Damage

Dewey’s CHR brass chamber rod combined with a bronze/steel b bristle brush cleans the chamber and critical locking lug area. a SPECS: Brass rod, plastic handle. 8-32 tpi. 121/4" (31.1cm) long. #234-000-021EN AR-15 Combo, 4C14M24 �� $ 17.79 #234-000-041EN AR-Style .308 Combo, 4C14D95 �� 17.99

Replaces the bolt carrier, seals the upper receiver with rubber O-rings to keep solvents and crud out of the action. Solid aluminum rod guide helps prevent throat and chamber damage caused by cleaning rod contact. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum, AR-15 - red, anodized finish. 10" (25cm) long. Fits .223 only. AR-Style .308 - blue, anodized finish. 11.5" (29.2cm) long. Fits .308 only. #452-015-220EN AR-15 Rod Guide, 2E31H72 �� $ 34.99 #452-015-221EN AR-Style .308 Rod Guide, 2E34F48 �� 37.99

DEWEY

GRENADE LAUNCHER CLEANING KIT

223/5.56 AR-15 Bore Guide

AR-Style 308 Bore Guide

One-piece Delrin® bore guide replaces the bolt/carrier group during cleaning to center the cleaning rod and prevent solvent from leaking into the trigger group or the upper receiver. Snugfitting O-ring at the front seals off the chamber. Slot at the rear lets you apply solvent directly to patch or brush, while keeping it fully contained in the guide. a b #100-012-466EN .223/5.56 AR-15 Bore Guide, 3B20B00 �� $ 22.99 #100-012-467EN AR-Style .308 Bore Guide, 3B22D50 �� 25.99

SATERN® AR-15

BORE GUIDE

Prevents Damage To Chamber & Bore Clean your AR-15 from the breech to prevent muzzle or chamber damage. Insert into the upper receiver, replacing the bolt carrier, for safe and easy cleaning. Self-centers in the receiver with O-ring seals. Solvent port keeps chemicals out of the action. a b SPECS: Machined Delrin®. 91/2" (24cm) long. Models for AR-15s chambered in .223/5.56mm NATO, 6.5mm Grendel, .300 AAC Blackout, or .50 Beowulf. #812-015-002EN .223/5.56 Bore Guide, 2A31P43 �� $ 34.99 #812-000-007EN 6.5 Grendel Bore Guide, 2A31C43 �� 34.99 #812-000-015EN .300 AAC Blackout Bore Guide, 2A31L43 �� 34.99 #812-000-016EN .50 Beowulf Bore Guide, 2A31K43 �� 34.99

WHEELER ENGINNERING AR-15/M16

ADJUSTABLE RECEIVER LINK

The Right Kit For The M203

Holds AR-15 Open For Cleaning & Maintenance

POSSUM HOLLOW AR-15/M16

O-RING BORE GUIDE Protects Chamber & Bore Centers the cleaning rod in the bore to prevent rifling damage. Extra long for scoped rifles. O-ring seals chamber and keeps solvents out of the action and trigger, holds bore guide firmly in place. a b SPECS: Delrin®. Silicone rubber O-ring. 91/2" (24cm) long. #528-101-019EN O-Ring Bore Guide, for AR-15/M16, 8B14I47 ��$ 19.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Handy tool secures the upper and lower receivers of an AR-15 in an open position to give easy access for cleaning and maintenance. The upper link engages the upper receiver with an integral pin, and has a threaded lower portion that fits the lower takedown hole and pin. Two lower links give from 1.2" to 1.8" of opening to allow easy insertion of bore guide or give access to interior parts. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish #100-012-249EN Adjustable Receiver Link, 7A9K50 ��$ 12.99

order on the web

brownells.com

BORE SNAKE

Scrubs and cleans in a single step. Apply bore cleaner to the front of the cord and oil to the end. Drop cord into the bore and pull through five times. The built-in, phosphor bronze brush and braided floss scrub, clean and oil the bore in just minutes. Washable and reusable; lightweight design folds neatly away for easy storage and carry. SPECS: Braided nylon cord, nylon floss. #664-100-022EN .22/.223/5.56mm Rifle Bore Snake, 7K16C99 �� $ 19.99 #664-100-300EN .30 Rifle Bore Snake, 7K16L99 �� 19.99

HOPPE’S AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

VIPER BORE SNAKE Heavy-Duty, All-InOne, Pull-Through Cleaning System Braided nylon, pullthrough cleaning cord scrubs, cleans, and lubricates in a single step, just like the original Bore Snake, with 50% more scrubbing surface for those extra-tough cleaning jobs. Apply bore cleaner to the front of the cord, oil to the end, drop the weighted end down the bore, and pull through. Repeat as needed. Cone-shaped, nylon bore guide on lead end protects your gun’s rifling. Extra, built-in bronze brushes and braided cord clean and oil the bore in a few passes. Washable and reusable. SPECS: Braided nylon cord, embedded phosphor-bronze bristle brushes, brass weight. #593-000-101EN Viper Bore Snake, .223/5.56, 7K18Q50 �� $ 21.99 #593-000-102EN Viper Bore Snake, .308/7.62, 7K18L50 �� 21.99

AR-15/M16

BOLT RADIUS SCRAPER Easily Removes Carbon Deposits From Bolt Tail With A Few Gentle Turns Easy to use hand-held tool is for serious AR-15 shooters who want to quickly eradicate the carbon buildup on the bolt tail that’s difficult to remove with conventional cleaning methods. Helps ensure efficient gas system function and reliable cycling. This hard-working, stand-alone tool does the whole job – no need for brushes, solvents, or breakdown sprays. Just remove the bolt from your rifle and insert the bolt tail into scraper, then turn the scraper clockwise to remove the carbon. The comfortable, contoured handle provides excellent leverage. A few gentle turns should be all that’s needed for the bolt tail to be clean and ready for action. a b SPECS: Hardened tool steel, plastic handle. Approximately 51/2" (14cm) long. #080-000-639EN Bolt Radius Scraper, 8K12A75 �� $ 19.99

PAGE

cleaning supplies

Cleans military issue M203 (40mm) grenade launcher and 37mm variants. Two-piece, aluminum cleaning rod with 5/16"-27 female threads can also be used for short-barreled shotguns. a b SPECS: Kit includes: (1) 14" (36cm) aluminum rod w/fixed handle, (1) 8" (20cm) aluminum rod extension, (1) 5/16"-27 phosphor bronze brush, and (1) 5/16"-27 cotton mop. #234-000-051EN Complete Cleaning Kit, 4C38C51 ��$ 51.99 #234-000-058EN 37/40mm Replacement Brush, 4C5Q24 �� 9.39 #234-000-059EN 37/40mm Replacement Mop , 4C5J24 �� 10.99

BORE GUIDE

Protects From Cleaning Rod Damage & Keeps Solvent Out Of Receiver

C.J. WEAPONS AR-15

From The Same Supplier Uncle Sam Uses

PRO SHOT AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

HOPPE’S Fast, Pull-Through Cleaning; Rod, Brush & Patch All In One

AR-15/m16

Original Military M16 Rod

For 8-32 Attachments

Caliber

OTIS

RIPCORD™

AR-15/m16

A Single Pass Cleans Barrels Hot Off The Firing Line One-pass cleaning cord plunges fouling from Breech-to-Muzzle® with a heatresistant outer layer to prevent melting in hot barrels. Made to withstand up to 700°F, tightly woven DuPont™ Nomex® synthetic fibers act as both a brush and patch to loosen and trap burnt powder and debris for quick and easy field maintenance. Features 10 inches of aggressive cleaning surface; helix shape helps engage rifling, and a molded, rubberized core keeps the rigid, durable Nomex pressed against the bore for an all-around clean. To use, insert the long, narrow end into the chamber, push until the tip emerges from the muzzle, and pull through. Unlike with gravity-fed bore snakes, the gun does not need to tilt downward – the stiff Ripcord works at any angle or orientation and also can safely dislodge jammed cases and other blockages. Coated solid brass ends won’t scratch or damage the bore and are threaded to accept standard 8-32 accessories, like mops, patches with solvent, or a T-handle for added leverage. Brush off hard elements and reuse. a b #668-000-130EN .223/5.56 Ripcord, 8F11P89 ��$ 14.99 #668-000-131EN .30/7.62 Ripcord, 8F11H89 �� 14.99 #668-000-132EN .357/.38/9mm Ripcord, 8F11B89 �� 14.99 668-000-134EN .40 Cal./10mm Ripcord, 8F11P89 �� 14.99 #668-000-133EN .44/.45 Ripcord, 8F11D89 �� 14.99

C.J. WEAPONS AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

MAGNA-MATIC AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

A&O MFG. AR-15/M16

BARREL EXTENSION & LUG RECESS SWABS

CARBON REMOVAL TOOL

BOLT CARRIER CARBON SCRAPER

Get Those Hard-To-Reach Areas Really-Clean Super-absorbent felt swabs fit over the tip of any .223 or .308 bore brush and fit perfectly in the lug recess and barrel extension to get those areas completely clean. Use with your favorite bore cleaner to remove crud and deposits that other cleaning methods leave behind. Perfect for quick cleaning jobs on the range or thorough cleanings at home. a b SPECS: Felt, white. Sold in 20-Paks for .223 or 12-Paks for .308. #100-002-057EN AR-15 .223 Replcmnt. Swabs, 20-pak, 5K8G50 �� $ 10.99 #100-002-570EN AR-Style .308 Replcmnt. Swabs, 12-pak, 5K8J50 �� 10.99

Sinclair

AR-15 CLEANING LINK Locks AR-15 Open For Fast, Easy Cleaning Lets you easily clean and lube the action or swab out barrel, from the breech. Hold-open link separates upper and lower receiver assemblies, locks them solid, prevents the receiver from constantly flopping closed. Stainless steel and Delrin® link installs in seconds, is impervious to solvents. a b SPECS: Delrin and stainless steel. #749-002-497EN AR-15 Cleaning Link, 8H14B99 �� $ 14.99

Tool

Sinclair AR-15/M16

LUG RECESS CLEANING TOOL

cleaning supplies

Scrubs Lug Recesses Clean For Secure Bolt Lockup & Reliable Cycling Easy-to-use cleaning tool helps remove accumulated powder residue, grease, and carbon from AR-15 lug recesses. Helps ensure secure bolt lockup, reliable cycling, and consistent accuracy. Simply remove the bolt, bolt carrier, and charging handle, and insert the tool with the disposable cotton cleaning tip retracted into the protective sleeve of solvent-resistant Delrin®. When the sleeve bottoms out on the barrel extension, push a little farther to expand the cleaning tip in the lug recesses, rotate the tool several times, and remove. Also perfect for cleaning the barrel extension face. May be used dry or with your favorite bore cleaning solvent. Models for 5.56/.223 chambered AR-15 and 7.62/.308 chambered AR-308 rifles. a b SPECS: Stainless steel & Delrin. 111/2" (29.2cm) long. Includes 50 cotton cleaning tips. #749-003-995EN AR-15 Lug Recess Tool w/50 Rolls, 8H26G03 �� $ 29.99 749-004-531EN AR-308 Lug Recess Tool w/50 Rolls, 8H26B77 �� 31.99 #749-000-170EN Sinclair AR-15 Chamber Safety Flag, 2.50 7K00GGM ��

PAGE

Handy, two-in-one tool quickly and easily removes carbon fouling from critical areas of the bolt and carrier to ensure proper bolt function and reliable cycling. Scrape carbon from the carrier with the reamer end of the tool, then clean the bolt tail with the other end. The unique, lathe-like design adjusts to fit any bolt tail radius, ensuring a universal-fit tool for any AR bolt. Made from hardened carbon steel, zinc plated for corrosion resistance. An ideal b tool for the range bag, field armorer’s kit, or “necessaries” bag. a SPECS: Hardened carbon steel, zinc plated. CRT-15 - 51/2" (14cm) long, 1/2" 1 8 (1.3cm) wide, 1 / " (2.8cm) high. Fits .223/5.56mm AR-15/M16/M4 bolt and bolt carrier. CRT-25 - 51/2" long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 1" high. Fits any AR-style rifle chambered in .308/7.62, including ArmaLite® AR-10®, M110 Sniper Rifle, Knight’s Armament SR-25, DPMS LR-308, and Remington R-25. #100-004-436EN CRT-15 Carbon Removal Tool, 4D32P49 ��$ 39.99 #100-005-932EN CRT-25 Carbon Removal Tool, 4D37N03 �� 49.99

MARK BROWN AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

COMBAT APPLICATION TOOLS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

CARRIER CARBON SCRAPER

CAT TOOL CAT 762 CAT M4

Compact Multi-Tool Helps Keep Bolt/Carrier Group Functioning Smoothly Compact, easy to carry pocket tool performs four separate cleaning functions to help you quickly restore the critical bolt/ carrier tolerances that can be compromised by carbon buildup after prolonged shooting. Use as a bolt scraper, firing pin cleaner, patch holder for swabbing the bolt recess, and scraper for removing carbon in the carrier. Plus, the center of the tool is equipped with a 1/4" hex head recess to use as a driver. Carry a few 1/4" driver bits, and you’re all set to make adjustments that keep your rifle tuned and shooting. a b SPECS: Machined steel casting. 31/2" (8.8cm) long. Includes shirt pocket card/carrier with illustrated instructions. CAT M4 fits AR-15/M16/M4 chambered for 5.56mm NATO/.223 Rem. CAT 762 fits AR‑style .308 rifles chambered in 7.62mm NATO/.308 Win. #100-004-448EN CAT M4 Tool, 9C28C50 �� $ 34.00 #100-008-189EN CAT 762 Tool, 9C29Q00 �� 34.00

OTIS

B.O.N.E. TOOL Keeps Your AR-15 Clean & Functioning Properly

Removes carbon fouling from the bolt, bolt carrier, and firing pin of any AR-15. To clean the bolt, simply insert it into the end of the tool and rotate. Clear fouling from inside the carrier by sliding the long end of the tool into the carrier and giving it a few turns. Remove carbon from the back of the firing pin by using the scraper hole on the side of the tool. An 8-32 threaded hole allows the B.O.N.E. to serve as a T-handle for conventional cleaning rods, too. a b SPECS: CNC-machined 1144 steel, Parkerized finish. 2.7” (6.8cm) OAL. Models for .223/5.56 or .308/7.62mm AR-style rifles. #668-000-129EN Otis B.O.N.E. Tool, .223/5.56, 8F18N00 �� $ 24.99 #668-000-762EN Otis B.O.N.E. Tool, .308/7.62, 8F23M99 �� 29.99

Makes It Easy To Remove Carbon From Bolt Carriers

Quickly Removes Carbon Fouling From Bolt & Carrier

Solves Cycling Problems Caused By Carbon Buildup In Bolt Recess Breaks loose and removes hard-to-get-at carbon buildup without damaging the bolt carrier. Quickly solves function-related cycling problems caused by excessive carbon deposits inside the bolt recess. Hardened steel scraper tip will last indefinitely with proper use. a b SPECS: Steel reamer, plastic handle. 61/2" (16cm) long. #133-100-016EN AR-15/M16 Carrier Carbon Scraper, 3C22J99 �� $ 22.99 #133-000-001EN AR-308 Carrier Carbon Scraper, 3C24G61 �� 29.95

M16/AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

Tool steel scraper quickly removes carbon buildup in AR-15/M16 bolt carriers. Dual edges clean in both directions. a b SPECS: Tool steel, black, matte finish.2-3/4" (7cm) long, 1/2" (12.7mm) wide, 3/16" (4.8mm) thick. #100-001-451EN Bolt Carrier Carbon Scraper, 7A17L10 �� $ 19.99

M16/AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

CHAMBER BRUSH Original M16 Style Chamber Brushes Original military design, M16, with 8-36 thread for direct threading into the “Cleaning Rod, Small Arms,” or AR-15 with 8-32 thread to fit standard rods. AR-Style .308 cleans the larger .308 chamber used on these rifles. Bronze bristles fit chamber, longer, stainless steel tufts clean locking lug recesses. a b SPECS: M16 - NSN 1005-00-999-1435, has 8-36 military thread. Meets Mil Spec: MIL-B-20100C. AR-15 and AR-Style .308 have 8-32 standard thread. M16 and AR-15 are 37/8" (9.8cm) overall. AR-Style .308, 43/8" (11.2cm). #084-116-016EN M16 Chamber Brush, 8-36 Thread, 4H2H99 �� $ 3.99 - 1 dz or More - M16 Chamber Brush, per each, 4H2M43 �� 3.99 #084-116-015EN AR-15 Chamber Brush, 8-32 Thread, 4H2M99 �� 3.99 - 1 dz or More - AR-15 Chamber Brush, per each, 4H2G12 �� 3.53 #084-116-025EN AR-Style .308 Chamber Brush, 8-32 Thread, 4H3M65 �� 5.99 - 1 dz or More - AR-Style .308 Chamber Brushes, per each, 4H3Q17 �� 5.13

CHAMBER MOP Popular Military-Style Brush Distributes Lubricants & Rids Fouling Unique, dual-purpose design cleans and lubricates both the chamber and locking lug recesses of your M16, AR-15 or AR-Style .308 with one mop. Long, skinny portion reaches the chamber with individually-tied strands that do the work of a thousand tiny fingers. Short, large-diameter section cleans and lubricates locking lug recesses. a b SPECS: Cotton or wool. 8-32 threads. Approximately 3" (7.6mm) longs. #084-424-003EN AR-15/M16 .223 Cotton Chamber Mop, 3-Pak, 4H5I84 �� $ 7.99 #084-424-004EN AR-15/M16 .223 Cotton Chamber Mop, Dozen, 4H22P00 �� 26.95 #084-426-003EN AR-Style .308 Cotton Chamber Mop, 3-Pak, 4H6G51 �� 8.99 #084-426-004EN AR-Style .308 Cotton Chamber Mop, Dozen, 4H23B00 �� 29.99 #084-426-001EN AR-15/M16 Wool Chamber Mop, 3-Pak, 4H6B51 �� 8.99 #084-426-002EN AR-15/M16 Wool Chamber Mop, Dozen, 4H18A52 �� 30.99 #084-426-005EN AR-Style .308 Wool Chamber Mop, 3-Pak, 4H7E98 �� 9.99 #084-426-006EN AR-Style .308 Wool Chamber Mop, Dozen, 4H22C22 �� 35.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

NYLON CHAMBER BRUSH Long-Wearing Bristles Won’t Break Down In Solvents Durable, tough, nylon bristles aggressively scrub your chamber; nylon tufts reach and clean the locking lug recess. Available for M16, AR-15, and AR-Style .308 rifles. M16 has an 8-36 thread to directly thread into the military’s “Cleaning Rod, Small Arms”. a b SPECS: Nylon brush, brass stem. M16 - 37/8" (9.8cm) overall. 8-36 military thread. AR-15 - 37/8" (9.8cm) overall. 8-32 standard thread. AR-Style .308 - 43/8" (11.2cm). 8-32 standard thread. #084-117-002EN M16 Heavy Weight Nylon Chamber Brush, 4H4L15 ��$ 5.99 - 1 dz or More - M16 Nylon Chamber Brush, per each, 4H3P06 �� 5.90 #084-117-001EN AR-15 Heavy Weight Nylon Chamber Brush, 4H4C29 �� 6.29 - 1 dz or More - AR-15 Nylon Chamber Brush, per each, 4H3G45 �� 5.67 #084-117-003EN AR-Style .308 Heavy Weight Nylon Chamber Brush, 4H5D91 �� 8.99 - 1 dz or More - AR-Style .308 Nylon Chamber Brush, per each, 4H5A05 �� 8.18

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

PRO SHOT AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

WHEELER ENGINEERING AR-15/M16

CHAMBER BRUSH

GUN/PARTS CLEANING BRUSH

Simultaneously Scrubs Chamber & Bolt Lock-Up Area

TEKMAT AR-15/M16

AR-15 GUN MAT

Military-Approved, Double-Ended Cleaning Power For Guns & Parts Developed for the U.S. Armed Forces to clean M16/M4 rifles quickly and effectively and get them back into action. Doubleended, solvent-proof, polypropylene handle provides a large, contoured series of nylon bristles to cover curves and open areas, while the short, extra-stiff, narrow line of bristles tackles the really tough crud in those hard to reach areas. Provides superior scrubbing action for individual parts Enough bristle backbone to remove greasy gun dirt, yet won’t scratch metal finishes. An exceptionally good, practical, cleaning brush for use at the bench or in the field. a b SPECS: Handle - Solvent-resistant polypropylene, O.D. green. Bristles Nylon. 7" (17.8cm) long. Meets Mil Spec 129J, NSN# 1005-00-494-6602. #676-450-001EN Gun/Parts Brush, each, 8K1F28 ��$ 3.99 #676-450-006EN Gun/Parts Brush, 10-pak, 8K11A00 �� 20.99

GAS TUBE CLEANERS Extra Length Reaches Entire Tube Protective Work Mat Has Schematic For Instant Reference Heavy-duty, flexible pad cushions your gun and protects your work bench or table top during cleaning, repair or maintenance while simultaneously serving as an easy reference for disassembly and assembly. Schematics are printed right onto the pad, along with additional information about the AR-15. Large enough accomdate long-barreled guns, pads have soft polyester top to prevent scratches to the gun’s finish and no-slip neoprene rubber backng keeps mat in place. Helps prevent solvents and oils from penetrating to your work area. Cleans up easiy with warm water and mild detergent. SPECS: Neoprene rubber, polyester top. 36" (91.4cm) long, 113/4" (29.8cm) wide, 1/8" (3mm) thick. Black, OD Green or Gray. #100-015-989EN Black AR-15 Gun Mat, 2D19C00 �� $ 24.99 #100-015-990EN OD Green AR-15 Mat, 2D19A00 �� 24.99 #100-015-991EN Gray AR-15 Mat, 2D19D00 �� 24.99

WHEELER ENGINEERING

AR MAINTENANCE MAT

AR-15/M16

CRITICAL TOOLS KIT Essential Tools Needed To Build, Customize Or Rebarrel Any AR Convenient kit has essential tools you need to build, repair, or modify a custom AR-15/M16 rifle—without duplicating the common tools you already have. Includes a top-quality Smith Enterprise Armorers Wrench, necessary for installation and removal of any barrel with either encapsulated or peg-style barrel nuts. Also use for flash hider installation/removal. The Lower Receiver Vise Block snaps into the lower receiver just like a magazine and provides a secure clamping surface for a vise without risk of damaging or distorting the receiver. Heavy-duty clamshell Upper Receiver Action Block lets you clamp the upper in a vise to remove or install the barrel or perform other work without crushing, twisting, or damaging it with the vise or when torquing the barrel nut. Fits carry handle and flattop receivers. The Pivot Pin Detent Depressor retracts the spring-loaded detent, so you can remove the pivot pin completely from the receiver. The Pivot Pin Detent Installation Tool retains the detent and spring while installing the pivot pin. The Bolt Catch Pin Punch has a flat handle that clears the left side of the mag well for easy removal of the bolt catch pivot pin by driving it to the rear. a b SPECS: Armorer’s Wrench - 17-4 stainless steel, black finish. Fits barrels 1 up to 1 /4" O.D. Lower Receiver Vise Block - High-density urethane plastic, black. Receiver Action Block - Injection-molded Rynite, black. Fits A1, A2, and standard flattop receivers. Pivot Pin Detent Depressor/Detent Install Tool/Bolt Catch Pin Punch – Steel, black oxide finish. #080-000-812EN AR-15/M16 Critical Tools Kit, 8K102D13 �� $ 109.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

AR-15/M16/M4

BUTTSTOCK TOOL

One Tool For Disassembling & Reassembling Buttstocks

ARRINGTON ACCURACY WORKS AR-15/M16

FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD STRAP WRENCH Plenty Of Leverage To Remove & Reinstall Any Diameter Float Tube Heavy-duty strap wrench gives you plenty of leverage to remove screwon free-float handguard tubes, even those sealed with thread locker or “frozen” on by corrosion between the barrel nut and guard. Large, adjustable strap of tough, reinforced rubber wraps securely around any diameter handguard, with no risk of scratching the finish, and grasps the guard tighter as you apply pressure. Lets you position the strap right over the threaded end of the tube for maximum torque transfer where it’s needed most. Hefty steel handle won’t bend, no matter how much force you apply, and machined aluminum head maintains optimal alignment of handguard, strap, and handle. Indispensable time-saver for professional armorers or anybody who regularly faces the chore of changing handguards. a b SPECS: Steel handle, aluminum head, rubber strap. 10" (25.4cm) O.A.L. #100-004-209EN Free-Float Handguard Wrench, 3C52I31 ��$ 59.99

order on the web

brownells.com

Unique design combines several tools into one for taking apart the M4 collapsible buttstock on your AR-15 or M16. Features include blade for removing fixed stock screws; 1/2" square torque wrench opening; fixed stock receiver extension remover; receiver extension nut tightener for both old and new model collapsible stock - pins for both styles are included and easily changed by loosening a hex screw in the tool; and a hole for hanging the tool on your peg-board. Fits easily in a range bag or in your pocket for use outside the shop. a b SPECS: Steel, black. 7" (17.8cm) long. Includes pins for old- and new-style receiver extension nuts. #080-000-291EN Buttstock Tool, 8K48E75 �� $ 59.99 REPLACEMENT PINS - Keeps your Brownells Buttstock Tool functioning like new. Helps keep the edges of the receiver extension nut slots undamaged and lessens the chance of marring the metal. Square fits the newer, M4 style collapsible buttstock receiver extension nuts with .164" wide, square engagement slots. Round fits the older style collapsible buttstock extension nuts with 1/8" diameter, round pin engagement recesses. SPECS: Round - Stainless steel, silver finish. .124" (3mm) diameter. Square - Steel, blue finish. .164" (4mm). Available in 3-Paks. #080-000-451EN Square Replacement Pins, 3-pak, 8K14L97 �� #080-000-452EN Round Repl. Pins, 3-pak, 8K4G97 ��

$ 19.99 7.99

PAGE

CLEANING SUPPLIES

Protects Your AR & Has Handy Reference Schematic Padded neoprene mat with rubber backing protects gun’s finish during cleaning. Big enough to accommodate a full-size AR-15/M16 rifle. Features a big exploded drawing of an AR-15 organized by major groups - even a schematic of a disassembled 30-round magazine. Absorbs excessive oils and solvents and keeps your work surface dry and clean. Rolls up easily for storage. SPECS: Rubber-backed neoprene, gray. 47" (119cm) long x 20" (50cm) wide. #100-012-247EN AR Maintenance Mat, 7A20K00 �� $ 24.99

Extra long to let you scrub the full length of the gas tube. Highly-absorbent cotton carries solvent in and crud out. Regular use keeps gas tube free of fouling and carbon buildup for reliable function. a b SPECS: Cotton, wire core. 16" (40.6cm) long, 1/8" (3.2mm) dia. Package contains 50 cleaners. #100-000-433EN AR-15 Gas Tube Cleaners, 5K8D67 �� $ 11.99

Compact, model-specific field kit has all the required tools to service military, law enforcement, and civilian AR-15/M16 rifles in the field or on the bench. Allows complete weapon breakown for routine maintenance and repair, and includes tools for sight adjustment, plus removal of barrel nut, flash hider, and receiver extension without damage to any rifle component. This is not a run-of-the-mill cleaning kit with generic tools but a carefully selected high-quality field armorer tool set dedicated to working on AR-pattern rifles. So there’s no confusion, no down time spent scrounging through a big tool box of loose odds and ends. Individual pouches and compartments inside the water and abrasionresistant, heavy-duty Cordura® nylon field pack case keep all tools secure and separated to help minimize noise. YKK zippers with oversize pulls, clear I.D. card sleeve on front panel, and loop strip for name tape. Field Pack Case also available separately. a b SPECS: Includes #81 MAGNA-TIP® hollow screwdriver handle w/Leupold windage (L/B) and #185-10 bits; 1/16", 1/8" and 1/4" pin punches; 1/2" drive handle; 3/4" nylon/brass hammer; buttstock tool; combination wrench; lower receiver vice block; A1/A2 sight wrench; carrier carbon scraper; Deluxe model buttstock cleaning kit. Approx. 5 lb. (2.3 kg) wt. Field Case - Cordura nylon, O.D. green. 12" (30.5cm) long x 101/2" (26.7cm) high x 31/2" (8.9cm) thick. #080-000-458EN M16/M4 Field Pack, 8K239B99 �� $ 259.99 75.99 #080-000-459EN Field Pack Case, 8K65C00 ��

Handy kits contain all the tools required to build, maintain and repair AR-15 rifles. Each tool is selected to perform a specific function with precision and ease and all tools fit inside a durable nylon carry case for convenient storage and transport. Essentials Kit contains AR-15 combo tool, torque wrench, upper vise block clamp with gas tube alignAR Professionals Kit ment tool, pivot pin and roll pin installation tool, mag well vise block and adjustable receiver link. Professional Kit includes the contents of the Essentials Kit plus, AR armorer’s vise, front sight tool, delta ring tool, strap wrench, bore guide, bore brush, bolt carrier brush, chamber brush, magazine/ upper receiver brush, nylon handle brush, double-ended cleaning brush, cleaning pick set and AR maintenance mat with printed schematic. AR Combo Tool with torque wrench, Adjustable Receiver Link, and maintenance mat also available separately. #100-012-246EN AR Professional Tool Kit, 7A179N99 �� $ 199.99 #100-012-245EN AR Armorers Essentials Tool Kit, 99.99 7A85A00 �� #100-012-248EN AR Combo Tool w/Torque Wrench, 39.99 7A35Q79 �� 12.99 #100-012-249EN Adjustable Receiver Link, 7A9K50 �� #100-012-247EN AR Maintenance Mat, 7A20K00 �� 24.99

GUNSMITHING TOOLS

C.J. WEAPONS AR-15

Complete, Dedicated “Go Bag” For Field Repair & Maintenance

TOOL KITS All The Tools Required To Build & Maintain AR-15 Rifles

AR-15/m16

Military-style chamber brush has a brass core and tough-scrubbing bronze bristles that keep your rifle’s chamber clean for reliable feeding and extraction. Built to withstand frequent use, these brushes feature a skirt of stainless steel bristles that clean the bolt lock-up area at the same time. Fits standard 8-32 female cleaning rod threads. a b SPECS: Brass core, bronze bristles. 3¼" (8.2cm) long. ½" (1.2cm) section of stainless steel bristles. #100-011-889EN Chamber Brush, .223/5.56, 3B3G59 �� $ 4.99 #100-011-890EN Chamber Brush, .308/7.62, 3B3F59 �� 4.99

AR-15/M16/M4 FIELD MAINTENANCE PACK

TOOL KITS FOR AR-15/M16/M4

◯ 7 ◯ 35

AR-15/m16

Complete Tool Kits To Service & Repair Military & Civilian AR-15/M16 Rifles & M4 Carbines The RIGHT way to repair and service the AR-15/M16/M4! These kits contain the tools the gunsmith or armorer needs to perform full maintenance and repairs of these rifles in the field or shop. Each tool is designed to do its job in the simplest, most effective manner to maintain and repair these guns correctly – and save time doing it. Standard Kit contains the tools needed to work on the AR-15 and the M16A1 through A4. Premium Kit contains all the tools of the Standard Kit, plus an additional 11 items necessary to repair and maintain the M4 carbine as well. Both kits come in a custom-fitted, hard-side tool box that’s made from nearly indestructible molded polymer resin and meets mil-spec MIL-C-4150 and ATA specifications. The Standard kit’s foam inserts are pre-cut with spaces for the M4 tools, so you can turn it into a Premium Kit anytime simply by adding the Upgrade Kit. a b #080-216-000EN AR-15/M16 Standard Armorer’s Kit, complete with tools & case, 8K1129E99 �� $ 1229.99 999.99 #080-216-004EN AR-15/M16 Standard Armorer’s Kit, tools ONLY, 8K799F99 �� 349.99 #080-216-003EN Upgrade Kit for AR-15/M16 Standard Armorer’s Kit, 8K299C99 �� #080-216-002EN AR-15/M16/M4 Premium Armorer’s Kit, complete with tools & case, 8K1412Q42 �� 1499.99

6 ◯

◯ 38

◯ 5 ◯ 4

◯ 36 ◯ 9

◯ 10

◯ 12 ◯ 13

gunsmithing tools

② / " PLASTIC/BRASS HAMMER - For the thousand and one 3

instances when a part needs a gentle tap during assembly/disassembly. Great when fitting stocks. SPECS: 3/4" (19mm) diameter faces. 10" (25.4cm) hickory handle. Weighs approximately 4 oz. (113 g). #818-600-343EN 3/4" Plastic/Brass Hammer, 8A14K99 ��$ 14.99

® #81 HANDLE - Preferred by many for general use, shank is long enough to reach inside the pistol grip. Use with Stubby Handle to remove Pivot Pin. SPECS: Overall length 8" (20.3cm). #080-086-181EN #81 Solid Handle, 8K11H65 ��$ 13.99

⑪ MAGNA-TIP

measuring the amount of the firing pin projecting through the bolt. Too little causes misfires; too much, pierced primers. SPECS: Steel. 2" (5.1cm) long, 1/4" (6.3mm) wide. #080-216-013EN AR-15/M16 Firing/Pin Gauge, 8K19H00 �� $ 25.99

④ / " SQUARE DRIVE TORQUE WRENCH - Necessary to apply 1

the manufacturer’s recommended 30 foot pounds of torque to the barrel nut when installing barrel on receiver. Self-limiting design “clicks” at torque setting. SPECS: Chrome-plated steel. 171/8" (43.5cm) long. 1" (2.5cm) diameter handle. 30-150 ft. lb. range. #018-150-050EN 1/2" Torque Wrench, 8F129L99 �� $ 136.99

handguard snap ring. Extra tips included for other uses. SPECS: Blued steel with vinyl dipped handles. Tip sizes - Straight, .045" (1.1mm); Straight, .060" (1.5mm); 45°; 90°. #531-460-000EN Snap Ring Pliers, 1C12I52 ��$ 15.99 #531-462-500EN Replacement Snap Ring Plier Tips, 4 pair set, 1C4M50 �� 5.65

⑬ BARREL NUT ALIGNMENT GAUGE - Fits into the end of the

bolt carrier key to ensure that the barrel nut is properly aligned during installation of AR-15/M16 barrel. Improper alignment can damage the bolt carrier key and/or the gas tube. SPECS: Steel. .178" (4.5mm) diameter x 3" (7.6cm) long. #080-216-014EN Barrel Nut Align. Gauge, 8K4D73 ��$ 5.99

⑥ VISE JAWS - The ONLY way to hold a barrel without dam-

age. Non-marring aluminum with milled grooves to accept both standard or heavy barrels. Standard Kit only. Replaced by #36 in Premuim Kit. SPECS: 35/8" (9.2cm) L, 21/4" (5.7cm) W, 27/8" (7.3cm) H. 2 lb. (907 g), 5 oz. (142 g). Cast Aluminum. #795-015-100EN Barrel Vise Jaws, 8K22I00 �� $ 29.99

⑦ PARTS BOXES - A durable, break-resistant container for

parts, smaller tools, and other loose items. Kit includes two boxes; replacement boxes sold per each. SPECS: 11" (27.9cm) L x 63/4" (17.1cm) W. 6 compartments. #313-100-606EN Parts Box, each, 3A7E36 �� $ 9.99

⑧ BROWNELLS BENCH MAT - Neoprene rubber mat provides

a smooth, non-marring, oil-and solvent resistant work surface no matter where you are. SPECS: 171/2" (44.4cm) long. 12" (30.5cm) wide. 3/16" (4.7mm) thick. #358-128-316EN Assy/Disassy Mat, 8E18D99 ��$ 22.99

⑨

101/2" LONG, 1/2" SQUARE DRIVE HANDLE - Use with AR-15/ M16 Combination Wrench to loosen the barrel nut and remove barrel. Long enough to provide ample leverage. SPECS: Chrome-plated steel. 101/2" (26.7cm) long. 13/16" (20.6mm) diameter handle. #221-141-600EN 101/2"x1/2" Drive Handle, 1B17C99 �� $ 17.99

PAGE

headspace. Essential for checking out rifles that have seen heavy use or that have been rebarreled. Not a regular “field” gauge but made to Colt factory dimensions. SPECS: 1.65" (4.2cm) overall (this is NOT the “Headspace” dimension). .3655" (9.3mm) diameter. #319-418-033EN 5.56 Headspace Gauge, 8K19A99 �� $ 22.99

◯ 2

◯ 11

◯ 3 ◯ 8

One K Does It it All !

STUBBY HANDLE - Use with various MAGNATIP® bits on butt plate screws, windage screw, AR-15 pivot pin head, etc. When removing the pivot pin, use Stubby Handle with the “RED” bit on the left side of the pin and the regular handle with the 445-6 bit on the right side. SPECS: 21/2" (6.3cm) overall. 17/8" (4.8cm) handle, 5/8" (15.9mm) shank. #080-090-000EN Stubby Handle, 8K10I16 ��$ 12.99

⑤ BROWNELLS SHOP APRON - High quality, durable apron ⑭ 5.56mm (.223) HEADSPACE GAUGE - Measures maximum keeps clothing clean and free of grease, oil, and carbon. SPECS: 391/2" (100.3cm) long. 301/2" (77.5cm) wide. Upper and lower pockets. Ties: each 271/2" (69.8cm) long. Neck strap: 213/4" (55.2cm) long. #084-071-000EN Brownells Long Shop Apron, 4A25C48 �� $ 33.99

◯ 1

③ FIRING PIN PROTRUSION GAUGE - Essential for properly ⑫ SNAP RING PLIERS - For removal and installation of the

◯ 19

◯ 27 ◯ 32 ◯ 31 ◯ 30

◯ 34

◯ 43 ◯ 33 42 ◯ 41 ◯

◯ 44

◯ 45

◯ 46

◯ 47

carrier key socket head screws, plus an adapter that will connect the Carrier Key Bits to the 3/8" Drive Torque Wrench. Small and large bits handle both early and late guns. SPECS: Heat-treated steel. 185-2 Bit - 1/8" (3.2mm) hex bit. 185-10 Bit - 9/64" (3.6mm) hex bit. 1" (2.5cm) long. Adapter - Heat-treated steel with retention clip adapts 3/8" square drive to accept 1/4" shank hex bits. #080-216-050EN Carrier Key Bit Kit, 8K7M05 �� $ 9.99 #080-185-200EN 185-2 Hex Bit, 8K2P52 �� 2.99 #080-185-010EN 185-10 Hex Bit, 8K2L99 �� 3.50 #080-430-025EN Socket Drive Adapter, 8K4L22 �� 4.99

out this tool. Does not fit Colt Mfg. AR-15. SPECS: Blued steel. 17/8" (4.8cm) long. #080-216-010EN Pivot Pin Depressor, 8K3Q79 �� $ 4.99

◯

26 PIVOT PIN DETENT DEPRESSOR - Depresses spring-loaded ⑲u 29 CARRIER KEY BIT KIT - Two hex bits for installing the bolt ◯ detent to free the pivot pin for removal. Virtually impossible with-

⑳ BROWNELLS

⑯ CLEANING ROD SMALL ARMS (W/ADAPTER) - Threaded for

moves/installs flash suppressor and lower receiver extension. SPECS: Blued steel. 5" (12.7cm) lg x 2" (5cm) w x 1/4" (6.3mm) thick. #080-216-015EN AR-15 Combo Wrench, 8K31J00 �� $ 35.00

◯ 25 ◯ 24 ◯ 23 22 ◯ 26 ◯ 21 ◯

25 STARRETT 5/32" CENTER PUNCH - Stakes socket-head cap screws securing the bolt carrier key to the bolt carrier. SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) long. 5/32" (4mm) punch, 3/8" diameter body. #827-512-820EN Starrett 5/32" Center Punch, 8K8G99 �� $ 8.99

21 BOLT CATCH PIN PUNCH - Specially made, slab-sided punch clears left side of the magazine well allowing bolt catch pivot pin to be removed by driving it to the rear. SPECS: Steel. 4" (10.2cm) long. 3/32" (2.4mm) diameter tip. #080-216-012EN Bolt Catch Pin Punch, 8K14Q49 �� $ 17.99

⑰ COMBINATION WRENCH - Removes the barrel nut. Re-

◯ 40

◯ 15

SPECS: #1, 1/16" (1.6mm) x 23/4" (7cm) L; #2, 5/64" (2mm) x 31/4" (8.2cm) L; #3, 3/32" (2.4mm) x 31/2" (9cm) L; #4, 1/8" (3.2mm) x 4" (10.2cm) L; #6, 3/16" (4.8mm) x 41/2" (11.4cm) L. #230-112-105EN Roll Pin Punch Kit, set of 5, 7H19B99 �� $ 19.99

⑮ BROWNELLS #250 CHAMBER MIRROR - Highly polished,

8-36 U.S. military cleaning brushes; includes adapter that accepts commercial 8-32 brushes and accessories. SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. .204" (5.2mm) diameter rod. 4 sections, each 73/8" (18.7cm) long - 3 thread into 4th handled section. Overall length, with Jag, 293/4" (75.6cm). Adapter is 31/4" (8.2cm). Jag is 23/4" (7cm) with oval slot. #084-116-100EN Cleaning Rod, Small Arms, 4H11J49 ��$ 16.99

◯ 20

◯ 28

◯ 17

ROLL PIN HOLDERS (STARTER/SETTER PUNCHES) - Easily hold even the smallest roll pins for positioning. Complete installation with Brownells Roll Pin Punches. SPECS: 1/8" (3.2mm), 3.5mm (.138") diameter - 5" (12.7cm) long. 3/32" (2.4mm), 5/64" (2mm), 1/16" (.40mm) diameter - 41/2" (11.4cm) long. #080-685-000EN Roll Pin Holders, set, 8K45N23 �� $ 49.99

steel mirror drops into the chamber to aid in detailed inspection. Will not move beyond throat. SPECS: 13/16" (3cm) long. #084-174-250EN #250 Chamber Mirror, 4H8P97 �� $ 14.99

39 ◯

◯ 14

① 12 OZ. BALLPEEN HAMMER - Heavy enough to drive out ⑩ MAGNA-TIP stubborn tapered front sight retaining pins, yet light enough for installation/removal of solid and roll pins. SPECS: 121/4" (31.1cm) long overall. 1 lb. (454 g), 6 oz. (170 g) total. Head is 33/4" (9.5cm) long. 13/16" (3cm) diameter flat face. 1" (2.5cm) diameter peen. #956-000-001EN 12 oz. Ballpeen, 6E12H06 �� $ 14.99

◯ 37

◯ 16

◯ 27 PIVOT PIN DETENT INSTALLATION TOOL - Makes installa-

tion of the M16 pivot pin and its detent faster and easier. Prevents loss of detents. Guides detent and spring into place and serves as a slave pin when installing the pivot pin. SPECS: Blued steel. 1/4" (6.3mm) diameter. 21/2" (6.3cm) and 11/2" (3.8cm) long “legs”. #080-216-011EN Pivot Pin Install. Tool, 8K10L18 �� $ 15.99

◯ 28

◯

BROWNELLS BROKEN SHELL EXTRACTOR - Fastest way to remove the front portion of a separated 5.56mm (.223) case without field stripping. Engages the rim of case mouth and pulls case from the chamber when charging handle is pulled back. Adjustable to ensure complete engagement of case mouth. SPECS: Blued steel. 2" (5cm) long. #080-000-441EN .223 Broken Shell Extractor, 8K16I99 �� $ 19.99

◯ 22 STARRETT / " PUNCH - A best-quality punch for removing

screw, and right side of the pivot pin. SPECS: 11/2" (3.8cm) long. Approximately .360" (9.1mm) diameter x .055" (1.4mm) thick. #080-445-655EN 445-6 Bit, 8K2N52 �� $ 2.99

solid pins such as those on the hammer or trigger. SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) long. 1/8" (3.2mm) diameter tip. #827-525-800EN Starrett Pin Punch, 8K5D99 �� $ 5.99

◯ 23 TAPER PIN STARTER - This tool’s radiused face matches the

end of the front sight housing taper pin to prevent damage during removal. The taper pin is removed by driving from left to right; the small end is on the left side of the barrel, the large end is on the right side! SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) long. 3/32" (2.4mm) diameter tip. #827-530-320EN Taper Pin Starter, 7B12C99 ��$ 12.99

◯ 30 445-6 BIT - Use on the AR-15 windage screw, pistol grip

◯ 31 RED BIT - Use on left side of the pivot pin.

SPECS: 11/2" (3.8cm) long. Approximately .398" (10.1mm) diameter x .078" (1.98mm) thick. #080-430-400EN RED Clamp Screw Bit, 8K4D79 �� $ 5.99

◯

32 LB BIT - Use on the butt plate screws. SPECS: 11/2" (3.8cm) long. Approx. .428" (10.9mm) diameterx .070" (1.8mm) thick. #080-430-430EN L/B Clamp Screw Bit, 8K4N90 ��$ 5.99

◯ 33 SIGHT TOOLS - Quickly adjust front and rear sights. A1 fits ⑱ BROWNELLS ROLL PIN PUNCHES - The ONLY way to prop- ◯ 24 STARRETT / " PUNCH - Facilitates removal of the takedown older AR-15s and M16s, A2 fits M16A2 configuration rifles. erly install or remove roll pins without damage to either the pin or 1

the surrounding metal. A small raised projection in the face of the punch automatically centers the punch and prevents the roll pin from collapsing.

pin and safety lever/fire control selector. SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) long. 1/4" (6.3mm) diameter tip. #827-525-840EN 1/4" Punch, 8K5J99 �� $ 6.49

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

SPECS: Blued steel. 13/8" (3.5cm) long x 3/4" (19mm) diameter #078-015-001EN A1 Sight Wrench, 7B7P67 �� $ 9.99 #078-015-002EN A2 Sight Wrench, 8G8Q99 �� 9.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401 ◯ 25

◯ 34 / " SQUARE DRIVE T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH - Pre3

MIL-SPEC TOOL BOX - Heavy-duty case with four drawers, top compartment, and double latches. O-ring seals keep dust and moisture out; built-in wheels and a sturdy, retractable pull handle for easy transport. Extra storage space for parts, manuals, etc. SPECS: 24" (61cm) wide, 18" (45.7cm) high, 15" (38.1cm) deep. 38 lb. wt. #636-000-003EN Mil-Spec Tool Box, Black, 6C429E99 $ 499.99 84.99 #080-000-988EN Tool Box Foam Inserts, 8K73P61 ��

ADDITIONAL TOOLS IN PREMIUM KIT:

◯ 36 ACCU-GRIP BARREL VISE JAWS - Massive aluminum jaws

◯ 37 FRONT SIGHT BENCH BLOCK - Big, tough, polyethylene

block gives fitted support for installing/removing the front sight assembly on mil-spec AR-15 rifles and carbines. SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) dia. x 111/16" (4.3cm) high. #080-000-252EN AR-15 Front Sight Bench Block, 8D33L13 �� $ 39.99

◯ 38 UPPER RECEIVER ACTION BLOCK - Tough Rynite block and

insert surround the entire upper receiver to let you tightly clamp an A1, A2, or standard flattop receiver in a large bench vise for barrel removal/installation without twisting the receiver or damaging barrel detent pin and receiver detent notch. SPECS: Block - 2.5" (6.3cm) thick, 3.5" (8.8cm) wide, 4.5" (11.4cm) high. Insert - 8" (20cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter. #080-000-661EN A2 Upper Receiver Action Block, 8K51H13 �� $ 59.99

◯ 39

LOWER RECEIVER VISE BLOCK - Unbreakable, high-density urethane vise block inserts into magazine housing and takes all the clamping force, so the lower receiver won’t be damaged or distorted. Magazine catch locks to the block. SPECS: 5" (12cm) high, 21/4" (5.7cm) wide, 3/4" (19cm) thick. #080-000-662EN Lower Receiver Vise Block, 8K41H13 �� $ 49.99

◯ 40

HANDGUARD REMOVAL TOOL - Takes the fumbling and frustration out of installing or removing AR-15, M16A1/A2, and AR10 handguards. Rubber coated steel won’t mar gun. SPECS: 111/4" (28.6cm) long. #100-000-438EN AR-15 Handguard Removal Tool, 5K20L55 �� $ 24.99

◯ 41 MAGAZINE CATCH INSTALLATION & REMOVAL TOOL -

Compresses the spring for easy removal of the magazine catch. SPECS: High-impact plastic, black. #100-002-127EN Magcatch Tool, 3A5N95 �� $ 7.95

◯ 42 TAKEDOWN PIN REMOVAL TOOL - Drives out the front and

rear takedown pins without marring the metal. SPECS: High-impact plastic, black. #100-002-125EN Bench Model Pushtool, Black, 3A5F49 �� $ 7.49

◯ 43 BOLT EJECTOR TOOL - Steel clamp captures the bolt head, and turnscrew depresses the ejector for faster, easier removal and installation of plunger-style ejectors. SPECS: Steel, blued. Plastic handle. #080-792-002EN Bolt Ejector Tool, only, 8K16D53 �� $ 20.99

◯ 44 MAGAZINE FEED LIP TOOL - Bends the feed lips back into

place, so they guide the cartridge body properly to prevent prob-

BUTTSTOCK WRENCH

Original Factory Design Simplifies Disassembly/ Reassembly An exact duplicate of the original factory/military design so you know it will fit and work. Use for several jobs: to remove the barrel nut; to remove and install old and new flash suppressors; to remove and install the lower receiver extension. a b SPECS: Blued steel. 5" (12.7cm) long x 2" (5cm) wide x 1/4" (6.35mm) thick. #080-216-015EN AR-15 Combo Wrench, 8K31J00 �� $ 35.00

TAPCO AR-15/M16

ARMORER’S TOOL Like A One-Piece Tool Kit

Handy all-inone tool handles the tasks necessary to build and maintain your AR-15 or M16. It’s a barrel nut wrench, muzzle device wrench, spanner wrench, forearm wrench, flat tip screwdriver, A2 tube remover, receptacle for 1/2" drive/torque wrench - and a bottle opener. Long handle give plenty of leverage for buttstock and barrel removal/installation, and the 1/2" drive receptacle allows the use of a torque wrench, so you can get things tightened down correctly. It even has a flat face on one side that can be used as a hammer. a b SPECS: Heat treated alloy steel, matte olive drab powder coat finish. #100-009-876EN TAPCO Armorer’s Tool, 5A34L99 ��$ 39.99

Solidly Engages The Receiver Extension Nut For Easy Installation & Removal Of Carbine Buttstocks Dedicated wrench has four precision-machined teeth that ensure full, non-slip engagement of all four notches in an M4type receiver extension nut for easy removal and installation of collapsible carbine buttstocks. Transfers all the torquing force to the nut for fast tightening or removal without risk of damage to nut, extension tube, or receiver caused by the wrench slipping. Includes the handy add-on features of our universal M4 buttstock tool: pry blade/screwdriver, 1/2" square torque drive opening, fixed stock receiver extension remover, and a convenient hole in the handle for hanging the wrench on a pegboard. Heavy duty steel construction, machined from a single piece of .312" thick steel, with a durable black oxide finish. a b SPECS: Steel, hardened, black oxide finish. 71/8" (18.1cm) long. Fits currentmodel M4-type receiver extension nuts with four square notches. #080-000-670EN M4 Buttstock Wrench, 9A69P99 ��$ 79.99

DPMS AR-15/M16

MULTI-TOOL

DARREL’S CUSTOM AR-15/M16

Seven Function Tool Lets You Build & Repair AR-15s Durable steel wrench gives you seven tools-in-one for maintenance, repair or building AR-15 and M16 rifles. Use to install or remove: free float tubes and peg-style barrel nuts, standard barrel nuts, carbine stock, compensator, extension tube and buttstock screw. Special features include 5/8" and 3/4" wrench slots, a 1/2" square hole for a torque wrench, plus screwdriver tip for buttstock. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, Parkerized, matte black. 12" (30cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide handle. #231-000-007EN AR-15 Multi-Tool, 1C28F10 �� $ 32.99

Takes all the fumbling, grumbling and frustration out of installing or removing AR-15 handguards. Easy-to-use, just hook tool into mag well and push down on the handles. Pushes the retaining ring straight down, allows both handguards to be removed in just seconds. a b SPECS: Steel, rubber handles, matte finish, black. 111/4" (28.6cm) long. Fits AR-15 A1, A2, M-16 and AR-10. #100-000-438EN AR-15 Handguard Removal Tool, 5K20L55 �� $ 24.99

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

ARMORER’S WRENCH

lems and jams caused by bent magazine feed lips. SPECS: Steel shank, blued; plastic handle. 51/2" (14cm) long. #080-000-314EN AR-15 Mag Feed Lip Tool, 8K9E99 �� $ 12.99

◯ 45

GAS TUBE WRENCH - Clamps around the fragile gas tube to prevent damage during both removal and installation. SPECS: Steel, blued. 6" (15.2cm) long. #133-100-015EN Gas Tube Wrench, 3C23I31 �� $ 25.00

◯ 46 BOLT CARRIER CARBON SCRAPER - Removes hard-to-get-

at carbon buildup without damaging the bolt carrier. Solves cycling problems caused by carbon deposits in the bolt recess SPECS: Steel reamer, plastic handle. 61/2" (16cm) long. #133-100-016EN AR-15/M16 Carrier Carbon Scraper, 3C22J99 �� $ 22.99

◯

47 BUTTSTOCK TOOL - Combines several tools into one for taking apart M4-style collapsible buttstocks. Includes pins for oldand new-style receiver extension nuts. SPECS: Steel, black. 7" (17.8cm) long. #080-000-291EN Buttstock Tool, 8K48E75 �� $ 59.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Steel, dual function wrench lets you easily remove your old extension tube and install a new-style, A4 stock. Spanner has three lugs to fit the A4-style castle nut. Provides a non-slip fit so you can correctly torque the stock to the receiver. Also, the comfortable, rubber coated handle features a cutout to fit the receiver extension tube to remove the A1 or A2 stock. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. 75/8" (19.3cm) long. #739-000-010EN M4 Stock Wrench, 9C7K50 �� $ 9.99

BARSKA AR-15/M16

COMBO WRENCH TOOL

Performs Nearly Every AR-15/M16 Maintenance Operation Multi-function steel tool helps keep your rifle in the ready condition. Use it to tighten or remove the barrel nut, and install or remove most popular free-float handguard tubes. Single-point wrench tightens/removes the receiver extension nut, and side notches tighten or remove a variety of muzzle devices, including flash hiders and muzzle brakes. It even has a tab that acts as a screwdriver for the A1/A2 stock. Includes ½" drive opening. SPECS: Carbon steel, black, painted finish. 12 5/8" (32cm) long. #100-006-638EN AR-15 Combo Wrench Tool, 8F23Q75 �� $ 29.99

HANDGUARD REMOVAL TOOL Fast & Fumble-Free Handguard Removal

M4 STOCK WRENCH Install M4 Carbine Stocks Without Damage

Magpul-Quality Tool Eases A Variety Of Key AR Maintenance Tasks Magpul’s hefty all-steel tool helps you perform a variety of key maintenance tasks on the AR platform. It engages both GI-style and pin-style barrel nuts for free-float tubes. Installs and removes rifle receiver extensions and carbine castle nuts, with extended teeth for use with Magpul ASAP plates. Fits the 3/4" flats on standardsized flash hiders. Can be used as a driver for a 1/2" torque wrench, with relevant torque specifications stamped on the Magpul tool for quick reference. It even has two flat hammer faces AND a convenient built-in bottle opener for refreshments after the build is complete (fits both metric and SAE bottle caps!). a b SPECS: American-made steel, heat-treated for superior hardness, with a grip-enhancing manganese phosphate finish. 11.7" (29.7cm) OAL, .35" (9mm) thick. #100-015-279EN Armorer’s Wrench, 3K64B00 �� $ 75.95

order on the web

brownells.com

SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

ARMORERS WRENCH

Fits All Standard Models; Encapsulated & Peg-Style Nut Wrench Extra-heavy duty armorers wrench provides easier installation and removal of all barrels up to 11/4" diameter with either encapsulated or peg-style barrel nuts. Extra-long handle features smooth, contoured edges for comfortable use. Includes 1/2" square drive opening for torque wrench application; 5/8" and 3/4" slots fit receiver extensions and A1/A2 flash suppressors .223 for AR-15/M16 applications, .308 for use with AR-Style .308 rifles. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel, black oxide finish. 12" (30cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide handle. #851-000-068EN .223 Armorers Wrench, 1E57K49 �� $ 59.99 #851-115-001EN .308 Armorers Wrench, 1E61P12 �� 64.99

SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16

CARBINE STOCK WRENCH Easy To Use; Plenty Of Leverage Long handled for quicker, easier removal or installation of collapsible stocks. Grabs the receiver extension nut, no need for a breaker bar. a b SPECS: Heat-treated, 17-4 stainless steel, black oxide finish. 9" (22.8cm) long. 7" (17.7cm) handle. #851-015-150EN AR Carbine Wrench, 1E46D31 �� $ 49.99

PAGE

gunsmithing tools

lined with space age, polyurethane elastomer grip tight without marring the barrel. Grooves for both standard and heavy barrel contours. Replace Vise Jaws in Standard Kit. SPECS: Machined aluminum with blue polyurethane elastomer lining. 5" (12.7cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) thick, 37/8" (9.8cm) long. 2 lb. 6 oz. (1 kg) wt. Fits 4" and wider vises. #852-015-000EN Accu-Grip Vise Jaws, 2E71M99 �� $ 71.99

COMBINATION WRENCH

ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15

AR-15/m16

◯ 35

CAR-15/M4

AR-15/M16

cisely calibrated to apply the required 40 foot pounds of torque to tighten the two socket-head cap screws on the bolt carrier key SPECS: Chrome-plated steel. 31/2" (8.9 cm) long. 41/8" (10.5cm) wide handle #792-000-005EN 3/8" Drive Torque Wrench, 2G100Q29 �� $ 113.99

AR-15/M16

gunsmithing tools

AR-15/m16

Barrel Nut Wrench

ARRINGTON ACCURACY WORKS AR-15/M16

COLT LAW ENFORCEMENT CARBINE ARMORER’S WRENCH For Removing/Installing Barrel Nut On Colt LE6940 Carbine

Multiple Tools In One - An AR Wrench You'll Always Have Close By! The Brownells Barrel Nut wrench is a tool you'll find yourself reaching for often, whenever you're building, repairing, or maintaining AR-15s. Aside from the standard 6-pin barrel nut wrench, it includes a “can’t slip” 4-pin carbine castle nut wrench. There's a 5/8" cutout for an A2 receiver extension nut, plus a slot for installing older, “narrow design” M16A1-type receiver extensions. Another cutout accepts a 1/2" torque drive, and even a slot that serves as a flash hider/muzzle brake wrench. Of course, it has the last-a-lifetime quality you expect from Brownells tools - heavyduty investment-cast steel construction, precise dimensions, a comfortable matte anti-slip finish, and complete instructions. a b #080-001-208EN AR-15/M16 Barrel Nut Wrench, 8K49Q00 �� $ 59.99

Dedicated, heavy-duty wrenches are designed to enable easy removal and installation of the proprietary barrel nut on the Colt LE6940 Advanced Law Enforcement Carbine (ALEC). Self-contained Armorer Wrench features a large, 3/8" thick handle with a 1/2" square cutout for a torque wrench or breaker bar, plus a notch for removing the ALEC flash suppressor. Compact Barrel b Nut Wrench has the 1/2" torque driver/breaker bar cutout only. a SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, matte black. Armorer Wrench - 9" (23cm) long overall, 1.25" (3.17cm) wide handle. #100-005-370EN Armorer Wrench, 3C95L00 �� $ 109.99 73.99 #100-005-371EN Barrel Nut Wrench, 3C63A61 ��

PRECISION REFLEX AR-15/M16/AR-Style 308 AR-15/M16

FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD ALIGNMENT TOOL Maintains Precise Handguard Alignment While Tightening The Locking Ring Eyeballing a railed, free-float handguard for perfect alignment with your flattop receiver is only half the battle. Keeping it from going cockeyed as you tighten the locking ring is another story. Talk about frustrating! Avoid the hassle with this handy jig that aligns the top handguard rail with the receiver rail and keeps it there. Just slide the jig on the rails, secure its setscrews, and tighten the locking ring—you’re done! With the time it saves, this tool will pay for itself the first few times you use it. A must for maintaining handguard alignment to ensure night vision devices, vertical grips, flip-up front sights, and other add-on accessories are also properly aligned. Designed for use with railed, free-float tubes that have a locking ring. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 1 1 3 /2" (8.9cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 1 /2" (3.8cm) high. #080-000-368EN Handguard Alignment Tool, 8K54G10 �� $ 59.99

AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

HANDGUARD REMOVAL TOOL Makes Taking The Handguard Off Fast, Easy & Painless Handy tool eliminates the need for a second pair of hands when removing AR-type handguards. Simply insert the hooked end of the tool into the mag well, position handles over delta ring, and push down to compress the delta ring spring. Made 1 of strong /4" (6.4mm) steel rod, with synthetic rubber coating to protect gun from surface scratches. a b SPECS: Steel, rubber-coated, black. 11" (27.9cm) long. Fits AR-15, M16A1 & A2, and AR-Style .308 rifles with delta rings. #080-000-487EN Handguard Removal Tool, 8K14D99 ��$ 19.99

PAGE

FOREARM WRENCH Eases Installing & Removing AR Handguards Stainless steel wrench helps tighten the forearm collar on the forearm tube for AR-style rifles. Features hole at the rear of the handle to let you hang it from a peg board at your bench for easy access. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. 7 3/4" long. AR-308 model fits ArmaLite® AR-10®, Knight’s Armament SR-25, and DPMS LR-308-pattern rifles. #714-000-027EN AR-15/M16 Forearm Wrench, 4A12P50 �� $ 12.50 #714-000-026EN AR-308 Forearm Wrench, 4A12N50 �� 12.50

GLENAIR AR-15/M16

Safer, Easier Installation & Removal Of Tube Handguards Easily grips all types and sizes of AR-15/M16 tube handguards, for faster installation and removal. Fiber reinforced rubber strap with steel handle gives plenty of leverage, and b you can attach a 3/8" drive torque wrench. a SPECS: Nickel-plated aluminum handle, 63/8" (16cm) long. Fits handguards up to 3" (7.6cm) in diameter. #382-100-015EN AR Strap Wrench, 2H35L12 �� $ 39.99

PRECISION REFLEX AR-15/M16/AR-10®

BARREL NUT WRENCH Plenty Of Leverage For Quick Barrel Removal & Installation Heavy-duty wrench provides plenty of leverage for installing and removing barrel nuts when used with a 3/8" or 1/2" drive breaker bar, socket wrench, or torque wrench. Cut from 3/8" thick steel, with plenty of metal so it won’t flex under pressure while transferring the torque evenly to the nut. Models available for AR-15/M16, ArmaLite® AR-10® and DPMS/KAC AR-style .308 rifles. Armorer’s AR-15/M16 model has a built-in 10"-long handle for convenience, plus additional holes between pins help with proper b gas tube alignment. Still includes 3/8" and 1/2" drive cutouts. a SPECS: 1018 steel, black oxide finish. AR-15 fits mil-spec AR-15/M16/M4 and clones. AR-10 fits ArmaLite AR-10 only. DPMS/KAC fits DPMS and Knight’s Armament AR-style .308 rifles only. #714-000-007EN AR-15 Barrel Nut Wrench, 4A20H49 �� $ 25.00 #714-000-020EN AR-15 Armorer’s Barrel Nut Wrench, 4A35H35 �� 39.99 #714-000-008EN AR-10 Barrel Nut Wrench, 4A22I35 �� 26.00 #100-010-967EN DPMS/KAC .308 Barrel Nut Wrench, 4A22G59 �� 25.50

AR-15/M16

BARREL EXTENSION TORQUE TOOL Aids Fast, Easy Barrel Installation; Protects Barrel Nut & Receiver From Damage Handy tool aids in applying straight-line torque for fast, easy installation of the barrel nut without scratching the exterior of the upper receiver. Helps ensure the right amount of torque is evenly applied, while maintaining proper alignment of the barrel, upper receiver, and gas tube ports. Use with any barrel nut wrench or free-float tube wrench and a torque wrench with a ½" square drive. Simply clamp the barrel nut wrench handle firmly in a bench vise, insert the barrel into the upper receiver, and finger tighten the barrel nut. Slide the barrel through the wrench, insert the Torque Tool in the back of the receiver until the teeth lock into the locking lugs in the receiver extension, and apply torque with the torque drive through the Tool to tighten the barrel nut. Precision machined from heavy-duty steel bar stock for years of reliable service. a b SPECS: Machined steel, black oxide finish. 9" (22.9cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter. AR-15/M16 – 9" (22.9cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter. Fits barrel extensions of AR-15/M16/M4 and clones chambered in .223/5.56. ARStyle .308 – 10" (25.4cm) long, 1.18" (3cm) diameter. Fits barrel extensions of ArmaLite® AR-10® and DPMS-pattern AR-style .308 rifles. Requires a ½" square drive torque wrench. Instructions included. #080-000-637EN AR-15/M16 Barrel Ext. Torque Tool, 8K36H49 �� $ 49.99 #080-001-040EN AR-308 Barrel Ext. Torque Tube, 8K43L00 �� 49.99

STRAP WRENCH

½" TORQUE WRENCH For Barrel Nuts & Any Bolts You Want Precisely Tight Set the dial handle to desired torque; wrench “clicks” when the number is reached. The right tool for AR-15/M16 barrel nuts, bolt carrier key, or action screws on any rifle. SPECS: Chrome-plated steel. 1/2" (12.7mm) drive. 171/8" (43.5cm) long. 1" (2.5cm) diameter handle. 30 - 150 foot pound range. #018-150-050EN 1/2" Torque Wrench, 8F129L99 �� $ 136.99

EXTRA-LARGE BENCH BLOCK Large, 4" Diameter, Useable Surface Will Not Embed Or Mar Extra size and weight helps keep these blocks where you put them and the big face eliminates much of the “balancing act” when you’re driving pins. Cannot mar even the most highly polished surface. Drilled with four through holes for easy pin removal and disassembly. Convenient, center “V” holds cylindrically shaped parts steady so they won’t roll. Can be drilled or modified with hand tools; will not melt when machined. a b SPECS: Polyethylene, green. 4" (10cm) diameter, 11/8" (2.8cm) high. #080-000-492EN Rifle Bench Block, Green, 8D19N99 �� $ 19.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

AR-15 SIGHT WRENCH Two Styles, For A1 & A2, Give Fast, Convenient Sight Adjustment Precision machined from tough, stressproof steel with square-profile fingers that grip the sight notches firmly and won’t “roll out”; provides easy, exact sight adjustment. Plus, they resist bending and breaking to give years of service. Deeply drilled body fits both issue and tall blade sights. An extra-nice touch are the hex-shaped bodies; they’re easy to grasp, easy to turn and won’t roll off your bench. Three tools: A1 five-prong and A2 four-prong fit front and rear sights. A1/A2 is double ended to fit both five-detent A1 and four-detent, square blade, A2 front sights only. A2 wrenches also fit FN SCAR a b SPECS: Stressproof steel, blue finish. A1: five-prong and A2: four-prong (adjusts front and rear). 13/8" (3.5cm) long x 3/4" (19mm) dia. A1/A2: 21/2" (6.4cm) long four-prong/five-prong front only wrench. #078-000-008EN A1 AR-15 Sight Wrench, 8G13G31 ��$ 15.99 #078-000-009EN A2 AR-15 Sight Wrench, 8K14C73 �� 17.99 #078-000-010EN A1/A2 AR-15 Sight Wrench, 8G15I00 �� 19.99

Item

AR-15/M16

FRONT SIGHT BENCH BLOCK Two Working Sides For Installation & Removal Big, tough, polyethylene block gives fitted support for installing/removing the front sight assembly on mil-spec, AR-15 rifles and carbines. Precision-machined and clearly marked on both sides for driving the mounting pins “IN” or “OUT” of the sight. Accommodates the sling swivel, plus, includes provisions for removing the gas tube roll pin. The Front Sight Housing Maintenance Kit includes the front sight bench block, a taper pin starter punch for removing and installing the factory front sight housing, plus an AR-15 sight wrench for easy sight adjustments. a b SPECS: Polyethylene, orange. 4" (10.2cm) dia. x 111/16" (4.3cm) high. #080-000-252EN AR-15 Front Sight Bench Block, 8D33L13 �� $ 39.99 080-001-156EN Front Sight Housing Maintenance Kit, 8K53B00 �� 64.99

PLASTIX PLUS AR-15/M16

DISPLAY STANDS Non-Marring, Heavy-Duty Plastic Weapon Display/Work Stand High-density, thermoplastic-welded polyethylene stands securely hold your AR-15 for display or cleaning and maintenance chores. Each stand has a 7" post with beveled edges that fits in the magwell like a magazine. Barrel Support model features a wide display stand with enclosed tray and a barrel support at one end. Parts Tray model has a centered resting post and no barrel support with plenty of room in the tray to keep small parts from straying. Wall-Mount model keeps your weapon off the ground and includes a holder for one magazine. SPECS: High-density, thermoplastic-welded polyethylene, black. Barrel Support/Parts Tray – 18" (45.7cm) long, 61/2" (16.5cm) wide, 71/4" (18.4cm) high. Wall-Mount – 71/4" (18.4cm) long, 41/2" (11.4cm) wide, 6" (15.2cm) high. #100-005-252EN Barrel Support Stand, 1Z51J99 �� $ 59.99 #100-005-251EN Parts Tray Stand, 1Z43D99 �� 52.99 #100-005-253EN Wall-Mount Stand, 1Z30F99 �� 34.49

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

MAGPUL AR-15/M16

AR-15/M16 SIGHT WRENCH Even tho’ you’re supposed to be able to adjust these sights with nothing more than a round of ammo, folks who’ve tried know it’s just not that simple. This decidedly handy little Sight Wrench does the job, quick and easy. a b SPECS: 13/8" (3.5cm) long x 3/4" (19.0mm) dia. Blued steel. Models for A1, five-prong (adjusts front and rear) and A2, four-prong. #078-015-001EN A1 Sight Wrench, 7B7P67 ��$ 9.99 #078-015-002EN A2 Sight Wrench, 8G8Q99 �� 9.99

SOUTH SHORE AR-15/AR-308

BARREL EXTENSION WRENCH Two models install or remove AR15/AR-style .308 barrel extensions safely and easily without making a “wrench” from an old bolt head. Machined, hardened, steel engagement teeth fully engage locking lugs for precise fit; alignment sleeve holds wrench square with barrel, prevents slipping or damage. 3/4" hex drive gives plenty of leverage to get really tight extensions loose. a b SPECS: 8620 steel, blue. 27/8" (7.3cm) long. Heat treated to Rc 48-52. #841-015-001EN AR-15 Barrel Extension Wrench, 1D48C61 �� $ 59.99 #841-000-001EN AR-308 Barrel Ext. Wrench, 1D58B67 �� 69.99

ANDERSON MANUFACTURING AR-15/M16

80% LOWER RECEIVER JIG Helps You Complete 80% Lower Receiver Kit contains the fixtures, guides and drill bits required to complete final machining on 80% AR-15 lowers. Plates and templates screw together to give accurate precise geometry for properly drilling the required holes and clearances. Includes instructions. a b #100-016-684EN 80% Lower Receiver Jig, 8Z00FBF ��$ 75.00

Protect Receiver From Damage When Clamping Heavy-duty blocks allow you to firmly clamp AR-15/M16 receiver halves in a vise without risk of crushing, twisting, or otherwise distorting them when applying vise pressure or torquing the barrel nut. Made of dense polymer that absorbs the clamping force, yet is incapable of scratching or marring the receiver's finish. a b UPPER RECEIVER BLOCKS - A2 Carry Handle model is a two-part system with an insert that goes inside the rear of an A1/ A2-style receiver and an outer clamshell that completely surrounds the outside of the receiver. Flattop model inserts into receiver from the bottom. It is held in place by stainless steel pins that fit through standarnd .250" diameter pivot/ takedown pin holes. SPECS: A2 Carry-Handle - Injection-molded Rynite, black. Flattop - Self-lubricating polyethylene, white. AR-15/M16 models fit mil-spec receivers. AR-Style .308 model fits ArmaLite® AR-10®, DPMS LR-308 upper receivers and clones. Does not fit Rock River or Bushmaster. #080-000-661EN A2 Upper Receiver Action Block, 8K51D13 �� $ 59.99 #080-000-795EN AR-15/M16 Upper Rec’r Vise Block, 4C38G57 �� 49.99 #080-000-796EN AR-Style .308 Upper Rec’r Vise Block, 4C42A43 �� 59.99 LOWER RECEIVER VISE BLOCKS - Insert block into the mag well, just like an ordinary magazine, then clamp the other end in your bench vise. The rifle's magazine catch locks to the block, securely holding the rifle for assembly, disassembly, cleaning, or repair. Double-ended design can be inserted into mag well from bottom or, when upper receiver is removed, from the top. SPECS: AR-15/M16 – Injection-molded high-density urethane plastic, black. Fits mil-spec .223/5.56mm rifles and carbines. AR-Style .308 – Machined Delrin®, polymer, white. Fits ArmaLite® AR-10®, Bushmaster .308, DPMS Panther™ LR-308, and Remington R-25. Does not fit Rock River Arms lower receivers. #080-000-662EN Lower Rec'r Vise Block, 8K41D13 �� $ 49.99 #080-000-659EN AR-15/M16 Action Block/Vise Block Set, 8K73M13 �� 79.99 #080-000-494EN AR-Style .308 Lower Rec’r Vise Block, 8K35D58 �� 45.99

DPMS AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

UPPER RECEIVER BLOCK Secure Support For Receiver While Fitting Parts

AR-15/M16

REAR SIGHT ELEVATION SPRING TOOL Eases Installation & Removal Of Rear Sight Elevation Spring Hardened, drill-rod steel shaft depresses the elevation spring to ease installation or removal of the rear sight elevation spring retaining pin. Hand-filling plastic handle ensures a firm, comfortable grip while applying pressure to the spring. a b SPECS: Steel shank, in-the-white; plastic handle, black. 4" (10.2cm) OAL, .250" (6mm) O.D. #080-000-079EN AR-15 Rear Sight Elevation Spring Tool, 8K8Q50 ��$ 10.99

Machined from tough, longwearing nylon to hold upper receiver in a bench vise without fear of crushing, marking or scratching the finish. Fits inside stripped or barreled, carry handle and flattop receivers with .250" diameter pivot pins. Holds receivers at any angle for cleaning, or fitting sights and accessories. Models to fit standard AR-15 and DPMS AR-style .308 receivers. a b SPECS: Nylon, white. AR-15 -7" (17.8cm) long, 13/4" (4.5cm) wide, 27/8" (7.3cm) high. DPMS .308 - 73/8" (18.7cm) long, 17/8" (4.8cm) wide, 3" (7.6cm) high. Fits DPMS Panther AR-style .308 receivers. #231-000-157EN AR-15 Upper Rcvr Block, 1C39C10 �� $ 45.99 #231-000-240EN DPMS .308 Upper Rcvr Block, 1C52E49 �� 61.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Super-Secure Support Of Upper & Lower Receivers For Maintenance Work The Barrel Extension Vise (BEV) block securely supports the rifle for installing barrel nuts, attaching muzzle devices, and other assembly/ maintenance operations. The BEV block mounts securely in your bench vise and fits snugly in the mag well to support the lower receiver during maintenance. For upper receiver work, the BEV’s steel lugs engage the barrel extension at the front, while a post at the rear engages the bolt carrier to provide full-length support, without unwanted flexing, during barrel installation. Included pin helps keep the upper in the proper position. The hardness of the forward lugs’ steel is optimized for durability, yet won’t damage the barrel extension. Magpul’s heavy-duty reinforced polymer is used for other engagement surfaces to protect the aluminum receiver. a b #100-015-280EN Bev Block, 3K40I00 ��$ 47.95

UPPER RECEIVER LAPPING TOOL Helps True The Upper Receiver For Precise Barrel Fit & Maximum Accuracy Cold-rolled steel lapping tool chucks into a 3/8" hand drill to easily “square” the upper receiver face on your AR-15. Helps ensure precise mating of barrel and receiver for added accuracy. Coat face of receiver with aluminum-oxide lapping compound; extra long pilot slides into the bolt carrier tunnel to maintain perfect concentricity with the receiver. a b SPECS: Cold-rolled steel, in-the-white. 81/4" (21cm) long, 3/8" (9.5mm) diameter shank. #080-000-182EN AR-15 Lapping Tool, 8K26E95 �� $ 34.95

FALCON INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

SPIKE’S BLOCK

PRECISION REFLEX AR-15/M16

UPPER RECEIVER VISE BLOCK Two Ways To Support Upper Receiver In A Vise Without Risk Of Damage Heavy duty, machined aluminum vise block lets you clamp an AR-15/M16 upper receiver in a bench vise without risk of marring the finish or distorting the receiver from over-tightening. Dual-use design allows the receiver to be positioned top side up or, if it’s a flattop, upside down; either way, the vise grasps the block and never touches the receiver. One side of the block fits in the underside of the receiver and is held securely in place with two, steel, T-pins inserted through the takedown pin holes, so you can install optics, perform thorough cleaning, and do other work on the exterior. Or, slide a flattop receiver rail into the grooves on the other side of the block and tighten the locking bar with the large thumbscrew to hold the receiver upside down for easy access to the underside. a b SPECS: Body - Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7" (17.8cm) long, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide, 11/4" high. Pins – Steel, black oxide finish. Fits AR-15/ M16/M4 and clones with .250" diameter takedown pin holes. #714-000-006EN Upper Receiver Vise Block, 4A44I49 ��$ 54.95

AR-15/M16

ACCU-GRIP BARREL VISE JAWS Fully-Lined Barrel Grooves Prevent Slipping & Damage Massive aluminum jaws lined with space age, polyurethane elastomer, grip tight and prevent marring. Two grooves fit standard and heavy barrel contours. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum with permanently bonded green polyurethane elastomer lining. 5" (12.7cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) thick, 37/8" (9.8cm) long. 2 lb. 6 oz. (1 kg) wt. Fits 4" and wider vises. #852-015-000EN Accu-Grip Vise Jaws, 2E71M99 �� $ 71.99

Provides A Stable Cleaning/Work Platform On Your Workbench One-piece, molded polymer stand securely supports the lower receiver for cleaning, maintenance or storage. Base has a small footprint and clamps to your workbench, while the top fits in the magwell of any AR-15 pattern rifle. Grooves in both sides of insert accept the mag catch to lock your rifle on the block. Can also be used as a wall mount for your rifle. a b SPECS: Molded, glass-filled resin, black. 45/8" (11cm) long, 2" (5.1cm) wide, 61/8" (15.5cm) tall. 4.3 oz. (122g) wt. Permanent installation requires four 1 /4" bolts or screws, not included. #573-000-063EN AR-15 Spike’s Block, 3G17D90 �� $ 24.95

GEISSLE AUTOMATICS AR-15/M16

REACTION ROD Secures Receiver & Barrel For Assembly & Maintenance Sturdy steel rod slips into the upper receiver to give needed support for barrel changes and parts installation. Makes removal and installation of barrels, flash suppressors, gas blocks, and handguards much easier. Designed to be gripped in a bench vise so that the rod is either horizontal or vertical. The upper receiver is then slid onto the rod and the rod’s integral splines enter the barrel extension and secure the barrel extension from turning, allowing all the torque from barrel nut wrenches to go directly into the barrel extension. Unique design can’t mar the barrel’s exterior finish and eliminates the need to remove sights or optics when installing the barrel on the upper receiver. a b SPECS: 4140 steel. 11½" (29 cm) long, .995" (25.3 cm) O.D., .745"(18.94 cm) across the flats. #100-011-315EN Reaction Rod, 7B99C00 �� $ 99.00

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16

UNIVERSAL VISE CLAMPS Securely Holds The Upper While You Do Other Work Originally developed by the JP custom shop for in-house use, these machined aluminum blocks allow the user to hold a flattop upper securely for barrel, handguard, and

order on the web

brownells.com

muzzle brake installations. Both pieces have imbedded magnets to hold them to the vise jaws and feature cut outs for the top rail and the pivot pin lug to ensure a rock-solid, no-slip grip. Special “soft” anodized coating prevents jaws from marring the receiver finish. a b SPECS: Aluminum with matte black, soft-anodized coating. 5" (12.7 cm) 7 long, /8" (2.2 cm) & 13/16" (3 cm) wide, 11/2" (3.8 cm) high. Fits flattop receivers only. #452-000-155EN Universal Vise Clamps, 2E71P00 ��$ 79.95

PAGE

gunsmithing tools

Plenty Of Strength To Get Even The Tightest Barrels Loose

UPPER & LOWER RECEIVER BLOCKS

AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

Models For A1 & A2 Make Sight Adjusting Quick & Easy

BEVTM BLOCK

AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

AR-15/AR-STYLE .308

FLASH SUPPRESSOR TAP & DIE

gunsmithing tools

AR-15/m16

Accurately Thread Custom Barrels Or Recondition Damaged Threads

A must when threading custom barrels or chasing threads on standard barrels. Use to make custom suppressors or clean up existing factory threads. Custom-made to factory specs. Dies available in circular adjustable profile or hex profile. SPECS: ½"-28 tpi cuts threads for AR-15/M16. 5/8"-24 tpi cut threads for AR-style .308. Taps - High-speed steel (HSS). Dies available in standard (Std) circular profile, made of high-speed steel (HSS), or in Hex profile, made of hardened carbon steel (CS). “OD” of hex dies is measured across flats. #080-598-528EN 1/2"-28 tpi Flash Suppressor Tap, 7C16B50 �� $ 19.99 #080-598-529EN 1/2"-28 tpi Flash Suppressor Die, Std/1" OD, 7C18C25 �� 20.99 #081-598-100EN 1/2"-28 tpi Flash Suppressor Die, Hex/1" OD, 7C21C00 �� 29.99 #080-598-531EN 5/8"-24 tpi Flash Suppressor Tap, 8K19M99 �� 24.99 #080-598-530EN 5/8"-24 tpi Thread Cutting Die, Std/1½" OD, 2K20E20 �� 25.25 #081-598-101EN 5/8"-24 tpi Flash Suppressor Die, Hex/1¼" OD, 7C22J00 �� 23.99

PA ENTERPRISES AR-15/ M16 PUNCH SET

AR-15/M16

MULTITASKER SERIES 3 MULTITOOL ®

Pocket-Packable Multitool For Field Repair & Adjustment Of Your AR-15 This is the Pocket Toolbox® that'll service your AR platform rifle and its accessories. Only 4" long when folded, so the entire package slips into your pocket. All-steel construction with grips of durable, noslip G10 fiberglass, available in Black or Tan. Includes general-purpose pliers, spanner wrench for tightening an M4 castle nut (also doubles as a bottle opener), and a 3/16" slotted screwdriver tip. Four-prong M16A2 front sight tool also serves as the magnetic drive socket for the 8 interchangeable, AR-centric ¼"-drive hex bits (1 slot-head, 1 Phillips, 4 hex-head, plus T10 and T15 Torx® bits). Combo 3/8" box wrench for accessory mounts and ½" wrench for scope rings. Carbon scraper also serves as a bolt override device and helps pull MALICE clips through PALS webbing. The 3" drop point knife blade is swedged with jimping on the spine for excellent hold. A thumb stud makes for easy opening, and the liner lock keeps the blade in place. Don't go to the range without the Multi Tasker! a b #080-001-043EN Multitasker Series 3, Blk, 5C129Q99 ��$ 139.99 #080-001-044EN Multitasker Series 3, Tan, 5C128P61 �� 139.99

LEATHERMAN AR-15/M16

MUT® MULTI-TOOL

All The Punches You Need To Assemble A Lower Receiver Handy kit contains all the punches required to build an AR-15 lower receiver out of a parts kit. Includes 3 starter punches and 3 roll pin punches, a flat-sided punch, and a non-marring Delrin punch with socket that helps properly start hammer and trigger pins. a b SPECS: 4140 alloy steel, black oxide finish. Starter Punch - Delrin polymer, matte black. #100-016-555EN AR-15 Punch Set, 9G39M00 �� $ 45.00

GERBER AR-15/M16

MULTI-PLIER 600 SIGHT TOOL Versatile, Multi-Tool With Front-Sight Adjustment Head Features Numerous Mission-Critical Implements Multi-function tool comes with mission-critical implements including an AR-15/M4/M16 A2-style front-sight post adjustment tool. There’s a carbon scraper keeping bolt and carrier clean and ready for action. Easily operated with just one hand, the versatile 600 also has carbide wire cutters, an extended-reach Philips screwdriver, standard screwdriver, serrated knife, 3" ruler, needlenose pliers with crimper jaws, and a can/bottle opener. Unique, easyto-use locking/unlocking mechanism ensures that tools won’t collapse during use. Includes a MOLLE/belt-compatible sheath for convenient storage. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, matte black oxide finish. 51/8" (13cm) OAL. 8.3 oz. (235g) wt. #385-000-011EN Multi-Plier 600 Sight Tool, 5H75P79 �� $ 84.99

PAGE

Compact, Go-Anywhere Field Tool Keeps Your Rifle Tuned & Running Smoothly Versatile multi-tool packs classic Leatherman features, plus specific tools for the military, law enforcement, civilian, and competition AR15/M16 shooter. Not only will the MUT help you perform routine maintenance and adjustment tasks on the basic AR platform and popular accessories, it can literally save your life. In the event of a jam caused by “bolt override”—an ejection failure that traps the spent case between the bolt and charging handle—simply drop the mag, insert the MUT’s bolt override tool into the ejection port and yank the carrier quickly to the rear to clear. The non-marring bronze carbon scraper cleans all areas of the bolt/carrier assembly prone to carbon fouling buildup. Stainless steel 1/8" punch speeds removal of pivot/takedown and hammer/trigger pins. For adjusting optics and accessories, there’s a ¼" slot-head screwdriver, plus 7 /64" hex, Torx® T-15, and Phillips #1/#2 drivers. The clip point knife blade of 420HC stainless steel has a precision-ground straight/ serrated edge for maximum versatility. Blade can be deployed onehanded with the rest of the tool closed. Combination regular and needle-nose pliers include removable wire cutter jaws of hardened 154CM stainless that can be detached for replacement or sharpening. You also get a cutting hook for slicing cord, seat belts, zip ties, or disposable handcuffs. Other tools include a saw, flat hammer head, crimper, threaded adapter that accepts a standard cleaning rod, cable, or brush. The standalone 12-point wrench with ½" and 3/8" heads is ideal for tightening bolts on Picatinny rail accessory mounts. A carabiner clip helps you carry the tool and doubles as a bottle opener. Comes with a removable Titanium pocket clip and MOLLE compatible nylon belt sheath. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, black oxide finish. 5" (12.7cm) OAL folded, 7¾" (19.7cm) OAL opened. 3" (7.6cm) long knife blade. 10.9 oz (309g) wt. Includes nylon belt sheath in black or brown, plus ½" and 3/8" 12-point wrench. #525-000-004EN MUT Multi-Tool, Brown Sheath, 5B135C59 �� $ 159.99 #525-000-006EN MUT Multi-Tool, Black Sheath, 5B135A59 �� 159.99

GERBER AR-15/M16

Items

“eFECT” MILITARY MAINTENANCE TOOL Compact, Multi-Function Tool Makes Field Cleaning, Repairs & Adjustment Easy Convenient multifunction pocket tool contains six separate tools to perform onthe-spot field stripping and critical cleaning and maintenance functions on the AR-15/M16/M4 weapon platform. The eFECT (Field Expedient Cleaning Tool) includes a flat blade screwdriver, pin punch, nylon bristle brush, angled pick, bolt carrier carbon scraper, and a sight adjustment tool that fits both A1 and A2 front sights. Exclusive, dual Wedge Lock holds tools in the open position, and they cannot be released until the wedge is pulled back. Removable angled pick can be replaced with any Otis cleaning accessory with 8-32 tpi female thread. Stores in the included MOLLE- compatible belt sheath or the internal compartment of an A2 buttstock. a b SPECS: Machined stainless steel and molded reinforced polymer, matte black. 33/8" (8.6cm) closed length, 81/2" (21.5cm) open length, 1" (2.5cm) wide. 4 oz. (113g) weight. Includes nylon, digital camo MOLLE-compatible sheath and illustrated instructions. #100-004-875EN eFECT Tool, 8A82P99 �� $ 98.99

SAMSON MANUFACTURING CORP. AR-15/M16 FIELD SURVIVOR TOOL Indispensable All-In-One Tool System Stores In Pistol Grip Versatile multi-tool is like an armorer’s kit that fits in the palm of your hand and stores in the pistol grip of your rifle, so you have it when you need it. Inside, you’ll find an array of tools for performing emergency repairs to get your AR back in action fast in combat, on the range, or in the field. There’s a flat-blade screwdriver, broken shell extractor, carbon scraper, cotter pin hook for removing firing pin from bolt, A2 front sight tool, magazine feed lip gauge, and a feed lip adjustment tool. A refillable stainless steel tube holds just enough oil for one field lube. Use the wire brush for cleaning the bolt and carrier key, or remove the brush and attach it to the pull cable for bore cleaning using the shell extractor as a T-handle. A2 fits standard A2-type pistol grip. Twist the base to activate the compression lock system and anchor the tool securely—no movement, no rattling. Aggressive, molded “teeth” on the base serve as an emergency strike plate during hand-to-hand combat. Teeth are designed to create painful pressure points on impact, but won’t snag on your gear during ordinary activity. Available packaged with a Hogue Monogrip® A2-style pistol grip. Rigid fiberglass core is “overmolded” with non-slip rubber with palm swells and finger grooves to reduce shock, improve comfort, and aid in positive weapon control. MOE fits inside Magpul MOE® pistol grip and has same tools as above, without the strike plate; sold alone or in a kit with a black MOE pistol grip included. a b SPECS: Stainless steel and reinforced molded polymer. A2 fits in standard A2 pistol grip and similar grips with same-size cavity. Available alone or with Hogue Monogrip rubber-covered, fiberglass-cored pistol grip, black. MOE fits Magpul MOE and old MIAD pistol grips only. #100-004-235EN A2 Field Survivor Tool, Only, 1B84Q09 �� $ 94.99 #408-000-105EN A2 Field Survivor Tool, w/Monogrip, 8K98D76 �� 106.99 #100-004-951EN MOE Field Survivor Tool, Only, 1B85D00 �� 95.99 #100-007-040EN MOE FS Tool, w/MOE Grip, 8K103C00 �� 129.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

AR-15/M16

RECEIVER TAPS & DIES Uniforms Threads For Easy Installation Of Receiver Extension & Barrel Nut Chases and cleans the most important threads on the AR-15/M16 receivers. 1¼"-18 tpi corrects out-ofspec or cross-threaded upper receivers and barrel nuts. 13/16"-16 tpi makes receiver extension (recoil buffer) tube and lower receiver threads uniform for easy installation. a b SPECS: Taps - High-speed steel (HSS). Dies available in standard (Std) circular profile, made of high-speed steel (HSS), or in Hex profile, made of hardened carbon steel (CS). 2-1⁄2" (6.3cm) “OD” of hex dies is measured across flats. #080-598-125EN 1¼"-18 tpi Tap, 7C57J00 ��$ 59.99 #080-598-126EN 1¼"-18 tpi Std Die, 8K48K87 �� 59.99 081-598-103EN 1¼"-18 tpi Hex Die, 7C35J00 �� 39.99 081-598-104EN 1¼"-18 tpi Adjustable Round Die, 7C71G40 �� 75.90 #080-598-180EN 13/16"-16 tpi Tap, 7C57B00 �� 59.99 #080-598-181EN 13/16"-16 tpi Std Die, 7C72J40 �� 75.99 081-598-102EN 13/16"-16 tpi Hex Die, 7C33H00 �� 35.99

JME INNOVATIONS AR-15

RETHREADING DIES Cleans Up Rough Or Damaged Threads Innovative two-piece split die quickly and easily repairs damaged threads. Simply place the two pieces of the die together on the good threads above or below the damaged area, then turn the die to recut the threads. Upper Receiver Die fits the 1 1/4-18" thread on the AR-15 upper receiver. Recoil Buffer Tube Die is made for b the 1 13/16-16" thread on the AR-15 buffer tube. a SPECS: Steel. 1 #100-016-682EN Upper Receiver Die 1 /4-18", 6A00QRH �� $ 42.99 #100-016-681EN Buffer Tube Die 1 13/16-16", 6A00FMN �� 42.99

CHAMBERING REAMERS Top Brands Cut Precise Chambers For Superb Accuracy MANSON PRECISION - Ground from M-7 steel by one of the most respected names in the industry. Made to SAAMI specs with an b integral throater and fixed pilot. a SPECS: M7 High speed steel, in-the-white. Solid pilot, six, straight flutes, right-hand cut. 3/8" (9.5mm) square drive shank. STK# FINISH #513-050-120EN #513-050-400EN

STK# ROUGH NA #513-050-401EN

Caliber .223 Remington .308 Winchester

PRICE $ 100.00 $ 100.00

CLYMER - Made from best quality, M-7 High-Speed Steel. These are precision tools for the professional gunsmith. SPECS: Six, right-hand cutting, straight flutes. Solid pilot, integral throat. 7 /16" round shank with 3/8" square drive. STK# FINISHER #184-050-004EN #184-050-120EN #184-050-400EN

STK# ROUGHER NA #184-050-101EN #184-050-401EN

Caliber 5.56 NATO .223 Remington .308 Winchester

PRICE $ 105.00 $ 105.00 $ 105.00

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

CLYMER

FORSTER

.223 & .308 CHAMBER REAMING KITS

.223/5.56mm MATCH RIFLE HEADSPACE GAUGE SET

High-quality finish reamer and precision made headspace gauges make easy work when chambering a new barrel. Precision machined from highquality steel for a lifetime of service when properly cared for. Finish reamers can be used in your lathe or hand-turned; perfect for fitting short chambered barrels. Includes headspace gauge to accurately measure chamber size and ensure a tight, safe chamber. Gauges are etched with “Go” or “No-Go” and caliber/gauge name for easy identification. Made to SAAMI specs. a b SPECS: Reamer - M7 high speed steel, in-the-white. Right-hand cutting, 7 six flutes. Solid pilot, integral throat. /16" round shank with 3/8" square drive. Headspace Gauge - Steel, in-the-white. #184-000-043EN .223 Chamber Reaming Kit, 4H163D00 �� $ 163.00 #184-000-044EN .308 Chamber Reaming Kit, 4H163Q00 �� 163.00

Headspace gauges in .001" increments from 1.4636" to 1.4736" cover everything from Go to Field, including No-Go. Checks both .223 Remington commercial chambers and 5.56mm NATO chambers. Hardened steel, precision ground to SAAMI’s ANSI tolerances. Includes polypropylene storage case. a b SPECS: Hardened steel. 11 gauges in .001" increments from 1.4636" to 1.4736". For 223/5.56mm NATO only. #319-000-008EN .223/5.56 Match Headspace Gauge Set, 9A178M76 �� $ 204.99

MANSON PRECISION - Precisely made by Dave Manson. SPECS: M7 high speed steel, in-the-white, hardened. STK# GO STK# NO-GO Caliber #513-100-240EN #513-100-241EN .223 Remington #513-100-260EN #513-100-261EN .308 Winchester — Advise # — Manson Headspace Ga., 3A30A00 �� $ 30.00 CLYMER - Clymer GO gauges are marked with a green band, Clymer NO-GO gauges are marked with a red band. SPECS: Machined Steel. STK# GO #184-100-240EN #184-000-035EN #100-011-283EN #184-100-260EN

STK# NO-GO #184-100-241EN #184-000-036EN #100-011-311EN #184-100-261EN

Caliber .223 Remington 5.56 NATO 300 AAC Blackout .308

— Advise # — Clymer Headspace Ga., 4H29M00 �� $ 29.00

MATCH RIFLE HEADSPACE GAUGES In .001" Increments For Measurement Of “Match Grade” Chambers Covers every size chamber all the way from Go to Field. Perfect for match shooters, armorers, or sportsmen looking for the most accurate way to track locking lug and chamber wear on high quality, match grade barrels. a b SPECS: Individual high speed steel gauges, hardened and ground. .308 Match Gauge Kit contains 1 of each .308 size listed in table, packaged in plastic case. NOTE: Some .308/7.62 gauges will be marked “.243”. STOCK # #319-223-464EN #319-223-467EN #319-223-470EN #319-308-630EN #319-308-631EN #319-308-632EN

CALIBER .223 Rem/5.56 NATO .223 Rem/5.56 NATO .223 Rem/5.56 NATO .308 Win/7.62 NATO .308 Win/7.62 NATO .308 Win/7.62 NATO

SIZE 1.4636" 1.4666" 1.4696" 1.630" 1.631" 1.632"

TYPE GO NO-GO FIELD GO Match Match

5.56mm (.223) HEADSPACE GAUGE NATO maximum length headspace gauge used to make sure the chamber does not have excessive headspace. With this gauge in the chamber, the bolt should not close. Type of gauge used by the Colt factory to measure maximum acceptable headspace. Also essential for checking well-used guns or those that have been rebarreled. a b SPECS: Hardened and ground steel. 1.65" (4.2cm) overall (this is NOT the “headspace” dimension). .3655" (9.3mm) diameter. #319-418-033EN 5.56 Headspace Gauge, 8K19A99 �� $ 22.99

C.J. WEAPONS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

BROKEN SHELL EXTRACTOR Fast, No-Fuss Removal Of Stuck Cases Don’t let case head separation take you out of the fight or put an end to your range time. Simple, reliable tool quickly and easily removes a stuck case from the chamber. Make sure gun is unloaded, then insert the shell extractor in the chamber and close the action, just like you’re loading another round. The back of the tool takes the place of the missing case head, while the springy steel fingers slide through the case neck and expand to positively grab the case mouth. Manually work the action to extract the broken shell and the tool. SPECS: Steel, blued. Models available for rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm and .308/7.62mm NATO only. #100-005-992EN .223/5.56 Broken Shell Extr., 5K7N50 �� $ 9.99 #100-003-126EN .308/7.62 Broken Shell Extr., 5K7D50 �� 9.99

FORSTER - Long-time industry standard made to the highest quality standards. SPECS: Machined Steel. STK# GO STK# NO-GO Caliber #319-223-464EN NA .223 Rem/5.56 NATO #319-308-630EN NA .308 Win/7.62 NATO NA #319-223-467EN .223 Rem/5.56 NATO NA #319-308-634EN .308 Win/7.62 NATO — Advise # — Forster Headspace Ga., 9A22M31 �� $ 28.99

STOCK # #319-308-634EN #319-308-638EN

CALIBER .308 Win/7.62 NATO .308 Win/7.62 NATO

SIZE 1.634" 1.638"

TYPE NO-GO FIELD

— Advise # — Forster Headspace Ga., 9A22M31 �� $ 28.99 — Advise # — Match Gauge, 8K22B15 �� 29.99 #079-308-000EN .308 Match Gauge Kit, 8K205I00 �� 249.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Sinclair AR-15/M16

BOLT VISE Saves Time During Bolt Disassembly & Prevents Lost Parts Convenient, easy-to-use tool holds the bolt assembly securely while you compress the ejector to remove the spring pin without the risk of the ejector and ejector spring flying out and getting lost. Eliminates the “annoyance factor” of a job that seems to require three hands. The pin drops out of the way through a hole in the vise body, allowing you to slowly back off the pressure on compression screw and capture the ejector and spring. Equally helpful during reassembly. Can also be used to hold the bolt while replacing gas rings and extractor. May be clamped in a bench vise for added support. Tough, yet lightweight aluminum and stainless steel construction for years of reliable service. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, anodized, black. Stainless steel compression screw, natural finish. #749-003-708EN Sinclair AR-15 Bolt Vise, H19B00 �� $ 24.95

order on the web

brownells.com

STOCK # #367-223-005EN #367-223-020EN #669-308-005EN #669-308-020EN

PER 5 20 5 20

CALIBER .223 Rem.* .223 Rem. .308 Win.* .308 Win.

PRICE 7F7E38 $ 9.99 7F26K68 $ 34.99 7F10D48 $ 13.99 7F39J70 $ 46.99

AR-15/M16

CARRIER KEY STAKING TOOL Fast, Foolproof Staking Without Damaging Key, Screws, Or Carrier Precision-machined, solid steel tool lets you stake the carrier key screws the best way—from the sides—to ensure they don’t back out under the most strenuous rapid-fire conditions. Eliminates the hassle of trying to stake the screws with a hammer and punch that could slip and damage the key, screws, or carrier. Holds carrier securely and positions the key so it can be dimpled in the correct locations by tightening the four hex screws on the tool. An additional retaining screw on top of the tool prevents the carrier from moving. The tip of this screw is machined flat to make sure it applies even retaining force and won’t mar the carrier. All screw tips are hardened to Rc 58-62 for durability. a b SPECS: 1018 carbon steel, black oxide finish. 3" (7.62cm) long, 2" (5.1cm) wide, 2" high. #080-000-638EN Carrier Key Staking Tool, 8K52D15 �� $ 69.99

EJECTOR REMOVAL TOOL Eliminates The “Lost Parts” Hassle When Working On Rifle Bolts Versatile fixture lets you remove plunger-style ejectors from standard .700" and .510" diameter bolts quickly and safely without launching parts across the room. Works for a variety of popular rifles, including AR- 15, ARstyle .308 rifles, Remington 700, Winchester 70, Savage, and Sako. Rugged, lightweight body machined from 6061 billet aluminum securely holds bolt while threaded, tool steel shank compresses and captures ejector spring and aligns the roll pin for easy removal with b a punch. Gradually loosen the shank to relieve spring tension. a SPECS: Anodized 6061 aluminum body, dark green, steel shank. 313/16" (9.7cm) long with shank fully screwed in, 21/4" (5.7cm) wide, 13/4" (4.5cm) high. Fits AR-15, AR-style .308 rifles, Remington 700, Winchester 70, Savage, and Sako rifles. #080-000-420EN Ejector Removal Tool, 8K45C51 �� $ 63.99

PAGE

gunsmithing tools

Gives the proper chamber headspace dimensions so you know a firearm is safe to fire. GO gauge gives the SAMMI-recommended, minimum chamber depth. NO-GO is slightly shorter than the SAMMI-recommended to give a small safety margin maximum chamber depth. a b

Manufactured to exact specifications, including diameter and length dimensions, weight and balance of factory loaded ammo, these DUMMIES have the proper functioning characteristics to reliably check magazine feeding, action timing, extraction and ejection of all guns. The only professionally accepted and safe way to check gun functioning; live ammo should never be used except in actual test-firing on the range - after you have checked the gun with DUMMIES. The very reasonable cost per DUMMY is an added incentive to use them regularly. The blackened case makes them distinct, and instantly recognizable as DUMMIES, which makes them ideal - and safe - to use as a sales aid. Especially useful when demonstrating how a particular gun functions or in gun safety instruction classes. They absolutely eliminate the chance of an accidental discharge. a b CENTERFIRE RIFLE DUMMIES

Factory Specified Size Measures M16/AR-15 Maximum Headspace

Essential For Safe Chambering

GO/NO-GO GAUGE SETS Convenient kits contain “Go” and “No-Go” gauges for accurately checking chamber length to make sure it meets SAAMI specs. These gauges are essential tools for ensuring a tight, accurate, safe chamber when chambering a new barrel. Always have a set on hand to check for correct headspace before buying or firing a new gun. Comes in a handy, durable plastic carrying case. a b SPECS: Steel, precision machined to SAAMI specs. Each set contains one go gauge and one no-go gauge in a single caliber as listed below. #184-000-037EN .223 Rem. Headspace Gauge Kit, 4H66M00 �� $ 66.00 #184-000-038EN .308 Win. Headspace Gauge Kit, 4H58B00 �� 58.00 #184-000-039EN 7.62 x 39 Headspace Gauge Kit, 4H58G00 �� 58.00 #184-000-042EN 9mm Luger Headspace Gauge Kit, 4H60Q00 �� 60.00

Tough, steel clamp captures the bolt head, and the large-handled turnscrew depresses the ejector so the ejector pin can be safely removed or installed from bolts with plunger-style ejectors and forward-positioned locking lugs. Set includes turnscrews to fit both Standard and Small bolt faces plus separate bolt head retainers. One fits bolt bodies up to .720" diameter and the other fits AR-15/M16 bolts only. AR-15/M16 Bolt Ejector Tool also available separately. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Plastic handle. Includes instructions. #080-792-100EN Bolt Ejector Tool Set, 8K27I54 ��$ 35.99 #080-792-002EN Bolt Ejector Tool, only, 8K16D53 �� 20.99

HEADSPACE GAUGES

CLYMER AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 Headspace Gauge Sets In Popular AR Calibers

Faster Removal Of Plunger-Style Ejectors

11 Separate Gauges For Checking Chambers

Inert, Factory Spec Dummies Give Safe Function Testing

AR-15/m16

Complete Kits For Safe, Accurate Chambering

ACTION PROVING DUMMIES BOLT EJECTOR TOOL

YOUNG MANUFACTURING AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

AR-15/M16

gunsmithing tools

AR-15/m16

BROKEN SHELL EXTRACTOR

SLING SWIVEL STAKING TOOL

Easily Removes Broken Cases Without Field Stripping Case head separation from over-fired or out of spec brass won’t ruin your shooting experience if you keep one of these handy tools in your pocket or field kit. Hardened, steel tool reliably and easily removes broken cases from AR-type or any other firearm chambered for the .223/5.56 NATO or .308/7.62 NATO cartridges. Exclusive, threaded, two-piece design is adjustable for overall length, so the tool completely engages the rim of the case mouth; cannot slip through or strip out. Very simple to use, drop the broken shell extractor into the chamber directly inside the broken case. Allow the bolt to close so the extractor engages the rim of the tool and draw back the bolt to open the chamber. The broken case will eject along with the broken shell extractor. a b SPECS: Steel, blue. Models for .223 Remington/5.56 NATO or .308 Winchester/7.62 NATO cartridges. #080-000-441EN .223 Broken Shell Extr., 8K16I99 ��$ 19.99 #080-000-530EN .308 Broken Shell Extr., 8K18A95 �� 22.99

AR-15

HAMMER TRIGGER JIG wITH DRY FIRE BLOCK Takes The Guesswork Out of Fine-Tuning Your Trigger Easy-to-use fixture allows full assembly and testing of any AR-15 trigger prior to installation. Aluminum angle bracket with extended length trigger pins secures trigger group to side of lower receiver. Provides a clear, unobstructed view of the sear, hammer, and disconnector engagement points while under normal spring tension. Takes the guesswork out of achieving that perfect trigger pull. Durable, Delrin® dry fire block drops into magazine well for safe test firing. Great for trigger modifications, checking adjustments before installation, or for use as an armorer’s training aid. A “must-have” for AR-15 trigger work. a b SPECS: Bracket - Aluminum with black, protective finish. Dry Fire Block Delrin. Fits .154" dia. pin holes. Includes instructions. #080-000-070EN AR-15 Hammer Trigger Jig w/Dry Fire Block, 8K44G37 �� $ 55.99

AR-15

Precision-machined steel tool eliminates the struggle of staking an original, M16style front sling swivel rivet with a hammer and punch. Wide throat easily fits around the swivel and dual, screwadjustable stakes with large, easy-to grasp handles let you apply just the right amount of pressure to quickly and accurately expand the rivet for a neat, factory-finish job—no slips or dings. a b SPECS: Frame - 1018 steel, black oxide finish. 3" (7.6cm) long, 13/4" (4.6cm) 1 high, /2" (12.7mm) thick. Throat: 2" (5 cm) wide. Stakes - heat-treated 4140 steel, black oxide finish. 3" (7.6) long handles. #080-000-756EN Swivel Staking Tool, 8K39L95 ��$ 49.95

Drop-in, Delrin block helps you gain a true feeling of trigger movement and pull weight without sacrificing your thumb. Go ahead, drop the hammer; this shock-absorbing block prevents the hammer from striking the wall of the magazine well. Helps eliminate expensive receiver damage and broken hammers. Fits into the magazine well with the upper receiver open or removed, withstands thousands of hammer strikes. a b SPECS: Delrin, black. 21/8" (5.4cm) high, 3" (7.6cm) long. #080-953-000EN AR-15 Hammer Drop Block, 8K25P49 �� $ 29.99

PAGE

Safe, Effective Bolt Maintenance, Prevents Loss Of Parts Aluminum fixture securely cradles bolt and prevents flying parts. Threaded steel shank captures and compresses ejector spring and aligns roll pin for easy removal with punch, loosens gradually to relieve spring tension. Works equally well for bolt assembly. Compact and light enough to take to the field. A must for all AR shooters. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black anodized base. Steel shank. 4" (10.2 cm) long, 11/4" (3.2 cm) wide. 8 oz. (230 g) wt. #939-000-003EN AR-15/M16 Bolt Ejector Tool, 9C36P23 �� $ 44.99 #939-000-005EN AR-Style .308 Bolt Ejector Tool, 9C40J00 �� 47.99

LYMAN

FA ENTERPRISES AR-15

ELECTRONIC TRIGGER PULL GAUGE

BARREL THREAD ALIGNMENT TOOL Ends The Frustration Of Crooked Threads

State-Of-The-Art Technology Gives Fast & Accurate Readings

Keeps your die perfectly aligned when threading for flash suppressors and muzzle brakes. 1" long shank inserts in the barrel to provide an accurate pilot point based on the bore position. 1/2"-28 threaded guide b portion is 1/2" long to help you get the die started correctly. a SPECS: Stainless steel, in-the-white. 11/2" (3.7cm) long, 1/2"-28 tpi. Fits AR-15 barrels with .224" bore size. #246-000-031EN Barrel Thread Alignment Tool, 6B11A77 �� $ 14.99

Just place the hook on the trigger and pull. The large, easy to read LCD quickly displays the results. Strain gauge technology provides accuracy to 1/10 of an ounce from 1 oz. to 5 pounds and to 1/2 oz. from 5 to 12 pounds. Lets you take up to ten readings and display the average. Displays either English or Metric format. SPECS: Plastic case. Steel hook, 53/4" (14.6cm) long. 111/2" (29.2cm) overall. 1 oz (28.35 g) to 12 pds. (5.4 kg) range. Includes ballistic nylon storage case. #539-000-005EN Electronic Trigger Pull Gauge, 5K62G10 �� $ 67.99

GEISSELE AUTOMATICS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

Steel tool features ergonomic plastic handle, and makes it easy to install and remove AR-15 trigger pins. Lets you use your palm to put pressure against the pin and helps save your fingertips. Works with all .154 trigger pins. a b SPECS: Steel, .154" O.D. #100-015-134EN Trigger Fitting Pin, 7B15G00 �� $ 15.00

LITTLE CROW GUNWORKS AR-15/M16

RPP ROLL PIN PUSHER Eases Installation Of Triggerguard Roll Pin Pocket-sized tool helps prevent breaking the triggerguard tab or marring lower receiver finish when installing or removing the roll pin. Tool fully supports triggerguard tab while slowly pushing the roll pin in or out of its channel. Includes steel alignment pin and push pin to aid in roll pin removal and installation. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, anodized. Molded thermoplastic handle, 17/16" (3.6cm) diameter. Steel screw, push pin and alignment pin. #100-011-602EN Roll Pin Pusher, 3B39J99 �� $ 39.99

Steel fixture provides a secure, accurate guide for drilling setscrew dimples on the underside of an AR-15/M16 barrel for installing a Vltor or LaRue Tactical low-profile gas block. a b SPECS: 1045 steel, black oxide coating. 1" (2.5cm) long, 11/8" (2.8cm) wide, 11/4" (3.2cm) tall. 3.2 oz. (90g) weight. #100-006-130EN Gas Block Dimpling Jig, 2E51I25 ��$ 63.99

AR-15/M16

MAGAZINE FEED LIP GAUGE Ensure Proper Specs For Reliable Ammo Feed Convenient “Go/No-Go” gauge lets you quickly and accurately check for correct feed lip gap. Helps ensure reliable feeding and prevent weapon failure caused by feed problems. Simply slip over the back of a suspect Magazine Not magazine and lightly press gauge Included between magazine feed lips. If the gauge passes through feed lips, either discard that magazine or use the Brownells Magazine Feed Lip Tool (available separately) to bring them back into specs and restore reliable feeds. If the gauge won’t pass through the lips, the gap is too narrow and must be widened. Machined from 4140 chrome-moly steel heat hardened to Rc 50-55 for dimensional stability, plus resistance to wear and corrosion. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly heat treated steel, in-the-white. Rc 52-60. Go: .454" No-Go: .476". For use on standard .223/5.56mm magazines only. #080-000-744EN Magazine Lip Gauge, 8K54F10 ��$ 59.99

GAS BLOCK TAPER PIN REAMER

MAGAZINE FEED LIP TOOL Reforms Feed Lips For Improved Magazine Performance

Tool Makes It Easy To Install Trigger Pins

Makes Setscrew Dimples On Barrel For Low-Profile Gas Block

AR-15/M16

TRIGGER FITTING PIN

HAMMER DROP BLOCK Saves The Frame & Your Thumb When Tuning AR-15 Triggers

BOLT EJECTOR TOOL

Makes Installing Front Sling Swivel Rivet Fast & Easy

BRD ENGINEERING AR-15/M16

GAS BLOCK DIMPLING JIG

Feeding problems and jams in your AR-15 can often be attributed to bent or malformed magazine feed lips. This easy to-use tool is designed specifically to bend the feed lips back into place, so they guide the cartridge body like they’re supposed to. Trying to straighten the lips with pliers can create rough, unsightly gouges, or worse yet, cracks in the metal that can’t be repaired. The machined, steel shank with bevel cut and slot allows you to hook the lips and keep them supported, while you tweak their angle of contact on the cartridge case. Helps you recondition those old magazines, and saves the cost of buying new ones. a b SPECS: Impact-resistant polymer, black. Shank - Steel, blued finish. 51/2" (14cm) long. #080-000-314EN AR-15 Mag Feed Lip Tool, 8K9E99 ��$ 12.99

Precisely Finishes Gas Block/Front Sight Tower Pin Holes High-speed steel reamer is precisely tapered to match the shape of the standard A2 gas block retaining pin. Cleans up existing holes or tapers newly drilled holes to ensure a positive, secure fit and precise alignment of the sight tower. SPECS: Reamer – High-speed steel, 2/0 reamer. Tapers from .1137" (2.8mm) O.D. at the tip to .1462" (3.7mm) O.D. near the shank. Handle – 23/4" (70mm) long, 5/8" (16mm) diameter. #080-000-674EN Taper Pin Reamer, 8K17K10 ��$ 21.99

BRD ENGINEERING AR-15/M16

GAS BLOCK PINNING JIG Drilling Fixture For Permanent Attachment Of Low-Profile Gas Block

Web Bench Your Internet Gunsmithing Newsletter! Sign-up at brownells.com

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Heavy steel fixture securely holds and aligns a low-profile Vltor gas block to enable precise drilling of a straight or taper pin hole for permanent installation of the block. Can be modified with file or rotary tool to fit other low-profile gas blocks, such as Yankee Hill and Stag Arms. Instructions included. a b SPECS: 836 plate steel, black oxide coating. 1" (2.54cm) long, 2" (5.08cm) 3 wide, 2 /8" (5.99cm) tall. 17.3 oz. (490g) weight. #100-006-129EN Gas Block Pinning Jig, 2E54N41 �� $ 64.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

PRECISION REFLEX

AR-15/M16

GAS BLOCK ASSEMBLY FIXTURE

GAS BLOCK ROLL PIN PUNCH KIT

High-quality steel tools make it easy to install and remove the 5 /64" roll pin that secures the gas tube into AR-15 gas block. Kit includes a roll pin holder, starter punch and standard punch. Pin holder helps keep pin perfectly aligned as it starts into the hole and features knurled grip for easy manipulation. Starter roll pin punch has a short shaft, giving more control when starting pins or removing pins. The standard-length roll pin punch makes it easy to seat pin into final position. Both starter and standard-length punches feature smoothly-machined flats for easy grip with specs clearly stamped in for fast identification. a b

Designed to make it easier to install the gas tube and start the roll pin into the gas block. Notched nylon block offers solid support for the gas block and has three predrilled holes for roll pin removal. Comes with a roll pin punch. a b SPECS: Nylon, white. 3" (7.6cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) high, 1" (2.5cm) wide. Punch – steel, black finish. 3¼" (8.3cm) long. #714-000-028EN Gas Block Assembly Fixture, 4A27F49 ��$ 27.49

MINGO TOOL AR-15/M16

#080-001-127EN Brownells Gas Block Roll Pin Punch Kit, 8K19C99 �� $ 26.99

GAS BLOCK PUNCH KIT Makes It Easy To Install & Remove Gas Tube Roll Pin Steel punches are specifically designed to remove and install the .078" roll pin that secures the gas tube into AR-15 gas blocks. One punch is tapered, and has thick shaft to make driving pin into place fast and easy. Other punch has slim section to fit down into roll pin hole, making it easy to remove rusted pins. Flats on the handle allow you to grip and control the punch. Includes two punches per set. a b SPECS: Steel. 5/64" O.D. #100-015-137EN Gas Block Punch Kit, 7B25K00 �� $ 25.00

GAS BLOCK ROLL PIN TOOL

Precision-machined aluminum jig is a fast, foolproof way to Barrel Not Included drill gas ports dead center on the top of the barrel and the correct distance from the gas block shoulder. Fit over the barrel after the barrel extension is installed, place the assembly on a flat surface, and the barrel is aligned and ready for drilling the gas port. Each jig has a setscrew that keeps the barrel firmly in place. Tool steel drill bushing keeps the drill bit precisely aligned. Jig sets available for .750" and .936" OD barrels. Extra front jigs and drill bushings available separately. Complete instructions included. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, and tool steel #100-006-627EN .750" Carbine Jig Set, 4C129Q99 �� $ 129.99 #100-006-626EN .750" Rifle Jig Set, 4C129L99 �� 129.99 66.99 #100-006-628EN .750" Front Jig Only, 4C66J99 �� #100-006-624EN .936" Carbine Jig Set, 4C129E99 �� 129.99 #100-006-625EN .936" Rifle Jig Set, 4C129G99 �� 129.99 66.99 #100-006-629EN .936" Front Jig Only, 4C66G99 �� 11.99 #100-006-630EN #49 Bushing, Carbine, 4C11K99 �� 11.99 #100-006-631EN #42 Bushing, Rifle, 4C11D99 ��

For Easy Installation Of Gas Tube Pin

SPORTING CONVERSIONS AR-15/M16

Ingenious tool holds the tiny gas tube roll pin securely to make installation easy and fast. No more fumbling with needle nose pliers or tweezers, only to have the pin fly fly off and get lost! Pin is pressed into the tool for a rock-solid hold while the tapered tip enables precise control and correct placement. Safely gets the pin partially in, so the job can be finished with a normal roll pin punch. All-steel construction, matte black oxide finish. a b #100-011-667EN Roll Pin Tool, 7B12E99 ��$ 12.99

MARK BROWN AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

GAS TUBE WRENCH Protects Tube From Crushing During Installation & Removal Clamps around those fragile, easy-to-bend gas tubes to prevent damage during both removal and installation and adds a convenient “handle.” a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Approximately 6" (15.2cm) long. #133-100-015EN Gas Tube Wrench, 3C23I31 �� $ 25.00

Color

TAKEDOWN TOOLS

Remove Takedown Pins & Mag Catch Quickly High-impact plastic tools drive out the front and rear takedown pins or help get the magazine catch out from your M16/AR-15 without scratching or marring the metal. Pushtool for the takedown pins comes in two versions: a bench model or a handy key ring model. Bench model available in black or highvisibility green so you can easily spot it in the “bench clutter.” Magcatch tool compresses the spring to make it easy to remove the magazine catch. a b SPECS: High-impact plastic, black or high-visibility green. #100-002-125EN Bench Model Pushtool, Black, 3A5F49 �� $ 7.49 100-011-496EN Bench Model Pushtool, Green, 3A5K49 �� 7.49 #100-002-126EN Key Ring Pushtool, 3A5K95 �� 7.95 #100-002-127EN Magcatch Tool, 3A5N95 �� 7.95

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Compact tool makes the tricky process of installing the pivot pin fast and easy by eliminating the need to apply pressure from two different planes while guiding the pin into the ears of the lower receiver. Puts an end to accidentally launching the spring and detent across the room while installing the pivot pin. Precision machined aluminum block and steel retaining pin fit between the pivot pin ears of the lower receiver to allow easy insertion of the pivot pin detent spring and detent, then keeps them in place while inserting the pivot pin. So simple, we wonder why nobody thought of this years ago! a b SPECS: Aluminum body, hardcoat anodized, red. Hardened steel retaining pin. #100-003-308EN Pivot Pin Installation Tool, 6B22E70 �� $ 27.99

MARK BROWN CUSTOM AR-15/M16

GAS TUBE GAUGE Checks Gas Tube For Optimum Gas Flow CNC machined, mechanical “No-Go” gauge tells you instantly if your gas tube is out of spec and needs replacement. Simply insert into the gas tube to check for flat spots, dents, kinks, and loss of concentricity. Perfect for armorers, competition shooters and others looking for the most accurate, reliable way to check for tube damage and maintain optimum rifle function. Each gauge is precision ground to exact tolerances. Works on all AR-15, M16, and AR-style .308 rifles. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 83/4" (22.2cm) long. #133-000-002EN Gas Tube Gauge, 3C29I66 �� $ 34.99

ATLAS METAL PARTS AR-15/M16

ACCESSORY LIGHT MOUNT Rock Solid Mounting For Lights & Lasers Solidly clamps to either side of an AR15, front sight base. Features two Picatinny rails to hold lights, lasers, sling adapters and other accessories. Machined for a secure fit so it won’t rotate or twist out of alignment. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black, matte. 13/4" long. 2.3 oz. (66 g) wt. #100-000-727EN AR-15 Light Mount, 7K42L49 �� $ 46.99

AR-15/M16

MINI RAIL Adds Extra Elevation For Sights & Other Accessories Add-on riser rail gives an additional 1/2" of elevation or offset sometimes needed to mount a red dot sight, light, laser, or other essential accessory. Clamps securely to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail and provides three Picatinny cross slots. Steel crossbolt and oversized, hex-head slotted thumbscrew enable fast, easy installation and removal, with or without tools. a b SPECS: Rail – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Crossbolt/ Thumbscrew – 4140 steel, black oxide finish. 13/8" (3.5cm) long, 11/2" (3.8cm) wide. Provides 1/2" (12.7mm) additional elevation. 1.4 oz. (38g) weight. #080-000-713EN Mini Rail, 8K16K01 ��$ 19.99

order on the web

brownells.com

For situations where the standard 3, 6, 9, and 12 o’clock positions don’t work, we developed this offset angle mount for positioning weapon lights, lasers, and other tactical accessories exactly where you need them. Won’t interfere with the view through the primary optic or backup iron sights, and allows mounting of a holographic red dot sight next to your scope for quick transitions to engage close-range targets. Simply cant the rifle slightly to the side to use the red dot. Lets you position a tactical flashlight for easy thumb activation of a tailcap switch without interfering with the optic. Fully machined from strong yet lightweight 6061 T6 aluminum billet, then hardcoat anodized for added strength, with a durable, non-reflective matte black finish that matches most AR-15 receiver finishes. A tunnel through the mount minimizes obstruction of your forward view, and additional circular cuts in the mount body further reduce weight without sacrificing strength. Ultra-secure clamping system fits any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail, and is easy to install, remove, or reposition in the field or at the range. Full-length locking bar, hardened 4140 steel crossbolt, and an oversized, hex-head lock nut ensure a rock-solid installation even with the hex nut only finger tight. Deep-cut slot accepts a flat-head screwdriver, or even a U.S. quarter, for additional tightening torque. a b SPECS: Body - 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Crossbolt/Nut - 4041 carbon steel, black oxide finish. 1.875" (4.8cm) long, 1.25" (3.2cm) wide, .900" (2.3cm) high. 1.7 oz. (46g) weight. #080-000-533EN 45-Degree Angle Mount, 8K21Q95 �� $ 26.99

DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16

ONE O’CLOCK OFFSET RAIL For Convenient Mounting Of Auxiliary Optics, Lights & Other Accessories Lightweight, low-profile, rail clamps to handguard side rail to allow easy off-axis mounting of red dot sights in the 1:00 or 11:00 position. Lets operator transition almost instantly from long-range primary optic to non-magnified CQB sight without breaking cheekweld. Viewing tunnel through the mount helps minimize obstruction of operator’s view of area around the target. Plenty of other uses, too; clamps to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail. Install on underside of handguard to position a laser or weaponlight close to vertical forend grip for easy operation of controls with support hand. Precision machined from 6061-T6 aluminum billet, then mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized for added strength. Side bar and crossbolt locking system ensures secure, zero-movement attachment to primary rail, yet allows removal and reinstallation of backup sight without loss of zero. a b SPECS: 6061-T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1.2 oz. (34g) weight. #100-003-943EN One O’Clock Offset Rail, 8K41K00 �� $ 41.00

DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16

PICATINNY ANGLE MOUNT Offsets Add-On Tactical Accessories For Unobstructed Use of Primary Sights Low-profile, add-on rail lets you mount a flashlight, laser, red dot sight, or other tactical accessory at a 45° angle, so it’s close to the rifle’s center line without obstructing your primary sight system. Precision-machined aluminum body uses a full-length steel clamping bar and three hardened steel socket head bolts to anchor the mount securely to any Picatinny rail with minimal weight increase to your weapon. Five cross-slots; accepts Picatinny accessories. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, matte black finish. 21/8" (5.4cm) long, 17/8" 11 (4.8cm) wide, /16" (1.8cm) high. 2.3 oz. (66g) wt. #100-003-301EN 45 Degree Angle Mount, 2Z25K71 �� $ 27.99

PAGE

accessory mounts

GEISSELE AUTOMATICS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE 308

Ensures Perfect Alignment When Drilling Gas Port

Takes The Frustration Out Of Installing This Critical Part

45-DEGREE ANGLE MOUNT Offset Mount For Positioning Tactical Accessories Right Where You Need Them

gunsmithing tools

GEISSELE AUTOMATICS AR-15/M16/ AR-STYLE .308

GAS PORT DRILLING JIG

PIVOT PIN INSTALLATION TOOL

AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

EasesInstallation & Removal Of Gas Tube Roll Pin

Takes The Aggrevation Out Of Installing Gas Tube & Roll Pin

SPECIAL OPERATIONS TRAINING ACADEMY AR-15/M16

AR-15/m16

ERGO GRIPS AR-15/M16

GG&G AR-15/M16

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16

VIKING TACTICS

UNIVERSAL MOUNTING PLATFORM

UNDER FOREARM INTEGRATED RAIL

45° OFFSET ADAPTER

FLASHLIGHT/LASER MOUNT

Aluminum Picatinny mount attaches to AR-15 handguards; gives quick, sturdy mounting for lights, forward grips, and bipods. Fits standard, round, plastic, AR-15 and CAR-15 handguards without removing the heat shield. Requires removal of heat shield to fit M4 handguards. Can be attached to top or bottom handguard. Accepts accessories that fit Picatinny rails. 4" w/adapter permits use with 2" diameter aluminum float tubes, also fits standard handguard. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black. 2", (5cm), 4" (10.1cm) and 6" (15.2cm) long. Includes mounting hardware and include low-profile rail covers. #573-000-017EN 2"/5-Slot Univ. Mounting Platform, 3G12P27 �� $ 16.00 #573-000-009EN 4"/10-Slot Univ. Mounting Platform, 3G17A10 �� 23.25 #573-000-018EN 4"/10-Slot Mounting Platform w/Adapter, 3G23I10 �� 32.25 #573-000-019EN 6"/15-Slot Univ. Mounting Platform, 3G19J99 �� 27.00

Model

BATTLE COMP AR-15/M16

MIDNIGHT MOUNT Mounts Picatinny Compatible Light To A Rifle Without A Rail

accessory mounts

Accessory Rail Bolts To Factory Plastic Handguard

Quickly Mount Accessories To AR Handguards

Clamp-on aluminum mount provides a sturdy platform for Picatinny compatible lights without the need for a handguard rail. Attaches to a standard A2 front sight tower/gas block, secured by two setscrews. Accepts to most common weapon-mounted lights that require one Picatinny slot for installation. Mossie has four Picatinny slots to accommodate lights that require more rail space. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, Type 3 hardcoat anodized, matte black. 3" (7.6cm) OAL. #100-009-530EN Midnight Mount, 2G74G99 �� $ 74.99 100-009-924EN Mossie Midnight Mount, 2G74H99 �� 74.99

ERGO GRIPS AR-15/M16

UNIVERSAL ACCESSORY MOUNTING PLATFORM Easy Installation; Mount Tactical Accessories Injectionmolded, nylonbased, polymer platform installs easily on tube and conventional two-piece AR-15 handguards to mount lights, lasers, and tactical gear. Six mounting holes and lots of slots make it adaptable to different situations. Comes complete with three mounting screws and flat nuts. Accepts Picatinny accessories. a b SPECS: Injection-molded polymer, black. 55/8" (14.3cm) OAL. #573-000-027EN Universal Accessory Mounting System, 3G8M12 �� $ 10.75

ASK ABOUT OVERNIGHT DELIVERY!

PAGE

Aluminum accessory rail bolts to the underside of the standard factory plastic handguard to enable fast, easy mounting of lights, vertical grips, bipods, and other accessories. The “UFIR” features 11 cross slots machined to MIL-STD-1913 specifications to provide a variety of accessory options depending on the mission. Attaches to the underside of USGI-style plastic AR-15/M16 rifle or M4-style carbine handguard using the included mounting hardware a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized, matte 5 black. 4 /8" (11.7cm) long. Steel mounting hardware included. #336-000-037EN UFIR Accessory Rail, 6C19J73 �� $ 21.99

Offset For Fast, Easy Access To Activation Switches

Accepts Tactical Sights & Micro-Red Dots For Fast Targeting Machined aluminum mount allows simple, no-gunsmith mounting of iron or micro red dot sights at a 45° position in line with your rifle’s bore. Helps improve your short-range speed-shooting without changing your optics. The offset position keeps your tactical sights from interfering with your main optic but keeps them easily accessible by simply tilting your rifle to the side without changing your head position. Mount attaches easily to all Picatinny rails on rifle receiver or handguard. Fully reversible for right- or left-handed shooters. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hard anodized coating, black. 1¼" (3.1cm) long, .1¾" (4.4 cm) wide. 7.7 oz. (209g) wt. Fits MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails only. #100-008-905EN JP 45° Offset Adapter, 2E51H43 �� $ 56.95

STREAMLIGHT® AR -15/M16

TACTICAL ILLUMINATOR MOUNT Fits Standard Handguards For Mounting Streamlight Lights & Lasers Tough, polymer mount attaches to plastic USGI-style AR-15 handguards to accept your Streamlight TLR-1, TLR-2, M3, M5, or M6 light/laser. a b SPECS: Polymer, black. 1.925" (4.9cm) long, .825" wide (2.1cm), .25" (6.4mm) high. Accepts Streamlight M3, M5, M6, TLR-1, and TLR-2 lights. Instructions included. #100-000-831EN Tactical Illuminator Mount, 1K16F89 �� $ 18.99

GEAR SECTOR AR-15/M16

OFFSET FLASHLIGHT MOUNT

YANKEE HILL AR-15/M16

MINI RISER ASSEMBLY Adds Extra Mounting Space For Small Accessories

Low-profile, lightweight, flashlight mount attaches to any Picatinny rail and offers up to eight different offset positions for installing popular Surefire flashlights as weapon lights. Fits flush with most Picatinny rail covers for uninterrupted rail coverage. CNC machined from solid billet aluminum with smooth, snag-free contours that won’t hang up on clothing or equipment. Locking bar and hex head steel crossbolt clamp solidly to rail. Retaining ring has a screw tensioning system that maintains a secure, friction fit on the flashlight. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, mil-spec Type III, Class II hardcoat anodized, Black or Dark Earth. 23/4" (7cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide x 11/2" (3.8cm) high. 1.4 oz (37g) weight. E Series fits Surefire E-series and other .830" O.D. flashlights. 6P fits Surefire 6P and other 1" O.D. flashlights. #100-005-314EN E Series Light MT, Blk, 9B60A09 �� $ 62.99 #100-005-313EN 6P Light MT, Black, 9B60M09 �� 62.99

MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16

MX-SERIES TACTICAL LIGHT MOUNT

YANKEE HILL MACHINE

DOVETAIL ANGLE MOUNT Solid, Offset Mount For Lights & Lasers; Prevents Interference With Primary Sights Compact, lightweight clamp-on rail allows light, laser, or iron sight to be mounted at a 45° offset to keep main sights or optics clear. Accepts MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny mounts and is available in 1-slot and 3-slot models. Machined aluminum clamping jaw provides superior holding strength with minimal weight increase. a b SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. 3-Slot – 13/8" (3.5cm) long, 13/8" wide, 7/8" (2.2cm) high. 1.2 oz. (34g) wt. 1-Slot – 3/4" (1.9cm) long, 13/8" wide, 7/8" (2.2cm) high. .7 oz. (19g) wt. #100-002-095EN 3-Slot Dovetail Angle Mount, 9A21H25 �� $ 24.99 #100-010-682EN 1-Slot Dovetail Angle Mount, 9A18F75 �� 21.99

Front Sight Mount For Flashlight, Laser Sight & Other Tactical Accessories Adds two, symmetrical, single-slot, Picatinny rails to your standard, front sight. An excellent alternative to swapping out a perfectly good handguard for a railed, forend tube in order to mount accessories. Helps give the right elevation for lights and laser sights in relation to bullet point-ofimpact. Precision-cut angles and tapers deliver an extremely rigid mounting system that can’t shift or rotate once tightened. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 13/4" (4.4cm) long. #100-002-061EN MX Tactical Light Mount, 2A31D79 �� $ 34.99

VLTOR

Compact, Picatinny mini-riser is perfect for raising lasers, lights, sights, and other essential accessories that need a little extra lift or clearance. Constructed of aircraft grade aluminum and hardcoat anodized for extra-durability and long-lasting wear. Milled out center slot considerably cuts down on weight. Fits Picatinny rail systems with two slightly oversize screws to increase clamping power. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 15/16" long, 11/4" (3.1cm) wide, .72" (1.8cm) overall height. 1.1 oz. (31g) weight. #100-002-858EN Mini Riser Assembly, 9A14J00 ��$ 15.99

Converts Surefire Handheld Light Into Weapon Light

GRAPHITE RAIL SYSTEM Add Picatinny Accessories To Standard Round Handguards Heat-resistant, graphite rail aligns with vent holes on standard issue, round M16/AR-15 handguards and lets you mount Picatinny rail accessories without the expense of new handguards. Aluminum backing plate mounts on inside of handguard and attaches to rail with two screws (included) and can be

SINCE 1939

SCOUT MOUNT

Turns Handheld Flashlight Into Compact, Rail-Mounted Weaponlight All-metal, low-profile mount converts a SureFire or similar handheld tactical flashlight into a compact weaponlight that gives you the versatility of weapon-mounted illumination without the expense of a separate light. QuickSM-E/SM-I detach design lets you remove the light from the gun and return it to handheld use in seconds. Triplefunction cross-bolt with large, easy-grasp thumbscrew tightens the mount around the light Flashlight not included. body to prevent slippage under recoil and clamps the mount to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny accessory rail. Also serves as a recoil lug to prevent unwanted movement of the mount on the rail. Retaining pin captures cross-bolt so it can’t fall off when the mount is removed from the weapon. Models available to fit three flashlight body diameters, listed below. Off-set models let you position the light to the left, right, or SMQ-OCG Off-Set below the rail, approximately 11/4" off-set from the centerline of the rail. SM-OCG – Dual thumbscrew cross-bolts ensure extra secure attachment to rail. SMQ-OCG adds an American Defense quick-release release lever for ultra-fast attachment and removal. Lever releases the mount only when you depress the release tab, and may be configured to swing to the front or the rear. Mount is adjustable to ensure a secure, no-slip fit on any Picatinny rail, including over- or under-sized commercial rails. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel cross-bolt, black. SM-E fits lights with .810" to .826" O.D., including SureFire Executive series. SM-OCG off-set mount fits flashlights with 1.010" to 1.040" O.D., including Surefire G- and CK-series. SMQ-OCG quick-release offset mount accepts flashlights with .980" to 1.040" O.D., including SureFire G- and CK-series. #100-003-714EN SM-E Scout Mount, 3A33I99 �� $ 33.99 #100-004-279EN SM-OCG Off-Set Scout Mount, 3A56L99 �� 56.99 #100-004-711EN SMQ-OCG Off-Set Scout Mount, 3A80N99 �� 80.99

SOG ARMORY M16/AR-15

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

Extra-wide, offset base mounts flashlights and lasers to any railed handguard for easy light/laser activation using your thumb without your hand ever leaving the handguard or vertical grip. Ambidextrous design can be installed at the 3- or 9o’clock positions to accommodate right- or left-handed shooters. Two, steel, Allen head screws pull the clamp tight to the rail, so it won’t shoot loose. Made from lightweight, PVC alloy thermoplastic that’s resistant to most solvents. Adjustable to fit flashlights and lasers from .800" to 1" diameter. a b SPECS: PVC alloy themoplastic, Black, Coyote Tan, or Flat Dark Earth. 11/2" 1 1 (3.8cm) long, 2 /2" (6.3cm) wide, 1 /4" (3.2cm) high. 1.8 oz. (51g) weight. Fits .800" (20mm) to 1" (2.5cm) diameter flashlight and laser. #100-004-371EN Flashlight/Laser MT, Black, 7K21B49 �� $ 24.99 #100-004-372EN Flashlight/Laser MT, Coyote, 7K21B49 �� 24.99 #100-005-402EN Flashlight/Laser MT, Flat Dark Earth, 7K21M49 �� 24.99

mounted to full stock AR-15/M16, CAR, and M4 handguards. Installs with no permanent modifications to the handguard. a b SPECS: Heat-resistant graphite, black. Aluminum backing plate. 2.16" (5.5cm) long. Mounting screws included. #100-002-209EN Graphite Rail System, 9A10F00 ��$ 16.95

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Mounts

BURRIS AR-15/M16

P.E.P.R.™ MOUNT

One-piece cantilever mount with integral rings positions the optic almost 2" farther forward to provide extra clearance needed for a night vision device (NVD), add-on magnifier, or long eye relief scope. The “Proper Eye Position Ready” mount also features built-in, two-slot rails on the tops of the rings for convenient mounting of reflex sights or other accessories. Each top ring strap is secured with six Torx® screws to prevent recoil-induced slippage. Side locking bar with two, steel hex nuts and cross-bolts hold tight on any Picatinny receiver rail. Also available with quick-release lever (QD) system. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 5.3" (13.5cm) long, 1.6" (4.1cm) wide, 2.4" (6.1cm) overall height. Height from top of rail to bottom of ring: 1" (2.5cm). 8.7 oz. (247g) weight. Fits scopes with 1" tube. Mounts to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails. #118-000-028EN 1" P.E.P.R. Mount, 8A80P99 �� $ 80.99 #118-000-038EN 1" QD P.E.P.R. Mount, 8A107H99 �� 107.99 749-101-260EN 30mm P.E.P.R. Scope Mount, 8A80A99 �� 80.99 #118-000-036EN 30mm QD P.E.P.R. Mount, 8A107H99 �� 107.99 #118-000-123EN 34mm P.E.P.R. Mount, 20 MOA, 8A103K21 �� 107.99

DNZ PRODUCTS AR-15/M16

FREEDOM REAPER SCOPE MOUNT Perfectly Aligns Scope For Best Accuracy; Easy Removal & Reinstallation One-piece scope base with integral rings speeds installation and puts your scope in perfect alignment for precise targeting. Clamps directly to Picatinny rail on flattop receiver, and lets you remove and reattach the scope and mount as a single unit, without loss of zero. Enables fast, easy change of scope position for eye relief adjustment. Eliminates scope damage caused by over-tightened or misaligned scope rings; no ring lapping required. Machined from a single piece of lightweight billet aluminum for exceptional strength. Models for 1" or 30mm O.D. tubes. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 41/4" (10.8cm) long, 1 1 /2" (3.8cm) wide, 1.375" (3.54cm) high from top of base to center of ring. #100-004-893EN 1" Scope Mount, 9C98N00 �� $ 104.99 #100-004-894EN 30mm Mount, 9C115N66 �� 124.99

NIGHTFORCE

ULTRALITE MAGMOUNT For Ultra-Secure, Recoil-Resistant Mounting Of Large Scopes

ULTRALIGHT SCOPE MOUNT

Rock-Solid Mounts With Quick-Detach System

Rock Solid Mount That Weighs Only 3 Oz. Ultra-lightweight, one-piece scope mount locks securely on any Picatinny receiver rail with a rock solid fit. A side locking bar with three Torx® head bolts and three cross bars that drop into the rail slots ensure this mount won’t budge. Vertically split rings have grooved locking system and two Torx® screws to firmly hold the scope against recoil-induced slippage. Torx wrenches included. Models for 1" or 30mm scope tubes. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black, flat dark earth (FDE), or O.D. green (ODG). 4¾" long x 13/16" wide x 2½" high. 3.1 oz. wt. #953-000-002EN 1" Ultralight Scope Mount , 3E00JFD ��$ 79.99 #953-000-003EN 30mm Ultralight Scope Mount, Black, 3E00IQG �� 79.99 953-000-011EN 30mm Ultralight Scope Mount, FDE, 3E84B99 �� 84.99 953-000-012EN 30mm Ultralight Scope Mount, ODG, 3E94A99 �� 94.99 ULTRALIGHT EXTENDED & SPR SCOPE MOUNTS - Rigid, minimalist mount has the rear ring pushed farther forward for use with optics that require extra eye relief. Extended mount has the rear ring 1" farther forward, while the SPR mount positions the rear ring 2" forward, making it ideal Extended for use with the high-end optics often used on “Special Project Rifles”. Excellent mounts for optics with short body tubes, also. Still offers three strong crossbolts for installation on MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails, with a cross-slot keyway, SPR provides excellent recoil protection. 953-000-007EN 1" Extended Scope Mount, Black, 3E89H99 �� $ 89.99 953-000-008EN 30mm Extended Scope Mount, Black, 3E89F99 �� 89.99 953-000-009EN 30mm Extended Scope Mount, FDE, 3E99J99 �� 99.99 953-000-010EN 30mm Extended Scope Mount, ODG, 3E99B99 �� 99.99 953-000-013EN 30mm SPR Scope Mount, Black, 3E94J99 �� 94.99 953-000-014EN 30mm SPR Scope Mount, FDE, 3E104Q99 �� 104.99 953-000-015EN 30mm SPR Scope Mount, ODG, 3E104Q99 �� 104.99 ULTRALIGHT CANTILEVER SCOPE MOUNT - Single-ring version of the mount above is ideal for mounting a red dot optic on a flattop reciever. Offers the proper height for absolute co-witness with factory “iron” sights. Accepts both optics with 1" or 30mm tubes. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black, flat dark earth (FDE), or O.D. green (ODG). 25/8" long, 11/16" wide, 25/8" high. 1.6 oz. wt. Includes Torx wrench and instructions. #953-000-004EN 30mm Cantilever Mount, Black, 3E00BAJ �� $ 57.99 953-000-006EN 30mm Cantilever Mount, FDE, 3E89N99 �� 89.99 953-000-005EN 30mm Cantilever Mount, ODG, 3E89E99 �� 89.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Quick-release lever-lock system clamps solidly to flattop rail and will not work loose even under heavy recoil—the more force acting on the lever, the tighter it locks. Depress the release tab to swing the lever open, and the mount easily lifts off the rifle. Adjustable with a flat head screwdriver or even a coin for an ultrasecure, no-slip fit on any Picatinny rail, including over- or undersized commercial rails. Lever may be configured to lock to the front or the rear to suit the operator’s preference. Large locking bar on the side of the mount engages the maximum amount of rail area, while the crossbolt and two integral locking lugs ensure rock-solid engagement of rail slots to prevent movement under recoil. Five heavy duty steel hex head screws (three on top, two on bottom) clamp the vertically split ring halves together. Cutouts in the ring sides and in the base reduce weight without sacrificing strength. a b AD-68 AIMPOINT MOUNT - Designed for Aimpoint optics or similar aiming devices requiring a single, 30mm ring, including the Comp C3 and M2/ML2/M3/ML3 series. Available in four configurations to suit a variety of mounting needs. Standard co-witnesses “iron” sights near the center of the optic when mounted on an AR-15/ M16/M4 with standard-height mil-spec sights. Low positions the scope as close as possible to the top of the receiver. High positions the backup sight picture in the lower 1/3 of the optic viewing area. Cantilever provides same co-witness elevation as High mount and positions the Aimpoint 1½" forward to provide room for rear-mounted night-vision device or Aimpoint 3X Magnifier. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of scope body. Standard - .940" high. Low - .520" high. High – 1.120" high. Cantilever - 1.120" high. #100-003-650EN Standard Aimpoint Mount, 7B100Q00 �� $ 105.00 #100-003-652EN Low Aimpoint Mount, 7B100C00 �� 105.00 #100-003-651EN High Aimpoint Mount, 7B100N00 �� 105.00 #100-003-649EN Cantilever Aimpoint Mount, 7B128C57 �� 135.00 AD-B2 ACOG MOUNT - Mount replaces original factory base on 1.5x, 2x, and 3x Trijicon ACOG scopes and allows quick-detach installation on Picatinny receiver rails. Attaches with two steel Torx® screws (included) for a tight hold under heavy recoil. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of scope body - .25" (7.8mm). Fits 1.5x, 2x, and 3x ACOG only. #100-004-583EN AD-B2 Mount, 7B63J19 �� $ 65.95 AD-RECON MOUNT - All-in-one mount combines a rock-solid platform for mounting high-power optics on flattop rails with the versatility of a quick-detach tactical mount. Dual release lever system grabs the rail in two places. Cantilever gives plenty of room to achieve both proper eye relief and height above receiver with conventional scopes – no need for an extended riser or separate rings. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 6" (15.2cm) long, 17/8" (4.8cm) wide, 21/2" (63.5cm) high. 2½" space between rings. Centerline of rings is 1½" (3.81cm) above the rail. Models available to fit 1" and 30mm O.D. scope tubes. #100-005-757EN 1" AD-RECON Mnt, 7B157M14 ��$ 179.95 #100-005-758EN 30mm AD-RECON Mount, 7B157P14 �� 179.95 AD-RECON-H/X SCOPE MOUNTS - One-piece integral base and rings with dual-lever system provides a quick attach/detach platform for mounting optics onto flattop-style AR-15s. Extra-high mounts are available in two different lengths for proper eye relief or night-vision device attachment. AD-RECON-H cantilever posi-

order on the web

brownells.com

tions optics forward, leaving 1½" space to the rear of the back ring. AD-RECON-X uses the same cantilever design, but places the optics farther forward leaving 2¾" space to the rear of the back ring. Models available for 1" and 30mm scope tubes. SPECS: 6061-T6 Aluminum, T3 mil-spec anodized, matte black. 8 oz (226g) wt. (all models). Heights measured from top of rail to centerline of scope tube. AD-RECONH – 6" (15.2cm) OAL. 1" and 30mm model – 17/8" (4.7cm) height. 2½" (6.3cm ) space between rings. AD-RECON-X – 7" (17.8cm) OAL. 1" model – 13/8" (3.5cm) height. 30mm model – 1½" (3.7mm) height. 2¼" (5.7cm) space between rings. #100-006-229EN AD-RECON-H Mnt, 1", 7B168P57 �� $ 182.95 #100-005-761EN AD-RECON-H Mount, 30mm, 7B168K57 �� 182.95 #100-005-759EN AD-RECON-X Mnt, 1", 7B168K57 �� 189.95 #100-005-760EN AD-RECON-X Mount, 30mm, 7B168B57 �� 189.95 AD-SCOUT OPTICS MOUNT - One-piece integral base and rings designed for traditional optics or similar sights that require two, 30mm rings for additional support. Available in three different lengths for proper eye relief adjustment. AD-Scout-S is standard length for mounting traditional optics. AD-Scout Cantilever positions optics farther forward to provide 1½" of extra space at the rear for mounting night-vision devices or when additional eye-relief is needed. AD-Scout-X uses the same great cantilever design as the AD-Scout Cantilever, but positions optics 2½" farther forward for maximum room at the rear for mounting night-vision devices or making eyerelief adjustments. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat T3 mil-spec anodized, matte black. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of scope body - .87" (2.2cm) high. Distance between rings - 21/2" (6.3cm.) high. 7.1 ounces (201g) weight. AD-Scout - S - 41/2" (11.4 cm) OAL. AD-Scout Cantilever - 6" (15.2cm) OAL. AD-Scout -X - 7" (17.8cm) OAL. #100-004-026EN AD-Scout-S Mount, 7B121G43 �� $ 134.95 #100-004-025EN AD-Scout Cantilever Mount, 7B135C71 �� 149.95 #100-004-027EN AD-Scout-X Extended Cantilever Mount, 7B150K00 �� 164.95 QUICK-RELEASE SCOPE MOUNT - Onepiece base with dual-lever system provides the same solid mounting and fast removal and reattachment of AD-68 Aimpoint Mount for traditional scopes requiring two rings. Models available for 1" and 30mm rings. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 4½" (11.4cm) long. Each ring covers 1" (2.5cm) of scope tube length. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of scope body (both models): .890" #100-003-653EN 1" Scope Mount, 7B142H86 ��$ 159.95 #100-003-654EN 30mm Scope Mount, 7B142K86 �� 159.99 AD-T1-L AIMPOINT MICRO MOUNT Lightweight, quick-detach mount lets you install and remove your Aimpoint Micro series red dot in seconds. Replaces original factory base and secures to the Aimpoint sight with four, high-strength, steel Torx® screws for a tight hold under heavy recoil. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat T3 mil-spec anodized, matte black. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of scope body - .31" (7.8mm). Fits Aimpoint Micro series red dot sights only. #100-004-024EN Aimpoint T1-L Micro Mount, 7B69K95 ��$ 69.95

PAGE

optic mounts

Offering the same one-piece QD concept as the Nightforce UniMount, the Ultralite™ MagMount™ has a third crossbolt for even greater protection against recoil. Tall enough to allow clearance of 56mm objective riflescopes when mounted on a continuous rail. MagMount does not have built-in elevation. Available for 30mm and 34mm scope tubes. a b SPECS: Machined 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat finish, matte black. Heights measured from top of receiver rail to centerline of scope. #100-012-609EN 30mm MagMount, 1.375" High, 2E286K00 �� $ 286.00

AMERICAN DEFENSE AR-15/M16

QUICK-RELEASE OPTICS MOUNTS

AR-15/m16

Provides Extra Clearance For Long Eye Relief Scope; Ring-Top Slots For Additional Accessories

AERO PRECISION

Mounts

AR-15/m16

A.R.M.S. AR-15/M16

THROW LEVER OPTIC MOUNTS

INTEGRAL MOUNTING SYSTEM

For Quick-Detach Mounting Of Popular Optics To Flattop Rifles

Flattop-Mounted Bases With Interchangeable Modular Ring/Riser Options

Compact, quick-detach mounts clamp directly to AR-15/M16/ M4 flattop receiver rail for solid, ultra-secure attachment of optics and holographic sights. The strong, yet lightweight aluminum base is secured to the rail by steel throw levers and locking feet, while a recoil lug locks into one rail slot to prevent unwanted sight movement under recoil. Quick-release levers close securely against the side of the mount to prevent snagging on other objects, yet release easily when you want to remove the sight and mount as one unit without loss of zero. a b

Machined aluminum mounts clamp directly to a MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny flattop rail to raise the scope and push it forward, eliminating the need for separate risers or specialized short eye relief optics. Slides into place and secures with steel crossbolts that hold tight. a b

ACOG MOUNT - Adaptermount lets you easily install a Trijicon® ACOG scope designed for carry-handle rifles on a flattop receiver. Compact size keeps weight to a miniLever mum. Raises the ACOG .275" Dual ACOG above the receiver rail. SPECS: Aluminum rail, hardcoat Single Lever ACOG anodized, matte black; steel lever, oxide finish, matte black. 311/16" (9.4cm) long. 2.5 oz. (72 g) wt. #100-003-311EN ACOG Mount, 3A115I00 �� $ 119.99 #22M68 AIMPOINT COMP MOUNT - Compact, single-ring mount for Aimpoint CompML, CompML2, CompML3, or similar red dot sight requiring a single 30mm ring. The top half of the ring is machined steel for superior strength and secured by four hex-head screws (wrench included) to ensure full contact with the sight body. Spacer raises the Aimpoint Comp Mount Aimpoint Comp 1 /2" for co-witness with iron sights when mounting directly to flattop receivers. Can also be used on #22TX30 Trijicon Tri-Power Mount. SPECS: Mount - Hardcoat anodized aluminum and Parkerized steel, matte black. 25/16" (5.6 cm) long. 3.9 oz. (109 g) wt. Spacer – Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 2.3" (58mm) long, .54" (13 mm) high. 1 oz. (28g) wt. Mounting screws included. #100-003-314EN Aimpoint Comp Mnt, 3A95J17 �� $ 109.00 9.99 #100-004-815EN 1/2" Mount Spacer, 3A9Q24 �� #63 RISER MOUNT - Quick-detach riser mount provides 3/4" (1.9cm) additional height for mounting optics with large objective lenses. Compatible with STANAG mounts and features a seethrough tunner that allows continued use of iron sights. SPECS: Aluminum rail, hardcoat anodized, matte black; steel levers, oxide finish, matte black. 53/8" (13.7 cm) long. 4.5 oz. (128 g) wt. #100-003-313EN Riser Mount, 3A137N00 �� $ 145.00

M & A AR-15/M16

FLAT TOP SCOPE MOUNT Integrated Mount & Rings For Rugged Strength

OPTIC MOUNTS

LEUPOLD AR-15/M16

One-piece mount provides strong, secure scope attachment that withstands the bumps and knocks of hard tactical use. Positions scope well above flattop receiver for easy heads-up aiming. Each ring is 11/8" long for maximum contact with scope body, and caps have four hex head clamping screws for recoil-proof holding power. Two, steel, thumb screws and full-length clamping bar securely lock mount to Picatinny receiver rail. Rounded contours and radiused edges resist snagging on other gear. Machined aluminum keeps weight to a minimum. Models available to fit 1" and 30mm scope bodies. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black, matte finish. 51/8" (13cm)

PAGE

MARK 1/MARK 2 RAILS Eleven MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny cross-slots on top offer plenty of flexibility in Mark 1 Rail Mount ring spacing. Mark 1 locks into place on the receiver with two, flush-fitting T-15 Torx® screws. Mark 2 rail provides the same advantages as the Mark 1, with the added benefit of easy-to-grasp 1/2" hex nuts on the crossbolts for quick-release removal and re-install without loss of zero. Mark 2 Rail Mount SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized finish, matte black. Steel crossbolts. 51/2" (14cm) long. #526-000-157EN Mark 1 Rail Mount, 4K40F26 ��$ 50.99 #526-000-158EN Mark 2 Rail Mount, 4K69N87 �� 77.99 MARK 2 INTEGRAL MOUNTING SYSTEM - Uses the same clamping system as the Mark 1 and adds builtin scope rings with the correct elevation for proper eye alignment with the scope – no need for a separate riser assembly. Cantilever on the front ring lets you position the scope far enough forward for comfortable eye relief. Models available for 1" or 30mm diameter scope tubes. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel crossbolts. 51/2" (14cm) OAL. #526-000-159EN Mark 2 Integral Mounting System, 1" Rings, 4K90B04 �� $ 105.99 #526-000-160EN Mark 2 Integral Mounting System, 30mm Rings, 4K90F04 �� 105.99 MARK 4 INTEGRAL MOUNTING SYSTEM - Versatile cantilever mount gives you maximum adaptability with modular components, each sold separately. The Mark 4 Base clamps securely to the receiver rail with a pair of hex head crossbolts and accepts the Scope Ring Insert unit that contains both scope rings. The insert’s position can be adjusted on the base to accommodate different eye relief requirements. Add the 20 MOA Riser Insert between the base and ring insert to provide additional elevation for addressing long-range targets without exceeding your scope’s elevation adjustment or resorting to holdover. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel crossbolts. 53/4" (14.6cm) long. #526-000-161EN Mark 4 Integral Mounting System, Base, 4K71G09 �� $ 77.99 #526-000-162EN Mark 4 20 MOA Riser Insert, 4K43A79 �� 50.99 #526-000-163EN Mark 4 Ring Insert, 1", 4K86Q44 �� 100.99 #526-000-164EN Mark 4 Ring Insert, 30mm, 4K86C44 �� 100.99

O.A.L.. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of ring. 1" - 1.18" (2.99cm) high, 10.7 oz. (303g) weight; 30mm - 1.14" (2.89cm); 10 oz. (283.5g) weight. #553-000-005EN Flattop Scope Mount, 1", 3E45D26 ��$ 53.99 #553-000-007EN Flattop Scope Mount, 30mm, 3E45P26 �� 53.99

GG&G AR-15/M16

NIGHTFORCE AR-15/M16

QUICK-DETACH OPTIC MOUNTS

UNIMOUNT

Items

Rock Solid, Quick-Detach Mounts With Repeatable Accuracy Quick-detach mounts provide a rock-solid platform for a variety of optical sights on Picatinny flattop rails. GG&G's innovative Accucam latch system provides quick removal and installation in just seconds while maintaining 1/2 MOA repeatable accuracy. Plus, it's tension adjustable for a solid fit even on out-of-spec rails. All mounts are precision machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and hardcoat anodized for added durability; clamping systems are 4140 steel for maximum strength. Non-reflective matte black finish. a b ACCUCAM MOUNT w/INTEGRAL 30mm RINGS - Designed specifically for the AR weapon platform with rings spaced 4.400" center-to-center for excellent eye relief adjustment. Height from top of dovetail to centerline of ring is 1.400" for good cheekweld. Top ring straps secured with four Allen head screws for recoil-proof hold. 5" (12.7cm) long x 23/16" (5.6cm) wide. #336-000-012EN Accucam Mount w/30mm Rings, 6C203L99 �� $ 203.99 AC-30 ACCUCAM MOUNT w/30mm INTEGRAL RINGS - Gives the shooter additional eye relief when crouching, sitting, or prone position. Tall enough to provide clearance for large objective lenses on long-range rifle scopes, while skeletonized frame reduces weight. Not recommended for use on .50 BMG. 5" (12.7cm) OAL, 4" (10.2cm) mounting base length. 3 3/4" (9.5cm) inside ring-to-ring 336-000-054EN AC-30 Accucam Mount w/30mm Integral Rings, 6C214N99 �� $ 214.99 FLT ACCUCAM MOUNT - Designed to meet the needs of SPR shooters, with 30mm integral rings, this mount permits forward scope mounting and positions the scope 11/2" further forward than standard GG&G scope mounts. 5" (12.7cm) OAL. 33/4" (9.5cm) inside ring-to-ring. 336-000-055EN FLT Accucam Mount, 6C204E99 ��$ 204.99 ACCUCAM LEVER FOR EOTECH - Camoperated quick-detach lever replaces existing thumbnut mounting screw on EOTech sights for rapid installaton and removal. Does not change the mounting height of EOTech and allows co-witnessing with iron sights. 500 Series fits EOTech models 511, 512, 551, and 552. XPS Series fits EOTech XPS2 and XPS3 sights. #336-000-017EN Accucam Lever For EOTech 500 Series, 6C78I87 �� $ 86.99 #336-000-041EN Accucam Lever For EOTech XPS Series, 6C78H87 �� 86.99 ACCUCAM MOUNT FOR TRIJICON ACOG - Low-profile, steeland-aluminum mount attaches directly to the body of the ACOG with two large Allen head screws for a rock-solid installation. Cam-operated quick-detach lever allows easy removal and installation of sight. Fits all standard and compact ACOG scopes designed for mounting to flattop receivers. #336-000-018EN Accucam Mount For ACOG, 6C119I86 �� $ 138.99 ACCUCAM BASE W/PICATINNY RAIL Gives quick-detach capability to any scope you mount on your flattop AR. Topside slots are machined to true MIL-STD 1913 specs to accept any Picatinny scope rings. Mount also elevates the scope an extra 1/2" above the receiver. #336-000-011EN Accucam Base w/Picatinny Rail, 6C145M83 �� $ 149.99

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Solid, Yet Easily Detachable One-Piece Scope Mount For Your Flattop Quick-attach/detach flattop scope mount is designed to stay permanently installed on the scope at all times. Quick-release hex nuts make it easy to remove it from the rifle to swap onto a different rifle or replace with a different optic. A built-in 20 MOA elevation maximizes long-range capability. Machined from strong, rigid 7075-T6 aluminum to precise tolerances to ensure the scope is not subjected to stress, torquing, or bending as the ring screws are tightened. Titanium crossbolts and jaws hold securely to the rifle’s MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny without adding excess weight. Micro-radiused and inside edges honed to prevent the rings from scratching the scope tube. a b SPECS: Machined 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat finish, matte black. Accepts scopes with 30mm O.D. tubes. Clamping footprint: 2.725" of rail space. Heights measured from top of receiver rail to centerline of scope. #749-012-016EN UniMount High (1.125"), 2E00KKC �� $ 252.00 #749-012-017EN UniMount Extra High (1.375"), 2E00HUD �� 252.00

JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16

FLATTOP OPTIC MOUNT Integral Offset Rings For Rock-Solid Mounting One-piece, aluminum mount with integral rings is precision machined to true MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny specs for a secure fit on flattop receiver rails. Ring height and forward offset are ideal for use with long eye relief scopes. Mounts available for 1"/30mm, 34mm, and 35mm scope tubes. 1"/30mm mount accepts scopes with both 30mm tubes and, using the included polymer adapter shims, 1" tubes. Torx® head screws (4 on 1"/30mm, 6 on 34mm and 35mm) secure each top ring strap to hold the optics tight under heavy recoil. Full-length base clamps to the receiver with five, equally spaced crossbolts for a rock-solid fit and zero movement. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Includes instructions and T15 and T20 Torx wrenches. 1"/30mm - Approximately 51/2" (14cm) long, 13/4" (4.4cm) wide, 21/8" (5.4cm) high. 7.1 oz. (201 g) weight. Elevates a 30mm optic .965" (24.5mm), measured from top of receiver rail to bottom of scope. 34mm & 35mm - 53/4" (14.6cm) long, 115/16" (4.9cm) wide, 21/2" (6.3cm) overall height. 7 oz. (198g) weight. Height .760" (1.9cm), measured from top of receiver rail to bottom of scope tube. #452-000-044EN 1"/30mm Flattop Optic Mount, 2E154F29 ��$ 170.95 #452-000-124EN 34mm Flattop Optical Mount, 2E154M29 �� 170.95 #452-000-125EN 35mm Flattop Optical Mount, 2E192C86 �� 213.71

The Brownells Guarantee!

If you aren’t completely, 100% satisfied with any purchase you receive from Brownells, for any reason, at any time, return it for a full refund or exchange. Your complete satisfaction is what’s most important to us.

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

NOVESKE AR-15/M16

AR-15/M16

QUICK-DETACH OPTIC MOUNT Extended cantilever mount provides plenty of eye relief to mount a 30mm scope, or position a magnifier, night vision device, or other sighting accessory behind the main optic. Two quick-release levers clamp to a flattop receiver rail with unique cam action for a tight hold during recoil. Depress the locking tabs, swing both levers open, and the mount easily lifts off the rifle. Cross bars can be adjusted to fit almost any Picatinny rail, including overor under-sized commercial rails. Levers may be positioned to open to the front or the rear to suit the operator’s preference. Five, heavy duty steel hex head screws (three on top, two on bottom) clamp the 30mm vertically split ring halves together. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, Type III mil-spec hardcoat anodized finish, flat dark earth. Steel cross bars, matte black. 6" (15.2cm) O.A.L. Requires 4" (10.2cm) of rail space. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of scope body: .87" (2.2cm) high. Distance between rings: 21/2" (6.3cm.). 7.1 ounces (201g) weight. #100-004-771EN Quick-Detach Optic Mount, 1A199J99 �� $ 199.99

YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16/AR-308

SCOPE RISER Minimalist Design Raises Optics ½" This streamlined mount raises any scope or red dot sight ½" for easier eye alignment without adding needless bulk or weight to the gun. Precision-machined, 5½" base mounts quickly and easily to any Picatinny rail to provide a secure and stable base for your sighting equipment. a b SPECS: Aircraft grade aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black. 5¼" length, ¾" total height, 1¼" width. Raises equipment ½". #100-010-687EN 227A Scope Riser, 9A24F65 �� $ 32.80

AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308

MODULAR FLATTOP RISER MOUNT SYSTEM Customizable, Quick-Detach Mount Positions Scope At Eye Level Modular riser mount clamps to a flattop Picatinny receiver, so you can mount a scope at correct eye level for maximum accuracy. The separate base has two, oversized, easy-grip thumbscrews and full-contact clamping along entire length of base to provide rocksolid attachment to receiver without permanent modification of gun. This mounting system will not shoot loose no matter how many rounds you send downrange. Risers with true, MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail on top are sold separately, so you can choose one with the precise rail height and angle to suit your needs; riser is secured to base with three Allen head setscrews. Use an angled riser when you need to raise or lower the point of impact more than the scope’s internal elevation adjustment will allow. Standard risers are 51/2" long; extended riser is 10" long to provide additional mounting area for large scopes, or those requiring long eye relief, as well as optic/magnifier combinations. Entire unit—base, riser, and attached scope—can be removed quickly so you can use your rifle’s factory sights. Reinstall unit in seconds without losing scope settings. a b SPECS: Precision machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black. 51/2" (14cm) long; extended riser is 10" (14cm) long. Base is 1" (2.5cm) wide, .3" (7.62mm) high. Available riser heights (including base): 3/4" (1.9cm), 1" (2.5cm), 11/4" (3.2cm). Base and risers sold separately. #080-000-410EN MFRMS Base, 8K31C54 �� $ 39.99 #080-000-413EN MFRMS 3/4" Riser, 9A14M58 �� 19.99 #080-000-704EN MFRMS 3/4" Ext. Riser, 8K23G75 �� 29.99 #080-000-412EN MFRMS 1" Riser, 8K14P86 �� 19.99 #080-000-411EN MFRMS 11/4" Riser, 8K20A15 �� 26.99 #080-000-414EN MFRMS 1" 15 MOA Riser, 9A14B19 �� 19.99 #080-000-416EN MFRMS 1" 30 MOA Riser, 8K14B27 �� 19.99

EXTENDARISER FLATTOP MOUNT

EGW AR-15/M16 WARNE AR-15/M16

R.A.M.P. TACTICAL MOUNT

Model

Cantilevered For Long Eye Relief Scopes, Plus 45° Offset Rails For Secondary Sights

Precision-machined aluminum riser mount adds approximately .600" to height of flattop so primary optic can be positioned higher for a more comfortable, heads-up shooting stance and faster target acquisition. Eliminates the need for extra-high rings in most installations. Top of mount is available in 0 or 20 MOA to compensate for added height and minimize effect on pointof-impact. Provides a full 7" of usable mounting length, 11/2" more than receiver rail; underside of extension is relieved to provide clearance over handguard. Precision machined from lightweight, aluminum billet, with MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny slot-and-rail spacing that allows fast and simple adjustment of eye relief, plus greater flexibility in choice of optics. Clamps securely to receiver rail with three heavy duty steel cross-bolts to prevent movement under recoil, and matches receiver profile for a smooth, seamless look. Accepts Picatinny scope rings. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 8.875" (22.5cm) long, 1.125" (2.9cm) wide at base. Adds .600" (1.5cm) to height of flattop at rear, .570" (1.4cm) at front. 7.7 oz. (219g) weight. #296-000-103EN Extendariser Flattop Mount, 20 MOA, 6B107Q14 ��$ 124.99 296-000-228EN Extendariser Flattop Mount, 0 MOA , 6B107Q14 �� 124.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Machined aluminum riser clamps to flattop AR-15 receiver to position primary optic sights at eye level. Raises mounting height .750" to eliminate the need for extra-high rings in most applications. True, MIL-STD 1913 cut accepts Picatinny rings. Two, easy-to-grip, slotted hex nuts accept a U.S. quarter for extra tightening leverage; full-length clamping bar locks riser securely to flattop receiver for zero movement even during harsh tactical operations. Precision CNC machined to ensure an exceptionally secure lock on the receiver rail. Smooth, curved front and rear contours on the underside provide a streamlined appearance, reduce weight, and minimize the chance of catching on gear. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Approximately 5" (12.7cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide at the base, .975" (2.45cm) high overall. Adds .75" (1.9cm) to height of flattop. 4.8 oz. (136 g) weight. #080-000-506EN Flattop Riser Assembly, 8K35I47 �� $ 46.99

Provides Extra Eye Relief For Long Scopes & Clearance For Large Objectives Easy-to-install, clampon Picatinny riser increases your scope and sight mounting options on any flattop receiver. Extended length provides additional mounting slots for increased eye relief, added height gives clearance for scopes with large objective lenses. Features numbered slot markings, 10mm clamping nuts, square shoulder cross-slot bolts, and full length clamps to help prevent movement caused by recoil. Hi Rise model is drilled for STANAG ring installation. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Lo-Pro - 79/16" (19.2cm) long, .250" (6.3mm) high. 3.2 oz. (90g) wt. Hi-Rise - 77/8" (20cm) long, 1/2" ( 12.3mm) high. 6.6 oz. (187g) wt. #434-000-010EN Lo-Pro Extended Riser, 4C52Q00 �� $ 65.00 #434-000-011EN Hi-Rise Extended Riser, 4C55M20 �� 69.00

MGW AR-15/M16

Lightweight, Fast-On, Fast-Off Scope Mount Requires No Gunsmithing

WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16

ACCU-RIZER FLATTOP SCOPE MOUNT For Quick Scope Detach/Reattach Without Loss Of Zero One-piece riser mount with integral rings provides additional elevation from top of rail to centerline of ring to ensure a proper cheek weld. Precision machined from aluminum bar stock for a secure fit on flattop receiver rail. Scope and mount form a single unit for fast attachment and removal without loss of zero. Mounts by hand tightening the oversized thumb screw to clamp the locking plate. The captive, spring-loaded locking plate maintains a positive mechanical connection that resists loosening under shock and vibration. Four hardened Torx®-head screws clamp each ring cap to the lower half. Models available for scopes with 1" or 30mm diameter bodies. 1" mount includes a Picatinny rail on the rear scope ring for mounting a holographic red dot sight. 30mm model’s forward cantilever lets the scope overhang the front of the receiver to ensure plenty of eye relief. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Approx. 5" (12.7cm) long, 17/8" (4.8cm) wide. Approx. 8 oz. (227g) weight. 1" - Height from top of base to inside bottom of ring: 1.2" (30.5mm). 30mm - Height from top of base to inside bottom of ring: 1" (2.5mm). #965-000-087EN Accu-Rizer 1" Scope Mount, 5F149A99 ��$ 161.99 #965-000-104EN Accu-Rizer 30mm Scope Mount, 5F149M99 �� 161.99

AR-15/M16

CARRY HANDLE SCOPE MOUNT Fast, Easy Mounting For Scopes & Dot Sights Mounts directly on carry handle. Open sight channel allows use of sights. Cross-bar supports prevent crushing. Has true MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny cut cross-slots along its entire length a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, matte. 71/2" (19cm) long. 31/2 oz. (99g) wt. #080-000-660EN Picatinny Carry Handle Base, 9A22D46 �� $ 24.99

order on the web

brownells.com

SCOPE MOUNT

Securely locks in top of the carry handle with a single, thumb screw. Ultra-rigid design will not deform under pressure from rings. Does not obscure the factory sights. Accepts Weaver-style rings. a b SPECS: Extruded aluminum, black, hard-coat, anodized, matte fin-ish. 1.5 oz. (43 g) wt. Includes thumbscrew and lock washer. #584-590-015EN AR-15/M16 Mount, 4H19I29 �� $ 25.99

TAPCO AR-15/M16

CARRY HANDLE MOUNT For Easy Mounting Of Optics To A2 “Carry-Handle” Rifles Clamps to the carry handle of an A2-style rifle to allow installation of a scope, holographic red dot sight, or other optic that requires Picatinny receiver rail mounts. Removes easily with the optic still attached, so you can quickly switch back to A2 configuration. One-piece, fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer construction is lightweight yet incredibly strong. Installs in seconds and cinches down tight with a steel bolt and easy-to-grip thumb. Sight tunnel under the rail allows continued use of factory iron sights as backups or for close-range shooting. a b SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer, black. 51/4" (13.3cm) O.A.L. Fits AR-15/M16 with A2-style carry handle. #100-004-292EN Carry Handle Mount, 5A11F99 �� $ 12.99

MOUNTING SOLUTIONS PLUS AR-15/M16

CARRY HANDLE MOUNT Install A Red Dot; Retain Use Of Issue Sights Clamps into the carry handle channel and positions a Picatinny rail ahead of the recevier, over the handguard for mounting a red dot or other sight. Still use the issue sights. Clears M4 handguards and free-float tubes. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, matte black. Fits A1 and A2 carry handles. #100-000-498EN M4 Carry Handle Mount, 1K84N00 �� $ 113.29

PAGE

OPTIC MOUNTS

The Rapid Acquisition Multisight Platform (R.A.M.P.) is a one-piece cantilever mount with integral scope rings that positions optics farther forward to provide 13/4" of extra space at the rear for mounting a long eye relief scope, night vision device, or magnifier. Features removable MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails on the left and right sides that let you mount secondary sights 45° off-axis from the main optic. Each top ring strap is secured with four Torx® screws for recoil-proof holding power. Two large hex nuts and 33/4" long steel clamping bar lock the mount to a Picatinny receiver rail. Smooth contours and radiused edges give a streamlined appearance, reduce weight, and prevent snagging. Models available for 1" or 30mm scope body. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, and steel hardware, magnesium phosphate finish, matte black. 71/8" (18.1cm) long, 23/8" (6cm) wide, 21/4" (5.7cm) high. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of ring: .75" (1.9cm). Approximately 9.7 oz. (275g) weight. #947-000-263EN 1" R.A.M.P. Tactical Mount, 7D142L01 �� $ 169.99 #947-000-264EN 30mm R.A.M.P. Tactical Mount, 7D142F01 �� 169.99

Elevates Optic For Fast Target Acquisition; Extra Length For More Eye Relief

FLATTOP RISER Raises Optical Sights To Eye Level For Quick, Precise, Target Acquisition

AR-15/m16

Cantilever Mount For Optics, Magnifiers Or Night Vision Devices

IOR VALDADA AR-15/M16

EXTENDED RISER BLOCK

YANKEE HILL AR-15/M16

optics & accessories

AR-15/m16

EOTECH RISER MOUNT Keeps Iron Sights From Blocking EOTech Reticle, Preserves Co-Witness Capability Rugged, yet lightweight riser mount positions your EOTech holographic sight .300" higher, so your rifle’s iron sights are less apt to interfere with the EOTech’s reticle, while preserving co-witness capability. Also helps you maintain a more comfortable, heads-up shooting form. Clamps to your flattop rifle’s Picatinny rail with a single hardened steel setscrew; a securing tab up front locks into one of the rail’s slots to ensure a solid, recoil-proof fit. Precision machined from solid aluminum, then mil-spec hardcoat anodized for extra strength and wear resistance. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 53/16" (13.5cm) long, 13/16" (4.6cm) wide, .525" (1.3cm) overall height. 2.5 oz. (70g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with flattop receiver only. #100-003-101EN EOTech Riser Mount, 9A34M10 �� $ 38.80

SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16

CARRY HANDLE SCOPE MOUNT Lightweight, Streamlined Quick-Detach Mount Won’t Block Iron Sights Precision-machined aluminum scope mount attaches securely to the carry handle of your AR-15/M16/M4 to provide a solid, lightweight platform for tactical optics. MIL-STD 1913 rail cut accepts Picatinny and STANAG mounting systems, while hollow, .335" diameter sight channel offers unobstructed use of standardissue iron sights without removing mount. Locks tightly in place with hardened steel stud and knurled nut that also allow fast, easy removal and reattachment of mount and attached optics without loss of zero. Positions scope to provide adequate eye relief when wearing a protective chemical/biological mask. Standard issue for Israeli Defense Forces, and deployed with the U.S. Armed Forces. NSN #1005-01-534-8696. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black, matte 3 8 finish. 5 / " (13.6cm) long. 2.5 oz. (71g) weight. Made in U.S.A. #851-000-071EN Carry Handle Scope Mount, 1E73H65 ��$ 82.95

SAMSON MANUFACTURING CORP.

QUICK-FLIP MOUNT FOR AIMPOINT 3XMAG

OPTIC MOUNTS

Flips Magnifier Aside For Instant Transition From Long-Range To CloseRange Targeting Quick-transition mount combines secure, correct-height attachment of an Aimpoint 3XMag behind a compatible red dot sight with a spring-loaded mechanism that flips the magnifier aside for instant return to unmagnified operation of sight. Lets you shift from long-range to short-range targeting almost instantly. Securely installed to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny receiver rail with a robust locking bar and bolt system, so the magnifier stays correctly positioned behind the sight. Mount bolts directly to the factory holes in the bottom of the 3XMag (machine screws included)—no gunsmithing required. Lever can be installed so flip path is on left or right side. Quick-flip tab has deep grooves for easy activation with a flick of your thumb. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. #100-004-239EN Quick-Flip Mount w/Bolt-On Base, 1B154P29 �� $ 169.99

PAGE

WARNE

BURRIS

MAGNUM SPECIAL APPLICATION MAXIMA RINGS

RED DOT REFLEX SIGHTS

Rugged Steel, Close-Tolerance Dovetails For Secure Mounting Vertically split rings, precision-machined from steel barstock, hold large objective, heavy scopes firmly against recoil. Finished to exacting tolerances so the scope returns to zero, even after repeated dismounting and remounting. Permanent mount (Perm) uses two socket screws to solidly lock rings to base. Quick detach (QD), double lever rings clamp quickly and tightly; dismount instantly when you lift the lever. Levers can be repositioned so both rest at the same angle. Ultra High rings give correct height for flattop AR-15 and H&K SL7 rifle. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. Height measured from top of base to bottom of ring saddle. QD: 1" (2.5cm): X-High - .650" (16.5mm) and UltraHigh - .935" (23.7mm); 30mm (1.18"): X-High -.650" and Ultra-High - .850" (21.6mm). Perm: 1" X-High - .650" and 30mm X-High - .650". All models fit Warne Maxima, Weaver, and Picatinny bases. STOCK # #947-000-003EN #947-000-004EN #947-000-005EN #947-000-008EN #947-000-009EN #947-000-010EN

DIA./HEIGHT 1"/X-High 1"/X-High 1"/Ultra High 30mm/X-High 30mm/X-High 30mm/Ultra High

TYPE Perm QD QD Perm QD QD

PRICE 7D49F26 $ 61.99 7D75D22 $ 97.99 7D75N22 $ 97.99 7D49E27 $ 61.99 7D88H41 $ 113.99 7D88D41 $ 113.99

TACTICAL PRECISION

TSR™ & TSR “W” RINGS Super Holding Power, Precision Alignment Rugged tactical rings are precision machined to tolerances of .0002" for maximum scope/ring contact to hold scope securely against recoil. Four-screw cap lets you align the reticle, tighten the left side of the cap, then the right side without the scope rotating. Large clamp-nut lets you torque ring to base. Radiused edges and corners help prevent snagging while providing attractive appearance. TSR - 7075-T6 aluminum, fits MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny base. TSR “W” Series - 1215 alloy steel, fits Weaver bases. 34mm - Accepts Schmidt & Bendertype 34mm scope tubes. Heights in tables below are measured from top of base to center of ring. a b SPECS: 5/8" (15.8mm) wide. TSR - 7075-T6 Aluminum black, hard anodized to Mil-A-8625 standards. TSR “W” Series - 1215 alloy steel, Mil-C-13924 oxide finish, matte black. TSR ALUMINUM RINGS STOCK # #100-000-951EN #100-000-952EN #100-000-953EN #100-000-957EN #100-000-958EN #100-000-959EN

HEIGHT Low - .785" Med - .985" High - 1.185" Low - .925" Med - 1.075" High - 1.225"

SIZE 1" 1" 1" 30mm 30mm 30mm

PRICE 9K63D90 $ 74.99 9K63Q90 $ 74.99 9K66D77 $ 77.99 9K68B19 $ 79.99 9K68E19 $ 79.99 9K71D03 $ 82.99

TSR “W” SERIES STEEL RINGS STOCK # #100-001-403EN #100-001-404EN

HEIGHT Low - 785" Med - 985"

SIZE 1" 1"

PRICE 9K71M71 $ 83.99 9K71B71 $ 83.99

PICATINNY SCOPE RINGS Robust, Versatile, Affordable Rings For Tactical & Sporting Rifles These rings are precision machined to true MIL-STD 1913 specs to fit Picatinny-type bases such as Brownells Modular Flattop Riser Mount and Picatinny Scope Bases. No special wrenches needed for installation. Underside of ring is undercut with a rounded radius that offers extra clearance for finger tightening the nut and for final tightening with a standard socket or flat-blade screwdriver. Extra-strong U.S.-size hex nuts have a deep slot that provides maximum engagement of screwdriver blade to help prevent slippage and slot damage— you can even use a U.S. quarter in a pinch. Crossbolt has a square shank that serves as a recoil lug to solidly engage scope base when properly installed to ensure rings won’t shift forward under recoil. Four, strong 6-40 x 1/4" T-15 Torx® head screws securely anchor the ring halves, and large contact area with scope helps prevent slippage even on heavy-recoiling, magnum rifles. Available in 4140 billet steel for superb strength and stability, or aluminum models machined from 6061 T6 billet for reduced weight. Matte black finish blends with most factory rifle and scope finishes. Replacement nut, crossbolt, and aluminum or steel side locking bars available separately. a b SPECS: Rings sold in pairs. Models available to fit 1" and 30mm scope bodies. Steel - 4140 billet steel, black, matte, oxide finish. Aluminum - 6061 T6 aluminum billet, hardcoat anodized black, matte. Heights measured from top of base to center of ring: Low - .825" (2.1cm); Med. - 1" (2.5cm); High - 1.125" (2.9cm); Extra-High - 1.375" (3.5cm). #080-000-436EN Low 1" Picatinny Rings, Steel, 8K67M54 �� $ 89.99 #080-000-437EN Med 1" Picatinny Rings, Steel, 8K67C54 �� 89.99 #080-000-438EN High 1" Picatinny Rings, Steel, 9A67F54 �� 89.99 #080-000-433EN Low 1" Picatinny Rings, Aluminum, 9A55G27 �� 69.99 #080-000-434EN Med 1" Picatinny Rings, Aluminum, 9A55J27 �� 69.99 #080-000-435EN High 1" Picatinny Rings, Aluminum, 8K55Q27 �� 69.99 #080-000-811EN Med. 30mm Picatinny Rings, Steel, 8K79E49 �� 99.99 #080-000-740EN High 30mm Picatinny Rings, Steel, 8K79D49 �� 99.99 #080-000-741EN Ex-High 30mm Picatinny Rings, Steel, 8K79B49 �� 99.99 #080-000-810EN Med. 30mm Picatinny Rings, Alum., 8K73E20 �� 89.99 #080-000-738EN High 30mm Picatinny Rings, Alum., 8K73D20 �� 89.99 #080-000-739EN Ex-High 30mm Picatinny Rings, Alum., 8K73J20 �� 89.99 7.99 #080-000-708EN Replacement Hex Nut, 8K5A33 �� 5.99 #080-000-709EN Replacement Crossbolt, 8K4F25 �� #080-000-706EN Replacement Locking Bar, Steel, 6.99 8K4L98 �� #080-000-707EN Replacement Locking Bar, Alum., 5.99 8K4A25 ��

TSR “W” SERIES STEEL RINGS STOCK # #100-001-405EN #100-001-409EN #100-001-410EN #100-001-411EN #100-003-300EN

HEIGHT High - 1.185" Low - .925" Med - 1.075" High - 1.225" Med - 1.185"

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

SIZE 1" 30mm 30mm 30mm 34mm

PRICE 9K74G57 $ 86.99 9K78Q89 $ 91.99 9K78L89 $ 91.99 9K81C76 $ 95.99 9K107M57 $ 124.99

Fast, Precise, Instinctive Heads-Up Sighting FASTFIRE II - Provides fast, both-eyesopen sighting with a panoramic field of view and unlimited eye relief for an unobstructed view of the area around the target. A high-intensity LED projects a Shown with 4 MOA red sighting dot, while a light Picatinny Mount sensor and integrated control circuitry automatically adjust the dot’s brightness. Coated lens resists scratches and scuffs and is parallax-free to 50 yards. Setscrews let you make windage/elevation adjustments. Battery Save mode helps you get up to 5-year life from one CR-2032 lithium battery. Robust stainless steel and aluminum housing handles the shock of recoil and is gasket-sealed to keep water away from the electronics inside. SPECS: Steel, aluminum, optic-grade glass. 13/4" (4.5cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 1" high. #118-000-020EN FastFire II, only, 8A199H00 �� $ 199.00 #118-000-019EN FastFire II, w/Picatinny Mount, 8A209E00 �� 209.00 FASTFIRE III - Same dependable red dot sight as the FastFire II with enhanced features, including a tactile pushbutton power switch, three controllable reticle brightness levels of brightness, an automatic brightness setting, low battery indicator, and automatic power shutoff after 8 hours. Top-accessible battery means you can change it without removing the sight from the gun. Windage/elevation adjustments can be made quickly with a coin. Available with 3 MOA or 8 MOA dot reticle. SPECS: Aluminum, stainless steel, and bronze, matte black finish. 1.9" (48.2mm) long x 1" (25.4mm) wide x 1" high. .9 oz. (25g) wt. Runs on one CR-1632 lithium battery. Not compatible with the AR-F3 FastFire Mount or the Picatinny Protector Mount. #118-000-054EN 3 MOA FastFire III, Sight Only, 8A239H00 �� $ 239.00 #118-000-052EN 3 MOA FastFire III, w/Picatinny Mount, 8A249C00 �� 249.00 #118-000-055EN 8 MOA FastFire III, Sight Only, 8A239B00 �� 239.00 #118-000-053EN 8 MOA FastFire III, w/Picatinny Mount, 8A249D00 �� 249.00 AR-F3 FLATTOP FASTFIRE SIGHT - Ready to clamp directly to a flattop receiver, this FastFire III is enclosed in a specially designed mount that positions the optic to co-witness with your AR's iron sights. 3 MOA dot recticle. #118-000-067EN AR-F3 Flattop FastFire Sight, 8A299Q00 �� $ 299.00 PICATINNY PROTECTOR MOUNT - Minimal-profile, lightweight aluminum mount has raised “wings” to protect your FastFire sight from damage. Steel cross-bolt and clamping bar provide a tight, positive lock on Picatinny rails. Hardcoat-anodized, matte black finish. #118-000-016EN Picatinny Protector Mount, 8A69M99 ��

$ 69.99

YOU CAN SHOP ONLINE TOO! www.brownells.com NEW PRODUCTS ADDED DAILY

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

ACCUTACT AR-15/M16

ANGLESIGHT™ Engage Targets While You Keep Out Of The Line Of Fire

Rugged, Reliable & Versatile Always Ready Parallax-free, non-magnifying red dot sight is ready at all times, with no switches or levers to fumble with. Simply install the supplied battery, turn the PRO on, and forget about it – for up to 3 years! 2 MOA center-dot, with 6 daylight and 4 night vision brightness settings, enables accurate target engagement under a broad variety of conditions. Includes a detachable spacer that allows co-witnessing with the standard iron sights on AR-15/M16/M4 weapons. Or remove the spacer to install the PRO on shotguns or submachine guns. Integrated “railgrabber” mount with knurled, oversized knob aids in quick attach/ detach on Picatinny rails. Compatible with all generations of night vision devices; may also be used with Aimpoint 3x Magnifier and Concealed Engagement Unit. Flip-up lens caps included. SPECS: Hard-anodized aluminum, black. 51/4" (13.3cm) OAL. 3" (7.6cm) high, including spacer. 13 oz. (368.g) wt. 1x magnification. 30mm tube dia. Unlimited eye relief. 2 MOA dot. Battery life: 30,000 hrs. Waterproof to 150′ (45m) depth. One DL1/3N lithium battery, included. #100-009-902EN Aimpoint Patrol Rifle Optic, 7A00CAR �� $ 424.00

ARMAMENT TECHNOLOGY

SPECTER DR DUAL ROLE SIGHTS Switchable Magnification & Illumination Settings Adapt To Any Situation Power lever allows you to instantly switch from high magnification to low CQB setting. Reticle and dot can be illuminated with five different settings to optimize target acquisition. C-1 has ballistic dual thickness reticule for .223/5.56mm; C-2 reticule works for .308/7.62 x 51mm. Sight comes with quick release levers ; fits standard 1913 Picatinny rail. Sight is AN/PVS-22 night vision compatible. SPECS: Aluminum, hard anodized flat black/gray. C-1: 6"(153mm) length, 2.9"(74mm) width, 2- 1/16"(78mm) height. 1.46 lb (660g) weight. 4x/1x magnification. C-2 : 7 ¼"(183mm) length, 2.95"(75mm) width, 2.875"(73mm)

LEUPOLD

Micro T-2 Red Dot Sight

MARK 4® LR/T SCOPE

Enhanced, Night Vision Compatible Edition Of This Popular Red Dot

Single-Focus Sighting Plane Gets You On Target Fast

The Micro T-2 is a redesigned, upgraded evolution of the original T-1 that adds compatibility with all generations of night vision devices (NVD). The T-2 retains the original’s ruggedness and reliability, while adding a unique coating on the front lens that reflects the 2 MOA dot’s red light at nearly 100% efficiency to give the highest possible dot clarity and brightness. This provides a remarkably clear image when used with a 3rd generation NVD and when used with an Aimpoint 3XMag magnifier. With 4 NVD-compatible brightness settings and 8 daylight settings, including one extra-bright setting, the T-2 is ideal for ’round the clock operation hunters, sport shooters, military, and law enforcement. The T-2 has a built-in mount that lets you install it on any rifle, shotgun, or handgun with a Picatinny accessory rail. Robust extruded aluminum housing, matte black anodized, with a mechanical control switch for added reliability. Runs on one CR2032 lithium battery. 50,000-hour continuous-use battery life; 500,000 hours at NVD settings. #100-016-034EN Micro T-2 Sight, 7A733P20 ��$ 761.00

/EOTECH/ CQB T-DOT HOLOGRAPHIC SIGHT “T” Aiming Point Calibrated To Eliminate Guesswork In Close-Range Targeting The Brownells CQB T-Dot Sight is designed for combat and competition shooters who frequently address targets at close quarters. It corrects a common problem with comReticle bat-zeroed optics mounted on an AR-type rifle: the point of impact is significantly lower than the point of aim at close quarters distances. Built by EOTech exclusively for Brownells and based on the popular EOTech EXPS2, the CQB T-Dot eliminates the “guesstimating” when aiming at these targets. It retains the parent design’s 65 MOA circle illuminated reticle with two aiming points calibrated for 50-200 yards and 500 yards. The bottom of the T-Dot’s circle is left open, with a “T” indicating a precise aiming reference zeroed for about 7 yards. All aiming points are calibrated for 5.56mm NATO ammunition. Windage and elevation are adjustable in 1/2 MOA increments. The CQB T-Dot clamps directly to a MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail (only 23/4" rail space required) with a built-in quick-detach throw-lever mount. A built-in riser enables lower one-third co-witness with A2-type iron sights. The reticle has 20 brightness settings selected using the control buttons on the left side and is powered by one CR-123 lithium battery (included), easily accessed through the side cap. Sealed, non-magnifying optics are fogproof, shatterresistant, and anti-glare coated. SPECS: Aluminum housing, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 3.5" long x 2.4" wide x 2.8" high. 11.2 oz. (317g) wt. Windage and elevation adjustment range +/- 40 MOA in 1/2 MOA clicks (1/2" at 100 yards). Brightness adjustment range: 146,000:1, brightest to lowest. 20 brightness settings. Uses one (1) CR-123A lithium battery; approx. 600 hour battery life. Operating temperature range -40° to +150° F. Submersible to 10 ft depth. #080-000-971EN CQB T-Dot Sight, 9K549H99 �� $ 549.99

height. 6x/1.5x magnification. DL 1/3N(3v Lithium battery. #008-000-002EN C1 Specter DR Sight, 8K00MMG �� $ 2246.00 #008-000-003EN C2 Specter DR Sight, 8K00FES �� 2912.00

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Non-magnifying (1x) sight delivers the benefits of fast, accurate, red dot sighting, plus the durability of waterproof, fogproof, shockproof Bushnell-quality optics. Bright red 3 MOA dot provides precise, both-eyes-open shooting to get you on target fast without sacrificing accuracy. Eleven position rheostat allows the shooter to match the brightness of the dot to specific shooting conditions. Easy-to-grasp control knob to adjust brightness. Amber-Bright™ multi-coated optics provide a clear, crisp sight picture; unlimited eye relief helps you get on target fast. Adaptable for rifle, shotgun, or handgun use. Available with a built-in low-profile Picatinny/ Weaver-style (Lo-Pro) mount or with a high-rise mount for flattop AR-15 rifles that gives 1/3 co-witness with iron sights. SPECS: Aluminum body, anodized, black finish. 25mm (1") dia. objective lens. 21/2" (6.4cm) long. 4 oz. (113g) wt. 70 MOA adjustment with 1/2 MOA clicks. Up to 3,000 hours of operation on a single battery. Lens covers and CR-2032 battery included. #593-000-054EN TRS-25 Red Dot, Lo-Pro Mount, 2B00HES �� $ 99.99 590-300-037EN TRS-25 Red Dot, Hi-Rise Mount, 2B00IRP �� 109.99

BURRIS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE 308

AR -332 & 536 PRISM SIGHTS Accurate Close-Quarters Sight With Bullet Drop Compensation To 600 Yards Multi-purpose tactical prism scope with 3x or 5x magnification provides precise targeting from zero to 500 (3x) and 600 (5x) yards. Fully coated optics minimize glare, and Ballistic/CQ™ illuminated reticle enhances target acquisition in low-light conditions. Bracketed cross hairs subtend 18" at 100 yards, with additional dots to provide immediate elevation adjustment from 100 to 500/600 yards. Control knob provides five reticle brightness levels in red or green; reticle appears black in the off position. Removable accessory rails on the top and sides allow mounting of open sights, red dot sights, lasers, or other accessories. Fully-machined aluminum body is hardcoat anodized for extra surface strength, with a non-reflective, matte black finish. Integral mount clamps securely to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail, and also allows easy installation on AR-15/M16 carryhandle receivers. Flip-up lens cap/sunshades included. SPECS: AR-332 - Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 40mm tube, 32mm objective lens, 3x magnification. 5.3" (13.4cm) long, 14.2 oz. (403g) wt. 2½" (6.3mm) eye relief, ¼" MOA click adjustment, 32 ft.(9.75m) field of view at 100 yds. Requires one (1) CR-2032 lithium battery, included. Battery life: 200 hours (high), 500 hours (low). AR-536 - Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 40mm tube, 36mm objective lens, 5x magnification. 5.75" (14.6cm) long, 18.75 oz. (532g) wt. 2½" (6.3mm) eye relief, 0.33 MOA click adjustment, 20 ft.(6.0m) field of view at 100 yds. Requires one (1) CR-2032 lithium battery, included. Battery life: 200 hours (high), 500 hours (low). #118-000-021EN AR-332 Prism Sight, 8A349G00 �� $ 349.00 #118-000-044EN AR-536 Prism Sight, 8A399F00 �� 399.00 ANTI-REFLECTION DEVICE (ARD) - Easy-toinstall, screw-on objective lens attachment features a honeycomb pattern to reduce lens glare and help the shooter stay concealed. Does not affect sighting. #118-000-070EN AR-332 Prism Sight ARD, 8A34D99 �� $ 34.99 #118-000-071EN AR-536 Prism Sight ARD, 8A34P99 �� 34.99

order on the web

brownells.com

High-Resolution Optics & Repeatable Tracking For Superb Accuracy 3.5-10x40

Variable-power, precison tactical scopes have 30mm tubes, Leupold’s legendary high-resolution optics, and repeatable tracking for long range accuracy. They feature side parallax adjustment for fast, easy focusing from 50 yards to infinity. Large, easy-to-grasp target turrets with repeatable tracking allow an easy return to zero once you’re sighted in. M5-FF front focal plane scopes maintain the exact spacing of the Mil-Dot subtensions regardless of the magnification selected. All other models are rear focal plane scopes that change subtension spacing at each different magnification setting. M1/M5/Tgt models have 1/4 MOA elevation and windage adjustments; M3 models have 1 MOA elevation and 1/2 MOA windage adjustments. Choose from Mil-Dot, Illuminated Mil-Dot and Illuminated Tactical Milling Reticle (TMR) similar to a Mil-Dot reticle but with finer stadia for more precise range estimation. Available reticle styles and magnification options listed below. a b SPECS: Aluminum tube, anodized, matte black finish. 30mm tube diameter. STOCK # #526-518-500EN #526-000-149EN #526-000-199EN #526-000-150EN #526-000-064EN #526-000-151EN #526-000-152EN #526-000-153EN #526-000-200EN #526-000-154EN #526-000-155EN #526-000-201EN #526-476-380EN

MAGNIF. (mm) 3.5-10x40mm 3.5-10x40nn 4.5-14x40mm Target 4.5-14x40mm 4.5-14x50mm 4.5-14x50mm 4.5-14x50mm 6.5-20x50mm 6.5-20x50mm 6.5-20x50 8.5-25x50mm 8.5-25x50mm 10x40mm

LUCID

4.5-14x40

4.5-14x50 Illum Mil-Dot

4.5-14x50 IllumTMR

RETICLE M3 Mil-Dot M5-FF Mil-Dot Duplex Tgt Mil-Dot M1 Mil-Dot M1 Illum Mil-Dot M1 Illum TMR M1 Mil-Dot M1 TMR M1 Illum TMR M1 Mil-Dot M1 TMR M3 Mil-Dot

WT. 21 oz. 19.5 oz. 16 oz. 19.5 oz. 22 oz. 16 oz. 22 oz. 22 oz. 22 oz. 22 oz. 22 oz. 22.5 oz. 22 oz.

PRICE 4K1199D99 $ 1199.99 1Z1499F99 $ 1499.99 1Z749P99 $ 749.99 1Z899B99 $ 899.99 4K1199K99 $ 1199.99 4K1399F99 $ 1399.99 4K1399K99 $ 1399.99 4K1299E99 $ 1299.99 4K1299H99 $ 1299.99 4K1499A99 $ 1499.99 1Z1399B99 $ 1399.99 4K1399C99 $ 1399.99 1Z1499M99 $ 1499.99

HD7 RED DOT SIGHT Versatile Sight With 4 User-Settable Reticle Styles & 7 Brightness Settings

Red dot sight gives the user a choice of four different reticles based on the trajectory of a 55-grain 5.56 bullet. Reticle styles are: 2 MOA dot, circle dot, crosshair with holdover dots, and chevron with holdover dots. Automatic brightness setting adjusts to ambient light conditions; also has 7 user-selectable brightness settings. Integral mount clamps to standard Picatinny rail and gives proper height for lower one-third co-witness with iron sights. Unlimited eye-relief give you plenty of flexibility in mounting position. Elevation and windage knobs give 1/2 MOA adjustments, and covers are leashed to prevent loss in the field. SPECS: Cast aluminum frame. 51/2" (13.9cm) long, 3" (7.6cm) high, 21/2" (6.3cm) wide. 13 oz. (368g) wt. Runs on one AAA battery life, not included. Auto-shutoff after 2 hours. Battery life up to 1,000 hrs. #100-013-381EN Lucid HD7 Red Dot Sight, 2D189P00 �� $ 189.00

PAGE

optics & accessories

AIMPOINT

PATROL RIFLE OPTIC

BUSHNELL

TRS-25 RED DOT SIGHT

AR-15/m16

Non-magnifying optical sight has a dual-path mirror system that lets you identify targets, aim, and fire around obstacles and corners without exposing yourself to return fire. View the target in line-of-sight or at a 90° angle through the side port. Rotates 360° to go immediately from 90° “concealment” mode to standard, shoulder-aimed firing without removing the optic. Unlimited eye relief is compatible with iron sights, scopes, EOTech red dot/holographic sights, laser designators and night vision equipment. Clamps to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail and requires no zeroing or calibration. Weatherproof construction is safe for use b in any environment. a SPECS: Stainless steel and polycarbonate resin, matte black. 1.8" (4.6cm) long, 2.8" (5.8cm) wide, 2.6" (7cm) tall. 3.9 oz. (110g) wt. Optical aperture .95" (2.4cm) x .95" (2.4cm). #100-005-416EN Accutact Anglesight, 6D246C00 �� $ 279.99

Aimpoint

BURRIS

LEUPOLD

optics & accessories

AR-15/m16

MTAC RIFLESCOPES

Durable, high-quality 30mm riflescopes are built to provide you with the right optic for 1-4x24 MTAC your specific application. Constructed from high-strength, aircraft-grade aluminum, each scope is Nitrogen-purged and quad-sealed for maximum protection against water, fog and shock-related damage. Precision-ground, index-matched glass is multi-coated with Burris’s HiLume™ coating to deliver sharp, highresolution images. Finger-adjustable/resettable Posi-Lock turrets feature a steel-on-steel design to ensure precise adjustments and a guaranteed zero – year after year. 1-4x24 MODELS - Impressive field-of-view - ideal for 3-gun, tactical, or other close-to mid-range applications. Low-profile target turrets maximize your peripheral view, while the 10 brightness-intensity setting, illuminated reticle ensures reticle visibility in any lighting condition. Ballistic CQ 5.56 reticle is optimized for the ballistic performance of 5.56 NATO ammunition, and features a 100-yard zero dot, plus aiming reference dots out to 600 yards. Combo Pak adds a Burris FastFire III red dot reflex sight for very close range targeting and an easy on/off P.E.P.R. QD scope mount. Combo Pak w/FastFire III & SPECS: Aluminum, hard-anodized, matte black. 30mm O.D. tube. 11.3" O.A.L. Eye relief: 3.5-4". FOV 100′ 100 P.E.P.R QD Mount yds – 1x; 32′ 100 yards - 4x. Windage/elevation adjustment range: 130 MOA in 1/2 MOA clicks. Uses CR-2032 battery, included. #118-000-047EN MTAC 1-4x24 Scope, 8A399J00 �� $ 399.00 #118-000-048EN MTAC 1-4x24 Combo Pak w/FastFire & P.E.P.R., 8A599Q00 �� 599.00 HIGHER MAGNIFICATION MODELS - Are great for longer range tactical or hunting applications, and include adjustable objectives for proper parallax adjustment. Available with easy-to-grasp, high-profile target turrets, and the mil-based, G2B Mil-Dot reticle that features hash marks placed between the dots for more precise aiming, ranging, and holdovers. a b SPECS: Aircraft-grade aluminum, matte black. 30mm O.D. tube. 50 yards to infinity parallax adjustment. MAG/OBJ. 3.5-10x42mm 4.5-14x42mm 6.5-20x50mm

RETICLE G2B Mil-Dot G2B Mil-Dot G2B Mil-Dot

ADJ. RANGE (IN. 100 YDS) CLICK VALUE EYE RELIEF 80 / .10 mil. 3.1"-3.8" 64 / .10 mil 3.1"-3.8" 50 / .10 mil 3.1"-3.8"

OAL/MOUNT LENGTH 13.1"/5.8" 13"-5.9" 14.5"-5.5"

GG&G

SPECTEROS4x COMBAT OPTICAL SIGHTS

EOTECH LENS COVER MODULE

Fixed 4-power scopes are specifically engineered for 5.56 NATO ammunition to provide shooters with pin-point accuracy from 20 to 800 meters/yards. Rugged, aluminum housing and an integral base that attaches/detaches quickly to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails with a flick of the easyto-operate throw levers. Knurled, sidemounted dial toggles 5 reticle brightness settings for your choice of center point illumination for close-range targeting, or complete reticle illumination allowing you to use the holdover marks in any light conditions. Glass-etched reticle is always visible and is night-vision compatible. A1 reticle has a “Chevron” center aiming point and holdover hash marks at 400, 500, 600, 700, and 800 meters. C1 reticle is a standard, crosshair-style reticle with a red highlighted center aiming reference, a target-size based rangefinder, and holdover hash marks at 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, and 800 meters. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 6" OAL, 2.6" wide, 2.5" high. 18.2 oz. (515g) wt. 23/4" (7cm) eye relief. 32mm objective lens, 4x magnification. 120 MOA adjustment range, 1/2 MOA click value. Uses 1 DL 1/3N battery, included. Battery life: 600-3,000 hrs, depending on brightness setting. Waterproof to 66 ft. AN/PVS-22 night-vision compatible. #008-000-007EN SpecterOS4x, A1 Reticle, 8K1254P00 �� $ 1254.00 #008-000-006EN SpecterOS4x, C1 Reticle, 8K1254P00 �� 1254.00

PAGE

Rugged, Mark AR MOD 1 scopes have variable power settings for fast, accurate engagement of close and distant targets. Perfect for AR-15s or traditional bolt-actions because the P5 BDC dial aids in precise aiming with .223/5.56 4‑12x40mm NATO loads. Leupold’s Quantum Optical System™ and proprietary Multicoat 4® lens coatings combine to deliver optimal brightness, contrast, and edgeto-edge clarity in all light conditions. Purged with a unique Argon/Krypton gas blend, these scopes are waterproof and highly resistant to damage from shock. Duplex/Fine Duplex reticles are standard crosshair-style reticles. MilDot reticle is a standard mil-based reticle. FireDot SPR™ (Special Purpose Reticle) features an illuminated green center-dot with a range estimating circle, plus holdover hash marks out to 850 meters. FireDot TMR™ reticle has a green illuminated center-dot, plus windage and holdover hash marks to assist with longer-distance targeting. Both illuminated models feature 6 brightness-intensity settings for quick target acquisition – day or night. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum tube, matte black finish. 1" (2.5cm) O.D. tube. Illuminated models use a CR-2032 battery, included. AO - Adjustable Objective. STOCK # #526-000-184EN #526-000-185EN #526-000-186EN #526-000-187EN #526-000-188EN #526-000-189EN #526-000-190EN #526-000-191EN #526-000-192EN

WEIGHT PRICE 8A449E00 $ 449.00 17 oz./482g 17.6 oz./499g 8A549M00 $ 549.00 18.2 oz./516g 8A699P00 $ 699.00

ELCAN AR-15/M16/M4

High-Performance, Super-Accurate Optic Calibrated For 5.56 NATO Ammunition

Ultra-Clear Scopes Optimized For .223/5.56 NATO Loads; Includes BDC Dial

1.5-4x20mm

Rugged, High-Performance Optics; Models For 3-Gun, Tactical, Or Hunting Applications

STOCK # #118-000-049EN #118-000-050EN #118-000-051EN

MARK AR® MOD 1 RIFLESCOPES

Fast, Flip-Open Design; Protects The Lenses From Weather & Damage Flexible rubber body with spring-loaded, ABS plastic covers help seal out dirt, dust and moisture to keep the lens surfaces of your EOTech holographic sight clean, scratch-free, and ready for use in all shooting conditions. Tabs on the right and left sides of the covers allow a fast, ambidextrous flip-open action with thumb or finger pressure. Front cover opens to near horizontal position to help block rain or sunlight. Rear cover folds back on top of the EOTech’s protective hood to ensure an unobstructed view through the sight. Body section installs under the EOTech protective hood, so it’s not even visible. Noise-absorbing neoprene pads dampen the sound of the rear lens cover contacting the hood during covert operations. a b SPECS: Rubber body, ABS plastic covers, neoprene pads, matte black. 1 oz. (28.4g) weight. Includes Torx wrenches for installation. 511/512/551/552 - 23/8" (5.9cm) long, 17/8" (4.8cm) wide, 17/16" (3.6cm) high. Fits EOTech models 511, 512, 551, and 552. XPS2/3 - 23/8" long, 2¼" (5.7cm) wide, 1½" (3.8cm) high. Fits EOTech models XPS2 and XPS3 only. #336-000-007EN EOTech Lens Covers, 6C35D71 �� $ 41.99 #336-000-038EN XPS2/3 Lens Cover, 6C39C29 �� 49.99

CALL ANYTIME!!

800-741-0015

VISA/MC/Am Ex/Discover/CrossCheck/IMPAC/C.O.D.

MAG./OBJ. 1.5-4x20mm 1.5-4x20mm 3-9x40mm 3-9x40mm 3-9x40mm 4-12x40mm AO 4-12x40mm AO 6-18x40mm AO 6-18x40mm AO

RETICLE Duplex FireDot SPR Mil-Dot Duplex FireDot TMR Fine Duplex Mil-Dot Fine Duplex Mil-Dot

ADJ. RANGE (MOA)/ CLICK VALUE EYE RELIEF .125/ .1 mil 3.7-4.1" .125/ .1 mil 3.7-4.1" 56E/52W/ .1 mil 3.6"-4.3" 56E/52W/ .1 mil 3.6"-4.3" 56E/52W/ .1 mil 3.6"-4.3" .67/ .1 mil 3.7"-4.9" .67/ .1 mil 3.7"-4.9" .67/ .1 mil 3.7"-4.9" .67/ .1 mil 3.7"-4.9"

WEIGHT PRICE 4K00CDP $ 299.99 9.6 oz./272g 1Z00DVS $ 449.99 9.6 oz./272g 1Z00LYF $ 349.99 12.4 oz./351g 4K00DBJ $ 299.99 12.4 oz./351g 12.4 oz./351g 1Z449K99 $ 449.99 14.9 oz./422g 4K00PER $ 449.99 14.9 oz./422g 1Z00LPN $ 499.99 1Z00BTS $ 499.99 15.3 oz./433g 15.3 oz./433g 4K00MUK $ 549.99

LEUPOLD

MARK 4® CQ/T® SCOPE

PRISMATIC RIFLE SCOPE Combines The Speed Of A Red Dot With The Reliability Of A Traditional Scope

1-3x14mm Red Dot Scope For Tactical & Competition Use Multi-function Close Quarters/Tactical scope combines the fast target acquisition of a red dot sight with the utility of 1-3x variable power magnification. Circle-dot reticle with built-in range estimating capability gives accurate hold-over and lead angle on moving targets; 11 illumination settings allow perfect contrast during any light condition. 1x magnification allows you to shoot with both eyes open; 2x and 3x magnification help you accurately engage targets out to 300 yards and beyond. Reticle runs on AA batteries up to 600 hours; when turned off the reticle turns black and remains visible. MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails on the top and right side accept small lights, night vision gear or laser designators. Includes flip-open lens covers. 1/2 MOA click adjustable for windage and elevation. A.R.M.S.® #12™ CQ/T Mount clamps the CQ/T scope to a flattop AR-15/M16 or any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny base. Features quick on/off throw levers that maintain a consistent, repeatable zero. Mount ships directly from manufacturer. Please allow an additional 14 business days for shipping. a b SPECS: Aluminum tube, anodized, matte black. 8.8" (22.4cm) long. 2" to 2.8" (5.1 to 7.1cm) eye relief. 17.5 oz. (496g) wt. 1/2 MOA click adjustments. Dot size: 3 MOA at 3x, 9 MOA at 1x. Circle size at 3X: 18" at 25 yards, 6′ at 100 yards. Uses two AA batteries (not included). A.R.M.S.® #12™ CQ/T Mount – Aluminum and steel construction, matte black finish. 23/4" (7cm) long. #526-000-137EN Leupold Mark 4 CQ/T Scope, Only, 4K1099J99 �� $ 1099.99 #526-000-178EN Leupold Mark 4 CQ/T Scope w/ Built-In Mount, 1Z1199G99 �� 1199.99 #100-004-860EN A.R.M.S. #12 CQ/T Mount, 3A135J69 �� 145.00

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

OAL/MOUNT LENGTH 9.5"/5.3" 9.5"/5.3" 12.6"/5.5" 12.6"/5.5" 12.6"/5.5" 12.4"/4.7" 12.4"/4.7" 13.5"/5.6" 13.5"/5.6"

Compact, non-magnifying optic combines the fast target acquisition, accuracy, and low-light capability of a red dot sight with the reliability and clarity of a traditional rifle scope. Allows easy, both-eyesopen sighting that preserves depth perception and peripheral vision for quick reaction to changes in target. “Circle Plex” reticle combines a small center dot within a circle and traditional cross-hairs to provide a sight Illumination Module removed picture that will not obscure the target. Battery powered illumination module with 8 brightness settings clamps to the side of the tube and illuminates the reticle in red for maximum contrast with target. The etched reticle stays visible even if your battery dies, and the illumination module can be removed for minimal weight and bulk. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation in precise 1/2 MOA clicks, with a 70 MOA adjustment range. DiamondCoat 2™ lens treatment enhances light transmission and protects surface. Includes integrated base with three optional height spacers to enable mounting on almost any firearm with Picatinny rails. Also compatible with standard 30mm scope rings and A.R.M.S. #22 quick-detach throw-lever rings. Heavy duty, extra-thick walled tube, plus sealed, fogproof and waterproof construction stands up hard use. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, matte black. 43/8" (11.1cm) long, 2" (5.1cm) maximum width with Illumination Module installed. 30mm diameter tube. 8.4 oz. (237g) weight without base. Eye relief: 3" (7.6cm). Uses (1) DL1/3N button-type battery, included. #526-000-090EN 1x14mm Tactical Prismatic Scope, Matte, 1Z499G99 �� $ 499.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

AIMPOINT RED DOT OPTICAL SIGHTS

Parallax-free aiming with a single, bright glowing red dot; proven to be the fastest, most accurate sighting system available. Exclusive Advanced Circuit Efficiency Technology (ACET) greatly improves the usable life of the single 3-volt battery. ACET sights can last nearly 50,000 hours (over five years on setting 7 out of 10) of constant use. AA battery model can last up to 80,000 hours with a single battery. All sight housings are machined or extruded from 6000 series aluminum for maximum strength without unnecessary added weight. Lens surfaces are optically ground (not cast) for superior clarity. Proprietary housing and lens sealing material keeps electronic and lens surfaces dry, fog-free and fully functional regardless of weather conditions. All models feature nonreflective, Mil-Spec anodized finishes.

MICRO H-1 W/AR-15 FLATTOP MOUNT AR-specific version of the popular Micro H-1 has an integral, quick-release riser mount, ready to install on any AR-15/M16/M4 flattop rifle. Riser aids in comfortable, heads-up aiming, while providing the correct elevation to co-witness with mil-spec “iron” sights. Positions the backup sights in the lower 1/3 of the Micro’s field of view for instant transition to them. Quick-detach LRP (Lever Release Picatinny) mount lets you remove the H-1 from the rifle with a flip of the locking lever and return it without loss of zero. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized finish, matte black. 2.4" (6.1cm) long, 1.6" (4.1cm) wide, 2.6" (6.7cm) high, including mount and spacer. 6 oz. (170g) wt. #100-006-838EN Micro H-1 w/AR-15 Mnt, 7A695Q00 �� $ 695.00 9000 SERIES - 9000SC is a mediumlength sight that has a 4 MOA dot with nine daylight brightness settings. 30mm exterior tube diameter helps provide wide field of view and eye relief, plus parallax-free aiming at all distances. 9000L has a longer body tube for more flexibility in ring spacing. 1x magnification with a 2 MOA dot and 9 daylight settings. SPECS: Anodized finish, matte black. 2.2" (5.5cm) wide. 9000SC - 6.3" (16cm) long; 9000L - 7.9" (20cm) long. Windage & Elevation: 1/2" adjustment 100 yds. (13mm 100m). ACET = 50,000 hrs on one battery. In-

#100-002-972EN 9000L 2 MOA, 7A406N00 �� 406.00 COMPC3 SERIES - Compact red dot sight with 2 MOA dot for up-close shooting that demands both speed and accuracy. Built to the same exacting tolerances as the entire Aimpoint line for fail-proof performance. Short length allows easy mounting for a variety of applications; 30mm Weaverstyle ring is included. Has nine daylight brightness settings, removable lens covers, dial covers, and a cushioned, rubber ocular lens. SPECS: Anodized, matte, black. 4.7" (12cm) long x 2.2" (5.5cm) wide x 2.2" high. 7.1 oz. (200g) wt. Windage & Elevation: 1/2" adjustment 100 yds (13mm 100m). ACET = 50,000 hrs on one battery. Includes lithium battery (3v, CR 1/3N). Includes 30mm Weaver-style mounting ring and Allen wrench. Submersible to 15 feet (5m). #100-002-976EN CompC3 2MOA, 7A460P00 �� $ 460.00 COMPM3/COMPML3 SERIES CompM3 provides up to five years of constant power-on usage from a single battery. Band pass coated objective lens is fully compatible with all generations of night vision devices, especially 3rd generation NV technology. CompML3 includes multi-layer, anti-reflective lens coatings designed for low light or daylight tactical operations without NV capability. Both models available with a 2 MOA dot; CompML3 also available with a 4 MOA dot for close combat applications. Requires an Aimpoint 30mm ring or equivalent for installation (available separately). SPECS: Anodized finish, matte black. 5.1" (130 cm) long x 2.2" (5.5cm) wide. 7.8 oz. (220 g) wt. 1X magnification. Windage & Elevation: 1/2" adjustment 100 yds (13mm 100m). ACET = 50,000 hrs on one battery on daylight setting, 500,000 hrs on NV setting (CompM3 only). Includes lithium battery (3v, DL 1/3N), rubber flip-up lens covers and rubber sight body shield. Submersible to 150 feet (45m). #100-002-963EN CompM3, 2 MOA, 7A616P00 �� $ 616.00 #100-002-964EN CompM3, 4 MOA, 7A586L00 �� 586.00 #100-002-965EN CompML3, 2 MOA, 7A526N00 �� 526.00 #100-002-966EN CompML3, 4 MOA, 7A526K00 �� 526.00 COMPM4/COMPM4S - The latest civilian version of the U.S. Army’s M68 CCO (Close Combat Optic), with super-efficient electronics deliver up to eight years of continuous use from a single AA battery. Band pass objective lens coating gives superb light transmission and optimum 3rd generation NVD compatibility. Rotary brightness switch with 7 NVD settings and 9 daylight settings, plus one extra-bright setting for outdoor use with anti-reflective goggles. Integral, QRP2 mount (no additional mount ring required) has a single, oversized thumbscrew for fast installation and removal from Picatinny rails. Includes a vertical spacer for fast adaptation to a wide range of firearms. Available with versatile 2MOA dot. Convert to a 3x longrange red dot scope by installing the optional 3XMag magnifying module listed below. CompM4S has the same operating features as the CompM4 with battery compartment positioned low, on the right side of the unit, for improved view over the top of the optic. SPECS: Anodized finish, matte black. 4.7" (120 cm) long x 2.8" (7.2m) wide x 2.8" high. 11.8 oz. (335 g) wt. including mount. 1X magnification. Windage & Elevation: 1/2" adjustment 100 yds (13mm 100m). ACET = 80,000 hrs on one battery on daylight setting, 500,000 hrs on NV setting. Includes alkaline battery (1.5v, AA). Submersible to 150 feet (45m). #100-003-002EN CompM4 2MOA, 7A829A00 �� $ 829.00 #100-003-734EN CompM4S 2MOA, 7A829M00 �� 829.00

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

3XMAG MAGNIFIER - Mounts on a Picatinny rail directly behind any Aimpoint red dot optical sight to provide 3X magnification for improved accuracy when engaging small targets at long ranges. Rubber housing shields the module from damage caused by shock. Mounts to rail using a 30mm scope ring or the quick-detach Aimpoint TwistMount listed below. Mounting/dismounting will not change sight point-of-impact; internally adjustable to align with sight. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, dark grey, rubber coated, black. 4.3" (11cm) long x 1.7" (4.4cm) high, 1.6" (4.1cm) diameter. 7.1 oz. (200g) wt. Submersible to 67 feet (20m). Requires 30mm mounting ring for installation. #100-002-981EN 3XMag Magnifier, 7A608J00 �� $ 608.00 TWISTMOUNT FOR 3X MAGNIFIER - Quickdetach mount for Aimpoint 3x Magnifier lets you change instantly from long-range to CQB mode. Depress the release lever, twist the Magnifier, and lift it off for an unencumbered close-range sight picture. Low-profile base clamps to Picatinny-style rail; extra-long scope ring provides ample surface contact for a no-slip grasp on the magnifier body. May also be used as a quick-detach mount for other 30mm optics. Extra TwistMount bases sold separately, so you can quickly move your Magnifier from one rifle to another. Co-Witness Spacer raises sight axis for proper co-witnessing with factory-height backup iron sights. Comes with four, extra-length hex head screws and Allen wrench. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. #100-003-597EN TwistMount Complete, 7A189N00 �� $ 189.00 #100-003-599EN TwistMount Base, only, 7A120H00 �� 120.00 #100-004-137EN Co-Witness Spacer, 7A30M00 �� 30.00

Front Focal Plane Reticles For Superb CQB & Long-Range Versatility Mark 6 scopes have 34mm main tubes and feature mil-based ZerMark 6 6x20 oLock™ windage and elevation dials that prevent unintentional adjustments in the field. They are available with different styles of ranging reticles located on the front focal plane (FFP), so the subtensions remain true at all magnifications. The 1-6x20mm allows both-eyes-open shooting without magnification, with the ability to zoom up to 6x for longer shots. It’s available with the illuminated TMR (Tactical Milling Reticle), the CMR-W 5.56 reticle calibrated for military M855 ammo at 900 yards, the CMR-W 7.62 reticle calibrated for 175 grain .308 loads out to 1,200 yards. The 3-18x44mm scope is available with the CMR-W 7.62 reticle, the illuminated TMR, or the Horus H58 mil-based reticle. TMR models require a battery, included, and do not have the FFP feature. a b SPECS: Aluminum housing, hard-finished, matte black. 34mm O.D. tube. 1-6x20mm - 10.3" long. 5" mounting space. 3.7" eye relief. 17 oz. wt. 3-18x44mm - 11.9" long. 5.3" mounting space. 3.8" eye relief. 23.6 oz. wt. #526-000-177EN Mark 6 1-6x20mm, CMR-W 5.56 FFP Reticle, 4K2199D99 �� $ 2199.99 #526-000-202EN Mark 6 1-6x20mm, CMR-W 5.56 FFP Reticle, 1Z2199M99 �� 2199.99 #526-000-179EN Mark 6 1-6x20mm, TMR, 1Z2199B99 �� 2199.99 #526-000-203EN Mark 6 1-6x20mm, TMR, 1Z2529L99 �� 2529.99 #526-000-204EN Mark 6 3-18x44, TMR, 1Z2199N99 �� 2199.99 #526-000-205EN Mark 6 3-18x44, H58 FFP Reticle, 1Z2599P99 �� 2599.99

Models

TENEBRAEX KILLFLASH® ARD - Anti-Reflection Device screws into front lens opening of 9000SC and Comp series sights. Honeycomb filter disperses light to prevent reflections from front lens giving away your position without affecting sight picture. SPECS: Polymer, black. Fits 9000SC and Comp series sights. #100-003-624EN KillFlash® ARD, 7A41H00 �� $ 41.00 REPLACEMENT LENS COVERS - Factory original parts. Flip-Up Covers – Springloaded polymer covers flip open with finger pressure. Available in black or seethrough clear Tight, friction-fit installation. Fit non-magnifying (1x) 9000 and Comp series, including C3, MPS3, and M4/M4S. Rear covers fit all Aimpoints with 30mm rear objectives, including Comp and 9000 series. Military – One-piece, rubber, slip-on style with loop that fits over quick-release knob on QRP and QRW mounts. Fits Comp M2, ML2, M3, ML3, M4, and M4S. Micro – One-piece, rubber, “bikini”style cover for Micro series sights. #100-003-612EN Flip-Up Front Cover, Blk, 7A19Q00 �� $ 19.00 #100-003-618EN Flip-Up Front Cover, Clear, 7A19J00 �� 19.00 #100-003-616EN Flip-Up Rear Cover, Blk, 7A19C00 �� 19.00 #100-003-621EN Flip-Up Rear Cover, Clear, 7A19D00 �� 19.00 #100-003-623EN Military Lens Cover, 7A12I00 �� 12.00 #100-003-625EN Micro Lens Cover, 7A19N00 �� 19.00 REPLACEMENT DL1/3N BATTERY - Factory recommended lithium battery fits 9000 series, CompC/M/ ML series, 1000 series, 3000 series, 5000 series, 7000 series, Comp, CompC, Comp XD, CompM, CompM XD, CompML, CompML XD. #100-005-215EN DL1/3N Lithium Battery, 5Z4N75 ��$ 4.99

order on the web

brownells.com

NIGHTFORCE

SHV RIFLESCOPES Premium Scope Performance At More Affordable Price SHV scopes offer the same renowned Nightforce performance in a more affordable package. Featuring 56mm objective lens and a 30mm tube, the SHV delivers exceptional light transmission, with magnification ranges that are ideal for most applications. Fast-focus European style eyepiece quickly gets you on target. Reticles are available in IHR German-Style and MOAR range-finding reticle, and can be either illuminated or non-illuminated. Illuminated reticles use CR2032 battery, included. Capped windage and elevation turrets are finger adjustable. Adjustments are in ¼ MOA clicks. SPECS: Eye Relief: approx. 3.1" - 3.5". 4-14x56 - Adj. range: 100 MOA elevation, 70 MOA windage in ¼ MOA clicks. FOV: 24.9′ 100 yards (4x). 14.8" OAL. 28.5oz (illuminated), 26.9oz (non-illuminated) wt. 5-20x56 Adj. range: 80 MOA elevation, 50 MOA windage in ¼ MOA clicks. FOV: 17.9′ ft. 100 yards (5x). 15.2" OAL. Approx. 30 oz. wt. #524-000-156EN SHV 4-14X56 IHR, 4B00MVR �� $ 975.00 #524-000-158EN SHV 4-14X56 IHR Illuminated, 4B1106B00 �� 1106.00 #524-000-157EN SHV 4-14X56 MOAR, 4B00CYC �� 975.00 #524-000-159EN SHV 4-14X56 MOAR Illuminated , 4B1106J00 �� 1106.00 524-000-186EN SHV 5-20x56 IHR, 4B1171E00 �� 1171.00 524-000-188EN SHV 5-20x56 IHR Illuminated, 4B1299A00 �� 1299.00 524-000-187EN SHV 5-20x56 MOAR, 4B1171A00 �� 1171.00 524-000-189EN SHV 5-20x56 MOAR Illuminated, 4B1299A00 �� 1299.00

PAGE

optics & accessories

MICRO SERIES - Ultra Compact to reduce weight and bulk, plus easy to remove and install on multiple firearms. Provides an easy-to-see, bright red LED aiming dot for hunting and tactical applications. Both models include an integral Weaver-style mount that attaches easily without knobs, and is keyed to the sight body to absorb recoil. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation; adjustment tool is an integral part of the adjustment knob caps so you never loose it. Micro H-1 is designed for hunting/sporting applications and is submersible to 15 feet. Can be mounted on shotguns, rifles, handguns, and bows, and includes 12 daylight settings and one extra-bright setting. Micro T-1 is designed for tactical use; includes band pass lens coating with 6 night vision/7 daylight settings, so it’s fully compatible with all generations of Night Vision Devices, and submersible to 80 feet. Features integral Picatinny base. SPECS: Anodized, matte black. 2.4" (6.2cm) long x 2.4" wide x 1.6" (3.6mm) high, including mount. 3.7 oz. (105g) wt including mount. 1X magnification. Both models available with 2 or 4 MOA dot (see below). 1/2" adjustment 100 yds (13mm 100m). 50,000 hrs (5+ years) continuous use on one CR-2032 lithium battery. #100-003-004EN Micro H-1, 4 MOA, 7A617D00 �� $ 617.00 #100-009-907EN Micro H-1, 2 MOA, 7A617K00 �� 617.00 #100-003-003EN Micro T-1, 4 MOA, 7A691F00 �� 691.00 #100-009-905EN Micro T-1, 2 MOA, 7A691E00 �� 691.00

cludes lithium battery (3v, CR 1/3N), rubber flip-up lens covers, two (2) 30mm Weaver-style mounting rings and Allen wrench. Minimum/Maximum C-To-C Ring Spacing: 9000SC - 2" (5cm)/4.5" (15cm); 9000L - 2.4" (6cm)/6.1" (15.5 cm). #100-002-968EN 9000SC 4 MOA, 7A406Q00 �� $ 406.00

AR-15/m16

Rugged, No-Fail Sight Systems For Hunting, Target Shooting & Tactical Applications

LEUPOLD

MARK 6 RIFLE SCOPES

MICHIGUNS

EOTECH

optics & accessories

AR-15/m16

HOLOGRAPHIC SIGHT Provides Extremely Fast, Heads Up Target Engagement For Close Quarters & Long Range Shooting Weatherproof, shockproof holographic rifle sight has a variableintensity reticle that is visible in any light. As long as the operator can see through any portion of the window, the entire reticle is visible on the target. All models (except 552.XR308) feature a dot-within-acircle reticle that presents a see-through pattern for lighteningquick target acquisition. Heads-up display eliminates blind spots and tunnel vision. Gives true, both eyes open shooting for instant target identification. Electronics are encapsulated in a shock absorbing resin compound and sealed against dirt and water. Shatterproof lens has an anti-reflective coating. Light signature is not visible from the front. All user controls are flush with the housing, no protruding knobs or mounting rings to snag or block vision. Integral mount fits Weaver-style and Picatinny bases. Aluminum “roll bar” hood protects display. Model 552 and 552.XR308 are night vision compatible with a brightness range of 1,000:1 with NV switch engaged. Model 552.XR308 has a ballistic drop compensated reticle for .308 ammunition, with hash marks calibrated for 600, 900, and 1,200 meters. Model 512 has no provisions for night vision equipment. 512.LBC comes with the integral LBC laser system and 552.LBC2 includes the LBC2 laser, both described below. Model 512 w/Upgrade Kit includes the sight plus a GG&G dual flip-up lens cover set and the GG&G Accucam lever-operated quick-detach Picatinny mount. SPECS: Polycarbonate body, aluminum hood, matte, black. Lens - 3/16" thick, 3-layer, shatterproof laminate glass. Reticle size: 1 MOA dot and 65 MOA ring. 512, 552 & 552.XR308 - 55/16" (13.5cm) long, 115/16" wide, 23/8" high. 11.5 oz. (326 g) wt. Uses two AA batteries, included. 512.LBC - 51/2" (13.7cm) long, 2" (5.1cm) wide, 21/4" (5.7cm) high. 10.9 oz. (309 grams) wt. 552.LBC2 - 51/2" long, 23/4" (7cm) wide, 21/4" high. 12.6 oz (357g) wt. 553 415/16" (12.4cm) long, 115/16" wide, 23/4" (7.1cm) high, 12.2 oz. (345g) wt. Uses two CR-123A lithium batteries, included. #100-001-738EN 512 EOTech Holographic Sight, 9K00QMS �� $ 429.00 #100-006-961EN 512 w/Upgrade Kit, 9K507J70 �� 507.99 #100-014-613EN 512.LBC Holographic Sight w/Red Laser, 9K665P00 �� 665.00 #100-000-909EN 552 EOTech Holographic Sight, 9K00KNM �� 529.00 #100-003-196EN 552XR308 EOTech Holographic Sight, 9K00KUR �� 579.00 #100-014-612EN 552.LBC2 Holographic Sight w/Red & IR Laser, 9K895E00 �� 895.00 LASER BATTERY CAP - The LBC replaces the original battery cap on any 512/552 EOTech model to give you the added versatility of integrated laser sighting. Lasers are easily activated with the on/off toggle switch. Windage and elevation adjustable. Uses two AA batteries that power both the main EOTech unit and the laser. LBC has the visible red laser only. LBC2 has visible red plus civilian-legal IR laser for use with night vision gear. SPECS: 5.4" (137mm) long, 2.77" (70mm) wide, 2.25" (57mm) high. 12.6 oz (357 g) wt. Class 3R laser. Laser system is waterproof and submersible to 10 ft. #100-014-611EN LBC w/Red Laser, 9K265K00 �� $ 265.00 #100-014-610EN LBC2 w/Red + IR Lasers, 9K395B00 �� 395.00 REPLACEMENT PARTS - Genuine factory replacement parts fit perfectly and help you keep your EOTech sight running like new. Aluminum Protective Hoods for 511/512/551/552 series Hood and model 553 are available in matte black. Hood installation requires the four, T-15 Torx®-head screws in the

PAGE

Hood Mounting Screw Kit, available separately. Polymer Battery Compartments are available for N-cell powered 500 series, preBattery 2009 model 512/552 sights that Mounting Compartments Hardware use AA-cells, and model 553 (two CR‑123A cells). Battery Compartment Repair Kits are available to repair the spring or rubber gromScrew Kit mets on battery compartment caps on pre-2009 512/552 sights. Battery Cap w/ Battery Caps with new style tether Tether available to replace lost or damaged battery caps on XPS/EXPS sights. Mounting Hardware kit contains an Allen head cross-bolt and wrench, Battery Comp. Repair Kit Weaver-style slotted mount bolt, plastic washer, and Weaver lock bar. Fits 511, 512, 551, 552 sights only. SPECS: Protective Hoods - Aluminum, anodized, matte black. Hood Screws/Mounting Hardware Kit – hardened steel, matte black. Battery Compartments – Reinforced molded polymer. #100-005-846EN 511/512/551/552 Protective Hood, Black, 9K32N00 �� $ 32.00 #100-005-845EN Protective Hood, Black, 9K18G00 �� 18.00 6.99 #100-005-847EN Hood Mounting Screw Kit, 9K6K99 �� #100-005-848EN 511/512/551/552 Mounting Hardware, 9K22C00 �� 22.00 #100-005-843EN 502/511/551 Battery Compartment, 9K18N00 �� 18.00 #100-005-842EN Pre-2009 512/552 Battery Compartment, 9K20M00 �� 20.00 #100-008-121EN Post-2009 512/552 Battery Compartment, 9K13K99 �� 13.99 #100-005-844EN 553 Battery Compartment, Tan, 9K18J00 �� 18.00 #100-008-122EN Pre-2009 512/552 Batt. Comp. Repair 4.99 Kit, 9K4Q99 �� #100-008-123EN XPS/EXPS Battery Cap w/Cable Tether, 9K22I00 �� 22.00 MODELS 516, 517 & 556 - Flushmounted control buttons positioned on the left side of the unit ensure easy, fast access when back-up iron sight or EOTech Magnifier is installed. Integral mount with knurled cross-bolt locks securely MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny and Weaver-style rails; zero is repeatable to 1 MOA after removing and re-mounting. Front one-third of the base underside is elevated .275" (7mm) for clearance over delta ring and standard militarystyle plastic handguard. Submersible to 33 ft. depth. Models 516 and 556 occupy only 31/4" of rail space, leaving adequate room for a backup iron sight. Both have an easy-to-acquire tactical reticle with a 1 MOA dot inside a 65 MOA ring and provide up to 1,100 hours of continuous operation on two (2) 3 volt CR123A lithium batteries, included. Model 556 is also compatible with Gen I-III+ night vision systems; 1000:1 night vision brightness range with NV switch engaged. Full-size Model 517 is powered by two common 1.5 volt AA batteries for 600 hours of continuous operation with alkaline batteries or 1,000 hours with lithium cells. Reticle is a 65 MOA circle with a 1 MOA center aiming dot. Requires 33/4" of rail space. Buttons positioned on left side of housing for easy access when G23 Magnifier is mounted behind sight. SPECS: Polycarbonate body, aluminum hood, matte, black. Lens - 3/16" thick, 3-layer, shatterproof laminate glass. 516/556 - 51/8" (13cm) long, 21/8" (5.4cm) wide, 23/4" (7cm) high. 11.9 oz. (337g) weight. 517 - 53/4" (14.6cm) long, 21/8" wide, 23/4" high. 12.3 oz. (349g) wt. 516/517/556 - Reticle: 1 MOA dot inside 65 MOA ring. #100-003-473EN 516 EOTech Holographic Sight, 9K00DPN �� $ 499.00 #100-004-280EN 517 Holographic Sight, 9K00LQL �� 469.00 #100-003-475EN 556 EOTech Holographic Sight, 9K00ELE �� 589.00

XPS/EXPS SERIES - The most XPS2-0 compact EOTech holographic weapon sight series yet. Runs on a single CR-123 battery, yet delivers up to 600 hours of continuous operation. Overall sight length is less than 33/4" because the battery is mounted crossways, at the front of the housing. Sealed, waterproof buttons let you activate the highvisibility red reticle and precisely adjust the brightness level for any ambient light conditions. Automatically shuts off after 8 hours (user may reset to 4 hours) to preserve battery life. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation in 1/2 MOA clicks. Non-magnifying, fogproof optics of shatter-resistant, anti-glare coated laminate provide exceptional clarity. Base requires only 23/4" of rail space; fits MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny or Weaver rail. O-ring sealed battery cap keeps out moisture (submersible to 10-ft. depth). Standard XPS models have rear-mounted control buttons. XPS2-0 model features a reticle with an easy-to-see 65 MOA circle with a 1 MOA aiming dot in the center. XPS2-1 has only 1 MOA center dot without the circle. XPS-2-2 has the 65 MOA circle with two dots, top dot for 200 yards and bottom dot for out to 500 yards. XPS2-300 has a specially engraved hood with ballistic information for the 300 AAC Blackout cartridge, a 65 MOA circle and two vertically-aligned aiming dots. XPS3-0 is night-vision compatible with a night vision brightness range of 1,280:1 with NV switch engaged. Extreme-XPS (EXPS) models feature a battery compartment positioned above the base so the sight can be mounted closer to the Delta ring. A slightly higher base positions the viewing window to co-witness with iron sights. Quick-release rail mounting system has a release lever that fits flush along the side of the sight, so the EXPS is no bulkier than the XPS. A locking tab prevents accidental lever release. Control buttons on the left side of the housing. EXPS2-0 has a 65 MOA circle/1 MOA center dot and is not night-vision compatible. EXPS2-2 features 65 MOA circle with two veritically-aligned center dots, the top dot for targeting out to 200 yards and the bottom dot for out to 500 yards. It has no night vision compatibility. EXPS3-0 has a 65 MOA circle/1 MOA center dot reticle, and is both Gen I-III+ night-vision compatible. Available with black or tan finish. EXPS3-2 reticle has 65 MOA circle with two, vertically aligned 1 MOA dots, the top dot for targeting out to 200 yards, the lower dot for ranges out to 500 yards. It is both Gen I-III+ night-vision compatible and available with black or tan finish. SPECS: Aluminum housing, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Windage and elevation adjustment range +/-40 MOA in 1/2 MOA clicks (1/2" at 100 yards). Brightness adjustment range: 146,000:1, brightest to lowest. 20 brightness settings; night-vision compatible models have additional 10 NV settings. Brightness range in NV mode: 1,280:1. XPS - 3.675" (9.3cm) long x 2.125" (5.4cm) wide x 2.375" (6cm) high. 8.8 oz. (250g) weight. EXPS - 3.675" long x 2.25" (5.7cm) wide x 2.75" (7cm) high. 11.2 oz. (317g) weight. #100-004-277EN XPS2-0 Sight, 9K00KRA �� $ 499.00 #100-012-625EN XPS-1 Sight, 9K499A00 �� 499.00 #100-012-626EN XPS2-2 Sight, 9K499B00 �� 499.00 #100-012-627EN XPS2-300 Sight, 9K509N00 �� 509.00 #100-004-498EN XPS3-0 Sight, 9K00ACM �� 589.00 #100-012-623EN EXPS2-0 Sight, 9K539E00 �� 539.00 #100-012-624EN EXPS2-2 Sight, 9K539J00 �� 539.00 #100-005-734EN EXPS3-0 Sight, Black, 9K00NFJ �� 629.00 #100-012-620EN EXPS3-0 Sight, Tan, 9K629E00 �� 629.00 #100-005-735EN EXPS3-2 Sight, Black, 9K00AGR �� 629.00 #100-012-621EN EXPS3-2 Sight, Tan, 9K629H00 �� 629.00 #100-006-647EN EXPS3-4 Sight, Black, 9K00EIA �� 629.00 XPS2-RF RIMFIRE - The EOTech designed specifically for .22 LR shooters has the same reticle and functions as the XPS2-0, with an integral base that fits 3⁄8" (11mm) dovetail mounts commonly found on rimfire rifles. (Not compatible with Picatinny or Weaver rails.) Covers only 2¼" of rail space. SPECS: Polycarbonate housing and hood,

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

EOTECH ADJUSTMENT DECALS Elevation & Windage Calibrated Decals For Fast Adjustments Calibrated decals are placed on the outside of the EOTech protective housing, around the elevation and windage knobs to allow fast, precise sight adjustments on distant targets. Large, easy to see arrows avoid confusion by pointing in the direction of turn to change elevation and windage. Transparent with tan colored lettering and markings that are easy to see. Each calibrated “tic” mark is the equivalent of 1/2" of bullet point-of-impact at 100 yards. Constructed of waterproof, high-strength vinyl, with an adhesive backing that holds tight. a b SPECS: Vinyl decal. Calibration - 1/2" 100 yards. #100-003-668EN EOTech Adjustment Decals, 3Z6E95 ��$ 9.99

matte black. 3¾" (95mm) long x 2" (51mm) wide x 2" (51mm) high above rail. 7 oz. (198g) wt. with battery installed. Windage/elevation adjustment range +/-40 MOA in ½ MOA clicks. 20 brightness settings. Operates on one CR-123A battery, included. #100-006-648EN XPS2-RF Rimfire Rifle Sgt., 9K00AKG �� $ 375.00 G33.STS MAGNIFIER - Third-generation add-on optic system helps greatly increase the effective reach of any EOTECH Holographic Weapon Sight (HWS) without compromising closerange ability. 3x Magnifier mounts directly behind the HWS, requires no adjustments to the HWS itself and leaves the point of aim unchanged. Finger-adjustable windage and elevation knobs make sight corrections easy. Sealed, fogproof, submersible to 33 ft., and fully adjustable for windage and elevation. Switch-To-Side (STS) mount lets you instantly transition between magnified and unmagnified viewing with a slap of your hand. Mount can be installed to flip to either left or right side. Quickdetach lever enables easy mount/dismount on any Picatinny rail, and included riser allows optic to align with 7mm raised sights. Available in black or tan. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 3.9" (9.9cm) long. 11.9 oz. (337g) wt. Actual magnification 3.25x. Eye relief 2.2" (5.5cm). Field of view 7.3°. Operating temperature range -40° to 160° F. #100-010-865EN XG33.STS Magnifier, Blk, 9K00AJM �� $ 549.00 #100-012-628EN XG33.STS Magnifier, Tan, 9K549L00 �� 549.00 HHS SIGHT/MAGNIFIER SETS Combines an EXPS series sight with the G33.STS magnifier to provide a sighting system with maximum versatility. Magnifier aids target acquisition at longer ranges and can be quickly flipped to the side for clear access to the non-magnifying EXPS alone in close-quarter engagements. Both units feature quick release levers and will attach easily to any flattop AR-15/M16 rifle. HHS I has a night vison compatible EXPS3-4 sight featuring a ballistically compensated reticle calibrated for the 5.56 NATO cartridge fired from a carbine-length barrel, with aiming dots for engaging targets at 0-300m, 400m, 500m, and 600m. HHS II has an EXPS2-2 sight featuring two vertically-aligned 1 MOA aiming dots ballistic-matched for the M4 carbine at 50/200m and 500m. Not night vision compatible. SPECS: Aluminum housing, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 8.1" (20.6cm) approx. OAL with magnifier installed behind sight, 2.25" (5.7cm) wide, 2.75" (7cm) high. 11.2 oz. (317g) wt. EXPS3-4 runs on one CR-123A lithium battery, included. Battery life is 500-600 hrs at setting 12. #100-007-265EN HHS I EXPS3-4/Magnifier Set, 9K00JYD �� $ 1089.00 #100-011-155EN HHS II EXPS2-2/Magnifier Set, 9K00BYQ �� 1019.00

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Sizes

LEUPOLD

Nightforce® ATACR™ 5-25x56 (34mm Tube)

VX•R PATROL RIFLESCOPE

Ultra-Dependable Scopes With Illuminated Reticles For Tactical, Hunting & Competition

MAG/OBJ. 1.25-4x20mm 1.25-4x20mm 2-7x33mm 3-9x40mm 3-9x40mm 3-9x50mm 4-12x40mm

ADJ. RANGE/ CLICK VALUE 90 MOA/.1 Mil 90 MOA/.1 Mil 75 MOA/¼MOA 60 MOA/.1 Mil 60 MOA/.1 Mil 60 MOA/.1 Mil 60 MOA/.1 Mil

EYE RELIEF 4.1" 4.1" 4.2" 4.2" 4.2" 4.2" 4.9"

OAL/MOUNT LENGTH 9.4"/5.4" 9.4"/5.4" 11.3"/5.1" 12.6"/5.4" 12.6"/5.4" 12.6"/5.4" 12.4"/5.1"

NIKON AR-15/M16

RETICLE FireDot (SPR) FireDot Duplex FireDot Duplex FireDot Duplex FireDot (TMR) FireDot Duplex FireDot 4

WEIGHT 11.5 oz./326g 11.5 oz. 12.7 oz. 15.3 oz. 15.3 oz./434g 16.1 oz. 14.6 oz.

PRICE 4K599P99 $ 599.99 1Z499E99 $ 499.99 1Z499D99 $ 499.99 4K499E99 $ 499.99 4K599C99 $ 599.99 1Z549F99 $ 549.99 4K579P99 $ 579.99

P-223 RIFLE SCOPES

Cost-Effective, High-Performance Optics Calibrated For 223/.556 Ammo Rugged, highly-dependable scopes are specifically designed to provide AR-15 shooters with impressively clear optics at a surprisingly low price. These scopes are factory calibrated for the ballistic performance of .223/5.56 NATO, 55-grain polymer-tipped bullets traveling at 3,240 fps, and Nikon’s Spot-On technology assists with the sighting of alternative cartridges. Delivers a wide range of adjustment for accurate performance out to 600 yards. Fully-multicoated lenses provide 98% light transmission for maximum utility in low-light situations. Zero-Reset, tactical-style turrets enable fast adjustment and easy return-to-zero. 1" O.D. tube. BDC Carbine reticle, designed for a 200-yard zero, features 400- and 600-yard holdover hash marks. BDC 600 reticle, designed for a 100-yard zero, displays open-circle aiming points at 200, 300, 400, 500, and 600 yards, with hash marks between marking mid-range targeting. 100-yard fixed parallax. a b STOCK # #749-013-540EN #749-013-541EN #100-012-081EN

MAG/OBJ 3x32mm 3-9x40mm 4-12x40mm

RETICLE BDC Carbine BDC 600 BDC 600

ADJ. RG/ CLICK VALUE 150 MOA/¼ 80 MOA /¼ 60 MOA/ ¼

OAL/MOUNT. LENGTH 8.1"/3.5" 12.4"/5.2" 14.1"/5.2"

WEIGHT OZ. / G 11.2 / 318 15 / 425 17.5 / 496

PRICE 6Z149P95 $ 149.95 6Z199Q95 $ 199.95 6Z249F95 $ 249.95

Optimized To Help You Get Maximum Performance From Your Tactical Rifle Building on the success of their NXS™ series, Nightforce’s compact ATACR (Advanced Tactical Riflescope) features even longer range and higher image quality, pushing the envelope of precision for serious shooters and hunters. The 34mm tube allows 20% more elevation travel than a 30mm tube. Fully multicoated, low-dispersion glass delivers more than 90% light transmission, brilliant images and exceptional color contrast. A broad magnification range, plus a wide field of view because of its unique optical prescription (17.96 feet at 5x), will cover a broad spectrum of targeting situations. Comes with ZeroStop™ adjustment for quick return-to-zero without counting clicks or looking at the turret. All models have first focal plane (F1) reticles that provide fast hold-off adjustments and precise ranging calculations. MOAR™ reticle has an 89 MOA elevation/60 MOA windage adjustment range with a ¼ MOA click value (30 MOA per revolution). Other reticles have 26 Mil elevation/18 Mil windage adjustment range with .1 MRAD click value (12 Mils per revolution). Integrated Power Throw Lever (PTL) and an b XtremeSpeed thread for making a fast diopter adjustment. a #524-000-210EN ATACR 4-16x42mm F1 Scope Digillum MOAR, 4B2328Q00 �� $ 2328.00 #524-000-211EN ATACR 4-16x42mm F1 Scope Digillum MIL-R, 4B2328J00 �� 2328.00 #524-000-212EN ATACR 4-16x42mm F1 Scope Horus H59, 4B2813C00 �� 2813.00 #524-000-213EN ATACR 4-16x42mm F1 Scope TReMoR3, 4B2813I00 �� 2813.00 #524-000-214EN ATACR 5-25x56mm F1 Scope Digillum MOAR, 4B2813M00 �� 2813.00 #524-000-215EN ATACR 5-25x56mm F1 Scope Digillum MIL-R, 4B2813K00 �� 2813.00 #524-000-216EN ATACR 5-25x56mm F1 Scope Horus H59, 4B3298E00 �� 3298.00 #524-000-217EN ATACR 5-25x56mm F1 Scope TReMoR3, 4B3298I00 �� 3298.00

Vortex AR-15/M16 Nikon

NIKON

P-308 4-12x40 Riflescope High-End Features & Ballistically Calibrated For Your AR-308 The latest addition to Nikon’s P-series scope line is ideally suited to your AR-style .308 rifle. Its ballistic drop compensated (BDC) reticle is optimized for the trajectory of a .308 Winchester/7.62 NATO round with a 168-grain hollow point match bullet at 2,680 feet per second. This gives the long-range shooter everything he needs to hit targets out to 800 yards, yet fits into a compact package that won’t throw off the balance of your rifle. Fully coated lenses with multiple layers of anti-reflective compounds give crisp, bright, vivid images and superb light transmission from dawn ’til dusk. Spring-loaded instant Zero-Reset turrets simplify field adjustments. Just sight-in as usual, lift the spring-loaded adjustment knob, rotate to your “zero”, and re-engage. Future field adjustments are now as simple as dialingin your subsequent ranges. The compact, 1" O.D. tube is nitrogen purged and O-ring sealed for complete waterproof, fogproof, and shockproof performance. Eye relief is 3.7"so you need not fear the harder-kicking cartridges. Windage/elevation adjustment range:

Spitfire Prism Sight Versatile 3x Fixed-Power Red Dot For Tactical & Competition ARs

P-SERIES SCOPE MOUNT One-Piece Ring/Base Units For A Clean, Streamlined Installation Designed for Nikon’s P-223/PRimfire AR-15 scopes, this pair of rings will fit any 1" O.D. scope or red dot sight and mount it to a MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny flattop rail. The cantilevered design combines each base and ring into one streamlined, snag-free unit that keeps bulk to the absolute minimum. Forward slope positions scope so it doesn't interfere with access to the charging handle. For ultra-compact scopes, reverse the front mount so the cantilever points toward the rear mount to reduce the space between the rings. Provides enough height for comfortable “heads-up” shooting. #100-011-752EN Nikon P-Series 2-Piece Scope Mount, 6Z49F95 �� $ 49.95

60 MOA in ¼ MOA increments. 13½" OAL. 17½ wt. #100-016-820EN M-308 4-12x40 w/BDC 800 Reticle, 6Z249B95 �� $ 249.95

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Designed specifically for use on the AR-15, the compact Spitfire Prism Sight with fixed 3x magnification is ideal for quick target acquisition in close-to-medium Spitfire 3X Prisim range shooting situations. It has multi-coated lenses with a prismbased design and fully multicoated lenses. Etched directly on the prism is a selectable red/green illuminated reticle with five usersettable brightness levels. Aluminum chassis adds shockproof unit construction and is nitrogen gas purged with O-ring seals to keep Spitfire 1X Prisim the Spitfire fogproof and waterproof. Integral Picatinny base includes a removable 10mm riser to allow for 30mm and 40mm mounting heights. Dual Picatinny rails on the Spitfire enable mounting of an offset auxiliary reflex sight. Includes flip-up lens caps and one CR-2032 battery. #100-014-329EN Spitfire 3x Prism - EBR-556B Reticle, 3B00BYB �� $ 349.99 #100-014-330EN Spitfire 1x Prism - DRT Reticle, 3B00DAL �� 299.99

order on the web

brownells.com

RX01/RX34 REFLEX SIGHT Uses ambient light reflected through a fiber optic system, combined with glow-in-the-dark Tritium, to create an easy-tosee amber-colored aiming dot with excellent contrast in all light conditions. No batteries to weaken or wear out, no switches to turn on and off. RX01 has a large 6.5 MOA dot and 24mm diameter objective; RX34 has a 4.5 MOA dot and 42mm diameter objective. Combat tested, all-machined, aluminum housing is rugged enough to protect the optics in the toughest conditions without failure. Separate mounts allow one Reflex Sight to be used in several applications. No-gunsmithing, clamp-on mounts return to zero after installation and removal. a b SPECS: RX01 Reflex Sight - Aluminum housing, gray, hard-anodized finish, 41/4" (10.7cm) long, 4.2 oz. (119 g) wt. 24mm objective diameter. 6.5 MOA dot. RX34 Reflex Sight - Aluminum housing, gray, hard-anodized finish, 47/8" (12.4cm) long. 8.2 oz. (232g) wt. 42mm diameter objective, 4.5 MOA dot. Mounts - Aluminum, black, anodized finish. RX10 fits AR15/M16 carry handle. RX11 fits Weaver-style rails, dual locking screws. RX14 fits Picatinny flattop AR-15/M16 receivers, dual locking thumbscrew. #892-110-001EN RX01 Reflex Sight, 2H442P00 �� $ 442.00 #892-000-068EN RX34 Reflex Sight, 2H531Q00 �� 531.00 #892-110-010EN RX10 Reflex Sight Mount, 2H142K00 �� 142.00 #892-110-011EN RX11 Reflex Sight Mount, 2H64F00 �� 64.00 #892-110-014EN RX14 Reflex Sight Mount, 2H116A00 �� 116.00 RX30 REFLEX SIGHT & FLATTOP MOUNT - Same non-magnifying, dual-illumination system and 6.5 MOA amber dot as RX01, with larger 42mm objective for maximum lightgathering capability and fast target acquisition. Multi-layer, dichroic-mirror coated lens for outstanding heads-up, both-eye-open targeting. Adjustable for windage and elevation +/-30 MOA, one click per inch at 100 yards. Housing is investment cast from A357T6 aluminum alloy; mount of forged 7075-T6 aluminum provides rock-solid mounting to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny flattop rail, with return to zero after removal and reinstallation. SPECS: Aluminum housing and mount, hard-anodized, dark gray, matte finish. 47/8" (12.4cm) long, 21/16" (5.2cm) wide. 12.3 oz. (348g) weight. 42mm objective diameter. Includes lens cleaning pen, Allen wrench, and instruction booklet. #892-000-038EN RX30 Reflex w/Flattop Mount, 2H649K00 �� $ 649.00 RX06 REFLEX II SIGHT - Advanced optics provide enhanced, wide-band, light transmission for faster target acquisition in a broad range of shooting situations. 12.5 MOA Triangle reticle gives lightning fast, very precise aiming in bright daylight or total darkness at any distance. Includes polarizing filter, rubber lens cover and lens cleaning pen. Select from sight mounts above. SPECS: Aluminum housing, gray, hard-anodized finish, 41/4" (10.7cm) long, 4.2 oz. (119g) wt. #892-112-125EN RX06 Reflex II Triangle Sight, 2H442N00 �� $ 442.00 TENEBRAEX KILLFLASH GUARD - Anti-reflection device prevents glare and reflected images from interfering with sight picture on Reflex sights. SPECS: Aluminum, matte, black. Honeycomb screen. .76" (19.3mm) long 1.1" (2.8cm) diameter. #892-802-022EN Killflash, 2H35F00 ��

$ 35.00

PAGE

optics & accessories

STOCK # #526-000-182EN 526-000-165EN 526-000-166EN 526-000-167EN #526-000-183EN 526-000-168EN 526-000-169EN

Bright, Glowing, Aiming Dot In All Conditions, Without Batteries

AR-15/m16

Rugged riflescope boasts Leupold’s proprietary Quantum Optical System™ with index-matched lenses and DiamondCoat™ coatings that deliver an impressive 94% light transmission. Reliable FireDot™ illuminated reticle glows red, with 8 brightnessintensity settings to make sighting easy in any light, day or night. Motion Sensing Technology (MST) deactivates the reticle’s illumination after 5 minutes of inactivity to conserve batteries, and quickly turns back on when you move the gun. One-piece, 30mm main tube is Argon/Krypton purged to make these durable scopes waterproof, fogproof and shockproof. Matte black exterior finish. Precise finger-click adjustments allow for a generous range of adjustment. FireDot SPR (Special Purpose Reticle) is optimized for 5.56/7.62 NATO ammunition and has a red center dot and hash marks for long ranges. FireDot TMR (Tactical Milling Reticle) is based on the traditional Mil Dot reticle and is optimized for 5.56/7.62 NATO, .300 Win Mag and .338 Lapua ammunition. a b

TRIJICON®

ACOG REFLEX SIGHT

NIKON

VORTEX

M-SERIES SCOPES

RAZOR RED DOT SIGHT

optics & accessories

AR-15/m16

Items

Legendary Nikon Quality - Optimized For AR-Platform Rifles Rugged, variable-power scopes are specifically engineered to help shooters get the most from the AR platform, with quick, accurate hits at a wide variety of 2-8x32 distances. High-resolution optics and multi-layer coated lenses give superb clarity and light-gathering capac3-12x42SF ity, especially at dusk and dawn, with up to 95% light transmission. All models provide an extra-wide range of windage and elevation click adjustments in ¼ MOA increments, as well as easyto-use Zero-Reset turrets that simplify sight-ins and field adjustments. All M-series scopes have aluminum tubes with durable, matte black, M-223 1.5-6x24mm hard-anodized finish. Illum. Point Blank reticle offers a wide field of view for fast, accurate, instinctive shooting from 0 to 200 yards—ideal for 3-gun matches. Reticle is similar to a standard duplex crosshair with 3 MOA dot; just cover the target with the reticle dot and squeeze the trigger. Nikoplex modM-308 4-16x42SF els feature Nikon’s classic Nikoplex crosshair reticle and a Rapid Action Turret that lets you dial your elevation in 50 yard increments from 100 to 600 yards in less than one revolution. BDC 600 reticle allows instant range and target adjustments without taking your eyes out of the M-300BLK scope and losing the target. Open1.5-6x42mm Illum. circle aiming points at 200, 300, SuperSub 400, 500, and 600 yards, with hash marks between them for mid-range targeting between those settings. BDC 800 reticle, available on M-308 models only, features both open and closed-circle aiming points, in addition to hash marks to enable easy range adjustments out to 800 yards. BDC SuperSub Reticle gives aiming points for both super- and subsonic 300 Blackout loads at any distance. Side Focus (SF) adjustment turret rotates to achieve more precise focus from 50 yards to infinity; by adjusting the focus, parallax can be eliminated and sight alignment will become accurate. 1-4x20 and 2-8x32 models have a fixed parallax set at 100 yards. M-223 - Ballistically calibrated at the factory to match the trajectory of a .223/5.56mm load with a 55-grain polymer-tipped bullets traveling at 3,240 fps. 1" (2.5cm) O.D. tube, except 1.5-6x24 models, which have 30mm O.D. All models, except 1-4x20mm, come with anti-reflective lens cover. #100-014-000EN M-223 1-4x20 w/Point Blank Reticle, 6Z289K95 �� $ 289.95 #100-014-001EN M-223 1-4x20 w/BDC 600 Reticle, 6Z299M95 �� 299.95 #100-014-724EN M-223 1.5-6x24mm w/BDC Reticle, 6Z599D95 �� 599.95 #100-014-725EN M-223 1.5-6x24mm w/Illum. BDC Reticle, 6Z799D95 �� 799.95 #100-014-002EN M-223 2-8x32 w/Nikoplex Reticle, 6Z329B95 �� 329.95 #100-014-003EN M-223 2-8x32 w/BDC 600 Reticle, 6Z349A95 �� 349.95 #100-014-004EN M-223 3-12x42SF w/Nikoplex Reticle, 6Z459H95 �� 459.95 1-4x20

100

PAGE

TRIJICON® Dual-Illuminated

Clear, Compact & Accurate For Quick, Parallax-Free Target Acquisition Compact LED red dot sight provides fast, both-eyes-open sighting without concern for parallax – simply place the dot on the target, and pull the trigger for accurate short- to mid-range shots. The one-piece aluminum chassis is waterproof and shockproof to withstand the recoil of pistols, rifles, and shotguns. Wide-Field glass lens that delivers excellent edge-toedge brightness for an extremely clear sight picture. Ultra-hard, scratch-resistant coating protects the highly-polished, antireflective lens. High-intensity, unlimited-eye-relief center dot – available with a 3 MOA or 6 MOA dot – features 10 brightnessintensity settings that enable use in any lighting conditions. Comes with a built-in mount for MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail installation; handgun slide mounts sold separately below. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 2" (5cm) OAL. 1" (2.5cm) wide. 1.3" (3.3cm) high w/ base. 2.4 oz. (68g) wt. 170 MOA elevation adjustment range; 114 MOA windage adjustment range. 1 MOA click value. Includes CR-2032 battery, instructions, and protective cover. #100-009-992EN 3 MOA Razor Red Dot Sight, 3B499K00 �� $ 499.00 #100-009-994EN 6 MOA Razor Red Dot Sight, 3B499K00 �� 499.00

#100-014-005EN M-223 3-12x42SF w/BDC 600 Reticle, 6Z459C95 �� #749-013-536EN M-223 4-16x42SF w/Nikoplex Reticle, 6Z499N95 �� #749-013-537EN M-223 4-16x42SF w/BDC 600 Reticle, 6Z499E95 ��

459.95 499.95 499.95

M-308 - Calibrated for the .308 Winchester/7.62 NATO round with a 168-grain HPBT bullet. 1" (2.5cm) O.D. tube. Comes with a onepiece Picatinny base with built-in 20 MOA elevation. 100-016-056EN M-308 4-16x42SF w/Nikoplex Reticle, 6Z499K95 �� $ 499.95 100-016-057EN M-308 4-16x42SF w/BDC 800 Reticle, 6Z499H95 �� 499.95

RMR SIGHT

As tough as Trijicon’s legendary ACOG® scopes, the low-profile RMR™ (Ruggedized Miniature Reflex) sight enables fast, both-eyesopen, target acquisition—even in poor lighting conditions. Unlimited eye relief allows natural presentation from almost any shooting position, plus clear, unobstructed panoramic views for maximum situational awareness. Mount an RMR on your rifle to supplement your ACOG, and you’re ready to address targets at any range. Performs in the harshest operating conditions thanks to a computeroptimized geometric housing of high-strength, forged, militarygrade, aluminum that absorbs shock and diverts stress away from the lens. Simple to operate, no switches to toggle, or forget to activate under stress, because the sight is always on. The TrueColor 28-layer coated, non-magnifying lens delivers a crisp, clear shooting picture. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation, 1 MOA per audible click. Each RMR is pre-adjusted at the factory to be parallax-free at 50 meters. LED models run over 17,000 hours on one CR-2032 lithium battery (included) or up to 4 years in dark storage. Battery-free Dual-Illuminated models use a combination of powerful, light-gathering fiber optics and self-illuminating Tritium to project a bright amber dot on the sight in any light conditions from pitch darkness to broad daylight. Automatically adjusts brightness and contrast of reticle to ambient light. Adjustable LED models have eight reticle brightness levels that can be set manually, or the user can select auto mode that automatically selects the brightness suitable for ambient light conditions. All RMR models come shipped in a water-resistant, dustproof, and crushproof Pelican™ case. Mounts sold below. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum housing, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Acrylic lens. 1¾" (4.5cm) long, 11/8" (2.8cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) high. 1.2 oz (34g) weight. Waterproof to 66 feet (20m). Carry case, CR-2032 battery (LED models), and instructions included; mounts sold separately, below. LED and Adjustable models have red reticle. Dual - amber reticle. ILLUM MODEL SYSTEM RM01 LED RM02 LED RM03 Dual RM04 Dual RM05 Dual RM06 Adj.LED RM06-33* Adj.LED RM07 Adj. LED RM07-33* Adj.LED RM08A Dual

RETICLE SIZE 4 MOA 6.5 MOA 13 MOA 7 MOA 9 MOA 3.25 MOA 3.25 MOA 6.5 MOA 6.5 MOA 12.9 MOA Triangle

M-300BLK - Calibrated to work with most factory loadings of the 300 AAC Blackout cartridge. 30mm O.D. tube. #100-014-722EN M-300BLK 1.5-6x42mm w/ SuperSub Reticle, 6Z699L95 �� $ 699.95 #100-014-723EN M-300BLK 1.5-6x42mm w/Illum. SuperSub Reticle, 6Z899L95 �� 899.95

STOCK # #892-000-050EN #892-000-051EN #892-000-063EN #892-000-064EN #892-000-065EN #892-000-086EN #892-000-087EN #892-000-088EN #892-000-089EN #892-000-095EN

M-223 MOUNT - Clamps to flattop receiver rail and provides optimum height and eye relief for all of the M-223 scopes. Places the scope for a comfortable head position, while the forward cantilever extends 2" forward of the receiver for plenty of eye relief. Three steel crossbolts and the full-length clamping bar secure the mount to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny receiver rail. M-223XR and M-308 models have built-in 20 MOA elevation that aids in accurate long-range shooting without exceeding your scope’s elevation adjustment. Can be used on other scopes with 1" O.D. tubes. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black (MB), RealTree® Max-1 (Max) or Mossy Oak Brush® (Brush) camouflage. Steel mounting hardware, black oxide finish. 5" (12.7cm) O.A.L. 3½" (8.9cm) center-tocenter ring spacing; 3.125" (8cm) between ring edges. Requires 3½" of rail space. 5.5 oz. wt. #100-011-751EN M-223 Mount, MB, 6Z79K95 �� $ 79.95 #100-012-143EN M-223 Mount, Max, 6Z119H95 �� 119.95 #100-012-142EN M-223 Mount, Brush, 6Z119G95 �� 119.95 #100-011-750EN M-223XR 20 MOA MT, MB, 6Z99P95 �� 99.95 100-016-058EN M-308 20 MOA MT, MB, 6Z99K95 �� 99.95

RMR SIGHT MOUNTS - Strong, lightweight aluminum mounts provide a secure, solid platform for Trijicon’s RMR™ red dot sights. RM33 provides a low-profile mount on RM55 Picatinny rails; attaches to rail with a fulllength locking bar and two recessed hexhead setscrews. RM34 offers Picatinny rail mounting with extra elevation; attaches to rail with a full-length locking bar and an easy-to-grasp, grooved, thumbscrew for fast attachment. Steel RM44 allows an RMR RM55 to be mounted on Glock pistols in place of the rear sight. Machined aluminum RM55 positions the RMR at a 45° angle, on the left or right side of a Picatinny rail. Mount behind your primary optic for fast transition from a magnified view to close-in sighting by rotating the rifle slightly. Locking bar and easy-to-grasp grooved thumbscrew ensure fast attachment. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black. Heights measured from top of rail to bottom of sight. Fits Picatinny rails. RM33 - 1/4" (6.4mm) high. RM34 - 7/8" (2.2cm) high. RM44 - Steel, oxide coated, matte black. 9 /64" (3.6mm) high. RM55 - Aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black. Offset 45°.

PRICE 2H557I00 $ 557.00 2H557B00 $ 557.00 2H491N00 $ 491.00 2H491P00 $ 491.00 2H491M00 $ 491.00 2H602E00 $ 602.00 2H691C00 $ 691.00 2H602A00 $ 602.00 2H691M00 $ 691.00 2H491K00 $ 491.00

*Includes RM33 Mount.

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

ACOG TACTICAL SIGHTING SYSTEM COMBOS

TRIJICON AR-15/M16

Compact, Ruggedized Red Dot Sight System For Fast, Accurate Targeting

Fully Assembled ACOG/Reflex Tactical Sighting System Ready To Clamp On Your Flattop Complete, fully assembled tactical sighting system comes ready to install on a flattop AR-15/M16/M4 rifle and equips you to engage targets at almost any range. Each kit is built around the combat-proven ACOG scope for long-range targets, and a Trijicon RM01 RMR (Ruggedized Miniature Reflex) red dot reflex sight for heads-up engagement of close-in targets. Each kit includes the correct Picatinny mount for installing the ACOG on a flattop upper receiver and a minimal-profile mount that secures the red dot to the top of the ACOG. a b SPECS: ACOGs – Forged 7075 T6 aluminum housing, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish, unless otherwise indicated. Coated, optic-grade glass lenses. RMR01 Reflex Sight – 7075 T6 aluminum housing, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Acrylic lens. 13/4" (4.5cm) long, 11/8" (2.8cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) high. 1.2 oz (34g) weight. 4.0 MOA LED red dot reticle. Waterproof to 66 feet (20m). CR-2032 lithium battery included. Picatinny Mounts – Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, with steel cross-bolts and hardware. TA33H-RMR - Contains a 3 x 30 ACOG with an amber “upside down horseshoe” reticle ballistically compensated for rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm, RM01 RMR sight with a 4 MOA LED red dot, and a rugged TA60 mount that clamps to any Picatinny flattop rail. TA33H ACOG offers a batteryfree dual-illumination system that combines powerful fiber optics with Tritium for a reticle that’s visible in any light conditions from bright sunlight to total darkness. SPECS: 14.6 oz. (414g) total weight. #892-000-061EN TA33H-RMR ACOG/RMR01 Combo, 2H1900C00 �� $ 1900.00 TA01NSN-RMR - Includes the popular TA01NSN 4 x 32 “Special Forces” ACOG (NSN 1240-01-412-6608) with a rangefinding reticle calibrated for the M4A1 carbine and clones, an RM01 reflex sight with 4 MOA LED red dot, and a TA51 Picatinny mount. Self-illuminating Tritium ACOG reticle appears black in daylight, and glows amber in low-light conditions. SPECS: 16.7 oz. (474g) total weight. #892-000-062EN TA01NSN-RMR ACOG Combo, 2H1832B00 �� $ 1832.00 TA31-ECOS - Enhanced Combat Optical Sight system originally developed for the U.S. military Special Forces (NSN 1240 01-5401186) includes a TA31 4 x 32 ACOG, RM01 reflex sight with a red, 4 MOA LED reticle, and an A.R.M.S. #19 quick detach Picatinny mount. ACOG has a bright red, dual illuminated (fiber optic and Tritium) Bullet Drop Compensated (BDC) reticle for precise aiming of M16A4/M4 rifles out to 1,000 meters. A set of off-axis backup “iron” sights on the ACOG provide a third sighting option that can be mounted on the left or right side of the ACOG body. A.R.M.S. mount locks down to the receiver rail simply by closing the quick-release levers; open the levers, remove the mount, and reinstall any time without loss of either sight’s zero. ACOG and mount have a desert-ready, non reflective Dark Earth Brown finish; RMR sight is black. SPECS: 15.6 oz. (442g) total weight. #892-000-066EN TA31-ECOS ACOG Combo, 2H1904I00 �� $ 1904.00

#892-000-057EN #892-000-058EN #892-000-084EN #892-000-085EN

RM33 Mount, 2H89J00 �� $ 89.00 RM34 Mount, 2H118K00 �� 118.00 RM44 Glock Pistol Mnt, 2H87J00 �� 87.00 RM55 Rail Offset Adapter, 2H86D00 � 86.00

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

TRIJICON

VCOG

Versatile FFP Scope At Home With CQB Or Long-Range Targeting

Replacement REPLACEMENT CAPS - Adjuster caps Adjuster Cap fit onto windage and elevation knobs. Battery cap fits onto VCOG battery Replacement compartment. Integral lanyards to Battery Cap help secure them to your VCOG. #892-000-150EN VCOG Replacement Adjuster Caps, 2H30P00 �� $ 30.00 #892-000-151EN VCOG Replacement Battery Caps, 2H54L00 �� 54.00

QUESTIONS BEFORE YOU BUY?

Call Or Email Our Full-Time Tech Staff

VORTEX

VIPER PST RIFLESCOPES ®

Rugged, High-Quality Scopes Optimized For Long-Distance Shooting The Vortex Viper riflescopes are optimized for longrange, predator/varmint or target shooting applications. Durable, 30mm one-piece tubes allow for plenty of adjustment range and the tall, capped windage and elevation turrets enable quick and easy field adjustments. Fully multi-coated lenses, extralow dispersion glass and Vortex’s XR coatings combine with large objective lenses to deliver an impressive 95% light transmission and sharp, crystal-clear target images. ArmorTek exterior coating is applied to all air-to-glass surfaces to protect against scratches, oil and dirt. Mil-Dot reticle is a standard Mil-dot reticle with closedcircle aiming points. Dead-Hold BDC reticle includes hash marks to assist your windage corrections and hold-overs out to 500 yards, based on your cartridge’s ballistic performance. Every scope is backed by Vortex’s unconditional, unlimited lifetime warranty. SPECS: Aircraft-grade aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 30mm O.D. main tube. Argon-purged; waterproof, fogproof and shockproof. #749-012-208EN 6.5-20x50mm - Mil-Dot Reticle Matte Black, 3B469Q99 �� $ 469.99 #749-012-206EN 6.5-20x50mm - Dead-Hold BDC Reticle - Matte Black, 3B469F99 �� 469.99 VORTEX VIPER HS-T RIFLESCOPES - Combines the best features of the PST and HS Viper Scopes and feature a second focal plane hashmark reticle in either MOA or MRAD. Precise click adjustments and 4-16x44mm side focus knob help you get on target quickly and clearly. The 30mm tube allows for 75 MOA of windage and elevation range, and the generous eye relief gives you plenty of clearance on hardkicking magnums. #100-013-622EN HS-T 4-16x44mm VMR-1 MOA Reticle, 3B569G99 �� $ 569.99 #100-013-623EN HS-T 4-16x44mm VMR-1 MRAD Reticle, 3B569K99 �� 569.99 #100-014-310EN HS-T 6-24x50mm VMR-1 MOA Reticle, 3B639E99 �� 639.99 #100-014-309EN HS-T 6-24x50mm VMR-1 MRAD Reticle, 3B639F99 �� 639.99

VORTEX

SPARC II RED DOT SIGHT Gets Your AR-15/M16 Or Tactical Shotgun On Target Fast Compact and lightweight, the “Speed Point Aiming for Rapid Combat” sight is ideal for the AR-15/M16 platform or tactical shotgun. Machined from aircraft grade aluminum, the single-piece body is O-ring sealed and nitrogen purged for waterproof and fogproof performance. Fully multicoated lenses increases light transmission for vibrant colors and parallax-free shooting. Digital rear facing controls adjust the 2 MOA red aiming dot with 10-step adjustable brightness for operation in a wide range of lighting conditions. Click adjustable in 1 MOA increments for windage and elevation, with a 90 MOA maximum range of adjustment. Versatile multi-height mount system accommodates most firearms including AR-15s needing absolute or lower 1/3 co-witness heights, and mounts on standard Weaver or Picatinny rails. Includes front and rear flip-up dust covers plus one CR-2032 battery. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fully coated optics. 2 MOA red aiming dot. 22mm obj. dia. 3.1" (7.9cm) OAL. 5.9 oz. (167.3g) wt. Includes front and rear flip-up dust covers, one CR-2032 battery, and instructions. Fits MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails and Weaver-style bases. #100-014-334EN SPARC II Red Dot Sight, 3B199M99 �� $ 199.99

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

Dependable, Precise Accuracy; Variety Of Reticle Patterns & Magnification Levels

1-4x24

Variable-power “Precision Shooting Tactical” scopes are built to deliver consistent accuracy at extreme ranges in harsh environments and stressful situations. Waterproof, dustproof, 2.5-10x44 shockproof, argon-gas-purged scopes are built on one-piece 30mm tubes machined from aircraft-grade 6061 T6 aluminum for optimum strength and rigidity. All models feature fully coated glass, with exterior 4-16x50 lens surfaces protected with scratchresistant ArmorTek™ coating. Turret stops prevent turrets from traveling more than one revolution below the sight-in zero. Illuminated reticles 6-24x50 are glass etched, not wired, and are sandwiched between two layers of glass. Ten illumination intensity levels, with an “off” position between each setting, powered by a single CR-2032 lithium battery (included). A variety of reticle patterns and features are available: EBR (Enhanced Battle Rifle) reticles feature subtension lines for ranging, holdover, and windage corrections. MOA (Minute of Angle), with subtension lines that equal approximately 1" at 100 yards, and MRAD (milliradian), with subtension lines that equal approximately 3.6" at 100 yards; TMCQ (Tactical Milling Close Quarters) hybrid reticle is designed for rapid, close- and mid-range shooting, with MOA or MRAD subtension lines. FFP (First Focal Plane) models have MOA reticle lines that remain valid at all magnifications, eliminating the need to recalculate holdover data. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. 30mm O.D. tube, all models. Windage/elevation adjustment: 1/2 MOA on 1-4x24 models, 1/4 MOA on all others. 1-4x24 – 9.7" (25cm) long. 16 oz. (453g) wt. 2.5-10x32 - 12.8" (32.3cm) long. 18.7 oz. (530g) wt. 2.5-10x44 – 12" (30.5cm) long. 18.4 oz. (522g) wt. 4-16x50 – 13" (33cm) long. 22 oz. (624g) wt. 6-24x50 – 15.5" (39cm) long. 23 oz. (652g) wt. #100-005-956EN 1-4x24 Viper Scope, TMCQ/MOA, 3B499M99 �� $ 499.99 #100-009-561EN 1-4x24 Viper Scope w/Turret Caps, TMCQ/MOA, 3B479J99 �� 479.99 #100-005-955EN 1-4x24 Viper Scope, TMCQ/MRAD, 3B499L99 �� 499.99 #100-005-954EN 2.5-10x44 Viper Scope, EBR/MOA, 3B599L99 �� 599.99 #100-007-285EN 2.5-10x44 Viper Scope, EBR/MRAD, 3B599C99 �� 599.99 #100-013-110EN 2.5-10x32mm FFP Viper Scope, MRAD, 3B00CFA �� 799.99 #100-013-111EN 2.5-10x32mm FFP Viper Scope, MOA, 3B00CBR �� 799.99 #100-005-953EN 4-16x50 Viper Scope, EBR/MOA, 3B699C99 �� 699.99 #100-005-951EN 4-16x50 FFP Viper Scope, EBR/MOA, 3B899Q99 �� 899.99 #100-007-282EN 4-16x50 FFP Viper Scope, EBR/MRAD, 3B899G99 �� 899.99 #100-005-952EN 6-24x50 Viper Scope, EBR/MOA, 3B749P99 �� 749.99 #100-005-950EN 6-24x50 FFP Viper Scope, EBR/MOA, 3B949C99 �� 949.99 #100-014-308EN 6-24x50mm FFP Viper Scope, EBR-2C/MOA, 3B00MFE �� 949.99 #100-007-283EN 6-24x50 Viper Scope, EBR/MRAD, 3B749J99 �� 749.99 #100-007-281EN 6-24x50 FFP Viper Scope, EBR/MRAD, 3B949C99 �� 949.99 #100-014-307EN 6-24x50mm FFP Viper Scope, EBR-2C/MRAD, 3B00MSG �� 949.99

order on the web

brownells.com

VORTEX

RAZOR HD GEN II

Do-It-All, Competition-Grade Optic Enables Quick Sighting Out To 600 Yards Designed with help from world-renowned champion shooter, instructor and gunsmith Jerry Miculek, these ultra-versatile riflescopes are optimized for AR-platform rifles chambered in 5.56mm/.223 or .308/7.62mm. Built with a host of features that make them ideal for competition shooters, hunters, and law enforcement/military personnel. Index-matched lenses deliver ultimate color-correctness, while the fully multi-coated HD optics provide crystal clear target images with true edge-to-edge clarity. A super-forgiving eye box, generous eye relief, and the 11 brightness-intensity setting reticle make for quick, instinctive target acquisition. Available with a variety of popular Vortex reticle styles and topped off with an impressive range of adjustment, this scope is ready for any short- to midrange application. SPECS: 6061-T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, pewter. Argonpurged; waterproof, fogproof, shockproof. 110 MOA adjustment range in ½ MOA clicks. 4" eye relief. Uses (1) CR2032 battery, included. 1-6x24 models have 30mm O.D. tube. 3-18x & 4.5-27x models have 34mm O.D. tube. #100-009-922EN 1-6x24mm - Razor HD Gen II, JM-1 BDC, MOA, 3B1399B99 �� $ 1399.99 #100-014-306EN 1-6x24mm - Razor HD Gen II, VMR-2/MOA , 3B00IFK �� 1399.99 #100-014-305EN 1-6x24mm - Razor HD Gen II, VMR-2/MRAD, 3B00GMA �� 1399.99 #100-014-304EN 3-18x50mm - Razor HD Gen II, FFP EBR-2C/MOA , 3B00EWM �� 2199.99 #100-014-303EN 3-18x50mm - Razor HD Gen II, FFP EBR-2C/MRAD, 3B00GGE �� 2199.99 #100-014-300EN 4.5-27x56mm - Razor HD Gen II, FFP EBR-1C/MRAD, 3B00EMC �� 2499.99 #100-014-302EN 4.5-27x56mm - Razor HD Gen II, FFP EBR-2C/MOA , 3B00MPK �� 2499.99 #100-014-301EN 4.5-27x56mm - Razor HD Gen II, FFP EBR-2C/MRAD, 3B00GFR �� 2499.99

Vortex AR-15/M16

Strike Eagle 1-6x24 Riflescope Engage Targets From Point-Blank Out To Extended Ranges Built for the AR platform, the rugged Strike Eagle boasts a 6x zoom range to give shooters speed and versatility to engage close or long range targets. Illuminated reticle has a distinct "broken horseshoe" pattern with subtensions, and is ballistic drop compensated (BDC) for the 5.56 NATO cartridge. Reticle is etched in the second focal plane to maintain the same size when changing zoom and features eleven brightness settings. Fast-focus eyepiece has a coarsely knurled ring and low profile rib lever for quick one-finger adjustments. The shock-resistant, single-piece 30mm aluminum tube is waterproof O-ring sealed and gas purged for fog-free performance in all weather conditions. Multi-coated lenses deliver a crisp sight picture and offer superb light transmission, even in dim light. 140 MOA windage/elevation adjustment range in 1/2 MOA increments. 3.5" eye relief. SPECS: Aluminum tube, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 30mm O.D. tube. 1/2" MOA click value. Includes protective lens covers, a CR-2032 battery, and a lens cloth. #100-017-320EN 1-6x24 Strike Eagle Scope, 3B329L99 �� $ 329.99

101

PAGE

optics & accessories

LENS CAPS & ARD - Tough molded polymer flip caps close to protect your VCOG from dirt and debris. ARD prevents light reflections off the glass that can expose your position. Fits all 1-6x24mm VCOGs. Flip Caps w/ARD #892-000-147EN VCOG Flip Cap Set, Only, 2H75B00 �� $ 75.00 #892-000-149EN VCOG ARD, Only, 2H100P00 �� 100.00 #892-000-148EN VCOG Flip Cap Set Plus ARD, 2H165P00 �� 165.00

VIPER RIFLESCOPES

AR-15/m16

Trijicon's 1-6x24mm Variable Combat Optical Gunsight is an ultra-reliable, military-grade optic with a magnification range that readily accommodates both CQB and long-distance marksmanship. The VCOG is a mil-spec Horseshoe Dot grade optic, robust enough for Segmented Circle any application. Its adjustablebrightness LED- Illuminated Front Focal Plane (FFP) ranging reticle is ballistically calibrated to specific cartridges and maintains true subtensions at any magnification - features preferred by many tactical shooters. Two reticle styles available, calibrated for 5.56 (.223) ammo with 55 or 77 grain bullets or 7.62 (.308) with 175 grain bullets. 5.56/.223 calibrated for holdovers out to 800m; 7.62/.308 calibrated out to 1,000m. .300 AAC Blackout model is calibrated to 600m with any weight bullet. Rugged aluminum housing with rubber exterior armor protects the optics and electronics inside. The VCOG doesn't separate scope rings or base because it has an integral TA51 scope mount that clamps instantly to any Picatinny rail. Runs on one readily available AA battery. a b SPECS: Aluminum housing, black rubber armor. All models are 1-6x24mm. 10" (25.5cm) long, 2.5" (6.4cm) wide, 2.7" (6.9cm) high. 23.2 oz. (657g) wt. 1 /2 MOA windage/elevation click adjustments. #892-000-140EN 5.56/55 gr VCOG, Seg Circle, 2H2380I00 �� $ 2380.00 #892-000-142EN 5.56/55 gr VCOG, Horseshot Dot, 2H2380D00 �� 2380.00 #892-000-141EN 5.56/77 gr VCOG, Seg Circle, 2H2380M00 �� 2380.00 #892-000-143EN 5.56/77 gr VCOG, Horseshoe Dot, 2H2380P00 �� 2380.00 #892-000-144EN 7.62/175 gr VCOG, Seg Circle, 2H2380B00 �� 2380.00 #892-000-145EN 7.62/175 gr VCOG, Horseshoe Dot, 2H2380Q00 �� 2380.00 #892-000-146EN .300 BLKOUT VCOG, Seg Circle, 2H2380B00 �� 2380.00

VORTEX

ACOG SCOPES

TRIJICON® AR-15/M16

BIPODS

optics & accessories

AR-15/m16

Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight Ultra strong, lightweight, forged aluminum housing and the compact design make this the strongest, most technically advanced, combat gun sight available. Tremendous light transmission and unbelievable optical clarity rivals many high-quality hunting scopes. Mounts on the AR-15/M16 or AR-10/SR25 carry handle without modifications. TA01 4x32 - The exclusive Trijicon, self-luminous reticle has a built-in range-finding feature that’s ballistically matched to the 5.56 X 45 NATO cartridge and clearly shows “center-of-mass” aiming points for ranges up to 800 yds. Easy-to-see reticle glows red in low-light conditions. Sight tunnel in mount allows use of standard issue sights. TA01B 4x32 - Features the Trijicon, self-luminous reticle calibrated for 7.62mm NATO ammunition. TA51 Bracket converts standard ACOG for easy mounting on flat top receivers and Weaver-style rails. a b SPECS: 7070-T6 alum. housing, black, anodized. 5.8" (14.7cm) long, 9.9 oz. (280 g) wt. 4X magnification, 32mm objective lens. #892-800-432EN TA01 4x32, 2H1063K00 �� $ 1063.00 #892-800-433EN TA01B 4x32, 2H1063L00 �� 1063.00 68.00 #892-810-051EN TA51 Bracket, 2H68K00 �� TA01NSN 4x32 SPECIAL FORCES - Includes integral peep rear with tritium dot front sight for fast, close range sighting; TA51 mounting bracket easily mounts the ACOG Special Forces on flat top receivers; Includes “bikini”-style scope covers and yellow center, range finding reticle to match M4A1 Carbine NSN 1240-01-412-6608. SPECS: 7070-T6 alum. housing, black, anodized. 5.8" (14.7cm) long, 9.9 oz. (280 g) wt. 4X magnification, 32mm objective lens. #892-810-432EN Spec. Forces ACOG, 2H1145E00 �� $ 1145.00 TA11 3.5x35 - A larger ACOG with the exclusive Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC) for “quick-as-thinking” aiming. Built-in range-finding reticle for ranges up to 800 yds. Comes with TA51 adapter installed for mounting on flattop rifles; remove adapter for installation on carry handle rifle. Available with a “Red Donut” circular reticle, with a Red Chevron reticle calibrated for 5.56 (.223) or 7.62 (.308) flattop rifles to 800 meters, or a Green Horseshoe reticle calibrated for for 5.56 (.223 cal) flattop rifles to 1,000 meters. SPECS: Forged 7070 T6 aluminum housing, black, anodized. Coated lenses. 8" (20cm) long, 14 oz.(396 g) wt. 3.5x magnification, 35mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. #892-800-335EN TA11 3.5x35, Red Donut, 2H1316G00 �� $ 1316.00 #892-000-108EN TA11 3.5x35, .223 Red Chevron, 2H1365L00 �� 1365.00 #892-000-109EN TA11 3.5x35, .223 Green Horseshoe, 2H1365E00 �� 1365.00 #892-000-107EN TA11 3.5x35, .308 Red Chevron, 2H1365A00 �� 1365.00 TA44 1.5x16 - The smallest, lightest ACOG we offer, the ultra-compact TA44 delivers fast targeting and outstanding mobility on lightweight tactical carbines. Perfect for entry teams and other tactical operators. Dualilluminated reticle is a bright, easy-toacquire, red dot within a circle, and modest 1.5x magnification ensures a wide field of view (7.4°, 39 ft. at 100 yards) for fast target acquisition under stress. Mounts directly to A2-type carry handle; tunnel in the integral base allows use of standard-issue sights. SPECS: Forged 7070-T6 aluminum housing, black, anodized, coated lenses. 4.1" (cm) long. 5.1 oz. (145g) weight. 1.5X magnification, 16mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. #892-000-052EN 1.5x16 Red Circle/Dot ACOG, 2H1032C00 �� $ 1032.00

102

PAGE

NIKON

ACOG BIKINI COVER - Flexible rubber lens covers seal out unwanted moisture and debris; comes equipped with a rubber pull tab for fast installation and removal. SPECS: Rubber, black. 51/2" (14cm) long. Fits 4x32 ACOG scopes only. #892-801-052EN ACOG Bikini Cover, 2H14B00 �� $ 14.00 TA47 2.0x20 - Lightweight, Compact ACOG, with the exclusive Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC) for quick, both eyes open, aiming. Mounts on the AR-15 carry handle without modifications; allows use of standard issue sights. Dual illumination; fiber optic rod with glowing amber tritium illuminates the aiming Triangle Dot reticle in bright daylight and low light. SPECS: Forged 7070-T6 aluminum housing, black, anodized, coated lenses. 5.3" (13.4cm) long, 5.8 oz.(164 g) wt. 2.0X magnification, 20mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. #892-803-220EN 2.0x20 Tri. ACOG, 2H1093M00 �� $ 1093.00 TA33 3x30 - Lightweight, compact ACOG combines ample 3x magnification with Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC) for quick, instinctive, both-eyes-open aiming—perfect for a patrol rifle or military carbine. Battery-free, dual illumination system uses a fiber optic rod and glowing tritium lamp to illuminate the reticle in bright daylight and low light. Available with two reticle styles. Chevron reticle resembles an upside down “V” and provides the benefits of a triangle reticle while covering less of the target. Also available with Green Horseshoe reticle with a single center dot. Clamps securely to a flattop receiver with the integral base. Available in two models, with a choice of a bullet drop compensated (BDC) reticle specifically calibrated to the trajectory of the .223 or .308 cartridge. SPECS: Forged 7075-T6 aluminum housing, matte black anodized; coated lenses. 61/8" (15.6cm) long. 11.8 oz. (334g) total weight. 3x magnification, 30mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. Chevron BDC reticle calibrated for .223 AR-15/M16, available in Amber, Red, and Green. TA33G-H Green inverted horseshoe BDC reticle for .223 AR-15/M16. TA33-9 (amber) TA33R-9 (red) chevron BDC reticle calibrated for AR-style .308 rifles. #892-000-030EN TA33-8, 3x30, Amber Chevron ACOG for .223, 2H1196D00 �� $ 1196.00 #892-000-104EN TA33R-8, 3x30, Red Chevron for .223, 2H1196N00 �� 1196.00 #892-000-105EN TA33G-8, 3x30, Green Chevron ACOG for .223, 2H1196A00 �� 1196.00 #892-000-069EN TA33G-H, 3x30, Green Horseshoe ACOG for .223, 2H1196D00 �� 1196.00 #892-000-106EN TA33R-9, 3X30, Red Chevron ACOG for .308, 2H1196N00 �� 1196.00 #892-000-029EN TA33-9, 3x30, Amber Chevron ACOG for .308, 2H1196K00 �� 1196.00 TA31 4x32 - Compact, 4x magnification scope clamps to a MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny receiver rail and features a bright, red Chevron reticle that is lit by both fiber optics and Tritium. Gives a vivid sight picture at distances up to 800 meters. Uses the Bindon Aiming concept (BAC) for excellent, botheyes-open, target acquisition. Reticle looks like an upside down “V” and provides benefits similar to a triangle reticle, while covering less of the target. Sight tunnel retains use of iron sights. SPECS: Forged 7075-T6 aluminum housing, black, anodized; coated lenses. Approximately 5.8" (14.7cm) long, 10 oz. (284 g) weight. 4X magnification, 32mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. #892-000-021EN TA31F 4x32, Red Chevron ACOG, 2H1277H00 �� $ 1277.00 #892-000-110EN TA31-CH 4x32, Red Crosshair ACOG, 2H1277A00 �� 1277.00 #892-000-111EN TA31F-G 4x32, Green Donut ACOG, 2H1230E00 �� 1230.00 #892-000-112EN TA31H 4x32, Red Horseshoe Dot ACOG, 2H1277M00 �� $ 1277.00

#892-000-113EN TA31H 4x32, Green Horseshoe Dot ACOG, 2H1277M00 �� #892-000-114EN TA31-68 4x32, Red Horseshoe Dot ACOG for 6.8 SPC, 2H1277F00 ��

1277.00 1277.00

TA31RCO 4x32 - Currently in service as the Rifle Combat Optic (RCO) of the United States Marine Corps, the TA31RCO is designed specifically for the 14.5" barreled M4 carbine. The bright, red, upside down “V” reticle gives fast, instinctive target acquisition at close range, and is bullet drop compensated (BDC) to the trajectory of military-issue 5.56 NATO ammunition for high hit probability out to 800 meters. Features the original TA31's long eye relief, ample 4x magnification, superior lens clarity, low-light capability, and Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC) for quick, both eyes open, aiming. Mounts to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny and similar flattop rails; base may be removed to allow installation on carry-handle rifles. Comes with Tenebraex® Killflash® shield to stop reflections from the front lens giving away your position, plus slip-on Scopecote for protection during storage and transport, Lenspen, and adjuster cap lanyards. SPECS: Forged 7075 T6 aluminum housing, matte black anodized; coated lenses. Approximately 57/8" (14.9cm) long, 67/8" (17.5cm) with Killflash installed.. 15.9 oz. (451 g) weight. 4x magnification, 32mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. Includes KillFLASH, Scopecoat, Lenspen, and manual. #892-000-039EN TA31RCO-M4CP 4x32, Red Chevron ACOG, 2H1466H00 �� $ 1466.00 TA31RCO M150CP-G 4x32 - Selected by the U.S. Army as their Rifle Combat Optic (RCO), this version of the TA31 has a green chevron (upside down “V”) reticle using Trijicon’s fiber optic/Tritium dual-illumination system. Bullet drop compensated (BDC) reticle is calibrated for 5.56mm NATO ammunition. Windage and elevation adjustment without tools. Comes with a TA51 mount for installing on flattop upper receivers; base may be removed to allow installation on A2 style carry handle rifles with included mounting screw. SPECS: Forged 7075 T6 aluminum housing, hardcoat anodized, matte black; coated lenses. Approximately. 6.5" (16.5cm) OAL with KillFLASH installed. 14.8 oz. (420g) wt. 4x magnification, 32mm objective lens. Comes with flip-up lens covers, KillFLASH shield to eliminate front lens reflections, MOLLE-compatible nylon carrying case, Lenspen, and manual. #892-000-075EN TA31RCO M150CP-G 4x32, Green Chevron ACOG, 2H1376F00 �� $ 1512.99 TA648 6x48 - Designed to fulfill the requirements of military and law enforcement precision shooters for outstanding long-range target identification and hit probability. Features ample 6x magnification, superb lens clarity, unbeatable low-light capability, and integral topside MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail for mounting a red dot reflex sight or other supplementary sight. Manual override lets you adjust reticle brightness by rotating the sleeve on the rear eyepiece. The bright, red, chevron (upside down “V”) reticle aids in fast, instinctive target acquisition, with additional bullet drop compensated (BDC) estimated aiming points marked in 100 meter increments starting at 400 meters. .223/5.56 model is calibrated for U.S. military M855 cartridge out to 800 meters. .308/7.62 model is calibrated for U.S. M80 cartridge out to 1,200 meters. Dry nitrogen filled to eliminate fogging, and waterproof to 328 feet (100m). Mounts to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny and similar flattop rails with the included TA75 base; scope/base may be removed and reinstalled as a unit without loss of zero. SPECS: Forged 7075-T6 aluminum housing, matte black anodized; coated lenses. Approximately 9" (22.9cm) long. 38.8 oz. (1.2 k) weight. 6x magnification, 48mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. Includes TA75 rail adapter, Pelican hardshell carrying case, Lenspen, and manual. #892-000-044EN 6x48 Red Chevron ACOG, 5.56/.223, 2H2550M00 �� $ 2550.00 #892-000-045EN 6x48 Red Chevron ACOG, 7.62/.308, 2H2550L00 �� 2550.00 #892-000-045EN 6x48 Red Chevron ACOG, 7.62/.308, 2H2550L00 �� 2550.00

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

P-RIMFIRE SCOPE Helps You Quickly Range Targets With Your Rimfire Rifle Optimized for use on .22 rimfire rifles, these scopes have 1" main tubes, precise elevation and windage adjustments, parallax set at 50 yards, and a 2-7x power range ideal for rimfire ranges. Nikoplex Reticle comes with two, interchangeable sets of elevation turrets for “Standard Velocity” (1,200-1,300 fps) and “Hyper Velocity” (1,500-1,640 fps) ammo. Swap turrets depending on cartridge, and quickly dial the target yardage and hold “dead on” for fast hits. BDC 150 Reticle has marks on the vertical crosshair for aiming points out to 150 yards. #100-014-720EN P-Rimfire 2-7x32mm, Nikoplex Reticle, 6Z179B95 �� $ 179.95 #100-014-721EN P-Rimfire 2-7x32mm, BDC 150 Reticle, 6Z179F95 �� 179.95

Vortex

Strikefire II Red Dot Sight Versatile Tactical Sight With VariableBrightness Green Or Red Aiming Dot The StrikeFire II gets you on target quickly both eyes-open sighting, 1x magnification, and unlimited eye relief. Rugged, aluminum body is O-ring sealed and nitrogen-purged for water-, fog-, and shockproof performance. Fully multi-coated lenses offer a bright, unobscured field of view. Rearfacing, rubber-sealed control buttons which let you choose either a bright red or green aiming dot and select dot brightness level (10 position) with 2 low-intensity night vision modes. Includes an offset cantilever mount that pushes sight forward, permitting use of magnifier or backup iron sights on the same rail, with a lower 1/3 co-witness with factory “iron” sights on AR-15/M16 rifles. Comes with flipup caps. Also available with red aiming dot only. #100-014-331EN StrikeFire II Red/Green Dot, Lower 1/3 Cantilever, 3B00FWN �� $ 179.99 #100-014-332EN StrikeFire II Red Dot, Lower 1/3 Cantilever, 3B00JQB �� 179.99

YANKEE HILL

BIPOD ADAPTER Rock Solid Platform For Bipod Attachment Lightweight, slimline design eliminates the “clunky” extra baggage look that goes along with trying to mate a bipod to a railed handguard. The rugged, aluminum platform with fixed attachment stud provides a superior fit to Weaver or Picatinny, accessory rails. Two hex-head crossbolts give uniform clamping pressure, so adapter remains rock solid while shooting. Specifically contoured to accept Harris and similar bipods that attach to a swivel stud. a b SPECS: Aircraft-grade aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 5 1 5 2 /8" (6.7cm) long, 1 /4" (3.2cm) wide, /8" (1.6cm) high. 2.2 oz. (62g) wt. #100-002-072EN Bipod Adapter, 9A17E29 �� $ 19.99

#892-000-090EN 6x48 Green Chevron ACOG 7.62/.308, 2H2550A00 �� 2550.00 RUBBER EYEPIECE FOR ACOG - Shades the rear ocular lens for even better definition of the reticle. SPECS: Black rubber. Fits 11/8" (28.6mm) - 11/4" (31.8mm) dia. lens. #291-060-100EN ACOG Eyepiece, 1B16G15 �� $ 19.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

BIPODS

HARRIS

PICATINNY BIPOD ADAPTER Low-profile adapter clamps solidly to any Picatinny rail handguard to provide a secure mounting point for bipods that attach to sling swivel studs. Increases your accessory mounting options without making permanent alterations to gun. Stud and base are precision machined from a single billet of high-grade 6061 T6 aluminum for maximum strength to handle the rigors of tactical deployment. Two robust cross-bolts and oversized, slotted hex nuts of heat-treated 4140 carbon steel lock the full-contact clamping bar tightly to the ail, and ensure the mount won’t shift position even under heavy recoil. Also accepts a standard quick-release sling swivel, for rapid transition from bipod operation to sling use. a b SPECS: Body - 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Thumbscrews & Bolts – 4140 carbon steel, black oxide finish. 2.125" (5.4cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide. Mount extends .357" (9.5mm) below rail. 2.7 oz. (76g) weight. #080-000-540EN Picatinny Bipod Adapter, 8K42F30 �� $ 49.99

VLTOR Quick-Deploy Bipod Provides A Stable Shooting Platform; Adds Minimal Weight & Bulk

GG&G Mounts Harris Bipods & Other Stud-Mounted Accessories To Railed Forearm Bolt-on, low-profile adapter clamps to the Picatinny rail on the underside of a tactical rifle’s forearm to allow mounting of a swivel stud-mounted bipod. Expands the accessory mounting versatility of your rifle without requiring permanent alterations to the weapon. Cross-bolt and locking bar mechanism provides secure rail engagement, even on worn or undersize rails. Radiused edges,

MODEL BR BR BRM BRM L L LM LM 25 25C 25C

PRICE 6A73Q99 $ 73.99 6A104L99 $ 104.99 6A73E99 $ 73.99 6A104H99 $ 104.99 6A73J99 $ 73.99 6A104E99 $ 104.99 6A73I99 $ 73.99 6A104K99 $ 104.99 6A124M99 $ 124.99 6A89I99 $ 89.99 6A124Q99 $ 124.99

BIPOD ADAPTER - Mounts a swivel stud on forend accessory rails. Fits rails approximately 5 /16" wide. SPECS: High carbon steel, anodized, black finish. #416-106-101EN #6A Stud Adapter, 6A8M99 �� $ 9.99

INFORCE

LED WEAPON LIGHTS Compact & Powerful Picatinny Mounted Light; IR Option Available

Sometimes the simplest design works the best. This compact bipod has legs that fold down and back up with the push of a button, silently and smoothly, allowing you to stay focused and on target. Individual leg height is set with a recessed push-button that eliminates any chance of an accidental release. Legs are preset for the optimum traverse angle and left/ right cant; will never require adjustment. Non-slip, molded feet grab and hold the surface, so you won’t drift off target during rapid fire. Minimum leg length is 8" from bottom of rail, adjustable in three positions up to 21/2" longer to fit individual shooters. Machined aluminum base with durable, polymer composite legs. Secures to Picatinny rail with steel latch and Allen head screws. Includes wrench. a b SPECS: Aluminum base, steel hardware, polymer composite legs, matte black. 9" (22.9cm) long, 37/8" (9.9cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) high. #100-003-402EN Advanced Combat Bipod, 9B219Q99 �� $ 219.99

Rugged, powerful LED weapon light attaches quickly to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail to provide brilliant light for close- to mid-range applications. Easy to access, integral, rear-facing activation switch toggles between momentary-on, constant-on, strobe, and high/ low (user can change sequence to low/high). Mechanical lockout system prevents accidental activation. White model offers a 200-lumen high mode with 1.5 hour battery life. Low mode provides 30 lumens for up to 10 hours. White/IR model has 175-lumen white LED output for 1.5 hours, 30 lumens for 10 hours, and adds an infrared light option with 75mW high (3.5 hours) and 25mW low (17 hours) modes. The more powerful WMLx model produces 500 lumens of brilliant white light for up to 2 hours. With its penetrating center beam and generous peripheral light, the WMLx is ideal for long distance target identification. Includes the same modes but without a low setting. a b SPECS: Fiber-reinforced hard polymer composite, Black or Flat Dark Earth (FDE). 4.1" (10.4cm) OAL. 1" (2.5cm) bezel O.D. 3 oz. (85g) wt. Uses one CR-123A battery, included. WMLx – 5.3" (13.5cm) OAL. 1.1" (2.8cm) bezel O.D. 4 oz. (113.4g) wt. Uses two CR-123A batteries, included. #100-009-784EN LED White Weapon Light, Blk, 4C134D99 �� $ 134.99 #100-009-782EN LED White/IR Weapon Light, Blk, 4C159N99 �� 159.99 100-015-377EN White/IR Light, FDE, 4C159G99 �� 159.99 100-015-378EN LED WMLx Weapon Light, Blk, 4C159G99 �� 159.99 100-015-379EN LED WMLx Weapon Light, FDE, 4C159B99 �� 159.99

counter-sunk bolt head, and locking bar recessed into the mount body give a smooth, streamlined profile and help resist catching on sling, vegetation, or other gear. Precision machined from solid 6061 T6 aluminum billet and Type III hardcoat anodized for extra strength and corrosion resistance, with a hard, non-reflective surface. Locking bar, cross-bolt, and stud are steel for maximum

strength and durability. a b SPECS: Body - 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Locking Bar, Cross-Bolt, Stud – Hardened steel, black oxide finish. 21/4" (5.7cm) long, 11/4" (3.2cm) wide. Mount body extends 3/8" (9.5mm) below rail. 2.3 oz. (64g) weight. #336-000-028EN Bipod Adapter, 6C31F99 ��$ 31.99

TANGODOWN

ADVANCED COMBAT BIPOD Fast, Simple, No-Fail Design With Variable Height Adjustment

Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015

order on the web

brownells.com

CUSTOMER PRIVACY & SECURITY POLICY

When you do business with Brownells you don’t have to worry that your personal information will become common knowledge because we value your trust above all. Our privacy and security policy is very simple. We do not sell, distribute or give out customers’ names or other private information to anyone at any time. It has always been our policy to hold all customer information in the strictest confidence. When you decide to use your credit card to pay for any purchase, your credit card and personal information are completely safe, and private, with us. Credit card security for our website is handled by VeriSign, Inc., the world’s leading provider of digital trust services. We make use of the latest 128-bit security encryption technology any time we ask for your name, address, e-mail address, credit card info or telephone number. Our servers are equipped with the latest dual application firewalls, hack detection and anti-virus technology to make certain your private information stays private and secure. We do not artificially mark up our prices to cover potential increases from the manufacturers. When notified of a price adjustment, we change our price at that time. As a result, prices are subject to change without notice. HOLIDAY SCHEDULE We will be closed for the following:

2015 Thanksgiving – Thurs., Nov. 26

Christmas – Fri., Dec. 25

2016 Labor Day – Mon. Sept. 5 New Year’s – Fri. Jan. 1 Thanksgiving – Thurs. Nov. 24 Memorial Day – Mon., May 30 Christmas – Fri., Dec. 23 & Independence Day – Mon., July 4 Mon., Dec. 26

ORDER LINE HOURS GUN TECH HOURS WALK-IN HOURS 7:30 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.

8:30 A.M. to 4:30 P.M.

7:30 A.M. to 4:30 P.M. (Grinnell Location)

All times listed are Central Standard Time Open Monday thru Friday. Order Recording Lines Open 24 Hours Per Day

OFFICE: 641-623-5401

FAX LINE: 641-623-3896

INTERNATIONAL ORDERS: 641-623-4000

PAY ANY WAY VISA/MasterCard/Discover/American Express/IMPAC/ CrossCheck/C.O.D.

103

PAGE

ORDER INFORMATION

BIPOD ADAPTER

HEIGHT 6" to 9" 6" to 9" 6" to 9" 6" to 9" 9" to 13" 9" to 13" 9" to 13" 9" to 13" 11" to 25" 13" to 27" 13" to 27"

Vertical forend grip has a built-in, self-contained aiming laser and high-intensity LED tactical light for maximum versatility in all light conditions. Ambidextrous pressure switches enable intuitive operation, with no external wires or improvised, taped-on activation pads. Light and laser are independently programmable through separate master control switches for three operating modes: momentary, strobe, or constant-on. Either one can be completely shut off without affecting operation of the other. Light is also switchable between 150 and 200 lumen brightness settings, and laser is fully adjustable for windage and elevation. Powered by two CR-123A lithium batteries (included) for at least 4 hours of continuous light operation or a minimum of 48 hours of laser illumination. Aluminum inner core protects electronics from shock, while O-ring seal keeps out moisture and dust. Molded polymer outer shell is ergonomically shaped to fit comfortably in the hand, with “skateboard tape” texturing on the front and back to ensure a secure purchase. Clamps directly to any Pictainny-style accessory rail; no tools are required. a b SPECS: 6061T6 aluminum core, hardcoat anodized, matte black, with molded polymer grip panels, black. 633nm Class IIIa red laser, 5 mW peak output. LED output approximately 150/200 lumens. Includes two CR-123A lithium batteries, laser adjustment tool, and operating instructions. Fits Picatinny-style accessory rail. #100-004-504EN Modular Vert. Foregrip, , 4B399F00 �� $ 399.00

Your Satisfaction Guaranteed-Period! Here’s our pledge to you - which has never changed: If you aren’t completely, 100% satisfied with any purchase you receive from Brownells, for any reason, at any time, return it for a full refund or exchange. No hassle, no problem. We don’t bog you down in endless paperwork. Your complete satisfaction with each and every product we sell is what’s most important to us.

tactical lights & lasers

Quick-deploy tactical bipod system gives the operator an exceptionally stable shooting platform for long-range targeting, while adding minimal bulk and weight to the weapon. Innovative two-piece design clamps directly to Picatinny side rails on forearm—no separate mounting hardware to misplace, lose, or accidentally leave back at base. Each leg is completely self-contained with captive clamp, locking bar, cross-bolt, and thumbscrew. Leaves bottom rail free for mounting other accessories, and ModPod is a perfect bipod option for weapons fitted with a grenade launcher, shotgun, or tear gas launcher. The absence of a complicated pivot mechanism under the handguard means the ModPod also keeps the weapon’s center of gravity low, providing an exceptionally secure shooting stance. Telescoping legs have three positive-locking height positions—fully retracted, mid-point, and fully extended—to help you set the exact amount of elevation you need or adapt to uneven ground. Large, silent, push-button releases the leg and frees it to rotate a full 360° with positive locking points every 90°. For added versatility, legs can be mounted at the front of the handguard and folded to the rear, or at the rear and folded forward to avoid interfering with ejection port or operator’s access to weapon controls on carbines and short-barreled rifles. Aggressively textured foot pads bite into the ground for firm support and resistance to slippage under recoil. a b SPECS: Steel pivot mechanism, aluminum rail clamps, and reinforced molded polymer legs, matte black and tan. Leg length: 9" (22.9cm) retracted, 111/4" (28.6cm) fully extended. #100-004-291EN Modpod System, 3A180I99 �� $ 180.99

STOCK # STYLE #416-005-001EN 1A2 #416-005-000EN S #416-005-101EN 1A2 #416-005-100EN S #416-001-121EN 1A2 #416-001-221EN S #416-002-123EN 1A2 #416-002-223EN S #416-025-226EN S #416-025-227EN 1A2 #416-025-228EN S

Self-Contained System With Laser Sight & Dual-Output Tactical Light

BIPODS

MODPOD SYSTEM

Mounts to QD swivel studs on bolt action and single-shot rifles for ultimate field accuracy. Won’t change zero; added weight steadies gun. Spring-loaded, telescoping legs have fixed notch and sliding adjustments for leg height; fold parallel to barrel for carrying. Series 1A2 bipods have solid base and do not swivel or rotate. Series S bipods rotate 45° for instant leveling on uneven ground. Buffer springs and adjustable tension on hinged base help eliminate tremor. All Adapters fit either Series bipods. Not recommended for lever actions. a b SPECS: Aluminum and high carbon steel, anodized, black finish. Adjustment height range is from resting surface to center of bore. Model BR: For benchrest use. BRM has equally spaced height adjusting notches. Model H: For prone/sitting. Model L: For bench or prone. Model LM: Notch only height adjustments. Model 25: Three Section legs. Model 25C: Extra tall three section legs. #9 Adapter requires swivel stud mounted to stock.

At , The Customer Is Always AR-15/m16

Provides Secure Bipod Attachment For Railed Handguards

CRIMSON TRACE AR-15/M16

MODULAR VERTICAL FOREGRIP

Closest Thing To A Traveling Benchrest

AMMUNITION

WOLF AMMUNITION Economy + Reliability For The High-Volume Shooter Wolf Ammunition is great for high-volume shooting and is made for reliable ignition in adverse conditions. Military Classic has copperwashed steel cases that resist corrosion and ensure smooth feeding and extraction. Non-corrosive powder and primers won’t damage the bore. The Gold line offers premium performance in a reloadable brass case.

FEDERAL MILITARY RIFLE BULK AMMUNITION Mil-Spec Loads For Your Service Rifle Bulk-packed ammunition is first run, first-quality ammo manufactured at the Lake City Army Ammunition Plant to Federal Cartridge Company specifications for commercial ammunition. Boxer-primed, reloadable brass case is headstamped with the Federal symbol and date of manufacture. Water-resistant lacquer-sealed primer. 5.56 x 45mm NATO available in 55 grain M193 “Ball” or M855 (NATO SS109) 62 grain bullet with a green-painted steel “penetrator” tip over a lead core with a partial jacket. a b STOCK # #105-000-233EN 105-000-219EN #105-000-002EN 105-001-245EN 105-000-073EN 105-000-399EN 105-000-397EN

Cartridge 5.56mm NATO 5.56mm NATO 5.56mm NATO 5.56mm NATO 5.56mm NATO 7.62 x 51mm NATO 7.62 x 51mm NATO

Bullet Wt/Type XM193 55 gr FMJBT XM193 55 gr FMJBT XM855 62 gr FMJBT XM855 62 gr FMJBT XM855 62 gr FMJBT XM80 149 gr FMJ XM80 149 gr FMJ

Count 420 in metal ammo can (on stripper clips) 600/case 420 in metal ammo can 600 (no can, no stripper clips) 2,000/case 240 in metal ammo can 400 in plastic ammo can

STOCK # #105-000-222EN 105-000-340EN 105-203-234EN 105-000-249EN 105-000-405EN 105-000-312EN 105-000-338EN 105-000-339EN

CARTRIDGE .223 Rem .223 Rem .223 Rem .223 Rem .223 Rem 7.62 x 39 7.62 x 39 7.62 x 39

BRAND/LINE Gold Polyformance Gold Military Classic Polyformance Military Classic Polyformance Polyformance

Bulk Pack Pricing & Plenty Of Variety In Popular AR Calibers

Cartridge .223 Rem .223 Rem .223 Rem 5.56mm NATO 5.56mm NATO 5.56mm NATO .308 Win 9mm Luger 9mm Luger 9mm Luger

Bullet Wt/Type 55 gr FMJ 55 gr FMJ 55 gr FMJ 55 gr FMJ 55 gr FMJ 62 gr FMJ Penetrator 147 gr FMJBT 115 gr FMJ 115 gr FMJ 115 gr FMJ

Brand/Line Bronze Bronze Bronze X-Tac X-Tac X-Tac Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze

Count 200/Battle Pack 400/plastic ammo can 840/metal ammo can* 200/Battle Pack 400/plastic ammo can 400/plastic ammo can 400/plastic ammo can 50/box 300/Battle Pack 500/plastic ammo can

PRICE 5Z96H99 $ 96.99 5G169E99 $ 169.99 5Z349P99 $ 349.99 5Z89K99 $ 89.99 5G179P99 $ 179.99 5G199C99 $ 199.99 5G319C99 $ 319.99 5Z14K79 $ 14.79 5Z94Q99 $ 94.99 5G159G99 $ 159.99

Economical Ammo For A Variety Of Shooting Applications

STOCK # #105-202-321EN #105-202-749EN #105-202-320EN #105-202-754EN

CARTRIDGE 5.56mm x 45 .223 Rem 7.62mm x 51 (308 Win) 308 Win

104

PAGE

BULLET WT/TYPE 55 gr FMJ 55 gr FMJ 147 gr FMJ 147 gr FMJ

COUNT 20 20 20 20

PRICE 1Z11K99 $ 11.99 1Z11M99 $ 11.99 1Z20I99 $ 20.99 1Z20M99 $ 20.99

REMINGTON UMC AMMO IN A CAN Bulk Packs Of Popular Loads At Irresistible Prices All new-production Remington UMC "green box" ammo all packed in a clean, new, hard-polymer ammo can. Inside, handgun ammo is conveniently divided into 50-round boxes and rifle ammo in 20-round boxes, so it's convenient to take out only what you need at the moment.

UMC .223 Remington

STOCK # #105-000-346EN #105-000-348EN #105-000-345EN

Cartridge .223 Remington .308 Winchester 9mm Luger

Bullet Wt/Type 55 gr FMJBT 150 gr FMJBT 115 gr FMJ

Count 500/plastic ammo can 200/plastic ammo can 500/plastic ammo can

PRICE 3Z239I99 $ 239.99 3Z209M99 $ 209.99 3Z149J99 $ 149.99

300 BLK Ammo Bulk Pack

Rounds packed in cardboard boxes, boxes inserted in cloth bandoliers, packed in the big metal can.

WARNING: You must be 18 or older to purchase shotgun or rifle ammunition and 21 or older to purchase handgun ammunition. All ammunition ships Domestic Ground. Shipping not available for International, DC, and MA residents. Residents of CA, DE, IL, NY and OH, may have additional restrictions. Always make sure you use the correct ammunition for your firearms. Check your state and local laws for any other applicable firearms and ammunition regulations. Visit our website for additional information.

PRICE 7Z6K99 $ 6.99 1Z159B99 $ 159.99 7Z199Q99 $ 199.99 1Z289F99 $ 289.99 1Z299B99 $ 299.99 7Z134K99 $ 134.99 1Z149B99 $ 149.99 1Z299A99 $ 299.99

Classic Winchester USA brand "white box" ammo gives the high-volume shooter great performance at an affordable price. Available in popular bullet styles and weights for semi-autos and revolvers. Traditional "ball" full metal jacket (FMJ) bullets deliver reliable function and good accuracy without bullet expansion or barrel leading

All PMC cartridges are rigorously inspected throughout the production process. This includes an electronic powder-check station that precisely measures the propellant charge in each round. If the propellant in any cartridge varies by as little as 2/10 grain, the cartridge is rejected. Bronze Line offers the opportunity of high-volume practice with high-performance ammunition at an economical price. X-Tac ammo is held to the most rigorous standards for military and law enforcement use. Battle Packs contain several separate boxes of ammo sealed in a dust- and moisture-proof plastic sleeve that protects the ammo from the elements until you need it. STOCK # #105-000-374EN #105-000-516EN #105-000-317EN #105-000-395EN #105-000-530EN #105-000-531EN #105-000-517EN #105-000-371EN #105-000-379EN #105-000-528EN

COUNT 20 500/plastic ammo can 500/plastic ammo can 1,000/case 1,000/case 500/plastic ammo can 500/plastic ammo can 1,000/case

WINCHESTER USA AMMUNITION

PRICE 8Z199Q99 $ 199.99 8Z269F99 $ 269.99 8Z199C99 $ 199.99 8Z299B99 $ 299.99 5Z899H99 $ 899.99 5Z199I99 $ 199.99 5Z329H99 $ 329.99

PMC RIFLE AMMUNITION

BULLET WT/TYPE 55 gr FMJ 55 gr FMJ 55 gr FMJ 55 gr JSP 55 gr FMJ 124 gr JHP 123 gr FMJ 123 gr FMJ

500 Rounds Packed In A Handy MTM Ammo Can New-manufactured PNW Arms .300 AAC Blackout (300 BLK) ammo in dark green MTM ".50 Cal" molded hard-polymer ammo can. Ammo is general-purpose 147 gr FMJ load good for target shooting, practice, and plinking. STOCK # #105-000-265EN

SATISFACTION GUARANTEED

SINCE 1939

Cartridge .300 AAC Blackout

BULLET WT/TYPE 147 gr FMJ

Count 500

PRICE 7Z399J99 $ 399.99

Office/Tech: 641-623-5401

Shop online from anywhere

Customer Number

Scan this QR code into your web enabled mobile device to surf and make purchases at brownells.com with complete security.

Source Code

MK18 UPPER RECEIVER GROUP Monolithic platform for a fast-pointing, versatile, customized AR-15 pistol or SBR Includes upper receiver, 10.3" barrel & full-length handguard from DD’s MK18 SOCOM carbine

MAXIMIZE YOUR PERFORMANCE!

PRSRT STD U.S. POSTAGE PAID Brownells

Low-profile gas block & carbine-length gas tube installed Add the exact bolt/carrier, muzzle device, charging handle & lower receiver assembly to suit your needs

See page 3

SLiM RAIL™ 12.0 & 15.0

AR-15 FURNITURE SET

Slim Lightweight Modular freefloat handguard – the name says it all! KeyMod slots let you mount accessories exactly where you want them Weighs much less than quad-railed handguards Fixed, full-length Picatinny top rail Included two-piece barrel nut for easy installation & simplified alignment with upper receiver

See page 49

Ergonomically engineered to make your AR more comfortable to shoot, easier to control Adjustable carbine stock won’t wobble & gives comfortable, repeatable cheekweld Pistol grip angle matches 1911 pistol for a natural hand position Vertical grip has large, rubberized grasping area for superb control

See page 43

Brownells - November 2015-2016

Articles inside

Brownells - November 2015-2016

D #526-000-160eN LeupOLD MArK 2 iNTeGrAL MOuNTiNG sYsTeM See

F #100-012-617eN MAGpuL MBus prO FrONT/reAr siGHT seT See

D #953-000-003eN AerO precisiON uLTrALiGHT scOpe MOuNT See

K #100-002-987eN DANieL DeFeNse rAiL MOuNT QD sLiNG sWiveL See

i #749-002-692eN siNcLAir Ar-15 siNGLe-sHOT FOLLOWer See

M #100-017-333eN MAGpuL pMAG® GeN M3 ™ See

O #100-007-570eN MAGpuL MOe+™ pisTOL Grip See

K #573-000-078eN erGO Grips AMBiDeXTrOus sureGrip See

G #100-011-895eN MiDWesT iNDusTries GeN2 ss HANDGuArD See

See

A #100-002-947eN MAGpuL GeN ii prs sTOcK See

A #100-016-337eN BrAvO cOMpANY BcM GuNFiGHTer sTOcK KiT See

A #100-016-825eN vLTOr iMOD BuTTsTOcK See Brownells.com. B #231-000-304eN DpMs Ar-308 sTOcK MOuNTiNG KiT See

O #100-014-185eN BrAvO cOMpANY receiver eXTeNsiON AsseMBLY KiT See

N #100-014-540eN cMMG Ar-308 GuNBuiLDer's LOWer rec'r pArTs KiT See

J #100-013-592eN HiperFire HiperTOucH 24 eLiTe TriGGer See

J #100-007-543eN GeisseLe super DYNAMic sD-c TriGGer See

See

F #100-004-908eN MiDWesT iNDusTries LOW-prO sTeeL GAs BLOcK See

G #100-015-261eN siLeNcercO sAKer™ TriFecTA 7.62/.308 MuZZLe BrAKe See

J #100-014-215eN BrAvO cOMpANY LOW-prOFiLe GAs BLOcK See K #100-016-493eN BrAvO cOMpANY GuNFiGHTer MOD 3 verTicAL Grip

i #078-000-256eN Ar-308 BOLT/cArrier GrOup See

G #152-000-130eN sureFire sF3p556/sOcOM FLAsH HiDer See

See

i #100-004-634eN DANieL DeFeNse cOMpLeTe BOLT/cArrier GrOup See J #100-014-008eN sureFire M600 scOuT LiGHT See Brownells.com.

G #100-011-242eN BrAvO cOMpANY GuNFiGHTer cOMpeNsATOr See